SEPARATE ACCOUNT B OF PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE CO
485BPOS, 2000-04-28
Previous: PEERLESS SYSTEMS CORP, 10-K405, 2000-04-28
Next: SEPARATE ACCOUNT B OF PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE CO, 485BPOS, 2000-04-28



<PAGE>


     As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 28 April 2000

                                                       Registration No. 33-58796
                                                                  811-7534

                      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                            Washington, D.C.  20549

                        POST-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO. 12
                                      TO
                                   FORM S-6

                   FOR REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT
                   OF 1933 OF SECURITIES OF UNIT INVESTMENT
                       TRUSTS REGISTERED ON FORM N-8B-2

             SEPARATE ACCOUNT B OF PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                          (Exact Name of Registrant)

                        PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                         100 South Brentwood Boulevard
                             St. Louis, MO  63105
                    (Address of Principal Executive Office)

                         Matthew P. McCauley, Esquire
                        Paragon Life Insurance Company
                               700 Market Street
                             St. Louis, MO  63101
              (Name and Address of Agent for Service of Process)

                                   Copy to:

                           Stephen E. Roth, Esquire
                       Sutherland, Asbill & Brennan LLP
                         1275 Pennsylvania Ave., N.W.
                         Washington, D.C.  20004-2404


It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate space)

[_]  immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b), of Rule 485

[X]  1 May 2000 pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 485

[_]  60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of Rule 485

[_]  on (date), pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of rule 485

[_]  75 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of rule 485

[_]  on (date) pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of Rule 485

Title of securities being registered: Group and Individual Flexible Premium
Variable Life Insurance Policies.



<PAGE>


Post-Effective Amendment No. 12 to the registration statement on Form S-6 (the
"Registration Statement") is being filed pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 485
under the Securities Act of 1933 (the "Act") to update the Registration
Statement, which describes five variable life insurance policies (the
"Policies") issued by the depositor and the registrant described in the five
prospectuses included in the Registration Statement. The Policies are
substantially identical, except that different subaccounts investing in
different underlying funds are available as allocation options under each of the
five Policies.



multi-pr
<PAGE>

                    [LOGO OF PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY]
            . GROUP AND INDIVIDUAL
              FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE
              INSURANCE POLICIES

                                                                           50407
              Prospectus dated May 1, 2000                                   Com
                                               Scudder
                                 [LOGO OF SCUDDER VARIABLE LIFE INVESTMENT FUND]
                                               Variable Life
                                               Investment Fund


<PAGE>

                     GROUP AND INDIVIDUAL FLEXIBLE PREMIUM
                        VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE POLICIES
                                   ISSUED BY
                         PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                              100 South Brentwood
                              St. Louis, MO 63105
                                 (314) 862-2211

This Prospectus describes flexible premium variable life insurance policies
offered by Paragon Life Insurance Company (the "Company," "we," or "us") which
are designed for use in employer-sponsored insurance programs. When a Group
Contract is issued, Certificates showing the rights of the Owners and/or
Insureds will be issued under the Group Contract. Individual Policies will be
issued when a Group Contract is not issued. The terms of the Certificate and
the Individual Policy are very similar and are collectively referred to in this
Prospectus as "Policy" or "Policies."

The Policies are designed to provide lifetime insurance protection to age 95
and provide flexibility to vary premium payments and change the level of death
benefits payable under the Policies. Flexibility allows an Owner to provide for
changing insurance needs under a single insurance policy. An Owner can allocate
net premiums among several investment portfolios ("Funds") with different
investment objectives.

The Policy provides for: (1) a value upon surrendering the Policy; (2) loans;
and (3) a death benefit payable on the Insured's death. As long as the Policy
remains in force, the death benefit payable on the Insured's death will not be
less than the Face Amount of the Policy. The Policy will remain in force so
long as there is enough value to pay certain monthly charges.

The Owner may allocate net premiums to one or more of the Divisions of Separate
Account B (the "Separate Account"). The Policy value will vary to reflect the
investment experience of the Divisions selected by the Owner. Depending on the
death benefit option elected, portions of the death benefit may also vary. The
Owner bears the entire investment risk under the Policies; there is no minimum
guaranteed value.

Each Division of the Separate Account will invest solely in Class A Shares of a
corresponding investment portfolio of Scudder Variable Life Investment Fund:

                 FUND                                    FUND
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Money Market Portfolio                 Global Discovery Portfolio
 Bond Portfolio                         International Portfolio
 Capital Growth Portfolio               21st Century Growth Portfolio
 Balanced Portfolio                     Large Company Growth Portfolio
 Growth and Income Portfolio
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                  The date of this Prospectus is May 1, 2000.

                                       1
<PAGE>

Please read this Prospectus carefully and keep it. A full description of the
Funds is contained in the prospectus for each Fund, which must accompany this
Prospectus.

It may not be a good decision to purchase a Policy as a replacement for another
type of life insurance or as a means to obtain additional insurance protection
if the purchaser already owns another flexible premium variable life insurance
policy.

The Securities and Exchange Commission has not approved or disapproved these
securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this Prospectus. Any
representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

                                       2
<PAGE>

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          Page
                                                                          ----
<S>                                                                       <C>
Summary..................................................................   4
The Company, The Separate Account, and The Funds.........................  10
  The Company
  The Separate Account
  The Funds
  Addition, Deletion, or Substitution of Investments
Payment and Allocation of Premiums.......................................  14
  Issuance of a Policy
  Premiums
  Allocation of Net Premiums and Cash Value
  Policy Lapse and Reinstatement
Policy Benefits..........................................................  18
  Death Benefit
  Cash Value
Policy Rights and Privileges.............................................  23
  Exercising Rights and Privileges Under the Policies
  Loans
  Surrender and Partial Withdrawals
  Transfers
  Right to Examine Policy
  Conversion Right to a Fixed Benefit Policy
  Eligibility Change Conversion
  Payment of Benefits at Maturity
  Payment of Policy Benefits
Charges and Deductions...................................................  28
  Sales Charges
  Premium Tax Charge
  Monthly Deduction
  Partial Withdrawal Transaction Charge
  Separate Account Charges
General Matters Relating to the Policy...................................  31
Distribution of the Policies.............................................  35
General Provisions of the Group Contract.................................  35
Federal Tax Matters......................................................  36
Safekeeping of the Separate Account's Assets.............................  39
Voting Rights............................................................  39
State Regulation of the Company..........................................  40
Management of the Company................................................  41
Legal Matters............................................................  42
Legal Proceedings........................................................  42
Experts..................................................................  42
Additional Information...................................................  42
Definitions..............................................................  43
Financial Statements..................................................... F-1
Appendix A............................................................... A-1
</TABLE>

                 The Policies are not available in all states.

                                       3
<PAGE>

                             SUMMARY OF THE POLICY

The following summary of Prospectus information should be read with the
detailed information which follows in this Prospectus. Unless we provide
otherwise, the description of the Policies contained in this Prospectus assumes
that a Policy is in effect and that there is no outstanding Indebtedness.

The Policy

The Policies (either an Individual Policy or a Certificate) described in this
Prospectus are designed for use in employer-sponsored insurance programs and
are issued in three situations.

  . First--Policies in the form of Certificates are issued pursuant to Group
    Contracts entered into between the Company and Contractholders (see
    "General Provisions of the Group Contract");

  . Second--Individual Policies can be issued in connection with employer-
    sponsored insurance programs where Group Contracts are not issued; and

  . Third--Individual Policies can be issued in connection with Corporate
    Programs, where Group Contracts are not issued.

The Insured under a Policy is usually an employee of the Contractholder or
sponsoring employer or the employee's spouse. An Executive Program Policy is
issued with a maximum Face Amount in excess of $500,000 under a Group Contract
or an employer-sponsored insurance program. Generally, only an employee
is eligible to be an Insured under an Executive Program Policy. If there is
sufficient Cash Surrender Value, Individual Insurance under a Group Contract or
other employer-sponsored insurance program will continue should the Group
Contract or other program cease or the employee's employment end (see "Payment
and Allocation of Premiums--Issuance of a Policy").

On behalf of Owners, the Contractholder will make planned premium payments
under the Group Contract equal to an amount authorized by employees to be
deducted from their wages. In addition, Owners may pay additional premiums. In
Corporate Programs only the Owner will remit planned and additional premiums. A
similar procedure will apply when an Individual Policy is issued in connection
with an employer-sponsored program.

The Policies are "variable" policies because, unlike the fixed benefits under
other types of life insurance contracts, the Cash Value and, under certain
circumstances, the death benefit under a Policy may increase or decrease
depending upon the investment experience of the Funds underlying the Divisions
to which the Owner has allocated net premium payments. So long as a Policy's
Cash Surrender Value continues to be sufficient to pay the monthly deduction,
an Owner is guaranteed a minimum death benefit equal to the Face Amount of his
or her Policy or an accelerated death benefit in a reduced amount determined in
accordance with certain riders available under the Policy. (See "General
Matters Relating to the Policy--Additional Insurance Benefits.")

Right to Examine Policy

The Owner has a limited right to return a Policy for cancellation within 20
days after the delivery of the Policy to the Owner, within 45 days after the
Owner signs the application, or within 10 days after the Company mails a notice
of this cancellation right to the Owner whichever is latest. If a Policy is
cancelled within this time period, a refund will be paid which will equal all
premiums paid under the Policy or any different amount required by state law.
The Owner also has a right to cancel a requested increase in Face Amount. Upon
cancellation of an increase, the Owner may request that the Company refund the
amount of the additional charges deducted in connection with the increase, or
have the amount of the additional charges added to the Cash Value. (See "Policy
Rights and Privileges--Right to Examine Policy.")

The Separate Account

The Owner may allocate the net premiums to one or more Divisions. (See "The
Company, The Separate Account and The Funds" for a complete description of the
available Funds.) An Owner may change future allocations of net premiums at any
time by notifying the Company directly.

                                       4
<PAGE>

Subject to certain restrictions, an Owner may transfer Cash Values among the
Divisions of the Separate Account. Currently, no charge is assessed for
transfers. The Company reserves the right to modify the transfer privilege.
(See "Policy Rights and Privileges--Transfers.")

Premiums

An Owner has flexibility concerning the amount and frequency of premium
payments. An initial premium equal to one-twelfth ( 1/12) of the planned annual
premium set forth in the specifications page of a Policy is necessary to start
a Policy. The planned annual premium is an amount specified for each Policy
based on the requested initial Face Amount and certain other factors.

  . Under Group Contracts and employer-sponsored programs, the initial
    premium and subsequent planned premiums generally are remitted by the
    Contractholder or sponsoring employer on behalf of the Owner at intervals
    agreed to by the Contractholder or employer.

  . In Corporate Programs, the Owner will pay premiums generally on a
    schedule agreed to by the Company.

However, as discussed below, planned premiums need not be paid so long as there
is sufficient Cash Surrender Value to keep the Policy in force. Subject to
certain limitations, additional premium payments in any amount and at any
frequency may be made directly by the Owner. (See "Payment and Allocation of
Premiums--Issuance of a Policy--Premiums.")

A Policy will lapse (and terminate without value) when the Cash Surrender Value
is not enough to pay the next monthly deduction and a grace period of 62 days
expires without an adequate payment being made by the Owner. (See "Payment and
Allocation of Premiums--Policy Lapse and Reinstatement.")

Death Benefit

Death benefit proceeds are payable to the Beneficiary when the Insured dies or
to the Owner, prior to the Insured's death under circumstances described in
available riders. (See "General Matters Relating to the Policy--Additional
Insurance Benefits.") Two death benefit options are available, as follows:

  . Under the "Level Type" death benefit, the death benefit is the Face
    Amount of the Policy or, if greater, the applicable percentage of Cash
    Value; and

  . Under the "Increasing Type" death benefit, the death benefit is the Face
    Amount of the Policy plus the Cash Value or, if greater, the applicable
    percentage of Cash Value.

So long as a Policy remains in force, the minimum death benefit under either
option will be at least equal to the current Face Amount. (See "Policy
Benefits--Death Benefit.")

The minimum initial Face Amount is generally $25,000 under the Company's
current rules. Executive Program Policies generally have a minimum Face Amount
of $100,000. The maximum Face Amount is generally $500,000. However, we may
establish a higher maximum Face Amount for Executive or Corporate Program
Policies. The Owner may generally change the Face Amount (subject to the
minimum and maximum amounts applicable to his or her Policy) and the death
benefit option, but in certain cases evidence of insurability may be required.
(See "Policy Benefits--Death Benefit.")

Riders

Additional insurance benefits offered under the Policy by rider may include a
children's insurance rider, an acceleration of death benefits rider, an
accelerated death benefit settlement option rider, an accidental death benefit
rider, and a waiver of monthly deductions rider. Some Group Contracts and
employer-sponsored

                                       5
<PAGE>

insurance programs may not provide each of the additional benefits described
above. Generally, Executive Program Policies only have the acceleration of
death benefits rider. Generally, Corporate Programs have none of the additional
benefits described above. (See "General Matters Relating to the Policy--
Additional Insurance Benefits.") We will deduct the cost of these additional
insurance benefits from Cash Value as part of the monthly deduction. (See
"Charges and Deductions--Monthly Deduction.")

Cash Value

The Policies provide for a Cash Value equal to the total of the Policy's Cash
Value in the Separate Account and the Loan Account (securing Policy Loans). A
Policy's Cash Value will reflect premium payments, the investment performance
of any selected Divisions of the Separate Account, transfers, any Policy Loans,
Loan Account interest rate credited, any partial withdrawals, and the charges
imposed in connection with the Policy. (See "Policy Benefits--Cash Value.")
There is no minimum guaranteed Cash Value.

Charges and Deductions

Sales Charges. We deduct a front-end sales charge of 1% of premiums from each
premium paid ("premium expense charge"). We deduct an additional charge on
Policies that are deemed to be individual Policies under the Omnibus Budget
Reconciliation Act of 1990 ("OBRA"). The additional charge, which is for
federal income taxes measured by premiums, is equal to 1% of each premium
payment, and compensates the Company for a significantly higher corporate
income tax liability resulting from changes made to the Internal Revenue Code
by OBRA.

Premium Tax Charge. We deduct a charge of 2% to cover state premium taxes from
premiums paid. (See "Charges and Deductions--Premium Tax Charge.")

Monthly Deduction. We make a monthly deduction from the Policy's Cash Value in
the Separate Account. The monthly deduction includes the following:

  . Administrative Charge. We deduct an administrative charge (see the
    specification pages of the Policy) based on 1) the number of Insureds
    covered under a Group Contract or other employer-sponsored insurance
    program, and 2) the amount of administrative services provided by the
    Company. The charge will not exceed $6.00 per month during the first
    Policy Year and $3.50 per month during renewal years.

  . Cost of Insurance Charge. We deduct a cost of insurance charge calculated
    on each Monthly Anniversary. We determine monthly cost of insurance rates
    based upon expectations as to future mortality experience. For a
    discussion of the factors affecting the rate class of the Insured, see
    "Charges and Deductions--Monthly Deduction--Cost of Insurance."

  . A charge for any additional insurance benefits provided by a rider.

Separate Account Charges.

  . Mortality and Expense Risk Charge. We deduct a daily charge not to exceed
    .0024547% (an annual rate of .90%) of the net assets of each Division for
    the Company's assumption of certain mortality and expense risks incurred
    in connection with the Policies. (See "Charges and Deductions--Separate
    Account Charges.")

  . Federal Taxes. No charges are currently made for federal or state income
    taxes. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")

  . Annual Expenses of the Funds (after fee waiver and reimbursement as
    applicable). The value of the assets of the Divisions will reflect the
    management fee and other expenses incurred by the Funds. The following
    table describes the Fund fees and expenses during the time that the Owner
    owns the Policy. These fees and expenses are shown as a percentage of net
    assets for the year ended December 31, 1999.

                                       6
<PAGE>

   The prospectus for each Fund contains more detail concerning a Fund's fees
   and expenses. (See "The Company, The Separate Account and The Funds.")

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        Management Fees
                                          (after fee       Other Expenses     Total
                                            waiver      (after reimbursement  Annual
                  Fund                  as applicable)     as applicable)    Expenses
   <S>                                  <C>             <C>                  <C>
   Money Market Portfolio                    0.37%             0.06%          0.43%
   Bond Portfolio                            0.48%             0.09%          0.57%
   Capital Growth Portfolio                  0.46%             0.03%          0.49%
   Balanced Portfolio                        0.48%             0.08%          0.56%
   Growth and Income Portfolio               0.48%             0.08%          0.56%
   International Portfolio                   0.85%             0.18%          1.03%
   Global discovery Portfolio(/1/)           0.98%             0.65%          1.63%
   Large Company Growth Portfolio(/2/)       0.00%             1.25%          1.25%
   21st Century Growth Portfolio(/3/)        0.00%             1.50%          1.50%
</TABLE>

  (/1/)Please note that beginning May 1, 2000, with the new Scudder Variable
  Life Investment Fund prospectus, Scudder Kemper Investments had agreed to
  maintain the expenses for the Global Discovery Portfolio at 1.25% of the
  portfolio's average daily net assets. These expense limits will remain in
  effect until at least April 30, 2001.

  (/2/)The Adviser continues to maintain the expenses for the Large Company
  Growth Portfolio at 1.25% of the portfolio's average daily net assets
  through April 30, 2001. Without these reimbursements, the Management Fee
  would have been .745% and Other Expenses would have been 2.72% for total
  expenses of 3.47%.

  (/3/)The Adviser also continues to maintain the management expenses for the
  21st Century Growth Portfolio at 1.50% of the portfolio's average daily net
  assets through April 30, 2001. Without these reimbursements, the Management
  Fee would have been .875% and Other Expenses would have been 2.02% for
  total expenses of 2.90%.

The expense information regarding the Funds was provided by those Funds. We
have not independently verified this information. We cannot guarantee that the
reimbursements provided by certain Funds will continue.

Partial Withdrawal Transaction Charge. We deduct a transaction charge equal to
the lesser of $25 or 2% of the amount withdrawn on each partial withdrawal of
amounts from the Separate Account. Currently, there are no transaction charges
imposed for transfers of amounts between Divisions. In addition, transfers and
withdrawals are subject to restrictions relative to amount and frequency. (See
"Payment and Allocation of Premiums--Allocation of Net Premiums and Cash
Value," "Policy Rights and Privileges--Surrender and Partial Withdrawals--
Transfers," and "Charges and Deductions--Partial Withdrawal Transaction
Charge.")

Policy Loans

After the first Policy Anniversary an Owner may borrow against the Cash Value
of a Policy. All outstanding Indebtedness will be deducted from proceeds
payable at the Insured's death, upon maturity, or upon surrender. We transfer a
portion of the Policy's Cash Value in each Division of the Separate Account to
which the loan is allocated to the Loan Account as security for the loan.
Therefore, a Policy Loan may have a permanent impact on the Policy's Cash Value
even if it is repaid. A Policy Loan may be repaid in whole or in part at any
time while the Policy is in force. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--Loans.")
Loans taken from, or secured by, a Policy may in certain circumstances be
treated as taxable distributions from the Policy. Moreover, with certain
exceptions, a 10% additional income tax would be imposed on the portion of any
loan that is included in income. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")

                                       7
<PAGE>

Surrender and Partial Withdrawals

At any time that a Policy is in effect, an Owner may elect to surrender the
Policy and receive its Cash Surrender Value. An Owner may also request a
partial withdrawal of the Cash Value of the Policy. A partial withdrawal may
reduce the Face Amount and the death benefit payable under the Policy. (See
"Policy Rights and Privileges--Surrender and Partial Withdrawals.") Surrenders
and partial withdrawals may have federal income tax consequences. (See "Federal
Tax Matters.")

Conversion Right

During the first 24 Policy Months following a Policy's Issue Date, the Owner
may convert the Policy to a life insurance policy that provides for benefits
that do not vary with the investment return of the Divisions. The Owner also
has a similar right with respect to increases in the Face Amount. (See "Policy
Rights and Privileges--Conversion Right to a Fixed Benefit Policy.")

Eligibility Change Conversion

In the event that the Insured is no longer eligible for coverage under the
Group Contract, either because the Group Contract has terminated or because the
employee is no longer employed by the Contractholder, the Individual Insurance
provided by the Policy issued in connection with the Group Contract will
continue unless the Policy is cancelled or surrendered by the Owner or there is
insufficient Cash Surrender Value to prevent the Policy from lapsing.

If a Certificate was issued in connection with the Group Contract, the
Certificate will be amended automatically to continue in force as an Individual
Policy. The new Individual Policy will provide benefits which are identical to
those provided under the Certificate. If an Individual Policy was issued in
connection with a Group Contract, the Individual Policy will continue in force
following the termination of the Group Contract. (See "Policy Rights and
Privileges--Eligibility Change Conversion.")

Illustrations

Illustrations in Appendix A show how death benefits and Cash Values may vary
based on certain hypothetical rate of return assumptions as well as assumptions
pertaining to the level of the charges. These rates are not guaranteed. They
are illustrative only and do not show past or future performance. If a Policy
is surrendered in the early Policy Years, the Cash Value payable will be low
compared to premiums accumulated with interest, and consequently the insurance
protection provided prior to surrender will be costly.

Policy Tax Compliance

We intend for the Policy to satisfy the definition of a life insurance contract
under Section 7702 of the Internal Revenue Code (the "Code"). Assuming that a
Policy qualifies as a life insurance contract under the Code, a Policy Owner
should not be taxed for receiving value from the Policy, until there is a
distribution from the Policy. Also, death benefits payable under a Policy
should be excludable from the gross income of the Beneficiary.

A Policy may be treated as a "modified endowment contract." If the Policy is a
modified endowment contract, it will affect the tax advantages offered under
the Policy. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")

                                       8
<PAGE>

Specialized Uses of the Policy

Because the Policy provides for an accumulation of Cash Value as well as a
death benefit, the Policy can be used for various individual and business
financial planning purposes. Purchasing the Policy in part for such purposes
entails certain risks. For example, if the investment performance of Divisions
to which Cash Value is allocated is poorer than expected or if sufficient
premiums are not paid, the Policy may lapse or may not accumulate sufficient
Cash Value to fund the purpose for which the Policy was purchased. Partial
withdrawals and Policy Loans may significantly affect current and future Cash
Value, Cash Surrender Value, or death benefit proceeds. Depending upon Division
investment performance and the amount of a Policy Loan, the loan may cause a
Policy to lapse. Because the Policy is designed to provide benefits on a long-
term basis, before purchasing a Policy for a specialized purpose a purchaser
should consider whether the long-term nature of the Policy is consistent with
the purpose for which it is being considered. Using a Policy for a specialized
purpose may have tax consequences. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")

Questions

If you have any questions, you may write or call the Company at 100 South
Brentwood, St. Louis, MO 63105, (314) 862-2211.

                                       9
<PAGE>

                      THE COMPANY AND THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT

The Company

Paragon Life Insurance Company is a stock life insurance company incorporated
under the laws of Missouri. We were organized in 1981 as General American
Insurance Company and on December 31, 1987, our name was changed. No change in
operations or ownership took place in connection with the name change. Our main
business is writing individual and group life insurance policies and annuity
contracts. As of December 31, 1999, we had assets of $400 million. We are
admitted to do business in 49 states and the District of Columbia. Our
principal offices are at 100 South Brentwood, St. Louis, Missouri 63105 ("Home
Office"). Our Internal Revenue Service Employer Identification Number is 43-
1235869.

We are a wholly-owned subsidiary of General American Life Insurance Company
(the "Parent Company"), a Missouri life insurance company. The Parent Company
is wholly owned by GenAmerica Corporation, a Missouri general business
corporation, which is wholly owned by Metropolitan Life Insurance Company, a
New York insurance company.

Guarantee. In addition, the Parent Company agrees to guarantee that we will
have sufficient funds to meet all of our contractual obligations. In the event
a Policyholder presents a legitimate claim for payment on a Paragon insurance
Policy, the Parent Company will pay such claim directly to the Policyholder if
Paragon is unable to make such payment. This guarantee, which does not have a
predetermined termination date, can be modified or ended only as to policies
not yet issued. The guarantee agreement is binding on the Parent Company, its
successor or assignee and shall end only if the guarantee is assigned to an
organization having a financial rating from Standard & Poor's equal to or
better than the Parent Company's rating. The Parent Company does not intend
that this guarantee cover the investment experience or Cash Values of the
Policy.

Ratings. We may from time to time publish in advertisements, sales literature,
and reports to Owners or Contractholders, the ratings and other information
assigned to us by one or more independent rating organizations such as A. M.
Best Company, Standard & Poor's, and Duff & Phelps. The purpose of the ratings
is to reflect our financial strength and/or claims paying ability and should
not be considered as bearing on the investment performance of assets held in
the Separate Account. Each year the A. M. Best Company reviews the financial
status of thousands of insurers, culminating in the assignment of Best's
ratings. These ratings reflect Best's current opinion of the relative financial
strength and operating performance of an insurance company in comparison to the
norms of the life/health insurance industry. In addition, the claims paying
ability of the Company as measured by Standard & Poor's Insurance Ratings
Services or Duff & Phelps may be referred to in advertisements or sales
literature or in reports to Owners or Contractholders. These ratings are
opinions of an operating insurance company's financial capacity to meet the
obligations of its insurance policies in accordance with their terms. These
ratings do not reflect the investment performance of the Separate Account or
the degree of risk associated with an investment in the Separate Account.

Advertisements. We also may include in advertisements and other literature
certain rankings assigned to us by the National Association of Insurance
Commissioners ("NAIC"), and our analyses of statistical information produced by
the NAIC. These rankings and analyses of statistical information may describe,
among other things, our growth, premium income, investment income, capital
gains and losses, policy reserves, policy claims, and life insurance in force.
Our use of such rankings and statistical information is not an endorsement by
the NAIC.

Advertisements and literature prepared by the Company also may include
discussions of taxable and tax-deferred investment programs (including
comparisons based on selected tax brackets), alternative investment vehicles,
and general economic conditions.

The Separate Account

We established Separate Account B (the "Separate Account") as a separate
investment account on January 4, 1993 under Missouri law. The Separate Account
receives and invests the net premiums paid under the Policies.

                                       10
<PAGE>

In addition, the Separate Account receives and invests net premiums for other
flexible premium variable life insurance policies issued by us.

The Separate Account is divided into Divisions. Each Division will invest in
Funds as shown on the cover page of this Prospectus. Income and both realized
and unrealized gains or losses from the assets of each Division of the Separate
Account are credited to or charged against that Division without regard to
income, gains, or losses from any other Division of the Separate Account or
arising out of any other business we may conduct.

Although the assets of the Separate Account are the property of the Company,
the assets in the Separate Account equal to the reserves and other liabilities
of the Separate Account are not chargeable with liabilities arising out of any
other business which we may conduct. The assets of the Separate Account are
available to cover the general liabilities of the Company only to the extent
that the Separate Account's assets exceed its Policy liabilities. From time to
time, these excess assets may be transferred from the Separate Account and
included in the Company's general assets. Before making any such transfers, we
will consider any possible adverse impact the transfer may have on the Separate
Account.

The Separate Account has been registered with the Securities and Exchange
Commission ("SEC" or "Commission") as a unit investment trust under the
Investment Company Act of 1940 (the "1940 Act") and meets the definition of a
"separate account" under federal securities laws. Registration with the SEC
does not involve supervision of the management or investment practices or
policies of the Separate Account or the Company by the Commission.

The Funds

The Separate Account invests in Class A shares of Scudder Variable Life
Investment Fund (the "Scudder Variable Fund"), a series-type mutual fund
registered with the SEC as open-end, diversified management investment company.
The assets of the Fund used by the Policies are held separate from the assets
of the other Funds, and each Fund has investment objectives and policies which
are generally different from those of the other Funds. The income or losses of
one Fund generally have no effect on the investment performance of any other
Fund.

Investment Results. The investment objectives and policies of certain Funds are
similar to the investment objectives and policies of other portfolios that may
be managed by the same investment adviser or manager. The investment results of
the Funds may differ from the results of these other portfolios. There can be
no guarantee, and no representation is made, that the investment results of any
of the Funds will be comparable to the investment results of any other
portfolio, even if the other portfolio has the same investment adviser or
manager.

The following summarizes the investment policies of each Fund:

Money Market Portfolio

The Money Market Portfolio seeks to maintain the stability of capital and,
consistent therewith, to maintain the liquidity of capital and to provide
current income. The Portfolio seeks to maintain a net asset value of $1.00 per
share. Unless otherwise indicated, the portfolio's investment objective and
policies may be changed without a vote of shareholders.

Bond Portfolio

The Bond Portfolio pursues a policy of investing for a high level of income
consistent with a high quality portfolio of debt securities. Unless otherwise
indicated, the portfolio's investment objective and policies may be changed
without a vote of shareholders.

                                       11
<PAGE>

Capital Growth Portfolio

The Capital Growth Portfolio seeks to maximize long-term capital growth through
a broad and flexible investment program. Unless otherwise indicated, the
portfolio's investment objective and policies may be changed without a vote of
shareholders.

Balanced Portfolio

The Balanced Portfolio pursues a balance of growth and income from a
diversified portfolio of equity and fixed income securities. The Portfolio also
seeks long-term preservation of capital through a quality-oriented investment
approach that is designed to reduce risk. Unless otherwise indicated, the
portfolio's investment objective and policies may be changed without a vote of
shareholders.

Growth and Income Portfolio

The Growth and Income Portfolio seeks long-term growth of capital, current
income and growth of income. Unless otherwise indicated, the portfolio's
investment objective and policies may be changed without a vote of
shareholders.

Global Discovery Portfolio

The Global Discovery Portfolio pursues above-average capital appreciation over
the long term by investing primarily in the equity securities of small
companies located throughout the world. Unless otherwise indicated, the
portfolio's investment objective and policies may be changed without a vote of
shareholders.

International Portfolio

The International Portfolio seeks long-term growth of capital primarily through
diversified holdings of marketable foreign equity investments. Unless otherwise
indicated, the portfolio's investment objective and policies may be changed
without a vote of shareholders.

21st Century Growth Portfolio

 (Please note: This fund was previously named Small Company Growth Portfolio)

The 21st Century Growth Portfolio pursues long-term growth of capital by
investing primarily in equity securities issued by emerging growth companies.
Unless otherwise indicated, the portfolio's investment objective and policies
may be changed without a vote of shareholders.

Large Company Growth Portfolio

Large Company Growth Portfolio seeks long-term growth of capital through
investment primarily in the equity securities of seasoned, financially strong
U.S. growth companies. Unless otherwise indicated, the portfolio's investment
objective and policies may be changed without a vote of shareholders.

There is no assurance that any of the Funds will achieve its stated objective.
More detailed information, including a description of risks, is in the
prospectus for the Funds, which must accompany or precede this Prospectus and
which should be read carefully. Please also refer to the "Annual Expenses of
the Funds" information of this Prospectus for a list of the Funds' annual
expenses.

Agreements. We have has entered into or may enter into arrangements with
certain Funds pursuant to which we receive a fee based upon an annual
percentage of the average net asset amount invested by us on behalf of the
Separate Account and other separate accounts of the Company. These arrangements
vary among the Funds and are entered into because of administrative services
provided by the Company.

                                       12
<PAGE>

Resolving Material Conflicts. All of the Funds are also available to registered
separate accounts of other insurance companies offering variable annuity and
variable life insurance products. As a result, there is a possibility that a
material conflict may arise between the interests of Owners of Policies and of
Owners of Policies whose Cash Values are allocated to other separate accounts
investing in the Funds. In the event a material conflict arises, the Company
will take any necessary steps, including removing the assets of the Separate
Account from one or more of the Funds, to resolve the matter.

Addition, Deletion, or Substitution of Investments. We reserve the right,
subject to compliance with applicable law, to make additions to, deletions
from, or substitutions for the shares of the Funds that are held by the
Separate Account or that the Separate Account may purchase. We reserve the
right to (1) eliminate the shares of any of the Funds and (2) substitute shares
of another fund if the shares of a Fund are no longer available for investment,
or further investment in any Fund becomes inappropriate in view of the purposes
of the Separate Account. We will not substitute any shares without notice to
the Owner and prior approval of the SEC, to the extent required by the 1940 Act
or other applicable law, as required

We also reserve the right to establish additional Divisions of the Separate
Account. We will establish new Divisions when marketing needs or investment
conditions warrant. Any new Division will be made available to existing Owners
on a basis to be determined by the Company. To the extent approved by the SEC,
we may also:

  . Eliminate or combine one or more Divisions;

  . Substitute one Division for another Division; or

  . Transfer assets between Divisions if marketing, tax, or investment
    conditions warrant.

We may make changes in the Policy by appropriate endorsement in the event of a
substitution or change. We will notify all Owners of any such changes.

If we deem it to be in the best interests of persons having voting rights under
the Policy, and to the extent any necessary SEC approvals or Owner votes are
obtained, the Separate Account may be:

  (a) operated as a management company under the 1940 Act;

  (b) deregistered under that Act in the event such registration is no longer
      required; or

  (c) combined with other separate accounts of the Company.

To the extent permitted by applicable law, we may transfer the assets of the
Separate Account associated with the Policy to another separate account.

We cannot guarantee that the shares of the Funds will always be available. The
Funds each sell shares to the Separate Account in accordance with the terms of
a participation agreement between the Fund distributors and us. Should this
agreement terminate or should shares become unavailable for any other reason,
the Separate Account will not be able to purchase the existing Fund shares.
Should this occur, we will be unable to honor Owner requests to allocate Cash
Values or premium payments to the Divisions of the Separate Account investing
in such shares. In the event that a Fund is no longer available, we will take
reasonable steps to obtain alternative investment options.

                                       13
<PAGE>

                       PAYMENT AND ALLOCATION OF PREMIUMS

Issuance of a Policy

We will generally issue a Group Contract to employers whose employees and/or
their spouses may become Owners (and/or Insureds) under the Group Contract so
long as the employee is within the class of employees eligible to be included
in the Group Contract. The class(es) of employees covered by a particular Group
Contract are set forth in that Group Contract's specifications pages.

The Group Contract will be issued upon receipt of an application for a Group
Contract signed by an appropriate officer of the employer and acceptance by us
at our Home Office. (See "General Provisions of the Group Contract--Issuance.")
Individuals (i.e., eligible employees and/or their spouses) wishing to purchase
a Policy, whether under a Group Contract or an employer-sponsored insurance
program, must complete the appropriate application for Individual Insurance and
submit it to our authorized representative or us at our Home Office. We will
issue to each Contractholder either a Certificate or an Individual Policy to
give to each Owner.

Individual Policies, rather than Certificates, will be issued:

  (1) to independent contractors of the employer;

  (2) to persons who wish to continue coverage after a Group Contract has
      terminated;

  (3) to persons who wish to continue coverage after they no longer are
      employed by the Group Contractholder;

  (4) if state law restrictions make issuance of a Group Contract
      impracticable; or

  (5) if the employer chooses to use an employer-sponsored insurance program
      that does not involve a Group Contract.

Corporate Programs. Corporate Programs will generally involve Individual
Policies. We will issue Policies on the lives of eligible Insureds, (generally
employees of a sponsoring employer), and the Owner will usually be the
sponsoring employer or its designee.

Issue Ages. A Policy generally will be issued only to Insureds of Issue Ages 17
through 70 who supply satisfactory evidence of insurability. We may issue
Policies to individuals falling outside the Issue Ages or decline to issue
Policies to individuals within the Issue Ages.

Employee Eligibility. In order for an employee to be eligible to purchase a
Policy, the employee must be actively at work at the time the application for
Individual Insurance is signed. In addition, the Contractholder may determine
specific classes to which the employee must belong to be eligible to purchase a
Policy. "Actively at work" means that the employee must work for the
Contractholder or sponsoring employer at the employee's usual place of work (or
such other places as required by the Contractholder or sponsoring employer) in
the course of such work for the full number of hours and the full rate of pay,
as set by the employment practices of the employer. Ordinarily the time worked
per week must not be less than 30 hours. However, we reserve the right to waive
or modify the "actively at work" requirement at our discretion.

In addition, the Contractholder may require that an employee must be employed
by the employer as of a certain date or for a certain period of time. We will
set forth this date or time period in the Group Contract

                                       14
<PAGE>

specifications pages. Employees of any Associated Companies of the
Contractholder will be considered employees of the Contractholder. We may also
allow an individual who is an independent contractor working primarily for the
sponsoring employer to be considered an eligible employee. An independent
contractor may receive an Individual Policy rather than a Certificate depending
upon state law applicable to the contracts. An employee may include a partner
in a partnership if the employer is a partnership.

Guaranteed Issue. Other than in Executive Programs or Corporate Programs, we
will issue the Policy and any children's insurance rider applied for by the
employee pursuant to our guaranteed issue procedure. We offer the guaranteed
issue procedure only when an employee is given the opportunity to purchase a
Policy for the first time. Under this procedure the employee is required to
answer qualifying questions in the application for Individual Insurance, but is
not required to submit to a medical or paramedical examination. The maximum
Face Amount that an employee can generally apply for under the guaranteed issue
procedure ("Guaranteed Issue Amount") is three times the employee's salary up
to a ceiling that is based on the number of eligible employees under a Group
Contract or other employer-sponsored insurance program. We may offer guaranteed
issue with Executive Programs or Corporate Programs depending upon the number
of eligible employees or if other existing insurance coverage is cancelled.

Simplified Underwriting. The employee must submit to a simplified underwriting
procedure requiring the employee to respond satisfactorily to certain health
questions in the application:

  . where the Face Amount exceeds the guaranteed issue limits;

  . where the Policy has been offered previously to the employee;

  . where the guaranteed issue requirements set forth in the application for
    Individual Insurance are not met; or

  . in connection with certain programs that may be offered without
    guaranteed issue

A blood test may be required. This requirement is generally applicable only to
Executive Programs or Corporate Programs.

Simplified underwriting must be followed in connection with the issuance of any
children's rider, if the employee is not eligible for guaranteed issue
underwriting, or, (even when the employee is eligible,) if the child does not
satisfy the guaranteed issue requirements set forth in the application for
Individual Insurance.

Acceptance of an application is always subject to our underwriting rules, and
we reserve the right to reject an application for any reason.

Employee's Spouse. If a Policy is to be issued to a spouse, the appropriate
application for Individual Insurance must be supplied. We will subject the
spouse to the simplified underwriting procedure described above. Guaranteed
issue is not available. We generally do not offer spouse coverage under
Executive Program Policies or Corporate Program Policies.

Issue Date. The Issue Date is the effective date for all coverage provided in
the original application for Individual Insurance. The Issue Date is used to
determine Policy Anniversaries, Policy Years, and Policy Months. A Policy will
not take effect until:

  . the appropriate application for Individual Insurance is signed;

  . the initial premium has been paid prior to the Insured's death;

  . the Insured is eligible for it; and

  . the information in the application is determined to be acceptable to the
    Company.

Interim Insurance. Interim Insurance in the amount of insurance applied for may
be available prior to the issuance of a Policy which is being underwritten on a
guaranteed issue basis up to the Guaranteed Issue

                                       15
<PAGE>

Amount. If available, interim insurance will start as of the date of the
application. Interim insurance ends on the earliest of the following dates:

  . the date insurance begins on the Policy applied for;

  . the date a Policy other than the Policy applied for is offered to the
    applicant;

  . the date the Company notifies the applicant that the application for any
    proposed Insured is declined;

  . 60 days from the date of application; or

  . termination of employment with the Contractholder or sponsoring employer.

Premiums

The initial premium is due on the Issue Date, and usually will be paid by the
Contractholder or employer on behalf of the Owner. The Company requires that
the initial premium for a Policy be at least equal to one-twelfth ( 1/12) of
the planned annual premium for the Policy set forth in the specifications
pages. The planned annual premium is an amount specified for each Policy based
on the requested initial Face Amount, the Issue Age of the Insured and the
charges under the Policy. (See "Charges and Deductions.") The Owner is not
required to pay premiums equal to the planned annual premium.

We will apply premiums paid by a Contractholder or sponsoring employer or
designated payor to a Policy as of the Valuation Date we receive the premiums.
Premiums will be "received" on a Valuation Date when we receive supporting
documentation necessary for us to determine the amount of premium per Policy
and the cash premium.

Planned Premium Payments. After the initial premium, and subject to the
limitations described below, premiums may be paid in any amount and at any
interval. Under Group Contracts and Individual Policies issued in connection
with other employer-sponsored insurance programs, the planned annual premium
usually will be paid by the Contractholder or sponsoring employer on behalf of
the Owner pursuant to a planned premium payment schedule. A planned premium
payment schedule provides for premium payments in a level amount at fixed
intervals (usually monthly) agreed to by the Contractholder or employer and us.

The amount of the premiums paid by the sponsoring employer or Contractholder
will be equal to the amount authorized by the employee. The Owner may skip
planned premium payments. Failure to pay one or more planned premium payments
will not always cause the Policy to lapse. The Policy will lapse if the Cash
Surrender Value is insufficient to cover the next Monthly Deduction. (See
"Payment and Allocation of Premiums--Policy Lapse and Reinstatement.")

Unscheduled Premiums. In addition to any planned payments made, an Owner may
make unscheduled premium payments at any time and in any amount, subject to the
minimum and maximum premium limitations described below. The payment of an
unscheduled premium payment may have Federal income tax consequences. (See
"Federal Tax Matters.") As mentioned above, an Owner may also skip planned
premium payments. Therefore, unlike conventional insurance policies, a Policy
does not obligate the Owner to pay premiums in accordance with a rigid and
inflexible premium schedule.

Continuance of Insurance. Failure of the Contractholder to pay the planned
premium payments authorized by its employees may cause the Group Contract to
terminate. (See "General Provisions of the Group Contract--Termination.")
Provided that there is sufficient Cash Surrender Value to prevent the Policy
from lapsing, the Individual Insurance provided will automatically continue in
the event of Group Contract termination. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--
Eligibility Change Conversion.") Individual Insurance will also continue if the
employee's employment with the Contractholder or sponsoring employer
terminates. In either circumstance, an Owner of an Individual Policy (or a
Certificate converted by amendment to an Individual Policy) will establish a
new schedule of planned premiums. The new schedule will have the same planned
annual premium, and the payment intervals will be no more frequent than
quarterly. In Corporate Programs, there will generally be no change in planned
or scheduled premiums upon discontinuing the employment of an Insured.

                                       16
<PAGE>

Premium Limitations. Every premium payment paid must be at least $20. Total
premiums paid under a Policy may not exceed the current maximum premium
limitations established by federal tax laws in any Policy Year. The maximum
premium limitation for a Policy Year is the sum of the premiums paid under the
Policy that will not at any time exceed the guideline premium limitations
referred to in Section 7702(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986. If at any
time a premium is paid which would result in total premiums exceeding the
current maximum premium limitation, we will accept only that portion of the
premium which will make total premiums equal the maximum. Any part of the
premium in excess of the maximum premiums will be returned directly to the
Owner within 60 days of the end of the Policy Year in which payment is received
(unless we agree) and no further premiums will be accepted until allowed by the
current maximum premium limitations prescribed by Federal tax law. See "Federal
Tax Matters" for a further explanation of premium limitations.

Section 7702A creates an additional premium limitation, which, if exceeded, can
change the tax status of a Policy to that of a "modified endowment contract." A
modified endowment contract is a life insurance contract, from which
withdrawals are treated (for tax purposes) (1) as a distribution of any taxable
income under the contract, and (2) as a distribution of nontaxable investment
in the contract. Also, such withdrawals may be subject to a 10% federal income
tax penalty. We have adopted administrative steps designed to notify an Owner
when we believe that a premium payment will cause a Policy to become a modified
endowment contract. Owner will be given a limited amount of time to request
that the premium be reversed in order to avoid the Policy's classification as a
modified endowment contract. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")

Allocation of Net Premiums and Cash Value

Net Premiums. The net premium equals:

  (1) the premium paid; less

  (2) the premium expense charge;

  (3) any charge to compensate us for anticipated higher corporate income
      taxes resulting from the sale of a Policy; and

  (4) the premium tax charge. (See "Charges and Deductions--Sales Charges.")

Allocation of Net Premiums. In the application for a Policy, the Owner
indicates how net premiums are to be allocated among the 14 Divisions of the
Separate Account. Beginning with the initial premium payment, all premiums will
be allocated in accordance with the Owner's instructions upon our receipt of
the premiums. However, the minimum percentage, of any allocation to a Division
is 10 percent of the net premium, and fractional percentages may not be used.

The allocation for future net premiums may be changed without charge at any
time by providing notice in writing directly to us. Any change in allocation
will take effect immediately upon our receipt of the written notification. No
charge is imposed for changing the allocations of future net premiums.

The Policy's Cash Value also may be transferred between the Divisions of the
Separate Account. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--Transfers.")

The value of amounts allocated to the Divisions will vary with the investment
performance of the Funds underlying the Divisions. The Owner bears the entire
investment risk. Investment performance will affect the Policy's Cash Value,
and may affect the death benefit as well. Owners should periodically review
their allocations of premiums and values in light of market conditions and
overall financial planning requirements.

Policy Lapse and Reinstatement

Lapse. Unlike conventional life insurance policies, the failure to make a
premium payment following the initial premium payment will not itself cause a
Policy to lapse. However, a Policy can lapse even if planned

                                       17
<PAGE>

premiums have been paid. Lapse will occur only when the Cash Surrender Value is
insufficient to cover the monthly deduction, and a grace period expires without
a sufficient payment being made. (See also "General Provisions of the Group
Contract--Grace Period--Termination.") Thus, the payment of premiums in any
amount does not guarantee that the Policy will remain in force until the
Maturity Date.

The grace period, which is 62 days, begins on the Monthly Anniversary on which
the Cash Surrender Value is not enough to cover the next monthly deduction,
premium expense charge, and premium tax charge. We will notify the Owner at the
beginning of the grace period by mail. The notice will specify the amount of
premium required to keep the Policy in force and the date the payment is due.
Subject to minimum premium requirements, the amount of the premium required to
keep the Policy in force will be the amount of the current monthly deduction.
(See "Charges and Deductions.") If the Company does not receive the required
amount within the grace period, the Policy will lapse and terminate without
Cash Value. If the Insured dies during the grace period, any overdue monthly
deductions will be deducted from the death benefit payable.

Reinstatement. The Owner may reinstate a lapsed Policy by written application
at any time within five years after the date of lapse and before the Maturity
Date. The right to reinstate a lapsed Policy will not be affected by the
termination of a Group Contract or the termination of an employee's employment
during the reinstatement period. Reinstatement is subject to the following
conditions:

  . Evidence of the insurability of the Insured satisfactory to us (including
    evidence of insurability of any person covered by a rider to reinstate
    the rider).

  . Payment of a premium that, after the deduction of any premium expense
    charge and any premium tax charge, is large enough to cover: (a) the
    monthly deductions due at the time of lapse, and (b) two times the
    monthly deduction due at the time of reinstatement.

  . Payment or reinstatement of any Indebtedness. Any Indebtedness reinstated
    will cause a Cash Value of an equal amount also to be reinstated.

Any loan paid at the time of reinstatement will cause an increase in Cash Value
equal to the amount of the repaid loan. The Policy cannot be reinstated if it
has been surrendered. The amount of Cash Value on the date of reinstatement
will be equal to the amount of any Indebtedness reinstated, increased by the
net premiums paid at reinstatement and any loans paid at the time of
reinstatement.

The effective date of reinstatement will be the date of our approval of the
application for reinstatement. There will be a full monthly deduction for the
Policy Month that includes that date.

                                POLICY BENEFITS

Death Benefit

As long as the Policy remains in force, we will, (upon proof of the Insured's
death), pay the death benefit proceeds of a Policy in accordance with the death
benefit option in effect at the time of the Insured's death. Payment of death
benefit proceeds will not be affected by termination of the Group Contract,
employer-sponsored insurance program or by termination of an employee's
employment.

If a rider permitting the accelerated payment of death benefit proceeds has
been added to the Policy, the death benefit may be paid in a single sum prior
to the death of the Insured and may be less than otherwise would be paid upon
the death of the Insured. (See "General Matters Relating to the Policy--
Additional Insurance Benefits.")

The amount of the death benefit proceeds payable will be determined at the end
of the Valuation Period during which the Insured's death occurred. The proceeds
may be paid in a single sum or under one or more of the settlement options set
forth in the Policy. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--Payment of Policy
Benefits.") Death benefit proceeds will be paid to the surviving Beneficiary or
Beneficiaries specified in the application or as subsequently changed.

                                       18
<PAGE>

The Policy provides two death benefit options: a "Level Type" death benefit
("Option A") and an "Increasing Type" death benefit ("Option B"). Option B
generally will be the only option presented. The death benefit under either
option will never be less than the current Face Amount of the Policy as long as
the Policy remains in force. (See "Payment and Allocation of Premiums--Policy
Lapse and Reinstatement.") The minimum Face Amount currently is $25,000. The
maximum Face Amount is generally $500,000. However, in connection with a
particular Group Contract or employer sponsored insurance program, we may
establish a substantially higher Face Amount for Policies issued under that
Contract or program.

Option A. Under Option A, the death benefit is:

  (1) the current Face Amount of the Policy or, if greater,

  (2) the applicable percentage of Cash Value on the date of death.

The applicable percentage is 250% for an Insured Attained Age 40 or below on
the Policy Anniversary prior to the date of death. For Insureds with an
Attained Age over 40 on that Policy Anniversary, the percentage is lower and
declines with age as shown in the Applicable Percentage Table below. Under
Option A the death benefit will remain level at the Face Amount unless the
applicable percentage of Cash Value exceeds the current Face Amount, in which
case the amount of the death benefit will vary as the Cash Value varies. Owners
who prefer to have favorable investment performance reflected in higher Cash
Value for the same Face Amount, rather than increased death benefit, generally
should select Option A.

                          APPLICABLE PERCENTAGE TABLE

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                         Applicable
Attained Age             Percentage
- ------------             ----------
<S>                      <C>
40......................    250%
41......................    243
42......................    236
43......................    229
44......................    222
45......................    215
46......................    209
47......................    203
48......................    197
49......................    191
50......................    185
51......................    178
52......................    171
53......................    164
54......................    157
55......................    150
56......................    146
57......................    142
58......................    138
59......................    134
60......................    130
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                         Applicable
Attained Age             Percentage
- ------------             ----------
<S>                      <C>
61......................    128%
62......................    126
63......................    124
64......................    122
65......................    120
66......................    119
67......................    118
68......................    117
69......................    116
70......................    115
71......................    113
72......................    111
73......................    109
74......................    107
75 to 90................    105
91......................    104
92......................    103
93......................    102
94......................    101
95 or older.............    100
</TABLE>

The applicable percentages in the foregoing table are based on federal tax law
requirements described in Section 7702(d) of the Code. The Company reserves the
right to alter the applicable percentage to the extent necessary to comply with
changes to Section 7702(d) or any successor provision thereto.

Option B. Under Option B, the death benefit is equal to:

  (1) the current Face Amount plus the Cash Value of the Policy or, if
  greater,

                                       19
<PAGE>

  (2) the applicable percentage of the Cash Value on the date of death. The
      applicable percentage is the same as under Option A.

Under Option B, the amount of the death benefit will always vary as the Cash
Value varies (but will never be less than the Face Amount).

Owners who prefer to have favorable investment performance reflected in higher
death benefits for the same Face Amount generally should select Option B. All
other factors equal, for the same premium dollar, Option B provides lower
initial Face Amount resulting in earlier cash accumulation.

Change in Death Benefit Option. After the first Policy Anniversary, the Owner
may change the death benefit option. We reserve the right to limit the number
of changes in death benefit options to one each Policy Year. A request for a
change must be made directly to us in writing. The effective date of such a
change will be the Monthly Anniversary on or following the date we receive the
change request.

If the death benefit option is changed from Option A to Option B, the Face
Amount after the change will equal the Face Amount before the change less the
Cash Value on the effective date of the change. Satisfactory evidence of
insurability must be submitted directly to us with a request for a change from
Option A to Option B. This change may not be made if it would result in a Face
Amount of less than $25,000.

If the death benefit option is changed from Option B to Option A, the Face
Amount after the change will equal the Face Amount before the change plus the
Cash Value on the effective date of change.

A change in death benefit option will not in itself result in an immediate
change in the amount of a Policy's death benefit or Cash Value. No charges will
be imposed upon a change from death benefit Option B to Option A. Changing from
Option A to Option B, however, will result in a decrease in the Face Amount. In
addition, if, prior to or accompanying a change in the death benefit option,
there has been an increase in the Face Amount, the cost of insurance charge may
be different for the increased amount. (See "Charges and Deductions--Monthly
Deduction--Cost of Insurance.")

No change in death benefit option will be permitted that results in the death
benefit under a Policy being included in gross income because the federal tax
law requirements are not satisfied. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")

Change in Face Amount. Subject to certain limitations set forth below, an Owner
may increase or decrease the Face Amount of a Policy (without changing the
death benefit option) after the first Policy Anniversary. A written request for
a change in the Face Amount must be sent directly to us. A change in Face
Amount may affect the cost of insurance rate and the net amount at risk, both
of which affect an Owner's cost of insurance charge. (See "Charges and
Deductions--Monthly Deduction--Cost of Insurance.") In addition, a change in
Face Amount may have federal income tax consequences. (See "Federal Tax
Matters.")

Face Amount Decreases. Any decrease in the Face Amount will become effective on
the Monthly Anniversary on or following our receipt of the written request. The
amount of the requested decrease must be at least $5,000 and the Face Amount
remaining in force after any requested decrease may not be less than the
minimum amount Face Amount, generally $25,000. If, following a decrease in Face
Amount, the Policy would not comply with the maximum premium limitations
required by federal tax law (see "Payment and Allocation of Premiums"), the
decrease may be limited or Cash Value may be returned to the Owner (at the
Owner's election), to the extent necessary to meet those requirements. A
decrease in the Face Amount will reduce the Face Amount in the following order:

  (1)The Face Amount provided by the most recent increase;

  (2) The next most recent increases successively; and

  (3) The initial Face Amount.

                                       20
<PAGE>

This order of reduction will be used to determine the amount of subsequent cost
of insurance charges (see "Charges and Deductions--Monthly Deduction--Cost of
Insurance").

Face Amount Increases. For an increase in the Face Amount, we require that
satisfactory evidence of insurability be submitted. If approved, the increase
will become effective on the Monthly Anniversary on or following receipt of the
satisfactory evidence of insurability. In addition, the Insured must have an
Attained Age of 80 or less on the effective date of the increase. The amount of
the increase may not be less than $5,000. The Face Amount may not be increased
more than the maximum Face Amount for that Policy, generally $500,000. However,
in connection with a particular Group Contract or employer-sponsored insurance
program, we may establish a substantially higher Face Amount for Policies
issued under that Contract or program. Although an increase need not
necessarily be accompanied by additional premium, the Cash Surrender Value in
effect immediately after the increase must be sufficient to cover the next
monthly deduction. (See "Charges and Deductions--Monthly Deduction.") An
increase in the Face Amount may result in certain additional charges. (See
"Charges and Deductions.")

Cancellation of an Increase. An increase in Face Amount may be cancelled within
the later of:

  . 20 days from the date the Owner received the new Policy specifications
    page for the increase;

  . within 10 days of mailing the right to cancellation notice to the Owner;
    or

  . within 45 days after the application for an increase was signed.

Upon cancellation, any additional charges, which would not have been assessed
without the increase, will be refunded to the Owner if requested. If a request
for a refund is not made, the charges will be restored to the Policy's Cash
Value and allocated to Divisions in the same manner as they were deducted.
Premiums paid following an increase in Face Amount and prior to the time the
right to cancel the increase expires will become part of the Policy's Cash
Value and will not be subject to refund. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--
Right to Examine Policy.")

Methods of Affecting Insurance Protection. An Owner may increase or decrease
the pure insurance protection provided by a Policy--the difference between the
death benefit and the Cash Value--in several ways as insurance needs change.
Examples include increasing or decreasing the Face Amount, changing the level
of premium payments, and, to a lesser extent, making partial withdrawals from
the Policy. Although the consequences of each of these methods will depend upon
the individual circumstances, they may be generally summarized as follows:

(a) A decrease in the Face Amount will, subject to the applicable percentage
limitations (see "Policy Benefits--Death Benefit"), decrease the pure insurance
protection and the cost of insurance charges under the Policy without reducing
the Cash Value.

(b) An increase in the Face Amount may increase the amount of pure insurance
protection, depending on the amount of Cash Value and the resultant applicable
percentage limitation. If the insurance protection is increased, the Policy
charges generally will increase as well.

(c) An increased level of premium payments will reduce the pure insurance
protection if Option A is in effect. However, when the applicable percentage of
Cash Value exceeds either the Face Amount (if Option A is in effect) or the
Cash Value plus the Face Amount (if Option B is in effect), increased premium
payments will increase the pure insurance protection. Increased premiums should
also increase the amount of funds available to keep the Policy in force.

(d) A reduced level of premium payments generally will increase the amount of
pure insurance protection, depending on the applicable percentage limitations.
If the reduced level of premium payments is insufficient to cover monthly
deductions or to offset negative investment performance, Cash Value may also
decrease, which in turn will increase the possibility that the Policy will
lapse. (See "Payment and Allocation of Premiums--Policy Lapse and
Reinstatement.")

                                       21
<PAGE>

(e) A partial withdrawal will reduce the death benefit. (See "Policy Rights and
Privileges--Surrender and Partial Withdrawals.") However, it only affects the
amount of pure insurance protection and cost of insurance charges if the death
benefit before or after the withdrawal is based on the applicable percentage of
Cash Value, because otherwise the decrease in the death benefit is offset by
the amount of Cash Value withdrawn. The primary use of a partial withdrawal is
to withdraw Cash Value.

Payment of Death Benefit Proceeds. Death benefit proceeds under the Policy
ordinarily will be paid within seven days after we receive all documentation
required. Payment may, however, be postponed in certain circumstances. (See
"General Matters Relating to the Policy--Postponement of Payments.") The Owner
may decide the form in which the proceeds will be paid. During the Insured's
lifetime, the Owner may arrange for the death benefit proceeds to be paid in a
single sum or under one or more of the optional methods of settlement described
below. The death benefit will be increased by the amount of the monthly cost of
insurance for the portion of the month from the date of death to the end of the
month, and reduced by any outstanding Indebtedness. (See "General Matters
Relating to the Policy--Additional Insurance Benefits," and "Charges and
Deductions.")

When no election for an optional method of settlement is in force when the
Insured dies, the Beneficiary may select one or more of the optional methods of
settlement at any time before death benefit proceeds are paid. (See "Policy
Rights and Privileges--Payment of Policy Benefits.")

An election or change of method of settlement must be in writing. A change in
Beneficiary revokes any previous settlement election. Once payments have begun,
the settlement option may not be changed.

Cash Value

The Cash Value of the Policy is equal to the total of the Policy's Cash Value
in the Separate Account and the Loan Account. The Policy's Cash Value in the
Separate Account will reflect:

  . the investment performance of the chosen Divisions;

  . the frequency and amount of net premiums paid;

  . transfers;

  . partial withdrawals;

  . Policy Loans;

  . Loan account interest rate credited; and

  . the charges assessed in connection with the Policy.

An Owner may at any time surrender the Policy and receive the Policy's Cash
Surrender Value. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--Surrender and Partial
Withdrawals.") There is no guaranteed minimum Cash Value.

Determination of Cash Value. Cash Value is determined on a daily basis. On the
Investment Start Date, the Cash Value in a Division will equal the portion of
any net premium allocated to the Division, reduced by the portion of the
monthly deductions due from the Issue Date through the Investment Start Date
allocated to that Division. Depending upon the length of time between the Issue
Date and the Investment Start Date, this amount may be more than the amount of
one monthly deduction. (See "Payment and Allocation of Premiums.") Thereafter,
on each Valuation Date, the Cash Value in a Division will equal:

(1) The Cash Value in the Division on the preceding Valuation Date, multiplied
by the Division's Net Investment Factor (defined below) for the current
Valuation Period; plus

(2) Any net premium payments received during the current Valuation Period which
are allocated to the Division; plus

(3) Any loan repayments allocated to the Division during the current Valuation
Period; plus

                                       22
<PAGE>

(4) Any amounts transferred to the Division from another Division during the
current Valuation Period; plus

(5) That portion of the interest credited on outstanding Policy Loans which is
allocated to the Division during the current Valuation Period; minus

(6) Any amounts transferred from the Division during the current Valuation
Period (including amounts securing Policy Loans) plus transfer charges if any;
minus

(7) Any partial withdrawals plus any partial withdrawal transaction charge,
from the Division during the current Valuation Period; minus

(8) If a Monthly Anniversary occurs during the current Valuation Period, the
portion of the monthly deduction allocated to the Division during the current
Valuation Period to cover the Policy Month which starts during that Valuation
Period. (See "Charges and Deductions.")

The Policy's Cash Value in the Separate Account equals the sum of the Policy's
Cash Values in each Division.

Net Investment Factor. The Net Investment Factor measures the investment
performance of a Division during a Valuation Period. The Net Investment Factor
for each Division for a Valuation Period is calculated as follows:

(1) The value of the assets at the end of the preceding Valuation Period; plus

(2) The investment income and capital gains--realized or unrealized--credited
to the assets in the Valuation Period for which the Net Investment Factor is
being determined; minus

(3) The capital losses, realized or unrealized, charged against those assets
during the Valuation Period; minus

(4) Any amount charged against each Division for taxes or other economic burden
resulting from the application of tax laws, determined by the Company to be
properly attributable to the Divisions or the Policy, or any amount set aside
during the Valuation Period as a reserve for taxes attributable to the
operation or maintenance of each Division; minus

(5) A charge not to exceed .0024547% of the net assets for each day in the
Valuation Period. This corresponds to 0.90% per year for mortality and expense
risks; divided by

(6) The value of the assets at the end of the preceding Valuation Period.

The Company may use an equivalent method to determine Cash Value in each
Division on each Valuation Date in lieu of the Net Investment Factor method.
This method directly determines the units of Cash Value in each Division and
the corresponding unit value. Unit value is obtained as follows:

(1) The value of assets in a Division are obtained by multiplying shares
outstanding by the net asset value as of the Valuation Date; minus

(2) A reduction based upon a charge not to exceed .0024547% of the net assets
for each day in the Valuation Period is made (This corresponds to 0.90% per
year for mortality and expense risk charge); divided by

(3) Aggregate units outstanding in the Division at the end of the preceding
Valuation Period.

                          POLICY RIGHTS AND PRIVILEGES

Exercising Rights and Privileges Under the Policies

Owners of Policies issued under a Group Contract or in connection with an
employer-sponsored insurance program may exercise their rights and privileges
under the Policies (i.e., make transfers, change premium

                                       23
<PAGE>

allocations, borrow, etc.) by directly notifying us in writing at our Home
Office. We will send all reports and other notices described herein or in the
Policy directly to the Owner.

Loans

Loan Privileges. After the first Policy Anniversary, the Owner may, by written
request directly to us, borrow an amount up to the Loan Value of the Policy,
with the Policy serving as sole security for such loan. The Loan Value is equal
to (a) minus (b), where

  . (a) is 85% of the Cash Value of the Policy on the date the Policy Loan is
    requested; and

  . (b) is the amount of any outstanding Indebtedness.

Loan interest is due and payable in arrears on each Policy Anniversary or on a
pro rata basis for such shorter period as the loan may exist. The minimum
amount that may be borrowed is $100. The loan may be completely or partially
repaid at any time while the Insured is living. Any amount due to an Owner
under a Policy Loan ordinarily will be paid within seven days after we receive
the loan request at our Home Office, although payments may be postponed under
certain circumstances. (See "General Matters Relating to the Policy--
Postponement of Payments.")

When a Policy Loan is made, Cash Value equal to the amount of the loan and loan
interest due will be transferred to the Loan Account as security for the loan.
Unless the Owner requests a different allocation, amounts will be transferred
from the Divisions of the Separate Account in the same proportion that the
Policy's Cash Value in each Division bears to the Policy's total Cash Value
(not including the Cash Value in the Loan Account), at the end of the Valuation
Period during which the request for a Policy Loan is received. This will reduce
the Policy's Cash Value in the Separate Account. These transactions will not be
considered transfers for purposes of the limitations on transfers between
Divisions.

Loan Account Interest Rate Credited. Cash Value transferred to the Loan Account
to secure a Policy Loan will accrue interest daily at an annual rate not less
than 5%. The rate is declared by action of our management as authorized by our
Board of Directors. The Loan Account interest credited will be transferred to
the Divisions: (1) each Policy Anniversary; (2) when a new loan is made; (3)
when a loan is partially or fully repaid; and (4) when an amount is needed to
meet a monthly deduction.

Interest Rate Charged for Policy Loans. The interest rate charged will be at an
annual rate of 8%. Interest charged will be due and payable annually in arrears
on each Policy Anniversary or for the duration of the Policy Loan, if shorter.
If the Owner does not pay the interest charged when it is due, an amount of
Cash Value equal to that which is due will be transferred to the Loan Account.
(See "Policy Rights and Privileges--Loans--Effect of Policy Loans.") The amount
transferred will be deducted from the Divisions in the same proportion that the
portion of the Cash Value in each Division bears to the total Cash Value of the
Policy (not including the Cash Value in the Loan Account).

Effect of Policy Loans. A loan taken from, or secured by, a Policy may have
federal income tax consequences. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")

Whether or not a Policy Loan is repaid, it will permanently affect the Cash
Value of a Policy, and may permanently affect the amount of the death benefit.
This is because the collateral for the Policy Loan (the amount held in the Loan
Account) does not participate in the performance of the Separate Account while
the loan is outstanding. If the Loan Account interest credited is less than the
investment performance of the selected Division, the Policy values will be
lower as a result of the loan. Conversely, if the Loan Account interest
credited is higher than the investment performance of the Division, the Policy
values may be higher.

In addition, if the Indebtedness exceeds the Cash Value on any Monthly
Anniversary, the Policy may lapse, subject to a grace period. (See "Charges and
Deductions.") A sufficient payment must be made within the later of:

                                       24
<PAGE>

  (1) the grace period of 62 days from the Monthly Anniversary immediately
      before the date Indebtedness exceeds the Cash Value; or

  (2) 31 days after notice that the Policy will terminate without a
      sufficient payment has been mailed.

If a sufficient payment is not received, the Policy will lapse and terminate
without value. A lapsed Policy may later be reinstated. (See "Payment and
Allocation of Premiums--Policy Lapse and Reinstatement.")

All outstanding Indebtedness will be deducted from the proceeds payable upon
the death of the Insured, surrender, or the maturity of the Policy.

Repayment of Indebtedness. A Policy Loan may be repaid in whole or in part at
any time prior to the death of the Insured and as long as a Policy is in
effect. All repayments should be made directly to us. Amounts paid while a
Policy Loan is outstanding will be treated as premiums unless the Owner
requests in writing that the payments be treated as repayment of Indebtedness.
When a loan repayment is made, an amount securing the Indebtedness in the Loan
Account equal to the loan repayment will be transferred to the Divisions in the
same proportion that Cash Value in the Loan Account bears to the Cash Value in
each Loan Subaccount. A Loan Subaccount exists for each Division. Amounts
transferred to the Loan Account to secure Indebtedness are allocated to the
appropriate Loan Subaccount to reflect their origin.

Surrender and Partial Withdrawals

During the lifetime of the Insured and while a Policy is in force, the Owner
may surrender, or make a partial withdrawal of the Policy by sending a written
request to us. Any restrictions are described below. The amount available upon
surrender is the Cash Surrender Value (described below) at the end of the
Valuation Period during which the surrender request is received by us. Amounts
payable upon surrender or a partial withdrawal ordinarily will be paid within
seven days of receipt of the written request. (See "General Matters Relating to
the Policy--Postponement of Payments.") Surrenders and partial withdrawals may
have federal income tax consequences. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")

Surrender. To effect a surrender, the Policy must be returned to us along with
the request, or the request must be accompanied by a completed affidavit of
lost Policy. Upon request, we can provide a lost Policy Certificate. Upon
surrender, we will pay the Cash Surrender Value to the Owner. The Cash
Surrender Value equals the Cash Value on the date of surrender, less any
Indebtedness. Surrender proceeds will be paid in a single sum. If the request
is received on a Monthly Anniversary, the monthly deduction otherwise
deductible will be included in the amount paid. Coverage under a Policy will
terminate as of the date of surrender.

Partial Withdrawals. After the first Policy Year, an Owner may make up to one
partial withdrawal each Policy Month from the Separate Account. The minimum
amount of a partial withdrawal, net of any transaction charges, is $500. The
minimum amount that can be withdrawn from a Division is $50, or the Policy's
Cash Value in a Division, if smaller. The maximum amount that may be withdrawn,
including the partial withdrawal transaction charge, is the Loan Value. The
partial withdrawal transaction charge is equal to the lesser of $25 or 2% of
the amount withdrawn. The Owner may allocate the amount withdrawn, subject to
the above conditions, among the Divisions. If no allocation is specified, then
the partial withdrawal will be allocated among the Divisions in the same
proportion that the Policy's Cash Value in each Division bears to the total
Cash Value of the Policy (not including the Cash Value in the Loan Account) on
the date the request for the partial withdrawal is received.

A partial withdrawal will decrease the Face Amount in two situations. First, if
death benefit Option A is in effect and the death benefit equals the Face
Amount then the partial withdrawal will decrease the Face Amount, and, thus,
the death benefit by an amount equal to the partial withdrawal plus the partial
withdrawal transaction charge. Second, if the death benefit equals a percentage
of Cash Value (whether Option A or Option B is in effect), then a partial
withdrawal will decrease the Face Amount by the amount that the partial
withdrawal plus the partial withdrawal transaction charge exceeds the
difference between the death benefit and the Face

                                       25
<PAGE>

Amount. The death benefit also will be reduced in this circumstance. If Option
B is in effect and the death benefit equals the Face Amount plus the Cash
Value, the partial withdrawal will not reduce the Face Amount, but it will
reduce the Cash Value and, thus, the death benefit by the amount of the partial
withdrawal plus the partial withdrawal transaction charge. The Face Amount will
be decreased in the following order: (1) the Face Amount at issue; and (2) any
increases in the same order in which they were issued.

Generally, the partial withdrawal transaction charge will be allocated among
the Divisions in the same proportion as the partial withdrawal is allocated.
If, following a partial withdrawal, insufficient funds remain in a Division to
pay the partial withdrawal transaction charge allocated to a Division, the
unpaid charges will be allocated equally among the remaining Divisions. In
addition, an Owner may request that the partial withdrawal transaction charge
be paid from the Owner's Cash Value in another Division.

The Face Amount remaining in force after a partial withdrawal may not be less
than $25,000. Any request for a partial withdrawal that would reduce the Face
Amount below this amount will not be approved.

Partial withdrawals may affect the way in which the cost of insurance charge is
calculated and the amount of pure insurance protection afforded under a Policy.
(See "Policy Benefits--Death Benefit--Methods of Affecting Insurance
Protection.")

Transfers

Under the Company's current rules, a Policy's Cash Value (not including amounts
credited to the Loan Account), may be transferred among the Divisions available
with the Policy. Requests for transfers from or among Divisions must be made in
writing directly to us and may be made once each Policy Month. Transfers must
be in amounts of at least $250 or, if smaller, the Policy's Cash Value in a
Division. We will make transfers and determine all values in connection with
transfers as of the end of the Valuation Period during which the transfer
request is received.

All requests received on the same Valuation Day will be considered a single
transfer request. Each transfer must meet the minimum requirement of $250 or
the entire Cash Value in a Division. Where a single transfer request calls for
more than one transfer, and not all of the transfers would meet the minimum
requirements, we will make those transfers that do meet the requirements.
Transfers resulting from Policy Loans will not be counted for purposes of the
limitations on the amount or frequency of transfers allowed in each month or
year.

Although we currently intend to continue to permit transfers for the
foreseeable future, the Policy provides that we may modify the transfer
privilege, by changing the minimum amount transferable, by altering the
frequency of transfers, by imposing a transfer charge, by prohibiting
transfers, or in such other manner as we may determine.

Right to Examine Policy

The Owner may cancel a Policy within 10 days of after receiving it or such
longer period if required by state law. If a Policy is cancelled within this
time period, a refund will be paid. The refund will equal all premiums paid
under the Policy.

To cancel the Policy, the Owner should mail or deliver the Policy directly to
us. A refund of premiums paid by check may be delayed until the check has
cleared the Owner's bank. (See "General Matters Relating to the Policy--
Postponement of Payments.")

As noted above, a request for an increase in Face Amount (see "Policy
Benefits--Death Benefit") also may be cancelled. The request for cancellation
must be made within the latest of:

  . 20 days from the date the Owner received the new Policy specifications
    pages for the increase;

  . 10 days of mailing the right to cancellation notice to the Owner; or

  . 45 days after the Owner signed the application for the increase.

                                       26
<PAGE>

Upon cancellation of an increase, the Owner may request that we refund the
amount of the additional charges deducted in connection with the increase. This
amount will equal the amount by which the monthly deductions since the increase
went into effect exceeded the monthly deductions which would have been made
absent the increase. (See "Charges and Deductions--Monthly Deduction.") If no
request is made, we will increase the Policy's Cash Value by the amount of
these additional charges. This amount will be allocated among the Divisions in
the same manner as it was deducted.

Conversion Right to a Fixed Benefit Policy

Once during the first 24 Policy Months following the Issue Date of the Policy,
the Owner may, upon written request, convert a Policy still in force to a life
insurance policy that provides for benefits that do not vary with the
investment return of the Divisions. In the event a Certificate has been amended
to operate as an Individual Policy following an Insured's change in eligibility
under a Group Contract, the conversion right will be measured from the Issue
Date of the original Certificate. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--
Eligibility Change Conversion.") No evidence of insurability will be required
when this right is exercised. However, we will require that the Policy be in
force and that the Owner repay any existing Indebtedness. At the time of the
conversion, the new Policy will have, at the Owner's option, either the same
death benefit or the same net amount at risk as the original Policy. The new
Policy will also have the same Issue Date and Issue Age as the original Policy.
The premiums for the new Policy will be based on our rates in effect for the
same Issue Age and rate class as the original Policy.

Eligibility Change Conversion

If an Insured's eligibility under a Group Contract or employer-sponsored
insurance program ends due to its termination or due to the termination of the
employee's employment, the Insured's coverage will continue unless the Policy
is no longer in force. Even if the Policy is not in force due to lapse, the
right to reinstate and thus to convert a lapsed Policy will not be affected by
the change in the employee's eligibility during the reinstatement period.

If a Certificate was issued under the Group Contract, the Certificate will be
amended automatically so that it will continue in force as an Individual
Policy. The rights, benefits, and guaranteed charges will not be altered by
this amendment. The amendment will be mailed to the Owner within 31 days (a)
after we receive written notice that the employee's employment ended or (b)
after the termination of the Group Contract. If, at the time the conversion
occurs, the Policy is in a grace period (see "Payment and Allocation of
Premiums--Policy Lapse and Reinstatement"), any premium necessary to prevent
the Policy from lapsing must be paid us before the new Individual Policy will
be mailed. A new planned premium schedule will be established which will have
the same planned annual premium utilized under the Group Contract. The new
planned payment intervals will be no more frequent than quarterly. The Company
may allow payment of planned premium through periodic (usually monthly)
authorized electronic funds transfer. Of course, unscheduled premium payments
can be made at any time. (See "Payment and Allocation of Premiums--Premiums.")

If an Individual Policy was issued under the Group Contract or other employer-
sponsored insurance program including a Corporate Program or Executive Program,
the Policy will continue in force following the change in eligibility. The
rights, benefits, and guaranteed charges under the Policy will remain the same
following this change in eligibility.

When an employee's spouse is the Insured under a Policy, the spouse's insurance
coverage also will continue in the event the employee is no longer eligible. If
a Certificate was originally issued to the employee's spouse, the Certificate
will be amended automatically as described above. If an Individual Policy was
originally issued, the Individual Policy will continue as described above. In
addition, if an Associated Company ceases be to under common control with the
Contractholder, the Insureds of the Associated Company (i.e., employees of the
Associated Company and their spouses) may continue their insurance in the
manner described above.

                                       27
<PAGE>

Payment of Benefits at Maturity

If the Insured is living and the Policy is in force, the Company will pay the
Cash Surrender Value of the Policy to the Owner on the Maturity Date. An Owner
may elect to have amounts payable on the Maturity Date paid in a single sum or
under a settlement option. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--Payment of
Policy Benefits.") Amounts payable on the Maturity Date ordinarily will be paid
within seven days of that date, although payment may be postponed under certain
circumstances. (See "General Matters Relating to the Policy--Postponement of
Payments.") A Policy will mature if and when the Insured reaches Attained Age
95.

Payment of Policy Benefits

A lump sum payment will be made. Provisions for settlement of proceeds
different from a lump sum payment may only be made upon written our agreement.

Settlement Options. We may offer settlement options that apply to the payment
of death benefit proceeds, as well as to benefits payable at maturity. Once a
settlement option is in effect, there will no longer be value in the Separate
Account.

Accelerated Death Benefits. We offer certain riders which permit the Owner to
elect to receive an accelerated payment of the Policy's death benefit in a
reduced amount under certain circumstances. (See "General Matters Relating to
the Policy--Additional Insurance Benefits.")

                             CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS

We will deduct charges in connection with the Policies to compensate us for
providing the insurance benefits set forth in the Policies and any additional
benefits added by rider, administering the Policies, incurring expenses in
distributing the Policies, and assuming certain risks in connection with the
Policies. We may realize a profit on one or more of these charges. We may use
any such profit for any corporate purpose, including, among other things,
payments of sales and distribution expenses.

Sales Charges

Prior to allocation of net premiums among the Divisions, premium payments will
be reduced by a front-end sales charge ("premium expense charge") equal to 1%
of the premium.

In addition, as a result of OBRA, insurance companies are generally required to
capitalize and amortize certain policy acquisition expenses over a ten year
period rather than currently deducting such expenses. A higher capitalization
expense applies to the deferred acquisition expenses of Policies that are
deemed to be individual contracts under OBRA and will result in a significantly
higher corporate income tax liability for the Company in early Policy Years.
Thus, under Policies that are deemed to be individual contracts under OBRA, we
make an additional charge of 1% of each premium payment to compensate us for
the anticipated higher corporate income taxes that result from the sale of such
a Policy. Among other possible employer-sponsored programs, Corporate Program
Policies are deemed to be individual contracts.

The net premium payment is calculated as the premium payment less:

  . the premium expense charge less;

  . any charge to compensate the Company for anticipated higher corporate
    income taxes resulting from the sale of a Policy; and

  . the premium tax charge (described below).

The sales charges will not change if an Insured is no longer eligible under a
Group Contract or employer-sponsored insurance program, but continues coverage
on an individual basis.

                                       28
<PAGE>

Premium Tax Charge

Various states and subdivisions impose a tax on premiums received by insurance
companies. Premium taxes vary from jurisdiction to jurisdiction. To cover these
premium taxes, premium payments will be reduced by a premium tax charge of 2%
from all Policies.

Monthly Deduction

Charges will be deducted monthly from the Cash Value of each Policy ("monthly
deduction") to compensate us for (a) certain administrative costs; (b)
insurance underwriting and acquisition expenses in connection with issuing a
Policy; (c) the cost of insurance; and (d) the cost of optional benefits added
by rider. The monthly deduction will be deducted on the Investment Start Date
and on each succeeding Monthly Anniversary. It will be allocated among each
Division in the same proportion that a Policy's Cash Value in each Division
bears to the total Cash Value of the Policy (not including the Cash Value in
the Loan Account) on the date the deduction is made. Because portions of the
monthly deduction, such as the cost of insurance, can vary from month to month,
the monthly deduction itself will vary in amount from month to month.

Monthly Administrative Charge. We are responsible for the administration of the
Policies and the Separate Account. Administrative expenses include premium
billing and collection, recordkeeping, processing death benefit claims, cash
surrenders, partial withdrawals, Policy changes, reporting and overhead costs,
processing applications, and establishing Policy records. We assess a monthly
administration charge from each Policy. The amount of this charge is set forth
in the specifications pages of the Policy and depends on the number of
employees eligible to be covered at issue of a Group Contract or an employer-
sponsored insurance program. The following table sets forth the range of
monthly administrative charges under the Policy:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   Eligible                                                     First Subsequent
   Employees                                                    Year    Years
   ---------                                                    ----- ----------
   <S>                                                          <C>   <C>
   250-499..................................................... $5.00   $2.50
   500-999..................................................... $4.75   $2.25
   1000+....................................................... $4.50   $2.00
</TABLE>

For Group Contracts or other employer-sponsored insurance programs (1) with
fewer than 250 eligible employees, (2) with additional administrative costs, or
(3) that are offered as Executive Programs or Corporate Programs, the monthly
administrative charge may be higher, but will not exceed $6.00 per month during
the first Policy Year and $3.50 per month in renewal years.

These charges are guaranteed not to increase over the life of the Policy. The
administrative charge will not change in the event that the Insured is no
longer eligible for group coverage, but continues coverage on an individual
basis. In addition, when we believe that lower administrative costs will be
incurred in connection with a particular Group Contract or employer-sponsored
insurance program we may modify the above schedule for that Group Contract or
other employer-sponsored insurance program. The amount of the administrative
charge applicable to a particular Policy will be set forth in specifications
pages for that Policy.

Cost of Insurance. The cost of insurance is deducted on each Monthly
Anniversary for the next Policy Month. Because the cost of insurance depends
upon a number of variables, the cost will vary for each Policy Month. The cost
of insurance is determined separately for the initial Face Amount and for any
increases in Face Amount. We will determine the monthly cost of insurance
charge by multiplying the applicable cost of insurance rate or rates by the net
amount at risk for each Policy Month.

Cost of Insurance Rates. The cost of insurance rates are determined at the
beginning of each Policy Year for the initial Face Amount and each increase in
Face Amount. We will determine the current cost of insurance rates based on our
expectations as to future mortality experience. We currently issue the Policies
on a guaranteed issue or simplified underwriting basis without regard to the
sex of the Insured. Whether a Policy is

                                       29
<PAGE>

issued on a guaranteed issue or simplified underwriting basis does not affect
the cost of insurance charge determined for that Policy.

The current cost of insurance rates will be based on the Attained Age of the
Insured, the rate class of the Insured, and possibly the gender mix (i.e., the
proportion of men and women covered under a particular Group Contract or
employer-sponsored program). The cost of insurance rates generally increase as
the Insured's Attained Age increases. An Insured's rate class is generally
based on the number of eligible employees as well as other factors that may
affect the mortality risk we assume in connection with a particular Group
Contract or employer-sponsored insurance program. All other factors being
equal, the cost of insurance rates generally decrease by rate class as the
number of eligible employees in the rate class increase. We reserve the right
to change criteria on which a rate class will be based in the future.

If gender mix is a factor, we will estimate the gender mix of the pool of
Insureds under a Group Contract or employer-sponsored insurance program upon
issuance of the Contract. Each year on the Group Contract or employer-sponsored
insurance program's anniversary, we may adjust the rate to reflect the actual
gender mix for the particular group. In the event that the Insured's
eligibility under a Group Contract (or other employer-sponsored insurance
program) ceases, the cost of insurance rate will continue to reflect the gender
mix of the pool of Insureds at the time the Insured's eligibility ceased.
However, at some time in the future, we reserve the right to base the gender
mix and rate class on the group consisting of those Insureds who are no longer
under a Group Contract or employer-sponsored program.

The current cost of insurance rates will not be greater than the guaranteed
cost of insurance rates set forth in the Policy. These guaranteed rates are
125% of the maximum rates that could be charged based on the 1980 Commissioners
Standard Ordinary Mortality Table C ("1980 CSO Table"). The guaranteed rates
are higher than 100% of the maximum rates in the 1980 CSO Table because we use
guaranteed or simplified underwriting procedures whereby the insured is not
required to submit to a medical or paramedical examination. The current cost of
insurance rates are generally lower than 100% of the 1980 CSO Table. Any change
in the actual cost of insurance rates, will apply to all persons of the same
Attained Age and rate class whose Face Amounts have been in force for the same
length of time. Any change in the actual cost of insurance rates will not
include changes made to adjust for changes in the gender mix of the pool of
Insureds under a particular Group Contract or employer-sponsored insurance
program. (For purposes of computing guideline premiums under Section 7702 of
the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, the Company will use 100% of the
1980 CSO Table.)

Net Amount at Risk. The net amount at risk for a Policy Month is (a) the death
benefit at the beginning of the Policy Month divided by 1.0040741), less (b)
the Cash Value at the beginning of the Policy Month. Dividing the death benefit
by 1.0040741 reduces the net amount at risk, solely for purposes of computing
the cost of insurance, by taking into account assumed monthly earnings at an
annual rate of 5%.

The net amount at risk may be affected by changes in the Cash Value or changes
in the Face Amount of the Policy. If there is an increase in the Face Amount
and the rate class applicable to the increase is different from that for the
initial Face Amount, we will calculate the net amount at risk separately for
each rate class. When we determine the net amounts at risk for each rate class,
when Option A is in effect, we will consider the Cash Value first to be a part
of the initial Face Amount. If the Cash Value is greater than the initial Face
Amount, we will consider the excess Cash Value a part of each increase in
order, starting with the first increase. If Option B is in effect, we will
determine the net amount at risk for each rate class by the Face Amount
associated with that rate class. In calculating the cost of insurance charge,
the cost of insurance rate for a Face Amount is applied to the net amount at
risk for the corresponding rate class.

Because the calculation of the net amount at risk is different under Option A
and Option B when more than one rate class is in effect, a change in the death
benefit option may result in a different net amount at risk for each rate
class. Since the cost of insurance is calculated separately for each rate
class, any change in the net amount at risk resulting from a change in the
death benefit option may affect the total cost of insurance paid by the Owner.

                                       30
<PAGE>

Partial withdrawals and decreases in Face Amount will affect the manner in
which the net amount at risk for each rate class is calculated. (See "Policy
Benefits--Death Benefit," and "Policy Rights and Privileges--Surrender and
Partial Withdrawals.")

Additional Insurance Benefits. The monthly deduction will include charges for
any additional benefits provided by rider. (See "General Matters Relating to
the Policy--Additional Insurance Benefits.")

Partial Withdrawal Transaction Charge

A transaction charge which is the lesser of $25 or 2% of the amount withdrawn
will be assessed on each partial withdrawal, to cover administrative costs
incurred in processing the partial withdrawal.

Separate Account Charges

Mortality and Expense Risk Charge. The Company will deduct a daily charge from
the Separate Account at the rate not to exceed .0024547% of the net assets of
each Division of the Separate Account. This equals an annual rate of .90% of
those net assets. This deduction is guaranteed not to increase for the duration
of the Policy. We may realize a profit from this charge and may use this profit
to finance distribution expenses.

The mortality risk we assume is that an Insured may die sooner than anticipated
and that we will pay an aggregate amount of death benefits greater than
anticipated. The expense risk assumed is that expenses incurred in issuing and
administering the Policy will exceed the amounts realized from the
administrative charges assessed against the Policy.

Federal Taxes. Currently no charge is made to the Separate Account for federal
income taxes that may be incurred by the Separate Account. We may make such a
charge in the future. Charges for other taxes incurred by the Account may also
be made. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")

Expenses of the Funds. The value of the net assets of the Separate Account will
reflect the investment advisory fee and other expenses incurred by the Funds.
(See "Summary of the Policy--Separate Account Charges--Annual Expenses of the
Funds" and "The Company, the Separate Accounts and The Funds--The Funds.")

                     GENERAL MATTERS RELATING TO THE POLICY

Postponement of Payments

Payment of any amount due from the Separate Account because of surrender,
partial withdrawals, election of an accelerated death benefit under a rider,
death of the Insured, or the Maturity Date, as well as payments of a Policy
loan and transfers, may be postponed whenever:

  (1) the New York Stock Exchange is closed other than customary weekend and
      holiday closings, or trading on the New York Stock Exchange is
      restricted as determined by the SEC;

  (2) the SEC by order permits postponement for the protection of Owners; or

  (3) an emergency exists, as determined by the SEC, as a result of which
      disposal of securities is not reasonably practicable or it is not
      reasonably practicable to determine the value of the Separate Account's
      net assets.

Payments under the Policy of any amounts derived from premiums paid by check
may be delayed until such time as the check has cleared the Owner's bank.

The Contract

The Policy, the attached application, any riders, endorsements, any application
for an increase in Face Amount, and any application for reinstatement together
make the entire contract between the Owner and us. Apart from

                                       31
<PAGE>

the rights and benefits described in the Certificate or Individual Policy and
incorporated by reference into the Group Contract, the Owner has no rights
under the Group Contract. All statements made by the Insured in the application
are considered representations and not warranties, except in the case of fraud.
Only statements in the application and any supplemental applications can be
used to contest a claim or the validity of the Policy. Any change to the Policy
must be approved in writing by the President, a Vice President, or the
Secretary of the Company. No agent has the authority to alter or modify any of
the terms, conditions, or agreements of the Policy or to waive any of its
provisions.

Control of Policy

The Insured will be the Owner of the Policy unless another person is shown as
the Owner in the application. Ownership may be changed as described below. The
Owner is entitled to all rights provided by the Policy,
prior to its Maturity Date. After the Maturity Date, the Owner cannot change
the payee nor the mode of payment, unless otherwise provided in the Policy. Any
person whose rights of ownership depend upon some future event will not possess
any present rights of ownership. If there is more than one Owner at a given
time, all must exercise the rights of ownership. If the Owner should die, and
the Owner is not the Insured, the Owner's interest will go to his or her estate
unless otherwise provided.

Beneficiary

The Beneficiary(ies) is (are) the person(s) specified in the application or by
later designation. Unless otherwise stated in the Policy, the Beneficiary has
no rights in a Policy before the death of the Insured. If there is more than
one Beneficiary at the death of the Insured, each will receive equal payments
unless otherwise provided by the Owner. If no Beneficiary is living at the
death of the Insured, the proceeds will be payable to the Owner or, if the
Owner is not living, to the Owner's estate.

Change of Owner or Beneficiary

The Owner may change the ownership and/or Beneficiary designation by written
request in a form acceptable to us at any time during the Insured's lifetime.
The Company may require that the Policy be returned for endorsement of any
change. The change will take effect as of the date the request is signed,
whether or not the Insured is living when the request is received by us. We
will not be liable for any payment made or action taken before we receive the
written request for change. If the Owner is also a Beneficiary of the Policy at
the time of the Insured's death, the Owner may, within 60 days of the Insured's
death, designate another person to receive the Policy proceeds. Changing the
Owner may have adverse tax consequences.

Policy Changes

We reserve the right to limit the number of Policy changes to one per Policy
Year and to restrict such changes in the first Policy Year. Currently, no
change may be made during the first Policy Year. For this purpose, changes
include increases or decreases in Face Amount and changes in the death benefit
option. No change will be permitted that would result in the death benefit
under a Policy being included in gross income due to not satisfying the
requirements of Section 7702 of the Internal Revenue Code or any applicable
successor provision.

Conformity with Statutes

If any provision in a Policy is in conflict with the laws of the state
governing the Policy, the provision will be deemed to be amended to conform to
such laws.

Claims of Creditors

To the extent permitted by law, neither the Policy nor any payment thereunder
will be subject to the claims of creditors or to any legal process.

                                       32
<PAGE>

Incontestability

The Policy is incontestable after it has been in force for two years from the
Issue Date during the lifetime of the Insured. An increase in Face Amount or
addition of a rider after the Issue Date is incontestable after such increase
or addition has been in force for two years from its effective date during the
lifetime of the Insured. Any reinstatement of a Policy is incontestable, except
for nonpayment of premiums, only after it has been in force during the lifetime
of the Insured for two years after the effective date of the reinstatement.

Assignment

We will be bound by an assignment of a Policy only if: (a) it is in writing;
(b) the original instrument or a certified copy is filed with us at our Home
Office; and (c) we send an acknowledged copy to the Owner. We are not
responsible for determining the validity of any assignment. Payment of Policy
proceeds is subject to the rights of any assignee of record. If a claim is
based on an assignment, we may require proof of the interest of the claimant. A
valid assignment will take precedence over any claim of a Beneficiary.

Suicide

Suicide within two years of the Issue Date is not covered by the Policy. If the
Insured dies by suicide, while sane or insane, within two years from the Issue
Date (or within the maximum period permitted by the laws of the state in which
the Policy was delivered, if less than two years), the amount payable will be
limited to premiums paid, less any partial withdrawals and outstanding
Indebtedness. If the Insured, while sane or insane, dies by suicide within two
years after the effective date of any increase in Face Amount, the death
benefit for that increase will be limited to the amount of the monthly
deductions for the increase.

If the Insured is a Missouri citizen when the Policy is issued, this provision
does not apply on the Issue Date of the Policy, or on the effective date of any
increase in Face Amount, unless the Insured intended suicide at the time of
application for the Policy or any increase in Face Amount.

Misstatement of Age and Corrections

If the age of the Insured has been misstated in the application, the amount of
the death benefit will be that which the most recent cost of insurance charge
would have purchased for the correct age.

Any payment or Policy changes we make in good faith, relying on our records or
evidence supplied with respect to such payment, will fully discharge our duty.
We reserve the right to correct any errors in the Policy.

Additional Insurance Benefits

Subject to certain requirements, one or more of the following additional
insurance benefits may be added to a Policy by rider. However, some Group
Contracts or employer-sponsored insurance programs may not offer each of the
additional benefits described below. Certain riders may not be available in all
states. In addition, should it be determined that the tax status of a Policy as
life insurance is adversely affected by the addition of any of these riders, we
will cease offering such riders. The descriptions below are intended to be
general; the terms of the Policy riders providing the additional benefits may
vary from state to state, and the Policy should be consulted. The cost of any
additional insurance benefits will be deducted as part of the monthly
deduction. (See "Charges and Deductions--Monthly Deduction.")

Waiver of Monthly Deductions Rider. Provides for the waiver of the monthly
deductions while the Insured is totally disabled, subject to certain
limitations described in the rider. The Insured must have become disabled
before age 65.

Accidental Death Benefit Rider. Provides additional insurance if the Insured's
death results from accidental bodily injury, as defined in the rider. Under the
terms of the rider, the additional benefits provided in the Policy

                                       33
<PAGE>

will be paid upon receipt of proof by us that death resulted directly from
accidental injury and independently of all other causes; occurred within 120
days from the date of injury; and occurred before the Policy Anniversary
nearest age 70 of the Insured.

Children's Life Insurance Rider. Provides for term insurance on the Insured's
children, as defined in the rider. To be eligible for insurance under the
rider, the child to be insured must not be confined in a hospital at the time
the application is signed. Under the terms of the rider, the death benefit will
be payable to the named
Beneficiary upon the death of any insured child. Upon receipt of proof of the
Insured's death before the rider terminates, the rider will be continued on a
fully paid-up term insurance basis.

HIV Acceleration of Death Benefits Rider. Provides for the Owner's election an
accelerated payment, prior to the death of the Insured upon receipt of
satisfactory evidence that the Insured has tested seropositive for the human
immunodeficiency virus ("HIV") after both the Policy and rider are issued. We
will pay the Policy's death benefit (less any Indebtedness and any term
insurance added by riders), calculated on the date that we receive satisfactory
evidence that the Insured has tested seropositive for HIV, reduced by a $100
administrative processing fee. We will pay the accelerated benefit to the Owner
in a single payment in full settlement of the obligations under the Policy. The
rider may be added to the Policy only after the Insured satisfactorily meets
certain underwriting requirements which will generally include a negative HIV
test result to a blood or other screening test acceptable to us.

The federal income tax consequences associated with (i) adding the HIV
Acceleration of Death Benefit Rider or (ii) receiving the benefit provided
under the rider are uncertain. Accordingly, we urge you to consult a tax
advisor about such consequences before adding the HIV Acceleration of Death
Benefit Rider to your Policy or requesting a benefit under the rider.

Accelerated Death Benefit Settlement Option Rider. Provides for the accelerated
payment of a portion of death benefit proceeds in a single sum to the Owner if
the Insured is terminally ill or permanently confined to a nursing home. Under
the rider, which is available at no additional cost, the Owner may make a
voluntary election to completely settle the Policy in return for accelerated
payment of a reduced death benefit. The Owner may make such an election under
the rider if evidence, including a certification from a licensed physician, is
provided to us that the Insured (1) has a life expectancy of 12 months or less
or (2) is permanently confined to a qualified nursing home and is expected to
remain there until death. Any irrevocable Beneficiary and assignees of record
must provide written authorization in order for the Owner to receive the
accelerated benefit. The Accelerated Death Benefit Settlement Option Rider is
not available with Corporate Programs.

The amount of the death benefit payable under the rider will equal the Cash
Surrender Value under the Policy on the date we receive satisfactory evidence
of either (1) or (2), above (less any Indebtedness and any term insurance added
by other riders), plus the product of the applicable "benefit factor"
multiplied by the difference of (a) minus (b), where (a) equals the Policy's
death benefit proceeds, and (b) equals the Policy's Cash Surrender Value. The
"benefit factor", in the case of terminal illness, is 0.85 and, in the case of
permanent nursing home confinement, is 0.70.

Pursuant to the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, we
believe that for federal income tax purposes an accelerated death benefit
payment made under the Accelerated Death Benefit Settlement Option Rider should
be fully excludable from the gross income of the Beneficiary, as long as the
Beneficiary is the Insured under the Policy. However, you should consult a
qualified tax advisor about the consequences of adding this Rider to a Policy
or requesting an accelerated death benefit payment under this Rider.

Records and Reports

We will maintain all records relating to the Separate Account and will mail to
the Owner once each Policy Year, at the last known address of record, a report
which shows the current Policy values, premiums paid,

                                       34
<PAGE>

deductions made since the last report, and any outstanding Policy Loans. The
Owner will also be sent without comment periodic reports for the Funds and a
list of the portfolio securities held in each Fund. Receipt of premium payments
directly from the Owner, transfers, partial withdrawals, Policy Loans, loan
repayments, changes in death benefit options, increases or decreases in Face
Amount, surrenders and reinstatements will be confirmed promptly following each
transaction.

An Owner may request in writing a projection of illustrated future Cash
Surrender Values and death benefits. This projection will be furnished by us
for a nominal fee.

                          DISTRIBUTION OF THE POLICIES

Walnut Street Securities, Inc. ("Walnut Street") acts as principal underwriter
of the Policies pursuant to an Underwriting Agreement with us. Walnut Street is
a wholly-owned subsidiary of GenAmerica Corporation, a Missouri general
business corporation, which is also a parent company of the Company. GenAmerica
Corporation is wholly owned by Metropolitan Life Insurance Company, a New York
Insurance Company. Walnut Street is registered with the SEC under the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as a broker-dealer and is a member of the
National Association of Securities Dealers. Walnut Street's Internal Revenue
Service employer identification No. is 43-1333368. It is a Missouri corporation
formed May 4, 1984. Walnut Street's address is 400 South 4th Street, Suite
1000, St. Louis, MO 63102. The Policies will be sold by broker-dealers who have
entered into written sales agreements with Walnut Street. Sales of the Policies
may take place in all states (except New York) and the District of Columbia.

Broker-dealers will receive commissions based upon a commission schedule in the
sales agreement with us and Walnut Street. Broker-dealers compensate their
registered representative agents. Commissions are payable on net collected
premiums received by the Company. Maximum commissions payable to a broker-
dealer during the first year of a Group Contract or other employer-sponsored
insurance program are (a) 18% of premiums that do not exceed the cost of
insurance assessed during the first Policy Year plus (b) 1% of premiums in
excess of the cost of insurance assessed during that Policy Year. In all
renewal years of a Group Contract or other employer-sponsored insurance program
maximum commissions are (a) 3% of premiums that do not exceed the cost of
insurance assessed during the respective Policy Year plus (b) 1% of premiums in
excess of the cost of insurance assessed during that Policy Year. In lieu of
the part (b) of renewal commissions described above payable on premiums
received in excess of the cost of insurance assessed, renewal commissions may
be up to 0.25% per year of the average Cash Value of a Policy during a Policy
Year or calendar year. In no event will commissions be payable for more than 20
years.

                    GENERAL PROVISIONS OF THE GROUP CONTRACT

Issuance

The Group Contract will be issued upon receipt of a signed application for
Group Insurance signed by a duly authorized officer of the employer and
acceptance by a duly authorized officer of the Company at its Home Office.

Premium Payments

The Contractholder will give planned premium payments for Insureds of the
Contractholder or an Associated Company in an amount authorized by the employee
to be deducted from his wages. All planned premiums under a Group Contract must
be given in advance. The planned premium payment interval is agreed to by the
Contractholder and us. Prior to each planned payment interval, we will furnish
the Contractholder with a statement of the planned premium payments to be made
under the Group Contract or such other notification as has been agreed to by
the Contractholder and us.

Grace Period

If the Contractholder does not give planned premium payments in a timely
fashion, the Group Contract will be in default. A grace period of 31 days
begins on the date that the planned premiums were scheduled to be given.

                                       35
<PAGE>

If the Contractholder does not give premiums prior to the end of the grace
period, the Group Contract will terminate. However, the Individual Insurance
will continue following the Group Contract's termination, provided such
insurance is not surrendered or cancelled by the Owner. (See "Policy Rights and
Privileges--Eligibility Change Conversion.")

Termination

Except as described in "Grace Period" above, the Group Contract will be
terminated immediately upon default. In addition, we may end a Group Contract
or any of its provisions on 31 days' notice. If the Group Contract terminates,
any Policies in effect will remain in force on an individual basis, unless such
insurance is surrendered or cancelled by the Owner. New Policies will be issued
as described in "Policy Rights and Privileges--Eligibility Change Conversion."

Right to Examine Group Contract

The Contractholder may terminate the Group Contract within 20 days after
receiving it, within 45 days after the application was signed or within 10 days
of mailing a notice of the cancellation right, whichever is latest. To cancel
the Group Contract, the Contractholder should mail or deliver the Group
Contract to us.

Entire Contract

The Group Contract, with the attached copy of the Contractholder's application
and other attached papers, if any, is the entire contract between the
Contractholder and us. All statements made by the Contractholder, any Owner or
any Insured will be deemed representations and not warranties. Misstatements
will not be used in any contest or to reduce claim under the Group Contract,
unless it is in writing. A copy of the application containing such misstatement
must have been given to the Contractholder or to the Insured or to his
Beneficiary, if any.

Incontestability

We cannot contest the Group Contract after it has been in force for two years
from the date of issue.

Ownership of Group Contract

The Contractholder owns the Group Contract. The Group Contract may be changed
or ended by agreement between us and the Contractholder without the consent of,
or notice to, any person claiming rights or benefits under the Group Contract.
However, the Contractholder does not have any ownership interest in the
Policies issued under the Group Contract. The rights and benefits under the
Policies inure to the benefit of the Owners, Insureds, and Beneficiaries as set
forth herein and in the Policies.

                              FEDERAL TAX MATTERS

Introduction

The following summary provides a general description of the federal income tax
considerations associated with the Policy and does not purport to be complete
or to cover all tax situations. This discussion is not intended as tax advice.
Counsel or other competent tax advisors should be consulted for more complete
information. This discussion is based upon our understanding of the present
federal income tax laws. No representation is made as to the likelihood of
continuation of the present federal income tax laws or as to how they may be
interpreted by the Internal Revenue Service.

Tax Status of the Policy

In order to qualify as a life insurance contract for federal income tax
purposes and to receive the tax treatment normally accorded life insurance
contracts under federal tax law, a Policy must satisfy certain requirements

                                       36
<PAGE>

which are set forth in the Internal Revenue Code. Guidance as to how these
requirements are to be applied is limited. Nevertheless, we believe that the
Policy should satisfy the applicable requirements. If it is subsequently
determined that a Policy does not satisfy the applicable requirements, we may
take appropriate steps to bring the Policy into compliance with such
requirements and we reserve the right to restrict Policy transactions in order
to do so.


In certain circumstances, owners of variable life insurance contracts have been
considered for federal income tax purposes to be the owners of the assets of
the variable account supporting their contracts due to their ability to
exercise investment control over those assets. Where this is the case, the
contract owners have been currently taxed on income and gains attributable to
the variable account assets. There is little guidance in this area, and some
features of the Policies, such as the flexibility of a Owner to allocate
premiums and cash values, have not been explicitly addressed in published
rulings. While we believe that the Policies do not give Owners investment
control over Variable Account assets, we reserve the right to modify the
Policies.as necessary to prevent a Owner from being treated as the owner of the
Variable Account assets supporting the Policy.

In addition, the Code requires that the investments of the Variable Account be
"adequately diversified" in order for the Policies to be treated as life
insurance contracts for federal income tax purposes. It is intended that the
Variable Account, through its decisions, will satisfy these diversification
requirements.

The following discussion assumes that the Policy will qualify as a life
insurance contract for federal income tax purposes.

Tax Treatment of Policy Benefits

In General. We believe that the death benefit under a Policy should be
excludible from the gross income of the beneficiary. Federal, state and local
transfer, and other tax consequences of ownership or receipt of Policy proceeds
depend on the circumstances of each Owner or beneficiary. A tax advisor should
be consulted on these consequences.

Generally, the Owner will not be deemed to be in constructive receipt of the
Policy cash value until there is a distribution. When distributions from a
Policy occur, or when loans are taken out from or secured by a Policy, the tax
consequences depend on whether the Policy is classified as a "modified
endowment contract."

Modified Endowment Contracts. Under the Internal Revenue Code, certain life
insurance contracts are classified as "modified endowment contracts," with less
favorable tax treatment than other life insurance contracts. Due to the
flexibility of the Policies as to premiums and benefits, the individual
circumstances of each Policy will determine whether it is classified as a
modified endowment contract. The rules are too complex to be summarized here,
but generally depend on the amount of premiums paid during the first seven
Policy years. Certain changes in a Policy after it is issued could also cause
it to be classified as a modified endowment contract. A current or prospective
Owner should consult with a competent advisor to determine whether a Policy
transaction will cause the Policy to be classified as a modified endowment
contract.

Distributions Other Than Death Benefits from Modified Endowment Contracts.
Policies classified as modified endowment contracts are subject to the
following tax rules:

  (1) All distributions other than death benefits, including distributions
  upon surrender and withdrawals, from a modified endowment contract will be
  treated first as distributions of gain taxable as ordinary income and as
  tax-free recovery of the Owner's investment in the Policy only after all
  gain has been distributed.

  (2) Loans taken from or secured by a Policy classified as a modified
  endowment contract are treated as distributions and taxed accordingly.

                                       37
<PAGE>

  (3) A 10 percent additional income tax is imposed on the amount subject to
  tax except where the distribution or loan is made when the Owner has
  attained age 59 1/2 or is disabled, or where the distribution is part of a
  series of substantially equal periodic payments for the life (or life
  expectancy) of the Owner or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of
  the Owner and the Owner's beneficiary or designated beneficiary.

If a Policy becomes a modified endowment contract, distributions that occur
during the contract year will be taxed as distributions from a modified
endowment contract. In addition, distributions from a Policy within two years
before it becomes a modified endowment contract will be taxed in this manner.
This means that a distribution made from a Policy that is not a modified
endowment contract could later become taxable as a distribution from a modified
endowment contract.

Distributions Other Than Death Benefits from Policies that are not Modified
Endowment Contracts. Distributions other than death benefits from a Policy that
is not classified as a modified endowment contract are generally treated first
as a recovery of the Owner's investment in the Policy and only after the
recovery of all investment in the Policy as taxable income. However, certain
distributions which must be made in order to enable the Policy to continue to
qualify as a life insurance contract for federal income tax purposes if Policy
benefits are reduced during the first 15 Policy years may be treated in whole
or in part as ordinary income subject to tax.

Loans from or secured by a Policy that is not a modified endowment contract are
generally not treated as distributions.

Finally, neither distributions from nor loans from or secured by a Policy that
is not a modified endowment contract are subject to the 10 percent additional
income tax.

Investment in the Policy. Your investment in the Policy is generally your
aggregate premiums. When a distribution is taken from the Policy, your
investment in the Policy is reduced by the amount of the distribution that is
tax-free.

Policy Loans. In general, interest on a Policy loan will not be deductible. If
a Policy loan is outstanding when a Policy is canceled or lapses, the amount of
the outstanding indebtedness will be added to the amount distributed and will
be taxed accordingly. Before taking out a Policy loan, you should consult a tax
adviser as to the tax consequences.

Multiple Policies. All modified endowment contracts that are issued by us (or
our affiliates) to the same Owner during any calendar year are treated as one
modified endowment contract for purposes of determining the amount includible
in the Owner's income when a taxable distribution occurs.

Accelerated Death Benefit Settlement Option Rider. We believe that payments
received under the Accelerated Death Benefit Settlement Option Rider should be
fully excludable from the gross income of the beneficiary if the beneficiary is
the insured under the Policy. However, you should consult a qualified tax
adviser about the consequences of adding this rider to a Policy or requesting
payment under this rider.

HIV Acceleration of Death Benefit Rider. The tax consequences association with
the HIV Acceleration of Death Benefit Rider are uncertain and a tax advisor
should be consulted.

Business Uses of Policy. Businesses can use the Policies in various
arrangements, including nonqualified deferred compensation or salary
continuance plans, split dollar insurance plans, executive bonus plans, tax
exempt and nonexempt welfare benefit plans, retiree medical benefit plans and
others. The tax consequences of such plans may vary depending on the particular
facts and circumstances. If you are purchasing the Policy for any arrangement
the value of which depends in part on its tax consequences, you should consult
a qualified tax adviser. In recent years, moreover, Congress has adopted new
rules relating to life insurance owned by businesses. Any business
contemplating the purchase of a new Policy or a change in an existing Policy
should consult a tax adviser.

                                       38
<PAGE>

Other Tax Considerations. The transfer of the Policy or designation of a
beneficiary may have federal, state, and/or local transfer and inheritance tax
consequences, including the imposition of gift, estate, and generation-skipping
transfer taxes. For example, the transfer of the Policy to, or the designation
as a beneficiary of, or the payment of proceeds to, a person who is assigned to
a generation which is two or more generations below the generation assignment
of the owner may have generation skipping transfer tax consequences under
federal tax law. The individual situation of each owner or beneficiary will
determine the extent, if any, to which federal, state, and local transfer. and
inheritance taxes may be imposed and how ownership or receipt of Policy
proceeds will be treated for purposes of federal, state and local estate,
inheritance, generation skipping and other taxes.

Possible Tax Law Changes. Although the likelihood of legislative changes is
uncertain, there is always the possibility that the tax treatment of the Policy
could change by legislation or otherwise. Consult a tax adviser with respect to
legislative developments and their effect on the Policy.

Our Income Taxes

Under current federal income tax law, we are not taxed on the Separate
Account's, operations. Thus, currently we do not deduct a charge from the
Separate Account for federal income taxes. We reserve the right to charge the
Separate Account for any future federal income taxes or economic burdens we may
incur.

Under current laws in several states, we may incur state and local taxes (in
addition to premium taxes). These taxes are not now significant and we are not
currently charging for them. If they increase, we may deduct charges for such
taxes.

                  SAFEKEEPING OF THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT'S ASSETS

The Company holds assets of the Separate Account. The assets are kept
physically segregated and held separate and apart from our general assets. We
maintain records of all purchases and redemptions of Fund shares by each of the
Divisions. Additional protection for the assets of the Separate Account is
afforded by Financial Institution Bonds issued by St. Paul Fire and Marine
Company with a limit of $25 million, covering all officers and employees of the
Company who have access to the assets of the Separate Account.

                                 VOTING RIGHTS

To the extent required by law, the Company will vote the shares held in the
Separate Account at regular and special shareholder meetings of the underlying
Funds in accordance with instructions received from persons having voting
interests in the corresponding Divisions of the Separate Account. If, however,
the 1940 Act or any regulation thereunder should be amended or if the present
interpretation thereof should change, and as a result the Company determines
that it is permitted to vote shares of the underlying Funds in its own right,
it may elect to do so.

The Owners of Policies ordinarily are the persons having a voting interest in
the Divisions of the Separate Account. The number of votes which an Owner has
the right to instruct will be calculated separately for each Division. The
number of votes which each Owner has the right to instruct will be determined
by dividing a Policy's Cash Value in a Division by the net asset value per
share of the corresponding Fund in which the Division invests. Fractional
shares will be counted. The number of votes of the Fund which the Owner has
right to instruct will be determined as of the date coincident with the date
established by that Fund for determining shareholders eligible to vote at the
meeting of the underlying Funds. Voting instructions will be solicited by
written communications prior to such meeting in accordance with procedures
established by the underlying Funds.

                                       39
<PAGE>

Because the Funds serve as investment vehicles for this Policy as well as for
other variable life insurance policies sold by insurers other than the Company
and funded through other separate investment accounts, persons owning the other
policies will enjoy similar voting rights. We will vote Fund shares held in the
Separate Account for which no timely voting instructions are received and Fund
shares that we own as a consequence of accrued charges under the Policies, in
proportion to the voting instructions which are received with respect to all
Policies participating in a Fund. Each person having a voting interest in a
Division will receive proxy material, reports, and other materials relating to
the appropriate Fund.

Disregard of Voting Instructions. The Company may, when required by state
insurance regulatory authorities, disregard voting instructions if the
instructions require that the shares be voted so as to cause a change in the
subclassification or investment objective of or one or more of the Funds or to
approve or disapprove an investment advisory contract for a Fund. In addition,
the Company itself may disregard voting instructions in favor of changes
initiated by an Owner in the investment policy or by the investment adviser or
sub-adviser of a Fund if the Company reasonably disapproves of such changes. A
proposed change would be disapproved only if the proposed change is contrary to
state law or prohibited by state regulatory authorities, or we determine that
the change would have an adverse effect on its general assets in that the
proposed investment policy for a Fund may result in overly speculative or
unsound investments. In the event we do disregard voting instructions, a
summary of that action and the reasons for such action will be included in the
next annual report to Owners.

                                      IMSA

The Company is a member of the Insurance Market place Standards Association
("IMSA"), and as such may include the IMSA logo and information about IMSA
membership in its advertisements. Companies that belong to IMSA subscribe to a
set of ethical standards covering the various aspects of sales and service for
individually sold life insurance and annuities.

                        STATE REGULATION OF THE COMPANY

We are a stock life insurance company organized under the laws of Missouri and
subject to regulation by the Missouri Division of Insurance. An annual
statement is filed with the Director of Insurance on or before March 1 each
year covering the operations and reporting on the financial condition of the
Company as of December 31 of the preceding year. Periodically, the Director of
Insurance examines our liabilities and reserves and the liabilities and
reserves of the Separate Account and certifies their adequacy. A full
examination of the Company's operations is conducted by the National
Association of Insurance Commissioners at least once every three years.

In addition, we are subject to the insurance laws and regulations of other
states within which it is licensed or may become licensed to operate.
Generally, the insurance departments of other states apply the laws of the
state of domicile in determining permissible investments.

                                       40
<PAGE>

                           MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
            Name              Principal Occupation(s) During Past Five Years/1/
 --------------------------- --------------------------------------------------
 <C>                         <S>
 Executive Officers/2/

    Carl H. Anderson/4/      President and Chief Executive Officer since June
                             1986. Vice President, New Ventures, since June
                             1986, General American Life Insurance Co., St.
                             Louis, Mo (GenAm).

    Matthew K. Duffy/4/      Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since
                             June 1996. Formerly Director of Accounting,
                             Prudential Insurance Company of America, March
                             1987-June 1996.

    E. Thomas Hughes, Jr./4/ Treasurer since December 1994. Corporate Actuary
     General American Life   and Treasurer, GenAm since October 1994.
     Insurance Company
     700 Market Street
     St. Louis, MO 63101

    Matthew P. McCauley/4/   Vice President and General Counsel since 1984.
     General American Life   Secretary since August 1981. Vice President and
     Insurance Company       Associate General Counsel, GenAm, since December
     700 Market Street       30, 1995.
     St. Louis, MO 63101

    Craig K. Nordyke/4/      Executive Vice President and Chief Actuary since
                             November 1996. Vice President and Chief Actuary
                             August 1990-November 1996.

    John R. Tremmel          Vice President--Operations and System Development
                             since January 1999. Formerly Chief Operating
                             Officer, ISP Alliance, April 1998-December 1998.
                             Vice President and General Manager of National
                             Operations Centers, Norell Corporation, January
                             1995-March 1998. Senior Vice President, Citicorp
                             Insurance Group, September 1986-December 1995.

 Directors/3/

    Richard A. Liddy         Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, GenAm, since
                             January 2000. Chairman, President, and Chief
                             Executive Officer, GenAm, May 1992-January 2000.

    Warren J. Winer          Executive Vice President--Group, GenAm, since
                             September 1995. Formerly, Managing Director, Wm.
                             M. Mercer, July 1993-August 1995.

    Bernard H Wolzenski      Executive Vice President--Individual, GenAm, since
                             October 1991.

    A. Greig Woodring        President and CEO, Reinsurance Group of America,
                             Inc., since May 1993, and Executive Vice
                             President--Reinsurance, GenAm, since January 1990.
</TABLE>
- --------
/1 /All positions listed are with the Company unless otherwise indicated.
/2 /The principal business address of each person listed is Paragon Life
   Insurance Company, 100 South Brentwood, St. Louis, MO 63105 unless otherwise
   noted.
/3 /The principal business address of each person listed is General American
   Life Insurance Company, 700 Market Street, St. Louis, MO 63101, except A.
   Greig Woodring--Reinsurance Group of America, 1370 Timberlake Manor Parkway,
   Chesterfield, MO 63017.
/4 /Indicates Executive Officers who are also Directors.

                                       41
<PAGE>

                                 LEGAL MATTERS

Sutherland Asbill & Brennan LLP of Washington, D.C. has provided advice on
certain legal matters relating to aspects of federal securities laws. All
matters of Missouri law pertaining to the Policies, including the validity of
the Policies and the Company's right to issue the Policies and the Group
Contract under Missouri insurance law, and all legal matters relating to the
Parent Company's resolution concerning Policies issued by Paragon have been
passed upon by Matthew P. McCauley, Esquire, General Counsel of Paragon Life
Insurance Company.

                               LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

There are no legal proceedings to which the Separate Account is a party or to
which the assets of the Separate Account are subject. The Company is not
involved in any litigation that is of material importance in relation to its
total assets or that relates to the Separate Account.

                                    EXPERTS

The financial statements of the Company and the Separate Account included in
this Prospectus and in the registration statement have been included in
reliance upon the reports of KPMG LLP, independent certified public
accountants, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as
experts in accounting and auditing.

Actuarial matters included in this Prospectus have been examined by Craig K.
Nordyke, FSA, MAAA, Executive Vice President and Chief Actuary of the Company,
as stated in the opinion filed as an exhibit to the registration statement.

                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

A registration statement has been filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission, under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with respect to the
Policies offered hereby. This Prospectus does not contain all the information
set forth in the registration statement and the amendments and exhibits to the
registration statement, to all of which reference is made for further
information concerning the Separate Account, the Company and the Policy offered
hereby. Statements contained in this Prospectus as to the contents of the
Policy and other legal instruments are summaries. For a complete statement of
the terms thereof reference is made to such instruments as filed.

                              FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The financial statements of the Company which are included in this Prospectus
should be distinguished from the financial statements for the Separate Account
included in this Prospectus, and should be considered only as bearing on the
ability of the Company to meet its obligations under the Policy. They should
not be considered as bearing on the investment performance of the assets held
in the Separate Account.

                                       42
<PAGE>

                                  DEFINITIONS

Attained Age--The Issue Age of the Insured plus the number of completed Policy
Years.

Associated Companies--The companies listed in a Group Contract's specifications
pages that are under common control through stock ownership, contract or
otherwise, with the Contractholder.

Beneficiary--The person(s) named in an Individual Insurance Policy or by later
designation to receive Policy proceeds in the event of the Insured's death. A
Beneficiary may be changed as set forth in the Policy and this Prospectus.

Cash Value--The total amount that a Policy provides for investment at any time.
It is equal to the total of the amounts credited to the Owner in the Separate
Account and in the Loan Account.

Cash Surrender Value--The Cash Value of a Policy on the date of surrender, less
any Indebtedness.

Certificate--A document issued to Owners of Policies issued under Group
Contracts, setting forth or summarizing the Owner's rights and benefits.

Contractholder--The employer, association, sponsoring organization or trust
that is issued a Group Contract.

Corporate Program--A category of Policies available, usually as an Individual
Policy, in which the sponsoring employer or its designated trust is generally
the Owner of the Policy.

Division--A subaccount of the Separate Account. Each Division invests
exclusively in an available underlying Fund.

Employee--A person who is employed and paid for services by an employer on a
regular basis. To qualify as an employee, a person ordinarily must work for an
employer at least 30 hours per week. The Company may waive or modify this
requirement at its discretion. An employee may also include an independent
contractor acting in many respects as an employee with a sponsoring employer.
An employee may include a partner in a partnership if the employer is a
partnership.

Executive Program--A category of Policies issued under Group Contracts or
employer-sponsored insurance programs that have a maximum Face Amount available
for each Policy generally in excess of $500,000.

Face Amount--The minimum death benefit under the Policy so long as the Policy
remains in force.

Group Contract--A group flexible premium variable life insurance contract
issued to the Contractholder by the Company.

Home Office--The service office of the Company, the mailing address of which is
100 South Brentwood, St. Louis, Missouri 63105.

Indebtedness--The sum of all unpaid Policy Loans and accrued interest charged
on loans.

Individual Insurance--Insurance provided under a Group Contract or under an
Individual Policy issued in connection with an employer-sponsored insurance
program on an employee or an employee's spouse.

Insured--The person whose life is insured under a Policy. The term may include
both an employee and an employee's spouse.

Investment Start Date--The date the initial premium is applied to the Divisions
of the Separate Account. This date is the later of the Issue Date or the date
the initial premium is received at the Company's Home Office.

                                       43
<PAGE>

Issue Age--The Insured's Age at his or her last birthday as of the date the
Policy is issued.

Issue Date--The effective date of coverage under a Policy. The Issue Date is
the date from which Policy Anniversaries, Policy Years, and Policy Months are
measured.

Loan Account--The account of the Company to which amounts securing Policy Loans
are allocated. It is a part of the Company's general assets.

Loan Value--The maximum amount that may be borrowed under a Policy after the
first Policy Anniversary.

Maturity Date--The Policy Anniversary on which the Insured reaches Attained Age
95.

Monthly Anniversary--The same date in each succeeding month as the Issue Date
except that whenever the Monthly Anniversary falls on a date other than a
Valuation Date, the Monthly Anniversary will be deemed the next Valuation Date.
If any Monthly Anniversary would be the 29th, 30th, or 31st day of a month that
does not have that number of days, then the Monthly Anniversary will be the
last day of that month.

Net Premium--The premium less any premium expense charge and any charge for
premium taxes.

Owner--The Owner of a Policy, as designated in the application or as
subsequently changed.

Policy--Either the Certificate or the Individual Policy offered by the Company
and described in this Prospectus. Under Group Contracts, the Policy may be
issued on the employee or on the employee's spouse.

Policy Anniversary--The same date each year as the Issue Date.

Policy Month--A month beginning on the Monthly Anniversary.

Policy Year--A period beginning on a Policy Anniversary and ending on the day
immediately preceding the next Policy Anniversary.

Separate Account--The Separate Account B, a separate investment account
established by the Company to receive and invest the net premiums paid under
the Policy.

Spouse--An employee's legal spouse. The term does not include a spouse who is
legally separated from the employee.

Valuation Date--Each day that the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading,
except on the day after Thanksgiving when the Company is closed.

Valuation Period--The period between two successive Valuation Dates, commencing
at the close of business of a Valuation Date and ending at the close of
business of the next succeeding Valuation Date.

                                       44
<PAGE>


                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

The Board of Directors
Paragon Life Insurance Company:

  We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Paragon Life Insurance
Company as of December 31, 1999 and 1998, and the related statements of
operations and comprehensive income, stockholder's equity, and cash flows for
each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 1999. These
financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audits.

  We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.

  In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of Paragon Life Insurance Company
as of December 31, 1999 and 1998, and the results of its operations and its
cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31,
1999, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.


March 10, 2000

KPMG LLP. KPMG LLP, a U.S. limited liability partnership, is a member of KPMG
International, a Swiss association.

                                      F-1
<PAGE>

                         PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                                 Balance Sheets
                           December 31, 1999 and 1998
                           (in thousands of dollars)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                               1999     1998
                             --------  -------
<S>                          <C>       <C>
           Assets
Fixed maturities, available
 for sale................... $ 81,421   83,384
Policy loans................   16,954   14,135
Cash and cash equivalents...   10,591    7,439
                             --------  -------
    Total cash and invested
     assets.................  108,966  104,958
                             --------  -------
Reinsurance recoverables....    1,314    1,170
Deposits relating to
 reinsured policyholder
 account balances...........    7,020    6,688
Accrued investment income...    1,853    1,545
Deferred policy acquisition
 costs......................   24,357   20,602
Fixed assets and leasehold
 improvements, net..........    1,031    4,504
Other assets................      262      105
Separate account assets.....  255,190  168,222
                             --------  -------
    Total assets............ $399,993  307,794
                             ========  =======
      Liabilities and
    Stockholder's Equity
Policyholder account
 balances...................  101,665   93,334
Policy and contract claims..    1,691    1,672
Federal income taxes
 payable....................    1,007      281
Other liabilities and
 accrued expenses...........    3,734    3,943
Payable to affiliates.......    3,803    2,062
Due to separate account.....      192      183
Deferred tax liability......    3,070    5,591
Separate account
 liabilities................  255,126  168,222
                             --------  -------
    Total liabilities....... $370,288  275,288
                             --------  -------
Stockholder's equity:
  Common stock, par value
   $25; 100,000 shares
   authorized;
   82,000 shares issued and
   outstanding..............    2,050    2,050
  Additional paid-in
   capital..................   17,950   17,950
  Accumulated other
   comprehensive (loss)
   income...................   (2,748)   2,809
  Retained earnings.........   12,453    9,697
                             --------  -------
    Total stockholder's
     equity................. $ 29,705   32,506
                             --------  -------
    Total liabilities and
     stockholder's equity... $399,993  307,794
                             ========  =======
</TABLE>

                See accompanying notes to financial statements.

                                      F-2
<PAGE>

                         PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

               Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income
                  Years ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997
                           (in thousands of dollars)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          1999     1998   1997
                                                         -------  ------ ------
<S>                                                      <C>      <C>    <C>
Revenues:
  Policy contract charges............................... $24,577  20,437 16,417
  Net investment income.................................   7,726   6,983  6,288
  Commissions and expense allowances on reinsurance
   ceded................................................     292     124     10
  Net realized investment gains.........................      57      53     69
                                                         -------  ------ ------
    Total revenues......................................  32,652  27,597 22,784
                                                         =======  ====== ======
Benefits and expenses:
  Policy benefits.......................................   4,616   4,774  3,876
  Interest credited to policyholder account balances....   5,524   5,228  4,738
  Commissions, net of capitalized costs.................     445     167    227
  General and administration expenses, net of
   capitalized costs....................................  11,394   9,042  7,743
  Policy administration system expenses.................   4,787     469    --
  Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs.....   1,631   1,150    424
                                                         -------  ------ ------
    Total benefits and expenses.........................  28,397  20,830 17,008
                                                         =======  ====== ======
    Income before federal income tax expense............   4,255   6,766  5,775
Federal income tax expense..............................   1,499   2,368  1,885
                                                         -------  ------ ------
Net income.............................................. $ 2,756   4,398  3,890
Other comprehensive (loss) income.......................  (5,557)    851  1,636
                                                         -------  ------ ------
Comprehensive (loss) income............................. $(2,801)  5,249  5,526
                                                         =======  ====== ======
</TABLE>


                See accompanying notes to financial statements.

                                      F-3
<PAGE>

                         PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                       Statements of Stockholder's Equity
                 Years ended December 31, 1999, 1998, and 1997
                           (in thousands of dollars)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            Accumulated
                                Additional     other                  Total
                         Common  paid-in   comprehensive Retained stockholder's
                         Stock   capital      income     earnings    equity
                         ------ ---------- ------------- -------- -------------
<S>                      <C>    <C>        <C>           <C>      <C>
Balance at December 31,
 1996................... $2,050   17,950         322       1,409     21,731
  Net income............    --       --          --        3,890      3,890
  Other comprehensive
   income...............    --       --        1,636         --       1,636
                         ------   ------      ------      ------     ------
Balance at December 31,
 1997................... $2,050   17,950       1,958       5,299     27,257
  Net income............    --       --          --        4,398      4,398
  Other comprehensive
   income...............    --       --          851         --         851
                         ------   ------      ------      ------     ------
Balance at December 31,
 1998................... $2,050   17,950       2,809       9,697     32,506
  Net income............    --       --          --        2,756      2,756
  Other comprehensive
   loss.................    --       --       (5,557)        --      (5,557)
                         ------   ------      ------      ------     ------
Balance at December 31,
 1999................... $2,050   17,950      (2,748)     12,453     29,705
                         ======   ======      ======      ======     ======
</TABLE>


                See accompanying notes to financial statements.

                                      F-4
<PAGE>

                         PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                            Statements of Cash Flows
                  Years ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997
                           (in thousands of dollars)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      1999     1998     1997
                                                    --------  -------  -------
<S>                                                 <C>       <C>      <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
  Net income....................................... $  2,756    4,398    3,890
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
   provided by (used in) operating activities:
    Change in:
      Reinsurance recoverables.....................     (144)     563     (892)
      Deposits relating to reinsured policyholder
       account balances............................     (332)    (272)    (342)
      Accrued investment income....................     (308)    (168)     (79)
      Federal income tax payable...................      726      118     (648)
      Other assets.................................    3,316   (1,821)  (1,280)
      Policy and contract claims...................       19      587      (23)
      Other liabilities and accrued expenses.......     (209)     457      782
      Payable to affiliates........................    1,741      442     (669)
      Company ownership of separate account........      (64)     --       --
      Due to separate account......................        9      122      (34)
    Deferred tax expense...........................      469      740      732
    Policy acquisition costs deferred..............   (4,185)  (3,808)  (2,972)
    Amortization of deferred policy acquisition
     costs.........................................    1,631    1,150      424
    Interest credited to policyholder accounts.....    5,524    5,228    4,738
    Net gain on sales and calls of fixed
     maturities....................................      (57)     (53)     (69)
                                                    --------  -------  -------
Net cash provided by operating activities..........   10,892    7,683    3,558
                                                    --------  -------  -------
Cash flows from investing activities:
  Purchase of fixed maturities.....................  (12,423) (14,915) (12,557)
  Sale or maturity of fixed maturities.............    4,695    8,632    5,255
  Increase in policy loans, net....................   (2,819)  (2,648)  (1,923)
                                                    --------  -------  -------
Net cash used in investing activities                (10,547)  (8,931)  (9,225)
                                                    --------  -------  -------
Cash flows from financing activities:
  Net policyholder account deposits................    2,807    2,954    2,294
                                                    --------  -------  -------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash
 equivalents.......................................    3,152    1,706   (3,373)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year.....    7,439    5,733    9,106
                                                    --------  -------  -------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year........... $ 10,591    7,439    5,733
                                                    --------  -------  -------
Income taxes paid.................................. $   (346)  (1,460)  (1,801)
                                                    ========  =======  =======
</TABLE>

                See accompanying notes to financial statements.

                                      F-5
<PAGE>

                         PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                         Notes to Financial Statements

(1) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

  Paragon Life Insurance Company (Paragon or the Company) is a wholly owned
subsidiary of General American Life Insurance Company (General American or the
Parent). Paragon markets universal life and variable universal life insurance
products through the sponsorship of major companies and organizations. Paragon
is licensed to do business in the District of Columbia and all states except
New York.

  General American has guaranteed that Paragon will have sufficient funds to
meet all of its contractual obligations. In the event a policyholder presents a
legitimate claim for payment on a Paragon insurance policy, General American
will pay such claim directly to the policyholder if Paragon is unable to make
such payment. The guarantee agreement is binding on General American, its
successor or assignee and shall cease only if the guarantee is assigned to an
organization having a financial rating from Standard & Poor's equal to or
better than General American's rating.

  The accompanying financial statements are prepared on the basis of generally
accepted accounting principles. The preparation of financial statements
requires the use of estimates by management which affect the amounts reflected
in the financial statements. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Accounts that the Company deems to be sensitive to changes in estimates include
deferred policy acquisition costs and contract claims.

  The significant accounting policies of the Company are as follows:

 (a) Recognition of Policy Revenue and Related Expenses

  Revenues for universal life products consist of policy charges for the cost
of insurance, administration and surrender charges during the period. Revenues
for variable universal life products also include policy charges for mortality
and expense risks assumed by Paragon. Policy benefits and expenses include
interest credited to policy account balances on universal life products and
death benefit payments made in excess of policy account balances.

  Policy acquisition costs, such as commissions and certain costs of policy
issuance and underwriting, are deferred and amortized in relation to the
present value of expected gross profits over the estimated life of the
policies.

 (b) Invested Assets

  Investment securities are accounted for at fair value. At December 31, 1999
and 1998, fixed maturity securities are classified as available-for-sale and
are carried at fair value with the unrealized gain or loss, net of taxes, being
reflected as accumulated other comprehensive income, a separate component of
stockholder's equity. Policy loans are valued at aggregate unpaid balances.

  Realized gains or losses on the sale of securities are determined on the
basis of specific identification and include the impact of any related
amortization of premiums or accretion of discounts which is generally computed
consistent with the interest method.

  Amortization of the premium or discount on mortgage-backed securities is
recognized using a level-yield method which considers the estimated timing and
amount of prepayments of underlying mortgage loans. Actual prepayment
experience is periodically reviewed and effective yields are recalculated when
differences arise between the prepayments originally anticipated and the actual
prepayments received and currently anticipated. When such differences occur,
the net investment in the mortgage-backed security is adjusted to the amount
that would have existed had the new effective yield been applied since the
acquisition of the security with a corresponding charge or credit to interest
income.

                                      F-6
<PAGE>

                         PARGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                   Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)

 (c) Policyholder Account Balances

  Policyholder account balances are equal to the policyholder account value
before deduction of any surrender charges. The policyholder account value
represents an accumulation of gross premium payments plus credited interest
less expense and mortality charges and withdrawals. These expense charges are
recognized in income as earned. Certain variable life policies allow
policyholders to exchange accumulated assets from the variable rate separate
accounts to a fixed-interest general account policy. The fixed-interest general
account guaranteed minimum crediting rates of 4% in 1999, 1998 and 1997. The
actual crediting rate ranged from 6.1% to 6.5% in 1999, and was 6.5% in 1998
and 1997.

 (d) Federal Income Taxes

  The Company establishes deferred taxes under the asset and liability method,
and deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax
consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement
carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax
bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates
expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary
differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax
assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the
period that includes the enactment date.

  The Company files its federal income tax return on a consolidated basis with
its Parent and other subsidiaries. In accordance with a tax allocation
agreement between Paragon and General American, taxes are computed as if
Paragon was filing its own income tax return, and tax expense (benefit) is paid
to, or received from, General American.

 (e) Reinsurance

  Balances resulting from agreements which transfer funds relating to
policyholder account balances have been accounted for as deposits. Other
reinsurance activities are accounted for consistent with terms of the risk
transfer reinsurance contracts. Premiums for reinsurance ceded to other
companies have been reported as a reduction of policy contract charges. Amounts
applicable to reinsurance ceded for future policy benefits and claim
liabilities have been reported as assets for these items, and commissions and
expense allowances received in connection with reinsurance ceded have been
accounted for in income as earned. Reinsurance does not relieve the Company
from its primary responsibility to meet claim obligations.

 (f) Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs

  The costs of acquiring new business which vary with, and are primarily
related to, the production of new business have been deferred to the extent
that such costs are deemed recoverable from future gross profits. Such costs
include commissions, premium taxes, as well as certain costs of policy issuance
and underwriting. Deferred policy acquisition costs are adjusted for the impact
on estimated gross margins of net unrealized gains and losses on investment
securities. The estimates of expected gross margins are evaluated regularly and
are revised if actual experience or other evidence indicates that revision is
appropriate. Upon revision, total amortization recorded to date is adjusted by
a charge or credit to income.

 (g) Separate Account Business

  The assets and liabilities of the separate accounts represent segregated
funds administered and invested by the Company for purposes of funding variable
life insurance contracts for the exclusive benefit of variable life insurance
contract holders. The Company charges the separate accounts for risks it
assumes in issuing a policy and retains varying amounts of withdrawal charges
to cover expenses in the event of early withdrawals by contract holders. The
assets and liabilities of the separate account are carried at fair value.

                                      F-7
<PAGE>

                         PARGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                   Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)

 (h) Fair Value of Financial Instruments

  Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time, based on relevant
market information and information about the financial instrument. These
estimates do not reflect any premium or discount that could result from
offering for sale at one time the Company's entire holdings of a particular
financial instrument. Although fair value estimates are calculated using
assumptions that management believes are appropriate, changes in assumption
could significantly affect the estimates and such estimates should be used with
care. The following assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each
class of financial instrument for which it was practicable to estimate fair
value:

    Fixed maturities--Fixed maturities are valued using quoted market prices,
  if available. If quoted market prices are not available, fair value is
  estimated using quoted market prices of similar securities.

    Policy loans--Policy loans are carried at their unpaid balances which
  approximates fair value.

    Separate account assets and liabilities--The separate account assets are
  carried at fair value as determined by quoted market prices. Accordingly,
  the carrying value of separate account liabilities is equal to their fair
  value since it represents the contractholders' interest in the separate
  account assets.

    Cash and cash equivalents--The carrying amount is a reasonable estimate
  of fair value.

 (i) Cash and Cash Equivalents

  For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents represent
demand deposits and highly liquid short-term investments, which include U.S.
Treasury bills, commercial paper, and repurchase agreements with original or
remaining maturities of 90 days or less when purchased.

 (j) Subsequent Event

    (i) On January 6, 2000, the Company's ultimate parent, GenAmerica
  Corporation, was purchased by Metropolitan Life Insurance Company.

    (ii) Subsequent to December 31, 1999 a significant customer notified
  Paragon of its intent to terminate its group contract, effective April 30,
  2000. This group represents 29% and 8% of Paragon's policies inforce and
  separate account assets, as of December 31, 1999.

(2) Investments

  The amortized cost and estimated fair value of fixed maturities at December
31, 1999 and 1998 are as follows (000's):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         1999
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                                   Gross      Gross    Estimated
                                       Amortized unrealized unrealized   fair
                                         cost      gains      losses     value
                                       --------- ---------- ---------- ---------
      <S>                              <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>
      U.S. Treasury securities........ $  8,728      53         (162)    8,619
      Corporate securities............   70,312     276       (4,830)   65,758
      Mortgage-backed securities......    6,911      36         (394)    6,553
      Asset-backed securities.........      500     --            (9)      491
                                       --------     ---       ------    ------
                                       $ 86,451     365       (5,395)   81,421
                                       ========     ===       ======    ======
</TABLE>

                                      F-8
<PAGE>

                         PARGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                   Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         1998
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                                   Gross      Gross    Estimated
                                       Amortized unrealized unrealized   fair
                                         cost      gains      losses     value
                                       --------- ---------- ---------- ---------
      <S>                              <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>
      U.S. Treasury securities........  $ 6,705      267        --       6,972
      Corporate securities............   64,607    4,481       (208)    68,880
      Mortgage-backed securities......    6,854      193        (25)     7,022
      Asset-backed securities.........      500       10        --         510
                                        -------    -----       ----     ------
                                        $78,666    4,951       (233)    83,384
                                        =======    =====       ====     ======
</TABLE>

  The amortized cost and estimated fair value of fixed maturities at December
31, 1999, by contractual maturity, are shown below (000's). Expected maturities
may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to
call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       Estimated
                                                             Amortized   Fair
                                                               cost      value
                                                             --------- ---------
      <S>                                                    <C>       <C>
      Due in one year or less............................... $    471      480
      Due after one year through five years.................   22,034   21,893
      Due after five years through ten years................    8,853    8,317
      Due after ten years through twenty years..............   48,182   44,178
      Mortgage-backed securities............................    6,911    6,553
                                                             --------   ------
                                                             $ 86,451   81,421
                                                             ========   ======
</TABLE>

  Proceeds from sales of fixed maturities during 1999, 1998 and 1997 were
$4,695,414, $4,068,639 and $1,328,585 respectively. Gross gains of $56,686,
$53,180 and $68,876 were realized on those sales in 1999, 1998 and 1997,
respectively.

  The sources of net investment income follow (000s):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              1999   1998  1997
                                                             ------- ----- -----
      <S>                                                    <C>     <C>   <C>
      Fixed Maturities...................................... $ 6,077 5,603 4,941
      Short-term investments................................     486   535   608
      Policy loans and other................................   1,244   924   807
                                                             ------- ----- -----
                                                             $ 7,807 7,062 6,356
      Investment expenses...................................     (81)  (79)  (68)
                                                             ------- ----- -----
          Net investment income............................. $ 7,726 6,983 6,288
                                                             ======= ===== =====
</TABLE>

  A summary of the components of the net unrealized appreciation (depreciation)
on invested assets carried at fair value is as follows (in 000's):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         1999     1998    1997
                                                        -------  ------  ------
      <S>                                               <C>      <C>     <C>
      Unrealized appreciation (depreciation):
        Fixed maturities available-for-sale............ $(5,030)  4,717   3,373
        Deferred policy acquisition costs..............     803    (396)   (361)
      Deferred income taxes............................   1,479  (1,512) (1,054)
                                                        -------  ------  ------
      Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation)....... $(2,748)  2,809   1,958
                                                        =======  ======  ======
</TABLE>

  The Company has fixed maturities on deposit with various state insurance
departments with an amortized cost of approximately $4,082,871 and $4,120,850
at December 31, 1999 and 1998 respectively.

                                      F-9
<PAGE>

                         PARGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                   Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)

(3) Reinsurance

  The Company reinsures certain risks with other insurance companies above a
maximum retention amount (currently $50,000) to help reduce the loss on any
single policy.

  Premiums and related reinsurance amounts for the years ended December 31,
1999, 1998 and 1997 as they relate to transactions with affiliates are
summarized as follows (000's):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            1999    1998   1997
                                                           ------- ------ ------
      <S>                                                  <C>     <C>    <C>
      Reinsurance transactions with affiliates:
        Premiums for reinsurance ceded.................... $16,869 14,723 13,001
        Policy benefits ceded.............................  16,823 17,071 14,070
        Commissions and expenses ceded....................     292    123    195
        Reinsurance recoverables..........................   1,268  1,109  1,661
</TABLE>

  Ceded premiums and benefits to nonaffiliates for 1999, 1998 and 1997 were
insignificant.

(4) Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs

  A summary of the policy acquisition costs deferred and amortized is as
follows (000's):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         1999     1998    1997
                                                        -------  ------  ------
      <S>                                               <C>      <C>     <C>
      Balance at beginning of year....................  $20,602  17,980  15,776
      Policy acquisition costs deferred...............    4,185   3,808   2,972
      Policy acquisition costs amortized..............   (1,631) (1,150)   (424)
      Deferred policy acquisition costs relating to
       change in unrealized (gain) loss on investments
       available for sale.............................    1,201     (36)   (344)
                                                        -------  ------  ------
      Balance at end of year..........................  $24,357  20,602  17,980
                                                        =======  ======  ======
</TABLE>

(5) Administration System Write-off

  In 1999 Paragon expensed $4,787,275 relating to the termination of a system
development project for policy administration. The one-time write-off in 1999
of previously capitalized amounts was $3,963,450 and other costs incurred in
1999 relating to the project were $823,825. Other costs incurred and expensed
in 1998 and 1997 were $468,794 and $0, respectively.

(6) Federal Income Taxes

  The Company is taxed as a life insurance company. A summary of Federal income
tax expense is as follows (000s):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              1999   1998  1997
                                                             ------- ----- -----
      <S>                                                    <C>     <C>   <C>
      Current tax expense................................... $ 1,030 1,628 1,153
      Deferred tax expense..................................     469   740   732
                                                             ------- ----- -----
      Federal income tax expense............................ $ 1,499 2,368 1,885
                                                             ======= ===== =====
</TABLE>

                                      F-10
<PAGE>

                         PARGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                   Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)

  A reconciliation of the Company's "expected" federal income tax expense,
computed by applying the federal U.S. corporate tax rate of 35% to income from
operations before federal income tax, is as follows (000s):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             1999   1998  1997
                                                            ------- ----- -----
      <S>                                                   <C>     <C>   <C>
      Computed "expected" tax expense...................... $ 1,489 2,368 2,022
      Other, net...........................................      10     0  (137)
                                                            ------- ----- -----
      Federal income tax expense........................... $ 1,499 2,368 1,885
                                                            ======= ===== =====
</TABLE>

  The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant
portions of deferred tax assets and liabilities at December 31, 1999, 1998 and
1997 are presented below (000's):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              1999   1998  1997
                                                             ------- ----- -----
      <S>                                                    <C>     <C>   <C>
      Deferred tax assets:
        Unearned reinsurance allowances..................... $   194   218   217
        Policy and contract liabilities.....................     583   709 1,031
        Tax capitalization of acquisition costs.............   2,559 2,147 1,755
        Other, net..........................................     359    58    76
        Unrealized Loss on investments, net.................   1,479   --    --
                                                             ------- ----- -----
          Total deferred tax assets......................... $ 5,174 3,132 3,079
                                                             ======= ===== =====
      Deferred tax liabilities:
        Unrealized gain on investments, net................. $   --  1,512 1,054
        Deferred policy acquisition costs...................   8,244 7,211 6,419
                                                             ------- ----- -----
          Total deferred tax liabilities.................... $ 8,244 8,723 7,473
                                                             ------- ----- -----
          Net deferred tax liabilities...................... $ 3,070 5,591 4,394
                                                             ======= ===== =====
</TABLE>

  The Company believes that a valuation allowance with respect to the
realization of the total gross deferred tax asset is not necessary. In
assessing the realization of deferred tax assets, the Company considers whether
it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will be realized. The
ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of
future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences
become deductible. The Company files a consolidated tax return with its Parent.
Realization of the gross tax asset will not be dependent solely on the
Company's ability to generate its own taxable income. General American has a
proven history of earnings and it appears more likely than not that the
Company's gross deferred tax asset will ultimately be fully realized.

(7) Related-Party Transactions

  Paragon purchases certain administrative services from General American.
Charges for services performed are based upon personnel and other costs
involved in providing such service. Charges for services during 1999, 1998 and
1997 were $2,247,302, $1,513,433 and $1,348,198, respectively. See Note 3 for
reinsurance transactions with affiliates.

(8) Pension Plan

  Associates of Paragon participate in a non-contributory multi-employer
defined benefit pension plan jointly sponsored by Paragon and General American.
The benefits are based on years of service and compensation level. No pension
expense was recognized in 1999, 1998 or 1997 due to overfunding of the plan.

                                      F-11
<PAGE>

                         PARGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                   Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)

  In addition, Paragon has adopted an associate incentive plan applicable to
full-time salaried associates with at least one year of service. Contributions
to the plan are determined annually by General American and are based on
salaries of eligible associates. Full vesting occurs after five years of
continuous service. Total expenses to the Company for the incentive plan were
$0, $188,316 and $198,972 for 1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively.

  As a result of the Metropolitan Life Insurance purchase, Paragon implemented
a new bonus program covering all associates employed from October 1, 1999
through March 31, 2000 with at least 1000 hours of service during 1999. Total
expense to the Company for this program was $422,700 in 1999.

  Paragon provides for certain health care and life insurance benefits for
retired employees. The Company accounts for these benefits in accordance with
SFAS No. 106 -- Employer's Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other Than
Pensions. The amounts involved are not material.

(9) Statutory Financial Information

  The Company is subject to financial statement filing requirements of the
State of Missouri Department of Insurance, its state of domicile, as well as
the states in which it transacts business. Such financial statements, generally
referred to as statutory financial statements, are prepared on a basis of
accounting which varies in some respects from generally accepted accounting
principles (GAAP). Statutory accounting principles include: (1) charging of
policy acquisition costs to income as incurred; (2) establishment of policy and
contract liabilities computed using required valuation standards which may vary
in methodology utilized; (3) nonprovision of deferred federal income taxes
resulting from temporary differences between financial reporting and tax bases
of assets and liabilities; (4) recognition of statutory liabilities for asset
impairments and yield stabilization on fixed maturity dispositions prior to
maturity with asset valuation reserves based on statutory determined formulae
and interest stabilization reserves designed to level yields over their
original purchase maturities; (5) valuation of investments in fixed maturities
at amortized cost; (6) net presentation of reinsurance balances; (7)
presentation of indirect cash flows; (8) exclusion of comprehensive income
disclosures; and (9) recognition of deposits and withdrawals on universal life
policies as revenues and expenses.

  The stockholder's equity (surplus) and net income of the Company at December
31, 1999, 1998 and 1997, as determined using statutory accounting practices, is
summarized as follows (000's):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          1999    1998   1997
                                                         ------- ------ ------
      <S>                                                <C>     <C>    <C>
      Statutory surplus as reported to regulatory
       authorities...................................... $13,545 10,500 10,725
      Net income as reported to regulatory authorities.. $   300  1,596  1,397
</TABLE>

(10) Dividend Restrictions

  Dividend payments by Paragon are restricted by state insurance laws as to the
amount that may be paid without prior notice or approval of the Missouri
Department of Insurance. The maximum amount of dividends which can be paid
without prior approval of the insurance commissioner is limited to the maximum
of (1) 10% of statutory surplus or (2) net gain from operations. The maximum
dividend distribution that can be paid by Paragon during 1999 without prior
notice or approval is $300,406. Paragon did not pay dividends in 1999, 1998 or
1997.

(11) Risk-Based Capital

  The insurance departments of various states, including the Company's
domiciliary state of Missouri, impose risk-based capital (RBC) requirements on
insurance enterprises. The RBC calculation serves as a

                                      F-12
<PAGE>

                         PARGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                   Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
benchmark for the regulation of life insurance companies by state insurance
regulators. The requirements apply various weighted factors to financial
balances or activity levels based on their perceived degree of risk.

  The RBC guidelines define specific capital levels where action by the Company
or regulators is required based on the ratio of a company's actual total
adjusted capital to control levels determined by the RBC formula. At December
31, 1999, the Company's actual total adjusted capital was in excess of minimum
levels which would require action by the Company or regulatory authorities
under the RBC formula.

(12) Commitments and Contingencies

  The Company leases certain of its facilities and equipment under
noncancellable leases the majority of which expires March 2001. The future
minimum lease obligations under the terms of the leases are summarized as
follows (000s):

<TABLE>
      <S>                                                                <C>
      Year ended December 31:
        2000............................................................ $   750
        2001............................................................     321
        2002............................................................     130
        2003............................................................      99
                                                                         -------
                                                                         $ 1,300
                                                                         =======
</TABLE>

  Rent expense totaled $507,512, $489,999, and $433,864 in 1999, 1998 and 1997,
respectively.

(13) Comprehensive Income

  In June 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 130, "Reporting Comprehensive
Income", effective for years beginning after December 15, 1997. SFAS No. 130
establishes standards for reporting and display of comprehensive income and its
components (revenues, expenses, gains and losses) in a full set of general-
purpose financial statements. The most significant items of comprehensive
income are net income and changes in unrealized gains and losses on securities.
The adoption of SFAS No. 130 does not affect results of operations or financial
position, but affects their presentation and disclosure. The Company has
adopted SFAS No. 130 as of January 1, 1998, and the following summaries present
the components of the Company's comprehensive income, other than net income,
for the periods ending December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997 (000s):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             1999
                                                -------------------------------
                                                              Tax
                                                Before-Tax (Expense) Net-of-Tax
                                                  Amount   Benefit     Amount
                                                ---------- --------  ----------
      <S>                                       <C>        <C>       <C>
      Unrealized holding losses arising during
       period..................................  $(8,492)   2,972      (5,520)
      Less: reclassification adjustment for
       gains realized in net income............      (57)      20         (37)
                                                 -------    -----      ------
      Other comprehensive loss.................   (8,549)   2,992      (5,557)
                                                 =======    =====      ======
</TABLE>

                                      F-13
<PAGE>

                         PARGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                   Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             1998
                                                -------------------------------
                                                              Tax
                                                Before-Tax (Expense) Net-of-Tax
                                                  Amount   Benefit     Amount
                                                ---------- --------  ----------
      <S>                                       <C>        <C>       <C>
      Unrealized holding gains arising during
       period..................................   $1,361     (476)      885
      Less: reclassification adjustment for
       gains realized in net income............      (53)      19       (34)
                                                  ------     ----       ---
      Other comprehensive income...............    1,308     (457)      851
                                                  ======     ====       ===
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             1997
                                                -------------------------------
                                                              Tax
                                                Before-Tax (Expense) Net-of-Tax
                                                  Amount   Benefit     Amount
                                                ---------- --------  ----------
      <S>                                       <C>        <C>       <C>
      Unrealized holding gains arising during
       period..................................   $2,585     (904)     1,681
      Less: reclassification adjustment for
       gains realized in net income............      (69)      24        (45)
                                                  ------     ----      -----
      Other comprehensive income...............    2,516     (880)     1,636
                                                  ======     ====      =====
</TABLE>

                                      F-14
<PAGE>


                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

The Board of Directors
Paragon Life Insurance Company and
 Policyholders of Separate Account B's Scudder Divisions:

  We have audited the accompanying statements of net assets, including the
schedule of investments, of the Money Market, International, Capital Growth,
Balanced, Bond, Growth & Income and Global Discovery Divisions of Paragon
Separate Account B as of December 31, 1999, and related statements of
operations and changes in net assets for each of the periods in the three year
period then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the
management of Paragon Separate Account B. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

  We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our
procedures included confirmation of investments owned at December 31, 1999 by
correspondence with the Scudder Variable Life Investment Fund. An audit also
includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates
made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement
presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our
opinion.

  In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of the Money Market,
International, Capital Growth, Balanced, Bond, Growth & Income and Global
Discovery Divisions of Paragon Separate Account B as of December 31, 1999, and
the results of their operations and changes in their net assets for each of the
periods in the three year period then ended, in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles.


March 10, 2000

KPMG LLP. KPMG LLP, a U.S. limited liability partnership, is a member of KPMG
International, a Swiss association.

                                      F-15
<PAGE>

                           PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B

                            STATEMENTS OF NET ASSETS
                               December 31, 1999

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                          Money                  Capital                    Growth &  Global
                          Market  International  Growth   Balanced   Bond    Income  Discovery
                         Division   Division    Division  Division Division Division Division
                         -------- ------------- --------- -------- -------- -------- ---------
<S>                      <C>      <C>           <C>       <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>
Net Assets:
  Investments in Scudder
   Investments, at
   Market Value (See
   Schedule of
   Investments)......... $107,458    976,038    2,249,701 983,502  209,666  476,350   18,386
  Receivable from
   (payable to) Paragon
   Life Insurance
   Company..............      --          55           83      55      --        84      --
                         --------    -------    --------- -------  -------  -------   ------
    Total Net Assets.... $107,458    976,093    2,249,784 983,557  209,666  476,434   18,386
                         ========    =======    ========= =======  =======  =======   ======
Net Assets, represent-
 ing:
  Equity of Contract
   Owners............... $107,409    975,679    2,248,803 983,119  209,571  476,222   18,378
  Equity of Paragon Life
   Insurance Company....       49        414          981     438       95      212        8
                         --------    -------    --------- -------  -------  -------   ------
                         $107,458    976,093    2,249,784 983,557  209,666  476,434   18,386
                         ========    =======    ========= =======  =======  =======   ======
Total Units Held........   85,564     37,559       55,141  44,991   23,315   33,437    1,387
Net Asset Value Per
 Unit................... $   1.26      25.98        40.78   21.85     8.99    14.24    13.25
Cost of Investments..... $107,458    627,557    1,447,076 775,896  218,557  470,926   12,184
                         ========    =======    ========= =======  =======  =======   ======
</TABLE>



                See Accompanying Notes to Financial Statements.

                                      F-16
<PAGE>

                          PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B

                           STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 For the Years Ended December 31, 1999, 1998, and 1997, except for the Global
                              Discovery Division
  which is for the period from May 15, 1998 (Inception) to December 31, 1998.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                     Money Market Division   International Division     Capital Growth Division       Balanced Division
                     ----------------------  ------------------------ ----------------------------- ----------------------
                      1999     1998   1997    1999     1998     1997    1999       1998      1997    1999    1998    1997
                     -------  ------ ------  -------  -------  ------ ---------  ---------  ------- ------- ------- ------
<S>                  <C>      <C>    <C>     <C>      <C>      <C>    <C>        <C>        <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>
Investment Income:
 Dividend Income...  $ 4,524   2,514  1,697    3,862    9,586   6,239     4,505     10,625   67,231  10,818  16,634 12,268
Expenses:
 Mortality and
 Expense Charge....      730     364    260    5,713    4,279   3,814    14,587     10,303    8,396   6,948   4,734  3,712
                     -------  ------ ------  -------  -------  ------ ---------  ---------  ------- ------- ------- ------
   Net Investment
   Income
   (Expense).......    3,794   2,150  1,437   (1,851)   5,307   2,425   (10,082)       322   58,835   3,870  11,900  8,556
Net Realized Gain
on Investments
 Realized Gain
 from
 Distributions.....      --      --     --    54,461   63,044   3,268   159,059     67,200    2,366  54,670  26,776 20,984
 Proceeds from
 Sales.............   18,828  11,296 18,673  156,952  112,597  68,547   294,883    264,342  149,231 165,754  83,851 70,741
 Cost of
 Investments Sold..   18,828  11,296 18,673  132,987  100,354  56,471   220,294    202,151  104,692 136,484  69,758 56,070
                     -------  ------ ------  -------  -------  ------ ---------  ---------  ------- ------- ------- ------
   Net Realized
   Gain on
   Investments.....      --      --     --    78,426   75,287  15,344   233,648    129,391   46,905  83,940  40,869 35,655
Net Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on
Investments:
 Unrealized Gain
 (Loss) Beginning
 of Year...........      --      --     --    86,528   78,522  59,971   457,526    316,515  120,746 173,652  97,262 43,162
 Unrealized Gain
 (Loss) End of
 Year..............      --      --     --   348,481   86,528  78,522   802,625    457,526  316,515 207,606 173,652 97,262
                     -------  ------ ------  -------  -------  ------ ---------  ---------  ------- ------- ------- ------
 Net Unrealized
 Gain (Loss) on
 Investments.......      --      --     --   261,953    8,006  18,551   345,099    141,011  195,769  33,954  76,390 54,100
                     -------  ------ ------  -------  -------  ------ ---------  ---------  ------- ------- ------- ------
   Net Gain (Loss)
   on Investments..      --      --     --   340,379   83,293  33,895   578,747    270,402  242,674 117,894 117,259 89,755
                     -------  ------ ------  -------  -------  ------ ---------  ---------  ------- ------- ------- ------
Increase (Decrease)
in Net Assets
Resulting from
Operations.........  $ 3,794   2,150  1,437  338,528   88,600  36,320   568,665    270,724  301,509 121,764 129,159 98,311
                     =======  ====== ======  =======  =======  ====== =========  =========  ======= ======= ======= ======
<CAPTION>
                                                Growth & Income             Global
                         Bond Division              Division          Discovery Division
                     ----------------------  ------------------------ --------------------
                      1999     1998   1997    1999     1998     1997    1999       1998
                     -------  ------ ------  -------  -------  ------ ---------  ---------
<S>                  <C>      <C>    <C>     <C>      <C>      <C>    <C>        <C>        <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>
Investment Income:
 Dividend Income...  $ 7,739   8,740  5,950    4,300    6,710   3,833       --         --
Expenses:
 Mortality and
 Expense Charge....    1,585   1,121    930    3,390    2,254   1,275        58          1
                     -------  ------ ------  -------  -------  ------ ---------  ---------
   Net Investment
   Income
   (Expense).......    6,154   7,619  5,020      910    4,456   2,558       (58)        (1)
Net Realized Gain
on Investments
 Realized Gain
 from
 Distributions.....      773     481  1,659   24,411   15,633   3,309        18
 Proceeds from
 Sales.............   32,355  30,061 27,553  106,367   67,098  26,569     1,402         52
 Cost of
 Investments Sold..   33,369  30,206 24,606  102,472   62,590  22,348     1,237         51
                     -------  ------ ------  -------  -------  ------ ---------  ---------
   Net Realized
   Gain on
   Investments.....     (241)    336  4,606   28,306   20,141   7,530       183          1
Net Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on
Investments:
 Unrealized Gain
 (Loss) Beginning
 of Year...........      535      35     51   20,860   37,619   7,630        59        --
 Unrealized Gain
 (Loss) End of
 Year..............   (8,891)    535     35    5,424   20,860  37,619     6,202         59
                     -------  ------ ------  -------  -------  ------ ---------  ---------
 Net Unrealized
 Gain (Loss) on
 Investments.......   (9,426)    500    (16) (15,436) (16,759) 29,989     6,143         59
                     -------  ------ ------  -------  -------  ------ ---------  ---------
   Net Gain (Loss)
   on Investments..   (9,667)    836  4,590   12,870    3,382  37,519     6,326         60
                     -------  ------ ------  -------  -------  ------ ---------  ---------
Increase (Decrease)
in Net Assets
Resulting from
Operations.........  $(3,513)  8,455  9,610   13,780    7,838  40,077     6,268         59
                     =======  ====== ======  =======  =======  ====== =========  =========
</TABLE>
                See Accompanying Notes to Financial Statements.

                                      F-17
<PAGE>

                          PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B

                      STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN NET ASSETS

 For the Years ended December 31, 1999, 1998, and 1997, except for the Global
                           Discovery Division which
     is for the period from May 15, 1998 (inception) to December 31, 1998.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                          Money Market Division   International Division       Capital Growth Division
                         ------------------------ ------------------------  -------------------------------
                           1999    1998    1997    1999     1998    1997      1999       1998       1997
                         -------- ------- ------- -------  ------- -------  ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                      <C>      <C>     <C>     <C>      <C>     <C>      <C>        <C>        <C>       <C>     <C>
Operations:
 Net Investment Income
 (Expense).............  $  3,794   2,150   1,437  (1,851)   5,307   2,425    (10,082)       322     58,835
 Net Realized Gain
 (Loss) on Investments.       --      --      --   78,426   75,287  15,344    233,648    129,391     46,905
 Net Unrealized Gain
 (Loss) on Investments.       --      --      --  261,953    8,006  18,551    345,099    141,011    195,769
                         -------- ------- ------- -------  ------- -------  ---------  ---------  ---------
   Increase (Decrease)
   in Net Assets Re-
   sulting from
   Operations..........     3,794   2,150   1,437 338,528   88,600  36,320    568,665    270,724    301,509
    Net Deposits into
    Separate Account...    26,053  42,677   5,480  31,554    5,924  73,456    115,249     75,940    140,956
                         -------- ------- ------- -------  ------- -------  ---------  ---------  ---------
     Increase in Net
     Assets............    29,847  44,827   6,917 370,082   94,524 109,776    683,914    346,664    442,465
 Net Assets, Beginning
 of Year...............    77,611  32,784  25,867 606,011  511,487 401,711  1,565,870  1,219,206    776,741
                         -------- ------- ------- -------  ------- -------  ---------  ---------  ---------
 Net Assets, End of
 Year..................  $107,458  77,611  32,784 976,093  606,011 511,487  2,249,784  1,565,870  1,219,206
                         ======== ======= ======= =======  ======= =======  =========  =========  =========
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                              Global
                            Balanced Division          Bond Division          Growth & Income Division       Discovery
                         ------------------------ ------------------------  ------------------------------- ------------
                           1999    1998    1997    1999     1998    1997      1999       1998       1997     1999   1998
                         -------- ------- ------- -------  ------- -------  ---------  ---------  --------- ------  ----
<S>                      <C>      <C>     <C>     <C>      <C>     <C>      <C>        <C>        <C>       <C>     <C>
Operations:
 Net Investment Income
 (Expense).............  $  3,870  11,900   8,556   6,154    7,619   5,020        910      4,456      2,558    (58)  (1)
 Net Realized Gain
 (Loss) on Investments.    83,940  40,869  35,655    (241)     336   4,606     28,306     20,141      7,530    183    1
 Net Unrealized Gain
 (Loss) on Investments.    33,954  76,390  54,100  (9,426)     500     (16)   (15,436)   (16,759)    29,989  6,143   59
                         -------- ------- ------- -------  ------- -------  ---------  ---------  --------- ------  ---
   Increase (Decrease)
   in Net Assets Re-
   sulting from
   Operations..........   121,764 129,159  98,311  (3,513)   8,455   9,610     13,780      7,838     40,077  6,268   59
    Net Deposits into
    Separate Account...   101,725  93,743  69,393  35,257   41,324  14,364    104,619    131,034     97,894 11,545  514
                         -------- ------- ------- -------  ------- -------  ---------  ---------  --------- ------  ---
     Increase in Net
     Assets............   223,489 222,902 167,704  31,744   49,779  23,974    118,399    138,872    137,971 17,813  573
 Net Assets, Beginning
 of Year...............   760,068 537,166 369,462 177,922  128,143 104,169    358,035    219,163     81,192    573  --
                         -------- ------- ------- -------  ------- -------  ---------  ---------  --------- ------  ---
 Net Assets, End of
 Year..................  $983,557 760,068 537,166 209,666  177,922 128,143    476,434    358,035    219,163 18,386  573
                         ======== ======= ======= =======  ======= =======  =========  =========  ========= ======  ===
</TABLE>

                See Accompanying Notes to Financial Statements.

                                      F-18
<PAGE>

                           PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
                         Notes to Financial Statements

                               December 31, 1999

(1) Organization

  Paragon Life Insurance Company (Paragon) established Paragon Separate Account
B on January 4, 1991. Paragon Separate Account B (the Separate Account)
commenced operations on March 3, 1994 and is registered under the Investment
Company Act of 1940 as a unit investment trust. The Division options included
herein commenced operations on March 3, 1994. The Separate Account receives and
invests net premiums for flexible premium group variable life insurance
policies that are issued by Paragon. The Separate Account is divided into seven
Divisions, which invest exclusively in shares of a single fund of Scudder
Variable Life Investment Fund (Scudder), an open-end, diversified management
investment company. These funds are the Money Market, International, Capital
Growth, Balanced, Bond, Growth and Income and Global Discovery (the Divisions).
Policyholders have the option of directing their premium payments into any or
all of the Divisions.

(2) Significant Accounting Policies

  The following is a summary of significant accounting policies followed by the
Separate Account in the preparation of its financial statements. The policies
are in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

 Investments

  The Separate Account's investments in the Funds of Scudder are valued daily
based on the net asset values of the respective fund shares held. The average
cost method is used in determining the cost of shares sold on withdrawals by
the Separate Account. Share transactions are recorded consistent with trade
date accounting. All dividends received are immediately reinvested on the ex-
dividend date.

 Federal Income Taxes

  The operations of the Separate Account are treated as part of Paragon for
income tax purposes. Under existing Federal income tax law, capital gains from
sales of investments of the Separate Account are not taxable. Therefore, no
Federal income tax has been provided.

 Use of Estimates

  The preparation of financial statements requires management to make estimates
and assumptions with respect to amounts reported in the financial statements.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.

(3) Policy Charges

  Charges are deducted from the policies and the Separate Account to compensate
Paragon for providing the insurance benefits set forth in the contracts and any
additional benefits added by rider, administering the policies, incurring
expenses in distributing the policies, and assuming certain risks in connection
with the policy.

 Premium Expense Charge

  Certain policies include a provision that premium payments may be reduced by
a premium expense charge. The premium expense charge is determined by the costs
associated with distributing the policy and, if applicable, is equal to 1% of
the premium paid. The premium expense charge compensates Paragon for providing
the insurance benefits set forth in the policies, incurring expenses of
distributing the policies, and

                                      F-19
<PAGE>

                           PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B

                   Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
assuming certain risks in connection with the policies. In addition, some
polices have a premium tax assessment equal to 2% or 2.25% to reimburse Paragon
for premium taxes incurred. The premium payment less premium expense and
premium tax charges equals the net premium that is invested in the underlying
separate account.

 Monthly Expense Charge

  Paragon has responsibility for the administration of the policies and the
Separate Account. As reimbursement for expenses related to the acquisition and
maintenance of each policy and the Separate Account, Paragon assesses a monthly
administration charge to each policy. This charge, which varies due to the size
of the group, has a maximum of $6.00 per month during the first 12 policy
months and $3.50 per month thereafter.

 Cost of Insurance

  The cost of insurance is deducted on each monthly anniversary for the
following policy month. Because the cost of insurance depends upon a number of
variables, the cost varies for each policy month. The cost of insurance is
determined separately for the initial face amount and for any subsequent
increase in face amount. Paragon determines the monthly cost of insurance
charge by multiplying the applicable cost of insurance rate or rates by the net
amount at risk for each policy month.

 Optional Rider Benefits Charge

  The optional rider benefits charge is a monthly deduction for any additional
benefits provided by policy riders.

 Surrender or Contingent Deferred Sales Charge

  During the first policy year, certain policies include a provision for a
charge upon surrender or lapse of the policy, a requested decrease in face
amount, or a partial withdrawal that causes the face amount to decrease. The
amount assessed under the policy terms, if any, depends upon the cost
associated with distributing the particular policies. The amount of any charge
depends on a number of factors, including whether the event is a full surrender
or lapse or only a decrease in face amount, the amount of premiums received by
Paragon, and the policy year in which the surrender or other event takes place.

 Mortality and Expense Charge

  In addition to the above contract charges, a daily charge against the
operations of each division is made for the mortality and expense risks assumed
by Paragon. Paragon deducts a daily charge from the Separate Account at the
rate of .0020471% of the net assets of each division of the Separate Account
which equals an annual rate of .75% of those net assets. The mortality risk
assumed by Paragon is that insureds may die sooner than anticipated and that,
therefore, Paragon will pay an aggregate amount of death benefits greater than
anticipated. The expense risk assumed is that expenses incurred in issuing and
administering the policy will exceed the amounts realized from the
administrative charges assessed against the policy.

                                      F-20
<PAGE>

                           PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B

                   Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)

(4) Purchases and Sales of Scudder Investment Series Shares

  For the years ended December 31, 1999, 1998, and 1997 except for the Global
Discovery Division which is for the period from May 15, 1998 (Inception) to
December 31, 1998; purchases and proceeds from sales of Scudder Variable Life
Investment Funds were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                         Money Market Division International Division  Capital Growth Division
                         --------------------- ----------------------- -----------------------
                          1999    1998   1997   1999    1998    1997    1999    1998    1997
                         ------- ------ ------ ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
<S>                      <C>     <C>    <C>    <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>
Purchases............... $44,371 53,364 23,916 185,087 111,520 138,552 407,432 317,123 282,658
Sales................... $18,828 11,296 18,673 156,952 112,597  68,547 294,883 264,342 149,231
                         ======= ====== ====== ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= =======
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           Growth & Income       Global
                            Balanced Division        Bond Division            Division          Discovery
                         ------------------------ -------------------- ----------------------- -----------
                           1999    1998    1997    1999   1998   1997   1999    1998    1997    1999  1998
                         -------- ------- ------- ------ ------ ------ ------- ------- ------- ------ ----
<S>                      <C>      <C>     <C>     <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>    <C>
Purchases............... $274,510 158,435 136,801 66,448 69,750 41,077 208,443 194,789 123,344 12,889 565
Sales................... $165,754  83,851  70,741 32,355 30,061 27,553 106,367  67,098  26,569  1,402  52
                         ======== ======= ======= ====== ====== ====== ======= ======= ======= ====== ===
</TABLE>

(5) Accumulation of Unit Activity

  The following is a reconciliation of the accumulation of unit activity for
the years ended December 31, 1999, 1998, and 1997, except for the Global
Discovery Division which is for the period from May 15, 1998 (inception) to
December 31, 1998.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                             Money Market        International        Capital Growth
                               Division             Division             Division
                         -------------------- -------------------- --------------------
                          1999   1998   1997   1999   1998   1997   1999   1998   1997
                         ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------
<S>                      <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>
Net Increase in Units
 Deposits............... 35,974 45,369 21,325 10,022  7,107 10,046 12,248 11,935 13,559
 Withdrawals............ 14,831  9,370 16,319  8,240  6,829  4,720  8,642  9,447  6,577
                         ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------
   Net Increase in
    Units............... 21,143 35,999  5,006  1,782    278  5,326  3,606  2,488  6,982
Outstanding Units,
 Beginning of Year...... 64,421 28,422 23,416 35,777 35,499 30,173 51,535 49,047 42,065
                         ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------
Outstanding Units, End
 of Year................ 85,564 64,421 28,422 37,559 35,777 35,499 55,141 51,535 49,047
                         ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ======
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          Global
                                                                     Growth & Income    Discovery
                          Balanced Division      Bond Division           Division        Division
                         -------------------- -------------------- -------------------- ----------
                          1999   1998   1997   1999   1998   1997   1999   1998   1997  1999  1998
                         ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ----- ----
<S>                      <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>   <C>
Net Increase in Units
 Deposits............... 13,201 10,163 10,116  7,282  7,938  5,071 14,411 14,262 11,243 1,460  78
 Withdrawals............  8,020  4,734  4,939  3,425  3,295  3,293  7,439  4,975  2,275   144   7
                         ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ----- ---
   Net Increase in
    Units...............  5,181  5,429  5,177  3,857  4,643  1,778  6,972  9,287  8,968 1,316  71
Outstanding Units,
 Beginning of Year...... 39,810 34,381 29,204 19,458 14,815 13,037 26,465 17,178  8,210    71 --
                         ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ----- ---
Outstanding Units, End
 of Year................ 44,991 39,810 34,381 23,315 19,458 14,815 33,437 26,465 17,178 1,387  71
                         ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ===== ===
</TABLE>


                                      F-21
<PAGE>

                           PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B

                   Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
(6) Reconciliation of Gross and Net Deposits into the Separate Account

  Deposits into the Separate Account purchase shares of Scudder Variable Life
Investment Fund. Net deposits represent the amount available for investment in
such shares after deduction of premium expense charges, monthly expense
charges, cost of insurance and the cost of optional benefits added by rider.
The following is a summary of net deposits made for the years ended December
31, 1999, 1998, and 1997, except for the Global Discovery Division which is for
the period from May 15, 1998 (inception) to December 31, 1998.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                        Money Market Division      International Division      Capital Growth Division
                       --------------------------  -------------------------  ---------------------------
                         1999     1998     1997     1999     1998     1997      1999      1998     1997
                       --------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  --------  --------  -------
<S>                    <C>       <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>       <C>       <C>      <C>    <C>
Total Gross Deposits.. $ 33,424   25,225   18,433  176,515  164,286  172,592   431,496   377,928  334,899
Surrenders and
 Withdrawals..........   (4,670)    (505) (13,596) (82,647) (84,896) (30,987) (170,285) (150,589) (56,497)
Transfers Between
 Funds and General
 Account..............    9,057   25,891    8,319   (8,662) (15,319) (12,712)    1,787      (101)  (1,888)
                       --------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  --------  --------  -------
 Total Gross Deposits
  net of Surrenders,
  Withdrawals, and
  Transfers...........   37,811   50,611   13,156   85,206   64,071  128,893   262,998   227,238  276,514
Deductions:
 Premium Expense
  Charges.............      981      740      543    5,186    4,819    5,084    12,684    11,085    9,865
 Monthly Expense
  Charges.............      779      497      433    3,504    3,685    4,050     9,764     9,690    7,859
 Cost of Insurance
  and Optional
  Benefits............    9,998    6,697    6,700   44,962   49,643   46,303   125,301   130,523  117,834
                       --------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  --------  --------  -------
   Total Deductions...   11,758    7,934    7,676   53,652   58,147   55,437   147,749   151,298  135,558
                       --------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  --------  --------  -------
Net Deposits from
 Policyholders........ $ 26,053   42,677    5,480   31,554    5,924   73,456   115,249    75,940  140,956
                       ========  =======  =======  =======  =======  =======  ========  ========  =======
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                              Global
                          Balanced Division             Bond Division         Growth & Income Division      Discovery
                       --------------------------  -------------------------  ---------------------------  ------------
                         1999     1998     1997     1999     1998     1997      1999      1998     1997     1999  1998
                       --------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  --------  --------  -------  ------ -----
<S>                    <C>       <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>       <C>       <C>      <C>    <C>
Total Gross Deposits.. $279,270  208,733  168,771   73,305   79,806   52,193   233,644   209,544  129,485  13,335 1,239
Surrenders and
 Withdrawals..........  (97,872) (28,227) (34,296)  (8,447)  (4,783)  (9,875)  (36,802)  (17,789)  (7,167)    --    (11)
Transfers Between
 Funds and General
 Account..............   15,106  (14,287)  (2,412)  (8,709) (12,203)  (9,318)  (27,875)    1,021   15,123     715   --
                       --------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  --------  --------  -------  ------ -----
 Total Gross Deposits
  net of Surrenders,
  Withdrawals, and
  Transfers...........  196,504  166,219  132,063   56,149   62,820   33,000   168,967   192,776  137,441  14,050 1,228
Deductions:
 Premium Expense
  Charges.............    8,207    6,122    4,971    2,152    2,341    1,537     6,865     6,146    3,814     393    36
 Monthly Expense
  Charges.............    6,259    4,586    3,961    1,355    1,324    1,225     4,156     3,842    3,039     153    47
 Cost of Insurance
  and Optional
  Benefits............   80,313   61,768   53,738   17,385   17,831   15,874    53,327    51,754   32,694   1,959   631
                       --------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  --------  --------  -------  ------ -----
   Total Deductions...   94,779   72,476   62,670   20,892   21,496   18,636    64,348    61,742   39,547   2,505   714
                       --------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  --------  --------  -------  ------ -----
Net Deposits from
 Policyholders........ $101,725   93,743   69,393   35,257   41,324   14,364   104,619   131,034   97,894  11,545   514
                       ========  =======  =======  =======  =======  =======  ========  ========  =======  ====== =====
</TABLE>

                                      F-22
<PAGE>

                           PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B

                   Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)

(7) Subsequent Event

  On January 6, 2000, Paragon Life Insurance Co.'s ultimate parent, GenAmerica
Corporation, was purchased by Metropolitan Life Insurance Company.

                                      F-23
<PAGE>

                           PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B

                            SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS

                               December 31, 1999

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  Number
                                                    of      Market
                                                  Shares    Value       Cost
                                                  ------- ---------- ----------
<S>                                               <C>     <C>        <C>
Scudder Variable Insurance Series:
  Money Market Division.......................... 107,458 $  107,458 $  107,458
  International Division.........................  47,988 $  976,038 $  627,557
  Capital Growth Division........................  77,232 $2,249,701 $1,447,076
  Balanced Division..............................  61,049 $  983,502 $  775,896
  Bond Division..................................  32,306 $  209,666 $  218,557
  Growth & Income Division.......................  43,463 $  476,350 $  470,926
  Global Discovery...............................   1,395 $   18,386 $   12,184
</TABLE>




                 See Accompanying Independent Auditor's Report.

                                      F-24
<PAGE>

                                   APPENDIX A

                Illustrations of Death Benefits and Cash Values

The following tables illustrate how the Cash Value and Death Benefit of a
Policy change with the investment experience of a Division of the Separate
Account. The tables show how the Cash Value and Death Benefit of a Policy
issued to an Insured of a given age and at a given premium would vary over time
if the investment return on the assets held in each Division of the Separate
Account were a uniform, gross, after-tax annual rate of 0%, 6% or 12%. In
addition, the Cash Values and Death Benefits would be different from those
shown if the gross annual investment rates of return averaged 0%, 6%, and 12%
over a period of years, but fluctuated above and below those averages for
individual Policy years.

The tables illustrate a Policy issued to an Insured, age 45, in an Executive
Program issued as a Group Contract Policy. This assumes the maximum monthly
administrative charge. If a particular Policy has different sales or
administrative charges or if a particular group is larger or smaller or has a
different gender mix, the Cash Values and Death Benefits would vary from those
shown in the tables.

The Cash Value column under the "Guaranteed" heading shows the accumulated
value of the premiums paid reflecting deduction of the charges described above
and monthly charges for the cost of insurance based on the guaranteed rate
which is 125% of the maximum allowed under the 1980 Commissioners Standard
Ordinary Mortality Table C. The "Cash Value" column under the "Current" heading
shows the accumulated value of the premiums paid reflecting deduction of the
charges described above and monthly charges for the cost of insurance at the
current level for an Executive Program, which is less than or equal to 125% of
the maximum allowed by the 1980 Commissioners Standard Ordinary Mortality Table
C. The illustrations of Death Benefits reflect the above assumptions. The Death
Benefits also vary between tables depending upon whether Level Type (Option A)
or Increasing Type (Option B) Death Benefits are illustrated.

The amounts shown for the Cash Value and Death Benefit reflect the fact that
the investment rate of return is lower than the gross after-tax return on the
assets held in a Division of the Separate Account. The charges include a
maximum .90% charge for mortality and expense risk, an assumed combined
investment advisory fee (representing the average of the fees incurred by the
Funds in which the Divisions invest) and the Funds' expenses (based on the
average of the actual expenses incurred in fiscal year 1999) of .890%. These
charges take into account expense reimbursement arrangements expected to be in
place for 2000 for some of the Funds. In the absence of the reimbursement
arrangements for some of the Funds, the charges would have totaled .634% and
 .657%, respectively. See the respective Fund prospectus for details. After
deduction for these amounts with expense reimbursement, the illustrated gross
annual investment rates of return of 0%, 6% and 12% correspond to approximate
net annual rates of -1.790%, 4.210%, and 10.210%, respectively.

The hypothetical values shown in the tables reflect all fees and charges under
the Policy, including the premium expense charge, the premium tax charge, and
all components of the monthly deduction. They do not reflect any charges for
federal income taxes against the Separate Account, since the Company is not
currently making any such charges. However, such charges may be made in the
future and, in that event, the gross annual investment rate of return of the
divisions of the Separate Account would have to exceed 0%, 6%, and 12% by an
amount sufficient to cover the tax charges in order to produce the Death
Benefit and Cash Value illustrated. (See "Federal Tax Matters.") Additionally,
the hypothetical values shown in the tables assume that the Policy for which
values are illustrated is not deemed an individual policy under OBRA, and
therefore the values do not reflect the additional 1% premium expense charge
for the Company's increased federal tax liabilities.

The tables illustrate the Policy values that would result based upon the
investment rates of return if premiums are paid as indicated, and if no Policy
Loans have been made. The tables are also based on the assumptions that the
Owner has not requested an increase or decrease in the Face Amount, that no
partial withdrawals have been made, that no transfer charges were incurred, and
that no optional riders have been requested.

Upon request, the Company will provide a comparable illustration based upon the
proposed Insured's age, group size and gender mix, the Face Amount and premium
requested and the proposed frequency of premium payments.

                                      A-1
<PAGE>

                    FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE

FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000                     AGE 45
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: A                               ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 1.00%                         $6,000.00
PREMIUM TAX: 2.00%                                    (Monthly Premium:
                                                      $500.00)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
                               ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN AT 0.00% (NET RATE AT -
                                                  1.790%)
                              --------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   GUARANTEED*                           CURRENT**
                              -------------------------------      -------------------------------
             PREM              CASH              DEATH              CASH              DEATH
 YR        AT 5.00%            VALUE            BENEFIT             VALUE            BENEFIT
 ---       --------           -------           --------           -------           --------
 <S>       <C>                <C>               <C>                <C>               <C>
  1        $  6,161           $ 3,045           $500,000           $ 4,874           $500,000
  2          12,630             5,882            500,000             9,576            500,000
  3          19,423             8,468            500,000            14,145            500,000
  4          26,555            10,797            500,000            18,515            500,000
  5          34,045            12,844            500,000            22,698            500,000
  6          41,908            14,593            500,000            26,698            500,000
  7          50,165            16,014            500,000            30,521            500,000
  8          58,834            17,065            500,000            34,110            500,000
  9          67,937            17,712            500,000            37,531            500,000
 10          77,496            17,923            500,000            40,728            500,000
 11          87,532            17,693            500,000            43,648            500,000
 12          98,070            16,987            500,000            46,357            500,000
 13         109,134            15,803            500,000            48,805            500,000
 14         120,752            14,109            500,000            50,940            500,000
 15         132,951            11,853            500,000            52,768            500,000
 16         145,760             8,972            500,000            54,295            500,000
 17         159,209             5,353            500,000            55,468            500,000
 18         173,331               860            500,000            56,234            500,000
 19         188,159                 0                  0            56,604            500,000
 20         203,728                 0                  0            56,524            500,000
 25         294,060                 0                  0            46,474            500,000
 30         409,348                 0                  0             7,369            500,000
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
   rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
   rates.

The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value and Death
Benefit for a Policy would be different from those shown if the actual rates of
return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years, but also
fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No representation
can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the investment management
company, or any representative thereof, that this hypothetical rate of return
can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over any period of time.

Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume any additional premiums shown are received monthly on the Policy
Anniversary and further assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.

                                      A-2
<PAGE>

                    FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE

FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000                     AGE 45
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: A                               ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 1.00%                         $6,000.00
PREMIUM TAX: 2.00%                                    (Monthly Premium:
                                                      $500.00)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
                                 ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN AT 6.00% (NET RATE AT
                                                   4.210%)
                              ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   GUARANTEED*                           CURRENT**
                              -------------------------------      --------------------------------
             PREM              CASH              DEATH               CASH              DEATH
 YR        AT 5.00%            VALUE            BENEFIT             VALUE             BENEFIT
 ---       --------           -------           --------           --------           --------
 <S>       <C>                <C>               <C>                <C>                <C>
  1        $  6,161           $ 3,144           $500,000           $  5,033           $500,000
  2          12,630             6,264            500,000             10,191            500,000
  3          19,423             9,311            500,000             15,518            500,000
  4          26,555            12,272            500,000             20,950            500,000
  5          34,045            15,116            500,000             26,502            500,000
  6          41,908            17,818            500,000             32,182            500,000
  7          50,165            20,337            500,000             37,998            500,000
  8          58,834            22,620            500,000             43,897            500,000
  9          67,937            24,619            500,000             49,950            500,000
 10          77,496            26,286            500,000             56,106            500,000
 11          87,532            27,596            500,000             62,316            500,000
 12          98,070            28,496            500,000             68,647            500,000
 13         109,134            28,960            500,000             75,057            500,000
 14         120,752            28,935            500,000             81,500            500,000
 15         132,951            28,341            500,000             87,986            500,000
 16         145,760            27,085            500,000             94,526            500,000
 17         159,209            25,019            500,000            101,076            500,000
 18         173,331            21,961            500,000            107,595            500,000
 19         188,159            17,716            500,000            114,097            500,000
 20         203,728            12,071            500,000            120,542            500,000
 25         294,060                 0                  0            149,741            500,000
 30         409,348                 0                  0            164,235            500,000
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
   rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
   rates.

The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value and Death
Benefit for a Policy would be different from those shown if the actual rates of
return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years, but also
fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No representation
can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the investment management
company, or any representative thereof, that this hypothetical rate of return
can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over any period of time.

Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume any additional premiums shown are received monthly on the Policy
Anniversary and further assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.

                                      A-3
<PAGE>

                    FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE

FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000                     AGE: 45
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: A                               ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 1.00%                         $6,000.00
PREMIUM TAX: 2.00%                                    (Monthly Premium:
                                                      $500.00)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
                                ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN AT 12.00% (NET RATE AT
                                                  10.210%)
                              ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   GUARANTEED*                           CURRENT**
                              -------------------------------      --------------------------------
             PREM              CASH              DEATH               CASH              DEATH
 YR        AT 5.00%            VALUE            BENEFIT             VALUE             BENEFIT
 ---       --------           -------           --------           --------           --------
 <S>       <C>                <C>               <C>                <C>                <C>
  1        $  6,161           $ 3,242           $500,000           $  5,190           $500,000
  2          12,630             6,655            500,000             10,821            500,000
  3          19,423            10,208            500,000             16,977            500,000
  4          26,555            13,907            500,000             23,643            500,000
  5          34,045            17,743            500,000             30,882            500,000
  6          41,908            21,710            500,000             38,756            500,000
  7          50,165            25,791            500,000             47,338            500,000
  8          58,834            29,957            500,000             56,644            500,000
  9          67,937            34,183            500,000             66,820            500,000
 10          77,496            38,447            500,000             77,903            500,000
 11          87,532            42,750            500,000             89,942            500,000
 12          98,070            47,070            500,000            103,109            500,000
 13         109,134            51,414            500,000            117,485            500,000
 14         120,752            55,765            500,000            133,166            500,000
 15         132,951            60,082            500,000            150,313            500,000
 16         145,760            64,318            500,000            169,112            500,000
 17         159,209            68,375            500,000            189,723            500,000
 18         173,331            72,130            500,000            212,342            500,000
 19         188,159            75,444            500,000            237,239            500,000
 20         203,728            78,173            500,000            264,684            500,000
 25         294,060            77,940            500,000            453,351            525,887
 30         409,348            21,483            500,000            763,920            817,395
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
   rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
   rates.

The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value and Death
Benefit for a Policy would be different from those shown if the actual rates of
return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years, but also
fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No representation
can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the investment management
company, or any representative thereof, that this hypothetical rate of return
can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over any period of time.

Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume any additional premiums shown are received monthly on the Policy
Anniversary and further assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.

                                      A-4
<PAGE>

                    FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE

FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000                    AGE: 45
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: B                              ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 1.00%                        $12,000.00
PREMIUM TAX: 2.00%                                   (Monthly Premium:
                                                     $1,000.00)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
                                ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN AT 0.00% (NET RATE AT -
                                                   1.790%)
                              ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   GUARANTEED*                           CURRENT**
                              -------------------------------      --------------------------------
             PREM              CASH              DEATH               CASH              DEATH
 YR        AT 5.00%            VALUE            BENEFIT             VALUE             BENEFIT
 ---       --------           -------           --------           --------           --------
 <S>       <C>                <C>               <C>                <C>                <C>
  1        $ 12,322           $ 8,798           $508,798           $ 10,633           $510,633
  2          25,261            17,268            517,268             20,981            520,981
  3          38,846            25,368            525,368             31,085            531,085
  4          53,111            33,092            533,092             40,878            540,878
  5          68,090            40,417            540,417             50,371            550,371
  6          83,817            47,328            547,328             59,571            559,571
  7         100,330            53,796            553,796             68,481            568,481
  8         117,669            59,782            559,782             77,044            577,044
  9         135,875            65,252            565,252             85,328            585,328
 10         154,992            70,182            570,182             93,276            593,276
 11         175,064            74,568            574,568            100,827            600,827
 12         196,140            78,384            578,384            108,053            608,053
 13         218,269            81,636            581,636            114,903            614,903
 14         241,505            84,304            584,304            121,316            621,316
 15         265,903            86,344            586,344            127,302            627,302
 16         291,521            87,709            587,709            132,867            632,867
 17         318,419            88,305            588,305            137,954            637,954
 18         346,663            88,021            588,021            142,507            642,507
 19         376,319            86,749            586,749            146,542            646,542
 20         407,457            84,393            584,393            150,002            650,002
 25         588,120            54,750            554,750            155,817            655,817
 30         818,697                 0                  0            131,300            631,300
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
   rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
   rates.

The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value and Death
Benefit for a Policy would be different from those shown if the actual rates of
return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years, but also
fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No representation
can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the investment management
company, or any representative thereof, that this hypothetical rate of return
can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over any period of time.

Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume any additional premiums shown are received monthly on the Policy
Anniversary and further assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.

                                      A-5
<PAGE>

                    FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE

FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000                    AGE: 45
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: B                              ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 1.00%                        $12,000.00
PREMIUM TAX: 2.00%                                   (Monthly Premium:
                                                     $1,000.00)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                             FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
                          ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN AT 6.00% (NET RATE AT 4.210%)
                        -------------------------------------------------------------------
                               GUARANTEED*                          CURRENT**
                        --------------------------------    -------------------------------
           PREM            CASH              DEATH             CASH             DEATH
 YR      AT 5.00%          VALUE            BENEFIT           VALUE            BENEFIT
 ---     --------       -----------       -----------       ----------       -----------
 <S>     <C>            <C>               <C>               <C>              <C>
  1      $ 12,322       $     9,086       $   509,086       $   10,980       $   510,980
  2        25,261            18,378           518,378           22,326           522,326
  3        38,846            27,835           527,835           34,088           534,088
  4        53,111            37,453           537,453           46,211           546,211
  5        68,090            47,207           547,207           58,716           558,716
  6        83,817            57,078           557,078           71,620           571,620
  7       100,330            67,036           567,036           84,938           584,938
  8       117,669            77,035           577,035           98,622           598,622
  9       135,875            87,033           587,033          112,755           612,755
 10       154,992            96,995           596,995          127,287           627,287
 11       175,064           106,907           606,907          142,168           642,168
 12       196,140           116,730           616,730          157,482           657,482
 13       218,269           126,454           626,454          173,183           673,183
 14       241,505           136,044           636,044          189,223           689,223
 15       265,903           145,441           645,441          205,615           705,615
 16       291,521           154,575           654,575          222,375           722,375
 17       318,419           163,324           663,324          239,450           739,450
 18       346,663           171,546           671,546          256,787           756,787
 19       376,319           179,090           679,090          274,404           774,404
 20       407,457           185,810           685,810          292,244           792,244
 25       588,120           203,314           703,314          381,673           881,673
 30       818,697           174,009           674,009          457,425           957,425
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
   rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
   rates.

The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value and Death
Benefit for a Policy would be different from those shown if the actual rates of
return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years, but also
fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No representation
can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the investment management
company, or any representative thereof, that this hypothetical rate of return
can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over any period of time.

Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume any additional premiums shown are received monthly on the Policy
Anniversary and further assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.

                                      A-6
<PAGE>

                    FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE

FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000                    AGE: 45
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: B                              ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 1.00%                        $12,000.00
PREMIUM TAX: 2.00%                                   (Monthly Premium:
                                                     $1,000.00)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                            FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
                        ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN AT 12.00% (NET RATE AT 10.210%)
                        ------------------------------------------------------------------
                              GUARANTEED*                        CURRENT**
                        ------------------------------   ---------------------------------
           PREM           CASH            DEATH             CASH              DEATH
 YR      AT 5.00%        VALUE           BENEFIT            VALUE            BENEFIT
 ---     --------       ----------     ------------      -----------       ------------
 <S>     <C>            <C>            <C>               <C>               <C>
  1      $ 12,322       $  9,369       $   509,369       $    11,322       $   511,322
  2        25,261         19,512           519,512            23,700           523,700
  3        38,846         30,458           530,458            37,279           537,279
  4        53,111         42,277           542,277            52,105           552,105
  5        68,090         55,025           555,025            68,314           568,314
  6        83,817         68,773           568,773            86,045           586,045
  7       100,330         83,585           583,585           105,454           605,454
  8       117,669         99,519           599,519           126,644           626,644
  9       135,875        116,647           616,647           149,866           649,866
 10       154,992        135,052           635,052           175,258           675,258
 11       175,064        154,853           654,853           202,972           702,972
 12       196,140        176,153           676,153           233,315           733,315
 13       218,269        199,102           699,102           266,493           766,493
 14       241,505        223,835           723,835           302,725           802,725
 15       265,903        250,478           750,478           342,325           842,325
 16       291,521        279,165           779,165           385,636           885,636
 17       318,419        309,991           809,991           432,969           932,969
 18       346,663        343,042           843,042           484,666           984,666
 19       376,319        378,416           878,416           541,178         1,041,178
 20       407,457        416,231           916,231           602,930         1,102,930
 25       588,120        648,905         1,148,905         1,007,307         1,507,307
 30       818,697        969,509         1,469,509         1,626,060         2,126,060
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
   rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
   rates.

The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value and Death
Benefit for a Policy would be different from those shown if the actual rates of
return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years, but also
fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No representation
can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the investment management
company, or any representative thereof, that this hypothetical rate of return
can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over any period of time.

Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume any additional premiums shown are received monthly on the Policy
Anniversary and further assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.

                                      A-7
<PAGE>

                                          Morgan Stanley Dean Witter Variable
                                          Investment Series
[Paragon Logo]
            . GROUP AND INDIVIDUAL
              FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE
              INSURANCE POLICIES

              Prospectus dated May 1, 2000

                                                                           50450


<PAGE>

                     GROUP AND INDIVIDUAL FLEXIBLE PREMIUM
                        VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE POLICIES
                                   ISSUED BY
                         PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                              100 South Brentwood
                              St. Louis, MO 63105
                                 (314) 862-2211

  This Prospectus describes flexible premium variable life insurance policies
offered by Paragon Life Insurance Company (the "Company," "we," or "us") which
are designed for use in employer-sponsored insurance programs. When a Group
Contract is issued, Certificates showing the rights of the Owners and/or
Insureds will be issued under the Group Contract. Individual Policies will be
issued when a Group Contract is not issued. The terms of the Certificate and
the Individual Policy are very similar and are collectively referred to in this
Prospectus as "Policy" or "Policies."

  The Policies are designed to provide lifetime insurance protection to age 95
and provide flexibility to vary premium payments and change the level of death
benefits payable under the Policies. Flexibility allows an Owner to provide for
changing insurance needs under a single insurance policy. An Owner can allocate
net premiums among several investment portfolios ("Funds") with different
investment objectives.

  The Policy provides for: (1) a value upon surrendering the Policy; (2) loans;
and (3) a death benefit payable on the Insured's death. As long as the Policy
remains in force, the death benefit payable on the Insured's death will not be
less than the Face Amount of the Policy. The Policy will remain in force so
long as there is enough value to pay certain monthly charges.

  The Owner may allocate net premiums to one or more of the Divisions of
Separate Account B (the "Separate Account"). The Policy value will vary to
reflect the investment experience of the Divisions selected by the Owner.
Depending on the death benefit option elected, portions of the death benefit
may also vary. The Owner bears the entire investment risk under the Policies;
there is no minimum guaranteed value.

  Each of the 13 Divisions of the Separate Account will invest solely in one of
the corresponding Funds managed by Morgan Stanley Dean Witter Advisors Inc.:

                   FUND FUND
- ----------------------------

  Money Market Portfolio                   Global Dividend Growth Portfolio
  Quality Income Plus Portfolio            European Growth Portfolio
  High Yield Portfolio                     Pacific Growth Portfolio
  Utilities Portfolio                      Equity Portfolio
  Income Builder Portfolio                 Competitive Edge "Best Ideas"
  Dividend Growth Portfolio                Portfolio
  Capital Growth Portfolio
                                           Strategist Portfolio

                The date of this Prospectus is May 1, 2000.

                                       1
<PAGE>

  Please read this Prospectus carefully and keep it. A full description of the
Funds is contained in the prospectus for each Fund, which must accompany this
Prospectus.

  It may not be a good decision to purchase a Policy as a replacement for
another type of life insurance or as a means to obtain additional insurance
protection if the purchaser already owns another flexible premium variable life
insurance policy.

  The Securities and Exchange Commission has not approved or disapproved these
securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this Prospectus. Any
representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

                                       2
<PAGE>

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          Page
                                                                          ----
<S>                                                                       <C>
Summary..................................................................   4
The Company The Separate Account, and The Funds..........................  10
  The Company
  The Separate Account
  The Funds
  Addition, Deletion, or Substitution of Investments
Payment and Allocation of Premiums.......................................  14
  Issuance of a Policy
  Premiums
  Allocation of Net Premiums and Cash Value
  Policy Lapse and Reinstatement
Policy Benefits..........................................................  18
  Death Benefit
  Cash Value
Policy Rights and Privileges.............................................  24
  Exercising Rights and Privileges Under the Policies
  Loans
  Surrender and Partial Withdrawals
  Transfers
  Right to Examine Policy
  Conversion Right to a Fixed Benefit Policy
  Eligibility Change Conversion
  Payment of Benefits at Maturity
  Payment of Policy Benefits
Charges and Deductions...................................................  28
  Sales Charges
  Premium Tax Charge
  Monthly Deduction
  Partial Withdrawal Transaction Charge
  Separate Account Charges
General Matters Relating to the Policy...................................  32
Distribution of the Policies.............................................  35
General Provisions of the Group Contract.................................  35
Federal Tax Matters......................................................  37
Safekeeping of the Separate Account's Assets.............................  39
Voting Rights............................................................  39
State Regulation of the Company..........................................  40
Management of the Company................................................  41
Legal Matters............................................................  42
Legal Proceedings........................................................  42
Experts..................................................................  42
Additional Information...................................................  42
Definitions..............................................................  42
Financial Statements..................................................... F-1
Appendix A............................................................... A-1
</TABLE>

                 The Policies are not available in all states.


                                       3
<PAGE>

                             SUMMARY OF THE POLICY

The following summary of Prospectus information should be read with the
detailed information which follows in this Prospectus. Unless we provide
otherwise, the description of the Policies contained in this Prospectus assumes
that a Policy is in effect and that there is no outstanding Indebtedness.

The Policy

The Policies (either an Individual Policy or a Certificate) described in this
Prospectus are designed for use in employer-sponsored insurance programs and
are issued in three situations.

  . First--Policies in the form of Certificates are issued pursuant to Group
    Contracts entered into between the Company and Contractholders (see
    "General Provisions of the Group Contract");

  . Second--Individual Policies can be issued in connection with employer-
    sponsored insurance programs where Group Contracts are not issued; and

The Insured under a Policy is usually an employee of the Contractholder or
sponsoring employer or the employee's spouse. An Executive Program Policy is
issued with a maximum Face Amount in excess of $500,000 under a Group Contract
or an employer sponsored insurance program. Generally, only an employee is
eligible to be an Insured under an Executive Program Policy. If there is
sufficient Cash Surrender Value, Individual Insurance under a Group Contract or
other employer-sponsored insurance program will continue should the Group
Contract or other program cease or the employee's employment end (see "Payment
and Allocation of Premiums--Issuance of a Policy").

On behalf of Owners, the Contractholder will make planned premium payments
under the Group Contract equal to an amount authorized by employees to be
deducted from their wages. In addition, Owners may pay additional premiums. A
similar procedure will apply when an Individual Policy is issued in connection
with an employer-sponsored program.

The Policies are "variable" policies because, unlike the fixed benefits under
other types of life insurance contracts, the Cash Value and, under certain
circumstances, the death benefit under a Policy may increase or decrease
depending upon the investment experience of the Funds underlying the Divisions
to which the Owner has allocated net premium payments. So long as a Policy's
Cash Surrender Value continues to be sufficient to pay the monthly deduction,
an Owner is guaranteed a minimum death benefit equal to the Face Amount of his
or her Policy or an accelerated death benefit in a reduced amount determined in
accordance with certain riders available under the Policy. (See "General
Matters Relating to the Policy--Additional Insurance Benefits.")

Right to Examine Policy

The Owner has a limited right to return a Policy for cancellation within 20
days after the delivery of the Policy to the Owner, within 45 days after the
Owner signs the application, or within 10 days after the Company mails a notice
of this cancellation right to the Owner whichever is latest. If a Policy is
cancelled within this time period, a refund will be paid which will equal all
premiums paid under the Policy or any different amount required by state law.
The Owner also has a right to cancel a requested increase in Face Amount. Upon
cancellation of an increase, the Owner may request that the Company refund the
amount of the additional charges deducted in connection with the increase, or
have the amount of the additional charges added to the Cash Value. (See "Policy
Rights and Privileges--Right to Examine Policy.")

The Separate Account

The Owner may allocate the net premiums to one or more Divisions. (See "The
Company, The Separate Account and The Funds" for a complete description of the
available Funds.) An Owner may change future allocations of net premiums at any
time by notifying the Company directly.

                                       4
<PAGE>

Subject to certain restrictions, an Owner may transfer Cash Values among the
Divisions of the Separate Account. Currently, no charge is assessed for
transfers. The Company reserves the right to modify the transfer privilege.
(See "Policy Rights and Privileges--Transfers.")

Premiums

An Owner has flexibility concerning the amount and frequency of premium
payments. An initial premium equal to one-twelfth ( 1/12) of the planned annual
premium set forth in the specifications page of a Policy is necessary to start
a Policy. The planned annual premium is an amount specified for each Policy
based on the requested initial Face Amount and certain other factors.

  . Under Group Contracts and employer-sponsored programs, the initial
    premium and subsequent planned premiums generally are remitted by the
    Contractholder or sponsoring employer on behalf of the Owner at intervals
    agreed to by the Contractholder or employer.

However, as discussed below, planned premiums need not be paid so long as there
is sufficient Cash Surrender Value to keep the Policy in force. Subject to
certain limitations, additional premium payments in any amount and at any
frequency may be made directly by the Owner. (See "Payment and Allocation of
Premiums--Issuance of a Policy--Premiums.")

A Policy will lapse (and terminate without value) when the Cash Surrender Value
is not enough to pay the next monthly deduction and a grace period of 62 days
expires without an adequate payment being made by the Owner. (See "Payment and
Allocation of Premiums--Policy Lapse and Reinstatement.")

Death Benefit

Death benefit proceeds are payable to the Beneficiary when the Insured dies or
to the Owner, prior to the Insured's death under circumstances described in
available riders. (See "General Matters Relating to the Policy--Additional
Insurance Benefits.") Two death benefit options are available, as follows:

  . Under the "Level Type" death benefit, the death benefit is the Face
    Amount of the Policy or, if greater, the applicable percentage of Cash
    Value; and

  . Under the "Increasing Type" death benefit, the death benefit is the Face
    Amount of the Policy plus the Cash Value or, if greater, the applicable
    percentage of Cash Value.

So long as a Policy remains in force, the minimum death benefit under either
option will be at least equal to the current Face Amount. (See "Policy
Benefits--Death Benefit.")

The minimum initial Face Amount is generally $25,000 under the Company's
current rules. Executive Program Policies generally have a minimum Face Amount
of $100,000. The maximum Face Amount is generally $500,000. However, we may
establish a higher maximum Face Amount for Executive Program Policies. The
Owner may generally change the Face Amount (subject to the minimum and maximum
amounts applicable to his or her Policy) and the death benefit option, but in
certain cases evidence of insurability may be required. (See "Policy Benefits--
Death Benefit.")

Riders

Additional insurance benefits offered under the Policy by rider may include a
children's insurance rider, an accelerated death benefit settlement option
rider, an accidental death benefit rider, and a waiver of monthly deductions
rider. Some Group Contracts and employer-sponsored insurance programs may not
provide each of the additional benefits described above. Generally, Executive
Program Policies only have the acceleration of death benefits rider. (See
"General Matters Relating to the Policy--Additional Insurance Benefits.") We
will deduct the cost of these additional insurance benefits from Cash Value as
part of the monthly deduction. (See "Charges and Deductions--Monthly
Deduction.")

                                       5
<PAGE>

Cash Value

The Policies provide for a Cash Value equal to the total of the Policy's Cash
Value in the Separate Account and the Loan Account (securing Policy Loans). A
Policy's Cash Value will reflect premium payments, the investment performance
of any selected Divisions of the Separate Account, transfers, any Policy Loans,
Loan Account interest rate credited, any partial withdrawals, and the charges
imposed in connection with the Policy. (See "Policy Benefits--Cash Value.")
There is no minimum guaranteed Cash Value.

Charges and Deductions

Sales Charges. Generally, there are no sales charges under a Policy. However, a
front-end charge will be imposed on Policies that are deemed to be individual
Policies under the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1990 ("OBRA"). The
additional charge, which is for federal income taxes measured by premiums, is
equal to 1% of each premium payment, and compensates the Company for a
significantly higher corporate income tax liability resulting from changes made
to the Internal Revenue Code by OBRA.

Premium Tax Charge. We deduct a charge of 2.25% to cover state premium taxes
from premiums paid. (See "Charges and Deductions--Premium Tax Charge.")

Monthly Deduction. We make a monthly deduction from the Policy's Cash Value in
the Separate Account. The monthly deduction includes the following:

  . Administrative Charge. We deduct an administrative charge (see the
    specification pages of the Policy) based on 1) the number of Insureds
    covered under a Group Contract or other employer-sponsored insurance
    program, and 2) the amount of administrative services provided by the
    Company. The charge will not exceed $6.00 per month during the first
    Policy Year and $3.50 per month during renewal years.

  . Cost of Insurance Charge. We deduct a cost of insurance charge calculated
    on each Monthly Anniversary. We determine monthly cost of insurance rates
    based upon expectations as to future mortality experience. For a
    discussion of the factors affecting the rate class of the Insured (see
    "Charges and Deductions--Monthly Deduction--Cost of Insurance.")

  . A charge for any additional insurance benefits provided by a rider.

Separate Account Charges.

  . Mortality and Expense Risk Charge. We deduct a daily charge not to exceed
    .0024547% (an annual rate of .90%) of the net assets of each Division for
    the Company's assumption of certain mortality and expense risks incurred
    in connection with the Policies. (See "Charges and Deductions--Separate
    Account Charges.")

  . Federal Taxes. No charges are currently made for federal or state income
    taxes. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")

  . Annual Expenses of the Funds (after fee waiver and reimbursement as
    applicable). The value of the assets of the Divisions will reflect the
    management fee and other expenses incurred by the Funds. The following
    table describes the Fund fees and expenses during the time that the Owner
    owns the Policy. These fees and expenses are shown as a percentage of net
    assets for the year ended December 31, 1999. The prospectus for each Fund
    contains more detail concerning a Fund's fees and expenses. (See "The
    Company, The Separate Account and The Funds.")

                                       6
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             Management      Other
                                                Fees       Expenses
                                             (after fee     (after
                                               waiver    reimbursement  Total
                                                 as           as        Annual
                       Fund                  applicable)  applicable)  Expenses
                       ----                  ----------  ------------- --------
      <S>                                    <C>         <C>           <C>
      Money Market Portfolio................    0.50%        0.02%       0.52%
      Quality Income Plus Portfolio.........    0.50%        0.02%       0.52%
      High Yield Portfolio..................    0.50%        0.03%       0.53%
      Utilities Portfolio...................    0.64%        0.03%       0.67%
      Income Builder Portfolio..............    0.75%        0.06%       0.81%
      Dividend Growth Portfolio.............    0.51%        0.01%       0.52%
      Capital Growth Portfolio..............    0.65%        0.07%       0.72%
      Global Dividend Growth Portfolio......    0.75%        0.08%       0.83%
      European Growth Portfolio.............    0.95%        0.09%       1.04%
      Pacific Growth Portfolio..............    0.95%        0.47%       1.42%
      Equity Portfolio......................    0.49%        0.02%       0.51%
      Competitive Edge "Best Ideas"
       Portfolio............................    0.44%        0.12%       0.56%
      Strategist Portfolio..................    0.50%        0.02%       0.52%
</TABLE>

The expense information regarding the Funds was provided by those Funds. We
have not independently verified this information. We cannot guarantee that the
reimbursements provided by certain Funds will continue.


Partial Withdrawal Transaction Charge. We deduct a transaction charge equal to
the lesser of $25 or 2% of the amount withdrawn on each partial withdrawal of
amounts from the Separate Account. Currently, there are no transaction charges
imposed for transfers of amounts between Divisions. In addition, transfers and
withdrawals are subject to restrictions relative to amount and frequency. (See
"Payment and Allocation of Premiums--Allocation of Net Premiums and Cash
Value," "Policy Rights and Privileges--Surrender and Partial Withdrawals--
Transfers," and "Charges and Deductions--Partial Withdrawal Transaction
Charge.")

Policy Loans

After the first Policy Anniversary an Owner may borrow against the Cash Value
of a Policy. All outstanding Indebtedness will be deducted from proceeds
payable at the Insured's death, upon maturity, or upon surrender. We transfer a
portion of the Policy's Cash Value in each Division of the Separate Account to
which the loan is allocated to the Loan Account as security for the loan.
Therefore, a Policy Loan may have a permanent impact on the Policy's Cash Value
even if it is repaid. A Policy Loan may be repaid in whole or in part at any
time while the Policy is in force. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--Loans.")
Loans taken from, or secured by, a Policy may in certain circumstances be
treated as taxable distributions from the Policy. Moreover, with certain
exceptions, a 10% additional income tax would be imposed on the portion of any
loan that is included in income. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")

Surrender and Partial Withdrawals

At any time that a Policy is in effect, an Owner may elect to surrender the
Policy and receive its Cash Surrender Value. An Owner may also request a
partial withdrawal of the Cash Value of the Policy. A partial withdrawal may
reduce the Face Amount and the death benefit payable under the Policy. (See
"Policy Rights and Privileges--Surrender and Partial Withdrawals.") Surrenders
and partial withdrawals may have federal income tax consequences. (See "Federal
Tax Matters.")

                                       7
<PAGE>

Conversion Right

During the first 24 Policy Months following a Policy's Issue Date, the Owner
may convert the Policy to a life insurance policy that provides for benefits
that do not vary with the investment return of the Divisions. The Owner also
has a similar right with respect to increases in the Face Amount. (See "Policy
Rights and Privileges--Conversion Right to a Fixed Benefit Policy.")

Eligibility Change Conversion

In the event that the Insured is no longer eligible for coverage under the
Group Contract, either because the Group Contract has terminated or because the
employee is no longer employed by the Contractholder, the Individual Insurance
provided by the Policy issued in connection with the Group Contract will
continue unless the Policy is cancelled or surrendered by the Owner or there is
insufficient Cash Surrender Value to prevent the Policy from lapsing.

If a Certificate was issued in connection with the Group Contract, the
Certificate will be amended automatically to continue in force as an Individual
Policy. The new Individual Policy will provide benefits which are identical to
those provided under the Certificate. If an Individual Policy was issued in
connection with a Group Contract, the Individual Policy will continue in force
following the termination of the Group Contract. (See "Policy Rights and
Privileges--Eligibility Change Conversion.")

Illustrations

Illustrations in Appendix A show how death benefits and Cash Values may vary
based on certain hypothetical rate of return assumptions as well as assumptions
pertaining to the level of the charges. These rates are not guaranteed. They
are illustrative only and do not show past or future performance. If a Policy
is surrendered in the early Policy Years, the Cash Value payable will be low
compared to premiums accumulated with interest, and consequently the insurance
protection provided prior to surrender will be costly.

Policy Tax Compliance

We intend for the Policy to satisfy the definition of a life insurance contract
under Section 7702 of the Internal Revenue Code (the "Code"). Assuming that a
Policy qualifies as a life insurance contract under the Code, a Policy Owner
should not be taxed for receiving value from the Policy, until there is a
distribution from the Policy. Also, death benefits payable under a Policy
should be excludable from the gross income of the Beneficiary.

A Policy may be treated as a "modified endowment contract." If the Policy is a
modified endowment contract, it will affect the tax advantages offered under
the Policy. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")

Specialized Uses of the Policy

Because the Policy provides for an accumulation of Cash Value as well as a
death benefit, the Policy can be used for various individual and business
financial planning purposes. Purchasing the Policy in part for such purposes
entails certain risks. For example, if the investment performance of Divisions
to which Cash Value is allocated is poorer than expected or if sufficient
premiums are not paid, the Policy may lapse or may not accumulate sufficient
Cash Value to fund the purpose for which the Policy was purchased. Partial
withdrawals and Policy Loans may significantly affect current and future Cash
Value, Cash Surrender Value, or death benefit proceeds. Depending upon Division
investment performance and the amount of a Policy Loan, the loan may cause a
Policy to lapse. Because the Policy is designed to provide benefits on a long-
term basis, before

                                       8
<PAGE>

purchasing a Policy for a specialized purpose a purchaser should consider
whether the long-term nature of the Policy is consistent with the purpose for
which it is being considered. Using a Policy for a specialized purpose may have
tax consequences. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")

Questions

If you have any questions, you may write or call the Company at 100 South
Brentwood, St. Louis, MO 63105, (314) 862-2211.

                                       9
<PAGE>

                      THE COMPANY AND THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT

The Company

Paragon Life Insurance Company is a stock life insurance company incorporated
under the laws of Missouri. We were organized in 1981 as General American
Insurance Company and on December 31, 1987, our name was changed. No change in
operations or ownership took place in connection with the name change. Our main
business is writing individual and group life insurance policies and annuity
contracts. As of December 31, 1999, we had assets of $400 million. We are
admitted to do business in 49 states and the District of Columbia. Our
principal offices are at 100 South Brentwood, St. Louis, Missouri 63105 ("Home
Office"). Our Internal Revenue Service Employer Identification Number is 43-
1235869.

We are a wholly-owned subsidiary of General American Life Insurance Company
(the "Parent Company"), a Missouri life insurance company. The Parent Company
is wholly owned by GenAmerica Corporation, a Missouri general business
corporation, which is wholly owned by Metropolitan Life Insurance Company, a
New York insurance company.

Guarantee. In addition, the Parent Company agrees to guarantee that we will
have sufficient funds to meet all of our contractual obligations. In the event
a Policyholder presents a legitimate claim for payment on a Paragon insurance
Policy, the Parent Company will pay such claim directly to the Policyholder if
Paragon is unable to make such payment. This guarantee, which does not have a
predetermined termination date, can be modified or ended only as to policies
not yet issued. The guarantee agreement is binding on the Parent Company, its
successor or assignee and shall end only if the guarantee is assigned to an
organization having a financial rating from Standard & Poor's equal to or
better than the Parent Company's rating. The Parent Company does not intend
that this guarantee cover the investment experience or Cash Values of the
Policy.

Ratings. We may from time to time publish in advertisements, sales literature,
and reports to Owners or Contractholders, the ratings and other information
assigned to us by one or more independent rating organizations such as A. M.
Best Company, Standard & Poor's, and Duff & Phelps. The purpose of the ratings
our financial strength and/or claims paying ability and should not be
considered as bearing on the investment performance of assets held in the
Separate Account. Each year the A. M. Best Company reviews the financial status
of thousands of insurers, culminating in the assignment of Best's ratings.
These ratings reflect Best's current opinion of the relative financial strength
and operating performance of an insurance company in comparison to the norms of
the life/health insurance industry. In addition, the claims paying ability of
the Company as measured by Standard & Poor's Insurance Ratings Services or Duff
& Phelps may be referred to in advertisements or sales literature or in reports
to Owners or Contractholders. These ratings are opinions of an operating
insurance company's financial capacity to meet the obligations of its insurance
policies in accordance with their terms. These ratings do not reflect the
investment performance of the Separate Account or the degree of risk associated
with an investment in the Separate Account.

Advertisements. We also may include in advertisements and other literature
certain rankings assigned to us by the National Association of Insurance
Commissioners ("NAIC"), and our analyses of statistical information produced by
the NAIC. These rankings and analyses of statistical information may describe,
among other things, our growth, premium income, investment income, capital
gains and losses, policy reserves, policy claims, and life insurance in force.
Our use of such rankings and statistical information is not an endorsement by
the NAIC.

Advertisements and literature prepared by the Company also may include
discussions of taxable and tax-deferred investment programs (including
comparisons based on selected tax brackets), alternative investment vehicles,
and general economic conditions.


                                       10
<PAGE>

The Separate Account

We established Separate Account B (the "Separate Account") as a separate
investment account on January 4, 1993 under Missouri law. The Separate Account
receives and invests the net premiums paid under the Policies. In addition, the
Separate Account receives and invests net premiums for other flexible premium
variable life insurance policies issued by us.

The Separate Account is divided into Divisions. Each Division will invest in
Funds as shown on the cover page of this Prospectus. Income and both realized
and unrealized gains or losses from the assets of each Division of the Separate
Account are credited to or charged against that Division without regard to
income, gains, or losses from any other Division of the Separate Account or
arising out of any other business we may conduct.

Although the assets of the Separate Account are the property of the Company,
the assets in the Separate Account equal to the reserves and other liabilities
of the Separate Account are not chargeable with liabilities arising out of any
other business which we may conduct. The assets of the Separate Account are
available to cover the general liabilities of the Company only to the extent
that the Separate Account's assets exceed its Policy liabilities. From time to
time, these excess assets may be transferred from the Separate Account and
included in the Company's general assets. Before making any such transfers, we
will consider any possible adverse impact the transfer may have on the Separate
Account.

The Separate Account has been registered with the Securities and Exchange
Commission ("SEC" or "Commission") as a unit investment trust under the
Investment Company Act of 1940 (the "1940 Act") and meets the definition of a
"separate account" under federal securities laws. Registration with the SEC
does not involve supervision of the management or investment practices or
policies of the Separate Account or the Company by the Commission.

The Funds

The Separate Account invests in shares of Morgan Stanley Dean Witter Variable
Investment Series (referred to as the "Fund"), a series-type mutual fund
registered with the SEC as open-end, diversified management investment company.
Only the funds described in this section of the prospectus are currently
available as investment choices of the policies even though additional Funds
may be described in the prospectus for the Morgan Stanley Dean Witter Variable
Investment Series. The assets of each Portfolio used by the Policies are held
separate from the assets of the other Portfolios, and each Portfolio has
investment objectives and policies which are generally different from those of
the other Portfolios. The income or losses of one Portfolio generally have no
effect on the investment performance of any other Portfolios.

Investment Results. The investment objectives and policies of certain
Portfolios are similar to the investment objectives and policies of other
portfolios that may be managed by the same investment adviser or manager. The
investment results of the Portfolios may differ from the results of these other
portfolios. There can be no guarantee, and no representation is made, that the
investment results of any of the Portfolios will be comparable to the
investment results of any other portfolio, even if the other portfolio has the
same investment adviser or manager.

The following summarizes the investment policies of each Portfolio:

Money Market Portfolio

The Money Market Portfolio seeks high current income, preservation of capital
and liquidity.

Quality Income Plus Portfolio

The Quality Income Plus Portfolio seeks as a primary objective to provide a
high level of current income by investing primarily in U.S. Government
securities and other fixed-income securities. As a secondary objective, the
Portfolio seeks capital appreciation but only when consistent with its primary
objective.

                                       11
<PAGE>

High Yield Portfolio

The High Yield Portfolio seeks as a primary objective to provide a high level
of current income by investing in a diversified portfolio consisting
principally of fixed-income securities, which may include both non-convertible
and convertible debt securities and preferred stocks. As a secondary objective,
the Portfolio will seek capital appreciation, but only when consistent with its
primary objective.

Utilities Portfolio

The Utilities Portfolio seeks both capital appreciation and current income.

Income Builder Portfolio

The Income Builder Portfolio seeks as a primary objective reasonable income.
Growth of capital is a secondary objective.

Dividend Growth Portfolio

The Dividend Growth Portfolio seeks to provide reasonable current income and
long-term growth of income and capital.

Capital Growth Portfolio

The Capital Growth Portfolio seeks long-term capital growth.

Global Dividend Growth Portfolio

The Global Dividend Growth Portfolio seeks to provide reasonable current income
and long-term growth of income and capital.

European Growth Portfolio (European Portfolio)

The European Growth Portfolio seeks to maximize the capital appreciation of its
investments.

Pacific Growth Portfolio

The Pacific Growth Portfolio seeks to maximize the capital appreciation of its
investments.

Equity Portfolio

The Equity Portfolio seeks as a primary objective growth of capital through
investments in common stocks of companies believed by the Investment Manager to
have potential for superior growth. As a secondary objective the Equity
Portfolio seeks income but only when consistent with its primary objective.

Competitive Edge "Best Ideas" Portfolio

The Competitive Edge "Best Ideas" Portfolio seeks long-term capital growth.

Strategist Portfolio

The Strategist Portfolio seeks high total investment return through a fully
managed investment policy utilizing equity, fixed-income and money market
securities, and the writing of covered call and put options.

There is no assurance that any of the Funds will achieve its stated objective.
More detailed information, including a description of risks, is in the
prospectus for the Funds, which must preceede this Prospectus and which should
be read carefully. Please also refer to the "Annual Expenses of the Funds".

                                       12
<PAGE>


Agreements. We have has entered into or may enter into arrangements with
certain Funds pursuant to which we receive a fee based upon an annual
percentage of the average net asset amount invested by us on behalf of the
Separate Account and other separate accounts of the Company. These arrangements
vary among the Funds and are entered into because of administrative services
provided by the Company.

Resolving Material Conflicts. All of the Funds are also available to registered
separate accounts of other insurance companies offering variable annuity and
variable life insurance products. As a result, there is a possibility that a
material conflict may arise between the interests of Owners of Policies and of
Owners of Policies whose Cash Values are allocated to other separate accounts
investing in the Funds. In the event a material conflict arises, the Company
will take any necessary steps, including removing the assets of the Separate
Account from one or more of the Funds, to resolve the matter.

Addition, Deletion, or Substitution of Investments.

We reserve the right, subject to compliance with applicable law, to make
additions to, deletions from, or substitutions for the shares of the Funds that
are held by the Separate Account or that the Separate Account may purchase. We
reserve the right to (1) eliminate the shares of any of the Funds and (2)
substitute shares of another fund if the shares of a Fund are no longer
available for investment, or further investment in any Fund becomes
inappropriate in view of the purposes of the Separate Account. We will not
substitute any shares without notice to the Owner and prior approval of the
SEC, to the extent required by the 1940 Act or other applicable law, as
required

We also reserve the right to establish additional Divisions of the Separate
Account. We will establish new Divisions when marketing needs or investment
confitions warrant. Any new Division will be made available to existing Owners
on a basis to be determined by the Company. To the extent approved by the SEC,
we may also:

  .Eliminate or combine one or more Divisions;

  .Substitute one Division for another Division; or

  .Transfer assets between Divisions if marketing, tax, or investment
  conditions warrant.

We may make changes in the Policy by appropriate endorsement in the event of a
substitution or change. We will notify all Owners of any such changes.

If we deem it to be in the best interests of persons having voting rights under
the Policy, and to the extent any necessary SEC approvals or Owner votes are
obtained, the Separate Account may be:

(a) operated as a management company under the 1940 Act;

(b) deregistered under that Act in the event such registration is no longer
    required; or

(c) combined with other separate accounts of the Company.

To the extent permitted by applicable law, we may transfer the assets of the
Separate Account associated with the Policy to another separate account.

We cannot guarantee that the shares of the Funds will always be available. The
Funds each sell shares to the Separate Account in accordance with the terms of
a participation agreement between the Fund distributors and us. Should this
agreement terminate or should shares become unavailable for any other reason,
the Separate Account will not be able to purchase the existing Fund shares.
Should this occur, we will be unable to honor Owner requests to allocate Cash
Values or premium payments to the Divisions of the Separate Account investing
in such shares. In the event that a Fund is no longer available, we will take
reasonable steps to obtain alternative investment options.

                                       13
<PAGE>

                       PAYMENT AND ALLOCATION OF PREMIUMS

Issuance of a Policy

We will generally issue a Group Contract to employers whose employees and/or
their spouses may become Owners (and/or Insureds) under the Group Contract so
long as the employee is within the class of employees eligible to be included
in the Group Contract. The class(es) of employees covered by a particular Group
Contract are set forth in that Group Contract's specifications pages.

The Group Contract will be issued upon receipt of an application for a Group
Contract signed by an appropriate officer of the employer and acceptance by us
at our Home Office. (See "General Provisions of the Group Contract--Issuance.")
Individuals (i.e., eligible employees and/or their spouses) wishing to purchase
a Policy, whether under a Group Contract or an employer-sponsored insurance
program, must complete the appropriate application for Individual Insurance and
submit it to our authorized representative or us at our Home Office. We will
issue to each Contractholder either a Certificate or an Individual Policy to
give to each Owner.

Individual Policies, rather than Certificates, will be issued

   (1) to independent contractors of the employer;

   (2) to persons who wish to continue coverage after a Group Contract has
       terminated;

   (3) to persons who wish to continue coverage after they no longer are
       employed by the Group Contractholder;

   (4) if state law restrictions make issuance of a Group Contract
       impracticable; or

   (5) if the employer chooses to use an employer-sponsored insurance program
       that does not involve a Group Contract.

Issue Ages. A Policy generally will be issued only to Insureds of Issue Ages 17
through 70 who supply satisfactory evidence of insurability. We may issue
Policies to individuals falling outside the Issue Ages or decline to issue
Policies to individuals within the Issue Ages.

Employee Eligibility. In order for an employee to be eligible to purchase a
Policy, the employee must be actively at work at the time the application for
Individual Insurance is signed. In addition, the Contractholder may determine
specific classes to which the employee must belong to be eligible to purchase a
Policy. "Actively at work" means that the employee must work for the
Contractholder or sponsoring employer at the employee's usual place of work (or
such other places as required by the Contractholder or sponsoring employer) in
the course of such work for the full number of hours and the full rate of pay,
as set by the employment practices of the employer. Ordinarily the time worked
per week must not be less than 30 hours. However, we reserve the right to waive
or modify the "actively at work" requirement at our discretion.

In addition, the Contractholder may require that an employee must be employed
by the employer as of a certain date or for a certain period of time. We will
set forth this date or time period in the Group Contract specifications pages.
Employees of any Associated Companies of the Contractholder will be considered
employees of the Contractholder. We may also allow an individual who is an
independent contractor working primarily for the sponsoring employer to be
considered an eligible employee. An independent contractor may receive an
Individual Policy rather than a Certificate depending upon state law applicable
to the contracts. An employee may include a partner in a partnership if the
employer is a partnership.

Guaranteed Issue. Other than in Executive Programs, we will issue the Policy
and any children's insurance rider applied for by the employee pursuant to our
guaranteed issue procedure. We offer the guaranteed issue procedure only when
an employee is given the opportunity to purdchase a Policy for the first time.
Under this procedure the employee is required to answer qualifying questions in
the application for Individual Insurance, but is not required to submit to a
medical or paramedical examination. The maximum Face Amount that an

                                       14
<PAGE>

employee can generally apply for under the guaranteed issue procedure
("Guaranteed Issue Amount") is three times the employee's salary up to a
ceiling that is based on the number of eligible employees under a Group
Contract or other employer-sponsored insurance program. We may offer guaranteed
issue with Executive Programs depending upon the number of eligible employees
or if other existing insurance coverage is cancelled.

Simplified Underwriting. The employee must submit to a simplified underwriting
procedure requiring the employee to respond satisfactorily to certain health
questions in the application:

  . where the Face Amount exceeds the guaranteed issue limits;

  . where the Policy has been offered previously to the employee;

  . where the guaranteed issue requirements set forth in the application for
    Individual Insurance are not met; or

  . in connection with certain programs that may be offered without guaranteed
    issue

A blood test may be required. This requirement is generally applicable only to
Executive Programs.

Simplified underwriting must be followed in connection with the issuance of any
children's rider, if the employee is not eligible for guaranteed issue
underwriting, or, (even when the employee is eligible,) if the child does not
satisfy the guaranteed issue requirements set forth in the application for
Individual Insurance.

Acceptance of an application is always subject to our underwriting rules, and
we reserve the right to reject an application for any reason.

Employee's Spouse. If a Policy is to be issued to a spouse, the appropriate
application for Individual Insurance must be supplied. We will subject the
spouse to the simplified underwriting procedure described above. Guaranteed
issue is not available. We generally do not offer spouse coverage under
Executive Program Policies.

Issue Date. The Issue Date is the effective date for all coverage provided in
the original application for Individual Insurance. The Issue Date is used to
determine Policy Anniversaries, Policy Years, and Policy Months. A Policy will
not take effect until:

  . the appropriate application for Individual Insurance is signed;

  . the initial premium has been paid prior to the Insured's death;

  . the Insured is eligible for it; and

  . the information in the application is determined to be acceptable to the
    Company.

Interim Insurance. Interim Insurance in the amount of insurance applied for may
be available prior to the issuance of a Policy which is being underwritten on a
guaranteed issue basis up to the Guaranteed Issue Amount. If available, interim
insurance will start as of the date of the application. Interim insurance ends
on the earliest of the following dates:

  . the date insurance begins on the Policy applied for;

  . the date a Policy other than the Policy applied for is offered to the
    applicant;

  . the date the Company notifies the applicant that the application for any
    proposed Insured is declined;

  . 60 days from the date of application; or

  . termination of employment with the Contractholder or sponsoring employer.

                                       15
<PAGE>

Premiums

The initial premium is due on the Issue Date, and usually will be paid by the
Contractholder or employer on behalf of the Owner. The Company requires that
the initial premium for a Policy be at least equal to one-twelfth (1/12) of the
planned annual premium for the Policy set forth in the specifications pages.
The planned annual premium is an amount specified for each Policy based on the
requested initial Face Amount, the Issue Age of the Insured and the charges
under the Policy. (See "Charges and Deductions.") The Owner is not required to
pay premiums equal to the planned annual premium.

We will apply premiums paid by a Contractholder or sponsoring employer or
designated payor to a Policy as of the Valuation Date we receive the prmeiums.
Premiums will be "received" on a Valuation Date when we receive supporting
documentation necessary for us to determine the amount of premium per Policy
and the cash premium.

Planned Premium Payments. After the initial premium, and subject to the
limitations described below, premiums may be paid in any amount and at any
interval. Under Group Contracts and Individual Policies issued in connection
with other employer-sponsored insurance programs, the planned annual premium
usually will be paid by the Contractholder or sponsoring employer on behalf of
the Owner pursuant to a planned premium payment schedule. A planned premium
payment schedule provides for premium payments in a level amount at fixed
intervals (usually monthly) agreed to by the Contractholder or employer and us.

The amount of the premiums paid by the sponsoring employer or Contractholder
will be equal to the amount authorized by the employee. The Owner may skip
planned premium payments. Failure to pay one or more planned premium payments
will not always cause the Policy to lapse. The Policy will lapse if the Cash
Surrender Value is insufficient to cover the next Monthly Deduction. (See
"Payment and Allocation of Premiums--Policy Lapse and Reinstatement.")

Unscheduled Premiums. In addition to any planned payments made, an Owner may
make unscheduled premium payments at any time and in any amount, subject to the
minimum and maximum premium limitations described below. The payment of an
unscheduled premium payment may have Federal income tax consequences. (See
"Federal Tax Matters.") As mentioned above, an Owner may also skip planned
premium payments. Therefore, unlike conventional insurance policies, a Policy
does not obligate the Owner to pay premiums in accordance with a rigid and
inflexible premium schedule.

Continuance of Insurance. Failure of the Contractholder to pay the planned
premium payments authorized by its employees may cause the Group Contract to
terminate. (See "General Provisions of the Group Contract-- Termination.")
Provided that there is sufficient Cash Surrender Value to prevent the Policy
from lapsing, the Individual Insurance provided will automatically continue in
the event of Group Contract termination. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--
Eligibility Change Conversion.") Individual Insurance will also continue if the
employee's employment with the Contractholder or sponsoring employer
terminates. In either circumstance, an Owner of an Individual Policy (or a
Certificate converted by amendment to an Individual Policy) will establish a
new schedule of planned premiums. The new schedule will have the same planned
annual premium, and the payment intervals will be no more frequent than
quarterly.

Premium Limitations. Every premium payment paid must be at least $20. Total
premiums paid under a Policy may not exceed the current maximum premium
limitations established by federal tax laws in any Policy Year. The maximum
premium limitation for a Policy Year is the sum of the premiums paid under the
Policy that will not at any time exceed the guideline premium limitations
referred to in Section 7702(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986. If at any
time a premium is paid which would result in total premiums exceeding the
current maximum premium limitation, we will accept only that portion of the
premium which will make total premiums equal the maximum. Any part of the
premium in excess of the maximum premiums will be returned directly to the
Owner within 60 days of the end of the Policy Year in which payment is received
(unless we

                                       16
<PAGE>

agree) and no further premiums will be accepted until allowed by the current
maximum premium limitations prescribed by Federal tax law. See "Federal Tax
Matters" for a further explanation of premium limitations.

Section 7702A creates an additional premium limitation, which, if exceeded, can
change the tax status of a Policy to that of a "modified endowment contract." A
modified endowment contract is a life insurance contract, from which
withdrawals are treated (for tax purposes) (1)as a distribution of any taxable
income under the contract, and (2) as a distribution of nontaxable investment
in the contract. Also, such withdrawals may be subject to a 10% federal income
tax penalty. We have adopted administrative steps designed to notify an Owner
when we believe that a premium payment will cause a Policy to become a modified
endowment contract. Owner will be given a limited amount of time to request
that the premium be reversed in order to avoid the Policy's classification as a
modified endowment contract. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")

Allocation of Net Premiums and Cash Value

Net Premiums. The net premium equals:
(1) the premium paid; less

(2) the premium expense charge;

(3) any charge to compensate us for anticipated higher corporate income taxes
    resulting from the sale of a Policy; and

(4) the premium tax charge. (See "Charges and Deductions--Sales Charges.")

Allocation of Net Premiums. In the application for a Policy, the Owner
indicates how net premiums are to be allocated among the 14 Divisions of the
Separate Account. Beginning with the initial premium payment, all premiums will
be allocated in accordance with the Owner's instructions upon our receipt of
the premiums. However, the minimum percentage, of any allocation to a Division
is 10 percent of the net premium, and fractional percentages may not be used.

The allocation for future net premiums may be changed without charge at any
time by providing notice in writing directly to us. Any change in allocation
will take effect immediately upon our receipt of the written notification. No
charge is imposed for changing the allocations of future net premiums.

The Policy's Cash Value also may be transferred between the Divisions of the
Separate Account. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--Transfers.")

The value of amounts allocated to the Divisions will vary with the investment
performance of the Funds underlying the Divisions. The Owner bears the entire
investment risk. Investment performance will affect the Policy's Cash Value,
and may affect the death benefit as well. Owners should periodically review
their allocations of premiums and values in light of market conditions and
overall financial planning requirements.

Policy Lapse and Reinstatement

Lapse. Unlike conventional life insurance policies, the failure to make a
premium payment following the initial premium payment will not itself cause a
Policy to lapse. However, a Policy can lapse even if planned premiums have been
paid. Lapse will occur only when the Cash Surrender Value is insufficient to
cover the monthly deduction, and a grace period expires without a sufficient
payment being made. (See also "General Provisions of the Group Contract--Grace
Period--Termination.") Thus, the payment of premiums in any amount does not
guarantee that the Policy will remain in force until the Maturity Date.

The grace period, which is 62 days, begins on the Monthly Anniversary on which
the Cash Surrender Value is not enough to cover the next monthly deduction,
premium expense charge, and premium tax charge. We will notify the Owner at the
beginning of the grace period by mail. The notice will specify the amount of
premium required to keep the Policy in force and the date the payment is due.
Subject to minimum premium

                                       17
<PAGE>

requirements, the amount of the premium required to keep the Policy in force
will be the amount of the current monthly deduction. (See "Charges and
Deductions.") If the Company does not receive the required amount within the
grace period, the Policy will lapse and terminate without Cash Value. If the
Insured dies during the grace period, any overdue monthly deductions will be
deducted from the death benefit payable.

Reinstatement. The Owner may reinstate a lapsed Policy by written application
at any time within five years after the date of lapse and before the Maturity
Date. The right to reinstate a lapsed Policy will not be affected by the
termination of a Group Contract or the termination of an employee's employment
during the reinstatement period. Reinstatement is subject to the following
conditions:

  .  Evidence of the insurability of the Insured satisfactory to us
     (including evidence of insurability of any person covered by a rider to
     reinstate the rider).

  .  Payment of a premium that, after the deduction of any premium expense
     charge and any premium tax charge, is large enough to cover: (a) the
     monthly deductions due at the time of lapse, and (b) two times the
     monthly deduction due at the time of reinstatement.

  .  Payment or reinstatement of any Indebtedness. Any Indebtedness
     reinstated will cause a Cash Value of an equal amount also to be
     reinstated.

Any loan paid at the time of reinstatement will cause an increase in Cash Value
equal to the amount of the repaid loan. The Policy cannot be reinstated if it
has been surrendered. The amount of Cash Value on the date of reinstatement
will be equal to the amount of any Indebtedness reinstated, increased by the
net premiums paid at reinstatement and any loans paid at the time of
reinstatement.

The effective date of reinstatement will be the date of our approval of the
application for reinstatement. There will be a full monthly deduction for the
Policy Month that includes that date.

                                POLICY BENEFITS

Death Benefit

As long as the Policy remains in force, we will, (upon proof of the Insured's
death), pay the death benefit proceeds of a Policy in accordance with the death
benefit option in effect at the time of the Insured's death. Payment of death
benefit proceeds will not be affected by termination of the Group Contract,
employer-sponsored insurance program or by termination of an employee's
employment.

If a rider permitting the accelerated payment of death benefit proceeds has
been added to the Policy, the death benefit may be paid in a single sum prior
to the death of the Insured and may be less than otherwise would be paid upon
the death of the Insured. (See "General Matters Relating to the Policy--
Additional Insurance Benefits.")

The amount of the death benefit proceeds payable will be determined at the end
of the Valuation Period during which the Insured's death occurred. The proceeds
may be paid in a single sum or under one or more of the settlement options set
forth in the Policy. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--Payment of Policy
Benefits.") Death benefit proceeds will be paid to the surviving Beneficiary or
Beneficiaries specified in the application or as subsequently changed.

The Policy provides two death benefit options: a "Level Type" death benefit
("Option A") and an "Increasing Type" death benefit ("Option B"). Option B
generally will be the only option presented. The death benefit under either
option will never be less than the current Face Amount of the Policy as long as
the Policy remains in force. (See "Payment and Allocation of Premiums--Policy
Lapse and Reinstatement.") The minimum Face Amount currently is $25,000. The
maximum Face Amount is generally $500,000. However, in connection with a
particular Group Contract or employer sponsored insurance program, we may
establish a substantially higher Face Amount for Policies issued under that
Contract or program.

                                       18
<PAGE>

Option A. Under Option A, the death benefit is:

  (1) the current Face Amount of the Policy or, if greater,

  (2) the applicable percentage of Cash Value on the date of death.

The applicable percentage is 250% for an Insured Attained Age 40 or below on
the Policy Anniversary prior to the date of death. For Insureds with an
Attained Age over 40 on that Policy Anniversary, the percentage is lower and
declines with age as shown in the Applicable Percentage Table below. Under
Option A the death benefit will remain level at the Face Amount unless the
applicable percentage of Cash Value exceeds the current Face Amount, in which
case the amount of the death benefit will vary as the Cash Value varies. Owners
who prefer to have favorable investment performance reflected in higher Cash
Value for the same Face Amount, rather than increased death benefit, generally
should select Option A.

                          APPLICABLE PERCENTAGE TABLE

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               Applicable
            Attained Age                       Percentage
            ---------------------------------- ----------
            <S>                                <C>
            40................................    250%
            41................................    243
            42................................    236
            43................................    229
            44................................    222
            45................................    215
            46................................    209
            47................................    203
            48................................    197
            49................................    191
            50................................    185
            51................................    178
            52................................    171
            53................................    164
            54................................    157
            55................................    150
            56................................    146
            57................................    142
            58................................    138
            59................................    134
            60................................    130
            61................................    128
            62................................    126
            63................................    124
            64................................    122
            65................................    120
            66................................    119
            67................................    118
            68................................    117
            69................................    116
            70................................    115
            71................................    113
            72................................    111
            73................................    109
            74................................    107
</TABLE>

                                       19
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               Applicable
            Attained Age                       Percentage
            ---------------------------------- ----------
            <S>                                <C>
            75 to 90..........................    105%
            91................................    104
            92................................    103
            93................................    102
            94................................    101
            95 or older.......................    100
</TABLE>

The applicable percentages in the foregoing table are based on federal tax law
requirements described in Section 7702(d) of the Code. The Company reserves the
right to alter the applicable percentage to the extent necessary to comply with
changes to Section 7702(d) or any successor provision thereto.

Option B. Under Option B, the death benefit is equal to:

  (1) the current Face Amount plus the Cash Value of the Policy or, if
      greater,
  (2) the applicable percentage of the Cash Value on the date of death. The
      applicable percentage is the same as under Option A.

Under Option B, the amount of the death benefit will always vary as the Cash
Value varies (but will never be less than the Face Amount).

Owners who prefer to have favorable investment performance reflected in higher
death benefits for the same Face Amount generally should select Option B. All
other factors equal, for the same premium dollar, Option B provides lower
initial Face Amount resulting in earlier cash accumulation.

Change in Death Benefit Option. After the first Policy Anniversary, the Owner
may change the death benefit option. We reserve the right to limit the number
of changes in death benefit options to one each Policy Year. A request for a
change must be made directly to us in writing. The effective date of such a
change will be the Monthly Anniversary on or following the date we receive the
change request.

If the death benefit option is changed from Option A to Option B, the Face
Amount after the change will equal the Face Amount before the change less the
Cash Value on the effective date of the change. Satisfactory evidence of
insurability must be submitted directly to us with a request for a change from
Option A to Option B. This change may not be made if it would result in a Face
Amount of less than $25,000.

If the death benefit option is changed from Option B to Option A, the Face
Amount after the change will equal the Face Amount before the change plus the
Cash Value on the effective date of change.

A change in death benefit option will not in itself result in an immediate
change in the amount of a Policy's death benefit or Cash Value. No charges will
be imposed upon a change from death benefit Option B to Option A. Changing from
Option A to Option B, however, will result in a decrease in the Face Amount. In
addition, if, prior to or accompanying a change in the death benefit option,
there has been an increase in the Face Amount, the cost of insurance charge may
be different for the increased amount. (See "Charges and Deductions--Monthly
Deduction--Cost of Insurance.")

No change in death benefit option will be permitted that results in the death
benefit under a Policy being included in gross income because the federal tax
law requirements are not satisfied. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")

Change in Face Amount. Subject to certain limitations set forth below, an Owner
may increase or decrease the Face Amount of a Policy (without changing the
death benefit option) after the first Policy Anniversary. A written request for
a change in the Face Amount must be sent directly to us. A change in Face
Amount may affect the cost of insurance rate and the net amount at risk, both
of which affect an Owner's cost of insurance

                                       20
<PAGE>

charge. (See "Charges and Deductions--Monthly Deduction--Cost of Insurance.")
In addition, a change in Face Amount may have federal income tax consequences.
(See "Federal Tax Matters.")

Face Amount Decreases. Any decrease in the Face Amount will become effective on
the Monthly Anniversary on or following our receipt of the written request. The
amount of the requested decrease must be at least $5,000 and the Face Amount
remaining in force after any requested decrease may not be less than the
minimum amount Face Amount, generally $25,000. If, following a decrease in Face
Amount, the Policy would not comply with the maximum premium limitations
required by federal tax law (see "Payment and Allocation of Premiums"), the
decrease may be limited or Cash Value may be returned to the Owner (at the
Owner's election), to the extent necessary to meet those requirements. A
decrease in the Face Amount will reduce the Face Amount in the following order:

  (1) The Face Amount provided by the most recent increase;

  (2) The next most recent increases successively; and

  (3) The initial Face Amount.

This order of reduction will be used to determine the amount of subsequent cost
of insurance charges (see "Charges and Deductions--Monthly Deduction--Cost of
Insurance").

Face Amount Increases. For an increase in the Face Amount, we require that
satisfactory evidence of insurability be submitted. If approved, the increase
will become effective on the Monthly Anniversary on or following receipt of the
satisfactory evidence of insurability. In addition, the Insured must have an
Attained Age of 80 or less on the effective date of the increase. The amount of
the increase may not be less than $5,000. The Face Amount may not be increased
more than the maximum Face Amount for that Policy, generally $500,000. However,
in connection with a particular Group Contract or employer-sponsored insurance
program, we may establish a substantially higher Face Amount for Policies
issued under that Contract or program. Although an increase need not
necessarily be accompanied by additional premium, the Cash Surrender Value in
effect immediately after the increase must be sufficient to cover the next
monthly deduction. (See "Charges and Deductions--Monthly Deduction.") An
increase in the Face Amount may result in certain additional charges. (See
"Charges and Deductions.")

Cancellation of an Increase. An increase in Face Amount may be cancelled within
the later of:

  . 20 days from the date the Owner received the new Policy specifications
    page for the increase;

  . within 10 days of mailing the right to cancellation notice to the Owner;
    or

  . within 45 days after the application for an increase was signed.

Upon cancellation, any additional charges, which would not have been assessed
without the increase, will be refunded to the Owner if requested. If a request
for a refund is not made, the charges will be restored to the Policy's Cash
Value and allocated to Divisions in the same manner as they were deducted.
Premiums paid following an increase in Face Amount and prior to the time the
right to cancel the increase expires will become part of the Policy's Cash
Value and will not be subject to refund. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--
Right to Examine Policy.")

Methods of Affecting Insurance Protection. An Owner may increase or decrease
the pure insurance protection provided by a Policy--the difference between the
death benefit and the Cash Value--in several ways as insurance needs change.
Examples include increasing or decreasing the Face Amount, changing the level
of premium payments, and, to a lesser extent, making partial withdrawals from
the Policy. Although the consequences of each of these methods will depend upon
the individual circumstances, they may be generally summarized as follows:

(a) A decrease in the Face Amount will, subject to the applicable percentage
limitations (see "Policy Benefits--Death Benefit"), decrease the pure insurance
protection and the cost of insurance charges under the Policy without reducing
the Cash Value.

                                       21
<PAGE>

(b) An increase in the Face Amount may increase the amount of pure insurance
protection, depending on the amount of Cash Value and the resultant applicable
percentage limitation. If the insurance protection is increased, the Policy
charges generally will increase as well.

(c) An increased level of premium payments will reduce the pure insurance
protection if Option A is in effect. However, when the applicable percentage of
Cash Value exceeds either the Face Amount (if Option A is in effect) or the
Cash Value plus the Face Amount (if Option B is in effect), increased premium
payments will increase the pure insurance protection. Increased premiums should
also increase the amount of funds available to keep the Policy in force.

(d) A reduced level of premium payments generally will increase the amount of
pure insurance protection, depending on the applicable percentage limitations.
If the reduced level of premium payments is insufficient to cover monthly
deductions or to offset negative investment performance, Cash Value may also
decrease, which in turn will increase the possibility that the Policy will
lapse. (See "Payment and Allocation of Premiums--Policy Lapse and
Reinstatement.")

(e) A partial withdrawal will reduce the death benefit. (See "Policy Rights and
Privileges--Surrender and Partial Withdrawals.") However, it only affects the
amount of pure insurance protection and cost of insurance charges if the death
benefit before or after the withdrawal is based on the applicable percentage of
Cash Value, because otherwise the decrease in the death benefit is offset by
the amount of Cash Value withdrawn. The primary use of a partial withdrawal is
to withdraw Cash Value.

Payment of Death Benefit Proceeds. Death benefit proceeds under the Policy
ordinarily will be paid within seven days after we receive all documentation
required. Payment may, however, be postponed in certain circumstances. (See
"General Matters Relating to the Policy--Postponement of Payments.") The Owner
may decide the form in which the proceeds will be paid. During the Insured's
lifetime, the Owner may arrange for the death benefit proceeds to be paid in a
single sum or under one or more of the optional methods of settlement described
below. The death benefit will be increased by the amount of the monthly cost of
insurance for the portion of the month from the date of death to the end of the
month, and reduced by any outstanding Indebtedness. (See "General Matters
Relating to the Policy--Additional Insurance Benefits," and "Charges and
Deductions.")

When no election for an optional method of settlement is in force when the
Insured dies, the Beneficiary may select one or more of the optional methods of
settlement at any time before death benefit proceeds are paid. (See "Policy
Rights and Privileges--Payment of Policy Benefits.")

An election or change of method of settlement must be in writing. A change in
Beneficiary revokes any previous settlement election. Once payments have begun,
the settlement option may not be changed.

Cash Value

The Cash Value of the Policy is equal to the total of the Policy's Cash Value
in the Separate Account and the Loan Account. The Policy's Cash Value in the
Separate Account will reflect:

  . the investment performance of the chosen Divisions;

  . the frequency and amount of net premiums paid;

  . transfers;

  . partial withdrawals;

  . Policy Loans;

  . Loan account interest rate credited; and

  . the charges assessed in connection with the Policy.

                                       22
<PAGE>

An Owner may at any time surrender the Policy and receive the Policy's Cash
Surrender Value. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--Surrender and Partial
Withdrawals.") There is no guaranteed minimum Cash Value.

Determination of Cash Value. Cash Value is determined on a daily basis. On the
Investment Start Date, the Cash Value in a Division will equal the portion of
any net premium allocated to the Division, reduced by the portion of the
monthly deductions due from the Issue Date through the Investment Start Date
allocated to that Division. Depending upon the length of time between the Issue
Date and the Investment Start Date, this amount may be more than the amount of
one monthly deduction. (See "Payment and Allocation of Premiums.") Thereafter,
on each Valuation Date, the Cash Value in a Division will equal:

(1) The Cash Value in the Division on the preceding Valuation Date, multiplied
by the Division's Net Investment Factor (defined below) for the current
Valuation Period; plus

(2) Any net premium payments received during the current Valuation Period which
are allocated to the Division; plus

(3) Any loan repayments allocated to the Division during the current Valuation
Period; plus

(4) Any amounts transferred to the Division from another Division during the
current Valuation Period; plus

(5) That portion of the interest credited on outstanding Policy Loans which is
allocated to the Division during the current Valuation Period; minus

(6) Any amounts transferred from the Division during the current Valuation
Period (including amounts securing Policy Loans) plus transfer charges if any;
minus

(7) Any partial withdrawals plus any partial withdrawal transaction charge,
from the Division during the current Valuation Period; minus

(8) If a Monthly Anniversary occurs during the current Valuation Period, the
portion of the monthly deduction allocated to the Division during the current
Valuation Period to cover the Policy Month which starts during that Valuation
Period. (See "Charges and Deductions.")

The Policy's Cash Value in the Separate Account equals the sum of the Policy's
Cash Values in each Division.

Net Investment Factor. The Net Investment Factor measures the investment
performance of a Division during a Valuation Period. The Net Investment Factor
for each Division for a Valuation Period is calculated as follows:

(1) The value of the assets at the end of the preceding Valuation Period; plus

(2) The investment income and capital gains--realized or unrealized--credited
to the assets in the Valuation Period for which the Net Investment Factor is
being determined; minus

(3) The capital losses, realized or unrealized, charged against those assets
during the Valuation Period; minus

(4) Any amount charged against each Division for taxes or other economic burden
resulting from the application of tax laws, determined by the Company to be
properly attributable to the Divisions or the Policy, or any amount set aside
during the Valuation Period as a reserve for taxes attributable to the
operation or maintenance of each Division; minus

(5) A charge not to exceed .0024547% of the net assets for each day in the
Valuation Period. This corresponds to 0.90% per year for mortality and expense
risks; divided by

(6) The value of the assets at the end of the preceding Valuation Period.


                                       23
<PAGE>

The Company may use an equivalent method to determine Cash Value in each
Division on each Valuation Date in lieu of the Net Investment Factor method.
This method directly determines the units of Cash Value in each Division and
the corresponding unit value. Unit value is obtained as follows:

(1) The value of assets in a Division are obtained by multiplying shares
outstanding by the net asset value as of the Valuation Date; minus

(2) A reduction based upon a charge not to exceed .0024547% of the net assets
for each day in the Valuation Period is made (This corresponds to 0.90% per
year for mortality and expense risk charge); divided by

(3) Aggregate units outstanding in the Division at the end of the preceding
Valuation Period.

                          POLICY RIGHTS AND PRIVILEGES

Exercising Rights and Privileges Under the Policies

Owners of Policies issued under a Group Contract or in connection with an
employer-sponsored insurance program may exercise their rights and privileges
under the Policies (i.e., make transfers, change premium allocations, borrow,
etc.) by directly notifying us in writing at our Home Office. We will send all
reports and other notices described herein or in the Policy directly to the
Owner.

Loans

Loan Privileges. After the first Policy Anniversary, the Owner may, by written
request directly to us, borrow an amount up to the Loan Value of the Policy,
with the Policy serving as sole security for such loan. The Loan Value is equal
to (a) minus (b), where

  . (a) is 85% of the Cash Value of the Policy on the date the Policy Loan is
    requested; and

  . (b) is the amount of any outstanding Indebtedness.


Loan interest is due and payable in arrears on each Policy Anniversary or on a
pro rata basis for such shorter period as the loan may exist. The minimum
amount that may be borrowed is $100. The loan may be completely or partially
repaid at any time while the Insured is living. Any amount due to an Owner
under a Policy Loan ordinarily will be paid within seven days after we receive
the loan request at our Home Office, although payments may be postponed under
certain circumstances. (See "General Matters Relating to the Policy--
Postponement of Payments.")

When a Policy Loan is made, Cash Value equal to the amount of the loan and loan
interest due will be transferred to the Loan Account as security for the loan.
Unless the Owner requests a different allocation, amounts will be transferred
from the Divisions of the Separate Account in the same proportion that the
Policy's Cash Value in each Division bears to the Policy's total Cash Value,
(not including the Cash Value in the Loan Account,) at the end of the Valuation
Period during which the request for a Policy Loan is received. This will reduce
the Policy's Cash Value in the Separate Account. These transactions will not be
considered transfers for purposes of the limitations on transfers between
Divisions.

Loan Account Interest Rate Credited. Cash Value transferred to the Loan Account
to secure a Policy Loan will accrue interest daily at an annual rate not less
than 5%. The rate is declared by action of our management as authorized by our
Board of Directors. The Loan Account interest credited will be transferred to
the Divisions: (1) each Policy Anniversary; (2) when a new loan is made; (3)
when a loan is partially or fully repaid; and (4) when an amount is needed to
meet a monthly deduction.

Interest Rate Charged for Policy Loans. The interest rate charged will be at an
annual rate of 8%. Interest charged will be due and payable annually in arrears
on each Policy Anniversary or for the duration of the Policy Loan, if shorter.
If the Owner does not pay the interest charged when it is due, an amount of
Cash Value

                                       24
<PAGE>

equal to that which is due will be transferred to the Loan Account. (See
"Policy Rights and Privileges--Loans--Effect of Policy Loans.") The amount
transferred will be deducted from the Divisions in the same proportion that the
portion of the Cash Value in each Division bears to the total Cash Value of the
Policy (not including the Cash Value in the Loan Account.

Effect of Policy Loans. A loan taken from, or secured by, a Policy may have
federal income tax consequences. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")

Whether or not a Policy Loan is repaid, it will permanently affect the Cash
Value of a Policy, and may permanently affect the amount of the death benefit.
This is because the collateral for the Policy Loan (the amount held in the Loan
Account) does not participate in the performance of the Separate Account while
the loan is outstanding. If the Loan Account interest credited is less than the
investment performance of the selected Division, the Policy values will be
lower as a result of the loan. Conversely, if the Loan Account interest
credited is higher than the investment performance of the Division, the Policy
values may be higher.

In addition, if the Indebtedness exceeds the Cash Value on any Monthly
Anniversary, the Policy may lapse, subject to a grace period. (See "Charges and
Deductions.") A sufficient payment must be made within the later of:

  (1) the grace period of 62 days from the Monthly Anniversary immediately
      before the date Indebtedness exceeds the Cash Value; or

  (2) 31 days after notice that the Policy will terminate without a
      sufficient payment has been mailed.

If a sufficient payment is not received, the Policy will lapse and terminate
without value. A lapsed Policy may later be reinstated. (See "Payment and
Allocation of Premiums--Policy Lapse and Reinstatement.")

All outstanding Indebtedness will be deducted from the proceeds payable upon
the death of the Insured, surrender, or the maturity of the Policy.

Repayment of Indebtedness. A Policy Loan may be repaid in whole or in part at
any time prior to the death of the Insured and as long as a Policy is in
effect. All repayments should be made directly to us. Amounts paid while a
Policy Loan is outstanding will be treated as premiums unless the Owner
requests in writing that the payments be treated as repayment of Indebtedness.
When a loan repayment is made, an amount securing the Indebtedness in the Loan
Account equal to the loan repayment will be transferred to the Divisions in the
same proportion that Cash Value in the Loan Account bears to the Cash Value in
each Loan Subaccount. A Loan Subaccount exists for each Division. Amounts
transferred to the Loan Account to secure Indebtedness are allocated to the
appropriate Loan Subaccount to reflect their origin.

Surrender and Partial Withdrawals

During the lifetime of the Insured and while a Policy is in force, the Owner
may surrender, or make a partial withdrawal of the Policy by sending a written
request to us. Any restrictions are described below. The amount available upon
surrender is the Cash Surrender Value (described below) at the end of the
Valuation Period during which the surrender request is received by us. Amounts
payable upon surrender or a partial withdrawal ordinarily will be paid within
seven days of receipt of the written request. (See "General Matters Relating to
the Policy--Postponement of Payments.") Surrenders and partial withdrawals may
have federal income tax consequences. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")

Surrender. To effect a surrender, the Policy must be returned to us along with
the request, or the request must be accompanied by a completed affidavit of
lost Policy. Upon request, we can provide a lost Policy Certificate. Upon
surrender, we will pay the Cash Surrender Value to the Owner. The Cash
Surrender Value equals the Cash Value on the date of surrender, less any
Indebtedness. Surrender proceeds will be paid in a single sum. If the request
is received on a Monthly Anniversary, the monthly deduction otherwise
deductible will be included in the amount paid. Coverage under a Policy will
terminate as of the date of surrender.

                                       25
<PAGE>


Partial Withdrawals. After the first Policy Year, an Owner may make up to one
partial withdrawal each Policy Month from the Separate Account. The minimum
amount of a partial withdrawal, net of any transaction charges, is $500. The
minimum amount that can be withdrawn from a Division is $50, or the Policy's
Cash Value in a Division, if smaller. The maximum amount that may be withdrawn,
including the partial withdrawal transaction charge, is the Loan Value. The
partial withdrawal transaction charge is equal to the lesser of $25 or 2% of
the amount withdrawn. The Owner may allocate the amount withdrawn, subject to
the above conditions, among the Divisions. If no allocation is specified, then
the partial withdrawal will be allocated among the Divisions in the same
proportion that the Policy's Cash Value in each Division bears to the total
Cash Value of the Policy (not including the Cash Value in the Loan Account) on
the date the request for the partial withdrawal is received.

A partial withdrawal will decrease the Face Amount in two situations. First, if
death benefit Option A is in effect and the death benefit equals the Face
Amount then the partial withdrawal will decrease the Face Amount, and, thus,
the death benefit by an amount equal to the partial withdrawal plus the partial
withdrawal transaction charge. Second, if the death benefit equals a percentage
of Cash Value (whether Option A or Option B is in effect), then a partial
withdrawal will decrease the Face Amount by the amount that the partial
withdrawal plus the partial withdrawal transaction charge exceeds the
difference between the death benefit and the Face Amount. The death benefit
also will be reduced in this circumstance. If Option B is in effect and the
death benefit equals the Face Amount plus the Cash Value, the partial
withdrawal will not reduce the Face Amount, but it will reduce the Cash Value
and, thus, the death benefit by the amount of the partial withdrawal plus the
partial withdrawal transaction charge. The Face Amount will be decreased in the
following order: (1) the Face Amount at issue; and (2) any increases in the
same order in which they were issued.

Generally, the partial withdrawal transaction charge will be allocated among
the Divisions in the same proportion as the partial withdrawal is allocated.
If, following a partial withdrawal, insufficient funds remain in a Division to
pay the partial withdrawal transaction charge allocated to a Division, the
unpaid charges will be allocated equally among the remaining Divisions. In
addition, an Owner may request that the partial withdrawal transaction charge
be paid from the Owner's Cash Value in another Division.

The Face Amount remaining in force after a partial withdrawal may not be less
than $25,000. Any request for a partial withdrawal that would reduce the Face
Amount below this amount will not be approved.

Partial withdrawals may affect the way in which the cost of insurance charge is
calculated and the amount of pure insurance protection afforded under a Policy.
(See "Policy Benefits--Death Benefit--Methods of Affecting Insurance
Protection.")

Transfers

Under the Company's current rules, a Policy's Cash Value, (not including
amounts credited to the Loan Account,) may be transferred among the Divisions
available with the Policy. Requests for transfers from or among Divisions must
be made in writing directly to us and may be made once each Policy Month.
Transfers must be in amounts of at least $250 or, if smaller, the Policy's Cash
Value in a Division. We will make transfers and determine all values in
connection with transfers as of the end of the Valuation Period during which
the transfer request is received.

All requests received on the same Valuation Day will be considered a single
transfer request. Each transfer must meet the minimum requirement of $250 or
the entire Cash Value in a Division. Where a single transfer request calls for
more than one transfer, and not all of the transfers would meet the minimum
requirements, we will make those transfers that do meet the requirements.
Transfers resulting from Policy Loans will not be counted for purposes of the
limitations on the amount or frequency of transfers allowed in each month or
year.

Although we currently intend to continue to permit transfers for the
foreseeable future, the Policy provides that we may modify the transfer
privilege, by changing the minimum amount transferable, by altering the
frequency of transfers, by imposing a transfer charge, by prohibiting
transfers, or in such other manner as we may determine.

                                       26
<PAGE>

Right to Examine Policy

The Owner may cancel a Policy within 10 days of after receiving it or such
longer period if required by state law. If a Policy is cancelled within this
time period, a refund will be paid. The refund will equal all premiums paid
under the Policy.

To cancel the Policy, the Owner should mail or deliver the Policy directly to
us. A refund of premiums paid by check may be delayed until the check has
cleared the Owner's bank. (See "General Matters Relating to the Policy--
Postponement of Payments.")

As noted above, a request for an increase in Face Amount (see "Policy
Benefits--Death Benefit") also may be cancelled. The request for cancellation
must be made within the latest of:

  . 20 days from the date the Owner received the new Policy specifications
    pages for the increase;

  . 10 days of mailing the right to cancellation notice to the Owner; or

  . 45 days after the Owner signed the application for the increase.

Upon cancellation of an increase, the Owner may request that we refund the
amount of the additional charges deducted in connection with the increase. This
amount will equal the amount by which the monthly deductions since the increase
went into effect exceeded the monthly deductions which would have been made
absent the increase. (See "Charges and Deductions--Monthly Deduction.") If no
request is made, we will increase the Policy's Cash Value by the amount of
these additional charges. This amount will be allocated among the Divisions in
the same manner as it was deducted.

Conversion Right to a Fixed Benefit Policy

Once during the first 24 Policy Months following the Issue Date of the Policy,
the Owner may, upon written request, convert a Policy still in force to a life
insurance policy that provides for benefits that do not vary with the
investment return of the Divisions. In the event a Certificate has been amended
to operate as an Individual Policy following an Insured's change in eligibility
under a Group Contract, the conversion right will be measured from the Issue
Date of the original Certificate. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--
Eligibility Change Conversion.") No evidence of insurability will be required
when this right is exercised. However, we will require that the Policy be in
force and that the Owner repay any existing Indebtedness. At the time of the
conversion, the new Policy will have, at the Owner's option, either the same
death benefit or the same net amount at risk as the original Policy. The new
Policy will also have the same Issue Date and Issue Age as the original Policy.
The premiums for the new Policy will be based on our rates in effect for the
same Issue Age and rate class as the original Policy.

Eligibility Change Conversion

If an Insured's eligibility under a Group Contract or employer-sponsored
insurance program ends due to its termination or due to the termination of the
employee's employment, the Insured's coverage will continue unless the Policy
is no longer in force. Even if the Policy is not in force due to lapse, the
right to reinstate and thus to convert a lapsed Policy will not be affected by
the change in the employee's eligibility during the reinstatement period.

If a Certificate was issued under the Group Contract, the Certificate will be
amended automatically so that it will continue in force as an Individual
Policy. The rights, benefits, and guaranteed charges will not be altered by
this amendment. The amendment will be mailed to the Owner within 31 days (a)
after we receive written notice that the employee's employment ended or (b)
after the termination of the Group Contract. If, at the time the conversion
occurs, the Policy is in a grace period (see "Payment and Allocation of
Premiums--Policy Lapse and Reinstatement"), any premium necessary to prevent
the Policy from lapsing must be paid us before the new Individual Policy will
be mailed. A new planned premium schedule will be established which will have
the same planned annual premium utilized under the Group Contract. The new
planned payment intervals

                                       27
<PAGE>

will be no more frequent than quarterly. The Company may allow payment of
planned premium through periodic (usually monthly) authorized electronic funds
transfer. Of course, unscheduled premium payments can be made at any time. (See
"Payment and Allocation of Premiums--Premiums.")

If an Individual Policy was issued under the Group Contract or other employer-
sponsored insurance program including an Executive Program, the Policy will
continue in force following the change in eligibility. The rights, benefits,
and guaranteed charges under the Policy will remain the same following this
change in eligibility.

When an employee's spouse is the Insured under a Policy, the spouse's insurance
coverage also will continue in the event the employee is no longer eligible. If
a Certificate was originally issued to the employee's spouse, the Certificate
will be amended automatically as described above. If an Individual Policy was
originally issued, the Individual Policy will continue as described above. In
addition, if an Associated Company ceases be to under common control with the
Contractholder, the Insureds of the Associated Company (i.e., employees of the
Associated Company and their spouses) may continue their insurance in the
manner described above.

Payment of Benefits at Maturity

If the Insured is living and the Policy is in force, the Company will pay the
Cash Surrender Value of the Policy to the Owner on the Maturity Date. An Owner
may elect to have amounts payable on the Maturity Date paid in a single sum or
under a settlement option. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--Payment of
Policy Benefits.") Amounts payable on the Maturity Date ordinarily will be paid
within seven days of that date, although payment may be postponed under certain
circumstances. (See "General Matters Relating to the Policy--Postponement of
Payments.") A Policy will mature if and when the Insured reaches Attained Age
95.

Payment of Policy Benefits

A lump sum payment will be made. Provisions for settlement of proceeds
different from a lump sum payment may only be made upon written our agreement.

Settlement Options. We may offer settlement options that apply to the payment
of death benefit proceeds, as well as to benefits payable at maturity. Once a
settlement option is in effect, there will no longer be value in the Separate
Account.

Accelerated Death Benefits. We offer certain riders which permit the Owner to
elect to receive an accelerated payment of the Policy's death benefit in a
reduced amount under certain circumstances. (See "General Matters Relating to
the Policy--Additional Insurance Benefits.")

                             CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS

We will deduct charges in connection with the Policies to compensate us for
providing the insurance benefits set forth in the Policies and any additional
benefits added by rider, administering the Policies, incurring expenses in
distributing the Policies, and assuming certain risks in connection with the
Policies. We may realize a profit on one or more of these charges. We may use
any such profit for any corporate purpose, including, among other things,
payments of sales and distribution expenses.

Sales Charges

Prior to allocation of net premiums among the Divisions, premium payments will
be reduced by a front-end sales charge ("premium expense charge") equal to 1%
of the premium.

In addition, as a result of OBRA, insurance companies are generally required to
capitalize and amortize certain policy acquisition expenses over a ten year
period rather than currently deducting such expenses. A higher

                                       28
<PAGE>

capitalization expense applies to the deferred acquisition expenses of Policies
that are deemed to be individual contracts under OBRA and will result in a
significantly higher corporate income tax liability for the Company in early
Policy Years. Thus, under Policies that are deemed to be individual contracts
under OBRA, we make an additional charge of 1% of each premium payment to
compensate us for the anticipated higher corporate income taxes that result
from the sale of such a Policy.

The net premium payment is calculated as the premium payment less:

  . the premium expense charge;

  . any charge to compensate the Company for anticipated higher corporate
    income taxes resulting from    the sale of a Policy; and

  . the premium tax charge (described below).

The sales charges will not change if an Insured is no longer eligible under a
Group Contract or employer-sponsored insurance program, but continues coverage
on an individual basis.

Premium Tax Charge

Various states and subdivisions impose a tax on premiums received by insurance
companies. Premium taxes vary from jurisdiction to jurisdiction. To cover these
premium taxes, premium payments will be reduced by a premium tax charge of 2
1/4% from all Policies.

Monthly Deduction

Charges will be deducted monthly from the Cash Value of each Policy ("monthly
deduction") to compensate us for (a) certain administrative costs; (b)
insurance underwriting and acquisition expenses in connection with issuing a
Policy; (c) the cost of insurance; and (d) the cost of optional benefits added
by rider. The monthly deduction will be deducted on the Investment Start Date
and on each succeeding Monthly Anniversary. It will be allocated among each
Division in the same proportion that a Policy's Cash Value in each Division
bears to the total Cash Value of the Policy (not including the Cash Value in
the Loan Account,) on the date the deduction is made. Because portions of the
monthly deduction, such as the cost of insurance, can vary from month to month,
the monthly deduction itself will vary in amount from month to month.

Monthly Administrative Charge. We are responsible for the administration of the
Policies and the Separate Account. Administrative expenses include premium
billing and collection, recordkeeping, processing death benefit claims, cash
surrenders, partial withdrawals, Policy changes, reporting and overhead costs,
processing applications, and establishing Policy records. We assess a monthly
administration charge from each Policy. The amount of this charge is set forth
in the specifications pages of the Policy and depends on the number of
employees eligible to be covered at issue of a Group Contract or an employer-
sponsored insurance program. The following table sets forth the range of
monthly administrative charges under the Policy:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                First Subsequent
        Eligible Employees                      Year    Years
        --------------------------------------- ----- ----------
        <S>                                     <C>   <C>
        250--499............................... $5.00   $2.50
        500--999............................... $4.75   $2.25
        1000+.................................. $4.50   $2.00
</TABLE>

For Group Contracts or other employer-sponsored insurance programs (1)with
fewer than 250 eligible employees, (2) with additional administrative costs, or
(3) that are offered as Executive Programs, the monthly administrative charge
may be higher, but will not exceed $6.00 per month during the first Policy Year
and $3.50 per month in renewal years.


                                       29
<PAGE>

These charges are guaranteed not to increase over the life of the Policy. The
administrative charge will not change in the event that the Insured is no
longer eligible for group coverage, but continues coverage on an individual
basis. In addition, when we believe that lower administrative costs will be
incurred in connection with a particular Group Contract or employer-sponsored
insurance program we may modify the above schedule for that Group Contract or
other employer-sponsored insurance program. The amount of the administrative
charge applicable to a particular Policy will be set forth in specifications
pages for that Policy.

Cost of Insurance. The cost of insurance is deducted on each Monthly
Anniversary for the next Policy Month. Because the cost of insurance depends
upon a number of variables, the cost will vary for each Policy Month. The cost
of insurance is determined separately for the initial Face Amount and for any
increases in Face Amount. We will determine the monthly cost of insurance
charge by multiplying the applicable cost of insurance rate or rates by the net
amount at risk for each Policy Month.

Cost of Insurance Rates. The cost of insurance rates are determined at the
beginning of each Policy Year for the initial Face Amount and each increase in
Face Amount. We will determine the current cost of insurance rates based on our
expectations as to future mortality experience. We currently issue the Policies
on a guaranteed issue or simplified underwriting basis without regard to the
sex of the Insured. Whether a Policy is issued on a guaranteed issue or
simplified underwriting basis does not affect the cost of insurance charge
determined for that Policy.

The current cost of insurance rates will be based on the Attained Age of the
Insured, the rate class of the Insured, and possibly the gender mix (i.e., the
proportion of men and women covered under a particular Group Contract or
employer-sponsored program). The cost of insurance rates generally increase as
the Insured's Attained Age increases. An Insured's rate class is generally
based on the number of eligible employees as well as other factors that may
affect the mortality risk we asume in connection with a particular Group
Contract or employer-sponsored insurance program. All other factors being
equal, the cost of insurance rates generally decrease by rate class as the
number of eligible employees in the rate class increase. We reserve the right
to change criteria on which a rate class will be based in the future.

If gender mix is a factor, we will estimate the gender mix of the pool of
Insureds under a Group Contract or employer-sponsored insurance program upon
issuance of the Contract. Each year on the Group Contract or employer-sponsored
insurance program's anniversary, we may adjust the rate to reflect the actual
gender mix for the particular group. In the event that the Insured's
eligibility under a Group Contract (or other employer-sponsored insurance
program) ceases, the cost of insurance rate will continue to reflect the gender
mix of the pool of Insureds at the time the Insured's eligibility ceased.
However, at some time in the future, we reserve the right to base the gender
mix and rate class on the group consisting of those Insureds who are no longer
under a Group Contract or employer-sponsored program.

The current cost of insurance rates will not be greater than the guaranteed
cost of insurance rates set forth in the Policy. These guaranteed rates are
125% of the maximum rates that could be charged based on the 1980 Commissioners
Standard Ordinary Mortality Table C ("1980 CSO Table"). The guaranteed rates
are higher than 100% of the maximum rates in the 1980 CSO Table because we use
guaranteed or simplified underwriting procedures whereby the insured is not
required to submit to a medical or paramedical examination. The current cost of
insurance rates are generally lower than 100% of the 1980 CSO Table. Any change
in the actual cost of insurance rates, will apply to all persons of the same
Attained Age and rate class whose Face Amounts have been in force for the same
length of time. Any change in the actual cost of insurance rates will not
include changes made to adjust for changes in the gener mix of the pool of
Insureds under a particular Group Contract or employer-sponsored insurance
program. (For purposes of computing guideline premiums under Section 7702 of
the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, the Company will use 100% of the
1980 CSO Table.)

Net Amount at Risk. The net amount at risk for a Policy Month is (a) the death
benefit at the beginning of the Policy Month divided by 1.0040741), less (b)
the Cash Value at the beginning of the Policy Month. Dividing the death benefit
by 1.0040741 reduces the net amount at risk, solely for purposes of computing
the cost of insurance, by taking into account assumed monthly earnings at an
annual rate of 5%.

                                       30
<PAGE>

The net amount at risk may be affected by changes in the Cash Value or changes
in the Face Amount of the Policy. If there is an increase in the Face Amount
and the rate class applicable to the increase is different from that for the
initial Face Amount, we will calculate the net amount at risk separately for
each rate class. When we determine the net amounts at risk for each rate class,
when Option A is in effect, we will consider the Cash Value first to be a part
of the initial Face Amount. If the Cash Value is greater than the initial Face
Amount, we will consider the excess Cash Value a part of each increase in
order, starting with the first increase. If Option B is in effect, we will
determine the net amount at risk for each rate class by the Face Amount
associated with that rate class. In calculating the cost of insurance charge,
the cost of insurance rate for a Face Amount is applied to the net amount at
risk for the corresponding rate class.

Because the calculation of the net amount at risk is different under Option A
and Option B when more than one rate class is in effect, a change in the death
benefit option may result in a different net amount at risk for each rate
class. Since the cost of insurance is calculated separately for each rate
class, any change in the net amount at risk resulting from a change in the
death benefit option may affect the total cost of insurance paid by the Owner.

Partial withdrawals and decreases in Face Amount will affect the manner in
which the net amount at risk for each rate class is calculated. (See "Policy
Benefits--Death Benefit," and "Policy Rights and Privileges--Surrender and
Partial Withdrawals.")

Additional Insurance Benefits. The monthly deduction will include charges for
any additional benefits provided by rider. (See "General Matters Relating to
the Policy--Additional Insurance Benefits.")

Partial Withdrawal Transaction Charge

A transaction charge which is the lesser of $25 or 2% of the amount withdrawn
will be assessed on each partial withdrawal, to cover administrative costs
incurred in processing the partial withdrawal.

Separate Account Charges

Mortality and Expense Risk Charge. The Company will deduct a daily charge from
the Separate Account at the rate not to exceed .0024547% of the net assets of
each Division of the Separate Account. This equals an annual rate of .90% of
those net assets. This deduction is guaranteed not to increase for the duration
of the Policy. We may realize a profit from this charge and may use this profit
to finance distribution expenses.

The mortality risk we assume is that an Insured may die sooner than anticipated
and that we will pay an aggregate amount of death benefits greater than
anticipated. The expense risk assumed is that expenses incurred in issuing and
administering the Policy will exceed the amounts realized from the
administrative charges assessed against the Policy.

Federal Taxes. Currently no charge is made to the Separate Account for federal
income taxes that may be incurred by the Separate Account. We may make such a
charge in the future. Charges for other taxes incurred by the Account may also
be made. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")

Expenses of the Funds. The value of the net assets of the Separate Account will
reflect the investment advisory fee and other expenses incurred by the Funds.
(See "Summary of the Policy--Separate Account Charges--Annual Expenses of the
Funds" and "The Company, the Separate Accounts and The Funds--The Funds.")

                                       31
<PAGE>

                     GENERAL MATTERS RELATING TO THE POLICY

Postponement of Payments

Payment of any amount due from the Separate Account because of surrender,
partial withdrawals, election of an accelerated death benefit under a rider,
death of the Insured, or the Maturity Date, as well as payments of a Policy
loan and transfers, may be postponed whenever:

  (1) the New York Stock Exchange is closed other than customary weekend and
      holiday closings, or trading on the New York Stock Exchange is
      restricted as determined by the SEC;

  (2) the SEC by order permits postponement for the protection of Owners; or

  (3) an emergency exists, as determined by the SEC, as a result of which
      disposal of securities is not reasonably practicable or it is not
      reasonably practicable to determine the value of the Separate Account's
      net assets.

Payments under the Policy of any amounts derived from premiums paid by check
may be delayed until such time as the check has cleared the Owner's bank.

The Contract

The Policy, the attached application, any riders, endorsements, any application
for an increase in Face Amount, and any application for reinstatement together
make the entire contract between the Owner and us. Apart from the rights and
benefits described in the Certificate or Individual Policy and incorporated by
reference into the Group Contract, the Owner has no rights under the Group
Contract. All statements made by the Insured in the application are considered
representations and not warranties, except in the case of fraud. Only
statements in the application and any supplemental applications can be used to
contest a claim or the validity of the Policy. Any change to the Policy must be
approved in writing by the President, a Vice President, or the Secretary of the
Company. No agent has the authority to alter or modify any of the terms,
conditions, or agreements of the Policy or to waive any of its provisions.

Control of Policy

The Insured will be the Owner of the Policy unless another person is shown as
the Owner in the application. Ownership may be changed as described below. The
Owner is entitled to all rights provided by the Policy, prior to its Maturity
Date. After the Maturity Date, the Owner cannot change the payee nor the mode
of payment, unless otherwise provided in the Policy. Any person whose rights of
ownership depend upon some future event will not possess any present rights of
ownership. If there is more than one Owner at a given time, all must exercise
the rights of ownership. If the Owner should die, and the Owner is not the
Insured, the Owner's interest will go to his or her estate unless otherwise
provided.

Beneficiary

The Beneficiary(ies) is (are) the person(s) specified in the application or by
later designation. Unless otherwise stated in the Policy, the Beneficiary has
no rights in a Policy before the death of the Insured. If there is more than
one Beneficiary at the death of the Insured, each will receive equal payments
unless otherwise provided by the Owner. If no Beneficiary is living at the
death of the Insured, the proceeds will be payable to the Owner or, if the
Owner is not living, to the Owner's estate.

Change of Owner or Beneficiary

The Owner may change the ownership and/or Beneficiary designation by written
request in a form acceptable to us at any time during the Insured's lifetime.
The Company may require that the Policy be returned for endorsement of any
change. The change will take effect as of the date the request is signed,
whether or not the Insured is living when the request is received by us. We
will not be liable for any payment made or action

                                       32
<PAGE>


taken before we receive the written request for change. If the Owner is also a
Beneficiary of the Policy at the time of the Insured's death, the Owner may,
within 60 days of the Insured's death, designate another person to receive the
Policy proceeds. Changing the Owner may have adverse tax consequences.

Policy Changes

We reserve the right to limit the number of Policy changes to one per Policy
Year and to restrict such changes in the first Policy Year. Currently, no
change may be made during the first Policy Year. For this purpose, changes
include increases or decreases in Face Amount and changes in the death benefit
option. No change will be permitted that would result in the death benefit
under a Policy being included in gross income due to not satisfying the
requirements of Section 7702 of the Internal Revenue Code or any applicable
successor provision.

Conformity with Statutes

If any provision in a Policy is in conflict with the laws of the state
governing the Policy, the provision will be deemed to be amended to conform to
such laws.

Claims of Creditors

To the extent permitted by law, neither the Policy nor any payment thereunder
will be subject to the claims of creditors or to any legal process.

Incontestability

The Policy is incontestable after it has been in force for two years from the
Issue Date during the lifetime of the Insured. An increase in Face Amount or
addition of a rider after the Issue Date is incontestable after such increase
or addition has been in force for two years from its effective date during the
lifetime of the Insured. Any reinstatement of a Policy is incontestable, except
for nonpayment of premiums, only after it has been in force during the lifetime
of the Insured for two years after the effective date of the reinstatement.

Assignment

We will be bound by an assignment of a Policy only if: (a) it is in writing;
(b) the original instrument or a certified copy is filed with us at our Home
Office; and (c) we send an acknowledged copy to the Owner. We are not
responsible for determining the validity of any assignment. Payment of Policy
proceeds is subject to the rights of any assignee of record. If a claim is
based on an assignment, we may require proof of the interest of the claimant. A
valid assignment will take precedence over any claim of a Beneficiary.

Suicide

Suicide within two years of the Issue Date is not covered by the Policy. If the
Insured dies by suicide, while sane or insane, within two years from the Issue
Date (or within the maximum period permitted by the laws of the state in which
the Policy was delivered, if less than two years), the amount payable will be
limited to premiums paid, less any partial withdrawals and outstanding
Indebtedness. If the Insured, while sane or insane, dies by suicide within two
years after the effective date of any increase in Face Amount, the death
benefit for that increase will be limited to the amount of the monthly
deductions for the increase.

If the Insured is a Missouri citizen when the Policy is issued, this provision
does not apply on the Issue Date of the Policy, or on the effective date of any
increase in Face Amount, unless the Insured intended suicide at the time of
application for the Policy or any increase in Face Amount.

Misstatement of Age and Corrections

If the age of the Insured has been misstated in the application, the amount of
the death benefit will be that which the most recent cost of insurance charge
would have purchased for the correct age.

                                       33
<PAGE>

Any payment or Policy changes we make in good faith, relying on our records or
evidence supplied with respect to such payment, will fully discharge our duty.
We reserve the right to correct any errors in the Policy.

Additional Insurance Benefits

Subject to certain requirements, one or more of the following additional
insurance benefits may be added to a Policy by rider. However, some Group
Contracts or employer-sponsored insurance programs may not offer each of the
additional benefits described below. Certain riders may not be available in all
states. In addition, should it be determined that the tax status of a Policy as
life insurance is adversely affected by the addition of any of these riders, we
will cease offering such riders. The descriptions below are intended to be
general; the terms of the Policy riders providing the additional benefits may
vary from state to state, and the Policy should be consulted. The cost of any
additional insurance benefits will be deducted as part of the monthly
deduction. (See "Charges and Deductions--Monthly Deduction.")

Waiver of Monthly Deductions Rider. Provides for the waiver of the monthly
deductions while the Insured is totally disabled, subject to certain
limitations described in the rider. The Insured must have become disabled
before age 65.

Accidental Death Benefit Rider. Provides additional insurance if the Insured's
death results from accidental bodily injury, as defined in the rider. Under the
terms of the rider, the additional benefits provided in the Policy will be paid
upon receipt of proof by us that death resulted directly from accidental injury
and independently of all other causes; occurred within 120 days from the date
of injury; and occurred before the Policy Anniversary nearest age 70 of the
Insured.

Children's Life Insurance Rider. Provides for term insurance on the Insured's
children, as defined in the rider. To be eligible for insurance under the
rider, the child to be insured must not be confined in a hospital at the time
the application is signed. Under the terms of the rider, the death benefit will
be payable to the named Beneficiary upon the death of any insured child. Upon
receipt of proof of the Insured's death before the rider terminates, the rider
will be continued on a fully paid-up term insurance basis.

HIV Acceleration of Death Benefits Rider. Provides for the Owner's election an
accelerated payment, prior to the death of the Insured upon receipt of
satisfactory evidence that the Insured has tested seropositive for the human
immunodeficiency virus ("HIV") after both the Policy and rider are issued. We
will pay the Policy's death benefit (less any Indebtedness and any term
insurance added by riders), calculated on the date that we receive satisfactory
evidence that the Insured has tested seropositive for HIV, reduced by a $100
administrative processing fee. We will pay the accelerated benefit to the Owner
in a single payment in full settlement of the obligations under the Policy. The
rider may be added to the Policy only after the Insured satisfactorily meets
certain underwriting requirements which will generally include a negative HIV
test result to a blood or other screening test acceptable to us.

The federal income tax consequences associated with (i) adding the HIV
Acceleration of Death Benefit Rider or (ii) receiving the benefit provided
under the rider are uncertain. Accordingly, we urge you to consult a tax
advisor about such consequences before adding the HIV Acceleration of Death
Benefit Rider to your Policy or requesting a benefit under the rider.

Accelerated Death Benefit Settlement Option Rider. Provides for the accelerated
payment of a portion of death benefit proceeds in a single sum to the Owner if
the Insured is terminally ill or permanently confined to a nursing home. Under
the rider, which is available at no additional cost, the Owner may make a
voluntary election to completely settle the Policy in return for accelerated
payment of a reduced death benefit. The Owner may make such an election under
the rider if evidence, including a certification from a licensed physician, is
provided to us that the Insured (1) has a life expectancy of 12 months or less
or (2) is permanently confined to a qualified nursing home and is expected to
remain there until death. Any irrevocable Beneficiary and assignees of record
must provide written authorization in order for the Owner to receive the
accelerated benefit.


                                       34
<PAGE>

The amount of the death benefit payable under the rider will equal the Cash
Surrender Value under the Policy on the date we receive satisfactory evidence
of either (1) or (2), above, (less any Indebtedness and any term insurance
added by other riders) plus the product of the applicable "benefit factor"
multiplied by the difference of (a) minus (b), where (a) equals the Policy's
death benefit proceeds, and (b) equals the Policy's Cash Surrender Value. The
"benefit factor", in the case of terminal illness, is 0.85 and, in the case of
permanent nursing home confinement, is 0.70.

Pursuant to the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, we
believe that for federal income tax purposes an accelerated death benefit
payment made under the Accelerated Death Benefit Settlement Option Rider should
be fully excludable from the gross income of the Beneficiary, as long as the
Beneficiary is the Insured under the Policy. However, you should consult a
qualified tax advisor about the consequences of adding this Rider to a Policy
or requesting an accelerated death benefit payment under this Rider.

Records and Reports

We will maintain all records relating to the Separate Account and will mail to
the Owner once each Policy Year, at the last known address of record, a report
which shows the current Policy values, premiums paid, deductions made since the
last report, and any outstanding Policy Loans. The Owner will also be sent
without comment periodic reports for the Funds and a list of the portfolio
securities held in each Fund. Receipt of premium payments directly from the
Owner, transfers, partial withdrawals, Policy Loans, loan repayments, changes
in death benefit options, increases or decreases in Face Amount, surrenders and
reinstatements will be confirmed promptly following each transaction.

An Owner may request in writing a projection of illustrated future Cash
Surrender Values and death benefits. This projection will be furnished by us
for a nominal fee.

                          DISTRIBUTION OF THE POLICIES

Walnut Street Securities, Inc. ("Walnut Street") acts as principal underwriter
of the Policies pursuant to an Underwriting Agreement with us. Walnut Street is
a wholly-owned subsidiary of GenAmerica Corporation, a Missouri general
business corporation, which is also a parent company of the Company. GenAmerica
Corporation is wholly owned by Metropolitan Life Insurance Company, a New York
Insurance Company.
Walnut Street is registered with the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 as a broker-dealer and is a member of the National Association of
Securities Dealers. Walnut Street's Internal Revenue Service employer
identification No. is 43-1333368. It is a Missouri corporation formed May 4,
1984. Walnut Street's address is 400 South 4th Street, Suite 1000, St. Louis,
MO. 63102. The Policies will be sold by broker-dealers who have entered into
written sales agreements with Walnut Street. Sales of the Policies may take
place in all states (except New York) and the District of Columbia.

Broker-dealers will receive commissions based upon a commission schedule in the
sales agreement with us and Walnut Street. Broker-dealers compensate their
registered representative agents. Commissions are payable on net collected
premiums received by the Company as well as Policy Cash Surrender Value.
Maximum commissions payable to a broker-dealer during the first year of a Group
Contract or other employer-sponsored insurance program are (a) 15% of premiums
that do not exceed the cost of insurance assessed during the first Policy Year.
In addition, maximum commissions, based on Policy Cash surrender Value, in all
Policy Years through Policy Year 20 are 0.2% of the average of the beginning
and ending Policy Year Net Cash Surrender Value. In no event will commissions
be payable for more than 20 years.

                    GENERAL PROVISIONS OF THE GROUP CONTRACT

Issuance

The Group Contract will be issued upon receipt of a signed application for
Group Insurance signed by a duly authorized officer of the employer and
acceptance by a duly authorized officer of the Company at its Home Office.

                                       35
<PAGE>

Premium Payments

The Contractholder will give planned premium payments for Insureds of the
Contractholder or an Associated Company in an amount authorized by the employee
to be deducted from his wages. All planned premiums under a Group Contract must
be given in advance. The planned premium payment interval is agreed to by the
Contractholder and us. Prior to each planned payment interval, we will furnish
the Contractholder with a statement of the planned premium payments to be made
under the Group Contract or such other notification as has been agreed to by
the Contractholder and us.

Grace Period

If the Contractholder does not give planned premium payments in a timely
fashion, the Group Contract will be in default. A grace period of 31 days
begins on the date that the planned premiums were scheduled to be given. If the
Contractholder does not give premiums prior to the end of the grace period, the
Group Contract will terminate. However, the Individual Insurance will continue
following the Group Contract's termination, provided such insurance is not
surrendered or cancelled by the Owner. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--
Eligibility Change Conversion.")

Termination

Except as described in "Grace Period" above, the Group Contract will be
terminated immediately upon default. In addition, we may end a Group Contract
or any of its provisions on 31 days' notice. If the Group Contract terminates,
any Policies in effect will remain in force on an individual basis, unless such
insurance is surrendered or cancelled by the Owner. New Policies will be issued
as described in "Policy Rights and Privileges--Eligibility Change Conversion."

Right to Examine Group Contract

The Contractholder may terminate the Group Contract within 20 days after
receiving it, within 45 days after the application was signed or within 10 days
of mailing a notice of the cancellation right, whichever is latest. To cancel
the Group Contract, the Contractholder should mail or deliver the Group
Contract to us.

Entire Contract

The Group Contract, with the attached copy of the Contractholder's application
and other attached papers, if any, is the entire contract between the
Contractholder and us. All statements made by the Contractholder, any Owner or
any Insured will be deemed representations and not warranties. Misstatements
will not be used in any contest or to reduce claim under the Group Contract,
unless it is in writing. A copy of the application containing such misstatement
must have been given to the Contractholder or to the Insured or to his
Beneficiary, if any.

Incontestability

We cannot contest the Group Contract after it has been in force for two years
from the date of issue.

Ownership of Group Contract

The Contractholder owns the Group Contract. The Group Contract may be changed
or ended by agreement between us and the Contractholder without the consent of,
or notice to, any person claiming rights or benefits under the Group Contract.
However, the Contractholder does not have any ownership interest in the
Policies issued under the Group Contract. The rights and benefits under the
Policies inure to the benefit of the Owners, Insureds, and Beneficiaries as set
forth herein and in the Policies.

                                       36
<PAGE>


                            FEDERAL TAX MATTERS

Introduction

The following summary provides a general description of the federal income tax
considerations associated with the Policy and does not purport to be complete
or to cover all tax situations. This discussion is not intended as tax advice.
Counsel or other competent tax advisors should be consulted for more complete
information. This discussion is based upon our understanding of the present
federal income tax laws. No representation is made as to the likelihood of
continuation of the present federal income tax laws or as to how they may be
interpreted by the Internal Revenue Service.

Tax Status of the Policy

In order to qualify as a life insurance contract for federal income tax
purposes and to receive the tax treatment normally accorded life insurance
contracts under federal tax law, a Policy must satisfy certain requirements
which are set forth in the Internal Revenue Code. Guidance as to how these
requirements are to be applied is limited. Nevertheless, we believe that the
Policy should satisfy the applicable requirements. If it is subsequently
determined that a Policy does not satisfy the applicable requirements, we may
take appropriate steps to bring the Policy into compliance with such
requirements and we reserve the right to restrict Policy transactions in order
to do so.

In certain circumstances, owners of variable life insurance contracts have been
considered for federal income tax purposes to be the owners of the assets of
the variable account supporting their contracts due to their ability to
exercise investment control over those assets. Where this is the case, the
contract owners have been currently taxed on income and gains attributable to
the variable account assets. There is little guidance in this area, and some
features of the Policies, such as the flexibility of a Owner to allocate
premiums and cash values, have not been explicitly addressed in published
rulings. While we believe that the Policies do not give Owners investment
control over Variable Account assets, we reserve the right to modify the
Policies as necessary to prevent a Owner from being treated as the owner of the
Variable Account assets supporting the Policy.

In addition, the Code requires that the investments of the Variable Account be
"adequately diversified" in order for the Policies to be treated as life
insurance contracts for federal income tax purposes. It is intended that the
Variable Account, through its decisions, will satisfy these diversification
requirements.

The following discussion assumes that the Policy will qualify as a life
insurance contract for federal income tax purposes.

Tax Treatment of Policy Benefits

In General. We believe that the death benefit under a Policy should be
excludible from the gross income of the beneficiary. Federal, state and local
transfer, and other tax consequences of ownership or receipt of Policy proceeds
depend on the circumstances of each Owner or beneficiary. A tax advisor should
be consulted on these consequences.

Generally, the Owner will not be deemed to be in constructive receipt of the
Policy cash value until there is a distribution. When distributions from a
Policy occur, or when loans are taken out from or secured by a Policy, the tax
consequences depend on whether the Policy is classified as a "modified
endowment contract."

Modified Endowment Contracts. Under the Internal Revenue Code, certain life
insurance contracts are classified as "modified endowment contracts," with less
favorable tax treatment than other life insurance contracts. Due to the
flexibility of the Policies as to premiums and benefits, the individual
circumstances of each Policy will determine whether it is classified as a
modified endowment contract. The rules are too complex to be summarized here,
but generally depend on the amount of premiums paid during the first seven

                                       37
<PAGE>


Policy years. Certain changes in a Policy after it is issued could also cause
it to be classified as a modified endowment contract. A current or prospective
Owner should consult with a competent advisor to determine whether a Policy
transaction will cause the Policy to be classified as a modified endowment
contract.

Distributions Other Than Death Benefits from Modified Endowment Contracts.
Policies classified as modified endowment contracts are subject to the
following tax rules:

(1) All distributions other than death benefits, including distributions upon
    surrender and withdrawals, from a modified endowment contract will be
    treated first as distributions of gain taxable as ordinary income and as
    tax-free recovery of the Owner's investment in the Policy only after all
    gain has been distributed.

(2) Loans taken from or secured by a Policy classified as a modified endowment
    contract are treated as distributions and taxed accordingly.

(3) A 10 percent additional income tax is imposed on the amount subject to tax
    except where the distribution or loan is made when the Owner has attained
    age 59 1/2 or is disabled, or where the distribution is part of a series of
    substantially equal periodic payments for the life (or life expectancy) of
    the Owner or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the Owner and
    the Owner's beneficiary or designated beneficiary.

If a Policy becomes a modified endowment contract, distributions that occur
during the contract year will be taxed as distributions from a modified
endowment contract. In addition, distributions from a Policy within two years
before it becomes a modified endowment contract will be taxed in this manner.
This means that a distribution made from a Policy that is not a modified
endowment contract could later become taxable as a distribution from a modified
endowment contract.

Distributions Other Than Death Benefits from Policies that are not Modified
Endowment Contracts. Distributions other than death benefits from a Policy that
is not classified as a modified endowment contract are generally treated first
as a recovery of the Owner's investment in the Policy and only after the
recovery of all investment in the Policy as taxable income. However, certain
distributions which must be made in order to enable the Policy to continue to
qualify as a life insurance contract for federal income tax purposes if Policy
benefits are reduced during the first 15 Policy years may be treated in whole
or in part as ordinary income subject to tax.

Loans from or secured by a Policy that is not a modified endowment contract are
generally not treated as distributions.

Finally, neither distributions from nor loans from or secured by a Policy that
is not a modified endowment contract are subject to the 10 percent additional
income tax.

Investment in the Policy. Your investment in the Policy is generally your
aggregate premiums. When a distribution is taken from the Policy, your
investment in the Policy is reduced by the amount of the distribution that is
tax-free.

Policy Loans. In general, interest on a Policy loan will not be deductible. If
a Policy loan is outstanding when a Policy is canceled or lapses, the amount of
the outstanding indebtedness will be added to the amount distributed and will
be taxed accordingly. Before taking out a Policy loan, you should consult a tax
adviser as to the tax consequences.

Multiple Policies. All modified endowment contracts that are issued by us (or
our affiliates) to the same Owner during any calendar year are treated as one
modified endowment contract for purposes of determining the amount includible
in the Owner's income when a taxable distribution occurs.

Accelerated Death Benefit Settlement Option Rider. We believe that payments
received under the Accelerated Death Benefit Settlement Option Rider should be
fully excludable from the gross income of the beneficiary if the beneficiary is
the insured under the Policy. However, you should consult a qualified tax
adviser about the consequences of adding this rider to a Policy or requesting
payment under this rider.

                                       38
<PAGE>


HIV Acceleration of Death Benefit Rider. The tax consequences association with
the HIV Acceleration of Death Benefit Rider are uncertain and a tax advisor
should be consulted.

Business Uses of Policy. Businesses can use the Policies in various
arrangements, including nonqualified deferred compensation or salary
continuance plans, split dollar insurance plans, executive bonus plans, tax
exempt and nonexempt welfare benefit plans, retiree medical benefit plans and
others. The tax consequences of such plans may vary depending on the particular
facts and circumstances. If you are purchasing the Policy for any arrangement
the value of which depends in part on its tax consequences, you should consult
a qualified tax adviser. In recent years, moreover, Congress has adopted new
rules relating to life insurance owned by businesses. Any business
contemplating the purchase of a new Policy or a change in an existing Policy
should consult a tax adviser.

Other Tax Considerations. The transfer of the Policy or designation of a
beneficiary may have federal, state, and/or local transfer and inheritance tax
consequences, including the imposition of gift, estate, and generation-skipping
transfer taxes. For example, the transfer of the Policy to, or the designation
as a beneficiary of, or the payment of proceeds to, a person who is assigned to
a generation which is two or more generations below the generation assignment
of the owner may have generation skipping transfer tax consequences under
federal tax law. The individual situation of each owner or beneficiary will
determine the extent, if any, to which federal, state, and local transfer and
inheritance taxes may be imposed and how ownership or receipt of Policy
proceeds will be treated for purposes of federal, state and local estate,
inheritance, generation skipping and other taxes.

Possible Tax Law Changes. Although the likelihood of legislative changes is
uncertain, there is always the possibility that the tax treatment of the Policy
could change by legislation or otherwise. Consult a tax adviser with respect to
legislative developments and their effect on the Policy.

Our Income Taxes

Under current federal income tax law, we are not taxed on the Separate
Account's operations. Thus, currently we do not deduct a charge from the
Separate Account for federal income taxes. We reserve the right to charge the
Separate Account for any future federal income taxes or economic burdens we may
incur.

Under current laws in several states, we may incur state and local taxes (in
addition to premium taxes). These taxes are not now significant and we are not
currently charging for them. If they increase, we may deduct charges for such
taxes.

                  SAFEKEEPING OF THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT'S ASSETS

The Company holds assets of the Separate Account. The assets are kept
physically segregated and held separate and apart from our general assets. We
maintain records of all purchases and redemptions of Fund shares by each of the
Divisions. Additional protection for assets of the Separate Account is afforded
by Financial Institution Bonds issued by St. Paul Fire and Marine Company with
a limit of $25 million, covering all officers and employees of the Company who
have access to the assets of the Separate Account.

                                 VOTING RIGHTS

To the extent required by law, the Company will vote the shares held in the
Separate Account at regular and special shareholder meetings of the underlying
Funds in accordance with instructions received from persons having voting
interests in the corresponding Divisions of the Separate Account. If, however,
the 1940 Act or any regulation thereunder should be amended or if the present
interpretation thereof should change, and as a result the Company determines
that it is permitted to vote shares of the underlying Funds in its own right,
it may elect to do so.


                                       39
<PAGE>

The Owners of Policies ordinarily are the persons having a voting interest in
the Divisions of the Separate Account. The number of votes which an Owner has
the right to instruct will be calculated separately for each Division. The
number of votes which each Owner has the right to instruct will be determined
by dividing a Policy's Cash Value in a Division by the net asset value per
share of the corresponding Fund in which the Division invests. Fractional
shares will be counted. The number of votes of the Fund which the Owner has
right to instruct will be determined as of the date coincident with the date
established by that Fund for determining shareholders eligible to vote at the
meeting of the underlying Funds. Voting instructions will be solicited by
written communications prior to such meeting in accordance with procedures
established by the underlying Funds.

Because the Funds serve as investment vehicles for this Policy as well as for
other variable life insurance policies sold by insurers other than the Company
and funded through other separate investment accounts, persons owning the other
policies will enjoy similar voting rights. We will vote Fund shares held in the
Separate Account for which no timely voting instructions are received and Fund
shares that we own as a consequence of accrued charges under the Policies, in
proportion to the voting instructions which are received with respect to all
Policies participating in a Fund. Each person having a voting interest in a
Division will receive proxy material, reports, and other materials relating to
the appropriate Fund.

Disregard of Voting Instructions. The Company may, when required by state
insurance regulatory authorities, disregard voting instructions if the
instructions require that the shares be voted so as to cause a change in the
subclassification or investment objective of or one or more of the Funds or to
approve or disapprove an investment advisory contract for a Fund. In addition,
the Company itself may disregard voting instructions in favor of changes
initiated by an Owner in the investment policy or by the investment adviser or
sub-adviser of a Fund if the Company reasonably disapproves of such changes. A
proposed change would be disapproved only if the proposed change is contrary to
state law or prohibited by state regulatory authorities, or we determine that
the change would have an adverse effect on its general assets in that the
proposed investment policy for a Fund may result in overly speculative or
unsound investments. In the event we do disregard voting instructions, a
summary of that action and the reasons for such action will be included in the
next annual report to Owners.

                                      IMSA

The Company is a member of the Insurance Market place Standards Association
("IMSA"), and as such may include the IMSA logo and information about IMSA
membership in its advertisements. Companies that belong to IMSA subscribe to a
set of ethical standards covering the various aspects of sales and service for
individually sold life insurance and annuities.

                        STATE REGULATION OF THE COMPANY

We are a stock life insurance company organized under the laws of Missouri and
subject to regulation by the Missouri Division of Insurance. An annual
statement is filed with the Director of Insurance on or before March 1 each
year covering the operations and reporting on the financial condition of the
Company as of December 31 of the preceding year. Periodically, the Director of
Insurance examines our liabilities and reserves and the liabilities and
reserves of the Separate Account and certifies their adequacy. A full
examination of the Company's operations is conducted by the National
Association of Insurance Commissioners at least once every three years.

In addition, we are subject to the insurance laws and regulations of other
states within which it is licensed or may become licensed to operate.
Generally, the insurance departments of other states apply the laws of the
state of domicile in determining permissible investments.

                                       40
<PAGE>

                           MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
           Name             Principal Occupation(s) During Past Five Years /1/
 ------------------------ -----------------------------------------------------
 <C>                      <S>
 Executive Officers/2/

  Carl H. Anderson/4/     President and Chief Executive Officer since June
                          1986. Vice President, New Ventures, since June 1986,
                          General American Life Insurance Co., St. Louis, Mo.
                          (GenAm).

  Matthew K. Duffy/4/     Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since June
                          1996. Formerly Director of Accounting, Prudential
                          Insurance Company of America, March 1987--June 1996.

  E. Thomas Hughes, Jr./4 Treasurer since December 1994. Corporate Actuary and
  / General American Life Treasurer, GenAm since October, 1994.
  Insurance Company
  700 Market Street
  St. Louis, MO 63101

  Matthew P. McCauley/4   Vice President and General Counsel since 1984.
  / General American Life Secretary since August 1981. Vice President and
  Insurance Company       Associate General Counsel, GenAm, since December 30,
  700 Market Street       1995.
  St. Louis, MO 63101

  Craig K. Nordyke/4/     Executive Vice President and Chief Actuary since
                          November 1996. Vice President and Chief Actuary
                          August 1990--November 1996.

  John R. Tremmel         Vice President--Operations and System Development
                          since January 1999. Formerly Chief Operating Officer,
                          ISP Alliance, April 1998--December 1998. Vice
                          President and General Manager of National Operations
                          Centers, Norell Corporation, January 1995--March
                          1998. Senior Vice President, Citicorp Insurance
                          Group, September 1986--December 1995.

 Directors/3/

  Richard A. Liddy        Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, GenAm, since
                          January 2000. Chairman, President, and Chief
                          Executive Officer, GenAm, May 1992--January 2000.
  Warren J. Winer         Executive Vice President--Group, GenAm, since
                          September 1995. Formerly, Managing Director, Wm. M.
                          Mercer, July 1993--August 1995.

  Bernard H Wolzenski     Executive Vice President--Individual, GenAm, since
                          October 1991.

  A. Greig Woodring       President and CEO, Reinsurance Group of America,
                          Inc., since May 1993, and Executive Vice President--
                          Reinsurance, GenAm, since January 1990.
</TABLE>

- --------

/1/All positions listed are with the Company unless otherwise indicated.
/2/The principal business address of each person listed is Paragon Life
   Insurance Company, 100 South Brentwood, St. Louis, MO 63105 unless otherwise
   noted.

/3/The principal business address of each person listed is General American
   Life Insurance Company, 700 Market Street, St. Louis, MO 63101, except A.
   Greig Woodring--Reinsurance Group of America, 1370 Timberlake Manor Parkway,
   Chesterfield, MO 63017.
/4/ Indicates Executive Officers who are also Directors.

                                       41
<PAGE>

                                 LEGAL MATTERS

Sutherland Asbill & Brennan LLP of Washington, D.C. has provided advice on
certain legal matters relating to aspects of Federal securities laws. All
matters of Missouri law pertaining to the Policies, including the validity of
the Policies and the Company's right to issue the Policies and the Group
Contract under Missouri insurance law, and all legal matters relating to the
Parent Company's resolution concerning policies issued by Paragon have been
passed upon by Matthew P. McCauley, Esquire, General Counsel of Paragon Life
Insurance Company.

                               LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

There are no legal proceedings to which the Separate Account is a party or to
which the assets of the Separate Account are subject. The Company is not
involved in any litigation that is of material importance in relation to its
total assets or that relates to the Separate Account.

                                    EXPERTS

The financial statements of the Company and the Separate Account included in
this Prospectus and in the registration statement have been included in
reliance upon the reports of KPMG LLP, independent certified public
accountants, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as
experts in accounting and auditing.

Actuarial matters included in this Prospectus have been examined by Craig K.
Nordyke, FSA, MAAA, Executive Vice President and Chief Actuary of the Company,
as stated in the opinion filed as an exhibit to the registration statement.

                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

A registration statement has been filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission, under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with respect to the
Policies offered hereby. This Prospectus does not contain all the information
set forth in the registration statement and the amendments and exhibits to the
registration statement, to all of which reference is made for further
information concerning the Separate Account, the Company and the Policy offered
hereby. Statements contained in this Prospectus as to the contents of the
Policy and other legal instruments are summaries. For a complete statement of
the terms thereof reference is made to such instruments as filed.

                              FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The financial statements of the Company which are included in this Prospectus
should be distinguished from the financial statements for the Separate Account
included in this Prospectus, and should be considered only as bearing on the
ability of the Company to meet its obligations under the Policy. They should
not be considered as bearing on the investment performance of the assets held
in the Separate Account.

                                  DEFINITIONS

Attained Age--The Issue Age of the Insured plus the number of completed Policy
Years.

Associated Companies--The companies listed in a Group Contract's specifications
pages that are under common control through stock ownership, contract or
otherwise, with the Contractholder.

                                       42
<PAGE>

Beneficiary--The person(s) named in an Individual Insurance Policy or by later
designation to receive Policy proceeds in the event of the Insured's death. A
Beneficiary may be changed as set forth in the Policy and this Prospectus.

Cash Value--The total amount that a Policy provides for investment at any time.
It is equal to the total of the amounts credited to the Owner in the Separate
Account and in the Loan Account.

Cash Surrender Value--The Cash Value of a Policy on the date of surrender, less
any Indebtedness.

Certificate--A document issued to Owners of Policies issued under Group
Contracts, setting forth or summarizing the Owner's rights and benefits.

Contractholder--The employer, association, sponsoring organization or trust
that is issued a Group Contract.

Division--A subaccount of the Separate Account. Each Division invests
exclusively in an available underlying Fund.

Employee--A person who is employed and paid for services by an employer on a
regular basis. To qualify as an employee, a person ordinarily must work for an
employer at least 30 hours per week. The Company may waive or modify this
requirement at its discretion. An employee may also include an independent
contractor acting in many respects as an employee with a sponsoring employer.
An employee may include a partner in a partnership if the employer is a
partnership.

Executive Program--A category of Policies issued under Group Contracts or
employer-sponsored insurance programs that have a maximum Face Amount available
for each Policy generally in excess of $500,000.

Face Amount--The minimum death benefit under the Policy so long as the Policy
remains in force.

Group Contract--A group flexible premium variable life insurance contract
issued to the Contractholder by the Company.

Home Office--The service office of the Company, the mailing address of which is
100 South Brentwood, St. Louis, Missouri 63105.

Indebtedness--The sum of all unpaid Policy Loans and accrued interest charged
on loans.

Individual Insurance--Insurance provided under a Group Contract or under an
Individual Policy issued in connection with an employer-sponsored insurance
program on an employee or an employee's spouse.

Insured--The person whose life is insured under a Policy. The term may include
both an employee and an employee's spouse.

Investment Start Date--The date the initial premium is applied to the Divisions
of the Separate Account. This date is the later of the Issue Date or the date
the initial premium is received at the Company's Home Office.

Issue Age--The Insured's Age at his or her last birthday as of the date the
Policy is issued.

Issue Date--The effective date of coverage under a Policy. The Issue Date is
the date from which Policy Anniversaries, Policy Years, and Policy Months are
measured.

Loan Account--The account of the Company to which amounts securing Policy Loans
are allocated. It is a part of the Company's general assets.

Loan Value--The maximum amount that may be borrowed under a Policy after the
first Policy Anniversary.


                                       43
<PAGE>

Maturity Date--The Policy Anniversary on which the Insured reaches Attained Age
95.

Monthly Anniversary--The same date in each succeeding month as the Issue Date
except that whenever the Monthly Anniversary falls on a date other than a
Valuation Date, the Monthly Anniversary will be deemed the next Valuation Date.
If any Monthly Anniversary would be the 29th, 30th, or 31st day of a month that
does not have that number of days, then the Monthly Anniversary will be the
last day of that month.

Net Premium--The premium less any premium expense charge and any charge for
premium taxes.

Owner--The Owner of a Policy, as designated in the application or as
subsequently changed.

Policy--Either the Certificate or the Individual Policy offered by the Company
and described in this Prospectus. Under Group Contracts, the Policy may be
issued on the employee or on the employee's spouse.

Policy Anniversary--The same date each year as the Issue Date.

Policy Month--A month beginning on the Monthly Anniversary.

Policy Year--A period beginning on a Policy Anniversary and ending on the day
immediately preceding the next Policy Anniversary.

Separate Account--The Separate Account B, a separate investment account
established by the Company to receive and invest the net premiums paid under
the Policy.

Spouse--An employee's legal spouse. The term does not include a spouse who is
legally separated from the employee.

Valuation Date--Each day that the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading,
except on the day after Thanksgiving when the Company is closed.

Valuation Period--The period between two successive Valuation Dates, commencing
at the close of business of a Valuation Date and ending at the close of
business of the next succeeding Valuation Date.

                                       44
<PAGE>


                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

The Board of Directors
Paragon Life Insurance Company:

  We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Paragon Life Insurance
Company as of December 31, 1999 and 1998, and the related statements of
operations and comprehensive income, stockholder's equity, and cash flows for
each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 1999. These
financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audits.

  We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.

  In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of Paragon Life Insurance Company
as of December 31, 1999 and 1998, and the results of its operations and its
cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31,
1999, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.


March 10, 2000

KPMG LLP. KPMG LLP, a U.S. limited liability partnership, is a member of KPMG
International, a Swiss association.

                                      F-1
<PAGE>

                         PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                                 Balance Sheets
                           December 31, 1999 and 1998
                           (in thousands of dollars)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                               1999     1998
                             --------  -------
<S>                          <C>       <C>
           Assets
Fixed maturities, available
 for sale................... $ 81,421   83,384
Policy loans................   16,954   14,135
Cash and cash equivalents...   10,591    7,439
                             --------  -------
    Total cash and invested
     assets.................  108,966  104,958
                             --------  -------
Reinsurance recoverables....    1,314    1,170
Deposits relating to
 reinsured policyholder
 account balances...........    7,020    6,688
Accrued investment income...    1,853    1,545
Deferred policy acquisition
 costs......................   24,357   20,602
Fixed assets and leasehold
 improvements, net..........    1,031    4,504
Other assets................      262      105
Separate account assets.....  255,190  168,222
                             --------  -------
    Total assets............ $399,993  307,794
                             ========  =======
      Liabilities and
    Stockholder's Equity
Policyholder account
 balances...................  101,665   93,334
Policy and contract claims..    1,691    1,672
Federal income taxes
 payable....................    1,007      281
Other liabilities and
 accrued expenses...........    3,734    3,943
Payable to affiliates.......    3,803    2,062
Due to separate account.....      192      183
Deferred tax liability......    3,070    5,591
Separate account
 liabilities................  255,126  168,222
                             --------  -------
    Total liabilities....... $370,288  275,288
                             --------  -------
Stockholder's equity:
  Common stock, par value
   $25; 100,000 shares
   authorized;
   82,000 shares issued and
   outstanding..............    2,050    2,050
  Additional paid-in
   capital..................   17,950   17,950
  Accumulated other
   comprehensive (loss)
   income...................   (2,748)   2,809
  Retained earnings.........   12,453    9,697
                             --------  -------
    Total stockholder's
     equity................. $ 29,705   32,506
                             --------  -------
    Total liabilities and
     stockholder's equity... $399,993  307,794
                             ========  =======
</TABLE>

                See accompanying notes to financial statements.

                                      F-2
<PAGE>

                         PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

               Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income
                  Years ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997
                           (in thousands of dollars)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          1999     1998   1997
                                                         -------  ------ ------
<S>                                                      <C>      <C>    <C>
Revenues:
  Policy contract charges............................... $24,577  20,437 16,417
  Net investment income.................................   7,726   6,983  6,288
  Commissions and expense allowances on reinsurance
   ceded................................................     292     124     10
  Net realized investment gains.........................      57      53     69
                                                         -------  ------ ------
    Total revenues......................................  32,652  27,597 22,784
                                                         =======  ====== ======
Benefits and expenses:
  Policy benefits.......................................   4,616   4,774  3,876
  Interest credited to policyholder account balances....   5,524   5,228  4,738
  Commissions, net of capitalized costs.................     445     167    227
  General and administration expenses, net of
   capitalized costs....................................  11,394   9,042  7,743
  Policy administration system expenses.................   4,787     469    --
  Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs.....   1,631   1,150    424
                                                         -------  ------ ------
    Total benefits and expenses.........................  28,397  20,830 17,008
                                                         =======  ====== ======
    Income before federal income tax expense............   4,255   6,766  5,775
Federal income tax expense..............................   1,499   2,368  1,885
                                                         -------  ------ ------
Net income.............................................. $ 2,756   4,398  3,890
Other comprehensive (loss) income.......................  (5,557)    851  1,636
                                                         -------  ------ ------
Comprehensive (loss) income............................. $(2,801)  5,249  5,526
                                                         =======  ====== ======
</TABLE>


                See accompanying notes to financial statements.

                                      F-3
<PAGE>

                         PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                       Statements of Stockholder's Equity
                 Years ended December 31, 1999, 1998, and 1997
                           (in thousands of dollars)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            Accumulated
                                Additional     other                  Total
                         Common  paid-in   comprehensive Retained stockholder's
                         Stock   capital      income     earnings    equity
                         ------ ---------- ------------- -------- -------------
<S>                      <C>    <C>        <C>           <C>      <C>
Balance at December 31,
 1996................... $2,050   17,950         322       1,409     21,731
  Net income............    --       --          --        3,890      3,890
  Other comprehensive
   income...............    --       --        1,636         --       1,636
                         ------   ------      ------      ------     ------
Balance at December 31,
 1997................... $2,050   17,950       1,958       5,299     27,257
  Net income............    --       --          --        4,398      4,398
  Other comprehensive
   income...............    --       --          851         --         851
                         ------   ------      ------      ------     ------
Balance at December 31,
 1998................... $2,050   17,950       2,809       9,697     32,506
  Net income............    --       --          --        2,756      2,756
  Other comprehensive
   loss.................    --       --       (5,557)        --      (5,557)
                         ------   ------      ------      ------     ------
Balance at December 31,
 1999................... $2,050   17,950      (2,748)     12,453     29,705
                         ======   ======      ======      ======     ======
</TABLE>


                See accompanying notes to financial statements.

                                      F-4
<PAGE>

                         PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                            Statements of Cash Flows
                  Years ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997
                           (in thousands of dollars)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      1999     1998     1997
                                                    --------  -------  -------
<S>                                                 <C>       <C>      <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
  Net income....................................... $  2,756    4,398    3,890
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
   provided by (used in) operating activities:
    Change in:
      Reinsurance recoverables.....................     (144)     563     (892)
      Deposits relating to reinsured policyholder
       account balances............................     (332)    (272)    (342)
      Accrued investment income....................     (308)    (168)     (79)
      Federal income tax payable...................      726      118     (648)
      Other assets.................................    3,316   (1,821)  (1,280)
      Policy and contract claims...................       19      587      (23)
      Other liabilities and accrued expenses.......     (209)     457      782
      Payable to affiliates........................    1,741      442     (669)
      Company ownership of separate account........      (64)     --       --
      Due to separate account......................        9      122      (34)
    Deferred tax expense...........................      469      740      732
    Policy acquisition costs deferred..............   (4,185)  (3,808)  (2,972)
    Amortization of deferred policy acquisition
     costs.........................................    1,631    1,150      424
    Interest credited to policyholder accounts.....    5,524    5,228    4,738
    Net gain on sales and calls of fixed
     maturities....................................      (57)     (53)     (69)
                                                    --------  -------  -------
Net cash provided by operating activities..........   10,892    7,683    3,558
                                                    --------  -------  -------
Cash flows from investing activities:
  Purchase of fixed maturities.....................  (12,423) (14,915) (12,557)
  Sale or maturity of fixed maturities.............    4,695    8,632    5,255
  Increase in policy loans, net....................   (2,819)  (2,648)  (1,923)
                                                    --------  -------  -------
Net cash used in investing activities                (10,547)  (8,931)  (9,225)
                                                    --------  -------  -------
Cash flows from financing activities:
  Net policyholder account deposits................    2,807    2,954    2,294
                                                    --------  -------  -------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash
 equivalents.......................................    3,152    1,706   (3,373)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year.....    7,439    5,733    9,106
                                                    --------  -------  -------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year........... $ 10,591    7,439    5,733
                                                    --------  -------  -------
Income taxes paid.................................. $   (346)  (1,460)  (1,801)
                                                    ========  =======  =======
</TABLE>

                See accompanying notes to financial statements.

                                      F-5
<PAGE>

                         PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                         Notes to Financial Statements

(1) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

  Paragon Life Insurance Company (Paragon or the Company) is a wholly owned
subsidiary of General American Life Insurance Company (General American or the
Parent). Paragon markets universal life and variable universal life insurance
products through the sponsorship of major companies and organizations. Paragon
is licensed to do business in the District of Columbia and all states except
New York.

  General American has guaranteed that Paragon will have sufficient funds to
meet all of its contractual obligations. In the event a policyholder presents a
legitimate claim for payment on a Paragon insurance policy, General American
will pay such claim directly to the policyholder if Paragon is unable to make
such payment. The guarantee agreement is binding on General American, its
successor or assignee and shall cease only if the guarantee is assigned to an
organization having a financial rating from Standard & Poor's equal to or
better than General American's rating.

  The accompanying financial statements are prepared on the basis of generally
accepted accounting principles. The preparation of financial statements
requires the use of estimates by management which affect the amounts reflected
in the financial statements. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Accounts that the Company deems to be sensitive to changes in estimates include
deferred policy acquisition costs and contract claims.

  The significant accounting policies of the Company are as follows:

 (a) Recognition of Policy Revenue and Related Expenses

  Revenues for universal life products consist of policy charges for the cost
of insurance, administration and surrender charges during the period. Revenues
for variable universal life products also include policy charges for mortality
and expense risks assumed by Paragon. Policy benefits and expenses include
interest credited to policy account balances on universal life products and
death benefit payments made in excess of policy account balances.

  Policy acquisition costs, such as commissions and certain costs of policy
issuance and underwriting, are deferred and amortized in relation to the
present value of expected gross profits over the estimated life of the
policies.

 (b) Invested Assets

  Investment securities are accounted for at fair value. At December 31, 1999
and 1998, fixed maturity securities are classified as available-for-sale and
are carried at fair value with the unrealized gain or loss, net of taxes, being
reflected as accumulated other comprehensive income, a separate component of
stockholder's equity. Policy loans are valued at aggregate unpaid balances.

  Realized gains or losses on the sale of securities are determined on the
basis of specific identification and include the impact of any related
amortization of premiums or accretion of discounts which is generally computed
consistent with the interest method.

  Amortization of the premium or discount on mortgage-backed securities is
recognized using a level-yield method which considers the estimated timing and
amount of prepayments of underlying mortgage loans. Actual prepayment
experience is periodically reviewed and effective yields are recalculated when
differences arise between the prepayments originally anticipated and the actual
prepayments received and currently anticipated. When such differences occur,
the net investment in the mortgage-backed security is adjusted to the amount
that would have existed had the new effective yield been applied since the
acquisition of the security with a corresponding charge or credit to interest
income.

                                      F-6
<PAGE>

                         PARGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                   Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)

 (c) Policyholder Account Balances

  Policyholder account balances are equal to the policyholder account value
before deduction of any surrender charges. The policyholder account value
represents an accumulation of gross premium payments plus credited interest
less expense and mortality charges and withdrawals. These expense charges are
recognized in income as earned. Certain variable life policies allow
policyholders to exchange accumulated assets from the variable rate separate
accounts to a fixed-interest general account policy. The fixed-interest general
account guaranteed minimum crediting rates of 4% in 1999, 1998 and 1997. The
actual crediting rate ranged from 6.1% to 6.5% in 1999, and was 6.5% in 1998
and 1997.

 (d) Federal Income Taxes

  The Company establishes deferred taxes under the asset and liability method,
and deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax
consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement
carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax
bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates
expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary
differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax
assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the
period that includes the enactment date.

  The Company files its federal income tax return on a consolidated basis with
its Parent and other subsidiaries. In accordance with a tax allocation
agreement between Paragon and General American, taxes are computed as if
Paragon was filing its own income tax return, and tax expense (benefit) is paid
to, or received from, General American.

 (e) Reinsurance

  Balances resulting from agreements which transfer funds relating to
policyholder account balances have been accounted for as deposits. Other
reinsurance activities are accounted for consistent with terms of the risk
transfer reinsurance contracts. Premiums for reinsurance ceded to other
companies have been reported as a reduction of policy contract charges. Amounts
applicable to reinsurance ceded for future policy benefits and claim
liabilities have been reported as assets for these items, and commissions and
expense allowances received in connection with reinsurance ceded have been
accounted for in income as earned. Reinsurance does not relieve the Company
from its primary responsibility to meet claim obligations.

 (f) Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs

  The costs of acquiring new business which vary with, and are primarily
related to, the production of new business have been deferred to the extent
that such costs are deemed recoverable from future gross profits. Such costs
include commissions, premium taxes, as well as certain costs of policy issuance
and underwriting. Deferred policy acquisition costs are adjusted for the impact
on estimated gross margins of net unrealized gains and losses on investment
securities. The estimates of expected gross margins are evaluated regularly and
are revised if actual experience or other evidence indicates that revision is
appropriate. Upon revision, total amortization recorded to date is adjusted by
a charge or credit to income.

 (g) Separate Account Business

  The assets and liabilities of the separate accounts represent segregated
funds administered and invested by the Company for purposes of funding variable
life insurance contracts for the exclusive benefit of variable life insurance
contract holders. The Company charges the separate accounts for risks it
assumes in issuing a policy and retains varying amounts of withdrawal charges
to cover expenses in the event of early withdrawals by contract holders. The
assets and liabilities of the separate account are carried at fair value.

                                      F-7
<PAGE>

                         PARGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                   Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)

 (h) Fair Value of Financial Instruments

  Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time, based on relevant
market information and information about the financial instrument. These
estimates do not reflect any premium or discount that could result from
offering for sale at one time the Company's entire holdings of a particular
financial instrument. Although fair value estimates are calculated using
assumptions that management believes are appropriate, changes in assumption
could significantly affect the estimates and such estimates should be used with
care. The following assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each
class of financial instrument for which it was practicable to estimate fair
value:

    Fixed maturities--Fixed maturities are valued using quoted market prices,
  if available. If quoted market prices are not available, fair value is
  estimated using quoted market prices of similar securities.

    Policy loans--Policy loans are carried at their unpaid balances which
  approximates fair value.

    Separate account assets and liabilities--The separate account assets are
  carried at fair value as determined by quoted market prices. Accordingly,
  the carrying value of separate account liabilities is equal to their fair
  value since it represents the contractholders' interest in the separate
  account assets.

    Cash and cash equivalents--The carrying amount is a reasonable estimate
  of fair value.

 (i) Cash and Cash Equivalents

  For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents represent
demand deposits and highly liquid short-term investments, which include U.S.
Treasury bills, commercial paper, and repurchase agreements with original or
remaining maturities of 90 days or less when purchased.

 (j) Subsequent Event

    (i) On January 6, 2000, the Company's ultimate parent, GenAmerica
  Corporation, was purchased by Metropolitan Life Insurance Company.

    (ii) Subsequent to December 31, 1999 a significant customer notified
  Paragon of its intent to terminate its group contract, effective April 30,
  2000. This group represents 29% and 8% of Paragon's policies inforce and
  separate account assets, as of December 31, 1999.

(2) Investments

  The amortized cost and estimated fair value of fixed maturities at December
31, 1999 and 1998 are as follows (000's):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         1999
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                                   Gross      Gross    Estimated
                                       Amortized unrealized unrealized   fair
                                         cost      gains      losses     value
                                       --------- ---------- ---------- ---------
      <S>                              <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>
      U.S. Treasury securities........ $  8,728      53         (162)    8,619
      Corporate securities............   70,312     276       (4,830)   65,758
      Mortgage-backed securities......    6,911      36         (394)    6,553
      Asset-backed securities.........      500     --            (9)      491
                                       --------     ---       ------    ------
                                       $ 86,451     365       (5,395)   81,421
                                       ========     ===       ======    ======
</TABLE>

                                      F-8
<PAGE>

                         PARGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                   Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         1998
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                                   Gross      Gross    Estimated
                                       Amortized unrealized unrealized   fair
                                         cost      gains      losses     value
                                       --------- ---------- ---------- ---------
      <S>                              <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>
      U.S. Treasury securities........  $ 6,705      267        --       6,972
      Corporate securities............   64,607    4,481       (208)    68,880
      Mortgage-backed securities......    6,854      193        (25)     7,022
      Asset-backed securities.........      500       10        --         510
                                        -------    -----       ----     ------
                                        $78,666    4,951       (233)    83,384
                                        =======    =====       ====     ======
</TABLE>

  The amortized cost and estimated fair value of fixed maturities at December
31, 1999, by contractual maturity, are shown below (000's). Expected maturities
may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to
call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       Estimated
                                                             Amortized   Fair
                                                               cost      value
                                                             --------- ---------
      <S>                                                    <C>       <C>
      Due in one year or less............................... $    471      480
      Due after one year through five years.................   22,034   21,893
      Due after five years through ten years................    8,853    8,317
      Due after ten years through twenty years..............   48,182   44,178
      Mortgage-backed securities............................    6,911    6,553
                                                             --------   ------
                                                             $ 86,451   81,421
                                                             ========   ======
</TABLE>

  Proceeds from sales of fixed maturities during 1999, 1998 and 1997 were
$4,695,414, $4,068,639 and $1,328,585 respectively. Gross gains of $56,686,
$53,180 and $68,876 were realized on those sales in 1999, 1998 and 1997,
respectively.

  The sources of net investment income follow (000s):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              1999   1998  1997
                                                             ------- ----- -----
      <S>                                                    <C>     <C>   <C>
      Fixed Maturities...................................... $ 6,077 5,603 4,941
      Short-term investments................................     486   535   608
      Policy loans and other................................   1,244   924   807
                                                             ------- ----- -----
                                                             $ 7,807 7,062 6,356
      Investment expenses...................................     (81)  (79)  (68)
                                                             ------- ----- -----
          Net investment income............................. $ 7,726 6,983 6,288
                                                             ======= ===== =====
</TABLE>

  A summary of the components of the net unrealized appreciation (depreciation)
on invested assets carried at fair value is as follows (in 000's):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         1999     1998    1997
                                                        -------  ------  ------
      <S>                                               <C>      <C>     <C>
      Unrealized appreciation (depreciation):
        Fixed maturities available-for-sale............ $(5,030)  4,717   3,373
        Deferred policy acquisition costs..............     803    (396)   (361)
      Deferred income taxes............................   1,479  (1,512) (1,054)
                                                        -------  ------  ------
      Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation)....... $(2,748)  2,809   1,958
                                                        =======  ======  ======
</TABLE>

  The Company has fixed maturities on deposit with various state insurance
departments with an amortized cost of approximately $4,082,871 and $4,120,850
at December 31, 1999 and 1998 respectively.

                                      F-9
<PAGE>

                         PARGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                   Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)

(3) Reinsurance

  The Company reinsures certain risks with other insurance companies above a
maximum retention amount (currently $50,000) to help reduce the loss on any
single policy.

  Premiums and related reinsurance amounts for the years ended December 31,
1999, 1998 and 1997 as they relate to transactions with affiliates are
summarized as follows (000's):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            1999    1998   1997
                                                           ------- ------ ------
      <S>                                                  <C>     <C>    <C>
      Reinsurance transactions with affiliates:
        Premiums for reinsurance ceded.................... $16,869 14,723 13,001
        Policy benefits ceded.............................  16,823 17,071 14,070
        Commissions and expenses ceded....................     292    123    195
        Reinsurance recoverables..........................   1,268  1,109  1,661
</TABLE>

  Ceded premiums and benefits to nonaffiliates for 1999, 1998 and 1997 were
insignificant.

(4) Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs

  A summary of the policy acquisition costs deferred and amortized is as
follows (000's):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         1999     1998    1997
                                                        -------  ------  ------
      <S>                                               <C>      <C>     <C>
      Balance at beginning of year....................  $20,602  17,980  15,776
      Policy acquisition costs deferred...............    4,185   3,808   2,972
      Policy acquisition costs amortized..............   (1,631) (1,150)   (424)
      Deferred policy acquisition costs relating to
       change in unrealized (gain) loss on investments
       available for sale.............................    1,201     (36)   (344)
                                                        -------  ------  ------
      Balance at end of year..........................  $24,357  20,602  17,980
                                                        =======  ======  ======
</TABLE>

(5) Administration System Write-off

  In 1999 Paragon expensed $4,787,275 relating to the termination of a system
development project for policy administration. The one-time write-off in 1999
of previously capitalized amounts was $3,963,450 and other costs incurred in
1999 relating to the project were $823,825. Other costs incurred and expensed
in 1998 and 1997 were $468,794 and $0, respectively.

(6) Federal Income Taxes

  The Company is taxed as a life insurance company. A summary of Federal income
tax expense is as follows (000s):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              1999   1998  1997
                                                             ------- ----- -----
      <S>                                                    <C>     <C>   <C>
      Current tax expense................................... $ 1,030 1,628 1,153
      Deferred tax expense..................................     469   740   732
                                                             ------- ----- -----
      Federal income tax expense............................ $ 1,499 2,368 1,885
                                                             ======= ===== =====
</TABLE>

                                      F-10
<PAGE>

                         PARGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                   Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)

  A reconciliation of the Company's "expected" federal income tax expense,
computed by applying the federal U.S. corporate tax rate of 35% to income from
operations before federal income tax, is as follows (000s):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             1999   1998  1997
                                                            ------- ----- -----
      <S>                                                   <C>     <C>   <C>
      Computed "expected" tax expense...................... $ 1,489 2,368 2,022
      Other, net...........................................      10     0  (137)
                                                            ------- ----- -----
      Federal income tax expense........................... $ 1,499 2,368 1,885
                                                            ======= ===== =====
</TABLE>

  The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant
portions of deferred tax assets and liabilities at December 31, 1999, 1998 and
1997 are presented below (000's):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              1999   1998  1997
                                                             ------- ----- -----
      <S>                                                    <C>     <C>   <C>
      Deferred tax assets:
        Unearned reinsurance allowances..................... $   194   218   217
        Policy and contract liabilities.....................     583   709 1,031
        Tax capitalization of acquisition costs.............   2,559 2,147 1,755
        Other, net..........................................     359    58    76
        Unrealized Loss on investments, net.................   1,479   --    --
                                                             ------- ----- -----
          Total deferred tax assets......................... $ 5,174 3,132 3,079
                                                             ======= ===== =====
      Deferred tax liabilities:
        Unrealized gain on investments, net................. $   --  1,512 1,054
        Deferred policy acquisition costs...................   8,244 7,211 6,419
                                                             ------- ----- -----
          Total deferred tax liabilities.................... $ 8,244 8,723 7,473
                                                             ------- ----- -----
          Net deferred tax liabilities...................... $ 3,070 5,591 4,394
                                                             ======= ===== =====
</TABLE>

  The Company believes that a valuation allowance with respect to the
realization of the total gross deferred tax asset is not necessary. In
assessing the realization of deferred tax assets, the Company considers whether
it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will be realized. The
ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of
future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences
become deductible. The Company files a consolidated tax return with its Parent.
Realization of the gross tax asset will not be dependent solely on the
Company's ability to generate its own taxable income. General American has a
proven history of earnings and it appears more likely than not that the
Company's gross deferred tax asset will ultimately be fully realized.

(7) Related-Party Transactions

  Paragon purchases certain administrative services from General American.
Charges for services performed are based upon personnel and other costs
involved in providing such service. Charges for services during 1999, 1998 and
1997 were $2,247,302, $1,513,433 and $1,348,198, respectively. See Note 3 for
reinsurance transactions with affiliates.

(8) Pension Plan

  Associates of Paragon participate in a non-contributory multi-employer
defined benefit pension plan jointly sponsored by Paragon and General American.
The benefits are based on years of service and compensation level. No pension
expense was recognized in 1999, 1998 or 1997 due to overfunding of the plan.

                                      F-11
<PAGE>

                         PARGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                   Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)

  In addition, Paragon has adopted an associate incentive plan applicable to
full-time salaried associates with at least one year of service. Contributions
to the plan are determined annually by General American and are based on
salaries of eligible associates. Full vesting occurs after five years of
continuous service. Total expenses to the Company for the incentive plan were
$0, $188,316 and $198,972 for 1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively.

  As a result of the Metropolitan Life Insurance purchase, Paragon implemented
a new bonus program covering all associates employed from October 1, 1999
through March 31, 2000 with at least 1000 hours of service during 1999. Total
expense to the Company for this program was $422,700 in 1999.

  Paragon provides for certain health care and life insurance benefits for
retired employees. The Company accounts for these benefits in accordance with
SFAS No. 106 -- Employer's Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other Than
Pensions. The amounts involved are not material.

(9) Statutory Financial Information

  The Company is subject to financial statement filing requirements of the
State of Missouri Department of Insurance, its state of domicile, as well as
the states in which it transacts business. Such financial statements, generally
referred to as statutory financial statements, are prepared on a basis of
accounting which varies in some respects from generally accepted accounting
principles (GAAP). Statutory accounting principles include: (1) charging of
policy acquisition costs to income as incurred; (2) establishment of policy and
contract liabilities computed using required valuation standards which may vary
in methodology utilized; (3) nonprovision of deferred federal income taxes
resulting from temporary differences between financial reporting and tax bases
of assets and liabilities; (4) recognition of statutory liabilities for asset
impairments and yield stabilization on fixed maturity dispositions prior to
maturity with asset valuation reserves based on statutory determined formulae
and interest stabilization reserves designed to level yields over their
original purchase maturities; (5) valuation of investments in fixed maturities
at amortized cost; (6) net presentation of reinsurance balances; (7)
presentation of indirect cash flows; (8) exclusion of comprehensive income
disclosures; and (9) recognition of deposits and withdrawals on universal life
policies as revenues and expenses.

  The stockholder's equity (surplus) and net income of the Company at December
31, 1999, 1998 and 1997, as determined using statutory accounting practices, is
summarized as follows (000's):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          1999    1998   1997
                                                         ------- ------ ------
      <S>                                                <C>     <C>    <C>
      Statutory surplus as reported to regulatory
       authorities...................................... $13,545 10,500 10,725
      Net income as reported to regulatory authorities.. $   300  1,596  1,397
</TABLE>

(10) Dividend Restrictions

  Dividend payments by Paragon are restricted by state insurance laws as to the
amount that may be paid without prior notice or approval of the Missouri
Department of Insurance. The maximum amount of dividends which can be paid
without prior approval of the insurance commissioner is limited to the maximum
of (1) 10% of statutory surplus or (2) net gain from operations. The maximum
dividend distribution that can be paid by Paragon during 1999 without prior
notice or approval is $300,406. Paragon did not pay dividends in 1999, 1998 or
1997.

(11) Risk-Based Capital

  The insurance departments of various states, including the Company's
domiciliary state of Missouri, impose risk-based capital (RBC) requirements on
insurance enterprises. The RBC calculation serves as a

                                      F-12
<PAGE>

                         PARGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                   Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
benchmark for the regulation of life insurance companies by state insurance
regulators. The requirements apply various weighted factors to financial
balances or activity levels based on their perceived degree of risk.

  The RBC guidelines define specific capital levels where action by the Company
or regulators is required based on the ratio of a company's actual total
adjusted capital to control levels determined by the RBC formula. At December
31, 1999, the Company's actual total adjusted capital was in excess of minimum
levels which would require action by the Company or regulatory authorities
under the RBC formula.

(12) Commitments and Contingencies

  The Company leases certain of its facilities and equipment under
noncancellable leases the majority of which expires March 2001. The future
minimum lease obligations under the terms of the leases are summarized as
follows (000s):

<TABLE>
      <S>                                                                <C>
      Year ended December 31:
        2000............................................................ $   750
        2001............................................................     321
        2002............................................................     130
        2003............................................................      99
                                                                         -------
                                                                         $ 1,300
                                                                         =======
</TABLE>

  Rent expense totaled $507,512, $489,999, and $433,864 in 1999, 1998 and 1997,
respectively.

(13) Comprehensive Income

  In June 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 130, "Reporting Comprehensive
Income", effective for years beginning after December 15, 1997. SFAS No. 130
establishes standards for reporting and display of comprehensive income and its
components (revenues, expenses, gains and losses) in a full set of general-
purpose financial statements. The most significant items of comprehensive
income are net income and changes in unrealized gains and losses on securities.
The adoption of SFAS No. 130 does not affect results of operations or financial
position, but affects their presentation and disclosure. The Company has
adopted SFAS No. 130 as of January 1, 1998, and the following summaries present
the components of the Company's comprehensive income, other than net income,
for the periods ending December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997 (000s):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             1999
                                                -------------------------------
                                                              Tax
                                                Before-Tax (Expense) Net-of-Tax
                                                  Amount   Benefit     Amount
                                                ---------- --------  ----------
      <S>                                       <C>        <C>       <C>
      Unrealized holding losses arising during
       period..................................  $(8,492)   2,972      (5,520)
      Less: reclassification adjustment for
       gains realized in net income............      (57)      20         (37)
                                                 -------    -----      ------
      Other comprehensive loss.................   (8,549)   2,992      (5,557)
                                                 =======    =====      ======
</TABLE>

                                      F-13
<PAGE>

                         PARGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                   Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             1998
                                                -------------------------------
                                                              Tax
                                                Before-Tax (Expense) Net-of-Tax
                                                  Amount   Benefit     Amount
                                                ---------- --------  ----------
      <S>                                       <C>        <C>       <C>
      Unrealized holding gains arising during
       period..................................   $1,361     (476)      885
      Less: reclassification adjustment for
       gains realized in net income............      (53)      19       (34)
                                                  ------     ----       ---
      Other comprehensive income...............    1,308     (457)      851
                                                  ======     ====       ===
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             1997
                                                -------------------------------
                                                              Tax
                                                Before-Tax (Expense) Net-of-Tax
                                                  Amount   Benefit     Amount
                                                ---------- --------  ----------
      <S>                                       <C>        <C>       <C>
      Unrealized holding gains arising during
       period..................................   $2,585     (904)     1,681
      Less: reclassification adjustment for
       gains realized in net income............      (69)      24        (45)
                                                  ------     ----      -----
      Other comprehensive income...............    2,516     (880)     1,636
                                                  ======     ====      =====
</TABLE>

                                      F-14
<PAGE>


                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

The Board of Directors
Paragon Life Insurance Company and
Policyholders of Separate Account B's Morgan Stanley
Dean Witter Divisions:

  We have audited the accompanying statements of net assets, including the
schedule of investments, of the Money Market, High Yield, Equity, Strategist,
Quality Income Plus, Dividend Growth, Utilities, Capital Growth, European,
Pacific Growth, Global Dividend Growth, Income Builder, Capital Appreciation
and Competitive Edge Best Ideas Divisions of Paragon Separate Account B as of
December 31, 1999, and related statements of operations and changes in net
assets for each of the periods in the three year period then ended. These
financial statements are the responsibility of the management of Paragon
Separate Account B. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audits.

  We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our
procedures included confirmation of investments owned at December 31, 1999 by
correspondence with the Morgan Stanley Dean Witter Variable Investment Series.
An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.

  In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of the Money Market, High Yield,
Equity, Strategist, Quality Income Plus, Dividend Growth, Utilities, Capital
Growth, European, Pacific Growth, Global Dividend Growth, Income Builder,
Capital Appreciation, and Competitive Edge Best Ideas Divisions of Paragon
Separate Account B as of December 31, 1999, and the results of their operations
and changes in their net assets for each of the periods in the three year
period then ended, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.


March 10, 2000

KPMG LLP. KPMG LLP, a U.S. limited liability partnership, is a member of KPMG
International, a Swiss association.

                                      F-15
<PAGE>

                          PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B

                           STATEMENTS OF NET ASSETS

                               December 31, 1999

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                          Money                                     Quality     Dividend            Capital
                          Market  High Yield  Equity   Strategist Income Plus    Growth   Utilities  Growth
                         Division  Division  Division   Division    Division    Division  Division  Division
                         -------- ---------- --------- ---------- ------------ ---------- --------- --------
<S>                      <C>      <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>          <C>        <C>       <C>
Net Assets:
 Investments in Morgan
  Stanley Dean Witter
  Investments, at
  Market Value (See
  Schedule of
  Investments).......... $199,611   106,312  1,237,768  302,880      56,653    1,337,461   61,118   358,738
                         -------- ---------  ---------  -------      ------    ---------   ------   -------
   Total Net Assets..... $199,611   106,312  1,237,768  302,880      56,653    1,337,461   61,118   358,738
                         ======== =========  =========  =======      ======    =========   ======   =======
Total Net Assets,
 represented by:
 Equity of Contract
  Owners................ $199,474   104,899  1,236,521  301,157      56,293    1,330,352   60,749   358,555
 Equity of Paragon Life
  Insurance Company.....      137     1,413      1,247    1,723         360        7,109      369       183
                         -------- ---------  ---------  -------      ------    ---------   ------   -------
                         $199,611   106,312  1,237,768  302,880      56,653    1,337,461   61,118   358,738
                         ======== =========  =========  =======      ======    =========   ======   =======
Total Units Held........  167,157    14,710     14,843   12,895       4,498       51,032    2,220    11,094
Net Asset Value Per
 Unit................... $   1.19      7.13      83.31    23.35       12.52        26.07    27.36     32.32
Cost of Investments..... $199,611   139,749    813,689  250,097      61,353    1,408,157   46,719   269,575
                         ======== =========  =========  =======      ======    =========   ======   =======

<CAPTION>
                                              Global
                                   Pacific   Dividend    Income     Capital    Comp. Edge
                         European   Growth    Growth    Builder   Appreciation Best Ideas
                         Division  Division  Division   Division    Division    Division
                         -------- ---------- --------- ---------- ------------ ----------
<S>                      <C>      <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>          <C>        <C>       <C>
Net Assets:
 Investments in Morgan
  Stanley Dean Witter
  Investments, at
  Market Value (See
  Schedule of
  Investments).......... $698,725 1,310,308    838,278    8,334         --       111,023
                         -------- ---------  ---------  -------      ------    ---------
   Total Net Assets..... $698,725 1,310,308    838,278    8,334         --       111,023
                         ======== =========  =========  =======      ======    =========
Total Net Assets,
 represented by:
 Equity of Contract
  Owners................ $698,363 1,309,641    833,967    8,225         --       110,969
 Equity of Paragon Life
  Insurance Company.....      362       667      4,311      109         --            54
                         -------- ---------  ---------  -------      ------    ---------
                         $698,725 1,310,308    838,278    8,334         --       111,023
                         ======== =========  =========  =======      ======    =========
Total Units Held........   17,184   146,004     43,814      653         --         9,029
Net Asset Value Per
 Unit................... $  40.64      8.97      19.03    12.61         --         12.29
Cost of Investments..... $520,136 1,070,711    775,969    8,061         --        93,484
                         ======== =========  =========  =======      ======    =========
</TABLE>

                See Accompanying Notes to Financial Statements.

                                      F-16
<PAGE>

                          PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B

                           STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

                                  Page 1 of 2

 For the Years ended December 31, 1999, 1998, and 1997, except for the Income
  Builder and the Capital Appreciation Division which are for the period from
  May 1, 1997 (Inception) through December 31, 1997 and the Competitive Edge
   Best Ideas Division which is for the period from May 19, 1998 (Inception)
                          through December 31, 1998.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                          Money Market               High Yield                   Equity                 Strategist
                            Division                  Division                   Division                 Division
                     ------------------------ --------------------------  ------------------------  ---------------------
                       1999     1998   1997     1999     1998     1997     1999    1998     1997     1999   1998    1997
                     --------  ------ ------- --------  -------  -------  ------- -------  -------  ------ ------  ------
<S>                  <C>       <C>    <C>     <C>       <C>      <C>      <C>     <C>      <C>      <C>    <C>     <C>
Investment Income:
 Dividend Income...  $  7,930   7,158   6,775   20,323   22,700   15,138   18,770   3,713    2,078   5,565  3,488   2,963
Expenses:
 Mortality and
 Expense Charge....     1,505   1,254   1,180    1,345    1,607    1,075    6,971   4,478    3,039   1,997  1,292     834
                     --------  ------ ------- --------  -------  -------  ------- -------  -------  ------ ------  ------
 Net Investment
 Income (Expense)..     6,425   5,904   5,595   18,978   21,093   14,063   11,799    (765)    (961)  3,568  2,196   2,129
Net Realized Gain
on Investments
 Realized Gain from
 Distributions.....       --      --      --       --       --       --    75,327  59,774   22,106     --  13,853   1,943
 Proceeds from
 Sales.............    74,996  55,996 125,617  106,893   23,423   21,931  108,003 115,177   62,902  36,946  9,976  10,046
 Cost of
 Investments Sold..    74,996  55,996 125,617  128,463   26,109   19,948   86,095  96,763   50,493  30,221  8,897   8,592
                     --------  ------ ------- --------  -------  -------  ------- -------  -------  ------ ------  ------
 Net Realized Gain
 (Loss) on
 Investments.......       --      --      --   (21,570)  (2,686)   1,983   97,235  78,188   34,515   6,725 14,932   3,397
Net Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on
Investments:
 Unrealized Gain
 (Loss) Beginning
 of Year...........       --      --      --   (36,213)  (4,982)  (1,865) 130,269  73,339    2,835  26,703  9,875   5,142
 Unrealized Gain
 (Loss) End of
 Year..............       --      --      --   (33,437) (36,213)  (4,982) 424,079 130,269   73,339  52,783 26,703   9,875
                     --------  ------ ------- --------  -------  -------  ------- -------  -------  ------ ------  ------
 Net Unrealized
 Gain (Loss) on
 Investments.......       --      --      --     2,776  (31,231)  (3,117) 293,810  56,930   70,504  26,080 16,828   4,733
                     --------  ------ ------- --------  -------  -------  ------- -------  -------  ------ ------  ------
 Net Gain (Loss) on
 Investments.......       --      --      --   (18,794) (33,917)  (1,134) 391,045 135,118  105,019  32,805 31,760   8,130
Increase (Decrease)
in Assets Resulting
from Operations....  $  6,425   5,904   5,595      184  (12,824)  12,929  402,844 134,352  104,058  36,373 33,956  10,259
                     ========  ====== ======= ========  =======  =======  ======= =======  =======  ====== ======  ======
<CAPTION>
                       Quality Income Plus        Dividend Growth                Utilities             Capital Growth
                            Division                  Division                   Division                 Division
                     ------------------------ --------------------------  ------------------------  ---------------------
                       1999     1998   1997     1999     1998     1997     1999    1998     1997     1999   1998    1997
                     --------  ------ ------- --------  -------  -------  ------- -------  -------  ------ ------  ------
<S>                  <C>       <C>    <C>     <C>       <C>      <C>      <C>     <C>      <C>      <C>    <C>     <C>
Investment Income:
 Dividend Income...  $  3,563   2,746   1,559   30,640   24,526   20,643    1,460   1,395    1,315   8,292     17     724
Expenses:
 Mortality and
 Expense Charge....       487     379     207   13,186   11,708    8,929      514     426      328   2,572  2,099   1,676
                     --------  ------ ------- --------  -------  -------  ------- -------  -------  ------ ------  ------
 Net Investment
 Income (Expense)..     3,076   2,367   1,352   17,454   12,818   11,714      946     969      987   5,720 (2,082)   (952)
Net Realized Gain
on Investments
 Realized Gain from
 Distributions.....       --      --      --   209,513  116,995   46,805    1,113   2,323      479  27,927 17,323  20,724
 Proceeds from
 Sales.............     4,345   7,815   9,791  361,347  229,964  183,012   13,788  13,062   12,068  66,476 45,333  50,041
 Cost of
 Investments Sold..     4,522   7,666   9,003  337,867  194,242  135,818   10,602  10,220   10,478  55,308 39,779  40,214
                     --------  ------ ------- --------  -------  -------  ------- -------  -------  ------ ------  ------
 Net Realized Gain
 (Loss) on
 Investments.......      (177)    149     788  232,993  152,717   93,999    4,299   5,165    2,069  39,095 22,877  30,551
Net Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on
Investments:
 Unrealized Gain
 (Loss) Beginning
 of Year...........     1,040     343     206  229,735  234,467  128,860   12,987   8,928    2,803  45,992 25,565  17,315
 Unrealized Gain
 (Loss) End of
 Year..............    (4,700)  1,040     343  (70,696) 229,735  234,467   14,399  12,987    8,928  89,163 45,992  25,565
                     --------  ------ ------- --------  -------  -------  ------- -------  -------  ------ ------  ------
 Net Unrealized
 Gain (Loss) on
 Investments.......    (5,740)    697     137 (300,431)  (4,732) 105,606    1,412   4,059    6,125  43,171 20,427   8,250
                     --------  ------ ------- --------  -------  -------  ------- -------  -------  ------ ------  ------
 Net Gain (Loss) on
 Investments.......    (5,917)    846     925  (67,438) 147,985  199,605    5,711   9,224    8,194  82,266 43,304  38,801
Increase (Decrease)
in Assets Resulting
from Operations....  $ (2,841)  3,213   2,277  (49,984) 160,803  211,319    6,657  10,193    9,181  87,986 41,222  37,849
                     ========  ====== ======= ========  =======  =======  ======= =======  =======  ====== ======  ======
</TABLE>

                See Accompanying Notes to Financial Statements.

                                      F-17
<PAGE>

                          PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B

                           STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

                                  Page 2 of 2

 For the Years ended December 31, 1999, 1998, and 1997, except for the Income
  Builder and the Capital Appreciation Division which are for the period from
May 1, 1997 (inception) through December 31, 1999 and for the Competitive Edge
   Best Ideas Division which is for the period from May 19, 1998 (inception)
                          through December 31, 1998.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 European                Pacific Growth          Global Dividend Growth  Income Builder
                                 Division                   Division                    Division            Division
                          ------------------------ ----------------------------  ----------------------- --------------
                            1999      1998   1997    1999      1998      1997     1999    1998     1997  1999  1998
                          ---------  ------ ------ --------  --------  --------  ------- -------  ------ ----- ----
<S>                       <C>        <C>    <C>    <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>     <C>      <C>    <C>   <C>  <C>
Investment Income:
  Dividend Income.......  $   3,622   5,489  3,083    8,602    25,728     8,299   20,390  11,342   9,443   153  37
Expenses:
  Mortality and Expense
  Charge................      4,926   4,201  2,695    8,232     4,246     4,822    6,921   5,967   4,941    16   5
                          ---------  ------ ------ --------  --------  --------  ------- -------  ------ ----- ---
    Net Investment In-
    come (Expense)......     (1,304)  1,288    388      370    21,482     3,477   13,469   5,375   4,502   137  32
Net Realized Gain on In-
vestments
  Realized Gain from
  Distributions.........     53,707  30,332 15,138      --        --        --    49,153  68,547  23,555    19   1
  Proceeds from Sales...    120,363  74,099 35,610  149,242    61,430    97,967  207,136 165,949  80,262 1,372  12
  Cost of Investments
  Sold..................    103,796  61,617 28,179  166,113   102,232   104,807  190,685 154,978  66,550 1,310  12
                          ---------  ------ ------ --------  --------  --------  ------- -------  ------ ----- ---
    Net Realized Gain
    (Loss) on Invest-
    ments...............     70,274  42,814 22,569  (16,871)  (40,802)   (6,840)  65,604  79,518  37,267    81   1
Net Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on Investments:
  Unrealized Gain (Loss)
  Beginning of Year.....     98,264  55,867 36,882 (255,713) (237,617)    7,836   40,275  50,203  38,176     4   0
  Unrealized Gain (Loss)
  End of Year...........    178,589  98,264 55,867  239,597  (255,713) (237,617)  62,309  40,275  50,203   273   4
                          ---------  ------ ------ --------  --------  --------  ------- -------  ------ ----- ---
  Net Unrealized Gain
  (Loss) on Investments.     80,325  42,397 18,985  495,310   (18,096) (245,453)  22,034  (9,928) 12,027   269   4
                          ---------  ------ ------ --------  --------  --------  ------- -------  ------ ----- ---
    Net Gain (Loss) on
    Investments.........    150,599  85,211 41,554  478,439   (58,898) (252,293)  87,638  69,590  49,294   350   5
  Increase (Decrease) in
  Assets Resulting from
  Operations............  $ 149,295  86,499 41,942  478,809   (37,416) (248,816) 101,107  74,965  53,796   487  37
                          =========  ====== ====== ========  ========  ========  ======= =======  ====== ===== ===
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  Competitive
                                                   Capital            Edge
                                                 Appreciation      Best Ideas
                                                   Division         Division
                                                 ---------------  -------------
                                                  1999    1998     1999   1998
                                                 -------  ------  ------  -----
<S>                                              <C>      <C>     <C>     <C>
Investment Income:
  Dividend Income............................... $   --       5      359    --
Expenses:
  Mortality and Expense Charge..................       1      8      459     38
                                                 -------  -----   ------  -----
    Net Investment Income (Expense).............      (1)    (3)    (100)   (38)
Net Realized Gain on Investments
  Realized Gain from Distributions..............     --     --       --     --
  Proceeds from Sales...........................   1,568     37    1,197    598
                                                 -------  -----   ------  -----
  Cost of Investments Sold......................   1,525     35    1,139    644
    Net Realized Gain (Loss) on Investments.....      43      2       58    (46)
Net Unrealized Gain (Loss) on Investments:
  Unrealized Gain (Loss) Beginning of Year......     (37)     0    1,004      0
  Unrealized Gain (Loss) End of Year............     --     (37)  17,539  1,004
                                                 -------  -----   ------  -----
  Net Unrealized Gain (Loss) on Investments.....      37    (37)  16,535  1,004
                                                 -------  -----   ------  -----
    Net Gain (Loss) on Investments..............      80    (35)  16,593    958
  Increase (Decrease) in Assets Resulting from
  Operations.................................... $    79    (38)  16,493    920
                                                 =======  =====   ======  =====
</TABLE>

                See Accompanying Notes to Financial Statements.

                                      F-18
<PAGE>

                          PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B

                      STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN NET ASSETS
                                  Page 1 of 2

 For the Years ended December 31, 1999, 1998, and 1997, except for the Income
                 Builder and the Capital Appreciation Division
  which are for the period from May 1, 1997 (inception) through December 31,
               1997 and the Competitive Edge Best Ideas Division
  which is for the period from May 19, 1998 (inception) through December 31,
                                     1998.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                             Money Market                 High Yield                       Equity
                               Division                    Division                       Division
                       ------------------------- -------------------------------  ---------------------------
                         1999     1998    1997     1999       1998       1997       1999      1998     1997
                       --------  ------- ------- ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -------  -------
<S>                    <C>       <C>     <C>     <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>      <C>
Operations:
 Net Investment
 Income (expense)....  $  6,425    5,904   5,595    18,978     21,093     14,063     11,799     (765)    (961)
 Net Realized Gain
 (Loss) on
 Investments.........       --       --      --    (21,570)    (2,686)     1,983     97,235   78,188   34,515
 Net Unrealized Gain
 (Loss) on
 Investments.........       --       --      --      2,776    (31,231)    (3,117)   293,810   56,930   70,504
                       --------  ------- ------- ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -------  -------
   Increase
   (Decrease) in Net
   Assets Resulting
   from Operations...     6,425    5,904   5,595       184    (12,824)    12,929    402,844  134,353  104,058
   Net Deposits into
   Separate Account..    42,319   29,356   8,391   (81,792)    32,111     73,622    220,956   35,309   88,708
                       --------  ------- ------- ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -------  -------
     Increase in Net
     Assets..........    48,744   35,260  13,986   (81,608)    19,287     86,551    623,800  169,662  192,766
Net Assets, Beginning
of Year..............   150,867  115,607 101,621   187,920    168,633     82,082    613,968  444,306  251,540
                       --------  ------- ------- ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -------  -------
Net Assets, End of
Year.................  $199,611  150,867 115,607   106,312    187,920    168,633  1,237,768  613,968  444,306
                       ========  ======= ======= =========  =========  =========  =========  =======  =======
<CAPTION>
                         Quality Income Plus            Dividend Growth                   Utilities
                               Division                    Division                       Division
                       ------------------------- -------------------------------  ---------------------------
                         1999     1998    1997     1999       1998       1997       1999      1998     1997
                       --------  ------- ------- ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -------  -------
<S>                    <C>       <C>     <C>     <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>      <C>
Operations:
 Net Investment
 Income (expense)....  $  3,076    2,367   1,352    17,454     12,818     11,714        946      969      987
 Net Realized Gain
 (Loss) on
 Investments.........      (177)     149     788   232,993    152,717     93,999      4,299    5,165    2,069
 Net Unrealized Gain
 (Loss) on
 Investments.........    (5,740)     697     137  (300,431)    (4,732)   105,606      1,412    4,059    6,125
                       --------  ------- ------- ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -------  -------
   Increase
   (Decrease) in Net
   Assets Resulting
   from Operations...    (2,841)   3,213   2,277   (49,984)   160,803    211,319      6,657   10,193    9,181
   Net Deposits into
   Separate Account..     5,420   23,059   1,992   (51,192)    96,482    144,340       (322)  (1,350)    (112)
                       --------  ------- ------- ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -------  -------
     Increase in Net
     Assets..........     2,579   26,272   4,269  (101,176)   257,285    355,659      6,335    8,843    9,069
Net Assets, Beginning
of Year..............    54,074   27,802  23,533 1,438,637  1,181,352    825,693     54,783   45,940   36,871
                       --------  ------- ------- ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -------  -------
Net Assets, End of
Year.................  $ 56,653   54,074  27,802 1,337,461  1,438,637  1,181,352     61,118   54,783   45,940
                       ========  ======= ======= =========  =========  =========  =========  =======  =======
<CAPTION>
                             Strategist
                              Division
                       -------------------------
                        1999    1998     1997
                       ------- -------- --------
<S>                    <C>     <C>      <C>
Operations:
 Net Investment
 Income (expense)....    3,568   2,196    2,129
 Net Realized Gain
 (Loss) on
 Investments.........    6,725  14,932    3,397
 Net Unrealized Gain
 (Loss) on
 Investments.........   26,080  16,828    4,733
                       ------- -------- --------
   Increase
   (Decrease) in Net
   Assets Resulting
   from Operations...   36,373  33,956   10,259
   Net Deposits into
   Separate Account..   84,920  31,816   36,030
                       ------- -------- --------
     Increase in Net
     Assets..........  121,293  65,772   46,289
Net Assets, Beginning
of Year..............  181,587 115,815   69,526
                       ------- -------- --------
Net Assets, End of
Year.................  302,880 181,587  115,815
                       ======= ======== ========
<CAPTION>
                           Capital Growth
                              Division
                       -------------------------
                        1999    1998     1997
                       ------- -------- --------
<S>                    <C>     <C>      <C>
Operations:
 Net Investment
 Income (expense)....    5,720  (2,082)    (952)
 Net Realized Gain
 (Loss) on
 Investments.........   39,095  22,877   30,551
 Net Unrealized Gain
 (Loss) on
 Investments.........   43,171  20,427    8,250
                       ------- -------- --------
   Increase
   (Decrease) in Net
   Assets Resulting
   from Operations...   87,986  41,222   37,849
   Net Deposits into
   Separate Account..       76  14,267   20,698
                       ------- -------- --------
     Increase in Net
     Assets..........   88,062  55,489   58,547
Net Assets, Beginning
of Year..............  270,676 215,187  156,640
                       ------- -------- --------
Net Assets, End of
Year.................  358,738 270,676  215,187
                       ======= ======== ========
</TABLE>

                See Accompanying Notes to Financial Statements.

                                      F-19
<PAGE>

                          PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B

                      STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN NET ASSETS
                                  Page 2 of 2

 For the Years ended December 31, 1998, 1997, and 1996, except for the Income
  Builder and the Capital Appreciation Division which are for the period from
  May 1, 1997 (inception) through December 31, 1997 and the Competitive Edge
   Best Ideas Division which is for the period from May 19, 1998 (inception)
                          through December 31, 1998.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      Global Dividend
                             European Division       Pacific Growth Division          Growth Division
                          ------------------------- ----------------------------  ------------------------
                            1999     1998    1997     1999      1998      1997     1999    1998     1997
                          --------  ------- ------- ---------  -------  --------  ------- -------  -------
<S>                       <C>       <C>     <C>     <C>        <C>      <C>       <C>     <C>      <C>
Operations:
 Net Investment Income
 (expense)..............  $ (1,304)   1,288     388       370   21,482     3,477   13,469   5,375    4,502
 Net Realized Gain
 (Loss) on Investments..    70,274   42,814  22,569   (16,871) (40,802)   (6,840)  65,604  79,518   37,267
 Net Unrealized Gain
 (Loss) on Investments..    80,325   42,397  18,985   495,310  (18,096) (245,453)  22,034  (9,928)  12,027
                          --------  ------- ------- ---------  -------  --------  ------- -------  -------
   Increase (Decrease)
   in Net Assets
   Resulting from
   Operations...........   149,295   86,499  41,942   478,809  (37,416) (248,816) 101,107  74,965   53,796
   Net Deposits into
   Separate Account.....    18,595   74,213 104,536   202,458  217,960   172,283    6,007   7,793  182,583
                          --------  ------- ------- ---------  -------  --------  ------- -------  -------
     Increase in Net
     Assets.............   167,890  160,711 146,478   681,267  180,544   (76,533) 107,114  82,758  236,379
Net Assets, Beginning of
Year....................   530,835  370,124 223,646   629,041  448,497   525,030  731,164 648,406  412,027
                          --------  ------- ------- ---------  -------  --------  ------- -------  -------
Net Assets, End of Year.   698,725  530,835 370,124 1,310,308  629,041   448,497  838,278 731,164  648,406
                          ========  ======= ======= =========  =======  ========  ======= =======  =======
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      Income      Capital       Competitive
                                     Builder    Appreciation     Edge Best
                                     Division     Division     Ideas Division
                                   ------------ -------------  ---------------
                                    1999  1998   1999   1998    1999     1998
                                   ------ ----- ------  -----  -------  ------
<S>                                <C>    <C>   <C>     <C>    <C>      <C>
Operations:
 Net Investment Income (expense).. $  137    32     (1)    (3)    (100)    (38)
 Net Realized Gain (Loss) on
 Investments......................     81     1     43      2       58     (46)
 Net Unrealized Gain (Loss) on
 Investments......................    269     4     37    (37)  16,535   1,004
                                   ------ ----- ------  -----  -------  ------
   Increase in Net Assets
   Resulting from Operations......    487    37     79    (38)  16,493     920
   Net Deposits into Separate
   Account........................  6,391 1,419 (1,432) 1,391   75,652  17,958
                                   ------ ----- ------  -----  -------  ------
     Increase in Net Assets.......  6,878 1,456 (1,353) 1,353   92,145  18,878
Net Assets, Beginning of Year.....  1,456   --   1,353    --    18,878     --
                                   ------ ----- ------  -----  -------  ------
Net Assets, End of Year........... $8,334 1,456    --   1,353  111,023  18,878
                                   ====== ===== ======  =====  =======  ======
</TABLE>

                See Accompanying Notes to Financial Statements.

                                      F-20
<PAGE>

                           PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B

                         Notes to Financial Statements


                               December 31, 1999

(1) Organization

  Paragon Life Insurance Company (Paragon) established Paragon Separate Account
B on January 4, 1993. Paragon Separate Account B (the Separate Account)
commenced operations on March 3, 1994 and is registered under the Investment
Company Act of 1940 as a unit investment trust. The Division options included
herein commenced operations on December 1, 1995. The Separate Account receives
and invests net premiums for flexible premium group variable life insurance
policies that are issued by Paragon. The Separate Account is divided into
fourteen divisions, which invest exclusively in shares of a single fund of
Morgan Stanley Dean Witter Variable Investment Series (Morgan Stanley Dean
Witter), an open-end, diversified management investment company. These funds
are the Money Market, High Yield, Equity, Strategist, Quality Income Plus,
Dividend Growth, Utilities, Capital Growth, European, Pacific Growth, Global
Dividend Growth, Income Builder, Capital Appreciation and Competitive Edge Best
Ideas (the Divisions). Policyholders have the option of directing their premium
payments into any or all of the Divisions.

(2) Significant Accounting Policies

  The following is a summary of significant accounting policies followed by the
Separate Account in the preparation of its financial statements. The policies
are in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

 Investments

  The Separate Account's investments in the Funds of Morgan Stanley Dean Witter
are valued daily based on the net asset values of the respective fund shares
held. The average cost method is used in determining the cost of shares sold on
withdrawals by the Separate Account. Share transactions are recorded consistent
with trade date accounting. All dividends received are immediately reinvested
on the ex-dividend date.

 Federal Income Taxes

  The operations of the Separate Account are treated as part of Paragon for
income tax purposes. Under existing Federal income tax law, capital gains from
sales of investments of the Separate Account are not taxable. Therefore, no
Federal income tax has been provided.

 Use of Estimates

  The preparation of financial statements requires management to make estimates
and assumptions with respect to amounts reported in the financial statements.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.

(3) Policy Charges

  Charges are deducted from the policies and the Separate Account to compensate
Paragon for providing the insurance benefits set forth in the contracts and any
additional benefits added by rider, administering the policies, incurring
expenses in distributing the policies, and assuming certain risks in connection
with the policy.

 Premium Expense Charge

  Certain policies include a provision that premium payments may be reduced by
a premium expense charge. The premium expense charge, if any, is determined by
the costs associated with distributing the policy

                                      F-21
<PAGE>

                           PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B

                   Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)

and is equal to 1% of the premium paid. The premium expense charge compensates
Paragon for providing the insurance benefits set forth in the policies,
incurring expenses of distributing the policies, and assuming certain risks in
connection with the policies. In addition, some polices have a premium tax
assessment equal to 2% or 2.25% to reimburse Paragon for premium taxes
incurred. The premium payment less premium expense and premium tax charges
equals the net premium that is invested in the underlying separate account.

 Monthly Expense Charge

  Paragon has responsibility for the administration of the policies and the
Separate Account. As reimbursement for expenses related to the acquisition and
maintenance of each policy and the Separate Account, Paragon assesses a monthly
administration charge to each policy. This charge, which varies due to the size
of the group, has a maximum of $6.00 per month during the first 12 policy
months and $3.50 per month thereafter.

 Cost of Insurance

  The cost of insurance is deducted on each monthly anniversary for the
following policy month. Because the cost of insurance depends upon a number of
variables, the cost varies for each policy month. The cost of insurance is
determined separately for the initial face amount and for any subsequent
increase in face amount. Paragon determines the monthly cost of insurance
charge by multiplying the applicable cost of insurance rate or rates by the net
amount at risk for each policy month.

 Optional Rider Benefits Charge

  The optional rider benefits charge is a monthly deduction for any additional
benefits provided by policy riders.

 Surrender or Contingent Deferred Sales Charge

  During the first policy year, certain policies include a provision for a
charge upon surrender or lapse of the policy, a requested decrease in face
amount, or a partial withdrawal that causes the face amount to decrease. The
amount assessed under the policy terms, if any, depends upon the cost
associated with distributing the particular policies. The amount of any charge
depends on a number of factors, including whether the event is a full surrender
or lapse or only a decrease in face amount, the amount of premiums received by
Paragon, and the policy year in which the surrender or other event takes place.

 Mortality and Expense Charge

  In addition to the above contract charges, a daily charge against the
operations of each division is made for the mortality and expense risks assumed
by Paragon. Paragon deducts a daily charge from the Separate Account at the
rate of .0024547% of the net assets of each division of the Separate Account
which equals an annual rate of .90% of those net assets. The mortality risk
assumed by Paragon is that insureds may die sooner than anticipated and that,
therefore, Paragon will pay an aggregate amount of death benefits greater than
anticipated. The expense risk assumed is that expenses incurred in issuing and
administering the policy will exceed the amounts realized from the
administrative charges assessed against the policy.

                                      F-22
<PAGE>

                           PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B

                   Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)

Note 4--Purchases and Sales of Morgan Stanley Dean Witter Investment Shares

  For the years ended December 31, 1999, 1998, and 1997, except for the Income
Builder Division and the Capital Appreciation Division which are for the period
from May 1, 1997 (inception) to December 31, 1997 and for the Competitive Edge
Best Ideas Division which is for the period from May 19, 1998 (inception)
through December 31, 1998.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                               Money Market               High Yield                  Equity
                                 Division                  Division                  Division
                         ------------------------ --------------------------- -----------------------
                           1999    1998    1997    1999     1998      1997     1999    1998    1997
                         -------- ------- ------- ------- --------- --------- ------- ------- -------
<S>                      <C>      <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>       <C>       <C>     <C>     <C>
Purchases............... $115,697  84,104 132,963  23,614    53,931    93,779 321,550 146,072 148,683
Sales................... $ 74,996  55,996 125,617 106,893    23,423    21,931 108,003 115,177  62,902
                         ======== ======= ======= ======= ========= ========= ======= ======= =======

<CAPTION>
                                Strategist            Quality Income Plus         Dividend Growth
                                 Division                  Division                  Division
                         ------------------------ --------------------------- -----------------------
                           1999    1998    1997    1999     1998      1997     1999    1998    1997
                         -------- ------- ------- ------- --------- --------- ------- ------- -------
<S>                      <C>      <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>       <C>       <C>     <C>     <C>
Purchases............... $119,737  40,532  44,691   9,235    30,513    11,458 295,904 316,061 314,169
Sales................... $ 36,946   9,976  10,046   4,345     7,815     9,791 361,347 229,964 183,012
                         ======== ======= ======= ======= ========= ========= ======= ======= =======

<CAPTION>
                                Utilities               Capital Growth               European
                                 Division                  Division                  Division
                         ------------------------ --------------------------- -----------------------
                           1999    1998    1997    1999     1998      1997     1999    1998    1997
                         -------- ------- ------- ------- --------- --------- ------- ------- -------
<S>                      <C>      <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>       <C>       <C>     <C>     <C>
Purchases............... $ 12,911  11,288  11,329  63,791    57,789    68,959 133,645 144,181 137,762
Sales................... $ 13,788  13,062  12,068  66,476    45,333    50,041 120,363  74,099  35,610
                         ======== ======= ======= ======= ========= ========= ======= ======= =======

<CAPTION>
                              Pacific Growth        Global Dividend Growth
                                 Division                  Division
                         ------------------------ ---------------------------
                           1999    1998    1997    1999     1998      1997
                         -------- ------- ------- ------- --------- ---------
<S>                      <C>      <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>       <C>       <C>     <C>     <C>
Purchases............... $343,005 275,498 265,523 205,685   168,043   257,005
Sales................... $149,242  61,430  97,967 207,136   165,949    80,262
                         ======== ======= ======= ======= ========= =========

<CAPTION>
                              Income          Capital
                             Builder       Appreciation    Competitive Edge
                             Division        Division     Best Ideas Division
                         ---------------- --------------- -------------------
                           1999    1998    1999    1998     1999      1998
                         -------- ------- ------- ------- --------- ---------
<S>                      <C>      <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>       <C>       <C>     <C>     <C>
Purchases............... $  7,745   1,428     135   1,420    76,376    18,532
Sales................... $  1,372      12   1,568      37     1,197       598
                         ======== ======= ======= ======= ========= =========
</TABLE>

         The purchases do not include dividends and realized gains from
     distributions that have been reinvested into the respective divisions.

                                      F-23
<PAGE>

                           PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B

                   Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)

Note 5--Accumulation of Unit Activity

  The following is a reconciliation of the accumulation of unit activity for
the year ended December 31, 1999, 1998, and 1997 except for the Income Builder
Division and the Capital Appreciation Division which are for the Period from
May 1, 1997 (inception) through December 31, 1997 and the Competitive Edge Best
Ideas Division which is for the period from May 19, 1998 (inception) through
December 31, 1998.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                              Money Market            High Yield               Equity
                                Division               Division               Division
                         ----------------------- ---------------------- ---------------------
                          1999    1998    1997    1999     1998   1997   1999    1998   1997
                         ------- ------- ------- -------  ------ ------ ------  ------ ------
<S>                      <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>      <C>    <C>    <C>     <C>    <C>
Net Increase in Units
  Deposits..............  98,447  75,146 123,611   3,199   7,099 12,526  4,956   3,257  4,229
  Withdrawals...........  62,582  48,733 114,886  13,920   2,879  2,863  1,693   2,493  1,745
                         ------- ------- ------- -------  ------ ------ ------  ------ ------
    Net Increase in
     Units..............  35,865  26,413   8,725 (10,721)  4,220  9,663  3,263     764  2,484
Outstanding Units,
 Beginning of Year...... 131,292 104,879  96,154  25,431  21,211 11,548 11,580  10,816  8,332
                         ------- ------- ------- -------  ------ ------ ------  ------ ------
Outstanding Units, End
 of Year................ 167,157 131,292 104,879  14,710  25,431 21,211 14,843  11,580 10,816
                         ======= ======= ======= =======  ====== ====== ======  ====== ======

<CAPTION>
                               Strategist         Quality Income Plus     Dividend Growth
                                Division               Division               Division
                         ----------------------- ---------------------- ---------------------
                          1999    1998    1997    1999     1998   1997   1999    1998   1997
                         ------- ------- ------- -------  ------ ------ ------  ------ ------
<S>                      <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>      <C>    <C>    <C>     <C>    <C>
Net Increase in Units
  Deposits..............   5,541   2,306   2,898     727   2,394    988 10,692  12,475 14,308
  Withdrawals...........   1,642     494     613     301     576    845 12,783   8,689  8,129
                         ------- ------- ------- -------  ------ ------ ------  ------ ------
    Net Increase in
     Units..............   3,899   1,812   2,285     426   1,818    143 (2,091)  3,786  6,179
Outstanding Units,
 Beginning of Year......   8,996   7,184   4,899   4,072   2,254  2,111 53,123  49,337 43,158
                         ------- ------- ------- -------  ------ ------ ------  ------ ------
Outstanding Units, End
 of Year................  12,895   8,996   7,184   4,498   4,072  2,254 51,032  53,123 49,337
                         ======= ======= ======= =======  ====== ====== ======  ====== ======
</TABLE>

                                      F-24
<PAGE>

                           PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B

                   Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)

Note 5--Accumulation of Unit Activity--(continued)

The following is a reconciliation of the accumulation of unit activity for the
year ended December 31, 1999, 1998, and 1997 except for the Income Builder
Division and the Capital Appreciation Division which are for the period from
May 1, 1997 (inception) through December 31, 1997 and the Competitive Edge Best
Ideas Division which is for the period from May 19, 1998 (inception) through
December 31, 1998

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                               Utilities                Capital Growth            European
                                Division                   Division               Division
                         ------------------------  ------------------------ --------------------
                          1999     1998     1997    1999    1998     1997    1999   1998   1997
                         -------  -------  ------  ------ -------- -------- ------ ------ ------
<S>                      <C>      <C>      <C>     <C>    <C>      <C>      <C>    <C>    <C>
Net Increase in Units
  Deposits..............     507      511     673   2,442    2,633    3,685  4,047  4,841  5,762
  Withdrawals...........     511      574     719   2,409    1,989    2,603  3,579  2,433  1,385
                         -------  -------  ------  ------ -------- -------- ------ ------ ------
    Net Increase in
     Units..............      (4)     (63)    (46)     33      644    1,082    468  2,408  4,377
Outstanding Units,
 Beginning of Year......   2,224    2,287   2,333  11,061   10,417    9,335 16,716 14,308  9,931
                         -------  -------  ------  ------ -------- -------- ------ ------ ------
Outstanding Units, End
 of Year................   2,220    2,224   2,287  11,094   11,061   10,417 17,184 16,716 14,308
                         =======  =======  ======  ====== ======== ======== ====== ====== ======

<CAPTION>
                             Pacific Growth         Global Dividend Growth
                                Division                   Division
                         ------------------------  ------------------------
                          1999     1998     1997    1999    1998     1997
                         -------  -------  ------  ------ -------- --------
<S>                      <C>      <C>      <C>     <C>    <C>      <C>      <C>    <C>    <C>
Net Increase in Units
  Deposits..............  51,786   54,035  30,646  11,537   10,749   17,660
  Withdrawals...........  21,241   11,602  10,382  11,164   10,200    5,080
                         -------  -------  ------  ------ -------- --------
    Net Increase in
     Units..............  30,545   42,433  20,264     373      549   12,580
Outstanding Units,
 Beginning of Year...... 115,459   73,026  52,762  43,441   42,892   30,312
                         -------  -------  ------  ------ -------- --------
Outstanding Units, End
 of Year................ 146,004  115,459  73,026  43,814   43,441   42,892
                         =======  =======  ======  ====== ======== ========

<CAPTION>
                             Income         Capital       Competitive Edge
                             Builder      Appreciation       Best Ideas
                            Division        Division          Division
                         ----------------  -------------- -----------------
                          1999     1998     1999    1998    1999     1998
                         -------  -------  ------  ------ -------- --------
<S>                      <C>      <C>      <C>     <C>    <C>      <C>      <C>    <C>    <C>
Net Increase in Units
  Deposits..............     637      122      12     134    7,174    1,998
  Withdrawals...........     105        1     143       3       77       66
                         -------  -------  ------  ------ -------- --------
    Net Increase in
     Units..............     532      121    (131)    131    7,097    1,932
Outstanding Units,
 Beginning of Year......     121      --      131     --     1,932      --
                         -------  -------  ------  ------ -------- --------
Outstanding Units, End
 of Year................     653      121     --      131    9,029    1,932
                         =======  =======  ======  ====== ======== ========
</TABLE>

                                      F-25
<PAGE>

                          PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B

                  Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)

Note 6--Reconciliation of Gross and Net Deposits into the Separate Account

Deposits into the Separate Account purchase shares of Morgan Stanley Dean
Witter Variable Investment Series. Net deposits represent the amounts
available for investment in such shares after deduction of premium expense
charges, monthly expense charges, cost of insurance and the cost of optional
benefits added by rider. The following is a summary of net deposits made for
the years ended December 31, 1999, 1998, and 1997 except for the Income
Builder Division and the Capital Appreciation Division which are for the
period from May 1, 1997 (inception) through December 31, 1997 and the
Competitive Edge Best Ideas Division which is for the period May 19, 1998
(inception) through December 31, 1998.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                          Money Market                  High Yield                    Equity
                            Division                     Division                    Division
                    ---------------------------  ---------------------------  -------------------------
                      1999      1998     1997      1999      1998     1997     1999     1998     1997
                    ---------  -------  -------  --------  --------  -------  -------  -------  -------
<S>                 <C>        <C>      <C>      <C>       <C>       <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>
Total Gross
Deposits........... $ 262,361  191,717  192,847    49,461    72,480  107,577  344,900  238,128  217,652
Surrenders and
Withdrawals........   (20,370)  (4,672) (59,511)  (16,259)  (10,809)  (1,778) (72,508) (43,978) (20,977)
Transfers Between
Funds and General
Account............    18,409   13,902   34,673   (84,319)     (276)  (5,540) 134,820  (37,101)  (9,857)
                    ---------  -------  -------  --------  --------  -------  -------  -------  -------
   Total Gross
   Deposits net of
   Surrenders,
   Withdrawals, and
   Transfers ......   260,400  200,947  168,009   (51,117)   61,395  100,259  407,212  157,049  186,818
Deductions:
 Premium Expense
 Charges...........     5,866    4,292    4,356     1,106     1,623    2,430    7,713    5,331    4,916
 Monthly Expense
 Charges...........     3,090    2,796    1,712       430       462      955    2,600    1,946    1,932
 Cost of Insurance
 and Optional
 Benefits..........   209,125  164,503  153,550    29,139    27,199   23,252  175,943  114,463   91,262
                    ---------  -------  -------  --------  --------  -------  -------  -------  -------
   Total
   Deductions......   218,081  171,591  159,618    30,675    29,284   26,637  186,256  121,740   98,110
                    ---------  -------  -------  --------  --------  -------  -------  -------  -------
Net Deposits from
Policyholders...... $  42,319   29,356    8,391   (81,792)   32,111   73,622  220,956   35,309   88,708
                    =========  =======  =======  ========  ========  =======  =======  =======  =======
<CAPTION>
                       Quality Income Plus            Dividend Growth                Utilities
                            Division                     Division                    Division
                    ---------------------------  ---------------------------  -------------------------
                      1999      1998     1997      1999      1998     1997     1999     1998     1997
                    ---------  -------  -------  --------  --------  -------  -------  -------  -------
<S>                 <C>        <C>      <C>      <C>       <C>       <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>
Total Gross
Deposits........... $  15,842   14,325   16,285   697,226   615,565  558,109   23,012   19,568   18,704
Surrenders and
Withdrawals........      (457)  (1,743)  (4,917) (198,294) (131,059) (79,140)  (4,054)  (2,300)  (1,988)
Transfers Between
Funds and General
Account............     1,239   17,741   (1,578) (149,446)  (57,102) (64,590)  (6,064)  (6,116)  (7,220)
                    ---------  -------  -------  --------  --------  -------  -------  -------  -------
   Total Gross
   Deposits net of
   Surrenders,
   Withdrawals, and
   Transfers ......    16,624   30,323    9,790   349,486   427,404  414,379   12,894   11,152    9,496
Deductions:
 Premium Expense
 Charges ..........       353      321      368    15,591    13,780   12,605      515      438      422
 Monthly Expense
 Charges ..........       158      116      145     5,607     5,300    4,954      184      202      166
 Cost of Insurance
 and Optional
 Benefits..........    10,693    6,827    7,285   379,480   311,842  252,480   12,517   11,862    9,020
                    ---------  -------  -------  --------  --------  -------  -------  -------  -------
   Total
   Deductions......    11,204    7,264    7,798   400,678   330,922  270,039   13,216   12,502    9,608
                    ---------  -------  -------  --------  --------  -------  -------  -------  -------
Net Deposits from
Policyholders...... $   5,420   23,059    1,992   (51,192)   96,482  144,340     (322)  (1,350)    (112)
                    =========  =======  =======  ========  ========  =======  =======  =======  =======
<CAPTION>
                          Strategist
                           Division
                    --------------------------
                     1999     1998     1997
                    -------- -------- --------
<S>                 <C>      <C>      <C>
Total Gross
Deposits...........  60,509  110,145   61,958
Surrenders and
Withdrawals........ (24,367)  (2,953)      (7)
Transfers Between
Funds and General
Account............  75,810   (3,566)  (4,902)
                    -------- -------- --------
   Total Gross
   Deposits net of
   Surrenders,
   Withdrawals, and
   Transfers ...... 111,952  103,626   57,049
Deductions:
 Premium Expense
 Charges...........   1,352    2,466    1,399
 Monthly Expense
 Charges...........     374    1,159      550
 Cost of Insurance
 and Optional
 Benefits..........  25,306   68,185   19,070
                    -------- -------- --------
   Total
   Deductions......  27,032   71,810   21,019
                    -------- -------- --------
Net Deposits from
Policyholders......  84,920   31,816   36,030
                    ======== ======== ========
<CAPTION>
                        Capital Growth
                           Division
                    --------------------------
                     1999     1998     1997
                    -------- -------- --------
<S>                 <C>      <C>      <C>
Total Gross
Deposits........... 129,107  108,976  103,008
Surrenders and
Withdrawals........ (47,645)  (3,599) (17,555)
Transfers Between
Funds and General
Account............ (10,692) (34,994) (16,678)
                    -------- -------- --------
   Total Gross
   Deposits net of
   Surrenders,
   Withdrawals, and
   Transfers ......  70,770   70,383   68,775
Deductions:
 Premium Expense
 Charges ..........   2,884    2,440    2,326
 Monthly Expense
 Charges ..........     988      897      914
 Cost of Insurance
 and Optional
 Benefits..........  66,822   52,779   44,837
                    -------- -------- --------
   Total
   Deductions......  70,694   56,116   48,077
                    -------- -------- --------
Net Deposits from
Policyholders......      76   14,267   20,698
                    ======== ======== ========
</TABLE>

                                      F-26
<PAGE>

                          PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B

                  Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)

Note 6--Reconciliation of Gross and Net Deposits into the Separate Account--
(continued)

Deposits into the Separate Account purchase shares of Morgan Stanley Dean
Witter Variable Investment Series. Net deposits represent the amounts
available for investment in such shares after deduction of premium expense
charges, monthly expense charges, cost of insurance and the cost of optional
benefits added by rider. The following is a summary of net deposits made for
the years ended December 31, 1999, 1998, and 1997 except for the Income
Builder Division and the Capital Appreciation Division which are for the
period from May 1, 1997 (inception) through December 31, 1997 and the
Competitive Edge Best Ideas Division which is for the period May 19, 1998
(inception) through December 31, 1998.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 European                 Pacific Growth         Global Dividend Growth
                                 Division                    Division                   Division
                         ---------------------------  -------------------------  -------------------------
                           1999      1998     1997     1999     1998     1997     1999     1998     1997
                         ---------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------
<S>                      <C>        <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>
Total Gross Deposits.... $ 218,919  189,749  185,513  443,724  410,061  417,748  374,607  347,530  337,424
Surrenders and
Withdrawals.............   (71,216) (30,281) (17,034) (80,016) (23,248) (17,101) (60,354) (63,645) (33,272)
Transfers Between Funds
and General Account.....   (18,062)   8,469    7,159   70,600  (15,033) (61,270) (97,007) (83,766)  43,872
                         ---------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------
   Total Gross Deposits
   net of Surrenders,
   Withdrawals, and
   Transfers............   129,641  167,937  175,638  434,308  371,780  339,377  217,246  200,119  348,024
Deductions:
 Premium Expense
 Charges................     4,896    4,248    4,190    9,920    9,179    9,435    8,378    7,780    7,621
 Monthly Expense
 Charges................     1,546    1,495    1,647    3,232    2,417    3,708    2,954    3,084    2,995
 Cost of Insurance and
 Optional Benefits......   104,604   87,981   65,265  218,698  142,224  153,951  199,907  181,462  154,825
                         ---------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------
   Total Deductions.....   111,046   93,724   71,102  231,850  153,820  167,094  211,239  192,326  165,441
                         ---------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------
Net Deposits from
Policyholders........... $  18,595   74,213  104,536  202,458  217,960  172,283    6,007    7,793  182,583
                         =========  =======  =======  =======  =======  =======  =======  =======  =======
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         Income       Capital      Comp. Edge
                                         Builder    Appreciation   Best Ideas
                                        Division      Division      Division
                                      ------------- ------------- --------------
                                       1999   1998   1999   1998   1999    1998
                                      ------- ----- ------  ----- ------  ------
<S>                                   <C>     <C>   <C>     <C>   <C>     <C>
Total Gross Deposits................  $   834   263    345  1,382 90,238   2,108
Surrenders and Withdrawals..........      --    --     --     --    (193)    --
Transfers Between Funds and General
Account.............................    5,877 1,265 (1,549)   520  9,066  17,576
                                      ------- ----- ------  ----- ------  ------
 Total Gross Deposits net of
 Surrenders, Withdrawals, and
 Transfers..........................    6,711 1,528 (1,204) 1,902 99,111  19,684
Deductions:
 Premium Expense Charges............       18     6      8     31  2,018      47
 Monthly Expense Charges............        4     2      3      8    312      28
 Cost of Insurance and Optional
 Benefits...........................      298   101    217    472 21,129   1,651
                                      ------- ----- ------  ----- ------  ------
                                          320   109    228    511 23,459   1,726
                                      ------- ----- ------  ----- ------  ------
Net Deposits from Policyholders.....  $ 6,391 1,419 (1,432) 1,391 75,652  17,958
                                      ======= ===== ======  ===== ======  ======
</TABLE>


                                      F-27
<PAGE>

                           PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B

                   Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)

Note 7 -- Subsequent Event

On January 6, 2000, Paragon Life Insurance Co.'s ultimate parent, GenAmerica
Corporation, was purchased by Metropolitan Life Insurance Company.


                                      F-28
<PAGE>

                           PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B

                            SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS

                      For the year ended December 31, 1999

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 Number
                                                   of      Market
                                                 Shares    Value       Cost
                                                 ------- ---------- ----------
<S>                                              <C>     <C>        <C>
Morgan Stanley Dean Witter Variable Investment
 Series:
  Money Market Division......................... 199,611 $  199,611 $  199,611
  High Yield Division...........................  24,552    106,312    139,749
  Equity Division...............................  22,973  1,237,768    813,689
  Strategist Division...........................  15,858    302,880    250,097
  Quality Income Plus Division..................   5,746     56,653     61,353
  Dividend Growth Division......................  73,006  1,337,461  1,408,157
  Utilities Division............................   2,669     61,118     46,719
  Capital Growth Division.......................  15,117    358,738    269,575
  European Growth Division......................  22,203    698,725    520,136
  Pacific Growth Division....................... 154,517  1,310,308  1,070,711
  Global Dividend Growth Division...............  58,053    838,278    775,969
  Income Builder................................     729      8,334      8,061
  Capital Appreciation..........................     --         --         --
  Competitive Edge Best Ideas...................   8,975    111,023     93,484
</TABLE>





                 See Accompanying Independent Auditors' Report.

                                      F-29
<PAGE>

                                   APPENDIX A

                Illustrations of Death Benefits and Cash Values

The following tables illustrate how the Cash Value and Death Benefit of a
Policy change with the investment experience of a Division of the Separate
Account. The tables show how the Cash Value and Death Benefit of a Policy
issued to an Insured of a given age and at a given premium would vary over time
if the investment return on the assets held in each Division of the Separate
Account were a uniform, gross, after-tax annual rate of 0%, 6% or 12%. In
addition, the Cash Values and Death Benefits would be different from those
shown if the gross annual investment rates of return averaged 0%, 6%, and 12%
over a period of years, but fluctuated above and below those averages for
individual Policy years.

The tables illustrate a Policy issued to an Insured, age 45, in an Executive
Program issued as a Group Contract Policy. This assumes the maximum monthly
administrative charge. If a particular Policy has different sales or
administrative charges or if a particular group is larger or smaller or has a
different gender mix, the Cash Values and Death Benefits would vary from those
shown in the tables.

The Cash Value column under the "Guaranteed" heading shows the accumulated
value of the premiums paid reflecting deduction of the charges described above
and monthly charges for the cost of insurance based on the guaranteed rate
which is 125% of the maximum allowed under the 1980 Commissioners Standard
Ordinary Mortality Table C. The "Cash Value" column under the "Current" heading
shows the accumulated value of the premiums paid reflecting deduction of the
charges described above and monthly charges for the cost of insurance at the
current level for an Executive Program, which is less than or equal to 125% of
the maximum allowed by the 1980 Commissioners Standard Ordinary Mortality Table
C. The illustrations of Death Benefits reflect the above assumptions. The Death
Benefits also vary between tables depending upon whether Level Type (Option A)
or Increasing Type (Option B) Death Benefits are illustrated.

The amounts shown for the Cash Value and Death Benefit reflect the fact that
the investment rate of return is lower than the gross after-tax return on the
assets held in a Division of the Separate Account. The charges include a .90%
charge for mortality and expense risk, an investment advisory fee of .625%,
(representing the average of the fees incurred by the Portfolios in which the
Divisions invest the actual investment advisory fee is shown in the Fund
prospectus), and a .08% charge that is an estimate of the Portfolios' expenses
based on the average of the actual expenses incurred in fiscal year 1999. After
deduction for these amounts, the illustrated gross annual investment rates of
return of 0%, 6% and 12% correspond to approximate net annual rates of -1.605%,
4.395%, 10.395%, respectively. No expense reimbursement arrangement exists
between the Company and the Fund.

The hypothetical values shown in the tables reflect all fees and charges under
the Policy, including the premium expense charge, the premium tax charge, and
all components of the monthly deduction. They do not reflect any charges for
federal income taxes against the Separate Account, since the Company is not
currently making any such charges. However, such charges may be made in the
future and, in that event, the gross annual investment rate of return of the
divisions of the Separate Account would have to exceed 0%, 6%, and 12% by an
amount sufficient to cover the tax charges in order to produce the Death
Benefit and Cash Value illustrated. (See "Federal Tax Matters.") Additionally,
the hypothetical values shown in the tables assume that the Policy for which
values are illustrated is not deemed an individual policy under OBRA, and
therefore the values do not reflect the additional 1% premium expense charge
for the Company's increased federal tax liabilities.

The tables illustrate the Policy values that would result based upon the
investment rates of return if premiums are paid as indicated, and if no Policy
Loans have been made. The tables are also based on the assumptions that the
Owner has not requested an increase or decrease in the Face Amount, that no
partial withdrawals have been made, that no transfer charges were incurred, and
that no optional riders have been requested.

Upon request, the Company will provide a comparable illustration based upon the
proposed Insured's age, group size and gender mix, the Face Amount and premium
requested and the proposed frequency of premium payments.

                                      A-1
<PAGE>

                    FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE

FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000                     AGE: 45
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: A                               ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 0.00%                         $6,000.00
PREMIUM TAX: 2.25%                                    (Monthly Premium:
                                                      $500.00)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
                               ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN at 0.00% (NET RATE at -
                                                  1.605%)
                              --------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   GUARANTEED*                           CURRENT**
                              -------------------------------      -------------------------------
             PREM              CASH              DEATH              CASH              DEATH
 YR        at 5.00%            VALUE            BENEFIT             VALUE            BENEFIT
 ---       --------           -------           --------           -------           --------
 <S>       <C>                <C>               <C>                <C>               <C>
  1        $  6,161           $ 3,093           $500,000           $ 4,953           $500,000
  2          12,630             5,982            500,000             9,741            500,000
  3          19,423             8,626            500,000            14,404            500,000
  4          26,555            11,016            500,000            18,887            500,000
  5          34,045            13,129            500,000            23,188            500,000
  6          41,908            14,946            500,000            27,312            500,000
  7          50,165            16,438            500,000            31,270            500,000
  8          58,834            17,562            500,000            35,004            500,000
  9          67,937            18,283            500,000            38,576            500,000
 10          77,496            18,570            500,000            41,934            500,000
 11          87,532            18,415            500,000            45,029            500,000
 12          98,070            17,785            500,000            47,921            500,000
 13         109,134            16,674            500,000            50,561            500,000
 14         120,752            15,052            500,000            52,902            500,000
 15         132,951            12,866            500,000            54,944            500,000
 16         145,760            10,050            500,000            56,697            500,000
 17         159,209             6,492            500,000            58,109            500,000
 18         173,331             2,055            500,000            59,132            500,000
 19         188,159                 0                  0            59,771            500,000
 20         203,728                 0                  0            59,972            500,000
 25         294,060                 0                  0            51,680            500,000
 30         409,348                 0                  0            15,460            500,000
</TABLE>
- --------
 *These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
   rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
   rates.

The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Portfolios of the Fund. The Cash
Value, Cash Surrender Value and Death Benefit for a Policy would be different
from those shown if the actual rates of return averaged the rate shown above
over a period of years, but also fluctuated above or below that average for
individual years. No representation can be made by the Company, Walnut Street
Securities, the investment management company, or any representative thereof,
that this hypothetical rate of return can be achieved for any one year, or
sustained over any period of time.

Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume premiums are received monthly on the Policy Anniversary and further
assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.

                                      A-2
<PAGE>

                    FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE

FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000                     AGE: 45
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: A                               ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 0.00%                         $6,000.00
                                                      (Monthly Premium:
                                                      $500.00)
PREMIUM TAX: 2.25%

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
                                 ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN at 6.00% (NET RATE at
                                                   4.395%)
                              ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   GUARANTEED*                           CURRENT**
                              -------------------------------      --------------------------------
             PREM              CASH              DEATH               CASH              DEATH
 YR        at 5.00%            VALUE            BENEFIT             VALUE             BENEFIT
 ---       --------           -------           --------           --------           --------
 <S>       <C>                <C>               <C>                <C>                <C>
  1        $  6,161           $ 3,194           $500,000           $  5,114           $500,000
  2          12,630             6,371            500,000             10,367            500,000
  3          19,423             9,483            500,000             15,801            500,000
  4          26,555            12,519            500,000             21,367            500,000
  5          34,045            15,448            500,000             27,069            500,000
  6          41,908            18,243            500,000             32,915            500,000
  7          50,165            20,865            500,000             38,921            500,000
  8          58,834            23,262            500,000             45,036            500,000
  9          67,937            25,385            500,000             51,324            500,000
 10          77,496            27,188            500,000             57,744            500,000
 11          87,532            28,644            500,000             64,252            500,000
 12          98,070            29,702            500,000             70,912            500,000
 13         109,134            30,335            500,000             77,685            500,000
 14         120,752            30,491            500,000             84,531            500,000
 15         132,951            30,091            500,000             91,458            500,000
 16         145,760            29,041            500,000             98,484            500,000
 17         159,209            27,193            500,000            105,569            500,000
 18         173,331            24,368            500,000            112,679            500,000
 19         188,159            20,368            500,000            119,828            500,000
 20         203,728            14,984            500,000            126,980            500,000
 25         294,060                 0                  0            160,983            500,000
 30         409,348                 0                  0            183,871            500,000
</TABLE>
- --------
 *These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
   rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
   rates.

The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Portfolios of the Fund. The Cash
Value, Cash Surrender Value and Death Benefit for a Policy would be different
from those shown if the actual rates of return averaged the rate shown above
over a period of years, but also fluctuated above or below that average for
individual years. No representation can be made by the Company, Walnut Street
Securities, the investment management company, or any representative thereof,
that this hypothetical rate of return can be achieved for any one year, or
sustained over any period of time.

Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume premiums are received monthly on the Policy Anniversary and further
assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.

                                      A-3
<PAGE>

                    FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE

FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000                     AGE: 45
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: A                               ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 0.00%                         $6,000.00
                                                      (Monthly Premium:
                                                      $500.00)
PREMIUM TAX: 2.25%

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
                                ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN at 12.00% (NET RATE at
                                                  10.395%)
                              ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   GUARANTEED*                           CURRENT**
                              -------------------------------      --------------------------------
             PREM              CASH              DEATH               CASH              DEATH
 YR        at 5.00%            VALUE            BENEFIT             VALUE             BENEFIT
 ---       --------           -------           --------           --------           --------
 <S>       <C>                <C>               <C>                <C>                <C>
  1        $  6,161           $ 3,293           $500,000           $  5,273           $500,000
  2          12,630             6,767            500,000             11,006            500,000
  3          19,423            10,395            500,000             17,285            500,000
  4          26,555            14,185            500,000             24,110            500,000
  5          34,045            18,128            500,000             31,536            500,000
  6          41,908            22,221            500,000             39,631            500,000
  7          50,165            26,450            500,000             48,476            500,000
  8          58,834            30,788            500,000             58,095            500,000
  9          67,937            35,213            500,000             68,634            500,000
 10          77,496            39,709            500,000             80,143            500,000
 11          87,532            44,279            500,000             92,685            500,000
 12          98,070            48,908            500,000            106,435            500,000
 13         109,134            53,606            500,000            121,488            500,000
 14         120,752            58,364            500,000            137,956            500,000
 15         132,951            63,149            500,000            156,011            500,000
 16         145,760            67,922            500,000            175,859            500,000
 17         159,209            72,595            500,000            197,681            500,000
 18         173,331            77,057            500,000            221,699            500,000
 19         188,159            81,188            500,000            248,204            500,000
 20         203,728            84,859            500,000            277,499            500,000
 25         294,060            92,114            500,000            480,227            557,064
 30         409,348            52,583            500,000            814,300            871,301
</TABLE>
- --------
 *These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
   rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
   rates.

The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Portfolios of the Fund. The Cash
Value, Cash Surrender Value and Death Benefit for a Policy would be different
from those shown if the actual rates of return averaged the rate shown above
over a period of years, but also fluctuated above or below that average for
individual years. No representation can be made by the Company, Walnut Street
Securities, investment management company, or any representative thereof, that
this hypothetical rate of return can be achieved for any one year, or sustained
over any period of time.

Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume premiums are received monthly on the Policy Anniversary and further
assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.

                                      A-4
<PAGE>

                    FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE

FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000                    AGE: 45
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: B                              ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 0.00%                        $12,000.00
PREMIUM TAX: 2.25%                                   (Monthly Premium:
                                                     $1,000.00)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
                                ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN at 0.00% (NET RATE at -
                                                   1.605%)
                              ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   GUARANTEED*                           CURRENT**
                              -------------------------------      --------------------------------
             PREM              CASH              DEATH               CASH              DEATH
 YR        at 5.00%            VALUE            BENEFIT             VALUE             BENEFIT
 ---       --------           -------           --------           --------           --------
 <S>       <C>                <C>               <C>                <C>                <C>
  1        $ 12,322           $ 8,896           $508,896           $ 10,762           $510,762
  2          25,261            17,479            517,479             21,258            521,258
  3          38,846            25,705            525,705             31,525            531,525
  4          53,111            33,568            533,568             41,510            541,510
  5          68,090            41,044            541,044             51,210            551,210
  6          83,817            48,117            548,117             60,630            560,630
  7         100,330            54,756            554,756             69,781            569,781
  8         117,669            60,923            560,923             78,601            578,601
  9         135,875            66,581            566,581             87,156            587,156
 10         154,992            71,706            571,706             95,390            595,390
 11         175,064            76,292            576,292            103,249            603,249
 12         196,140            80,313            580,313            110,799            610,799
 13         218,269            83,773            583,773            117,985            617,985
 14         241,505            86,651            586,651            124,754            624,754
 15         265,903            88,903            588,903            131,107            631,107
 16         291,521            90,479            590,479            137,056            637,056
 17         318,419            91,285            591,285            142,544            642,544
 18         346,663            91,207            591,207            147,517            647,517
 19         376,319            90,136            590,136            151,985            651,985
 20         407,457            87,976            587,976            155,890            655,890
 25         588,120            59,136            559,136            164,221            664,221
 30         818,697                 0                  0            142,870            642,870
</TABLE>
- --------
 *These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
   rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
   rates.

The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Portfolios of the Fund. The Cash
Value, Cash Surrender Value and Death Benefit for a Policy would be different
from those shown if the actual rates of return averaged the rate shown above
over a period of years, but also fluctuated above or below that average for
individual years. No representation can be made by the Company, Walnut Street
Securities, investment management company, or any representative thereof, that
this hypothetical rate of return can be achieved for any one year, or sustained
over any period of time.

Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume premiums are received monthly on the Policy Anniversary and further
assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.

                                      A-5
<PAGE>

                    FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE

FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000                    AGE: 45
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: B                              ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 0.00%                        $12,000.00
PREMIUM TAX: 2.25%                                   (Monthly Premium:
                                                     $1,000.00)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
                                 ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN at 6.00% (NET RATE at
                                                   4.395%)
                              ----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   GUARANTEED*                            CURRENT**
                              --------------------------------      --------------------------------
             PREM               CASH              DEATH               CASH              DEATH
 YR        at 5.00%            VALUE             BENEFIT             VALUE             BENEFIT
 ---       --------           --------           --------           --------           --------
 <S>       <C>                <C>                <C>                <C>                <C>
  1        $ 12,322           $  9,187           $509,187           $ 11,114           $511,114
  2          25,261             18,601            518,601             22,618            522,618
  3          38,846             28,203            528,203             34,568            534,568
  4          53,111             37,988            537,988             46,920            546,920
  5          68,090             47,935            547,935             59,687            559,687
  6          83,817             58,026            558,026             72,887            572,887
  7         100,330             68,230            568,230             86,545            586,545
  8         117,669             78,504            578,504            100,614            600,614
  9         135,875             88,809            588,809            115,173            615,173
 10         154,992             99,108            599,108            130,183            630,183
 11         175,064            109,390            609,390            145,602            645,602
 12         196,140            119,617            619,617            161,510            661,510
 13         218,269            129,781            629,781            177,866            677,866
 14         241,505            139,848            639,848            194,631            694,631
 15         265,903            149,759            649,759            211,815            711,815
 16         291,521            159,447            659,447            229,444            729,444
 17         318,419            168,792            668,792            247,469            747,469
 18         346,663            177,650            677,650            265,847            765,847
 19         376,319            185,872            685,872            284,595            784,595
 20         407,457            193,314            693,314            303,661            803,661
 25         588,120            215,072            715,072            400,964            900,964
 30         818,697            191,029            691,029            488,378            988,378
</TABLE>
- --------
 *These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
   rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
   rates.

The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Portfolios of the Fund. The Cash
Value, Cash Surrender Value and Death Benefit for a Policy would be different
from those shown if the actual rates of return averaged the rate shown above
over a period of years, but also fluctuated above or below that average for
individual years. No representation can be made by the Company, Walnut Street
Securities, investment management company, or any representative thereof, that
this hypothetical rate of return can be achieved for any one year, or sustained
over any period of time.

Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume premiums are received monthly on the Policy Anniversary and further
assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.

                                      A-6
<PAGE>

                    FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE

FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000                    AGE: 45
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: B                              ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 0.00%                        $12,000.00
                                                     (Monthly Premium:
                                                     $1,000.00)
                                                     PREMIUM TAX: 2.25%

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                           FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
                           ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN at 12.00% (NET RATE at
                                             10.395%)
                        ---------------------------------------------------------------
                              GUARANTEED*                       CURRENT**
                        -----------------------------    ------------------------------
           PREM           CASH            DEATH             CASH            DEATH
 YR      at 5.00%         VALUE          BENEFIT           VALUE           BENEFIT
 ---     --------       ---------       ----------       ----------       ----------
 <S>     <C>            <C>             <C>              <C>              <C>
  1      $ 12,322       $   9,472       $  509,472       $   11,459       $  511,459
  2        25,261          19,747          519,747           24,009          524,009
  3        38,846          30,857          530,857           37,800          537,800
  4        53,111          42,876          542,876           52,900          552,900
  5        68,090          55,868          555,868           69,436          569,436
  6        83,817          69,908          569,908           87,559          587,559
  7       100,330          85,067          585,067          107,441          607,441
  8       117,669         101,413          601,413          129,194          629,194
  9       135,875         119,023          619,023          153,076          653,076
 10       154,992         137,992          637,992          179,246          679,246
 11       175,064         158,448          658,448          207,879          707,879
 12       196,140         180,510          680,510          239,293          739,293
 13       218,269         204,337          704,337          273,716          773,716
 14       241,505         230,081          730,081          311,396          811,396
 15       265,903         257,887          757,887          352,668          852,668
 16       291,521         287,906          787,906          397,910          897,910
 17       318,419         320,255          820,255          447,467          947,467
 18       346,663         355,044          855,044          501,725        1,001,725
 19       376,319         392,397          892,397          561,172        1,061,172
 20       407,457         432,461          932,461          626,281        1,126,281
 25       588,120         681,720        1,181,720        1,056,083        1,556,083
 30       818,697       1,032,502        1,532,502        1,723,128        2,223,128
</TABLE>
- --------
 *These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
   rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
   rates.

The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Portfolios of the Fund. The Cash
Value, cash Surrender Value and Death Benefit for a Policy would be different
from those shown if the actual rates of return averaged the rate shown above
over a period of years, but also fluctuated above or below that average for
individual years. No representation can be made by the Company, Walnut Street
Securities, investment management company, or any representative thereof, that
this hypothetical rate of return can be achieved for any one year, or sustained
over any period of time.

Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume premiums are received monthly on the Policy Anniversary and further
assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.

                                      A-7
<PAGE>



                                                        Putnam Variable Trust
            . GROUP AND INDIVIDUAL
              FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE
              INSURANCE POLICIES

              Prospectus dated May 1, 2000

                                                                       50455 Com
<PAGE>

                     GROUP AND INDIVIDUAL FLEXIBLE PREMIUM
                        VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE POLICIES
                                   ISSUED BY
                         PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                              100 South Brentwood
                              St. Louis, MO 63105
                                 (314) 862-2211

  This Prospectus describes flexible premium variable life insurance policies
offered by Paragon Life Insurance Company (the "Company," "we," or "us") which
are designed for use in employer-sponsored insurance programs. When a Group
Contract is issued, Certificates showing the rights of the Owners and/or
Insureds will be issued under the Group Contract. Individual Policies will be
issued when a Group Contract is not issued. The terms of the Certificate and
the Individual Policy are very similar and are collectively referred to in this
Prospectus as "Policy" or "Policies."

  The Policies are designed to provide lifetime insurance protection to age 95
and provide flexibility to vary premium payments and change the level of death
benefits payable under the Policies. Flexibility allows an Owner to provide for
changing insurance needs under a single insurance policy. An Owner can allocate
net premiums among several investment portfolios ("Funds") with different
investment objectives.

  The Policy provides for: (1) a value upon surrendering the Policy; (2) loans;
and (3) a death benefit payable on the Insured's death. As long as the Policy
remains in force, the death benefit payable on the Insured's death will not be
less than the Face Amount of the Policy. The Policy will remain in force so
long as there is enough value to pay certain monthly charges.

  The Owner may allocate net premiums to one or more of the Divisions of
Separate Account B (the "Separate Account"). The Policy value will vary to
reflect the investment experience of the Divisions selected by the Owner.
Depending on the death benefit option elected, portions of the death benefit
may also vary. The Owner bears the entire investment risk under the Policies;
there is no minimum guaranteed value.

  Each Division of the Separate Account will invest solely in a corresponding
Class IA investment portfolio of Putnam Variable Trust:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
             FUND                                    FUND
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  <S>                          <C>
  Putnam VT Asia Pacific
   Growth Fund                 Putnam VT International Growth and Income Fund
  Putnam VT Diversified
   Income Fund                 Putnam VT International New Opportunities Fund
  Putnam VT Global Asset
   Allocation Fund             Putnam VT Money Market Fund
  Putnam VT Global Growth
   Fund                        Putnam VT New Opportunities Fund
  Putnam VT Growth and Income
   Fund                        Putnam VT Income Fund
  Putnam VT High Yield Fund    Putnam VT Utilities Growth and Income Fund
  Putnam VT International
   Growth Fund                 Putnam VT Voyager Fund
</TABLE>

                The date of this Prospectus is May 1, 2000.

                                       1
<PAGE>

  Please read this Prospectus carefully and keep it. A full description of the
Funds is contained in the prospectus for each Fund, which must accompany this
Prospectus.

  It may not be a good decision to purchase a Policy as a replacement for
another type of life insurance or as a means to obtain additional insurance
protection if the purchaser already owns another flexible premium variable life
insurance policy.

  The Securities and Exchange Commission has not approved or disapproved these
securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this Prospectus. Any
representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

                                       2
<PAGE>

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          Page
                                                                          ----
<S>                                                                       <C>
Summary..................................................................   4
The Company, The Separate Account and The Funds..........................  10
  The Company
  The Separate Account
  The Funds
  Addition, Deletion, or Substitution of Investments
Payment and Allocation of Premiums.......................................  14
  Issuance of a Policy
  Premiums
  Allocation of Net Premiums and Cash Value
  Policy Lapse and Reinstatement
Policy Benefits..........................................................  19
  Death Benefit
  Cash Value
Policy Rights and Privileges.............................................  24
  Exercising Rights and Privileges Under the Policies
  Loans
  Surrender and Partial Withdrawals
  Transfers
  Right to Examine Policy
  Conversion Right to a Fixed Benefit Policy
  Eligibility Change Conversion
  Payment of Benefits at Maturity
  Payment of Policy Benefits.
Charges and Deductions...................................................  29
  Sales Charges
  Premium Tax Charge
  Monthly Deduction
  Partial Withdrawal Transaction Charge
  Separate Account Charges
General Matters Relating to the Policy...................................  32
Distribution of the Policies.............................................  35
General Provisions of the Group Contract.................................  36
Federal Tax Matters......................................................  37
Safekeeping of the Separate Account's Assets.............................  40
Voting Rights............................................................  40
State Regulation of the Company..........................................  41
Management of the Company................................................  42
Legal Matters............................................................  43
Legal Proceedings........................................................  43
Experts..................................................................  43
Additional Information...................................................  43
Definitions..............................................................  44
Financial Statements..................................................... F-1
Appendix A............................................................... A-1
</TABLE>

                 The Policies are not available in all states.

                                       3
<PAGE>

                             SUMMARY OF THE POLICY

The following summary of Prospectus information should be read with the
detailed information which follows in this Prospectus. Unless we provide
otherwise, the description of the Policies contained in this Prospectus assumes
that a Policy is in effect and that there is no outstanding Indebtedness.

The Policy

The Policies (either an Individual Policy or a Certificate) described in this
Prospectus are designed for use in employer-sponsored insurance programs and
are issued in three situations.

  . First--Policies in the form of Certificates are issued pursuant to Group
    Contracts entered into between the Company and Contractholders (see
    "General Provisions of the Group Contract");

  . Second--Individual Policies can be issued in connection with employer-
    sponsored insurance programs where Group Contracts are not issued; and

  . Third--Individual Policies can be issued in connection with Corporate
    Programs, where Group Contracts are not issued.

The Insured under a Policy is usually an employee of the Contractholder or
sponsoring employer or the employee's spouse. Generally, only an employee is
eligible to be an Insured under an Executive Program Policy. An Executive
Program Policy is issued with a maximum Face Amount in excess of $500,000 under
a Group contract or an employer sponsored insurance program. If there is
sufficient Cash Surrender Value, Individual Insurance under a Group Contract or
other employer-sponsored insurance program will continue should the Group
Contract or other program cease or the employee's employment end (see "Payment
and Allocation of Premiums--Issuance of a Policy").

On behalf of Owners, the Contractholder will make planned premium payments
under the Group Contract equal to an amount authorized by employees to be
deducted from their wages. In addition, Owners may pay additional premiums. In
Corporate Programs only the Owner will remit planned and additional premiums. A
similar procedure will apply when an Individual Policy is issued in connection
with an employer-sponsored program.

The Policies are "variable" policies because, unlike the fixed benefits under
other types of life insurance contracts, the Cash Value and, under certain
circumstances, the death benefit under a Policy may increase or decrease
depending upon the investment experience of the Funds underlying the Divisions
to which the Owner has allocated net premium payments. So long as a Policy's
Cash Surrender Value continues to be sufficient to pay the monthly deduction,
an Owner is guaranteed a minimum death benefit equal to the Face Amount of his
or her Policy or an accelerated death benefit in a reduced amount determined in
accordance with certain riders available under the Policy. (See "General
Matters Relating to the Policy--Additional Insurance Benefits.")

Right to Examine Policy

The Owner has a limited right to return a Policy for cancellation within 20
days after the delivery of the Policy to the Owner, within 45 days after the
Owner signs the application, or within 10 days after the Company mails a notice
of this cancellation right to the Owner whichever is latest. If a Policy is
cancelled within this time period, a refund will be paid which will equal all
premiums paid under the Policy or any different amount required by state law.
The Owner also has a right to cancel a requested increase in Face Amount. Upon
cancellation of an increase, the Owner may request that the Company refund the
amount of the additional charges deducted in connection with the increase, or
have the amount of the additional charges added to the Cash Value. (See "Policy
Rights and Privileges--Right to Examine Policy.")

                                       4
<PAGE>

The Separate Account

The Owner may allocate the net premiums to one or more Divisions. See "The
Company, The Separate Account and The Fund" for a complete description of the
available Funds. An Owner may change future allocations of net premiums at any
time by notifying the Company directly.

Subject to certain restrictions, an Owner may transfer Cash Values among the
Divisions of the Separate Account. Currently, no charge is assessed for
transfers. The Company reserves the right to modify the transfer privilege.
(See "Policy Rights and Privileges--Transfers.")

Premiums

An Owner has flexibility concerning the amount and frequency of premium
payments. An initial premium equal to one-twelfth ( 1/12) of the planned annual
premium set forth in the specifications page of a Policy is necessary to start
a Policy. The planned annual premium is an amount specified for each Policy
based on the requested initial Face Amount and certain other factors.

  . Under Group Contracts and employer-sponsored programs, the initial
    premium and subsequent planned premiums generally are remitted by the
    Contractholder or sponsoring employer on behalf of the Owner at intervals
    agreed to by the Contractholder or employer.

  . In Corporate Programs, the Owner will pay premiums generally on a
    schedule agreed to by the Company.

However, as discussed below, planned premiums need not be paid so long as there
is sufficient Cash Surrender Value to keep the Policy in force. Subject to
certain limitations, additional premium payments in any amount and at any
frequency may be made directly by the Owner. (See "Payment and Allocation of
Premiums--Issuance of a Policy--Premiums.")

A Policy will lapse (and terminate without value) when the Cash Surrender Value
is not enough to pay the next monthly deduction and a grace period of 62 days
expires without an adequate payment being made by the Owner. (See "Payment and
Allocation of Premiums--Policy Lapse and Reinstatement.")

Death Benefit

Death benefit proceeds are payable to the Beneficiary when the Insured dies or
to the Owner, prior to the Insured's death under circumstances described in
available riders. (See "General Matters Relating to the Policy--Additional
Insurance Benefits.") Two death benefit options are available, as follows:

  . Under the "Level Type" death benefit, the death benefit is the Face
    Amount of the Policy or, if greater, the applicable percentage of Cash
    Value; and

  . Under the "Increasing Type" death benefit, the death benefit is the Face
    Amount of the Policy plus the Cash Value or, if greater, the applicable
    percentage of Cash Value.

So long as a Policy remains in force, the minimum death benefit under either
option will be at least equal to the current Face Amount. (See "Policy
Benefits--Death Benefit.")

The minimum initial Face Amount is generally $25,000 under the Company's
current rules. Executive Program Policies generally have a minimum Face Amount
of $100,000. The maximum Face Amount is generally $500,000. However, we may
establish a higher maximum Face Amount for Executive or Corporate Program
Policies. The Owner may generally change the Face Amount (subject to the
minimum and maximum amounts applicable to his or her Policy) and the death
benefit option, but in certain cases evidence of insurability may be required.
(See "Policy Benefits--Death Benefit.")

                                       5
<PAGE>

Riders

Additional insurance benefits offered under the Policy by rider may include a
children's insurance rider, an acceleration of death benefits rider, an
accelerated death benefit settlement option rider, an accidental death benefit
rider, and a waiver of monthly deductions rider. Some Group Contracts and
employer-sponsored insurance programs may not provide each of the additional
benefits described above. Generally, Executive Program Policies only have the
acceleration of death benefits rider. Generally, Corporate Programs have none
of the additional benefits described above. (See "General Matters Relating to
the Policy--Additional Insurance Benefits.") We will deduct the cost of these
additional insurance benefits from Cash Value as part of the monthly deduction.
(See "Charges and Deductions--Monthly Deduction.")

Cash Value

The Policies provide for a Cash Value equal to the total of the Policy's Cash
Value in the Separate Account and the Loan Account (securing Policy Loans). A
Policy's Cash Value will reflect premium payments, the investment performance
of any selected Divisions of the Separate Account, transfers, any Policy Loans,
Loan Account interest rate credited, any partial withdrawals, and the charges
imposed in connection with the Policy. (See "Policy Benefits--Cash Value.")
There is no minimum guaranteed Cash Value.

Charges and Deductions

Sales Charges. We deduct a front-end sales charge of 1% of premiums from each
premium paid ("premium expense charge"). We deduct an additional charge on
Policies that are deemed to be individual Policies under the Omnibus Budget
Reconciliation Act of 1990 ("OBRA"). The additional charge, which is for
federal income taxes measured by premiums, is equal to 1% of each premium
payment, and compensates the Company for a significantly higher corporate
income tax liability resulting from changes made to the Internal Revenue Code
by OBRA.

Premium Tax Charge. We deduct a charge of 2% to cover state premium taxes from
premiums paid. (See "Charges and Deductions--Premium Tax Charge.")

Monthly Deduction. We make a monthly deduction from the Policy's Cash Value in
the Separate Account. The monthly deduction includes the following:

  . Administrative Charge. We deduct an administrative charge (see the
    specification pages of the Policy) based on (1) the number of Insureds
    covered under a Group Contract or other employer-sponsored insurance
    program, and (2) the amount of administrative services provided by the
    Company. The charge will not exceed $6.00 per month during the first
    Policy Year and $3.50 per month during renewal years.

  . Cost of Insurance Charge. We deduct a cost of insurance charge calculated
    on each Monthly Anniversary. We determine monthly cost of insurance rates
    based upon expectations as to future mortality experience. For a
    discussion of the factors affecting the rate class of the Insured, see
    "Charges and Deductions--Monthly Deduction--Cost of Insurance."

  . A charge for any additional insurance benefits provided by a rider.

Separate Account Charges.

  . Mortality and Expense Risk Charge. We deduct a daily charge not to exceed
    .0024547% (an annual rate of .90%) of the net assets of each Division for
    the Company's assumption of certain mortality and expense risks incurred
    in connection with the Policies. (See "Charges and Deductions--Separate
    Account Charges.")

  . Federal Taxes. No charges are currently made for federal or state income
    taxes. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")

  . Annual Expenses of the Funds (after fee waiver and reimbursement as
    applicable). The value of the assets of the Divisions will reflect the
    management fee and other expenses incurred by the Funds. The following
    table describes the Fund fees and expenses during the time that the Owner
    owns the Policy.

                                       6
<PAGE>


   These fees and expenses are shown as a percentage of net assets for the
   year ended December 31, 1999. The prospectus for each Fund contains more
   detail concerning a Fund's fees and expenses. (See "The Company, The
   Separate Account and The Funds.")

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        Other Expenses
                                      Management Fees       (after       Total
                                     (after fee waiver reimbursement as  Annual
                  Fund                 as applicable)     applicable)   Expenses
      <S>                            <C>               <C>              <C>
      Putnam VT Asia Pacific Growth
       Fund........................        0.80%             0.33%        1.13%
      Putnam VT Diversified Income
       Fund........................        0.68%             0.10%        0.78%
      Putnam VT Global Asset
       Allocation Fund.............        0.65%             0.12%        0.77%
      Putnam VT Global Growth Fund.        0.61%             0.12%        0.73%
      Putnam VT Growth and Income
       Fund........................        0.46%             0.04%        0.50%
      Putnam VT High Yield Fund....        0.65%             0.07%        0.72%
      Putnam VT International
       Growth Fund.................        0.80%             0.22%        1.02%
      Putnam VT International
       Growth and Income Fund......        0.80%             0.18%        0.98%
      Putnam VT International New
       Opportunities Fund..........        1.08%             0.33%        1.41%
      Putnam VT Money Market Fund..        0.41%             0.08%        0.49%
      Putnam VT New Opportunities
       Fund........................        0.54%             0.05%        0.59%
      Putnam VT Income Fund........        0.60%             0.07%        0.67%
      Putnam VT Utilities Growth
       and Income Fund.............        0.65%             0.06%        0.71%
      Putnam VT Voyager Fund.......        0.53%             0.04%        0.57%
</TABLE>

  The expense information regarding the Funds was provided by those Funds. We
  have not independently verified this information. We cannot guarantee that
  the reimbursements provided by certain Funds will continue.

Partial Withdrawal Transaction Charge. We deduct a transaction charge equal to
the lesser of $25 or 2% of the amount withdrawn on each partial withdrawal of
amounts from the Separate Account. Currently, there are no transaction charges
imposed for transfers of amounts between Divisions. In addition, transfers and
withdrawals are subject to restrictions relative to amount and frequency. (See
"Payment and Allocation of Premiums--Allocation of Net Premiums and Cash
Value," "Policy Rights and Privileges--Surrender and Partial Withdrawals--
Transfers," and "Charges and Deductions--Partial Withdrawal Transaction
Charge.")

Policy Loans

After the first Policy Anniversary an Owner may borrow against the Cash Value
of a Policy. All outstanding Indebtedness will be deducted from proceeds
payable at the Insured's death, upon maturity, or upon surrender. We transfer
a portion of the Policy's Cash Value in each Division of the Separate Account
to which the loan is allocated to the Loan Account as security for the loan.
Therefore, a Policy Loan may have a permanent impact on the Policy's Cash
Value even if it is repaid. A Policy Loan may be repaid in whole or in part at
any time

                                       7
<PAGE>

while the Policy is in force. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--Loans.")
Loans taken from, or secured by, a Policy may in certain circumstances be
treated as taxable distributions from the Policy. Moreover, with certain
exceptions, a 10% additional income tax would be imposed on the portion of any
loan that is included in income. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")

Surrender and Partial Withdrawals

At any time that a Policy is in effect, an Owner may elect to surrender the
Policy and receive its Cash Surrender Value. An Owner may also request a
partial withdrawal of the Cash Value of the Policy. A partial withdrawal may
reduce the Face Amount and death benefit payable under the Policy. (See "Policy
Rights and Privileges--Surrender and Partial Withdrawals.") Surrenders and
partial withdrawals may have federal income tax consequences. (See "Federal Tax
Matters.")

Conversion Right

During the first 24 Policy Months following a Policy's Issue Date, the Owner
may convert the Policy to a life insurance policy that provides for benefits
that do not vary with the investment return of the Divisions. The Owner also
has a similar right with respect to increases in the Face Amount. (See "Policy
Rights and Privileges--Conversion Right to a Fixed Benefit Policy.")

Eligibility Change Conversion

In the event that the Insured is no longer eligible for coverage under the
Group Contract, either because the Group Contract has terminated or because the
employee is no longer employed by the Contractholder, the Individual Insurance
provided by the Policy issued in connection with the Group Contract will
continue unless the Policy is cancelled or surrendered by the Owner or there is
insufficient Cash Surrender Value to prevent the Policy from lapsing.

If a Certificate was issued in connection with the Group Contract, the
Certificate will be amended automatically to continue in force as an Individual
Policy. The new Individual Policy will provide benefits which are identical to
those provided under the Certificate. If an Individual Policy was issued in
connection with a Group Contract, the Individual Policy will continue in force
following the termination of the Group Contract. (See "Policy Right and
Privileges--Eligibility Change Conversion.")

Illustrations

Illustrations in Appendix A show how death benefits and Cash Values may vary
based on certain hypothetical rate of return assumptions as well as assumptions
pertaining to the level of the charges. These rates are not guaranteed. They
are illustrative only and do not show past or future performance. If a Policy
is surrendered in the early Policy Years, the Cash Value payable will be low
compared to premiums accumulated with interest, and consequently the insurance
protection provided prior to surrender will be costly.

Policy Tax Compliance

We intend for the Policy to satisfy the definition of a life insurance contract
under Section 7702 of the Internal Revenue Code (the "Code"). Assuming that a
Policy qualifies as a life insurance contract under the Code, a Policy Owner
should not be taxed for receiving value from the Policy, until there is a
distribution from the Policy. Also, death benefits payable under a Policy
should be excludable from the gross income of the Beneficiary.

A Policy may be treated as a "modified endowment contract." If the Policy is a
modified endowment contract, it will affect the tax advantages offered under
the Policy. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")

                                       8
<PAGE>

Specialized Uses of the Policy

Because the Policy provides for an accumulation of Cash Value as well as a
death benefit, the Policy can be used for various individual and business
financial planning purposes. Purchasing the Policy in part for such purposes
entails certain risks. For example, if the investment performance of Divisions
to which Cash Value is allocated is poorer than expected or if sufficient
premiums are not paid, the Policy may lapse or may not accumulate sufficient
Cash Value to fund the purpose for which the Policy was purchased. Partial
withdrawals and Policy Loans may significantly affect current and future Cash
Value, Cash Surrender Value, or death benefit proceeds. Depending upon Division
investment performance and the amount of a Policy Loan, the loan may cause a
Policy to lapse. Because the Policy is designed to provide benefits on a long-
term basis, before purchasing a Policy for a specialized purpose a purchaser
should consider whether the long-term nature of the Policy is consistent with
the purpose for which it is being considered. Using a Policy for a specialized
purpose may have tax consequences. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")

Questions

If you have any questions, you may write or call the Company at 100 South
Brentwood, St. Louis, MO 63105, (314) 862-2211.


                                       9
<PAGE>

                THE COMPANY, THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT, AND THE FUNDS

The Company

Paragon Life Insurance Company is a stock life insurance company incorporated
under the laws of Missouri. We were organized in 1981 as General American
Insurance Company and on December 31, 1987, our name was changed. No change in
operations or ownership took place in connection with the name change. Our main
business is writing individual and group life insurance policies and annuity
contracts. As of December 31, 1999, we had assets of $400 million. We are
admitted to do business in 49 states and the District of Columbia. Our
principal offices are at 100 South Brentwood, St. Louis, Missouri 63105 ("Home
Office"). Our Internal Revenue Service Employer Identification Number is 43-
1235869.

We are a wholly-owned subsidiary of General American Life Insurance Company
(the "Parent Company"), a Missouri life insurance company. The Parent Company
is wholly owned by GenAmerica Corporation, a Missouri general business
corporation, which is wholly owned by Metropolitan Life Insurance Company, a
New York insurance company.

Guarantee. The Parent Company agrees to guarantee that we will have sufficient
funds to meet all of our contractual obligations. In the event a Policyholder
presents a legitimate claim for payment on a Paragon insurance Policy, the
Parent Company will pay such claim directly to the Policyholder if Paragon is
unable to make such payment. This guarantee, which does not have a
predetermined termination date, can be modified or ended only as to policies
not yet issued. The guarantee agreement is binding on the Parent Company, its
successor or assignee and shall end only if the guarantee is assigned to an
organization having a financial rating from Standard & Poor's equal to or
better than the Parent Company's rating. The Parent Company does not intend
that this guarantee cover the investment experience or Cash Values of the
Policy.

Ratings. We may from time to time publish in advertisements, sales literature,
and reports to Owners or Contractholders, the ratings and other information
assigned to it by one or more independent rating organizations such as A. M.
Best Company, Standard & Poor's, and Duff & Phelps. The purpose of the ratings
is to reflect our financial strength and/or claims paying ability and should
not be considered as bearing on the investment performance of assets held in
the Separate Account. Each year the A. M. Best Company reviews the financial
status of thousands of insurers, culminating in the assignment of Best's
ratings. These ratings reflect Best's current opinion of the relative financial
strength and operating performance of an insurance company in comparison to the
norms of the life/health insurance industry. In addition, the claims paying
ability of the Company as measured by Standard & Poor's Insurance Ratings
Services or Duff & Phelps may be referred to in advertisements or sales
literature or in reports to Owners or Contractholders. These ratings are
opinions of an operating insurance company's financial capacity to meet the
obligations of its insurance policies in accordance with their terms. These
ratings do not reflect the investment performance of the Separate Account or
the degree of risk associated with an investment in the Separate Account.

Advertisements. We also may include in advertisements and other literature
certain rankings assigned us by the National Association of Insurance
Commissioners ("NAIC"), and our analyses of statistical information produced by
the NAIC. These rankings and analyses of statistical information may describe,
among other things, growth, premium income, investment income, capital gains
and losses, policy reserves, policy claims, and life insurance in force. Our
use of such rankings and statistical information is not an endorsement by the
NAIC.

Advertisements and literature prepared by the Company also may include
discussions of taxable and tax-deferred investment programs (including
comparisons based on selected tax brackets), alternative investment vehicles,
and general economic conditions.

                                       10
<PAGE>

The Separate Account

We established Separate Account B (the "Separate Account") as a separate
investment account on January 4, 1993 under Missouri law. The Separate Account
receives and invests the net premiums paid under the Policies. In addition, the
Separate Account receives and invests net premiums for other flexible premium
variable life insurance policies issued by us.

The Separate Account is divided into Divisions. Each Division will invest in
Funds as shown on the cover page of this Prospectus. Income and both realized
and unrealized gains or losses from the assets of each Division of the Separate
Account are credited to or charged against that Division without regard to
income, gains, or losses from any other Division of the Separate Account or
arising out of any other business we may conduct.

Although the assets of the Separate Account are the property of the Company,
the assets in the Separate Account equal to the reserves and other liabilities
of the Separate Account are not chargeable with liabilities arising out of any
other business which we may conduct. The assets of the Separate Account are
available to cover the general liabilities of the Company only to the extent
that the Separate Account's assets exceed its Policy liabilities. From time to
time, these excess assets may be transferred from the Separate Account and
included in the Company's general assets. Before making any such transfers, we
will consider any possible adverse impact the transfer may have on the Separate
Account.

The Separate Account has been registered with the Securities and Exchange
Commission ("SEC" or "Commission") as a unit investment trust under the
Investment Company Act of 1940 (the "1940 Act") and meets the definition of a
"separate account" under federal securities laws. Registration with the SEC
does not involve supervision of the management or investment practices or
policies of the Separate Account or the Company by the Commission.

Putnam Variable Trust

The Separate Account invests shares of Putnam Variable Trust, a series-type
mutual fund registered with the SEC as open-end, diversified management
investment company. Only the Funds described in this section of the Prospectus
are currently available as investment choices of the Policies even though
additional Funds may be described in the prospectus for Putnam Variable
Trust.The assets of the Fund used by the Policies are held separate from the
assets of the other Funds, and each Fund has investment objectives and policies
which are generally different from those of the other Funds. The income or
losses of one Fund generally have no effect on the investment performance of
any other Fund.

The investment objectives and policies of certain Funds are similar to the
investment objectives and policies of other portfolios. The investment results
of the Funds may differ from the results of these other portfolios. There can
be no guarantee, and no representation is made, that the investment results of
any of the Funds will be comparable to the investment results of any other
portfolio.

The following summarizes the investment policies of each Fund:

 .Putnam VT Asia Pacific Growth Fund

Seeks capital appreciation.

 .Putnam VT Diversified Income Fund

Seeks as high a level of current income as Putnam Management believes is
consistent with capital preservation. The Fund invests in higher-yielding,
lower-rated securities commonly referred to as "junk bonds." See the special
considerations for and risks associated with investments in these securities
described in the Fund prospectus.

                                       11
<PAGE>

 .Putnam VT Global Asset Allocation Fund

Seeks a high level of long-term total return consistent with preservation of
capital.

 .Putnam VT Global Growth Fund

Seeks capital appreciation.

 .Putnam VT Growth and Income Fund

Seeks capital growth and current income.

 .Putnam VT High Yield Fund

Seeks high current income. Capital growth is a secondary goal when consistent
with achieving high current income. The Fund invests in higher-yielding, lower-
rated securities commonly referred to as "junk bonds." See the special
considerations for and risks associated with investments in these securities
described in the Fund prospectus.

 .Putnam VT International Growth Fund

Seeks capital appreciation.

 .Putnam VT International Growth and Income Fund

Seeks capital growth. Current income is a secondary objective.

 .Putnam VT International New Opportunities Fund

Seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 .Putnam VT Money Market Fund

Seeks as high a rate of current income as Putnam Management believes is
consistent with preservation of capital and maintenance of liquidity.

 .Putnam VT New Opportunities Fund

Seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 .Putnam VT Income Fund

Seeks high current income consistent with preservation of capital.

 .Putnam VT Utilities Growth and Income Fund (Utilities Fund)

Seeks capital growth and current income.

 .Putnam VT Voyager Fund

Seeks capital appreciation.

There is no assurance that any of the Funds will achieve its stated objective.
More detailed information, including a description of risks, is in the
prospectus for the Funds, which must accompany or precede this Prospectus and
which should be read carefully. Please also refer to the "Annual Expenses of
the Funds" information of this Prospectus for a list of the Funds' annual
expenses.

                                       12
<PAGE>


Agreements. We have has entered into or may enter into arrangements with
certain Funds pursuant to which we receive a fee based upon an annual
percentage of the average net asset amount invested by us on behalf of the
Separate Account and other separate accounts of the Company. These arrangements
vary among the Funds and are entered into because of administrative services
provided by the Company.

Resolving Material Conflicts. All of the Funds are also available to registered
separate accounts of other insurance companies offering variable annuity and
variable life insurance products. As a result, there is a possibility that a
material conflict may arise between the interests of Owners of Policies and of
Owners of Policies whose Cash Values are allocated to other separate accounts
investing in the Funds. In the event a material conflict arises, the Company
will take any necessary steps, including removing the assets of the Separate
Account from one or more of the Funds, to resolve the matter.

Addition, Deletion, or Substitution of Investments. We reserve the right,
subject to compliance with applicable law, to make additions to, deletions
from, or substitutions for the shares of the Funds that are held by the
Separate Account or that the Separate Account may purchase. We reserve the
right to (1) eliminate the shares of any of the Funds and (2) substitute shares
of another fund if the shares of a Fund are no longer available for investment,
or further investment in any Fund becomes inappropriate in view of the purposes
of the Separate Account. We will not substitute any shares without notice to
the Owner and prior approval of the SEC, to the extent required by the 1940 Act
or other applicable law, as required

We also reserve the right to establish additional Divisions of the Separate
Account. We will establish new Divisions when marketing needs or investment
confitions warrant. Any new Division will be made available to existing Owners
on a basis to be determined by the Company. To the extent approved by the SEC,
we may also:

  . Eliminate or combine one or more Divisions;

  . Substitute one Division for another Division; or

  . Transfer assets between Divisions if marketing, tax, or investment
    conditions warrant.

We may make changes in the Policy by appropriate endorsement in the event of a
substitution or change. We will notify all Owners of any such changes.

If we deem it to be in the best interests of persons having voting rights under
the Policy, and to the extent any necessary SEC approvals or Owner votes are
obtained, the Separate Account may be:

  (a) operated as a management company under the 1940 Act;

  (b) deregistered under that Act in the event such registration is no longer
      required; or

  (c) combined with other separate accounts of the Company.

To the extent permitted by applicable law, we may transfer the assets of the
Separate Account associated with the Policy to another separate account.

We cannot guarantee that the shares of the Funds will always be available. The
Funds each sell shares to the Separate Account in accordance with the terms of
a participation agreement between the Fund distributors and us. Should this
agreement terminate or should shares become unavailable for any other reason,
the Separate Account will not be able to purchase the existing Fund shares.
Should this occur, we will be unable to honor Owner requests to allocate Cash
Values or premium payments to the Divisions of the Separate Account investing
in such shares. In the event that a Fund is no longer available, we will take
reasonable steps to obtain alternative investment options.

                                       13
<PAGE>

                       PAYMENT AND ALLOCATION OF PREMIUMS

Issuance of a Policy

We will generally issue a Group Contract to employers whose employees and/or
their spouses may become Owners (and/or Insureds) under the Group Contract so
long as the employee is within the class of employees eligible to be included
in the Group Contract. The class(es) of employees covered by a particular Group
Contract are set forth in that Group Contract's specifications pages.

The Group Contract will be issued upon receipt of an application for a Group
Contract signed by an appropriate officer of the employer and acceptance by us
at our Home Office. (See "General Provisions of the Group Contract--Issuance.")
Individuals (i.e., eligible employees and/or their spouses) wishing to purchase
a Policy, whether under a Group Contract or an employer-sponsored insurance
program, must complete the appropriate application for Individual Insurance and
submit it to our authorized representative or us at our Home Office. We will
issue to each Contractholder either a Certificate or an Individual Policy to
give to each Owner.

Individual Policies, rather than Certificates, will be issued

  (1) to independent contractors of the employer;

  (2) to persons who wish to continue coverage after a Group Contract has
      terminated;

  (3) to persons who wish to continue coverage after they no longer are
      employed by the Group Contractholder;

  (4) if state law restrictions make issuance of a Group Contract
      impracticable; or

  (5) if the employer chooses to use an employer-sponsored insurance program
      that does not involve a Group Contract.

Corporate Programs. Corporate Programs will generally involve Individual
Policies. We will issue Policies on the lives of eligible Insureds, (generally
employees of a sponsoring employer), and the Owner will usually be the
sponsoring employer or its designee.

Issue Ages. A Policy generally will be issued only to Insureds of Issue Ages 17
through 70 who supply satisfactory evidence of insurability. We may issue
Policies to individuals falling outside the Issue Ages or decline to issue
Policies to individuals within the Issue Ages.

Employee Eligibility. In order for an employee to be eligible to purchase a
Policy, the employee must be actively at work at the time the application for
Individual Insurance is signed. In addition, the Contractholder may determine
specific classes to which the employee must belong to be eligible to purchase a
Policy. "Actively at work" means that the employee must work for the
Contractholder or sponsoring employer at the employee's usual place of work (or
such other places as required by the Contractholder or sponsoring employer) in
the course of such work for the full number of hours and the full rate of pay,
as set by the employment practices of the employer. Ordinarily the time worked
per week must not be less than 30 hours. However, we reserve the right to waive
or modify the "actively at work" requirement at our discretion.

In addition, the Contractholder may require that an employee must be employed
by the employer as of a certain date or for a certain period of time. We will
set forth this date or time period in the Group Contract specifications pages.
Employees of any Associated Companies of the Contractholder will be considered
employees of the Contractholder. We may also allow an individual who is an
independent contractor working primarily for the sponsoring employer to be
considered an eligible employee. An independent contractor may receive an
Individual Policy rather than a Certificate depending upon state law applicable
to the contracts. An employee may include a partner in a partnership if the
employer is a partnership.

                                       14
<PAGE>

Guaranteed Issue. Other than in Executive Programs or Corporate Programs, we
will issue the Policy and any children's insurance rider applied for by the
employee pursuant to our guaranteed issue procedure. We offer the guaranteed
issue procedure only when an employee is given the opportunity to purchase a
Policy for the first time. Under this procedure the employee is required to
answer qualifying questions in the application for Individual Insurance, but is
not required to submit to a medical or paramedical examination. The maximum
Face Amount that an employee can generally apply for under the guaranteed issue
procedure ("Guaranteed Issue Amount") is three times the employee's salary up
to a ceiling that is based on the number of eligible employees under a Group
Contract or other employer-sponsored insurance program. We may offer guaranteed
issue with Executive Programs or Corporate Programs depending upon the number
of eligible employees or if other existing insurance coverage is cancelled.

Simplified Underwriting. The employee must submit to a simplified underwriting
procedure requiring the employee to respond satisfactorily to certain health
questions in the application:

  . where the Face Amount exceeds the guaranteed issue limits;

  . where the Policy has been offered previously to the employee;

  . where the guaranteed issue requirements set forth in the application for
    Individual Insurance are not met; or

  . in connection with certain programs that may be offered without
    guaranteed issue

A blood test may be required. This requirement is generally applicable only to
Executive Programs or Corporate Programs.

Simplified underwriting must be followed in connection with the issuance of any
children's rider, if the employee is not eligible for guaranteed issue
underwriting, or, (even when the employee is eligible,) if the child does not
satisfy the guaranteed issue requirements set forth in the application for
Individual Insurance.

Acceptance of an application is always subject to our underwriting rules, and
we reserve the right to reject an application for any reason.

Employee's Spouse. If a Policy is to be issued to a spouse, the appropriate
application for Individual Insurance must be supplied. We will subject the
spouse to the simplified underwriting procedure described above. Guaranteed
issue is not available. We generally do not offer spouse coverage under
Executive Program Policies or Corporate Program Policies.

Issue Date. The Issue Date is the effective date for all coverage provided in
the original application for Individual Insurance. The Issue Date is used to
determine Policy Anniversaries, Policy Years, and Policy Months. A Policy will
not take effect until:

  . the appropriate application for Individual Insurance is signed;

  . the initial premium has been paid prior to the Insured's death;

  . the Insured is eligible for it; and

  . the information in the application is determined to be acceptable to the
    Company.

Interim Insurance. Interim Insurance in the amount of insurance applied for may
be available prior to the issuance of a Policy which is being underwritten on a
guaranteed issue basis up to the Guaranteed Issue Amount. If available, interim
insurance will start as of the date of the application. Interim insurance ends
on the earliest of the following dates:

  . the date insurance begins on the Policy applied for;

  . the date a Policy other than the Policy applied for is offered to the
    applicant;

                                       15
<PAGE>

  . the date the Company notifies the applicant that the application for any
    proposed Insured is declined;

  . 60 days from the date of application; or

  . termination of employment with the Contractholder or sponsoring employer.

Premiums

The initial premium is due on the Issue Date, and usually will be paid by the
Contractholder or employer on behalf of the Owner. The Company requires that
the initial premium for a Policy be at least equal to one-twelfth ( 1/12) of
the planned annual premium for the Policy set forth in the specifications
pages. The planned annual premium is an amount specified for each Policy based
on the requested initial Face Amount, the Issue Age of the Insured and the
charges under the Policy. (See "Charges and Deductions.") The Owner is not
required to pay premiums equal to the planned annual premium.

We will apply premiums paid by a Contractholder or sponsoring employer or
designated payor to a Policy as of the Valuation Date we receive the premiums.
Premiums will be "received" on a Valuation Date when we receive supporting
documentation necessary for us to determine the amount of premium per Policy
and the cash premium.

Planned Premium Payments. After the initial premium, and subject to the
limitations described below, premiums may be paid in any amount and at any
interval. Under Group Contracts and Individual Policies issued in connection
with other employer-sponsored insurance programs, the planned annual premium
usually will be paid by the Contractholder or sponsoring employer on behalf of
the Owner pursuant to a planned
premium payment schedule. A planned premium payment schedule provides for
premium payments in a level amount at fixed intervals (usually monthly) agreed
to by the Contractholder or employer and us.

The amount of the premiums paid by the sponsoring employer or Contractholder
will be equal to the amount authorized by the employee. The Owner may skip
planned premium payments. Failure to pay one or more planned premium payments
will not always cause the Policy to lapse. The Policy will lapse if the Cash
Surrender Value is insufficient to cover the next Monthly Deduction. (See
"Payment and Allocation of Premiums--Policy Lapse and Reinstatement.")

Unscheduled Premiums. In addition to any planned payments made, an Owner may
make unscheduled premium payments at any time and in any amount, subject to the
minimum and maximum premium limitations described below. The payment of an
unscheduled premium payment may have Federal income tax consequences. (See
"Federal Tax Matters.") As mentioned above, an Owner may also skip planned
premium payments. Therefore, unlike conventional insurance policies, a Policy
does not obligate the Owner to pay premiums in accordance with a rigid and
inflexible premium schedule.

Continuance of Insurance. Failure of the Contractholder to pay the planned
premium payments authorized by its employees may cause the Group Contract to
terminate. (See "General Provisions of the Group Contract--Termination.")
Provided that there is sufficient Cash Surrender Value to prevent the Policy
from lapsing, the Individual Insurance provided will automatically continue in
the event of Group Contract termination. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--
Eligibility Change Conversion.") Individual Insurance will also continue if the
employee's employment with the Contractholder or sponsoring employer
terminates. In either circumstance, an Owner of an Individual Policy (or a
Certificate converted by amendment to an Individual Policy) will establish a
new schedule of planned premiums. The new schedule will have the same planned
annual premium, and the payment intervals will be no more frequent than
quarterly. In Corporate Programs, there will generally be no change in planned
or scheduled premiums upon discontinuing the employment of an Insured.

Premium Limitations. Every premium payment paid must be at least $20. Total
premiums paid under a Policy may not exceed the current maximum premium
limitations established by federal tax laws in any Policy Year.

                                       16
<PAGE>

The maximum premium limitation for a Policy Year is the sum of the premiums
paid under the Policy that will not at any time exceed the guideline premium
limitations referred to in Section 7702(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of
1986. If at any time a premium is paid which would result in total premiums
exceeding the current maximum premium limitation, we will accept only that
portion of the premium which will make total premiums equal the maximum. Any
part of the premium in excess of the maximum premiums will be returned directly
to the Owner within 60 days of the end of the Policy Year in which payment is
received (unless we agree) and no further premiums will be accepted until
allowed by the current maximum premium limitations prescribed by Federal tax
law. See "Federal Tax Matters" for a further explanation of premium
limitations.

Section 7702A creates an additional premium limitation, which, if exceeded, can
change the tax status of a Policy to that of a "modified endowment contract." A
modified endowment contract is a life insurance contract, from which
withdrawals are treated (for tax purposes) (1)as a distribution of any taxable
income under the contract, and (2) as a distribution of nontaxable investment
in the contract. Also, such withdrawals may be subject to a 10% federal income
tax penalty. We have adopted administrative steps designed to notify an Owner
when we believe that a premium payment will cause a Policy to become a modified
endowment contract. Owner will be given a limited amount of time to request
that the premium be reversed in order to avoid the Policy's classification as a
modified endowment contract. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")

Allocation of Net Premiums and Cash Value

Net Premiums. The net premium equals:

  (1) the premium paid; less

  (2) the premium expense charge;

  (3) any charge to compensate us for anticipated higher corporate income
      taxes resulting from the sale of a Policy; and

  (4) the premium tax charge. (See "Charges and Deductions--Sales Charges.")

Allocation of Net Premiums. In the application for a Policy, the Owner
indicates how net premiums are to be allocated among the 14 Divisions of the
Separate Account. Beginning with the initial premium payment, all premiums will
be allocated in accordance with the Owner's instructions upon our receipt of
the premiums. However, the minimum percentage, of any allocation to a Division
is 10 percent of the net premium, and fractional percentages may not be used.

The allocation for future net premiums may be changed without charge at any
time by providing notice in writing directly to us. Any change in allocation
will take effect immediately upon our receipt of the written notification. No
charge is imposed for changing the allocations of future net premiums.

The Policy's Cash Value also may be transferred between the Divisions of the
Separate Account. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--Transfers.")

The value of amounts allocated to the Divisions will vary with the investment
performance of the Funds underlying the Divisions. The Owner bears the entire
investment risk. Investment performance will affect the Policy's Cash Value,
and may affect the death benefit as well. Owners should periodically review
their allocations of premiums and values in light of market conditions and
overall financial planning requirements.

Policy Lapse and Reinstatement

Lapse. Unlike conventional life insurance policies, the failure to make a
premium payment following the initial premium payment will not itself cause a
Policy to lapse. However, a Policy can lapse even if planned premiums have been
paid. Lapse will occur only when the Cash Surrender Value is insufficient to
cover the monthly deduction, and a grace period expires without a sufficient
payment being made. (See also "General

                                       17
<PAGE>

Provisions of the Group Contract--Grace Period--Termination.") Thus, the
payment of premiums in any amount does not guarantee that the Policy will
remain in force until the Maturity Date.

The grace period, which is 62 days, begins on the Monthly Anniversary on which
the Cash Surrender Value is not enough to cover the next monthly deduction,
premium expense charge, and premium tax charge. We will notify the Owner at the
beginning of the grace period by mail. The notice will specify the amount of
premium required to keep the Policy in force and the date the payment is due.
Subject to minimum premium requirements, the amount of the premium required to
keep the Policy in force will be the amount of the current monthly deduction.
(See "Charges and Deductions.") If the Company does not receive the required
amount within the grace period, the Policy will lapse and terminate without
Cash Value. If the Insured dies during the grace period, any overdue monthly
deductions will be deducted from the death benefit payable.

Reinstatement. The Owner may reinstate a lapsed Policy by written application
at any time within five years after the date of lapse and before the Maturity
Date. The right to reinstate a lapsed Policy will not be affected by the
termination of a Group Contract or the termination of an employee's employment
during the reinstatement period. Reinstatement is subject to the following
conditions:

  . Evidence of the insurability of the Insured satisfactory to us (including
    evidence of insurability of any person covered by a rider to reinstate
    the rider).

  . Payment of a premium that, after the deduction of any premium expense
    charge and any premium tax charge, is large enough to cover: (a) the
    monthly deductions due at the time of lapse, and (b) two times the
    monthly deduction due at the time of reinstatement.

  . Payment or reinstatement of any Indebtedness. Any Indebtedness reinstated
    will cause a Cash Value of an equal amount also to be reinstated.

Any loan paid at the time of reinstatement will cause an increase in Cash Value
equal to the amount of the repaid loan. The Policy cannot be reinstated if it
has been surrendered. The amount of Cash Value on the date of reinstatement
will be equal to the amount of any Indebtedness reinstated, increased by the
net premiums paid at reinstatement and any loans paid at the time of
reinstatement.

The effective date of reinstatement will be the date of our approval of the
application for reinstatement. There will be a full monthly deduction for the
Policy Month that includes that date.

                                       18
<PAGE>

                                POLICY BENEFITS

Death Benefit

As long as the Policy remains in force, we will, (upon proof of the Insured's
death), pay the death benefit proceeds of a Policy in accordance with the death
benefit option in effect at the time of the Insured's death. Payment of death
benefit proceeds will not be affected by termination of the Group Contract,
employer-sponsored insurance program or by termination of an employee's
employment.

If a rider permitting the accelerated payment of death benefit proceeds has
been added to the Policy, the death benefit may be paid in a single sum prior
to the death of the Insured and may be less than otherwise would be paid upon
the death of the Insured. (See "General Matters Relating to the Policy--
Additional Insurance Benefits.")

The amount of the death benefit proceeds payable will be determined at the end
of the Valuation Period during which the Insured's death occurred. The proceeds
may be paid in a single sum or under one or more of the settlement options set
forth in the Policy. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--Payment of Policy
Benefits.") Death benefit proceeds will be paid to the surviving Beneficiary or
Beneficiaries specified in the application or as subsequently changed.

The Policy provides two death benefit options: a "Level Type" death benefit
("Option A") and an "Increasing Type" death benefit ("Option B"). Option B
generally will be the only option presented. The death benefit under either
option will never be less than the current Face Amount of the Policy as long as
the Policy remains in force. (See "Payment and Allocation of Premiums--Policy
Lapse and Reinstatement.") The minimum Face Amount currently is $25,000. The
maximum Face Amount is generally $500,000. However, in connection with a
particular Group Contract or employer sponsored insurance program, we may
establish a substantially higher Face Amount for Policies issued under that
Contract or program.

Option A. Under Option A, the death benefit is:

  (1) the current Face Amount of the Policy or, if greater,

  (2) the applicable percentage of Cash Value on the date of death.

The applicable percentage is 250% for an Insured Attained Age 40 or below on
the Policy Anniversary prior to the date of death. For Insureds with an
Attained Age over 40 on that Policy Anniversary, the percentage is lower and
declines with age as shown in the Applicable Percentage Table below. Under
Option A the death benefit will remain level at the Face Amount unless the
applicable percentage of Cash Value exceeds the current Face Amount, in which
case the amount of the death benefit will vary as the Cash Value varies. Owners
who prefer to have favorable investment performance reflected in higher Cash
Value for the same Face Amount, rather than increased death benefit, generally
should select Option A.

                                       19
<PAGE>

                          APPLICABLE PERCENTAGE TABLE

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                         Applicable
Attained Age             Percentage
- ------------             ----------
<S>                      <C>
40......................    250%
41......................    243
42......................    236
43......................    229
44......................    222
45......................    215
46......................    209
47......................    203
48......................    197
49......................    191
50......................    185
51......................    178
52......................    171
53......................    164
54......................    157
55......................    150
56......................    146
57......................    142
58......................    138
59......................    134
60......................    130
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                         Applicable
Attained Age             Percentage
- ------------             ----------
<S>                      <C>
61......................    128%
62......................    126
63......................    124
64......................    122
65......................    120
66......................    119
67......................    118
68......................    117
69......................    116
70......................    115
71......................    113
72......................    111
73......................    109
74......................    107
75 to 90................    105
91......................    104
92......................    103
93......................    102
94......................    101
95 or older.............    100
</TABLE>

The applicable percentages in the foregoing table are based on federal tax law
requirements described in Section 7702(d) of the Code. The Company reserves the
right to alter the applicable percentage to the extent necessary to comply with
changes to Section 7702(d) or any successor provision thereto.

Option B. Under Option B, the death benefit is equal to:

  (1) the current Face Amount plus the Cash Value of the Policy or, if
      greater,

  (2) the applicable percentage of the Cash Value on the date of death. The
      applicable percentage is the same as under Option A.

Under Option B, the amount of the death benefit will always vary as the Cash
Value varies (but will never be less than the Face Amount).

Owners who prefer to have favorable investment performance reflected in higher
death benefits for the same Face Amount generally should select Option B. All
other factors equal, for the same premium dollar, Option B provides lower
initial Face Amount resulting in earlier cash accumulation.

Change in Death Benefit Option. After the first Policy Anniversary, the Owner
may change the death benefit option. We reserve the right to limit the number
of changes in death benefit options to one each Policy Year. A request for a
change must be made directly to us in writing. The effective date of such a
change will be the Monthly Anniversary on or following the date we receive the
change request.

If the death benefit option is changed from Option A to Option B, the Face
Amount after the change will equal the Face Amount before the change less the
Cash Value on the effective date of the change. Satisfactory evidence of
insurability must be submitted directly to us with a request for a change from
Option A to Option B. This change may not be made if it would result in a Face
Amount of less than $25,000.

If the death benefit option is changed from Option B to Option A, the Face
Amount after the change will equal the Face Amount before the change plus the
Cash Value on the effective date of change.

                                       20
<PAGE>

A change in death benefit option will not in itself result in an immediate
change in the amount of a Policy's death benefit or Cash Value. No charges will
be imposed upon a change from death benefit Option B to Option A. Changing from
Option A to Option B, however, will result in a decrease in the Face Amount. In
addition, if, prior to or accompanying a change in the death benefit option,
there has been an increase in the Face Amount, the cost of insurance charge may
be different for the increased amount. (See "Charges and Deductions--Monthly
Deduction--Cost of Insurance.")

No change in death benefit option will be permitted that results in the death
benefit under a Policy being included in gross income because the federal tax
law requirements are not satisfied. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")

Change in Face Amount. Subject to certain limitations set forth below, an Owner
may increase or decrease the Face Amount of a Policy (without changing the
death benefit option) after the first Policy Anniversary. A written request for
a change in the Face Amount must be sent directly to us. A change in Face
Amount may affect the cost of insurance rate and the net amount at risk, both
of which affect an Owner's cost of insurance charge. (See "Charges and
Deductions--Monthly Deduction--Cost of Insurance.") In addition, a change in
Face Amount may have federal income tax consequences. (See "Federal Tax
Matters.")

Face Amount Decreases. Any decrease in the Face Amount will become effective on
the Monthly Anniversary on or following our receipt of the written request. The
amount of the requested decrease must be at least $5,000 and the Face Amount
remaining in force after any requested decrease may not be less than the
minimum amount Face Amount, generally $25,000. If, following a decrease in Face
Amount, the Policy would not comply with the maximum premium limitations
required by federal tax law (see "Payment and Allocation of Premiums"), the
decrease may be limited or Cash Value may be returned to the Owner (at the
Owner's election), to the extent necessary to meet those requirements. A
decrease in the Face Amount will reduce the Face Amount in the following order:

  (1) The Face Amount provided by the most recent increase;

  (2) The next most recent increases successively; and

  (3) The initial Face Amount.

This order of reduction will be used to determine the amount of subsequent cost
of insurance charges (see "Charges and Deductions--Monthly Deduction--Cost of
Insurance").

Face Amount Increases. For an increase in the Face Amount, we require that
satisfactory evidence of insurability be submitted. If approved, the increase
will become effective on the Monthly Anniversary on or following receipt of the
satisfactory evidence of insurability. In addition, the Insured must have an
Attained Age of 80 or less on the effective date of the increase. The amount of
the increase may not be less than $5,000. The Face Amount may not be increased
more than the maximum Face Amount for that Policy, generally $500,000. However,
in connection with a particular Group Contract or employer-sponsored insurance
program, we may establish a substantially higher Face Amount for Policies
issued under that Contract or program. Although an increase need not
necessarily be accompanied by additional premium, the Cash Surrender Value in
effect immediately after the increase must be sufficient to cover the next
monthly deduction. (See "Charges and Deductions--Monthly Deduction.") An
increase in the Face Amount may result in certain additional charges. (See
"Charges and Deductions.")

Cancellation of an Increase. An increase in Face Amount may be cancelled within
the later of:

  . 20 days from the date the Owner received the new Policy specifications
    page for the increase;

  . within 10 days of mailing the right to cancellation notice to the Owner;
    or

  . within 45 days after the application for an increase was signed.

                                       21
<PAGE>

Upon cancellation, any additional charges, which would not have been assessed
without the increase, will be refunded to the Owner if requested. If a request
for a refund is not made, the charges will be restored to the Policy's Cash
Value and allocated to Divisions in the same manner as they were deducted.
Premiums paid following an increase in Face Amount and prior to the time the
right to cancel the increase expires will become part of the Policy's Cash
Value and will not be subject to refund. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--
Right to Examine Policy.")

Methods of Affecting Insurance Protection. An Owner may increase or decrease
the pure insurance protection provided by a Policy--the difference between the
death benefit and the Cash Value--in several ways as insurance needs change.
Examples include increasing or decreasing the Face Amount, changing the level
of premium payments, and, to a lesser extent, making partial withdrawals from
the Policy. Although the consequences of each of these methods will depend upon
the individual circumstances, they may be generally summarized as follows:

  (a) A decrease in the Face Amount will, subject to the applicable
      percentage limitations (see "Policy Benefits--Death Benefit"), decrease
      the pure insurance protection and the cost of insurance charges under
      the Policy without reducing the Cash Value.

  (b) An increase in the Face Amount may increase the amount of pure
      insurance protection, depending on the amount of Cash Value and the
      resultant applicable percentage limitation. If the insurance protection
      is increased, the Policy charges generally will increase as well.

  (c) An increased level of premium payments will reduce the pure insurance
      protection if Option A is in effect. However, when the applicable
      percentage of Cash Value exceeds either the Face Amount (if Option A is
      in effect) or the Cash Value plus the Face Amount (if Option B is in
      effect), increased premium payments will increase the pure insurance
      protection. Increased premiums should also increase the amount of funds
      available to keep the Policy in force.

  (d) A reduced level of premium payments generally will increase the amount
      of pure insurance protection, depending on the applicable percentage
      limitations. If the reduced level of premium payments is insufficient
      to cover monthly deductions or to offset negative investment
      performance, Cash Value may also decrease, which in turn will increase
      the possibility that the Policy will lapse. (See "Payment and
      Allocation of Premiums--Policy Lapse and Reinstatement.")

  (e) A partial withdrawal will reduce the death benefit. (See "Policy Rights
      and Privileges--Surrender and Partial Withdrawals.") However, it only
      affects the amount of pure insurance protection and cost of insurance
      charges if the death benefit before or after the withdrawal is based on
      the applicable percentage of Cash Value, because otherwise the decrease
      in the death benefit is offset by the amount of Cash Value withdrawn.
      The primary use of a partial withdrawal is to withdraw Cash Value.

Payment of Death Benefit Proceeds. Death benefit proceeds under the Policy
ordinarily will be paid within seven days after we receive all documentation
required. Payment may, however, be postponed in certain circumstances. (See
"General Matters Relating to the Policy--Postponement of Payments.") The Owner
may decide the form in which the proceeds will be paid. During the Insured's
lifetime, the Owner may arrange for the death benefit proceeds to be paid in a
single sum or under one or more of the optional methods of settlement described
below. The death benefit will be increased by the amount of the monthly cost of
insurance for the portion of the month from the date of death to the end of the
month, and reduced by any outstanding Indebtedness. (See "General Matters
Relating to the Policy--Additional Insurance Benefits," and "Charges and
Deductions.")

When no election for an optional method of settlement is in force when the
Insured dies, the Beneficiary may select one or more of the optional methods of
settlement at any time before death benefit proceeds are paid. (See "Policy
Rights and Privileges--Payment of Policy Benefits.")

An election or change of method of settlement must be in writing. A change in
Beneficiary revokes any previous settlement election. Once payments have begun,
the settlement option may not be changed.

                                       22
<PAGE>

Cash Value

The Cash Value of the Policy is equal to the total of the Policy's Cash Value
in the Separate Account and the Loan Account. The Policy's Cash Value in the
Separate Account will reflect:

  . the investment performance of the chosen Divisions;

  . the frequency and amount of net premiums paid;

  . transfers;

  . partial withdrawals;

  . Policy Loans;

  . Loan account interest rate credited; and

  . the charges assessed in connection with the Policy.

An Owner may at any time surrender the Policy and receive the Policy's Cash
Surrender Value. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--Surrender and Partial
Withdrawals.") There is no guaranteed minimum Cash Value.

Determination of Cash Value. Cash Value is determined on a daily basis. On the
Investment Start Date, the Cash Value in a Division will equal the portion of
any net premium allocated to the Division, reduced by the portion of the
monthly deductions due from the Issue Date through the Investment Start Date
allocated to that Division. Depending upon the length of time between the Issue
Date and the Investment Start Date, this amount may be more than the amount of
one monthly deduction. (See "Payment and Allocation of Premiums.") Thereafter,
on each Valuation Date, the Cash Value in a Division will equal:

  (1) The Cash Value in the Division on the preceding Valuation Date,
      multiplied by the Division's Net Investment Factor (defined below) for
      the current Valuation Period; plus

  (2) Any net premium payments received during the current Valuation Period
      which are allocated to the Division; plus

  (3) Any loan repayments allocated to the Division during the current
      Valuation Period; plus

  (4) Any amounts transferred to the Division from another Division during
      the current Valuation Period; plus

  (5) That portion of the interest credited on outstanding Policy Loans which
      is allocated to the Division during the current Valuation Period; minus

  (6) Any amounts transferred from the Division during the current Valuation
      Period (including amounts securing Policy Loans) plus transfer charges
      if any; minus

  (7) Any partial withdrawals plus any partial withdrawal transaction charge,
      from the Division during the current Valuation Period; minus

  (8) If a Monthly Anniversary occurs during the current Valuation Period,
      the portion of the monthly deduction allocated to the Division during
      the current Valuation Period to cover the Policy Month which starts
      during that Valuation Period. (See "Charges and Deductions.")

The Policy's Cash Value in the Separate Account equals the sum of the Policy's
Cash Values in each Division.

Net Investment Factor. The Net Investment Factor measures the investment
performance of a Division during a Valuation Period. The Net Investment Factor
for each Division for a Valuation Period is calculated as follows:

  (1) The value of the assets at the end of the preceding Valuation Period;
      plus

  (2) The investment income and capital gains--realized or unrealized--
      credited to the assets in the Valuation Period for which the Net
      Investment Factor is being determined; minus

  (3) The capital losses, realized or unrealized, charged against those
      assets during the Valuation Period; minus


                                       23
<PAGE>

  (4) Any amount charged against each Division for taxes or other economic
      burden resulting from the application of tax laws, determined by the
      Company to be properly attributable to the Divisions or the Policy, or
      any amount set aside during the Valuation Period as a reserve for taxes
      attributable to the operation or maintenance of each Division; minus

  (5) A charge not to exceed .0024547% of the net assets for each day in the
      Valuation Period. This corresponds to 0.90% per year for mortality and
      expense risks; divided by

  (6) The value of the assets at the end of the preceding Valuation Period.

The Company may use an equivalent method to determine Cash Value in each
Division on each Valuation Date in lieu of the Net Investment Factor method.
This method directly determines the units of Cash Value in each Division and
the corresponding unit value. Unit value is obtained as follows:

  (1) The value of assets in a Division are obtained by multiplying shares
      outstanding by the net asset value as of the Valuation Date; minus

  (2) A reduction based upon a charge not to exceed .0024547% of the net
      assets for each day in the Valuation Period is made (This corresponds
      to 0.90% per year for mortality and expense risk charge); divided by

  (3) Aggregate units outstanding in the Division at the end of the preceding
      Valuation Period.

                          POLICY RIGHTS AND PRIVILEGES

Exercising Rights and Privileges Under the Policies

Owners of Policies issued under a Group Contract or in connection with an
employer-sponsored insurance program may exercise their rights and privileges
under the Policies (i.e., make transfers, change premium allocations, borrow,
etc.) by directly notifying us in writing at our Home Office. We will send all
reports and other notices described herein or in the Policy directly to the
Owner.

Loans

Loan Privileges. After the first Policy Anniversary, the Owner may, by written
request directly to us, borrow an amount up to the Loan Value of the Policy,
with the Policy serving as sole security for such loan. The Loan Value is equal
to (a) minus (b), where

  .  (a) is 85% of the Cash Value of the Policy on the date the Policy Loan
    is requested; and

  .  (b) is the amount of any outstanding Indebtedness.

Loan interest is due and payable in arrears on each Policy Anniversary or on a
pro rata basis for such shorter period as the loan may exist. The minimum
amount that may be borrowed is $100. The loan may be completely or partially
repaid at any time while the Insured is living. Any amount due to an Owner
under a Policy Loan ordinarily will be paid within seven days after we receive
the loan request at our Home Office, although payments may be postponed under
certain circumstances. (See "General Matters Relating to the Policy--
Postponement of Payments.")

When a Policy Loan is made, Cash Value equal to the amount of the loan and loan
interest due will be transferred to the Loan Account as security for the loan.
Unless the Owner requests a different allocation, amounts will be transferred
from the Divisions of the Separate Account in the same proportion that the
Policy's Cash Value in each Division bears to the Policy's total Cash Value,
(not including the Cash Value in the Loan Account,) at the end of the Valuation
Period during which the request for a Policy Loan is received. This will reduce
the Policy's Cash Value in the Separate Account. These transactions will not be
considered transfers for purposes of the limitations on transfers between
Divisions.

                                       24
<PAGE>

Loan Account Interest Rate Credited. Cash Value transferred to the Loan Account
to secure a Policy Loan will accrue interest daily at an annual rate not less
than 5%. The rate is declared by action of our management as authorized by our
Board of Directors. The Loan Account interest credited will be transferred to
the Divisions: (1) each Policy Anniversary; (2) when a new loan is made; (3)
when a loan is partially or fully repaid; and (4) when an amount is needed to
meet a monthly deduction.

Interest Rate Charged for Policy Loans. The interest rate charged will be at an
annual rate of 8%. Interest charged will be due and payable annually in arrears
on each Policy Anniversary or for the duration of the Policy Loan, if shorter.
If the Owner does not pay the interest charged when it is due, an amount of
Cash Value equal to that which is due will be transferred to the Loan Account.
(See "Policy Rights and Privileges--Loans--Effect of Policy Loans.") The amount
transferred will be deducted from the Divisions in the same proportion that the
portion of the Cash Value in each Division bears to the total Cash Value of the
Policy (not including the Cash Value in the Loan Account.

Effect of Policy Loans. A loan taken from, or secured by, a Policy may have
federal income tax consequences. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")

Whether or not a Policy Loan is repaid, it will permanently affect the Cash
Value of a Policy, and may permanently affect the amount of the death benefit.
This is because the collateral for the Policy Loan (the
amount held in the Loan Account) does not participate in the performance of the
Separate Account while the loan is outstanding. If the Loan Account interest
credited is less than the investment performance of the selected Division, the
Policy values will be lower as a result of the loan. Conversely, if the Loan
Account interest credited is higher than the investment performance of the
Division, the Policy values may be higher.

In addition, if the Indebtedness exceeds the Cash Value on any Monthly
Anniversary, the Policy may lapse, subject to a grace period. (See "Charges and
Deductions.") A sufficient payment must be made within the later of:

  (1) the grace period of 62 days from the Monthly Anniversary immediately
      before the date Indebtedness exceeds the Cash Value; or

  (2) 31 days after notice that the Policy will terminate without a
      sufficient payment has been mailed.

If a sufficient payment is not received, the Policy will lapse and terminate
without value. A lapsed Policy may later be reinstated. (See "Payment and
Allocation of Premiums--Policy Lapse and Reinstatement.")

All outstanding Indebtedness will be deducted from the proceeds payable upon
the death of the Insured, surrender, or the maturity of the Policy.

Repayment of Indebtedness. A Policy Loan may be repaid in whole or in part at
any time prior to the death of the Insured and as long as a Policy is in
effect. All repayments should be made directly to us. Amounts paid while a
Policy Loan is outstanding will be treated as premiums unless the Owner
requests in writing that the payments be treated as repayment of Indebtedness.
When a loan repayment is made, an amount securing the Indebtedness in the Loan
Account equal to the loan repayment will be transferred to the Divisions in the
same proportion that Cash Value in the Loan Account bears to the Cash Value in
each Loan Subaccount. A Loan Subaccount exists for each Division. Amounts
transferred to the Loan Account to secure Indebtedness are allocated to the
appropriate Loan Subaccount to reflect their origin.

Surrender and Partial Withdrawals

During the lifetime of the Insured and while a Policy is in force, the Owner
may surrender, or make a partial withdrawal of the Policy by sending a written
request to us. Any restrictions are described below. The amount available upon
surrender is the Cash Surrender Value (described below) at the end of the
Valuation Period during which the surrender request is received by us. Amounts
payable upon surrender or a partial withdrawal

                                       25
<PAGE>

ordinarily will be paid within seven days of receipt of the written request.
(See "General Matters Relating to the Policy--Postponement of Payments.")
Surrenders and partial withdrawals may have federal income tax consequences.
(See "Federal Tax Matters.")

Surrender. To effect a surrender, the Policy must be returned to us along with
the request, or the request must be accompanied by a completed affidavit of
lost Policy. Upon request, we can provide a lost Policy Certificate. Upon
surrender, we will pay the Cash Surrender Value to the Owner. The Cash
Surrender Value equals the Cash Value on the date of surrender, less any
Indebtedness. Surrender proceeds will be paid in a single sum. If the request
is received on a Monthly Anniversary, the monthly deduction otherwise
deductible will be included in the amount paid. Coverage under a Policy will
terminate as of the date of surrender.

Partial Withdrawals. After the first Policy Year, an Owner may make up to one
partial withdrawal each Policy Month from the Separate Account. The minimum
amount of a partial withdrawal, net of any transaction charges, is $500. The
minimum amount that can be withdrawn from a Division is $50, or the Policy's
Cash Value in a Division, if smaller. The maximum amount that may be withdrawn,
including the partial withdrawal transaction charge, is the Loan Value. The
partial withdrawal transaction charge is equal to the lesser of $25 or 2% of
the amount withdrawn. The Owner may allocate the amount withdrawn, subject to
the above conditions, among the Divisions. If no allocation is specified, then
the partial withdrawal will be allocated among the Divisions in the same
proportion that the Policy's Cash Value in each Division bears to the total
Cash Value of

the Policy (not including the Cash Value in the Loan Account) on the date the
request for the partial withdrawal is received.

A partial withdrawal will decrease the Face Amount in two situations. First, if
death benefit Option A is in effect and the death benefit equals the Face
Amount then the partial withdrawal will decrease the Face Amount, and, thus,
the death benefit by an amount equal to the partial withdrawal plus the partial
withdrawal transaction charge. Second, if the death benefit equals a percentage
of Cash Value (whether Option A or Option B is in effect), then a partial
withdrawal will decrease the Face Amount by the amount that the partial
withdrawal plus the partial withdrawal transaction charge exceeds the
difference between the death benefit and the Face Amount. The death benefit
also will be reduced in this circumstance. If Option B is in effect and the
death benefit equals the Face Amount plus the Cash Value, the partial
withdrawal will not reduce the Face Amount, but it will reduce the Cash Value
and, thus, the death benefit by the amount of the partial withdrawal plus the
partial withdrawal transaction charge. The Face Amount will be decreased in the
following order: (1) the Face Amount at issue; and (2) any increases in the
same order in which they were issued.

Generally, the partial withdrawal transaction charge will be allocated among
the Divisions in the same proportion as the partial withdrawal is allocated.
If, following a partial withdrawal, insufficient funds remain in a Division to
pay the partial withdrawal transaction charge allocated to a Division, the
unpaid charges will be allocated equally among the remaining Divisions. In
addition, an Owner may request that the partial withdrawal transaction charge
be paid from the Owner's Cash Value in another Division.

The Face Amount remaining in force after a partial withdrawal may not be less
than $25,000. Any request for a partial withdrawal that would reduce the Face
Amount below this amount will not be approved.

Partial withdrawals may affect the way in which the cost of insurance charge is
calculated and the amount of pure insurance protection afforded under a Policy.
(See "Policy Benefits--Death Benefit--Methods of Affecting Insurance
Protection.")

Transfers

Under the Company's current rules, a Policy's Cash Value, (not including
amounts credited to the Loan Account,) may be transferred among the Divisions
available with the Policy. Requests for transfers from or among Divisions must
be made in writing directly to us and may be made once each Policy Month.
Transfers must be in amounts of at least $250 or, if smaller, the Policy's Cash
Value in a Division. We will make

                                       26
<PAGE>

transfers and determine all values in connection with transfers as of the end
of the Valuation Period during which the transfer request is received.

All requests received on the same Valuation Day will be considered a single
transfer request. Each transfer must meet the minimum requirement of $250 or
the entire Cash Value in a Division. Where a single transfer request calls for
more than one transfer, and not all of the transfers would meet the minimum
requirements, we will make those transfers that do meet the requirements.
Transfers resulting from Policy Loans will not be counted for purposes of the
limitations on the amount or frequency of transfers allowed in each month or
year.

Although we currently intend to continue to permit transfers for the
foreseeable future, the Policy provides that we may modify the transfer
privilege, by changing the minimum amount transferable, by altering the
frequency of transfers, by imposing a transfer charge, by prohibiting
transfers, or in such other manner as we may determine.

Right to Examine Policy

The Owner may cancel a Policy within 10 days of after receiving it or such
longer period if required by state law. If a Policy is cancelled within this
time period, a refund will be paid. The refund will equal all premiums paid
under the Policy.

To cancel the Policy, the Owner should mail or deliver the Policy directly to
us. A refund of premiums paid by check may be delayed until the check has
cleared the Owner's bank. (See "General Matters Relating to the Policy--
Postponement of Payments.")

As noted above, a request for an increase in Face Amount (see "Policy
Benefits--Death Benefit") also may be cancelled. The request for cancellation
must be made within the latest of:

  . 20 days from the date the Owner received the new Policy specifications
    pages for the increase;

  . 10 days of mailing the right to cancellation notice to the Owner; or

  . 45 days after the Owner signed the application for the increase.

Upon cancellation of an increase, the Owner may request that we refund the
amount of the additional charges deducted in connection with the increase. This
amount will equal the amount by which the monthly deductions since the increase
went into effect exceeded the monthly deductions which would have been made
absent the increase. (See "Charges and Deductions--Monthly Deduction.") If no
request is made, we will increase the Policy's Cash Value by the amount of
these additional charges. This amount will be allocated among the Divisions in
the same manner as it was deducted.

Conversion Right to a Fixed Benefit Policy

Once during the first 24 Policy Months following the Issue Date of the Policy,
the Owner may, upon written request, convert a Policy still in force to a life
insurance policy that provides for benefits that do not vary with the
investment return of the Divisions. In the event a Certificate has been amended
to operate as an Individual Policy following an Insured's change in eligibility
under a Group Contract, the conversion right will be measured from the Issue
Date of the original Certificate. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--
Eligibility Change Conversion.") No evidence of insurability will be required
when this right is exercised. However, we will require that the Policy be in
force and that the Owner repay any existing Indebtedness. At the time of the
conversion, the new Policy will have, at the Owner's option, either the same
death benefit or the same net amount at risk as the original Policy. The new
Policy will also have the same Issue Date and Issue Age as the original Policy.
The premiums for the new Policy will be based on our rates in effect for the
same Issue Age and rate class as the original Policy.

                                       27
<PAGE>

Eligibility Change Conversion

If an Insured's eligibility under a Group Contract or employer-sponsored
insurance program ends due to its termination or due to the termination of the
employee's employment, the Insured's coverage will continue unless the Policy
is no longer in force. Even if the Policy is not in force due to lapse, the
right to reinstate and thus to convert a lapsed Policy will not be affected by
the change in the employee's eligibility during the reinstatement period.

If a Certificate was issued under the Group Contract, the Certificate will be
amended automatically so that it will continue in force as an Individual
Policy. The rights, benefits, and guaranteed charges will not be altered by
this amendment. The amendment will be mailed to the Owner within 31 days (a)
after we receive written notice that the employee's employment ended or (b)
after the termination of the Group Contract. If, at the time the conversion
occurs, the Policy is in a grace period (see "Payment and Allocation of
Premiums--Policy Lapse and Reinstatement"), any premium necessary to prevent
the Policy from lapsing must be paid us before the new Individual Policy will
be mailed. A new planned premium schedule will be established which will have
the same planned annual premium utilized under the Group Contract. The new
planned payment intervals will be no more frequent than quarterly. The Company
may allow payment of planned premium through periodic (usually monthly)
authorized electronic funds transfer. Of course, unscheduled premium payments
can be made at any time. (See "Payment and Allocation of Premiums--Premiums.")

If an Individual Policy was issued under the Group Contract or other employer-
sponsored insurance program including a Corporate Program or Executive Program,
the Policy will continue in force following the change in eligibility. The
rights, benefits, and guaranteed charges under the Policy will remain the same
following this change in eligibility.

When an employee's spouse is the Insured under a Policy, the spouse's insurance
coverage also will continue in the event the employee is no longer eligible. If
a Certificate was originally issued to the employee's spouse, the Certificate
will be amended automatically as described above. If an Individual Policy was
originally issued, the Individual Policy will continue as described above. In
addition, if an Associated Company ceases be to under common control with the
Contractholder, the Insureds of the Associated Company (i.e., employees of the
Associated Company and their spouses) may continue their insurance in the
manner described above.

Payment of Benefits at Maturity

If the Insured is living and the Policy is in force, the Company will pay the
Cash Surrender Value of the Policy to the Owner on the Maturity Date. An Owner
may elect to have amounts payable on the Maturity Date paid in a single sum or
under a settlement option. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--Payment of
Policy Benefits.") Amounts payable on the Maturity Date ordinarily will be paid
within seven days of that date, although payment may be postponed under certain
circumstances. (See "General Matters Relating to the Policy--Postponement of
Payments.") A Policy will mature if and when the Insured reaches Attained Age
95.

Payment of Policy Benefits

A lump sum payment will be made. Provisions for settlement of proceeds
different from a lump sum payment may only be made upon written our agreement.

Settlement Options. We may offer settlement options that apply to the payment
of death benefit proceeds, as well as to benefits payable at maturity. Once a
settlement option is in effect, there will no longer be value in the Separate
Account.

Accelerated Death Benefits. We offer certain riders which permit the Owner to
elect to receive an accelerated payment of the Policy's death benefit in a
reduced amount under certain circumstances. (See "General Matters Relating to
the Policy--Additional Insurance Benefits.")


                                       28
<PAGE>

                             CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS

We will deduct charges in connection with the Policies to compensate us for
providing the insurance benefits set forth in the Policies and any additional
benefits added by rider, administering the Policies, incurring expenses in
distributing the Policies, and assuming certain risks in connection with the
Policies. We may realize a profit on one or more of these charges. We may use
any such profit for any corporate purpose, including, among other things,
payments of sales and distribution expenses.

Sales Charges

Prior to allocation of net premiums among the Divisions, premium payments will
be reduced by a front-end sales charge ("premium expense charge") equal to 1%
of the premium.

In addition, as a result of OBRA, insurance companies are generally required to
capitalize and amortize certain policy acquisition expenses over a ten year
period rather than currently deducting such expenses. A higher capitalization
expense applies to the deferred acquisition expenses of Policies that are
deemed to be individual contracts under OBRA and will result in a significantly
higher corporate income tax liability for the Company in early Policy Years.
Thus, under Policies that are deemed to be individual contracts under OBRA, we
make
an additional charge of 1% of each premium payment to compensate us for the
anticipated higher corporate income taxes that result from the sale of such a
Policy. Among other possible employer-sponsored programs, Corporate Program
Policies are deemed to be individual contracts.

The net premium payment is calculated as the premium payment less:

  . the premium expense charge less;

  . any charge to compensate the Company for anticipated higher corporate
    income taxes resulting from the sale of a Policy; and

  . the premium tax charge (described below).

The sales charges will not change if an Insured is no longer eligible under a
Group Contract or employer-sponsored insurance program, but continues coverage
on an individual basis.

Premium Tax Charge

Various states and subdivisions impose a tax on premiums received by insurance
companies. Premium taxes vary from jurisdiction to jurisdiction. To cover these
premium taxes, premium payments will be reduced by a premium tax charge of 2%
from all Policies.

Monthly Deduction

Charges will be deducted monthly from the Cash Value of each Policy ("monthly
deduction") to compensate us for (a) certain administrative costs; (b)
insurance underwriting and acquisition expenses in connection with issuing a
Policy; (c) the cost of insurance; and (d) the cost of optional benefits added
by rider. The monthly deduction will be deducted on the Investment Start Date
and on each succeeding Monthly Anniversary. It will be allocated among each
Division in the same proportion that a Policy's Cash Value in each Division
bears to the total Cash Value of the Policy (not including the Cash Value in
the Loan Account,) on the date the deduction is made. Because portions of the
monthly deduction, such as the cost of insurance, can vary from month to month,
the monthly deduction itself will vary in amount from month to month.

Monthly Administrative Charge. We are responsible for the administration of the
Policies and the Separate Account. Administrative expenses include premium
billing and collection, recordkeeping, processing death benefit claims, cash
surrenders, partial withdrawals, Policy changes, reporting and overhead costs,
processing applications, and establishing Policy records. We assess a monthly
administration charge from each Policy. The

                                       29
<PAGE>

amount of this charge is set forth in the specifications pages of the Policy
and depends on the number of employees eligible to be covered at issue of a
Group Contract or an employer-sponsored insurance program. The following table
sets forth the range of monthly administrative charges under the Policy:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
      Eligible                                                  First Subsequent
      Employees                                                 Year    Years
      ---------                                                 ----- ----------
      <S>                                                       <C>   <C>
      250-499.................................................. $5.00   $2.50
      500-999.................................................. $4.75   $2.25
      1000+.................................................... $4.50   $2.00
</TABLE>

For Group Contracts or other employer-sponsored insurance programs (1)with
fewer than 250 eligible employees, (2) with additional administrative costs, or
(3) that are offered as Executive Programs or Corporate Programs, the monthly
administrative charge may be higher, but will not exceed $6.00 per month during
the first Policy Year and $3.50 per month in renewal years.

These charges are guaranteed not to increase over the life of the Policy. The
administrative charge will not change in the event that the Insured is no
longer eligible for group coverage, but continues coverage on an individual
basis. In addition, when we believe that lower administrative costs will be
incurred in connection with a particular Group Contract or employer-sponsored
insurance program we may modify the above schedule for that Group Contract or
other employer-sponsored insurance program. The amount of the administrative
charge applicable to a particular Policy will be set forth in specifications
pages for that Policy.

Cost of Insurance. The cost of insurance is deducted on each Monthly
Anniversary for the next Policy Month. Because the cost of insurance depends
upon a number of variables, the cost will vary for each Policy Month. The cost
of insurance is determined separately for the initial Face Amount and for any
increases in Face Amount. We will determine the monthly cost of insurance
charge by multiplying the applicable cost of insurance rate or rates by the net
amount at risk for each Policy Month.

Cost of Insurance Rates. The cost of insurance rates are determined at the
beginning of each Policy Year for the initial Face Amount and each increase in
Face Amount. We will determine the current cost of insurance rates based on our
expectations as to future mortality experience. We currently issue the Policies
on a guaranteed issue or simplified underwriting basis without regard to the
sex of the Insured. Whether a Policy is issued on a guaranteed issue or
simplified underwriting basis does not affect the cost of insurance charge
determined for that Policy.

The current cost of insurance rates will be based on the Attained Age of the
Insured, the rate class of the Insured, and possibly the gender mix (i.e., the
proportion of men and women covered under a particular Group Contract or
employer-sponsored program). The cost of insurance rates generally increase as
the Insured's Attained Age increases. An Insured's rate class is generally
based on the number of eligible employees as well as other factors that may
affect the mortality risk we assume in connection with a particular Group
Contract or employer-sponsored insurance program. All other factors being
equal, the cost of insurance rates generally decrease by rate class as the
number of eligible employees in the rate class increase. We reserve the right
to change criteria on which a rate class will be based in the future.

If gender mix is a factor, we will estimate the gender mix of the pool of
Insureds under a Group Contract or employer-sponsored insurance program upon
issuance of the Contract. Each year on the Group Contract or employer-sponsored
insurance program's anniversary, we may adjust the rate to reflect the actual
gender mix for the particular group. In the event that the Insured's
eligibility under a Group Contract (or other employer-sponsored insurance
program) ceases, the cost of insurance rate will continue to reflect the gender
mix of the pool of Insureds at the time the Insured's eligibility ceased.
However, at some time in the future, we reserve the right to base the gender
mix and rate class on the group consisting of those Insureds who are no longer
under a Group Contract or employer-sponsored program.

                                       30
<PAGE>

The current cost of insurance rates will not be greater than the guaranteed
cost of insurance rates set forth in the Policy. These guaranteed rates are
125% of the maximum rates that could be charged based on the 1980 Commissioners
Standard Ordinary Mortality Table C ("1980 CSO Table"). The guaranteed rates
are higher than 100% of the maximum rates in the 1980 CSO Table because we use
guaranteed or simplified underwriting procedures whereby the insured is not
required to submit to a medical or paramedical examination. The current cost of
insurance rates are generally lower than 100% of the 1980 CSO Table. Any change
in the actual cost of insurance rates, will apply to all persons of the same
Attained Age and rate class whose Face Amounts have been in force for the same
length of time. Any change in the actual cost of insurance rates will not
include changes made to adjust for changes in the gener mix of the pool of
Insureds under a particular Group Contract or employer-sponsored insurance
program. (For purposes of computing guideline premiums under Section 7702 of
the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, the Company will use 100% of the
1980 CSO Table.)

Net Amount at Risk. The net amount at risk for a Policy Month is (a) the death
benefit at the beginning of the Policy Month divided by 1.0040741), less (b)
the Cash Value at the beginning of the Policy Month. Dividing
the death benefit by 1.0040741 reduces the net amount at risk, solely for
purposes of computing the cost of insurance, by taking into account assumed
monthly earnings at an annual rate of 5%.

The net amount at risk may be affected by changes in the Cash Value or changes
in the Face Amount of the Policy. If there is an increase in the Face Amount
and the rate class applicable to the increase is different from that for the
initial Face Amount, we will calculate the net amount at risk separately for
each rate class. When we determine the net amounts at risk for each rate class,
when Option A is in effect, we will consider the Cash Value first to be a part
of the initial Face Amount. If the Cash Value is greater than the initial Face
Amount, we will consider the excess Cash Value a part of each increase in
order, starting with the first increase. If Option B is in effect, we will
determine the net amount at risk for each rate class by the Face Amount
associated with that rate class. In calculating the cost of insurance charge,
the cost of insurance rate for a Face Amount is applied to the net amount at
risk for the corresponding rate class.

Because the calculation of the net amount at risk is different under Option A
and Option B when more than one rate class is in effect, a change in the death
benefit option may result in a different net amount at risk for each rate
class. Since the cost of insurance is calculated separately for each rate
class, any change in the net amount at risk resulting from a change in the
death benefit option may affect the total cost of insurance paid by the Owner.

Partial withdrawals and decreases in Face Amount will affect the manner in
which the net amount at risk for each rate class is calculated. (See "Policy
Benefits--Death Benefit," and "Policy Rights and Privileges--Surrender and
Partial Withdrawals.")

Additional Insurance Benefits. The monthly deduction will include charges for
any additional benefits provided by rider. (See "General Matters Relating to
the Policy--Additional Insurance Benefits.")

Partial Withdrawal Transaction Charge

A transaction charge which is the lesser of $25 or 2% of the amount withdrawn
will be assessed on each partial withdrawal, to cover administrative costs
incurred in processing the partial withdrawal.

Separate Account Charges

Mortality and Expense Risk Charge. The Company will deduct a daily charge from
the Separate Account at the rate not to exceed .0024547% of the net assets of
each Division of the Separate Account. This equals an annual rate of .90% of
those net assets. This deduction is guaranteed not to increase for the duration
of the Policy. We may realize a profit from this charge and may use this profit
to finance distribution expenses.

                                       31
<PAGE>

The mortality risk we assume is that an Insured may die sooner than anticipated
and that we will pay an aggregate amount of death benefits greater than
anticipated. The expense risk assumed is that expenses incurred in issuing and
administering the Policy will exceed the amounts realized from the
administrative charges assessed against the Policy.

Federal Taxes. Currently no charge is made to the Separate Account for federal
income taxes that may be incurred by the Separate Account. We may make such a
charge in the future. Charges for other taxes incurred by the Account may also
be made. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")

Expenses of the Funds. The value of the net assets of the Separate Account will
reflect the investment advisory fee and other expenses incurred by the Funds.
(See "Summary of the Policy--Separate Account Charges--Annual Expenses of the
Funds" and "The Company, the Separate Accounts and The Funds--The Funds.")

                     GENERAL MATTERS RELATING TO THE POLICY

Postponement of Payments

Payment of any amount due from the Separate Account because of surrender,
partial withdrawals, election of an accelerated death benefit under a rider,
death of the Insured, or the Maturity Date, as well as payments of a Policy
loan and transfers, may be postponed whenever:

  (1) the New York Stock Exchange is closed other than customary weekend and
      holiday closings, or trading on the New York Stock Exchange is
      restricted as determined by the SEC;

  (2) the SEC by order permits postponement for the protection of Owners; or

  (3) an emergency exists, as determined by the SEC, as a result of which
      disposal of securities is not reasonably practicable or it is not
      reasonably practicable to determine the value of the Separate Account's
      net assets.

Payments under the Policy of any amounts derived from premiums paid by check
may be delayed until such time as the check has cleared the Owner's bank.

The Contract

The Policy, the attached application, any riders, endorsements, any application
for an increase in Face Amount, and any application for reinstatement together
make the entire contract between the Owner and us. Apart from the rights and
benefits described in the Certificate or Individual Policy and incorporated by
reference into the Group Contract, the Owner has no rights under the Group
Contract. All statements made by the Insured in the application are considered
representations and not warranties, except in the case of fraud. Only
statements in the application and any supplemental applications can be used to
contest a claim or the validity of the Policy. Any change to the Policy must be
approved in writing by the President, a Vice President, or the Secretary of the
Company. No agent has the authority to alter or modify any of the terms,
conditions, or agreements of the Policy or to waive any of its provisions.

Control of Policy

The Insured will be the Owner of the Policy unless another person is shown as
the Owner in the application. Ownership may be changed as described below. The
Owner is entitled to all rights provided by the Policy, prior to its Maturity
Date. After the Maturity Date, the Owner cannot change the payee nor the mode
of payment, unless otherwise provided in the Policy. Any person whose rights of
ownership depend upon some future event will not possess any present rights of
ownership. If there is more than one Owner at a given time, all must exercise
the rights of ownership. If the Owner should die, and the Owner is not the
Insured, the Owner's interest will go to his or her estate unless otherwise
provided.


                                       32
<PAGE>

Beneficiary

The Beneficiary(ies) is (are) the person(s) specified in the application or by
later designation. Unless otherwise stated in the Policy, the Beneficiary has
no rights in a Policy before the death of the Insured. If there is more than
one Beneficiary at the death of the Insured, each will receive equal payments
unless otherwise provided by the Owner. If no Beneficiary is living at the
death of the Insured, the proceeds will be payable to the Owner or, if the
Owner is not living, to the Owner's estate.

Change of Owner or Beneficiary

The Owner may change the ownership and/or Beneficiary designation by written
request in a form acceptable to us at any time during the Insured's lifetime.
The Company may require that the Policy be returned for endorsement of any
change. The change will take effect as of the date the request is signed,
whether or not the

Insured is living when the request is received by us. We will not be liable for
any payment made or action taken before we receive the written request for
change. If the Owner is also a Beneficiary of the Policy at the time of the
Insured's death, the Owner may, within 60 days of the Insured's death,
designate another person to receive the Policy proceeds. Changing the Owner may
have adverse tax consequences.

Policy Changes

We reserve the right to limit the number of Policy changes to one per Policy
Year and to restrict such changes in the first Policy Year. Currently, no
change may be made during the first Policy Year. For this purpose, changes
include increases or decreases in Face Amount and changes in the death benefit
option. No change will be permitted that would result in the death benefit
under a Policy being included in gross income due to not satisfying the
requirements of Section 7702 of the Internal Revenue Code or any applicable
successor provision.

Conformity with Statutes

If any provision in a Policy is in conflict with the laws of the state
governing the Policy, the provision will be deemed to be amended to conform to
such laws.

Claims of Creditors

To the extent permitted by law, neither the Policy nor any payment thereunder
will be subject to the claims of creditors or to any legal process.

Incontestability

The Policy is incontestable after it has been in force for two years from the
Issue Date during the lifetime of the Insured. An increase in Face Amount or
addition of a rider after the Issue Date is incontestable after such increase
or addition has been in force for two years from its effective date during the
lifetime of the Insured. Any reinstatement of a Policy is incontestable, except
for nonpayment of premiums, only after it has been in force during the lifetime
of the Insured for two years after the effective date of the reinstatement.

Assignment

We will be bound by an assignment of a Policy only if: (a) it is in writing;
(b) the original instrument or a certified copy is filed with us at our Home
Office; and (c) we send an acknowledged copy to the Owner. We are not
responsible for determining the validity of any assignment. Payment of Policy
proceeds is subject to the rights of any assignee of record. If a claim is
based on an assignment, we may require proof of the interest of the claimant. A
valid assignment will take precedence over any claim of a Beneficiary.

                                       33
<PAGE>

Suicide

Suicide within two years of the Issue Date is not covered by the Policy. If the
Insured dies by suicide, while sane or insane, within two years from the Issue
Date (or within the maximum period permitted by the laws of the state in which
the Policy was delivered, if less than two years), the amount payable will be
limited to premiums paid, less any partial withdrawals and outstanding
Indebtedness. If the Insured, while sane or insane, dies by suicide within two
years after the effective date of any increase in Face Amount, the death
benefit for that increase will be limited to the amount of the monthly
deductions for the increase.

If the Insured is a Missouri citizen when the Policy is issued, this provision
does not apply on the Issue Date of the Policy, or on the effective date of any
increase in Face Amount, unless the Insured intended suicide at the time of
application for the Policy or any increase in Face Amount.

Misstatement of Age and Corrections

If the age of the Insured has been misstated in the application, the amount of
the death benefit will be that which the most recent cost of insurance charge
would have purchased for the correct age.

Any payment or Policy changes we make in good faith, relying on our records or
evidence supplied with respect to such payment, will fully discharge our duty.
We reserve the right to correct any errors in the Policy.

Additional Insurance Benefits

Subject to certain requirements, one or more of the following additional
insurance benefits may be added to a Policy by rider. However, some Group
Contracts or employer-sponsored insurance programs may not offer each of the
additional benefits described below. Certain riders may not be available in all
states. In addition, should it be determined that the tax status of a Policy as
life insurance is adversely affected by the addition of any of these riders, we
will cease offering such riders. The descriptions below are intended to be
general; the terms of the Policy riders providing the additional benefits may
vary from state to state, and the Policy should be consulted. The cost of any
additional insurance benefits will be deducted as part of the monthly
deduction. (See "Charges and Deductions--Monthly Deduction.")

Waiver of Monthly Deductions Rider. Provides for the waiver of the monthly
deductions while the Insured is totally disabled, subject to certain
limitations described in the rider. The Insured must have become disabled
before age 65.

Accidental Death Benefit Rider. Provides additional insurance if the Insured's
death results from accidental bodily injury, as defined in the rider. Under the
terms of the rider, the additional benefits provided in the Policy will be paid
upon receipt of proof by us that death resulted directly from accidental injury
and independently of all other causes; occurred within 120 days from the date
of injury; and occurred before the Policy Anniversary nearest age 70 of the
Insured.

Children's Life Insurance Rider. Provides for term insurance on the Insured's
children, as defined in the rider. To be eligible for insurance under the
rider, the child to be insured must not be confined in a hospital at the time
the application is signed. Under the terms of the rider, the death benefit will
be payable to the named Beneficiary upon the death of any insured child. Upon
receipt of proof of the Insured's death before the rider terminates, the rider
will be continued on a fully paid-up term insurance basis.

HIV Acceleration of Death Benefits Rider. Provides for the Owner's election an
accelerated payment, prior to the death of the Insured upon receipt of
satisfactory evidence that the Insured has tested seropositive for the human
immunodeficiency virus ("HIV") after both the Policy and rider are issued. We
will pay the Policy's death benefit (less any Indebtedness and any term
insurance added by riders), calculated on the date that we receive satisfactory
evidence that the Insured has tested seropositive for HIV, reduced by a $100
administrative

                                       34
<PAGE>

processing fee. We will pay the accelerated benefit to the Owner in a single
payment in full settlement of the obligations under the Policy. The rider may
be added to the Policy only after the Insured satisfactorily meets certain
underwriting requirements which will generally include a negative HIV test
result to a blood or other screening test acceptable to us.

The federal income tax consequences associated with (i) adding the HIV
Acceleration of Death Benefit Rider or (ii) receiving the benefit provided
under the rider are uncertain. Accordingly, we urge you to consult a tax
advisor about such consequences before adding the HIV Acceleration of Death
Benefit Rider to your Policy or requesting a benefit under the rider.

Accelerated Death Benefit Settlement Option Rider. Provides for the accelerated
payment of a portion of death benefit proceeds in a single sum to the Owner if
the Insured is terminally ill or permanently confined to a nursing home. Under
the rider, which is available at no additional cost, the Owner may make a
voluntary election to completely settle the Policy in return for accelerated
payment of a reduced death benefit. The Owner
may make such an election under the rider if evidence, including a
certification from a licensed physician, is provided to us that the Insured (1)
has a life expectancy of 12 months or less or (2) is permanently confined to a
qualified nursing home and is expected to remain there until death. Any
irrevocable Beneficiary and assignees of record must provide written
authorization in order for the Owner to receive the accelerated benefit. The
Accelerated Death Benefit Settlement Option Rider is not available with
Corporate Programs.

The amount of the death benefit payable under the rider will equal the Cash
Surrender Value under the Policy on the date we receive satisfactory evidence
of either (1) or (2), above, (less any Indebtedness and any term insurance
added by other riders) plus the product of the applicable "benefit factor"
multiplied by the difference of (a) minus (b), where (a) equals the Policy's
death benefit proceeds, and (b) equals the Policy's Cash Surrender Value. The
"benefit factor", in the case of terminal illness, is 0.85 and, in the case of
permanent nursing home confinement, is 0.70.

Pursuant to the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, we
believe that for federal income tax purposes an accelerated death benefit
payment made under the Accelerated Death Benefit Settlement Option Rider should
be fully excludable from the gross income of the Beneficiary, as long as the
Beneficiary is the Insured under the Policy. However, you should consult a
qualified tax advisor about the consequences of adding this Rider to a Policy
or requesting an accelerated death benefit payment under this Rider.

Records and Reports

We will maintain all records relating to the Separate Account and will mail to
the Owner once each Policy Year, at the last known address of record, a report
which shows the current Policy values, premiums paid, deductions made since the
last report, and any outstanding Policy Loans. The Owner will also be sent
without comment periodic reports for the Funds and a list of the portfolio
securities held in each Fund. Receipt of premium payments directly from the
Owner, transfers, partial withdrawals, Policy Loans, loan repayments, changes
in death benefit options, increases or decreases in Face Amount, surrenders and
reinstatements will be confirmed promptly following each transaction.

An Owner may request in writing a projection of illustrated future Cash
Surrender Values and death benefits. This projection will be furnished by us
for a nominal fee.

                          DISTRIBUTION OF THE POLICIES

Walnut Street Securities, Inc. ("Walnut Street") acts as principal underwriter
of the Policies pursuant to an Underwriting Agreement with us. Walnut Street is
a wholly-owned subsidiary of GenAmerica Corporation, a Missouri general
business corporation, which is also a parent company of the company. GenAmerica
Corporation is wholly owned by Metropolitan Life Insurance Company, a New York
Insurance Company.

                                       35
<PAGE>

Walnut Street is registered with the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 as a broker-dealer and is a member of the National Association of
Securities Dealers.

Walnut Street's Internal Revenue Service employer identification No. is 43-
1333368. It is a Missouri corporation formed May 4, 1984. Walnut Street's
address is 400 South 4th Street, Suite 1000, St. Louis, MO. 63102. The Policies
will be sold by broker-dealers who have entered into written sales agreements
with Walnut Street. Sales of the Policies may take place in all states (except
New York) and the District of Columbia.

Broker-dealers will receive commissions based upon a commission schedule in the
sales agreement with us and Walnut Street. Broker-dealers compensate their
registered representative agents. Commissions are payable on net collected
premiums received by the Company. Maximum commissions payable to a broker-
dealer during the first year of a Group Contract or other employer-sponsored
insurance program are (a) 18% of premiums that do not exceed the cost of
insurance assessed during the first Policy Year plus (b) 1% of premiums in
excess of the cost of insurance assessed during that Policy Year. In all
renewal years of a Group Contract or other employer-sponsored insurance program
maximum commissions are (a) 3% of premiums that do not exceed the cost of
insurance assessed during the respective Policy Year plus (b) 1% of premiums in
excess of the cost of insurance assessed during that Policy Year. In lieu of the
part (b) of renewal commissions described above payable on premiums received in
excess of the cost of insurance assessed, renewal commissions may be up to 0.25%
per year of the average Cash Value of a Policy during a Policy Year or calendar
year. In no event will commissions be payable for more than 20 years.

                    GENERAL PROVISIONS OF THE GROUP CONTRACT

Issuance

The Group Contract will be issued upon receipt of a signed application for
Group Insurance signed by a duly authorized officer of the employer and
acceptance by a duly authorized officer of the Company at its Home Office.

Premium Payments

The Contractholder will give planned premium payments for Insureds of the
Contractholder or an Associated Company in an amount authorized by the employee
to be deducted from his wages. All planned premiums under a Group Contract must
be given in advance. The planned premium payment interval is agreed to by the
Contractholder and us. Prior to each planned payment interval, we will furnish
the Contractholder with a statement of the planned premium payments to be made
under the Group Contract or such other notification as has been agreed to by
the Contractholder and us.

Grace Period

If the Contractholder does not give planned premium payments in a timely
fashion, the Group Contract will be in default. A grace period of 31 days
begins on the date that the planned premiums were scheduled to be given. If the
Contractholder does not give premiums prior to the end of the grace period, the
Group Contract will terminate. However, the Individual Insurance will continue
following the Group Contract's termination, provided such insurance is not
surrendered or cancelled by the Owner. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--
Eligibility Change Conversion.")

Termination

Except as described in "Grace Period" above, the Group Contract will be
terminated immediately upon default. In addition, we may end a Group Contract
or any of its provisions on 31 days' notice. If the Group Contract terminates,
any Policies in effect will remain in force on an individual basis, unless such
insurance is surrendered or cancelled by the Owner. New Policies will be issued
as described in "Policy Rights and Privileges--Eligibility Change Conversion."

                                       36
<PAGE>

Right to Examine Group Contract

The Contractholder may terminate the Group Contract within 20 days after
receiving it, within 45 days after the application was signed or within 10 days
of mailing a notice of the cancellation right, whichever is latest. To cancel
the Group Contract, the Contractholder should mail or deliver the Group
Contract to us.

Entire Contract

The Group Contract, with the attached copy of the Contractholder's application
and other attached papers, if any, is the entire contract between the
Contractholder and us. All statements made by the Contractholder, any Owner or
any Insured will be deemed representations and not warranties. Misstatements
will not be used in any contest or to reduce claim under the Group Contract,
unless it is in writing. A copy of the application containing such misstatement
must have been given to the Contractholder or to the Insured or to his
Beneficiary, if any.

Incontestability

We cannot contest the Group Contract after it has been in force for two years
from the date of issue.

Ownership of Group Contract

The Contractholder owns the Group Contract. The Group Contract may be changed
or ended by agreement between us and the Contractholder without the consent of,
or notice to, any person claiming rights or benefits under the Group Contract.
However, the Contractholder does not have any ownership interest in the
Policies issued under the Group Contract. The rights and benefits under the
Policies inure to the benefit of the Owners, Insureds, and Beneficiaries as set
forth herein and in the Policies.

                            FEDERAL TAX MATTERS

Introduction

The following summary provides a general description of the federal income tax
considerations associated with the Policy and does not purport to be complete
or to cover all tax situations. This discussion is not intended as tax advice.
Counsel or other competent tax advisors should be consulted for more complete
information. This discussion is based upon our understanding of the present
federal income tax laws. No representation is made as to the likelihood of
continuation of the present federal income tax laws or as to how they may be
interpreted by the Internal Revenue Service.

Tax Status of the Policy

In order to qualify as a life insurance contract for federal income tax
purposes and to receive the tax treatment normally accorded life insurance
contracts under federal tax law, a Policy must satisfy certain requirements
which are set forth in the Internal Revenue Code. Guidance as to how these
requirements are to be applied is limited. Nevertheless, we believe that the
Policy should satisfy the applicable requirements. If it is subsequently
determined that a Policy does not satisfy the applicable requirements, we may
take appropriate steps to bring the Policy into compliance with such
requirements and we reserve the right to restrict Policy transactions in order
to do so.

In certain circumstances, owners of variable life insurance contracts have been
considered for federal income tax purposes to be the owners of the assets of
the variable account supporting their contracts due to their ability to
exercise investment control over those assets. Where this is the case, the
contract owners have been currently taxed on income and gains attributable to
the variable account assets. There is little guidance in this area, and some
features of the Policies, such as the flexibility of a Owner to allocate
premiums and cash values, have not

                                       37
<PAGE>


been explicitly addressed in published rulings. While we believe that the
Policies do not give Owners investment control over Variable Account assets, we
reserve the right to modify the Policies as necessary to prevent a Owner from
being treated as the owner of the Variable Account assets supporting the
Policy.

In addition, the Code requires that the investments of the Variable Account be
"adequately diversified" in order for the Policies to be treated as life
insurance contracts for federal income tax purposes. It is intended that the
Variable Account, through its decisions, will satisfy these diversification
requirements.

The following discussion assumes that the Policy will qualify as a life
insurance contract for federal income tax purposes.

Tax Treatment of Policy Benefits

In General. We believe that the death benefit under a Policy should be
excludible from the gross income of the beneficiary. Federal, state and local
transfer, and other tax consequences of ownership or receipt of Policy proceeds
depend on the circumstances of each Owner or beneficiary. A tax advisor should
be consulted on these consequences.

Generally, the Owner will not be deemed to be in constructive receipt of the
Policy cash value until there is a distribution. When distributions from a
Policy occur, or when loans are taken out from or secured by a Policy, the tax
consequences depend on whether the Policy is classified as a "modified
endowment contract."

Modified Endowment Contracts. Under the Internal Revenue Code, certain life
insurance contracts are classified as "modified endowment contracts," with less
favorable tax treatment than other life insurance contracts. Due to the
flexibility of the Policies as to premiums and benefits, the individual
circumstances of each Policy will determine whether it is classified as a
modified endowment contract. The rules are too complex to be summarized here,
but generally depend on the amount of premiums paid during the first seven
Policy years. Certain changes in a Policy after it is issued could also cause
it to be classified as a modified endowment contract. A current or prospective
Owner should consult with a competent advisor to determine whether a Policy
transaction will cause the Policy to be classified as a modified endowment
contract.

Distributions Other Than Death Benefits from Modified Endowment Contracts.
Policies classified as modified endowment contracts are subject to the
following tax rules:

  (1) All distributions other than death benefits, including distributions
      upon surrender and withdrawals, from a modified endowment contract will
      be treated first as distributions of gain taxable as ordinary income
      and as tax-free recovery of the Owner's investment in the Policy only
      after all gain has been distributed.

  (2) Loans taken from or secured by a Policy classified as a modified
      endowment contract are treated as distributions and taxed accordingly.

  (3) A 10 percent additional income tax is imposed on the amount subject to
      tax except where the distribution or loan is made when the Owner has
      attained age 59 1/2 or is disabled, or where the distribution is part
      of a series of substantially equal periodic payments for the life (or
      life expectancy) of the Owner or the joint lives (or joint life
      expectancies) of the Owner and the Owner's beneficiary or designated
      beneficiary.

If a Policy becomes a modified endowment contract, distributions that occur
during the contract year will be taxed as distributions from a modified
endowment contract. In addition, distributions from a Policy within two years
before it becomes a modified endowment contract will be taxed in this manner.
This means that a distribution made from a Policy that is not a modified
endowment contract could later become taxable as a distribution from a modified
endowment contract.

Distributions Other Than Death Benefits from Policies that are not Modified
Endowment Contracts. Distributions other than death benefits from a Policy that
is not classified as a modified endowment contract are

                                       38
<PAGE>


generally treated first as a recovery of the Owner's investment in the Policy
and only after the recovery of all investment in the Policy as taxable income.
However, certain distributions which must be made in order to enable the Policy
to continue to qualify as a life insurance contract for federal income tax
purposes if Policy benefits are reduced during the first 15 Policy years may be
treated in whole or in part as ordinary income subject to tax.

Loans from or secured by a Policy that is not a modified endowment contract are
generally not treated as distributions.

Finally, neither distributions from nor loans from or secured by a Policy that
is not a modified endowment contract are subject to the 10 percent additional
income tax.

Investment in the Policy. Your investment in the Policy is generally your
aggregate premiums. When a distribution is taken from the Policy, your
investment in the Policy is reduced by the amount of the distribution that is
tax-free.

Policy Loans. In general, interest on a Policy loan will not be deductible. If
a Policy loan is outstanding when a Policy is canceled or lapses, the amount of
the outstanding indebtedness will be added to the amount distributed and will
be taxed accordingly. Before taking out a Policy loan, you should consult a tax
adviser as to the tax consequences.


Multiple Policies. All modified endowment contracts that are issued by us (or
our affiliates) to the same Owner during any calendar year are treated as one
modified endowment contract for purposes of determining the amount includible
in the Owner's income when a taxable distribution occurs.

Accelerated Death Benefit Settlement Option Rider. We believe that payments
received under the Accelerated Death Benefit Settlement Option Rider should be
fully excludable from the gross income of the beneficiary if the beneficiary is
the insured under the Policy. However, you should consult a qualified tax
adviser about the consequences of adding this rider to a Policy or requesting
payment under this rider.

HIV Acceleration of Death Benefit Rider. The tax consequences association with
the HIV Acceleration of Death Benefit Rider are uncertain and a tax advisor
should be consulted.

Business Uses of Policy. Businesses can use the Policies in various
arrangements, including nonqualified deferred compensation or salary
continuance plans, split dollar insurance plans, executive bonus plans, tax
exempt and nonexempt welfare benefit plans, retiree medical benefit plans and
others. The tax consequences of such plans may vary depending on the particular
facts and circumstances. If you are purchasing the Policy for any arrangement
the value of which depends in part on its tax consequences, you should consult
a qualified tax adviser. In recent years, moreover, Congress has adopted new
rules relating to life insurance owned by businesses. Any business
contemplating the purchase of a new Policy or a change in an existing Policy
should consult a tax adviser.

Other Tax Considerations. The transfer of the Policy or designation of a
beneficiary may have federal, state, and/or local transfer and inheritance tax
consequences, including the imposition of gift, estate, and generation-skipping
transfer taxes. For example, the transfer of the Policy to, or the designation
as a beneficiary of, or the payment of proceeds to, a person who is assigned to
a generation which is two or more generations below the generation assignment
of the owner may have generation skipping transfer tax consequences under
federal tax law. The individual situation of each owner or beneficiary will
determine the extent, if any, to which federal, state, and local transfer and
inheritance taxes may be imposed and how ownership or receipt of Policy
proceeds will be treated for purposes of federal, state and local estate,
inheritance, generation skipping and other taxes.

Possible Tax Law Changes. Although the likelihood of legislative changes is
uncertain, there is always the possibility that the tax treatment of the Policy
could change by legislation or otherwise. Consult a tax adviser with respect to
legislative developments and their effect on the Policy.

                                       39
<PAGE>


Our Income Taxes

Under current federal income tax law, we are not taxed on the Separate
Account's operations. Thus, currently we do not deduct a charge from the
Separate Account for federal income taxes. We reserve the right to charge the
Separate Account for any future federal income taxes or economic burdens we may
incur.

Under current laws in several states, we may incur state and local taxes (in
addition to premium taxes). These taxes are not now significant and we are not
currently charging for them. If they increase, we may deduct charges for such
taxes.

                  SAFEKEEPING OF THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT'S ASSETS

The Company holds assets of the Separate Account. The assets are kept
physically segregated and held separate and apart from our general assets. We
maintain records of all purchases and redemptions of Fund shares by each of the
Divisions. Additional protection for assets of the Separate Account is afforded
by Financial Institution Bonds issued by St. Paul Fire and Marine Company with
a limit of $25 million, covering all officers and employees of the Company who
have access to the assets of the Separate Account.

                                 VOTING RIGHTS

To the extent required by law, the Company will vote the shares held in the
Separate Account at regular and special shareholder meetings of the underlying
Funds in accordance with instructions received from persons having voting
interests in the corresponding Divisions of the Separate Account. If, however,
the 1940 Act or any regulation thereunder should be amended or if the present
interpretation thereof should change, and as a result the Company determines
that it is permitted to vote shares of the underlying Funds in its own right,
it may elect to do so.

The Owners of Policies ordinarily are the persons having a voting interest in
the Divisions of the Separate Account. The number of votes which an Owner has
the right to instruct will be calculated separately for each Division. The
number of votes which each Owner has the right to instruct will be determined
by dividing a Policy's Cash Value in a Division by the net asset value per
share of the corresponding Fund in which the Division invests. Fractional
shares will be counted. The number of votes of the Fund which the Owner has
right to instruct will be determined as of the date coincident with the date
established by that Fund for determining shareholders eligible to vote at the
meeting of the underlying Funds. Voting instructions will be solicited by
written communications prior to such meeting in accordance with procedures
established by the underlying Funds.

Because the Funds serve as investment vehicles for this Policy as well as for
other variable life insurance policies sold by insurers other than the Company
and funded through other separate investment accounts, persons owning the other
policies will enjoy similar voting rights. We will vote Fund shares held in the
Separate Account for which no timely voting instructions are received and Fund
shares that we own as a consequence of accrued charges under the Policies, in
proportion to the voting instructions which are received with respect to all
Policies participating in a Fund. Each person having a voting interest in a
Division will receive proxy material, reports, and other materials relating to
the appropriate Fund.

Disregard of Voting Instructions. The Company may, when required by state
insurance regulatory authorities, disregard voting instructions if the
instructions require that the shares be voted so as to cause a change in the
subclassification or investment objective of or one or more of the Funds or to
approve or disapprove an investment advisory contract for a Fund. In addition,
the Company itself may disregard voting instructions in favor of changes
initiated by an Owner in the investment policy or by the investment adviser or
sub-adviser of a Fund if the Company reasonably disapproves of such changes. A
proposed change would be disapproved only if the proposed change is contrary to
state law or prohibited by state regulatory authorities, or we determine

                                       40
<PAGE>

that the change would have an adverse effect on its general assets in that the
proposed investment policy for a Fund may result in overly speculative or
unsound investments. In the event we do disregard voting instructions, a
summary of that action and the reasons for such action will be included in the
next annual report to Owners.

                                      IMSA

The Company is a member of the Insurance Market place Standards Association
("IMSA"), and as such may include the IMSA logo and information about IMSA
membership in its advertisements. Companies that belong to IMSA subscribe to a
set of ethical standards covering the various aspects of sales and service for
individually sold life insurance and annuities.

                        STATE REGULATION OF THE COMPANY

We are a stock life insurance company organized under the laws of Missouri and
subject to regulation by the Missouri Division of Insurance. An annual
statement is filed with the Director of Insurance on or before March 1 each
year covering the operations and reporting on the financial condition of the
Company as of December 31 of the preceding year. Periodically, the Director of
Insurance examines our liabilities and reserves and the liabilities and
reserves of the Separate Account and certifies their adequacy. A full
examination of the Company's operations is conducted by the National
Association of Insurance Commissioners at least once every three years.

In addition, we are subject to the insurance laws and regulations of other
states within which it is licensed or may become licensed to operate.
Generally, the insurance departments of other states apply the laws of the
state of domicile in determining permissible investments.

                                       41
<PAGE>

                           MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
           Name             Principal Occupation(s) During Past Five Years/1/
           ----             -------------------------------------------------
 <C>                      <S>
 Executive Officers/2/

 Carl H. Anderson/4/      President and Chief Executive Officer since June
                          1986. Vice President, New Ventures, since June 1986,
                          General American Life Insurance Co., St. Louis, Mo.
                          (GenAm).

 Matthew K. Duffy/4/      Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since June
                          1996. Formerly Director of Accounting, Prudential
                          Insurance Company of America, March 1987--June 1996.

 E. Thomas Hughes, Jr./4  Treasurer since December 1994. Corporate Actuary and
  / General American Life Treasurer, GenAm since October 1994.
  Insurance Company
  700 Market Street
  St. Louis, MO 63101

 Matthew P. McCauley/4    Vice President and General Counsel since 1984.
  / General American Life Secretary since August 1981. Vice President and
  Insurance Company       Associate General Counsel, GenAm, since December 30,
  700 Market Street       1995.
  St. Louis, MO 63101

 Craig K. Nordyke/4/      Executive Vice President and Chief Actuary since
                          November 1996. Vice President and Chief Actuary
                          August 1990--November 1996.

 John R. Tremmel          Vice President--Operations and System Development
                          since January 1999. Formerly Chief Operating Officer,
                          ISP Alliance, April 1998--December 1998. Vice
                          President and General Manager of National Operations
                          Centers, Norell Corporation, January 1995--March
                          1998. Senior Vice President, Citicorp Insurance
                          Group, September 1986--December 1995.

 Directors/3/

 Richard A. Liddy         Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, GenAm, since
                          January 2000. Chairman, President, and Chief
                          Executive Officer, GenAm, May 1992--January 2000.

 Warren J. Winer          Executive Vice President--Group, GenAm, since
                          September 1995. Formerly, Managing Director, Wm. M.
                          Mercer, July 1993--August 1995.

 Bernard H Wolzenski      Executive Vice President--Individual, GenAm, since
                          October 1991.

 A. Greig Woodring        President and CEO, Reinsurance Group of America,
                          Inc., since May 1993, and Executive Vice President--
                          Reinsurance, GenAm, since January 1990.
</TABLE>
- --------

/1 /All positions listed are with the Company unless otherwise indicated.

/2 /The principal business address of each person listed is Paragon Life
   Insurance Company, 100 South Brentwood, St. Louis, MO 63105 unless otherwise
   noted.

/3 /The principal business address of each person listed is General American
   Life Insurance Company, 700 Market Street, St. Louis, MO 63101, except A.
   Greig Woodring--Reinsurance Group of America, 1370 Timberlake Manor Parkway,
   Chesterfield, MO 63017.

/4 /Indicates Executive Officers who are also Directors.

                                       42
<PAGE>

                                 LEGAL MATTERS

Sutherland Asbill & Brennan LLP of Washington, D.C. has provided advice on
certain legal matters relating to aspects of Federal securities laws. All
matters of Missouri law pertaining to the Policies, including the validity of
the Policies and the Company's right to issue the Policies and the Group
Contract under Missouri insurance law, and all legal matters relating to the
Parent Company's resolution concerning policies issued by Paragon have been
passed upon by Matthew P. McCauley, Esquire, General Counsel of Paragon Life
Insurance Company.

                               LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

There are no legal proceedings to which the Separate Account is a party or to
which the assets of the Separate Account are subject. The Company is not
involved in any litigation that is of material importance in relation to its
total assets or that relates to the Separate Account.

                                    EXPERTS

The financial statements of the Company and the Separate Account included in
this Prospectus and in the registration statement have been included in
reliance upon the reports of KPMG LLP, independent certified public
accountants, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as
experts in accounting and auditing.

Actuarial matters included in this Prospectus have been examined by Craig K.
Nordyke, FSA, MAAA, Executive Vice President and Chief Actuary of the Company,
as stated in the opinion filed as an exhibit to the registration statement.

                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

A registration statement has been filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission, under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with respect to the
Policies offered hereby. This Prospectus does not contain all the information
set forth in the registration statement and the amendments and exhibits to the
registration statement, to all of which reference is made for further
information concerning the Separate Account, the Company and the Policy offered
hereby. Statements contained in this Prospectus as to the contents of the
Policy and other legal instruments are summaries. For a complete statement of
the terms thereof reference is made to such instruments as filed.

                              FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The financial statements of the Company which are included in this Prospectus
should be distinguished from the financial statements for the Separate Account
included in this Prospectus, and should be considered only as bearing on the
ability of the Company to meet its obligations under the Policy. They should
not be considered as bearing on the investment performance of the assets held
in the Separate Account.

                                       43
<PAGE>

                                  DEFINITIONS

Attained Age--The Issue Age of the Insured plus the number of completed Policy
Years.

Associated Companies--The companies listed in a Group Contract's specifications
pages that are under common control through stock ownership, contract or
otherwise, with the Contractholder.

Beneficiary--The person(s) named in an Individual Insurance Policy or by later
designation to receive Policy proceeds in the event of the Insured's death. A
Beneficiary may be changed as set forth in the Policy and this Prospectus.

Cash Value--The total amount that a Policy provides for investment at any time.
It is equal to the total of the amounts credited to the Owner in the Separate
Account and in the Loan Account.

Cash Surrender Value--The Cash Value of a Policy on the date of surrender, less
any Indebtedness.

Certificate--A document issued to Owners of Policies issued under Group
Contracts, setting forth or summarizing the Owner's rights and benefits.

Contractholder--The employer, association, sponsoring organization or trust
that is issued a Group Contract.

Corporate Program--A category of Policies available, usually as an Individual
Policy, in which the sponsoring employer or its designated trust is generally
the Owner of the Policy.

Division--A subaccount of the Separate Account. Each Division invests
exclusively in an available underlying Fund.

Employee--A person who is employed and paid for services by an employer on a
regular basis. To qualify as an employee, a person ordinarily must work for an
employer at least 30 hours per week. The Company may waive or modify this
requirement at its discretion. An employee may also include an independent
contractor acting in many respects as an employee with a sponsoring employer.
An employee may include a partner in a partnership if the employer is a
partnership.

Executive Program--A category of Policies issued under Group Contracts or
employer-sponsored insurance programs that have a maximum Face Amount available
for each Policy generally in excess of $500,000.

Face Amount--The minimum death benefit under the Policy so long as the Policy
remains in force.

Group Contract--A group flexible premium variable life insurance contract
issued to the Contractholder by the Company.

Home Office--The service office of the Company, the mailing address of which is
100 South Brentwood, St. Louis, Missouri 63105.

Indebtedness--The sum of all unpaid Policy Loans and accrued interest charged
on loans.

Individual Insurance--Insurance provided under a Group Contract or under an
Individual Policy issued in connection with an employer-sponsored insurance
program on an employee or an employee's spouse.

Insured--The person whose life is insured under a Policy. The term may include
both an employee and an employee's spouse.

Investment Start Date--The date the initial premium is applied to the Divisions
of the Separate Account. This date is the later of the Issue Date or the date
the initial premium is received at the Company's Home Office.

                                       44
<PAGE>

Issue Age--The Insured's Age at his or her last birthday as of the date the
Policy is issued.

Issue Date--The effective date of coverage under a Policy. The Issue Date is
the date from which Policy Anniversaries, Policy Years, and Policy Months are
measured.

Loan Account--The account of the Company to which amounts securing Policy Loans
are allocated. It is a part of the Company's general assets.

Loan Value--The maximum amount that may be borrowed under a Policy after the
first Policy Anniversary.

Maturity Date--The Policy Anniversary on which the Insured reaches Attained Age
95.

Monthly Anniversary--The same date in each succeeding month as the Issue Date
except that whenever the Monthly Anniversary falls on a date other than a
Valuation Date, the Monthly Anniversary will be deemed the next Valuation Date.
If any Monthly Anniversary would be the 29th, 30th, or 31st day of a month that
does not have that number of days, then the Monthly Anniversary will be the
last day of that month.

Net Premium--The premium less any premium expense charge and any charge for
premium taxes.

Owner--The Owner of a Policy, as designated in the application or as
subsequently changed.

Policy--Either the Certificate or the Individual Policy offered by the Company
and described in this Prospectus. Under Group Contracts, the Policy may be
issued on the employee or on the employee's spouse.

Policy Anniversary--The same date each year as the Issue Date.

Policy Month--A month beginning on the Monthly Anniversary.

Policy Year--A period beginning on a Policy Anniversary and ending on the day
immediately preceding the next Policy Anniversary.

Separate Account--The Separate Account B, a separate investment account
established by the Company to receive and invest the net premiums paid under
the Policy.

Spouse--An employee's legal spouse. The term does not include a spouse who is
legally separated from the employee.

Valuation Date--Each day that the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading,
except on the day after Thanksgiving when the Company is closed.

Valuation Period--The period between two successive Valuation Dates, commencing
at the close of business of a Valuation Date and ending at the close of
business of the next succeeding Valuation Date.

                                       45
<PAGE>


                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

The Board of Directors
Paragon Life Insurance Company:

  We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Paragon Life Insurance
Company as of December 31, 1999 and 1998, and the related statements of
operations and comprehensive income, stockholder's equity, and cash flows for
each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 1999. These
financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audits.

  We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.

  In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of Paragon Life Insurance Company
as of December 31, 1999 and 1998, and the results of its operations and its
cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31,
1999, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.


March 10, 2000

KPMG LLP. KPMG LLP, a U.S. limited liability partnership, is a member of KPMG
International, a Swiss association.

                                      F-1
<PAGE>

                         PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                                 Balance Sheets
                           December 31, 1999 and 1998
                           (in thousands of dollars)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                               1999     1998
                             --------  -------
<S>                          <C>       <C>
           Assets
Fixed maturities, available
 for sale................... $ 81,421   83,384
Policy loans................   16,954   14,135
Cash and cash equivalents...   10,591    7,439
                             --------  -------
    Total cash and invested
     assets.................  108,966  104,958
                             --------  -------
Reinsurance recoverables....    1,314    1,170
Deposits relating to
 reinsured policyholder
 account balances...........    7,020    6,688
Accrued investment income...    1,853    1,545
Deferred policy acquisition
 costs......................   24,357   20,602
Fixed assets and leasehold
 improvements, net..........    1,031    4,504
Other assets................      262      105
Separate account assets.....  255,190  168,222
                             --------  -------
    Total assets............ $399,993  307,794
                             ========  =======
      Liabilities and
    Stockholder's Equity
Policyholder account
 balances...................  101,665   93,334
Policy and contract claims..    1,691    1,672
Federal income taxes
 payable....................    1,007      281
Other liabilities and
 accrued expenses...........    3,734    3,943
Payable to affiliates.......    3,803    2,062
Due to separate account.....      192      183
Deferred tax liability......    3,070    5,591
Separate account
 liabilities................  255,126  168,222
                             --------  -------
    Total liabilities....... $370,288  275,288
                             --------  -------
Stockholder's equity:
  Common stock, par value
   $25; 100,000 shares
   authorized;
   82,000 shares issued and
   outstanding..............    2,050    2,050
  Additional paid-in
   capital..................   17,950   17,950
  Accumulated other
   comprehensive (loss)
   income...................   (2,748)   2,809
  Retained earnings.........   12,453    9,697
                             --------  -------
    Total stockholder's
     equity................. $ 29,705   32,506
                             --------  -------
    Total liabilities and
     stockholder's equity... $399,993  307,794
                             ========  =======
</TABLE>

                See accompanying notes to financial statements.

                                      F-2
<PAGE>

                         PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

               Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income
                  Years ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997
                           (in thousands of dollars)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          1999     1998   1997
                                                         -------  ------ ------
<S>                                                      <C>      <C>    <C>
Revenues:
  Policy contract charges............................... $24,577  20,437 16,417
  Net investment income.................................   7,726   6,983  6,288
  Commissions and expense allowances on reinsurance
   ceded................................................     292     124     10
  Net realized investment gains.........................      57      53     69
                                                         -------  ------ ------
    Total revenues......................................  32,652  27,597 22,784
                                                         =======  ====== ======
Benefits and expenses:
  Policy benefits.......................................   4,616   4,774  3,876
  Interest credited to policyholder account balances....   5,524   5,228  4,738
  Commissions, net of capitalized costs.................     445     167    227
  General and administration expenses, net of
   capitalized costs....................................  11,394   9,042  7,743
  Policy administration system expenses.................   4,787     469    --
  Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs.....   1,631   1,150    424
                                                         -------  ------ ------
    Total benefits and expenses.........................  28,397  20,830 17,008
                                                         =======  ====== ======
    Income before federal income tax expense............   4,255   6,766  5,775
Federal income tax expense..............................   1,499   2,368  1,885
                                                         -------  ------ ------
Net income.............................................. $ 2,756   4,398  3,890
Other comprehensive (loss) income.......................  (5,557)    851  1,636
                                                         -------  ------ ------
Comprehensive (loss) income............................. $(2,801)  5,249  5,526
                                                         =======  ====== ======
</TABLE>


                See accompanying notes to financial statements.

                                      F-3
<PAGE>

                         PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                       Statements of Stockholder's Equity
                 Years ended December 31, 1999, 1998, and 1997
                           (in thousands of dollars)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            Accumulated
                                Additional     other                  Total
                         Common  paid-in   comprehensive Retained stockholder's
                         Stock   capital      income     earnings    equity
                         ------ ---------- ------------- -------- -------------
<S>                      <C>    <C>        <C>           <C>      <C>
Balance at December 31,
 1996................... $2,050   17,950         322       1,409     21,731
  Net income............    --       --          --        3,890      3,890
  Other comprehensive
   income...............    --       --        1,636         --       1,636
                         ------   ------      ------      ------     ------
Balance at December 31,
 1997................... $2,050   17,950       1,958       5,299     27,257
  Net income............    --       --          --        4,398      4,398
  Other comprehensive
   income...............    --       --          851         --         851
                         ------   ------      ------      ------     ------
Balance at December 31,
 1998................... $2,050   17,950       2,809       9,697     32,506
  Net income............    --       --          --        2,756      2,756
  Other comprehensive
   loss.................    --       --       (5,557)        --      (5,557)
                         ------   ------      ------      ------     ------
Balance at December 31,
 1999................... $2,050   17,950      (2,748)     12,453     29,705
                         ======   ======      ======      ======     ======
</TABLE>


                See accompanying notes to financial statements.

                                      F-4
<PAGE>

                         PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                            Statements of Cash Flows
                  Years ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997
                           (in thousands of dollars)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      1999     1998     1997
                                                    --------  -------  -------
<S>                                                 <C>       <C>      <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
  Net income....................................... $  2,756    4,398    3,890
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
   provided by (used in) operating activities:
    Change in:
      Reinsurance recoverables.....................     (144)     563     (892)
      Deposits relating to reinsured policyholder
       account balances............................     (332)    (272)    (342)
      Accrued investment income....................     (308)    (168)     (79)
      Federal income tax payable...................      726      118     (648)
      Other assets.................................    3,316   (1,821)  (1,280)
      Policy and contract claims...................       19      587      (23)
      Other liabilities and accrued expenses.......     (209)     457      782
      Payable to affiliates........................    1,741      442     (669)
      Company ownership of separate account........      (64)     --       --
      Due to separate account......................        9      122      (34)
    Deferred tax expense...........................      469      740      732
    Policy acquisition costs deferred..............   (4,185)  (3,808)  (2,972)
    Amortization of deferred policy acquisition
     costs.........................................    1,631    1,150      424
    Interest credited to policyholder accounts.....    5,524    5,228    4,738
    Net gain on sales and calls of fixed
     maturities....................................      (57)     (53)     (69)
                                                    --------  -------  -------
Net cash provided by operating activities..........   10,892    7,683    3,558
                                                    --------  -------  -------
Cash flows from investing activities:
  Purchase of fixed maturities.....................  (12,423) (14,915) (12,557)
  Sale or maturity of fixed maturities.............    4,695    8,632    5,255
  Increase in policy loans, net....................   (2,819)  (2,648)  (1,923)
                                                    --------  -------  -------
Net cash used in investing activities                (10,547)  (8,931)  (9,225)
                                                    --------  -------  -------
Cash flows from financing activities:
  Net policyholder account deposits................    2,807    2,954    2,294
                                                    --------  -------  -------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash
 equivalents.......................................    3,152    1,706   (3,373)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year.....    7,439    5,733    9,106
                                                    --------  -------  -------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year........... $ 10,591    7,439    5,733
                                                    --------  -------  -------
Income taxes paid.................................. $   (346)  (1,460)  (1,801)
                                                    ========  =======  =======
</TABLE>

                See accompanying notes to financial statements.

                                      F-5
<PAGE>

                         PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                         Notes to Financial Statements

(1) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

  Paragon Life Insurance Company (Paragon or the Company) is a wholly owned
subsidiary of General American Life Insurance Company (General American or the
Parent). Paragon markets universal life and variable universal life insurance
products through the sponsorship of major companies and organizations. Paragon
is licensed to do business in the District of Columbia and all states except
New York.

  General American has guaranteed that Paragon will have sufficient funds to
meet all of its contractual obligations. In the event a policyholder presents a
legitimate claim for payment on a Paragon insurance policy, General American
will pay such claim directly to the policyholder if Paragon is unable to make
such payment. The guarantee agreement is binding on General American, its
successor or assignee and shall cease only if the guarantee is assigned to an
organization having a financial rating from Standard & Poor's equal to or
better than General American's rating.

  The accompanying financial statements are prepared on the basis of generally
accepted accounting principles. The preparation of financial statements
requires the use of estimates by management which affect the amounts reflected
in the financial statements. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Accounts that the Company deems to be sensitive to changes in estimates include
deferred policy acquisition costs and contract claims.

  The significant accounting policies of the Company are as follows:

 (a) Recognition of Policy Revenue and Related Expenses

  Revenues for universal life products consist of policy charges for the cost
of insurance, administration and surrender charges during the period. Revenues
for variable universal life products also include policy charges for mortality
and expense risks assumed by Paragon. Policy benefits and expenses include
interest credited to policy account balances on universal life products and
death benefit payments made in excess of policy account balances.

  Policy acquisition costs, such as commissions and certain costs of policy
issuance and underwriting, are deferred and amortized in relation to the
present value of expected gross profits over the estimated life of the
policies.

 (b) Invested Assets

  Investment securities are accounted for at fair value. At December 31, 1999
and 1998, fixed maturity securities are classified as available-for-sale and
are carried at fair value with the unrealized gain or loss, net of taxes, being
reflected as accumulated other comprehensive income, a separate component of
stockholder's equity. Policy loans are valued at aggregate unpaid balances.

  Realized gains or losses on the sale of securities are determined on the
basis of specific identification and include the impact of any related
amortization of premiums or accretion of discounts which is generally computed
consistent with the interest method.

  Amortization of the premium or discount on mortgage-backed securities is
recognized using a level-yield method which considers the estimated timing and
amount of prepayments of underlying mortgage loans. Actual prepayment
experience is periodically reviewed and effective yields are recalculated when
differences arise between the prepayments originally anticipated and the actual
prepayments received and currently anticipated. When such differences occur,
the net investment in the mortgage-backed security is adjusted to the amount
that would have existed had the new effective yield been applied since the
acquisition of the security with a corresponding charge or credit to interest
income.

                                      F-6
<PAGE>

                         PARGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                   Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)

 (c) Policyholder Account Balances

  Policyholder account balances are equal to the policyholder account value
before deduction of any surrender charges. The policyholder account value
represents an accumulation of gross premium payments plus credited interest
less expense and mortality charges and withdrawals. These expense charges are
recognized in income as earned. Certain variable life policies allow
policyholders to exchange accumulated assets from the variable rate separate
accounts to a fixed-interest general account policy. The fixed-interest general
account guaranteed minimum crediting rates of 4% in 1999, 1998 and 1997. The
actual crediting rate ranged from 6.1% to 6.5% in 1999, and was 6.5% in 1998
and 1997.

 (d) Federal Income Taxes

  The Company establishes deferred taxes under the asset and liability method,
and deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax
consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement
carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax
bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates
expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary
differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax
assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the
period that includes the enactment date.

  The Company files its federal income tax return on a consolidated basis with
its Parent and other subsidiaries. In accordance with a tax allocation
agreement between Paragon and General American, taxes are computed as if
Paragon was filing its own income tax return, and tax expense (benefit) is paid
to, or received from, General American.

 (e) Reinsurance

  Balances resulting from agreements which transfer funds relating to
policyholder account balances have been accounted for as deposits. Other
reinsurance activities are accounted for consistent with terms of the risk
transfer reinsurance contracts. Premiums for reinsurance ceded to other
companies have been reported as a reduction of policy contract charges. Amounts
applicable to reinsurance ceded for future policy benefits and claim
liabilities have been reported as assets for these items, and commissions and
expense allowances received in connection with reinsurance ceded have been
accounted for in income as earned. Reinsurance does not relieve the Company
from its primary responsibility to meet claim obligations.

 (f) Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs

  The costs of acquiring new business which vary with, and are primarily
related to, the production of new business have been deferred to the extent
that such costs are deemed recoverable from future gross profits. Such costs
include commissions, premium taxes, as well as certain costs of policy issuance
and underwriting. Deferred policy acquisition costs are adjusted for the impact
on estimated gross margins of net unrealized gains and losses on investment
securities. The estimates of expected gross margins are evaluated regularly and
are revised if actual experience or other evidence indicates that revision is
appropriate. Upon revision, total amortization recorded to date is adjusted by
a charge or credit to income.

 (g) Separate Account Business

  The assets and liabilities of the separate accounts represent segregated
funds administered and invested by the Company for purposes of funding variable
life insurance contracts for the exclusive benefit of variable life insurance
contract holders. The Company charges the separate accounts for risks it
assumes in issuing a policy and retains varying amounts of withdrawal charges
to cover expenses in the event of early withdrawals by contract holders. The
assets and liabilities of the separate account are carried at fair value.

                                      F-7
<PAGE>

                         PARGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                   Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)

 (h) Fair Value of Financial Instruments

  Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time, based on relevant
market information and information about the financial instrument. These
estimates do not reflect any premium or discount that could result from
offering for sale at one time the Company's entire holdings of a particular
financial instrument. Although fair value estimates are calculated using
assumptions that management believes are appropriate, changes in assumption
could significantly affect the estimates and such estimates should be used with
care. The following assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each
class of financial instrument for which it was practicable to estimate fair
value:

    Fixed maturities--Fixed maturities are valued using quoted market prices,
  if available. If quoted market prices are not available, fair value is
  estimated using quoted market prices of similar securities.

    Policy loans--Policy loans are carried at their unpaid balances which
  approximates fair value.

    Separate account assets and liabilities--The separate account assets are
  carried at fair value as determined by quoted market prices. Accordingly,
  the carrying value of separate account liabilities is equal to their fair
  value since it represents the contractholders' interest in the separate
  account assets.

    Cash and cash equivalents--The carrying amount is a reasonable estimate
  of fair value.

 (i) Cash and Cash Equivalents

  For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents represent
demand deposits and highly liquid short-term investments, which include U.S.
Treasury bills, commercial paper, and repurchase agreements with original or
remaining maturities of 90 days or less when purchased.

 (j) Subsequent Event

    (i) On January 6, 2000, the Company's ultimate parent, GenAmerica
  Corporation, was purchased by Metropolitan Life Insurance Company.

    (ii) Subsequent to December 31, 1999 a significant customer notified
  Paragon of its intent to terminate its group contract, effective April 30,
  2000. This group represents 29% and 8% of Paragon's policies inforce and
  separate account assets, as of December 31, 1999.

(2) Investments

  The amortized cost and estimated fair value of fixed maturities at December
31, 1999 and 1998 are as follows (000's):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         1999
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                                   Gross      Gross    Estimated
                                       Amortized unrealized unrealized   fair
                                         cost      gains      losses     value
                                       --------- ---------- ---------- ---------
      <S>                              <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>
      U.S. Treasury securities........ $  8,728      53         (162)    8,619
      Corporate securities............   70,312     276       (4,830)   65,758
      Mortgage-backed securities......    6,911      36         (394)    6,553
      Asset-backed securities.........      500     --            (9)      491
                                       --------     ---       ------    ------
                                       $ 86,451     365       (5,395)   81,421
                                       ========     ===       ======    ======
</TABLE>

                                      F-8
<PAGE>

                         PARGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                   Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         1998
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                                   Gross      Gross    Estimated
                                       Amortized unrealized unrealized   fair
                                         cost      gains      losses     value
                                       --------- ---------- ---------- ---------
      <S>                              <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>
      U.S. Treasury securities........  $ 6,705      267        --       6,972
      Corporate securities............   64,607    4,481       (208)    68,880
      Mortgage-backed securities......    6,854      193        (25)     7,022
      Asset-backed securities.........      500       10        --         510
                                        -------    -----       ----     ------
                                        $78,666    4,951       (233)    83,384
                                        =======    =====       ====     ======
</TABLE>

  The amortized cost and estimated fair value of fixed maturities at December
31, 1999, by contractual maturity, are shown below (000's). Expected maturities
may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to
call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       Estimated
                                                             Amortized   Fair
                                                               cost      value
                                                             --------- ---------
      <S>                                                    <C>       <C>
      Due in one year or less............................... $    471      480
      Due after one year through five years.................   22,034   21,893
      Due after five years through ten years................    8,853    8,317
      Due after ten years through twenty years..............   48,182   44,178
      Mortgage-backed securities............................    6,911    6,553
                                                             --------   ------
                                                             $ 86,451   81,421
                                                             ========   ======
</TABLE>

  Proceeds from sales of fixed maturities during 1999, 1998 and 1997 were
$4,695,414, $4,068,639 and $1,328,585 respectively. Gross gains of $56,686,
$53,180 and $68,876 were realized on those sales in 1999, 1998 and 1997,
respectively.

  The sources of net investment income follow (000s):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              1999   1998  1997
                                                             ------- ----- -----
      <S>                                                    <C>     <C>   <C>
      Fixed Maturities...................................... $ 6,077 5,603 4,941
      Short-term investments................................     486   535   608
      Policy loans and other................................   1,244   924   807
                                                             ------- ----- -----
                                                             $ 7,807 7,062 6,356
      Investment expenses...................................     (81)  (79)  (68)
                                                             ------- ----- -----
          Net investment income............................. $ 7,726 6,983 6,288
                                                             ======= ===== =====
</TABLE>

  A summary of the components of the net unrealized appreciation (depreciation)
on invested assets carried at fair value is as follows (in 000's):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         1999     1998    1997
                                                        -------  ------  ------
      <S>                                               <C>      <C>     <C>
      Unrealized appreciation (depreciation):
        Fixed maturities available-for-sale............ $(5,030)  4,717   3,373
        Deferred policy acquisition costs..............     803    (396)   (361)
      Deferred income taxes............................   1,479  (1,512) (1,054)
                                                        -------  ------  ------
      Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation)....... $(2,748)  2,809   1,958
                                                        =======  ======  ======
</TABLE>

  The Company has fixed maturities on deposit with various state insurance
departments with an amortized cost of approximately $4,082,871 and $4,120,850
at December 31, 1999 and 1998 respectively.

                                      F-9
<PAGE>

                         PARGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                   Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)

(3) Reinsurance

  The Company reinsures certain risks with other insurance companies above a
maximum retention amount (currently $50,000) to help reduce the loss on any
single policy.

  Premiums and related reinsurance amounts for the years ended December 31,
1999, 1998 and 1997 as they relate to transactions with affiliates are
summarized as follows (000's):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            1999    1998   1997
                                                           ------- ------ ------
      <S>                                                  <C>     <C>    <C>
      Reinsurance transactions with affiliates:
        Premiums for reinsurance ceded.................... $16,869 14,723 13,001
        Policy benefits ceded.............................  16,823 17,071 14,070
        Commissions and expenses ceded....................     292    123    195
        Reinsurance recoverables..........................   1,268  1,109  1,661
</TABLE>

  Ceded premiums and benefits to nonaffiliates for 1999, 1998 and 1997 were
insignificant.

(4) Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs

  A summary of the policy acquisition costs deferred and amortized is as
follows (000's):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         1999     1998    1997
                                                        -------  ------  ------
      <S>                                               <C>      <C>     <C>
      Balance at beginning of year....................  $20,602  17,980  15,776
      Policy acquisition costs deferred...............    4,185   3,808   2,972
      Policy acquisition costs amortized..............   (1,631) (1,150)   (424)
      Deferred policy acquisition costs relating to
       change in unrealized (gain) loss on investments
       available for sale.............................    1,201     (36)   (344)
                                                        -------  ------  ------
      Balance at end of year..........................  $24,357  20,602  17,980
                                                        =======  ======  ======
</TABLE>

(5) Administration System Write-off

  In 1999 Paragon expensed $4,787,275 relating to the termination of a system
development project for policy administration. The one-time write-off in 1999
of previously capitalized amounts was $3,963,450 and other costs incurred in
1999 relating to the project were $823,825. Other costs incurred and expensed
in 1998 and 1997 were $468,794 and $0, respectively.

(6) Federal Income Taxes

  The Company is taxed as a life insurance company. A summary of Federal income
tax expense is as follows (000s):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              1999   1998  1997
                                                             ------- ----- -----
      <S>                                                    <C>     <C>   <C>
      Current tax expense................................... $ 1,030 1,628 1,153
      Deferred tax expense..................................     469   740   732
                                                             ------- ----- -----
      Federal income tax expense............................ $ 1,499 2,368 1,885
                                                             ======= ===== =====
</TABLE>

                                      F-10
<PAGE>

                         PARGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                   Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)

  A reconciliation of the Company's "expected" federal income tax expense,
computed by applying the federal U.S. corporate tax rate of 35% to income from
operations before federal income tax, is as follows (000s):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             1999   1998  1997
                                                            ------- ----- -----
      <S>                                                   <C>     <C>   <C>
      Computed "expected" tax expense...................... $ 1,489 2,368 2,022
      Other, net...........................................      10     0  (137)
                                                            ------- ----- -----
      Federal income tax expense........................... $ 1,499 2,368 1,885
                                                            ======= ===== =====
</TABLE>

  The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant
portions of deferred tax assets and liabilities at December 31, 1999, 1998 and
1997 are presented below (000's):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              1999   1998  1997
                                                             ------- ----- -----
      <S>                                                    <C>     <C>   <C>
      Deferred tax assets:
        Unearned reinsurance allowances..................... $   194   218   217
        Policy and contract liabilities.....................     583   709 1,031
        Tax capitalization of acquisition costs.............   2,559 2,147 1,755
        Other, net..........................................     359    58    76
        Unrealized Loss on investments, net.................   1,479   --    --
                                                             ------- ----- -----
          Total deferred tax assets......................... $ 5,174 3,132 3,079
                                                             ======= ===== =====
      Deferred tax liabilities:
        Unrealized gain on investments, net................. $   --  1,512 1,054
        Deferred policy acquisition costs...................   8,244 7,211 6,419
                                                             ------- ----- -----
          Total deferred tax liabilities.................... $ 8,244 8,723 7,473
                                                             ------- ----- -----
          Net deferred tax liabilities...................... $ 3,070 5,591 4,394
                                                             ======= ===== =====
</TABLE>

  The Company believes that a valuation allowance with respect to the
realization of the total gross deferred tax asset is not necessary. In
assessing the realization of deferred tax assets, the Company considers whether
it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will be realized. The
ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of
future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences
become deductible. The Company files a consolidated tax return with its Parent.
Realization of the gross tax asset will not be dependent solely on the
Company's ability to generate its own taxable income. General American has a
proven history of earnings and it appears more likely than not that the
Company's gross deferred tax asset will ultimately be fully realized.

(7) Related-Party Transactions

  Paragon purchases certain administrative services from General American.
Charges for services performed are based upon personnel and other costs
involved in providing such service. Charges for services during 1999, 1998 and
1997 were $2,247,302, $1,513,433 and $1,348,198, respectively. See Note 3 for
reinsurance transactions with affiliates.

(8) Pension Plan

  Associates of Paragon participate in a non-contributory multi-employer
defined benefit pension plan jointly sponsored by Paragon and General American.
The benefits are based on years of service and compensation level. No pension
expense was recognized in 1999, 1998 or 1997 due to overfunding of the plan.

                                      F-11
<PAGE>

                         PARGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                   Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)

  In addition, Paragon has adopted an associate incentive plan applicable to
full-time salaried associates with at least one year of service. Contributions
to the plan are determined annually by General American and are based on
salaries of eligible associates. Full vesting occurs after five years of
continuous service. Total expenses to the Company for the incentive plan were
$0, $188,316 and $198,972 for 1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively.

  As a result of the Metropolitan Life Insurance purchase, Paragon implemented
a new bonus program covering all associates employed from October 1, 1999
through March 31, 2000 with at least 1000 hours of service during 1999. Total
expense to the Company for this program was $422,700 in 1999.

  Paragon provides for certain health care and life insurance benefits for
retired employees. The Company accounts for these benefits in accordance with
SFAS No. 106 -- Employer's Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other Than
Pensions. The amounts involved are not material.

(9) Statutory Financial Information

  The Company is subject to financial statement filing requirements of the
State of Missouri Department of Insurance, its state of domicile, as well as
the states in which it transacts business. Such financial statements, generally
referred to as statutory financial statements, are prepared on a basis of
accounting which varies in some respects from generally accepted accounting
principles (GAAP). Statutory accounting principles include: (1) charging of
policy acquisition costs to income as incurred; (2) establishment of policy and
contract liabilities computed using required valuation standards which may vary
in methodology utilized; (3) nonprovision of deferred federal income taxes
resulting from temporary differences between financial reporting and tax bases
of assets and liabilities; (4) recognition of statutory liabilities for asset
impairments and yield stabilization on fixed maturity dispositions prior to
maturity with asset valuation reserves based on statutory determined formulae
and interest stabilization reserves designed to level yields over their
original purchase maturities; (5) valuation of investments in fixed maturities
at amortized cost; (6) net presentation of reinsurance balances; (7)
presentation of indirect cash flows; (8) exclusion of comprehensive income
disclosures; and (9) recognition of deposits and withdrawals on universal life
policies as revenues and expenses.

  The stockholder's equity (surplus) and net income of the Company at December
31, 1999, 1998 and 1997, as determined using statutory accounting practices, is
summarized as follows (000's):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          1999    1998   1997
                                                         ------- ------ ------
      <S>                                                <C>     <C>    <C>
      Statutory surplus as reported to regulatory
       authorities...................................... $13,545 10,500 10,725
      Net income as reported to regulatory authorities.. $   300  1,596  1,397
</TABLE>

(10) Dividend Restrictions

  Dividend payments by Paragon are restricted by state insurance laws as to the
amount that may be paid without prior notice or approval of the Missouri
Department of Insurance. The maximum amount of dividends which can be paid
without prior approval of the insurance commissioner is limited to the maximum
of (1) 10% of statutory surplus or (2) net gain from operations. The maximum
dividend distribution that can be paid by Paragon during 1999 without prior
notice or approval is $300,406. Paragon did not pay dividends in 1999, 1998 or
1997.

(11) Risk-Based Capital

  The insurance departments of various states, including the Company's
domiciliary state of Missouri, impose risk-based capital (RBC) requirements on
insurance enterprises. The RBC calculation serves as a

                                      F-12
<PAGE>

                         PARGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                   Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
benchmark for the regulation of life insurance companies by state insurance
regulators. The requirements apply various weighted factors to financial
balances or activity levels based on their perceived degree of risk.

  The RBC guidelines define specific capital levels where action by the Company
or regulators is required based on the ratio of a company's actual total
adjusted capital to control levels determined by the RBC formula. At December
31, 1999, the Company's actual total adjusted capital was in excess of minimum
levels which would require action by the Company or regulatory authorities
under the RBC formula.

(12) Commitments and Contingencies

  The Company leases certain of its facilities and equipment under
noncancellable leases the majority of which expires March 2001. The future
minimum lease obligations under the terms of the leases are summarized as
follows (000s):

<TABLE>
      <S>                                                                <C>
      Year ended December 31:
        2000............................................................ $   750
        2001............................................................     321
        2002............................................................     130
        2003............................................................      99
                                                                         -------
                                                                         $ 1,300
                                                                         =======
</TABLE>

  Rent expense totaled $507,512, $489,999, and $433,864 in 1999, 1998 and 1997,
respectively.

(13) Comprehensive Income

  In June 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 130, "Reporting Comprehensive
Income", effective for years beginning after December 15, 1997. SFAS No. 130
establishes standards for reporting and display of comprehensive income and its
components (revenues, expenses, gains and losses) in a full set of general-
purpose financial statements. The most significant items of comprehensive
income are net income and changes in unrealized gains and losses on securities.
The adoption of SFAS No. 130 does not affect results of operations or financial
position, but affects their presentation and disclosure. The Company has
adopted SFAS No. 130 as of January 1, 1998, and the following summaries present
the components of the Company's comprehensive income, other than net income,
for the periods ending December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997 (000s):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             1999
                                                -------------------------------
                                                              Tax
                                                Before-Tax (Expense) Net-of-Tax
                                                  Amount   Benefit     Amount
                                                ---------- --------  ----------
      <S>                                       <C>        <C>       <C>
      Unrealized holding losses arising during
       period..................................  $(8,492)   2,972      (5,520)
      Less: reclassification adjustment for
       gains realized in net income............      (57)      20         (37)
                                                 -------    -----      ------
      Other comprehensive loss.................   (8,549)   2,992      (5,557)
                                                 =======    =====      ======
</TABLE>

                                      F-13
<PAGE>

                         PARGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                   Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             1998
                                                -------------------------------
                                                              Tax
                                                Before-Tax (Expense) Net-of-Tax
                                                  Amount   Benefit     Amount
                                                ---------- --------  ----------
      <S>                                       <C>        <C>       <C>
      Unrealized holding gains arising during
       period..................................   $1,361     (476)      885
      Less: reclassification adjustment for
       gains realized in net income............      (53)      19       (34)
                                                  ------     ----       ---
      Other comprehensive income...............    1,308     (457)      851
                                                  ======     ====       ===
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             1997
                                                -------------------------------
                                                              Tax
                                                Before-Tax (Expense) Net-of-Tax
                                                  Amount   Benefit     Amount
                                                ---------- --------  ----------
      <S>                                       <C>        <C>       <C>
      Unrealized holding gains arising during
       period..................................   $2,585     (904)     1,681
      Less: reclassification adjustment for
       gains realized in net income............      (69)      24        (45)
                                                  ------     ----      -----
      Other comprehensive income...............    2,516     (880)     1,636
                                                  ======     ====      =====
</TABLE>

                                      F-14
<PAGE>


                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

The Board of Directors
 Paragon Life Insurance Company and
 Policyholders of Separate Account B's Putnam Divisions:

  We have audited the accompanying statements of net assets, including the
schedule of investments, of the Money Market, New Opportunities, Growth &
Income, High Yield, Diversified Income, Global Asset Allocation, Voyager,
Income, Global Growth, Utilities, Asia Pacific Growth, International Growth,
International Growth & Income, and International New Opportunities Divisions of
Paragon Separate Account B as of December 31, 1999, and related statements of
operations and changes in net assets for each of the periods in the three year
period then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the
management of Paragon Separate Account B. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

  We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our
procedures included confirmation of investments owned at December 31, 1999 by
correspondence with the Putnam Variable Trust. An audit also includes assessing
the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as
well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe
that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of the Money Market, New
Opportunities, Growth & Income, High Yield, Diversified Income, Global Asset
Allocation, Voyager, Income, Global Growth, Utilities, Asia Pacific Growth,
International Growth, International Growth & Income, and International New
Opportunities Divisions of Paragon Separate Account B as of December 31, 1999,
and the results of their operations and changes in their net assets for each of
the periods in the three year period then ended, in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles.


March 10, 2000

KPMG LLP. KPMG LLP, a U.S. limited liability partnership, is a member of KPMG
International, a Swiss association.

                                      F-15
<PAGE>

                          PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B

                           STATEMENTS OF NET ASSETS

                               December 31, 1999

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                          Money        New      Growth &                Diversified  Global Asset
                          Market  Opportunities  Income    High Yield     Income      Allocation      Voyager
                         Division   Division    Division    Division     Division      Division      Division
                         -------- ------------- --------- ------------ ------------- ------------- -------------
<S>                      <C>      <C>           <C>       <C>          <C>           <C>           <C>
Net Assets:
Investments in Putnam
 Investments, at Market
 Value (See Schedule of
 Investments)........... $60,082     654,542     480,429    173,953       104,920       103,851       566,749
                         -------     -------     -------    -------       -------       -------       -------
   Total Net Assets..... $60,082     654,542     480,429    173,953       104,920       103,851       566,749
                         =======     =======     =======    =======       =======       =======       =======
Net Assets,
 representing:
 Equity of Contract
  Owners................ $60,062     654,270     480,217    173,876       104,873       103,806       566,514
 Equity of Paragon Life
  Insurance Company.....      20         272         212         77            47            45           235
                         -------     -------     -------    -------       -------       -------       -------
                         $60,082     654,542     480,429    173,953       104,920       103,851       566,749
                         =======     =======     =======    =======       =======       =======       =======
Total Units Held........  50,931      15,044      13,827     12,107         8,881         4,074         7,199
Net Asset Value Per
 Unit................... $  1.18       43.49       34.73      14.36         11.81         25.48         78.69
Cost of Investments..... $60,082     334,135     476,995    189,434       110,582        95,069       344,145
                         =======     =======     =======    =======       =======       =======       =======
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     International International
                                     Global               Asia Pacific International   Growth &         New
                          Income     Growth     Utilities    Growth       Growth        Income     Opportunities
                         Division   Division    Division    Division     Division      Division      Division
                         -------- ------------- --------- ------------ ------------- ------------- -------------
<S>                      <C>      <C>           <C>       <C>          <C>           <C>           <C>
Net Assets:
Investments in Putnam
 Investments, at Market
 Value (See Schedule of
 of Investments)........ $ 7,541     338,473      13,588    295,512         9,026         5,126        22,548
                         -------     -------     -------    -------       -------       -------       -------
   Total Net Assets..... $ 7,541     338,473      13,588    295,512         9,026         5,126        22,548
                         =======     =======     =======    =======       =======       =======       =======
Net Assets,
 representing:
 Equity of Contract
  Owners................ $ 7,538     338,333      13,582    295,392         9,017         5,124        22,539
 Equity of Paragon Life
  Insurance Company.....       3         140           6        120             9             2             9
                         -------     -------     -------    -------       -------       -------       -------
                         $ 7,541     338,473      13,588    295,512         9,026         5,126        22,548
                         =======     =======     =======    =======       =======       =======       =======
Total Units Held........     510       8,427         652     16,484           420           324           977
Net Asset Value Per
 Unit................... $ 14.77       40.15       20.84      17.92         21.46         15.82         23.09
Cost of Investments..... $ 7,750     207,876      13,276    166,933         6,524         4,621        14,058
                         =======     =======     =======    =======       =======       =======       =======
</TABLE>

                See Accompanying Notes to Financial Statements

                                      F-16
<PAGE>

                          PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B

                           STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

                                  Page 1 of 2

             For the Years ended December 31, 1999, 1998, and 1997

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                          Money Market           New Opportunities           Growth & Income            High Yield
                            Division                  Division                  Division                 Division
                      ----------------------- --------------------------  -----------------------  -----------------------
                       1999     1998    1997    1999     1998     1997     1999     1998    1997    1999     1998    1997
                      -------  ------  ------ --------  -------  -------  -------  ------  ------  -------  -------  -----
<S>                   <C>      <C>     <C>    <C>       <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>     <C>     <C>      <C>      <C>
Investment Income:
 Dividend Income..... $ 1,499     946     526      --       --       --    10,537   4,668   2,280   17,542    8,438  3,575
Expenses:
 Mortality and
 Expense Charge......     233     142      76    3,312    2,030    1,064    3,437   2,270   1,191    1,285      944    496
                      -------  ------  ------ --------  -------  -------  -------  ------  ------  -------  -------  -----
   Net Investment
   Income (Expense)..   1,266     804     450   (3,312)  (2,030)  (1,064)   7,100   2,398   1,089   16,257    7,494  3,079
Net Realized Gain on
Investments
 Realized Gain from
 Distributions.......     --      --      --     5,412    3,510      --    24,682  30,476   5,550      --     1,234    415
 Proceeds from
 Sales...............  77,494  91,184  25,049  101,273   33,161   37,344   56,661  32,638  12,784   42,248    6,065  5,800
 Cost of Investments
 Sold................  77,494  91,184  25,049   71,588   28,400   36,869   54,040  30,358  11,255   47,331    6,143  5,459
                      -------  ------  ------ --------  -------  -------  -------  ------  ------  -------  -------  -----
   Net Realized Gain
   (Loss) on
   Investments.......     --      --      --    35,097    8,271      475   27,303  32,756   7,079   (5,083)   1,156    756
Net Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on
Investments:
 Unrealized Gain
 (Loss) Beginning of
 Year................     --      --      --    87,238   29,656   (1,874)  37,552  28,979   7,003  (12,380)   6,736  1,820
 Unrealized Gain
 (Loss) End of Year..     --      --      --   320,407   87,238   29,656    3,434  37,552  28,979  (15,481) (12,380) 6,736
                      -------  ------  ------ --------  -------  -------  -------  ------  ------  -------  -------  -----
 Net Unrealized Gain
 (Loss) on
 Investments.........     --      --      --   233,169   57,582   31,530  (34,118)  8,573  21,976   (3,101) (19,116) 4,916
                      -------  ------  ------ --------  -------  -------  -------  ------  ------  -------  -------  -----
   Net Gain (Loss) on
   Investments.......     --      --      --   268,266   65,853   32,005   (6,815) 41,329  29,055   (8,184) (17,960) 5,672
Increase (Decrease)
in Assets Resulting
from Operations...... $ 1,266     804     450  264,954   63,823   30,941      285  43,727  30,144    8,073  (10,466) 8,751
                      =======  ======  ====== ========  =======  =======  =======  ======  ======  =======  =======  =====
<CAPTION>
                       Diversified Income     Global Asset Allocation            Voyager                  Income
                            Division                  Division                  Division                 Division
                      ----------------------- --------------------------  -----------------------  -----------------------
                       1999     1998    1997    1999     1998     1997     1999     1998    1997    1999     1998    1997
                      -------  ------  ------ --------  -------  -------  -------  ------  ------  -------  -------  -----
<S>                   <C>      <C>     <C>    <C>       <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>     <C>     <C>      <C>      <C>
Investment Income:
 Dividend Income..... $ 6,088   2,868   1,898    1,611    1,152    1,057      390     515     187      272      120     63
Expenses:
 Mortality and
 Expense Charge......     709     517     315      654      453      325    3,013   1,802     945       40       20     11
                      -------  ------  ------ --------  -------  -------  -------  ------  ------  -------  -------  -----
   Net Investment
   Income (Expense)..   5,379   2,351   1,583      957      699      732   (2,623) (1,287)   (758)     232      100     52
Net Realized Gain on
Investments
 Realized Gain from
 Distributions.......     --    1,219     299    4,520    4,943    1,806   31,300  12,485   4,031       24        3    --
 Proceeds from
 Sales...............  18,528  12,570     866   13,297   23,439   12,504  104,309  27,220  23,924    1,983      753    818
 Cost of Investments
 Sold................  20,007  12,549     827   12,898   21,911   11,077   83,642  23,883  23,095    2,030      732    783
                      -------  ------  ------ --------  -------  -------  -------  ------  ------  -------  -------  -----
   Net Realized Gain
   (Loss) on
   Investments.......  (1,479)  1,240     338    4,919    6,471    3,233   51,967  15,822   4,860      (23)      24     35
Net Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on
Investments:
 Unrealized Gain
 (Loss) Beginning of
 Year................  (2,819)  2,284   1,207    4,824    4,368    1,369   68,383  26,561     746      165       68     34
 Unrealized Gain
 (Loss) End of Year..  (5,662) (2,819)  2,284    8,782    4,824    4,368  222,604  68,383  26,561     (209)     165     68
                      -------  ------  ------ --------  -------  -------  -------  ------  ------  -------  -------  -----
 Net Unrealized Gain
 (Loss) on
 Investments.........  (2,843) (5,103)  1,077    3,958      456    2,999  154,221  41,822  25,815     (374)      97     34
                      -------  ------  ------ --------  -------  -------  -------  ------  ------  -------  -------  -----
   Net Gain (Loss) on
   Investments.......  (4,322) (3,863)  1,415    8,877    6,927    6,232  206,188  57,644  30,675     (397)     121     69
Increase (Decrease)
in Assets Resulting
from Operations...... $ 1,057  (1,512)  2,998    9,834    7,626    6,964  203,565  56,357  29,917     (165)     221    121
                      =======  ======  ====== ========  =======  =======  =======  ======  ======  =======  =======  =====
</TABLE>

                See Accompanying Notes to Financial Statements

                                      F-17
<PAGE>

                          PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B

                           STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

                                  Page 2 of 2

             For the Years ended December 31, 1999, 1998, and 1997
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                  International
                             Global Growth             Utilities         Asia Pacific Growth         Growth
                                Division               Division               Division              Division
                         -----------------------  -------------------- -------------------------  ----------------
                           1999     1998   1997    1999    1998  1997   1999     1998     1997     1999     1998
                         --------  ------ ------  -------  ----- ----- -------  -------  -------  --------  ------
<S>                      <C>       <C>    <C>     <C>      <C>   <C>   <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>       <C>
Investment Income:
 Dividend Income........ $    736   2,505  1,086      410    104    56     --     3,084      881       --       8
Expenses:
 Mortality and Expense
 Charge.................    1,581     858    451      101     58    15   1,338      626      388        81      5
                         --------  ------ ------  -------  ----- ----- -------  -------  -------  --------  -----
   Net Investment Income
   (Expense)............     (845)  1,647    635      309     46    41  (1,338)   2,458      493       (81)     3
Net Realized Gain on
Investments
 Realized Gain from
 Distributions..........   15,320  12,526  1,168      326    176    77     --       --       --        --     --
 Proceeds from Sales....   25,275  26,245  9,268    4,624  1,953 1,482  36,237   10,508    8,945    27,009    579
 Cost of Investments
 Sold...................   21,927  24,547  8,265    4,365  1,861 1,333  28,215   12,561    8,631    21,138    587
                         --------  ------ ------  -------  ----- ----- -------  -------  -------  --------  -----
   Net Realized Gain
   (Loss) on
   Investments..........   18,668  14,224  2,171      585    268   226   8,022   (2,053)     314     5,871     (8)
Net Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on Investments:
 Unrealized Gain (Loss)
 Beginning of Year......   20,199   5,171  2,094    1,333    386   112 (12,535)  (9,973)   1,291       136    --
 Unrealized Gain (Loss)
 End of Year............  130,597  20,199  5,171      312  1,333   386 128,579  (12,535)  (9,973)    2,502    136
                         --------  ------ ------  -------  ----- ----- -------  -------  -------  --------  -----
 Net Unrealized Gain
 (Loss) on Investments..  110,398  15,028  3,077   (1,021)   947   274 141,114   (2,562) (11,264)    2,366    136
                         --------  ------ ------  -------  ----- ----- -------  -------  -------  --------  -----
   Net Gain (Loss) on
   Investments..........  129,066  29,252  5,248     (436) 1,215   500 149,136   (4,615) (10,950)    8,237    128
Increase (Decrease) in
Assets Resulting from
Operations.............. $128,221  30,899  5,883     (127) 1,261   541 147,798   (2,157) (10,457)    8,156    131
                         ========  ====== ======  =======  ===== ===== =======  =======  =======  ========  =====
<CAPTION>
                          International   International
                            Growth &           New
                             Income       Opportunities
                            Division         Division
                         ---------------- ---------------
                           1999     1998   1999    1998
                         --------  ------ ------  -------
<S>                      <C>       <C>    <C>     <C>      <C>   <C>   <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>       <C>
Investment Income:
 Dividend Income........ $    --       27    --       --
Expenses:
 Mortality and Expense
 Charge.................       36       6     40        2
                         --------  ------ ------  -------
   Net Investment Income
   (Expense)............      (36)     21    (40)      (2)
Net Realized Gain on
Investments
 Realized Gain from
 Distributions..........      --       65    --       --
 Proceeds from Sales....    7,326     384    790       49
 Cost of Investments
 Sold...................    6,770     390    706       50
                         --------  ------ ------  -------
   Net Realized Gain
   (Loss) on
   Investments..........      556      59     84       (1)
Net Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on Investments:
 Unrealized Gain (Loss)
 Beginning of Year......       25     --      33      --
 Unrealized Gain (Loss)
 End of Year............      505      25  8,490       33
                         --------  ------ ------  -------
 Net Unrealized Gain
 (Loss) on Investments..      480      25  8,457       33
                         --------  ------ ------  -------
   Net Gain (Loss) on
   Investments..........    1,036      84  8,541       32
Increase (Decrease) in
Assets Resulting from
Operations.............. $  1,000     105  8,501       30
                         ========  ====== ======  =======
</TABLE>
                See Accompanying Notes to Financial Statements

                                      F-18
<PAGE>

                          PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B

                      STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN NET ASSETS
                                  Page 1 of 2

             For the Years ended December 31, 1999, 1998, and 1997

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                         Money Market           New Opportunities           Growth & Income              High Yield
                           Division                 Division                   Division                   Division
                    ------------------------ -------------------------  -------------------------  ------------------------
                      1999     1998    1997   1999     1998     1997     1999     1998     1997     1999     1998     1997
                    --------  ------  ------ -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  ------
<S>                 <C>       <C>     <C>    <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>
Operations:
 Net Investment
  Income
  (Expense)........ $  1,266     804     450  (3,312)  (2,030)  (1,064)   7,100    2,398    1,089   16,257    7,494   3,079
 Net Realized Gain
  (Loss) on
  Investments......      --      --      --   35,097    8,271      475   27,303   32,756    7,079   (5,083)   1,156     756
 Net Unrealized
  Gain (Loss) on
  Investments......      --      --      --  233,169   57,582   31,530  (34,118)   8,573   21,976   (3,101) (19,116)  4,916
                    --------  ------  ------ -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  ------
   Increase
   (Decrease) in
   Net Assets
   Resulting from
   Operations......    1,266     804     450 264,954   63,823   30,941      285   43,727   30,144    8,073  (10,466)  8,751
   Net Deposits
   into Separate
   Account.........   37,048   7,829   7,110  26,593   82,102  102,551   91,850  102,404  126,292   15,582   63,083  49,608
                    --------  ------  ------ -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  ------
   Increase in Net
   Assets..........   38,314   8,633   7,560 291,547  145,925  133,493   92,135  146,131  156,436   23,655   52,617  58,359
Net Assets,
Beginning of Year..   21,768  13,135   5,575 362,995  217,070   83,577  388,294  242,163   85,727  150,298   97,681  39,322
                    --------  ------  ------ -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  ------
Net Assets, End of
Year............... $ 60,082  21,768  13,135 654,542  362,995  217,070  480,429  388,294  242,163  173,953  150,298  97,681
                    ========  ======  ====== =======  =======  =======  =======  =======  =======  =======  =======  ======

<CAPTION>
                      Diversified Income     Global Asset Allocation            Voyager                    Income
                          Division                  Division                   Division                   Division
                    ------------------------ -------------------------  -------------------------  ------------------------
                      1999     1998    1997   1999     1998     1997     1999     1998     1997     1999     1998     1997
                    --------  ------  ------ -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  ------
<S>                 <C>       <C>     <C>    <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>
Operations:
 Net Investment
 Income (Expense).. $  5,379   2,351   1,583     957      699      732   (2,623)  (1,287)    (758)     232      100      52
 Net Realized Gain
 (Loss) on
 Investments.......   (1,479)  1,240     338   4,919    6,471    3,233   51,967   15,822    4,860      (23)      24      35
 Net Unrealized
 Gain (Loss) on
 Investments.......   (2,843) (5,103)  1,077   3,958      456    2,999  154,221   41,822   25,815     (374)      97      34
                    --------  ------  ------ -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  ------
   Increase
   (Decrease) in
   Net Assets
   Resulting from
   Operations......    1,057  (1,512)  2,998   9,834    7,626    6,964  203,565   56,357   29,917     (165)     221     121
   Net Deposits
   into Separate
   Account.........   23,566  20,485  32,252  18,161   12,108   24,714   34,840   82,247   90,250    3,975    1,567     875
                    --------  ------  ------ -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  ------
   Increase in Net
   Assets..........   24,623  18,973  35,250  27,995   19,734   31,678  238,405  138,604  120,167    3,810    1,788     996
Net Assets,
Beginning of Year..   80,297  61,324  26,074  75,856   56,122   24,444  328,344  189,740   69,573    3,731    1,943     947
                    --------  ------  ------ -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  ------
Net Assets, End of
Year............... $104,920  80,297  61,324 103,851   75,856   56,122  566,749  328,344  189,740    7,541    3,731   1,943
                    ========  ======  ====== =======  =======  =======  =======  =======  =======  =======  =======  ======
</TABLE>


                See Accompanying Notes to Financial Statements.

                                      F-19
<PAGE>

                          PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B

               STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN NET ASSETS--(Continued)
                                  Page 2 of 2

             For the Years ended December 31, 1999, 1998, and 1997

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                              International
                                                                                             International       Growth &
                         Global Growth            Utilities         Asia Pacific Growth          Growth           Income
                           Division               Division               Division               Division         Division
                    ------------------------ -------------------- -------------------------  ---------------  ---------------
                      1999     1998    1997   1999    1998  1997   1999     1998     1997     1999     1998    1999     1998
                    --------  ------- ------ ------  ------ ----- -------  -------  -------  -------  ------  -------  ------
<S>                 <C>       <C>     <C>    <C>     <C>    <C>   <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>     <C>      <C>
Operations:
 Net Investment
 Income (Expense).. $   (845)   1,647    635    309      46    41  (1,338)   2,458      493      (81)      3  $   (36)     21
 Net Realized Gain
 (Loss) on
 Investments.......   18,668   14,224  2,171    585     268   226   8,022   (2,053)     314    5,871      (8)     556      59
 Net Unrealized
 Gain (Loss) on
 Investments.......  110,398   15,028  3,077 (1,021)    947   274 141,114   (2,562) (11,264)   2,366     136      480      25
                    --------  ------- ------ ------  ------ ----- -------  -------  -------  -------  ------  -------  ------
   Increase
   (Decrease) in
   Net Assets
   Resulting from
   Operations......  128,221   30,899  5,883   (127)  1,261   541 147,798   (2,157) (10,457)   8,156     131    1,000     105
   Net Deposits
   into Separate
   Account.........   46,196   43,689 47,514  1,685   7,850   952  31,785   53,632   39,527   (1,740)  2,479    1,747   2,274
                    --------  ------- ------ ------  ------ ----- -------  -------  -------  -------  ------  -------  ------
   Increase in Net
   Assets..........  174,417   74,588 53,397  1,558   9,111 1,493 179,583   51,475   29,070    6,416   2,610    2,747   2,379
Net Assets,
Beginning of Year..  164,056   89,468 36,071 12,030   2,919 1,426 115,929   64,454   35,384    2,610     --     2,379     --
                    --------  ------- ------ ------  ------ ----- -------  -------  -------  -------  ------  -------  ------
Net Assets, End of
Year............... $338,473  164,056 89,468 13,588  12,030 2,919 295,512  115,929   64,454    9,026   2,610  $ 5,126   2,379
                    ========  ======= ====== ======  ====== ===== =======  =======  =======  =======  ======  =======  ======
<CAPTION>
                    International
                         New
                    Opportunities
                      Division
                    -----------------
                     1999     1998
                    --------- -------
<S>                 <C>       <C>
Operations:
 Net Investment
 Income (Expense)..      (40)    (2)
 Net Realized Gain
 (Loss) on
 Investments.......       84     (1)
 Net Unrealized
 Gain (Loss) on
 Investments.......    8,457     33
                    --------- -------
   Increase
   (Decrease) in
   Net Assets
   Resulting from
   Operations......    8,501     30
   Net Deposits
   into Separate
   Account.........   13,428    589
                    --------- -------
   Increase in Net
   Assets..........   21,929    619
Net Assets,
Beginning of Year..      619    --
                    --------- -------
Net Assets, End of
Year...............   22,548    619
                    ========= =======
</TABLE>


                See Accompanying Notes to Financial Statements.

                                      F-20
<PAGE>

                           PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B

                         Notes to Financial Statements

                               December 31, 1999

(1) Organization

  Paragon Life Insurance Company (Paragon) established Paragon Separate Account
B on January 4, 1993. Paragon Separate Account B (the Separate Account)
commenced operations on March 3, 1994 and is registered under the Investment
Company Act of 1940 as a unit investment trust. The Division options included
herein commenced operations on April 15, 1996. The Separate Account receives
and invests net premiums for flexible premium group variable life insurance
policies that are issued by Paragon. The Separate Account is divided into
fourteen divisions which invest exclusively in shares of a single fund of
Putnam Variable Trust (Putnam), an open-end, diversified management investment
company. These funds are the Money Market, New Opportunities, Growth & Income,
High Yield, Diversified Income, Global Asset Allocation, Voyager, Income,
Global Growth, Utilities, Asia Pacific Growth, International Growth,
International Growth & Income, and International New Opportunities (the
Divisions). Policyholders have the option of directing their premium payments
into any or all of the Divisions.

(2) Significant Accounting Policies

  The following is a summary of significant accounting policies followed by the
Separate Account in the preparation of its financial statements. The policies
are in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

 Investments

  The Separate Account's investments in the Funds of Putnam are valued daily
based on the net asset values of the respective fund shares held. The average
cost method is used in determining the cost of shares sold on withdrawals by
the Separate Account. Share transactions are recorded consistent with trade
date accounting. All dividends received are immediately reinvested on the ex-
dividend date.

 Federal Income Taxes

  The operations of the Separate Account are treated as part of Paragon for
income tax purposes. Under existing Federal income tax law, capital gains from
sales of investments of the Separate Account are not taxable. Therefore, no
Federal income tax has been provided.

 Use of Estimates

  The preparation of financial statements requires management to make estimates
and assumptions with respect to amounts reported in the financial statements.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.

(3) Policy Charges

  Charges are deducted from the policies and the Separate Account to compensate
Paragon for providing the insurance benefits set forth in the contracts and any
additional benefits added by rider, administering the policies, incurring
expenses in distributing the policies, and assuming certain risks in connection
with the policy.

 Premium Expense Charge

  Certain policies include a provision that premium payments may be reduced by
a premium expense charge. The premium expense charge is determined by the costs
associated with distributing the policy and, if

                                      F-21
<PAGE>

                           PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B

                   Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
applicable, is equal to 1% of the premium paid. The premium expense charge
compensates Paragon for providing the insurance benefits set forth in the
policies, incurring expenses of distributing the policies, and assuming certain
risks in connection with the policies. In addition, some policies have a
premium tax assessment of 2% to reimburse Paragon for premium taxes incurred.
The premium payment less premium expense and premium tax charges equals the net
premium that is invested in the underlying separate account.

 Monthly Expense Charge

  Paragon has responsibility for the administration of the policies and the
Separate Account. As reimbursement for expenses related to the acquisition and
maintenance of each policy and the Separate Account, Paragon assesses a monthly
administration charge to each policy. This charge, which varies due to the size
of the group, has a maximum of $6.00 per month during the first 12 policy
months and $3.50 per month thereafter.

 Cost of Insurance

  The cost of insurance is deducted on each monthly anniversary for the
following policy month. Because the cost of insurance depends upon a number of
variables, the cost varies for each policy month. The cost of insurance is
determined separately for the initial face amount and for any subsequent
increase in face amount. Paragon determines the monthly cost of insurance
charge by multiplying the applicable cost of insurance rate or rates by the net
amount at risk for each policy month.

 Optional Rider Benefits Charge

  The optional rider benefits charge is a monthly deduction for any additional
benefits provided by the policy riders.

 Surrender or Contingent Deferred Sales Charge

  During the first policy year, certain policies include a provision for a
charge upon surrender or lapse of the policy, a requested decrease in face
amount, or a partial withdrawal that causes the face amount to decrease. The
amount assessed under the policy terms, if any, depends upon the cost
associated with distributing the particular policies. The amount of any charge
depends on a number of factors, including whether the event is a full surrender
or lapse or only a decrease in face amount, the amount of premiums received by
Paragon, and the policy year in which the surrender or other event takes place.

 Mortality and Expense Charge

  In addition to the above contract charges a daily charge against the
operations of each division is made for the mortality and expense risks assumed
by Paragon. Paragon deducts a daily charge from the Separate Account at the
rate of .0020471% of the net assets of each division of the Separate Account
which equals an annual rate of .75% of those net assets. The mortality risk
assumed by Paragon is that insureds may die sooner than anticipated and that,
therefore, Paragon will pay an aggregate amount of death benefits greater than
anticipated. The expense risk assumed is that expenses incurred in issuing and
administering the policy will exceed the amounts realized from the
administrative charges assessed against the policy.

                                      F-22
<PAGE>

                          PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B

                  Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
(4) - Purchases and Sales of Putnam Variable Trust Shares

  For the Years ended December 31, 1999, 1998, and 1997 purchases and proceeds
from the sales of the Putnam Variable Trust were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                      Money Market         New Opportunities           Growth &              High Yield       Diversified Income
                        Division               Division             Income Division           Division             Division
                 ---------------------- ----------------------- ----------------------- -------------------- --------------------
                   1999    1998   1997   1999    1998    1997    1999    1998    1997    1999   1998   1997   1999   1998   1997
                 -------- ------ ------ ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------
<S>              <C>      <C>    <C>    <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>
Purchases....... $114,672 98,746 32,069 127,850 113,596 139,967 149,995 133,018 137,137 58,726 67,934 55,046 43,055 32,074 32,966
Sales........... $ 77,494 91,184 25,049 101,273  33,161  37,344  56,661  32,638  12,784 42,248  6,065  5,800 18,528 12,570    866
                 ======== ====== ====== ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ======
<CAPTION>
                      Global Asset              Voyager                 Income             Global Growth      Utilities Growth &
                  Allocation Division          Division                Division               Division         Income Division
                 ---------------------- ----------------------- ----------------------- -------------------- --------------------
                   1999    1998   1997   1999    1998    1997    1999    1998    1997    1999   1998   1997   1999   1998   1997
                 -------- ------ ------ ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------
<S>              <C>      <C>    <C>    <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>
Purchases....... $ 31,744 35,360 37,308 140,813 106,091 114,119   6,039   2,237   1,675 72,940 68,329 55,975  6,428  9,617  2,398
Sales........... $ 13,297 23,439 12,504 104,309  27,220  23,924   1,983     753     818 25,275 26,245  9,268  4,624  1,953  1,482
                 ======== ====== ====== ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ======
<CAPTION>
                                                                         International
                                                         International        New
                  Asia Pacific Growth    International  Growth & Income  Opportunities
                        Division        Growth Division    Division        Division
                 ---------------------- --------------- --------------- ---------------
                   1999    1998   1997   1999    1998    1999    1998    1999    1998
                 -------- ------ ------ ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
<S>              <C>      <C>    <C>    <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>
Purchases....... $ 68,456 63,472 48,243  25,316   2,925   9,234   2,454  14,210     604
Sales........... $ 36,237 10,508  8,945  27,009     579   7,326     384     790      49
                 ======== ====== ====== ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= =======
</TABLE>

  The purchases above do not include dividends and realized gains from
distributions that have been reinvested into the respective divisions.

                                      F-23
<PAGE>

                          PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B

                  Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
Note 5--Accumulation of Unit Activity

  The following is a reconciliation of the accumulation of unit activity for
the Years ended December 31, 1999, 1998, and 1997:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                       Money Market      New Opportunities     Growth & Income                          Diversified
                         Division             Division            Division       High Yield Division  Income Division
                   -------------------- -------------------- ------------------- ------------------- -----------------
                    1999   1998   1997   1999   1998   1997   1999   1998  1997   1999   1998  1997  1999  1998  1997
                   ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ----- ------ ------ ----- ----- ----- -----
<S>                <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>   <C>    <C>    <C>   <C>   <C>   <C>
Net Increase in
Units
 Deposits........  99,078 89,171 30,375  4,368  5,119  7,568  4,125  4,190 4,996  4,099  4,707 4,039 3,598 2,740 2,863
 Withdrawals.....  67,292 82,162 23,625  3,355  1,448  2,092  1,570    972   455  2,994    387   410 1,585 1,077    55
                   ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ----- ------ ------ ----- ----- ----- -----
 Net Increase in
 Units...........  31,786  7,009  6,750  1,013  3,671  5,476  2,555  3,218 4,541  1,105  4,320 3,629 2,013 1,733 2,808
Outstanding
Units,
 Beginning of
 Year............  19,145 12,136  5,386 14,031 10,360  4,884 11,272  8,054 3,513 11,002  6,682 3,053 6,868 5,135 2,327
                   ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ----- ------ ------ ----- ----- ----- -----
Outstanding
Units,
 End of Year.....  50,931 19,145 12,136 15,044 14,031 10,360 13,827 11,272 8,054 12,107 11,002 6,682 8,881 6,868 5,135
                   ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ===== ====== ====== ===== ===== ===== =====
<CAPTION>
                       Global Asset                                Income           Global Growth        Utilities
                   Allocation Division    Voyager Division        Division            Division           Division
                   -------------------- -------------------- ------------------- ------------------- -----------------
                    1999   1998   1997   1999   1998   1997   1999   1998  1997   1999   1998  1997  1999  1998  1997
                   ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ----- ------ ------ ----- ----- ----- -----
<S>                <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>   <C>    <C>    <C>   <C>   <C>   <C>
Net Increase in
Units
 Deposits........   1,334  1,641  1,962  2,473  2,489  3,222    399    156   125  2,654  3,233 3,047   300   511   154
 Withdrawals.....     565  1,092    632  1,827    610    700    132     50    60    920  1,240   497   217   100    93
                   ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ----- ------ ------ ----- ----- ----- -----
 Net Increase in
 Units...........     769    549  1,330    646  1,879  2,522    267    106    65  1,734  1,993 2,550    83   411    61
Outstanding
Units,
 Beginning of
 Year............   3,305  2,756  1,426  6,553  4,674  2,152    243    137    72  6,693  4,700 2,150   569   158    97
                   ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ----- ------ ------ ----- ----- ----- -----
Outstanding
Units,
 End of Year.....   4,074  3,305  2,756  7,199  6,553  4,674    510    243   137  8,427  6,693 4,700   652   569   158
                   ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ===== ====== ====== ===== ===== ===== =====
</TABLE>

                                      F-24
<PAGE>

                          PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B

                  Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
Note 5--Accumulation of Unit Activity--(continued)

  The following is a reconciliation of the accumulation of unit activity for
the Years ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             International   International
                                              International    Growth &           New
                          Asia Pacific Growth     Growth        Income       Opportunities
                               Division          Division      Division        Division
                          ------------------- -------------- --------------  --------------
                           1999   1998  1997   1999    1998   1999    1998    1999    1998
                          ------ ------ ----- ------- ------ ------  ------  ------  ------
<S>                       <C>    <C>    <C>   <C>     <C>    <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>
Net Increase in Units
 Deposits...............   6,020  7,545 4,512   1,626   239     633     218     980      59
 Withdrawals............   2,866  1,168   794   1,399    46     495      32      57       5
                          ------ ------ ----- ------- -----  ------  ------  ------  ------
 Net Increase in Units..   3,154  6,377 3,718     227   193     138     186     923      54
Outstanding Units,
 Beginning of Year......  13,330  6,953 3,235     193   --      186     --       54     --
                          ------ ------ ----- ------- -----  ------  ------  ------  ------
Outstanding Units,
 End of Year............  16,484 13,330 6,953     420   193     324     186     977      54
                          ====== ====== ===== ======= =====  ======  ======  ======  ======
</TABLE>

                                      F-25
<PAGE>

                          PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B

                  Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)

Note 6--Reconciliation of Gross and Net Deposits into the Separate Account

  Deposits into the Separate Account purchase shares of Putnam Variable Trust.
Net deposits represent the amount available for investments in such shares
after deduction of premium expense charges, monthly expense charges, cost of
insurance and the cost of optional benefits added by rider. The following is a
summary of net deposits made for the Years ended December 31, 1999, 1998,
1997.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                          Money Market             New Opportunities           Growth & Income             High Yield
                            Division                   Division                   Division                  Division
                    --------------------------  -------------------------  -------------------------  -----------------------
                      1999     1998     1997     1999     1998     1997     1999     1998     1997     1999     1998    1997
                    --------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  ------  ------
<S>                 <C>       <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>     <C>     <C>
Total Gross
Deposits........... $188,742  187,420  142,131  182,910  165,316  176,664  182,206  177,459  170,743   78,150  78,118  68,686
Surrenders and
Withdrawals........   (3,492)  (1,772)  (1,939) (67,823) (21,214) (13,699) (22,390)  (3,882)  (2,820) (21,863) (2,362)   (976)
Transfers Between
Funds and General
Account............   23,814   (8,401)    (440) (10,364)   3,079   (3,765) (13,335) (18,609)   5,484  (17,038) 10,100       8
                    --------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  ------  ------
   Total Gross
   Deposits net of
   Surrenders,
   Withdrawals, and
   Transfers.......  209,064  177,247  139,752  104,723  147,181  159,200  146,481  154,968  173,407   39,249  85,856  67,718
Deductions:
 Premium Expense
 Charges...........    5,653    5,616    4,387    5,477    4,954    5,452    5,457    5,317    5,270    2,342   2,338   2,120
 Monthly Expense
 Charges...........    8,391    7,913    2,902    3,665    2,905    3,607    2,480    2,282    3,486    1,076     987   1,402
 Cost of Insurance
 and Optional
 Benefits..........  157,972  155,889  125,353   68,998   57,220   47,590   46,694   44,965   38,359   20,249  19,448  14,588
                    --------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  ------  ------
   Total
   Deductions......  172,016  169,418  132,642   78,130   65,079   56,649   54,631   52,564   47,115   23,667  22,773  18,110
                    --------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  ------  ------
Net Deposits from
Policyholders...... $ 37,048    7,829    7,110   26,593   82,102  102,551   91,850  102,404  126,292   15,582  63,083  49,608
                    ========  =======  =======  =======  =======  =======  =======  =======  =======  =======  ======  ======
<CAPTION>
                       Diversified Income       Global Asset Allocation            Voyager                   Income
                            Division                   Division                   Division                  Division
                    --------------------------  -------------------------  -------------------------  -----------------------
                      1999     1998     1997     1999     1998     1997     1999     1998     1997     1999     1998    1997
                    --------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  ------  ------
<S>                 <C>       <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>     <C>     <C>
Total Gross
Deposits........... $ 38,977   39,709   41,160   42,871   53,892   53,792  169,291  151,049  149,063    8,119   3,617   2,396
Surrenders and
Withdrawals........   (6,326)    (231)    (123)  (4,020) (14,261)  (5,339) (67,619) (13,314)  (7,566)    (548)    (21)   (371)
Transfers Between
Funds and General
Account............      (26) (10,398)      (1)     --      (129)     --       289    3,068   (2,579)       4     --       (1)
                    --------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  ------  ------
   Total Gross
   Deposits net of
   Surrenders,
   Withdrawals, and
   Transfers.......   32,625   29,080   41,036   38,851   39,502   48,453  101,961  140,803  138,918    7,575   3,596   2,024
Deductions:
 Premium Expense
 Charges...........    1,165    1,190    1,270    1,285    1,615    1,660    5,071    4,523    4,601      243     108      74
 Monthly Expense
 Charges...........      397      358      840      979    1,245    1,098    3,130    2,610    3,043      169      93      49
 Cost of Insurance
 and Optional
 Benefits..........    7,497    7,047    6,674   18,426   24,534   20,981   58,920   51,423   41,024    3,188   1,828   1,026
                    --------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  ------  ------
   Total
   Deductions......    9,059    8,595    8,784   20,690   27,394   23,739   67,121   58,556   48,668    3,600   2,029   1,149
                    --------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  ------  ------
Net Deposits from
Policyholders...... $ 23,566   20,485   32,252   18,161   12,108   24,714   34,840   82,247   90,250    3,975   1,567     875
                    ========  =======  =======  =======  =======  =======  =======  =======  =======  =======  ======  ======  ===
</TABLE>

                                      F-26
<PAGE>

                           PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B

                   Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)

(6)--Reconciliation of Gross and Net Deposits into the Separate Account--
(Continued)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                   International
                             Global Growth              Utilities          Asia Pacific Growth         Growth
                                Division                Division                Division              Division
                         ------------------------  ---------------------  -----------------------  ---------------
                          1999     1998     1997    1999    1998   1997    1999     1998    1997    1999     1998
                         -------  -------  ------  ------  ------  -----  -------  ------  ------  -------  ------
<S>                      <C>      <C>      <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>    <C>      <C>     <C>     <C>      <C>
Total Gross Deposits.... $89,003   88,759  68,166   8,480   6,899  3,893   70,322  66,747  64,011   13,203   3,779
Surrenders and
 Withdrawals............ (14,384) (21,423) (5,983) (1,809)   (613)  (567) (18,425) (2,682) (3,911)  (1,812)    --
Transfers Between Funds
 and General Account....     547    1,887   2,526      (9)  5,352   (580)   4,355   9,609    (662)  (6,677)    204
                         -------  -------  ------  ------  ------  -----  -------  ------  ------  -------  ------
   Total Gross Deposits
    net of Surrenders,
    Withdrawals, and
    Transfers...........  75,166   69,223  64,709   6,662  11,638  2,746   56,252  73,674  59,438    4,714   3,983
Deductions:
 Premium Expense
  Charges...............   2,666    2,659   2,104     255     207    120    2,106   2,000   1,976      395     113
 Monthly Expense
  Charges...............   1,327    1,105   1,392     238     173     79    1,127     872   1,307      306      67
 Cost of Insurance and
  Optional Benefits.....  24,977   21,770  13,699   4,484   3,408  1,595   21,234  17,170  16,628    5,753   1,324
                         -------  -------  ------  ------  ------  -----  -------  ------  ------  -------  ------
   Total Deductions.....  28,970   25,534  17,195   4,977   3,788  1,794   24,467  20,042  19,911    6,454   1,504
                         -------  -------  ------  ------  ------  -----  -------  ------  ------  -------  ------
Net Deposits from
 Policyholders.......... $46,196   43,689  47,514   1,685   7,850    952   31,785  53,632  39,527   (1,740)  2,479
                         =======  =======  ======  ======  ======  =====  =======  ======  ======  =======  ======
<CAPTION>
                                           International
                          International         New
                         Growth & Income   Opportunities
                            Division         Division
                         ----------------  --------------
                          1999     1998     1999    1998
                         -------  -------  ------  ------
<S>                      <C>      <C>      <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>    <C>      <C>     <C>     <C>      <C>
Total Gross Deposits.... $10,118    3,740  15,623     961
Surrenders and
 Withdrawals............  (2,385)    (218)   (173)    --
Transfers Between Funds
 and General Account....   1,193       25     421      21
                         -------  -------  ------  ------
   Total Gross Deposits
    net of Surrenders,
    Withdrawals, and
    Transfers...........   8,926    3,547  15,871     982
Deductions:
 Premium Expense
  Charges...............     303      112     468      29
 Monthly Expense
  Charges...............     347       56     100      18
 Cost of Insurance and
  Optional Benefits.....   6,529    1,105   1,875     346
                         -------  -------  ------  ------
   Total Deductions.....   7,179    1,273   2,443     393
                         -------  -------  ------  ------
Net Deposits from
 Policyholders.......... $ 1,747    2,274  13,428     589
                         =======  =======  ======  ======
</TABLE>

                                      F-27
<PAGE>

                           PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B

                   Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)

Note 7--Subsequent Event

  On January 6, 2000, Paragon Life Insurance Co.'s ultimate parent, GenAmerica
Corporation, was purchased by Metropolitan Life Insurance Company.




                 See Accompanying Independent Auditors' Report.

                                      F-28
<PAGE>

                           PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B

                   Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)

                           PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B

                            SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS

                               December 31, 1999

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      Number    Market
                                                     of Shares  Value     Cost
                                                     --------- -------- --------
<S>                                                  <C>       <C>      <C>
Putnam Variable Trust:
  Money Market Fund.................................  60,082   $ 60,082 $ 60,082
  New Opportunities Fund............................  15,033    654,542  334,135
  Growth & Income Fund..............................  17,926    480,429  476,995
  High Yield Fund...................................  15,686    173,953  189,434
  Diversified Income Fund...........................  10,566    104,920  110,582
  Global Asset Fund.................................   5,296    103,851   95,069
  Voyager Fund......................................   8,555    566,749  344,145
  Income Fund.......................................     602      7,541    7,750
  Global Growth Fund................................  11,101    338,473  207,876
  Utilities Fund....................................     801     13,588   13,276
  Asia Pacific Growth Fund..........................  17,092    295,512  166,933
  International Growth Fund.........................     417      9,026    6,524
  International Growth & Income Fund................     336      5,126    4,621
  International New Opportunities Fund..............     967     22,548   14,058
</TABLE>


                 See Accompanying Independent Auditors' Report.

                                      F-29
<PAGE>

                                   APPENDIX A

Illustrations of Death Benefits and Cash Values

The following tables illustrate how the Cash Value and Death Benefit of a
Policy change with the investment experience of a Division of the Separate
Account. The tables show how the Cash Value and Death Benefit of a Policy
issued to an Insured of a given age and at a given premium would vary over time
if the investment return on the assets held in each Division of the Separate
Account were a uniform, gross, after-tax annual rate of 0%, 6% or 12%. In
addition, the Cash Values and Death Benefits would be different from those
shown if the gross annual investment rates of return averaged 0%, 6%, and 12%
over a period of years, but fluctuated above and below those averages for
individual Policy years.

The tables illustrate a Policy issued to an Insured, age 45, in an Executive
Program issued as a Group Contract Policy as well as an Insured, age 50, in a
Corporate Program. This assumes the maximum monthly administrative charge. If a
particular Policy has different sales or administrative charges or if a
particular group is larger or smaller or has a different gender mix, the Cash
Values and Death Benefits would vary from those shown in the tables.

The Cash Value column under the "Guaranteed" heading shows the accumulated
value of the premiums paid reflecting deduction of the charges described above
and monthly charges for the cost of insurance based on the guaranteed rate
which is 125% of the maximum allowed under the 1980 Commissioners Standard
Ordinary Mortality Table C. The "Cash Value" column under the "Current" heading
shows the accumulated value of the premiums paid reflecting deduction of the
charges described above and monthly charges for the cost of insurance at the
current level for an Executive Program, which is less than or equal to 125% of
the maximum allowed by the 1980 Commissioners Standard Ordinary Mortality Table
C. The illustrations of Death Benefits reflect the above assumptions. The Death
Benefits also vary between tables depending upon whether Level Type (Option A)
or Increasing Type (Option B) Death Benefits are illustrated.

The amounts shown for the Cash Value and Death Benefit reflect the fact that
the investment rate of return is lower than the gross after-tax return on the
assets held in a Division of the Separate Account. The charges include a
maximum .90% charge for mortality and expense risk, an assumed combined
investment advisory fee (representing the average of the fees incurred by the
Funds in which the Divisions invest) and the Funds' expenses (based on the
average of the actual expenses incurred in fiscal year 1999) of .785%. See the
respective Fund prospectus for details. After deduction for these amounts, the
illustrated gross annual investment rates of return of 0%, 6% and 12%
correspond to approximate net annual rates of -1.685%, 4.315%, and 10.315%,
respectively.

The hypothetical values shown in the tables reflect all fees and charges under
the Policy, including the premium expense charge, the premium tax charge, and
all components of the monthly deduction. They do not reflect any charges for
federal income taxes against the Separate Account, since the Company is not
currently making any such charges. However, such charges may be made in the
future and, in that event, the gross annual investment rate of return of the
divisions of the Separate Account would have to exceed 0%, 6%, and 12% by an
amount sufficient to cover the tax charges in order to produce the Death
Benefit and Cash Value illustrated. (See "Federal Tax Matters.") Additionally,
the hypothetical values shown in the tables assume that the Policy for which
values are illustrated is not deemed an individual policy under OBRA, and
therefore the values do not reflect the additional 1% premium expense charge
for the Company's increased federal tax liabilities.

The tables illustrate the Policy values that would result based upon the
investment rates of return if premiums are paid as indicated, and if no Policy
Loans have been made. The tables are also based on the assumptions that the
Owner has not requested an increase or decrease in the Face Amount, that no
partial withdrawals have been made, that no transfer charges were incurred, and
that no optional riders have been requested.

Upon request, the Company will provide a comparable illustration based upon the
proposed Insured's age, group size and gender mix, the Face Amount and premium
requested and the proposed frequency of premium payments.

                                      A-1
<PAGE>

                    FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE

FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000                     AGE: 45
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: A                               ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 1.00%                         $6,000.00
                                                      (Monthly Premium:
                                                      $500.00)

PREMIUM TAX: 2.00%
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                               FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
                               ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN at 0.00% (NET RATE at -
                                                  1.685%)
                              -------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  GUARANTEED*                           CURRENT**
                              ------------------------------      -------------------------------
             PREM              CASH             DEATH              CASH              DEATH
 YR        at 5.00%           VALUE            BENEFIT             VALUE            BENEFIT
 ---       --------           ------           --------           -------           --------
 <S>       <C>                <C>              <C>                <C>               <C>
  1        $  6,161           $3,046           $500,000           $ 4,876           $500,000
  2          12,630            5,888            500,000             9,586            500,000
  3          19,423            8,482            500,000            14,168            500,000
  4          26,555           10,821            500,000            18,556            500,000
  5          34,045           12,881            500,000            22,760            500,000
  6          41,908           14,645            500,000            26,786            500,000
  7          50,165           16,081            500,000            30,638            500,000
  8          58,834           17,149            500,000            34,259            500,000
  9          67,937           17,814            500,000            37,717            500,000
 10          77,496           18,044            500,000            40,954            500,000
 11          87,532           17,832            500,000            43,916            500,000
 12          98,070           17,144            500,000            46,669            500,000
 13         109,134           15,976            500,000            49,164            500,000
 14         120,752           14,299            500,000            51,349            500,000
 15         132,951           12,056            500,000            53,228            500,000
 16         145,760            9,186            500,000            54,807            500,000
 17         159,209            5,575            500,000            56,034            500,000
 18         173,331            1,086            500,000            56,856            500,000
 19         188,159                0                  0            57,281            500,000
 20         203,728                0                  0            57,257            500,000
 25         294,060                0                  0            47,485            500,000
 30         409,348                0                  0             8,601            500,000
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
   rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
   rates.

  The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value, Cash Surrender
Value and Death Benefit for a Policy would be different from those shown if the
actual rates of return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years,
but also fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No
representation can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the
investment management company, or any representative thereof, that this
hypothetical rate of return can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over
any period of time.

  Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume premiums are received monthly on the Policy Anniversary and further
assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.

                                      A-2
<PAGE>

                    FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE

FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000                    AGE: 45
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: A                              ANNUAL PREMIUM: $6,000.00
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 1.00%                        (Monthly Premium:
                                                     $500.00)
PREMIUM TAX: 2.00%

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
                                 ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN at 0.00% (NET RATE at
                                                   4.315%)
                              ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   GUARANTEED*                           CURRENT**
                              -------------------------------      --------------------------------
             PREM              CASH              DEATH               CASH              DEATH
 YR        at 5.00%            VALUE            BENEFIT             VALUE             BENEFIT
 ---       --------           -------           --------           --------           --------
 <S>       <C>                <C>               <C>                <C>                <C>
  1        $  6,161           $ 3,146           $500,000           $  5,036           $500,000
  2          12,630             6,271            500,000             10,202            500,000
  3          19,423             9,326            500,000             15,543            500,000
  4          26,555            12,299            500,000             20,995            500,000
  5          34,045            15,159            500,000             26,574            500,000
  6          41,908            17,880            500,000             32,287            500,000
  7          50,165            20,422            500,000             38,144            500,000
  8          58,834            22,732            500,000             44,093            500,000
  9          67,937            24,761            500,000             50,203            500,000
 10          77,496            26,462            500,000             56,426            500,000
 11          87,532            27,810            500,000             62,712            500,000
 12          98,070            28,751            500,000             69,130            500,000
 13         109,134            29,259            500,000             75,638            500,000
 14         120,752            29,282            500,000             82,191            500,000
 15         132,951            28,739            500,000             88,799            500,000
 16         145,760            27,536            500,000             95,474            500,000
 17         159,209            25,524            500,000            102,175            500,000
 18         173,331            22,524            500,000            108,859            500,000
 19         188,159            18,337            500,000            115,544            500,000
 20         203,728            12,751            500,000            122,189            500,000
 25         294,060                 0                  0            152,728            500,000
 30         409,348                 0                  0            169,434            500,000
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
   rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
   rates.

  The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value, Cash Surrender
Value and Death Benefit for a Policy would be different from those shown if the
actual rates of return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years,
but also fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No
representation can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the
investment management company, or any representative thereof, that this
hypothetical rate of return can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over
any period of time.

  Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume premiums are received monthly on the Policy Anniversary and further
assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.

                                      A-3
<PAGE>

                    FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE

FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000                     AGE: 45
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: A                               ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 1.00%                         $6,000.00
                                                      (Monthly Premium:
                                                      $500.00)

PREMIUM TAX: 2.00%
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
                                ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN at 12.00% (NET RATE at
                                                  10.315%)
                              ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   GUARANTEED*                           CURRENT**
                              -------------------------------      --------------------------------
             PREM              CASH              DEATH               CASH              DEATH
 YR        at 5.00%            VALUE            BENEFIT             VALUE             BENEFIT
 ---       --------           -------           --------           --------           --------
 <S>       <C>                <C>               <C>                <C>                <C>
  1        $  6,161           $ 3,244           $500,000           $  5,192           $500,000
  2          12,630             6,662            500,000             10,832            500,000
  3          19,423            10,224            500,000             17,004            500,000
  4          26,555            13,938            500,000             23,693            500,000
  5          34,045            17,793            500,000             30,964            500,000
  6          41,908            21,785            500,000             38,882            500,000
  7          50,165            25,898            500,000             47,521            500,000
  8          58,834            30,104            500,000             56,898            500,000
  9          67,937            34,379            500,000             67,163            500,000
 10          77,496            38,702            500,000             78,356            500,000
 11          87,532            43,075            500,000             90,528            500,000
 12          98,070            47,479            500,000            103,855            500,000
 13         109,134            51,921            500,000            118,423            500,000
 14         120,752            56,386            500,000            134,333            500,000
 15         132,951            60,838            500,000            151,751            500,000
 16         145,760            65,229            500,000            170,870            500,000
 17         159,209            69,465            500,000            191,859            500,000
 18         173,331            73,428            500,000            214,921            500,000
 19         188,159            76,983            500,000            240,339            500,000
 20         203,728            79,992            500,000            268,393            500,000
 25         294,060            81,976            500,000            461,992            535,911
 30         409,348            30,425            500,000            781,407            836,105
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
   rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
   rates.

  The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value, Cash Surrender
Value and Death Benefit for a Policy would be different from those shown if the
actual rates of return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years,
but also fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No
representation can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the
investment management company, or any representative thereof, that this
hypothetical rate of return can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over
any period of time.

  Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume premiums are received monthly on the Policy Anniversary and further
assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.

                                      A-4
<PAGE>

                    FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE

FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000                    AGE: 45
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: B                              ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 1.00%                        $12,000.00
                                                     (Monthly Premium:
                                                     $1,000.00)
PREMIUM TAX: 2.00%

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
                                ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN at 0.00% (NET RATE at -
                                                   1.685%)
                              ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   GUARANTEED*                           CURRENT**
                              -------------------------------      --------------------------------
             PREM              CASH              DEATH               CASH              DEATH
 YR        at 5.00%            VALUE            BENEFIT             VALUE             BENEFIT
 ---       --------           -------           --------           --------           --------
 <S>       <C>                <C>               <C>                <C>                <C>
  1        $ 12,322           $ 8,803           $508,803           $ 10,639           $510,639
  2          25,261            17,287            517,287             21,004            521,004
  3          38,846            25,409            525,409             31,136            531,136
  4          53,111            33,164            533,164             40,966            540,966
  5          68,090            40,528            540,528             50,507            550,507
  6          83,817            47,484            547,484             59,763            559,763
  7         100,330            54,003            554,003             68,739            568,739
  8         117,669            60,046            560,046             77,374            577,374
  9         135,875            65,578            565,578             85,740            585,740
 10         154,992            70,574            570,574             93,775            593,775
 11         175,064            75,031            575,031            101,421            601,421
 12         196,140            78,921            578,921            108,749            608,749
 13         218,269            82,249            582,249            115,705            615,705
 14         241,505            84,994            584,994            122,231            622,231
 15         265,903            87,113            587,113            128,333            628,333
 16         291,521            88,558            588,558            134,019            634,019
 17         318,419            89,233            589,233            139,231            639,231
 18         346,663            89,027            589,027            143,911            643,911
 19         376,319            87,831            587,831            148,076            648,076
 20         407,457            85,547            585,547            151,667            651,667
 25         588,120            56,177            556,177            158,141            658,141
 30         818,697                 0                  0            134,186            634,186
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
   rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
   rates.

  The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value, Cash Surrender
Value and Death Benefit for a Policy would be different from those shown if the
actual rates of return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years,
but also fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No
representation can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the
investment management company, or any representative thereof, that this
hypothetical rate of return can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over
any period of time.

  Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume premiums are received monthly on the Policy Anniversary and further
assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.

                                      A-5
<PAGE>

                    FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE

FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000                    AGE: 45
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: B                              ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 1.00%                        $12,000.00
                                                     (Monthly Premium:
                                                     $1,000.00)
PREMIUM TAX: 2.00%

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
                                 ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN at 6.00% (NET RATE at
                                                   4.315%)
                              ----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   GUARANTEED*                            CURRENT**
                              --------------------------------      --------------------------------
             PREM               CASH              DEATH               CASH              DEATH
 YR        at 5.00%            VALUE             BENEFIT             VALUE             BENEFIT
 ---       --------           --------           --------           --------           --------
 <S>       <C>                <C>                <C>                <C>                <C>
  1        $ 12,322           $  9,091           $509,091           $ 10,986           $510,986
  2          25,261             18,398            518,398             22,350            522,350
  3          38,846             27,880            527,880             34,142            534,142
  4          53,111             37,533            537,533             46,309            546,309
  5          68,090             47,334            547,334             58,873            558,873
  6          83,817             57,265            557,265             71,851            571,851
  7         100,330             67,295            567,295             85,260            585,260
  8         117,669             77,380            577,380             99,053            599,053
  9         135,875             87,478            587,478            113,313            613,313
 10         154,992             97,554            597,554            127,993            627,993
 11         175,064            107,594            607,594            143,044            643,044
 12         196,140            117,562            617,562            158,549            658,549
 13         218,269            127,447            627,447            174,467            674,467
 14         241,505            137,216            637,216            190,749            690,749
 15         265,903            146,808            646,808            207,410            707,410
 16         291,521            156,155            656,155            224,468            724,468
 17         318,419            165,137            665,137            241,871            741,871
 18         346,663            173,609            673,609            259,568            759,568
 19         376,319            181,422            681,422            277,578            777,578
 20         407,457            188,431            688,431            295,847            795,847
 25         588,120            207,656            707,656            388,008            888,008
 30         818,697            180,466            680,466            467,610            967,610
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
   rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
   rates.

  The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value, Cash Surrender
Value and Death Benefit for a Policy would be different from those shown if the
actual rates of return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years,
but also fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No
representation can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the
investment management company, or any representative thereof, that this
hypothetical rate of return can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over
any period of time.

  Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume premiums are received monthly on the Policy Anniversary and further
assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.

                                      A-6
<PAGE>

                    FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE

FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000                    AGE: 45
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: B                              ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 1.00%                        $12,000.00
                                                     (Monthly Premium:
                                                     $1,000.00)

PREMIUM TAX: 2.00%
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                               FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
                               ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN at 12.00% (NET RATE at
                                                 10.315%)
                           --------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 GUARANTEED*                          CURRENT**
                           -------------------------------     --------------------------------
            PREM             CASH             DEATH              CASH              DEATH
 YR       at 5.00%          VALUE            BENEFIT             VALUE            BENEFIT
 ---      --------         --------         ----------         ---------         ----------
 <S>      <C>              <C>              <C>                <C>               <C>
  1       $ 12,322         $  9,374         $  509,374         $  11,328         $  511,328
  2         25,261           19,532            519,532            23,724            523,724
  3         38,846           30,505            530,505            37,336            537,336
  4         53,111           42,365            542,365            52,214            552,214
  5         68,090           55,171            555,171            68,494            568,494
  6         83,817           68,997            568,997            86,321            586,321
  7        100,330           83,908            583,908           105,855            605,855
  8        117,669           99,968            599,968           127,202            627,202
  9        135,875          117,250            617,250           150,620            650,620
 10        154,992          135,843            635,843           176,252            676,252
 11        175,064          155,870            655,870           204,258            704,258
 12        196,140          177,441            677,441           234,952            734,952
 13        218,269          200,710            700,710           268,548            768,548
 14        241,505          225,820            725,820           305,277            805,277
 15        265,903          252,906            752,906           345,463            845,463
 16        291,521          282,108            782,108           389,462            889,462
 17        318,419          313,532            813,532           437,598            937,598
 18        346,663          347,275            847,275           490,231            990,231
 19        376,319          383,447            883,447           547,830          1,047,830
 20        407,457          422,177            922,177           610,840          1,110,840
 25        588,120          661,801          1,161,801         1,024,996          1,524,996
 30        818,697          995,443          1,495,443         1,662,782          2,162,782
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
   rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
   rates.

  The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value, Cash Surrender
Value and Death Benefit for a Policy would be different from those shown if the
actual rates of return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years,
but also fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No
representation can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the
investment management company, or any representative thereof, that this
hypothetical rate of return can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over
any period of time.

  Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume premiums are received monthly on the Policy Anniversary and further
assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.

                                      A-7
<PAGE>

                    FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE

FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000                    AGE: 50
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: A                              ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 2.00%                        $12,000.00
                                                     (Monthly Premium:
                                                     $1,000.00)

PREMIUM TAX: 2.00%
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
                                ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN at 0.00% (NET RATE at -
                                                   1.685%)
                              ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   GUARANTEED*                           CURRENT**
                              -------------------------------      --------------------------------
             PREM              CASH              DEATH               CASH              DEATH
 YR        at 5.00%            VALUE            BENEFIT             VALUE             BENEFIT
 ---       --------           -------           --------           --------           --------
 <S>       <C>                <C>               <C>                <C>                <C>
  1        $ 12,322           $ 7,522           $500,000           $  9,973           $500,000
  2          25,261            14,693            500,000             19,715            500,000
  3          38,846            21,448            500,000             29,141            500,000
  4          53,111            27,761            500,000             38,325            500,000
  5          68,090            33,613            500,000             47,215            500,000
  6          83,817            39,005            500,000             55,762            500,000
  7         100,330            43,917            500,000             64,037            500,000
  8         117,669            48,355            500,000             71,998            500,000
  9         135,875            52,304            500,000             79,601            500,000
 10         154,992            55,725            500,000             86,861            500,000
 11         175,064            58,573            500,000             93,790            500,000
 12         196,140            60,762            500,000            100,347            500,000
 13         218,269            62,187            500,000            106,493            500,000
 14         241,505            62,741            500,000            112,249            500,000
 15         265,903            62,322            500,000            117,575            500,000
 16         291,521            60,863            500,000            122,437            500,000
 17         318,419            58,284            500,000            126,852            500,000
 18         346,663            54,513            500,000            130,594            500,000
 19         376,319            49,455            500,000            133,586            500,000
 20         407,457            42,916            500,000            135,792            500,000
 25         588,120                 0                  0            131,311            500,000
 30         818,697                 0                  0             86,068            500,000
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
   rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
   rates.

  The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value, Cash Surrender
Value and Death Benefit for a Policy would be different from those shown if the
actual rates of return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years,
but also fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No
representation can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the
investment management company, or any representative thereof, that this
hypothetical rate of return can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over
any period of time.

  Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume premiums are received monthly on the Policy Anniversary and further
assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.

                                      A-8
<PAGE>

                    FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE

FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000                    AGE: 50
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: A                              ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 2.00%                        $12,000.00
PREMIUM TAX: 2.00%                                   (Monthly Premium:
                                                     $1,000.00)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
                                 ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN at 6.00% (NET RATE at
                                                   4.315%)
                              ----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   GUARANTEED*                            CURRENT**
                              --------------------------------      --------------------------------
             PREM               CASH              DEATH               CASH              DEATH
 YR        at 5.00%            VALUE             BENEFIT             VALUE             BENEFIT
 ---       --------           --------           --------           --------           --------
 <S>       <C>                <C>                <C>                <C>                <C>
  1        $ 12,322           $  7,768           $500,000           $ 10,299           $500,000
  2          25,261             15,644            500,000             20,979            500,000
  3          38,846             23,564            500,000             31,968            500,000
  4          53,111             31,502            500,000             43,353            500,000
  5          68,090             39,438            500,000             55,097            500,000
  6          83,817             47,377            500,000             67,166            500,000
  7         100,330             55,300            500,000             79,647            500,000
  8         117,669             63,217            500,000             92,519            500,000
  9         135,875             71,118            500,000            105,760            500,000
 10         154,992             78,971            500,000            119,406            500,000
 11         175,064             86,743            500,000            133,495            500,000
 12         196,140             94,357            500,000            148,019            500,000
 13         218,269            101,725            500,000            162,978            500,000
 14         241,505            108,754            500,000            178,426            500,000
 15         265,903            115,360            500,000            194,375            500,000
 16         291,521            121,494            500,000            210,845            500,000
 17         318,419            127,095            500,000            227,909            500,000
 18         346,663            132,117            500,000            245,466            500,000
 19         376,319            136,492            500,000            263,547            500,000
 20         407,457            140,076            500,000            282,228            500,000
 25         588,120            136,555            500,000            387,717            500,000
 30         818,697             51,911            500,000            529,406            555,876
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
   rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
   rates.

  The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value, Cash Surrender
Value and Death Benefit for a policy would be different from those shown if the
actual rates of return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years,
but also fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No
representation can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the
investment management company, or any representative thereof, that this
hypothetical rate of return can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over
any period of time.

  Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume premiums are received monthly on the Policy Anniversary and further
assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.

                                      A-9
<PAGE>

                    FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE

FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000                    AGE: 50
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: A                              ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 2.00%                        $12,000.00
PREMIUM TAX: 2.00%                                   (Monthly Premium:
                                                     $1,000.00)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                            FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
                            ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN at 12.00% (NET RATE at
                                              10.315%)
                        ----------------------------------------------------------------
                              GUARANTEED*                        CURRENT**
                        ------------------------------    ------------------------------
           PREM            CASH            DEATH             CASH            DEATH
 YR      at 5.00%         VALUE           BENEFIT           VALUE           BENEFIT
 ---     --------       ----------       ----------       ----------       ----------
 <S>     <C>            <C>              <C>              <C>              <C>
  1      $ 12,322       $    8,010       $  500,000       $   10,619       $  500,000
  2        25,261           16,616          500,000           22,270          500,000
  3        38,846           25,814          500,000           34,973          500,000
  4        53,111           35,645          500,000           48,912          500,000
  5        68,090           46,164          500,000           64,167          500,000
  6        83,817           57,458          500,000           80,833          500,000
  7       100,330           69,607          500,000           99,136          500,000
  8       117,669           82,732          500,000          119,221          500,000
  9       135,875           96,949          500,000          141,252          500,000
 10       154,992          112,377          500,000          165,473          500,000
 11       175,064          129,153          500,000          192,157          500,000
 12       196,140          147,406          500,000          221,575          500,000
 13       218,269          167,285          500,000          254,045          500,000
 14       241,505          188,985          500,000          289,975          500,000
 15       265,903          212,760          500,000          329,804          500,000
 16       291,521          238,958          500,000          374,044          500,000
 17       318,419          267,996          500,000          423,320          503,751
 18       346,663          300,396          500,000          477,848          563,861
 19       376,319          336,785          500,000          537,742          629,159
 20       407,457          377,895          500,000          603,528          700,093
 25       588,120          672,098          719,145        1,046,086        1,119,312
 30       818,697        1,150,927        1,208,473        1,764,137        1,852,344
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
   rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
   rates.

  The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value, Cash Surrender
Value and Death Benefit for a Policy would be different from those shown if the
actual rates of return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years,
but also fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No
representation can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the
investment management company, or any representative thereof, that this
hypothetical rate of return can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over
any period of time.

  Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume premiums are received monthly on the Policy Anniversary and further
assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.

                                      A-10
<PAGE>

                    FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE

FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000                    AGE: 50
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: B                              ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 2.00%                        $26,000.00
                                                     (Monthly Premium:
                                                     $2,166.67)

PREMIUM TAX: 2.00%
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                  FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
                                 ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN at 0.00% (NET RATE at -
                                                    1.685%)
                               ----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    GUARANTEED*                            CURRENT**
                               --------------------------------      --------------------------------
             PREM                CASH              DEATH               CASH              DEATH
 YR        at 5.00%             VALUE             BENEFIT             VALUE             BENEFIT
 ---       ---------           --------           --------           --------           --------
 <S>       <C>                 <C>                <C>                <C>                <C>
  1        $  26,698           $ 20,806           $520,806           $ 23,274           $523,274
  2           54,732             40,972            540,972             46,063            546,063
  3           84,168             60,432            560,432             68,278            568,278
  4          115,075             79,157            579,157             89,995            589,995
  5          147,528             97,123            597,123            111,157            611,157
  6          181,603            114,331            614,331            131,709            631,709
  7          217,382            130,760            630,760            151,725            651,725
  8          254,950            146,416            646,416            171,156            671,156
  9          294,397            161,282            661,282            189,947            689,947
 10          335,816            175,320            675,320            208,108            708,108
 11          379,305            188,483            688,483            225,651            725,651
 12          424,970            200,680            700,680            242,520            742,520
 13          472,917            211,804            711,804            258,662            758,662
 14          523,262            221,749            721,749            274,096            774,096
 15          576,124            230,421            730,421            288,768            788,768
 16          631,629            237,778            737,778            302,627            802,627
 17          689,909            243,771            743,771            315,691            815,691
 18          751,104            248,376            748,376            327,657            827,657
 19          815,358            251,550            751,550            338,417            838,417
 20          882,825            253,165            753,165            347,928            847,928
 25        1,274,261            229,668            729,668            372,435            872,435
 30        1,773,845            131,961            631,961            346,242            846,242
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
   rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
   rates.

  The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value, Cash Surrender
Value and Death Benefit for a policy would be different from those shown if the
actual rates of return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years,
but also fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No
representation can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the
investment management company, or any representative thereof, that this
hypothetical rate of return can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over
any period of time.

  Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume premiums are received monthly on the Policy Anniversary and further
assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.

                                      A-11
<PAGE>

                    FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE

FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000                    AGE: 50
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: B                              ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 2.00%                        $26,000.00
                                                     (Monthly Premium:
                                                     $2,166.67)

PREMIUM TAX: 2.00%
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                             FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
                             ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN at 6.00% (NET RATE at
                                               4.315%)
                          --------------------------------------------------------------
                               GUARANTEED*                       CURRENT**
                          ----------------------------    ------------------------------
            PREM            CASH           DEATH             CASH            DEATH
 YR       at 5.00%         VALUE          BENEFIT           VALUE           BENEFIT
 ---     ----------       --------       ----------       ----------       ----------
 <S>     <C>              <C>            <C>              <C>              <C>
  1      $   26,698       $ 21,485       $  521,485       $   24,035       $  524,035
  2          54,732         43,600          543,600           49,010          549,010
  3          84,168         66,290          566,290           74,867          574,867
  4         115,075         89,539          589,539          101,713          601,713
  5         147,528        113,333          613,333          129,521          629,521
  6         181,603        137,686          637,686          158,268          658,268
  7         217,382        162,583          662,583          188,060          688,060
  8         254,950        188,043          688,043          218,882          718,882
  9         294,397        214,060          714,060          250,711          750,711
 10         335,816        240,603          740,603          283,591          783,591
 11         379,305        267,634          767,634          317,567          817,567
 12         424,970        295,065          795,065          352,620          852,620
 13         472,917        322,785          822,785          388,730          888,730
 14         523,262        350,679          850,679          425,948          925,948
 15         576,124        378,640          878,640          464,256          964,256
 16         631,629        406,603          906,603          503,635        1,003,635
 17         689,909        434,496          934,496          544,135        1,044,135
 18         751,104        462,269          962,269          585,479        1,085,479
 19         815,358        489,848          989,848          627,576        1,127,576
 20         882,825        517,069        1,017,069          670,390        1,170,390
 25       1,274,261        637,379        1,137,379          890,914        1,390,914
 30       1,773,845        698,671        1,198,671        1,107,510        1,607,510
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
   rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
   rates.

  The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value, Cash Surrender
Value and Death Benefit for a Policy would be different from those shown if the
actual rates of return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years,
but also fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No
representation can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the
investment management company, or any representative thereof, that this
hypothetical rate of return can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over
any period of time.

 Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume premiums are received monthly on the Policy Anniversary and further
assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.

                                      A-12
<PAGE>

                    FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE

FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000                    AGE: 50
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: B                              ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 2.00%                        $26,000.00
PREMIUM TAX: 2.00%                                   (Monthly Premium:
                                                     $2,166.67)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                              FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
                              ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN at 12.00% (NET RATE at
                                                10.315%)
                          ----------------------------------------------------------------
                                GUARANTEED*                        CURRENT**
                          ------------------------------    ------------------------------
            PREM             CASH            DEATH             CASH            DEATH
 YR       at 5.00%          VALUE           BENEFIT           VALUE           BENEFIT
 ---     ----------       ----------       ----------       ----------       ----------
 <S>     <C>              <C>              <C>              <C>              <C>
  1      $   26,698       $   22,153       $  522,153       $   24,782       $  524,782
  2          54,732           46,284          546,284           52,021          552,021
  3          84,168           72,515          572,515           81,868          581,868
  4         115,075          101,017          601,017          114,661          614,661
  5         147,528          131,989          631,989          150,637          650,637
  6         181,603          165,672          665,672          190,053          690,053
  7         217,382          202,308          702,308          233,335          733,335
  8         254,950          242,197          742,197          280,818          780,818
  9         294,397          285,643          785,643          332,866          832,866
 10         335,816          332,957          832,957          389,952          889,952
 11         379,305          384,476          884,476          452,594          952,594
 12         424,970          440,522          940,522          521,298        1,021,298
 13         472,917          501,430        1,001,430          596,622        1,096,622
 14         523,262          567,571        1,067,571          679,253        1,179,253
 15         576,124          639,369        1,139,369          769,879        1,269,879
 16         631,629          717,339        1,217,339          869,256        1,369,256
 17         689,909          802,046        1,302,046          978,295        1,478,295
 18         751,104          894,136        1,394,136        1,097,656        1,597,656
 19         815,358          994,307        1,494,307        1,228,276        1,728,276
 20         882,825        1,103,231        1,603,231        1,371,250        1,871,250
 25       1,274,261        1,803,745        2,303,745        2,315,142        2,815,142
 30       1,773,845        2,849,891        3,349,891        3,794,599        4,294,599
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
   rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
   rates.

  The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value, Cash Surrender
Value and Death Benefit for a policy would be different from those shown if the
actual rates of return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years,
but also fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No
representation can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the
investment management company, or any representative thereof, that this
hypothetical rate of return can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over
any period of time.

  Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume premiums are received monthly on the Policy Anniversary and further
assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.

                                      A-13
<PAGE>



                                                        MFS Variable Insurance
                                                        Trust
                     [PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY LOGO]
            . GROUP AND INDIVIDUAL
              FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE
              INSURANCE POLICIES

              Prospectus dated May 1, 2000

                                                                      50456 Com


<PAGE>

                     GROUP AND INDIVIDUAL FLEXIBLE PREMIUM
                        VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE POLICIES
                                   ISSUED BY
                         PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                              100 South Brentwood
                              St. Louis, MO 63105
                                 (314) 862-2211

  This Prospectus describes flexible premium variable life insurance policies
offered by Paragon Life Insurance Company (the "Company," "we," or "us") which
are designed for use in employer-sponsored insurance programs. When a Group
Contract is issued, Certificates showing the rights of the Owners and/or
Insureds will be issued under the Group Contract. Individual Policies will be
issued when a Group Contract is not issued. The terms of the Certificate and
the Individual Policy are very similar and are collectively referred to in this
Prospectus as "Policy" or "Policies."

  The Policies are designed to provide lifetime insurance protection to age 95
and provide flexibility to vary premium payments and change the level of death
benefits payable under the Policies. Flexibility allows an Owner to provide for
changing insurance needs under a single insurance policy. An Owner can allocate
net premiums among several investment portfolios ("Funds") with different
investment objectives.

  The Policy provides for: (1) a value upon surrendering the Policy; (2) loans;
and (3) a death benefit payable on the Insured's death. As long as the Policy
remains in force, the death benefit payable on the Insured's death will not be
less than the Face Amount of the Policy. The Policy will remain in force so
long as there is enough value to pay certain monthly charges.

  The Owner may allocate net premiums to one or more of the Divisions of
Separate Account B (the "Separate Account"). The Policy value will vary to
reflect the investment experience of the Divisions selected by the Owner.
Depending on the death benefit option elected, portions of the death benefit
may also vary. The Owner bears the entire investment risk under the Policies;
there is no minimum guaranteed value.

  Each Division of the Separate Account will invest solely in a corresponding
investment portfolio of MFS Variable Insurance Trust:

                FUND                                      FUND
MFS Emerging Growth Series                MFS Global Governments Series
MFS Capital Opportunities Series
MFS Research Series                       MFS Emerging Markets Equity Series

MFS Growth With Income Series             MFS Bond Series
MFS Total Return Series                   MFS Limited Maturity Series
MFS Utilities Series                      MFS Money Market Series
MFS High Income Series                    MFS New Discovery Series
                                          MFS Growth Series

                The date of this Prospectus is May 1, 2000.
<PAGE>

Please read this Prospectus carefully and keep it. A full description of the
Funds is contained in the prospectus for each Fund, which must accompany this
Prospectus.

It may not be a good decision to purchase a Policy as a replacement for another
type of life insurance or as a means to obtain additional insurance protection
if the purchaser already owns another flexible premium variable life insurance
policy.

The Securities and Exchange Commission has not approved or disapproved these
securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this Prospectus. Any
representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

                                       2
<PAGE>

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          Page
                                                                          ----
<S>                                                                       <C>
Summary..................................................................   4
The Company and the Separate Account.....................................  10
  The Company
  The Separate Account
  The Underlying Funds
  Addition, Deletion, or Substitution of Investments
Payment and Allocation of Premiums.......................................  15
  Issuance of a Policy
  Premiums
  Allocation of Net Premiums and Cash Value
  Policy Lapse and Reinstatement
Policy Benefits..........................................................  19
  Death Benefit
  Cash Value
Policy Rights and Privileges.............................................  25
  Exercising Rights and Privileges Under the Policies
  Loans
  Surrender and Partial Withdrawals
  Transfers
  Right to Examine Policy
  Conversion Right to a Fixed Benefit Policy
  Eligibility Change Conversion
  Payment of Benefits at Maturity
  Payment of Policy Benefits
Charges and Deductions...................................................  29
  Sales Charges
  Premium Tax Charge
  Monthly Deduction
  Partial Withdrawal Transaction Charge
  Separate Account Charges
General Matters Relating to the Policy...................................  32
Distribution of the Policies.............................................  36
General Provisions of the Group Contract.................................  36
Federal Tax Matters......................................................  38
Safekeeping of the Separate Account's Assets.............................  40
Voting Rights............................................................  40
State Regulation of the Company..........................................  41
Management of the Company................................................  42
Legal Matters............................................................  43
Legal Proceedings........................................................  43
Experts..................................................................  43
Additional Information...................................................  43
Definitions..............................................................  44
Financial Statements..................................................... F-1
Appendix A............................................................... A-1
</TABLE>

                 The Policies are not available in all states.

                                       3
<PAGE>

                             SUMMARY OF THE POLICY

The following summary of Prospectus information should be read with the
detailed information which follows in this Prospectus. Unless we provide
otherwise, the description of the Policies contained in this Prospectus assumes
that a Policy is in effect and that there is no outstanding Indebtedness.

The Policy

The Policies (either an Individual Policy or a Certificate) described in this
Prospectus are designed for use in employer-sponsored insurance programs and
are issued in three situations.

  . First--Policies in the form of Certificates are issued pursuant to Group
    Contracts entered into between the Company and Contractholders (see
    "General Provisions of the Group Contract");

  . Second--Individual Policies can be issued in connection with employer-
    sponsored insurance programs where Group Contracts are not issued; and

  . Third--Individual Policies can be issued in connection with Corporate
    Programs, where Group Contracts are not issued.

The Insured under a Policy is usually an employee of the Contractholder or
sponsoring employer or the employee's spouse. Generally, only an employee is
eligible to be an Insured under an Executive Program Policy. An Executive
Program Policy is issued with a maximum Face Amount in excess of $500,000 under
a Group contract or an employee-sponsored insurance program. If there is
sufficient Cash Surrender Value, Individual Insurance under a Group Contract or
other employer-sponsored insurance program will continue should the Group
Contract or other program cease or the employee's employment end (see "Payment
and Allocation of Premiums--Issuance of a Policy").

On behalf of Owners, the Contractholder will make planned premium payments
under the Group Contract equal to an amount authorized by employees to be
deducted from their wages. In addition, Owners may pay additional premiums. In
Corporate Programs only the Owner will remit planned and additional premiums. A
similar procedure will apply when an Individual Policy is issued in connection
with an employer-sponsored program.

The Policies are "variable" policies because, unlike the fixed benefits under
other types of life insurance contracts, the Cash Value and, under certain
circumstances, the death benefit under a Policy may increase or decrease
depending upon the investment experience of the Funds underlying the Divisions
to which the Owner has allocated net premium payments. So long as a Policy's
Cash Surrender Value continues to be sufficient to pay the monthly deduction,
an Owner is guaranteed a minimum death benefit equal to the Face Amount of his
or her Policy or an accelerated death benefit in a reduced amount determined in
accordance with certain riders available under the Policy. (See "General
Matters Relating to the Policy--Additional Insurance Benefits.")

Right to Examine Policy

The Owner has a limited right to return a Policy for cancellation within 20
days after the delivery of the Policy to the Owner, within 45 days after the
Owner signs the application, or within 10 days after the Company mails a notice
of this cancellation right to the Owner whichever is latest. If a Policy is
cancelled within this time period, a refund will be paid which will equal all
premiums paid under the Policy or any different amount required by state law.
The Owner also has a right to cancel a requested increase in Face Amount. Upon
cancellation of an increase, the Owner may request that the Company refund the
amount of the additional charges deducted in connection with the increase, or
have the amount of the additional charges added to the Cash Value. (See "Policy
Rights and Privileges--Right to Examine Policy.")


                                       4
<PAGE>

The Separate Account

The Owner may allocate the net premiums to one or more Divisions. (See "The
Company, The Separate Account, and The Funds") for a complete description of
the available. An Owner may change future allocations of net premiums at any
time by notifying the Company directly.

Subject to certain restrictions, an Owner may transfer Cash Values among the
Divisions of the Separate Account. Currently, no charge is assessed for
transfers. The Company reserves the right to modify the transfer privilege.
(See "Policy Rights and Privileges--Transfers.")

Premiums

An Owner has flexibility concerning the amount and frequency of premium
payments. An initial premium equal to one-twelfth ( 1/12) of the planned annual
premium set forth in the specifications page of a Policy is necessary to start
a Policy. The planned annual premium is an amount specified for each Policy
based on the requested initial Face Amount and certain other factors.

  . Under Group Contracts and employer-sponsored programs, the initial
    premium and subsequent planned premiums generally are remitted by the
    Contractholder or sponsoring employer on behalf of the Owner at intervals
    agreed to by the Contractholder or employer.

  . In Corporate Programs, the Owner will pay premiums generally on a
    schedule agreed to by the Company.

However, as discussed below, planned premiums need not be paid so long as there
is sufficient Cash Surrender Value to keep the Policy in force. Subject to
certain limitations, additional premium payments in any amount and at any
frequency may be made directly by the Owner. (See "Payment and Allocation of
Premiums--Issuance of a Policy--Premiums.")

A Policy will lapse (and terminate without value) when the Cash Surrender Value
is not enough to pay the next monthly deduction and a grace period of 62 days
expires without an adequate payment being made by the Owner. (See "Payment and
Allocation of Premiums--Policy Lapse and Reinstatement.")

Death Benefit

Death benefit proceeds are payable to the Beneficiary when the Insured dies or
to the Owner, prior to the Insured's death under circumstances described in
available riders. (See "General Matters Relating to the Policy--Additional
Insurance Benefits.") Two death benefit options are available, as follows:

  . Under the "Level Type" death benefit, the death benefit is the Face
    Amount of the Policy or, if greater, the applicable percentage of Cash
    Value; and

  . Under the "Increasing Type" death benefit, the death benefit is the Face
    Amount of the Policy plus the Cash Value or, if greater, the applicable
    percentage of Cash Value.

So long as a Policy remains in force, the minimum death benefit under either
option will be at least equal to the current Face Amount. (See "Policy
Benefits--Death Benefit.")

The minimum initial Face Amount is generally $25,000 under the Company's
current rules. Executive Program Policies generally have a minimum Face Amount
of $100,000. The maximum Face Amount is generally $500,000. However, we may
establish a higher maximum Face Amount for Executive or Corporate Program
Policies. The Owner may generally change the Face Amount (subject to the
minimum and maximum amounts applicable to his or her policy) and the death
benefit option, but in certain cases evidence of insurability may be required.
(See "Policy Benefits--Death Benefit.")


                                       5
<PAGE>

Riders

Additional insurance benefits offered under the Policy by rider may include a
children's insurance rider, an acceleration of death benefits rider, an
accelerated death benefit settlement option rider, an accidental death benefit
rider, and a waiver of monthly deductions rider. Some Group Contracts and
employer-sponsored insurance programs may not provide each of the additional
benefits described above. Generally, Executive Program Policies only have the
acceleration of death benefits rider. Generally, Corporate Programs have none
of the additional benefits described above. (See "General Matters Relating to
the Policy--Additional Insurance Benefits.") We will deduct the cost of these
additional insurance benefits from Cash Value as part of the monthly deduction.
(See "Charges and Deductions--Monthly Deduction.")

Cash Value

The Policies provide for a Cash Value equal to the total of the Policy's Cash
Value in the Separate Account and the Loan Account (securing Policy Loans). A
Policy's Cash Value will reflect premium payments, the investment performance
of any selected Divisions of the Separate Account, transfers, any Policy Loans,
Loan Account interest rate credited, any partial withdrawals, and the charges
imposed in connection with the Policy. (See "Policy Benefits--Cash Value.")
There is no minimum guaranteed Cash Value.

Charges and Deductions

Sales Charges. We deduct a front-end sales charge of 1% of premiums from each
premium paid ("premium expense charge"). We deduct an additional charge on
Policies that are deemed to be individual Policies under the Omnibus Budget
Reconciliation Act of 1990 ("OBRA"). The additional charge, which is for
federal income taxes measured by premiums, is equal to 1% of each premium
payment, and compensates the Company for a significantly higher corporate
income tax liability resulting from changes made to the Internal Revenue Code
by OBRA.

Premium Tax Charge. We deduct a charge of 2% to cover state premium taxes from
premiums paid. (See "Charges and Deductions--Premium Tax Charge.")

Monthly Deduction. We make a monthly deduction from the Policy's Cash Value in
the Separate Account. The monthly deduction includes the following:

  . Administrative Charge. We deduct an administrative charge (see the
    specification pages of the Policy) based on 1) the number of Insureds
    covered under a Group Contract or other employer-sponsored insurance
    program, and 2) the amount of administrative services provided by the
    Company. The charge will not exceed $6.00 per month during the first
    Policy Year and $3.50 per month during renewal years.

  . Cost of Insurance Charge. We deduct a cost of insurance charge calculated
    on each Monthly Anniversary. We determine monthly cost of insurance rates
    based upon expectations as to future mortality experience. For a
    discussion of the factors affecting the rate class of the Insured, See
    "Charges and Deductions--Monthly Deduction--Cost of Insurance."

  . A charge for any additional insurance benefits provided by a rider.

Separate Account Charges.

  . Mortality and Expense Risk Charge. We deduct a daily charge not to exceed
    .0024547% (an annual rate of .90%) of the net assets of each Division for
    the Company's assumption of certain mortality and expense risks incurred
    in connection with the Policies. (See "Charges and Deductions--Separate
    Account Charges.")

  . Federal Taxes. No charges are currently made for Federal or state income
    taxes. (See "federal Tax Matters.")

                                       6
<PAGE>


  . Annual Expenses of the Funds . The value of the assets of the Divisions
    will reflect the management fee and other expenses incurred by the Funds.
    The following table describes the Fund fees and expenses as a percentage
    of net assets (after fee waiver and reimbursement as applicable) for the
    year ended December 31, 1999. The prospectus for each Fund contains more
    detail concerning a Fund's fees and expenses. (See "The Company, The
    Separate Account and The Funds.")

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   Other Expenses(/1/)
                                  Management Fees        (after         Total
                                 (after fee waiver  reimbursement as    Annual
          Fund                    as applicable)       applicable)     Expenses
          ----                   ----------------- ------------------- --------
     <S>                         <C>               <C>                 <C>
     MFS Emerging Growth Series        0.75%              0.09%         0.84%
     MFS Capital Opportunities
      Series(/2/)                      0.75%              0.16%         0.91%
     MFS Research Series               0.75%              0.11%         0.86%
     MFS Growth With Income
      Series                           0.75%              0.13%         0.88%
     MFS Total Return Series           0.75%              0.15%         0.90%
     MFS Utilities Series              0.75%              0.16%         0.91%
     MFS High Income
      Series(/2/)                      0.75%              0.16%         0.91%
     MFS Global Governments
      Series(/2/)                      0.75%              0.16%         0.91%
     MFS Emerging Markets
      Equity Series(/2/)               1.25%              0.32%         1.57%
     MFS Bond Series(/2/)              0.60%              0.16%         0.76%
     MFS Limited Maturity
      Series(/2/)                      0.55%              0.45%         1.00%
     MFS Money Market
      Series(/2/)                      0.50%              0.11%         0.61%
     MFS New Discovery
      Series(/2/)                      0.90%              0.17%         1.07%
     MFS Growth Series(/2/)            0.75%              0.16%         0.91%

  (/1/Each)series has an expense offset arrangement which reduces the series'
      custodian fee based upon the amount of cash maintained by the series
      with its custodian and dividend disbursing agent. Each series may enter
      into other such arrangements and directed brokerage arrangements, which
      would also have the effect of reducing the series' expenses. "Other
      Expenses" do not take into account these expense reductions. Had these
      reductions been taken into account, Expenses would be lower for each
      series and would equal:

<CAPTION>
                                                                        Total
                                                                        Annual
          Fund                    Management Fees    Other Expenses    Expenses
          ----                   ----------------- ------------------- --------
     <S>                         <C>               <C>                 <C>
     MFS Emerging Growth Series        0.75%              0.08%         0.83%
     MFS Capital Opportunities
      Series                           0.75%              0.15%         0.90%
     MFS Research Series               0.75%              0.10%         0.85%
     MFS Growth with Income
      Series                           0.75%              0.12%         0.87%
     MFS Total Return Series           0.75%              0.14%         0.89%
     MFS Utilities Series              0.75%              0.15%         0.90%
     MFS High Income Series            0.75%              0.15%         0.90%
     MFS Global Governments
      Series                           0.75%              0.15%         0.90%
     MFS Emerging Markets
      Equity Series                    1.25%              0.25%         1.50%
     MFS Bond Series                   0.60%              0.15%         0.75%
     MFS Limited Maturity
      Series                           0.55%              0.45%         1.00%
     MFS Money Market Series           0.50%              0.10%         0.60%
     MFS New Discovery Series          0.90%              0.15%         1.05%
     MFS Growth Series                 0.75%              0.15%         0.90%
</TABLE>

                                       7
<PAGE>


  (/2/MFS)has contractually agreed, subject to reimbursement, to bear
      expenses for these series such that each such series' "Other Expenses"
      (after taking into account the expense offset arrangement described
      above", do not exceed the following percentages of the average daily
      net assets of the series during the current fiscal year: 0.15% for the
      Capital Opportunities Series, 0.15% for the High Income Series, 0.15%
      for the Global Governments Series, 0.25% for the Emerging Markets
      Equity Series, 0.15% for the Bond Series, 0.45% Limited Maturity
      Series, 0.10% for the Money Market Series, 0.15% for the New Discovery
      Series, and 0.15% for the Growth Series.

Without this reimbursement "other expenses" equaled the following amounts:
0.27% for the Capital Opportunities Series, 0.22% for the High Income Series,
0.30% for the Global Governments Series, 4.84% for the Emerging Markets Equity
Series, 0.46% for the Bond Series, 1.93% for the Limited Maturity Series, 0.38%
for the Money Market Series, 1.59% for the New Discovery Series, and 0.71% for
the Growth Series.

The expense information regarding the Funds was provided by those Funds. We
have not independently verified this information. We cannot guarantee that the
reimbursements provided by certain Funds will continue.

Partial Withdrawal Transaction Charge. We deduct a transaction charge equal to
the lesser of $25 or 2% of the amount withdrawn on each partial withdrawal of
amounts from the Separate Account. Currently, there are no transaction charges
imposed for transfers of amounts between Divisions. In addition, transfers and
withdrawals are subject to restrictions relative to amount and frequency. (See
"Payment and Allocation of Premiums--Allocation of Net Premiums and Cash
Value," "Policy Rights and Privileges--Surrender and Partial Withdrawals--
Transfers," and "Charges and Deductions--Partial Withdrawal Transaction
Charge.")

Policy Loans

After the first Policy Anniversary an Owner may borrow against the Cash Value
of a Policy. All outstanding Indebtedness will be deducted from proceeds
payable at the Insured's death, upon maturity, or upon surrender. We transfer a
portion of the Policy's Cash Value in each Division of the Separate Account to
which the loan is allocated to the Loan Account as security for the loan.
Therefore, a Policy Loan may have a permanent impact on the Policy's Cash Value
even if it is repaid. A Policy Loan may be repaid in whole or in part at any
time while the Policy is in force. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--Loans.")
Loans taken from, or secured by, a Policy may in certain circumstances be
treated as taxable distributions from the Policy. Moreover, with certain
exceptions, a ten percent additional income tax would be imposed on the portion
of any loan that is included in income. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")

Surrender and Partial Withdrawals

At any time that a Policy is in effect, an Owner may elect to surrender the
Policy and receive its Cash Surrender Value. An Owner may also request a
partial withdrawal of the Cash Value of the Policy. A partial withdrawal may
reduce the Face Amount and the death benefit payable under the Policy. (See
"Policy Rights and Privileges--Surrender and Partial Withdrawals.") Surrenders
and partial withdrawals may have federal income tax consequences. (See "Federal
Tax Matters.")

Conversion Right

During the first 24 Policy Months following a Policy's Issue Date, the Owner
may convert the Policy to a life insurance policy that provides for benefits
that do not vary with the investment return of the Divisions. The Owner also
has a similar right with respect to increases in the Face Amount. (See "Policy
Rights and Privileges--Conversion Right to a Fixed Benefit Policy.")

Eligibility Change Conversion

In the event that the Insured is no longer eligible for coverage under the
Group Contract, either because the Group Contract has terminated or because the
employee is no longer employed by the Contractholder, the Individual Insurance
provided by the Policy issued in connection with the Group Contract will
continue unless the Policy is cancelled or surrendered by the Owner or there is
insufficient Cash Surrender Value to prevent the Policy from lapsing.


                                       8
<PAGE>

Illustrations

Illustrations in Appendix A show how death benefits and Cash Values may vary
based on certain hypothetical rate of return assumptions as well as assumptions
pertaining to the level of the charges. These rates are not guaranteed. They
are illustrative only and do not show past or future performance. If a Policy
is surrendered in the early Policy Years, the Cash Value payable will be low
compared to premiums accumulated with interest, and consequently the insurance
protection provided prior to surrender will be costly.

Policy Tax Compliance

We intend for the Policy to satisfy the definition of a life insurance contract
under Section 7702 of the Internal Revenue Code (the "Code"). Assuming that a
Policy qualifies as a life insurance contract under the Code, a Policy Owner
should not be taxed for receiving value from the Policy, until there is a
distribution from the Policy. Also, death benefits payable under a Policy
should be excludable from the gross income of the Beneficiary.

A Policy may be treated as a "modified endowment contract." If the Policy is a
modified endowment contract, it will affect the tax advantages offered under
the Policy. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")

Specialized Uses of the Policy

Because the Policy provides for an accumulation of Cash Value as well as a
death benefit, the Policy can be used for various individual and business
financial planning purposes. Purchasing the Policy in part for such purposes
entails certain risks. For example, if the investment performance of Divisions
to which Cash Value is allocated is poorer than expected or if sufficient
premiums are not paid, the Policy may lapse or may not accumulate sufficient
Cash Value to fund the purpose for which the Policy was purchased. Partial
withdrawals and Policy Loans may significantly affect current and future Cash
Value, Cash Surrender Value, or death benefit proceeds. Depending upon Division
investment performance and the amount of a Policy Loan, the loan may cause a
Policy to lapse. Because the Policy is designed to provide benefits on a long-
term basis, before purchasing a Policy for a specialized purpose a purchaser
should consider whether the long-term nature of the Policy is consistent with
the purpose for which it is being considered. Using a Policy for a specialized
purpose may have tax consequences. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")

Questions

If you have any questions, you may write or call the Company at 100 South
Brentwood, St. Louis, MO 63105, (314) 862-2211.

                                       9
<PAGE>

                      THE COMPANY AND THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT

The Company

Paragon Life Insurance Company is a stock life insurance company incorporated
under the laws of Missouri. We were organized in 1981 as General American
Insurance Company and on our December 31, 1987, our name was changed. No change
in operations or ownership took place in connection with the name change. Our
main business is writing individual and group life insurance policies and
annuity contracts. As of December 31, 1999, it had assets of $400 million. We
are admitted to do business in 49 states and the District of Columbia. Our
principal offices are at 100 South Brentwood, St. Louis, Missouri 63105 ("Home
Office"). Our Internal Revenue Service Employer Identification Number is 43-
1235869.

We are a wholly-owned subsidiary of General American Life Insurance Company
(the "Parent Company"), a Missouri life insurance company. The Parent Company
is wholly owned by GenAmerica Corporation, a Missouri general business
corporation, which is wholly owned by Metropolitan Life Insurance Company, a
New York insurance company.

Guarantee. The Parent Company agrees to guarantee that we will have sufficient
funds to meet all of our contractual obligations. In the event a Policyholder
presents a legitimate claim for payment on a Paragon insurance Policy, the
Parent Company will pay such claim directly to the Policyholder if Paragon is
unable to make such payment. This guarantee, which does not have a
predetermined termination date, can be modified or ended only as to policies
not yet issued. The guarantee agreement is binding on the Parent Company, its
successor or assignee and shall end only if the guarantee is assigned to an
organization having a financial rating from Standard & Poor's equal to or
better than the Parent Company's rating. The Parent Company does not intend
that this guarantee cover the investment experience or Cash Values of the
Policy.

Ratings. We may from time to time publish in advertisements, sales literature,
and reports to Owners or Contractholders, the ratings and other information
assigned to us by one or more independent rating organizations such as A. M.
Best Company, Standard & Poor's, and Duff & Phelps. The purpose of the ratings
is to reflect our financial strength and/or claims paying ability and should
not be considered as bearing on the investment performance of assets held in
the Separate Account. Each year the A. M. Best Company reviews the financial
status of thousands of insurers, culminating in the assignment of Best's
ratings. These ratings reflect Best's current opinion of the relative financial
strength and operating performance of an insurance company in comparison to the
norms of the life/health insurance industry. In addition, the claims paying
ability of the Company as measured by Standard & Poor's Insurance Ratings
Services or Duff & Phelps may be referred to in advertisements or sales
literature or in reports to Owners or Contractholders. These ratings are
opinions of an operating insurance company's financial capacity to meet the
obligations of its insurance policies in accordance with their terms. These
ratings do not reflect the investment performance of the Separate Account or
the degree of risk associated with an investment in the Separate Account.

Advertisements. We also may include in advertisements and other literature
certain rankings assigned to us by the National Association of Insurance
Commissioners ("NAIC"), and our analyses of statistical information produced by
the NAIC. These rankings and analyses of statistical information may describe,
among other things, our growth, premium income, investment income, capital
gains and losses, policy reserves, policy claims, and life insurance in force.
Our use of such rankings and statistical information is not an endorsement by
the NAIC.

Advertisements and literature prepared by the Company also may include
discussions of taxable and tax-deferred investment programs (including
comparisons based on selected tax brackets), alternative investment vehicles,
and general economic conditions.

                                       10
<PAGE>

The Separate Account

We established Separate Account B (the "Separate Account") as a separate
investment account on January 4, 1993 under Missouri law. The Separate Account
receives and invests the net premiums paid under the Policies. In addition, the
Separate Account receives and invests net premiums for other flexible premium
variable life insurance policies issued by us.

The Separate Account is divided into Divisions. Each Division will invest in
Funds as shown on the cover page of this Prospectus. Income and both realized
and unrealized gains or losses from the assets of each Division of the Separate
Account are credited to or charged against that Division without regard to
income, gains, or losses from any other Division of the Separate Account or
arising out of any other business we may conduct.

Although the assets of the Separate Account are the property of the Company,
the assets in the Separate Account equal to the reserves and other liabilities
of the Separate Account are not chargeable with liabilities arising out of any
other business which we may conduct. The assets of the Separate Account are
available to cover the general liabilities of the Company only to the extent
that the Separate Account's assets exceed its Policy liabilities. From time to
time, these excess assets may be transferred from the Separate Account and
included in the Company's general assets. Before making any such transfers, we
will consider any possible adverse impact the transfer may have on the Separate
Account.

The Separate Account has been registered with the Securities and Exchange
Commission ("SEC" or "Commission") as a unit investment trust under the
Investment Company Act of 1940 (the "1940 Act") and meets the definition of a
"separate account" under federal securities laws. Registration with the SEC
does not involve supervision of the management or investment practices or
policies of the Separate Account or the Company by the Commission.

MFS Variable Insurance Trust

The Separate Account invests shares of MFS Variable Insurance Trust, a series-
type mutual fund registered with the SEC as open-end, diversified management
investment company. Only the Funds described in this section of the Prospectus
are currently available as investment choices of the Policies even though
additional Funds may be described in the Prospectus for MFS Variable Insurance
Trust. The assets of the Fund used by the Policies are held separate from the
assets of the other Funds, and each Fund has investment objectives and policies
which are generally different from those of the other Funds. The income or
losses of one Fund generally have no effect on the investment performance of
any other Fund.

The investment objectives and policies of certain Funds are similar to the
investment objectives and policies of other portfolios. The investment results
of the Funds may differ from the results of these other portfolios. There can
be no guarantee, and no representation is made, that the investment results of
any of the Funds will be comparable to the investment results of any other
portfolio.

The following summarizes the investment policies of each Fund:

MFS Emerging Growth Series

MFS Emerging Growth Series seeks to provide long-term growth of capital. The
series may invest up to 25% of its net assets in foreign securities, including
emerging market securities.

                                       11
<PAGE>

MFS Capital Opportunities Series

MFS Capital Opportunities Series seeks capital appreciation. The series
invests, under normal market conditions, at least 65% of its total assets in
common stocks and related securities, such as preferred stocks, convertible
securities and depositary receipts for those securities. The series focuses on
companies which MFS believes have favorable growth prospects and attractive
valuations based on current and expected earnings or cash flow.

MFS Research Series

MFS Research Series seeks long-term growth of capital and future income. The
series may invest in foreign equity securities (including emerging market
securities) through which it may have exposure to foreign currencies.

MFS Growth With Income Series

MFS Growth With Income Series seeks reasonable current income and long-term
growth of capital and income. The series invests, under normal market
conditions, at least 65% of its total assets in common stock and related
securities, such as preferred stocks, convertible securities and depositary
receipts for those securities. While the fund may invest in companies of any
size, the series generally focuses on companies with larger market
capitalizations that MFS believes have sustainable growth prospects and
attractive valuations based on current and expected earnings or cash flow.

MFS Total Return Series

MFS Total Return Series' main objective is to provide above-average income
(compared to a portfolio invested entirely in equity securities) consistent
with prudent employment of capital. Its secondary objective is to provide
reasonable opportunity for growth of capital and income.

MFS Utilities Series

MFS Utilities Series seeks capital growth and current income (income above that
invested entirely in equity securities). The series invests under normal market
conditions, at least 65% of its total assets in equity and debt securities of
domestic and foreign (including emerging market) companies in the utilities
industry.

MFS High Income Series

MFS High Income Series seeks high current income by investing primarily in a
professionally managed diversified portfolio of fixed income securities, some
of which may involve equity features. The series invests, under normal market
conditions, at least 80% of its total assets in high yield fixed income
securities. Fixed income securities offering the high current income sought by
the series generally are lower rated bonds.

MFS Global Governments Series

MFS Global Governments Series seeks to provide income and capital appreciation.
The series invests, under normal market conditions, at least 65% of its total
assets in U.S. government securities, which are bonds or other debt obligations
issued by, or whose principal and interest payments are guaranteed or supported
by, the U.S. Government, or one of its agencies or instrumentalities and
foreign government securities, which are bonds or other debt obligations issued
by foreign governments, including emerging market governments.

                                       12
<PAGE>


MFS Emerging Markets Equity Series

  Please note: Shares of this series are not available for purchase by
  variable life policyholders whose policies take effect on or after May 1,
  1999.

  Please note: This series was formerly named the MFS/Foreign & Colonial
  Emerging Markets Equity Series.

MFS Foreign & Colonial Emerging Markets Equity Series seeks capital
appreciation. The series invests, under normal market conditions, at least 65%
of its total assets in common stocks and related securities, such as preferred
stock, convertible securities and depositary receipts of emerging market
issuers. Emerging market issuers are issuers whose principal activities are
located in emerging market countries.

MFS Bond Series

MFS Bond Series seeks to primarily provide as high a level of current income as
is believed to be consistent with prudent risk. Its secondary objective is to
protect shareholders' capital. The series invests, under normal market
conditions, at least 65% of its total assets in corporate bonds, U.S.
Government securities, and mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities.

MFS Limited Maturity Series

  Please note: Shares of this series are not available for purchase by
  variable life policyholders whose policies take effect on or after May 1,
  1999.

MFS Limited Maturity Series seeks to provide as high a level of current income
as is believed to be consistent with prudent investment risk. Its secondary
objective is to protect shareholders' capital. The series invests, under normal
market conditions, at least 65% of its total assets in fixed income securities
with "limited" maturities (generally securities with remaining maturities of 5
years or less.)

MFS Money Market Series

MFS Money Market Series seeks as high a level of current income as is
considered consistent with preservation of capital and liquidity. The series is
a money market fund, meaning it tries to maintain a share price of $1.00 while
paying income to its shareholders. The series invests in money market
instruments, which are short-term notes or other debt securities issued by
banks or other corporations, or the U.S. government or other governmental
entities.

MFS New Discovery Series

MFS New Discovery Series seeks capital appreciation. The series invests, under
normal market conditions, at least 65% of its total assets in equity securities
of emerging growth companies. Equity securities include common stocks and
related securities, such as preferred stocks, convertible securities and
depositary receipts for those securities. Emerging growth companies are
companies that MFS believes offer superior prospects for growth and are either
early in their life cycle but have the potential to become major enterprises,
or are major enterprises whose rates of earnings growth are expected to
accelerate.

MFS Growth Series

MFS Growth Series seeks to provide long-term growth of capital and future
income rather than current income. The series invests, under normal market
conditions, at least 80% of its total assets in common stocks and related
securities, such as preferred stocks, convertible securities and depositary
receipts for those securities, of companies which the MFS believes offer better
than average prospects for long-term growth.

                                       13
<PAGE>

There is no assurance that any of the Funds will achieve its stated objective.
More detailed information, including a description of risks, is in the
prospectus for the Funds, which must accompany or precede this Prospectus and
which should be read carefully. Please also refer to the "Annual Expenses of
the Funds" information of this Prospectus for a list of the Funds' annual
expenses.

Agreements. We have has entered into or may enter into arrangements with
certain Funds pursuant to which we receive a fee based upon an annual
percentage of the average net asset amount invested by us on behalf of the
Separate Account and other separate accounts of the Company. These arrangements
vary among the Funds and are entered into because of administrative services
provided by the Company.

Resolving Material Conflicts. All of the Funds are also available to registered
separate accounts of other insurance companies offering variable annuity and
variable life insurance products. As a result, there is a possibility that a
material conflict may arise between the interests of Owners of Policies and of
Owners of Policies whose Cash Values are allocated to other separate accounts
investing in the Funds. In the event a material conflict arises, the Company
will take any necessary steps, including removing the assets of the Separate
Account from one or more of the Funds, to resolve the matter.

Addition, Deletion, or Substitution of Investments. We reserve the right,
subject to compliance with applicable law, to make additions to, deletions
from, or substitutions for the shares of the Funds that are held by the
Separate Account or that the Separate Account may purchase. We reserve the
right to (1) eliminate the shares of any of the Funds and (2) substitute shares
of another fund if the shares of a Fund are no longer available for investment,
or further investment in any Fund becomes inappropriate in view of the purposes
of the Separate Account. We will not substitute any shares without notice to
the Owner and prior approval of the SEC, to the extent required by the 1940 Act
or other applicable law, as required

We also reserve the right to establish additional Divisions of the Separate
Account. We will establish new Divisions when marketing needs or investment
confitions warrant. Any new Division will be made available to existing Owners
on a basis to be determined by the Company. To the extent approved by the SEC,
we may also:

  . Eliminate or combine one or more Divisions;

  . Substitute one Division for another Division; or

  . Transfer assets between Divisions if marketing, tax, or investment
    conditions warrant.

We may make changes in the Policy by appropriate endorsement in the event of a
substitution or change. We will notify all Owners of any such changes.

If we deem it to be in the best interests of persons having voting rights under
the Policy, and to the extent any necessary SEC approvals or Owner votes are
obtained, the Separate Account may be:

  (a) operated as a management company under the 1940 Act;

  (b) deregistered under that Act in the event such registration is no longer
  required; or

  (c) combined with other separate accounts of the Company.

To the extent permitted by applicable law, we may transfer the assets of the
Separate Account associated with the Policy to another separate account.

We cannot guarantee that the shares of the Funds will always be available. The
Funds each sell shares to the Separate Account in accordance with the terms of
a participation agreement between the Fund distributors and us. Should this
agreement terminate or should shares become unavailable for any other reason,
the Separate

                                       14
<PAGE>

Account will not be able to purchase the existing Fund shares. Should this
occur, we will be unable to honor Owner requests to allocate Cash Values or
premium payments to the Divisions of the Separate Account investing in such
shares. In the event that a Fund is no longer available, we will take
reasonable steps to obtain alternative investment options.

                       PAYMENT AND ALLOCATION OF PREMIUMS

Issuance of a Policy

We will generally issue a Group Contract to employers whose employees and/or
their spouses may become Owners (and/or Insureds) under the Group Contract so
long as the employee is within the class of employees eligible to be included
in the Group Contract. The class(es) of employees covered by a particular Group
Contract are set forth in that Group Contract's specifications pages.

The Group Contract will be issued upon receipt of an application for a Group
Contract signed by an appropriate officer of the employer and acceptance by us
at our Home Office. (See "General Provisions of the Group Contract--Issuance.")
Individuals (i.e., eligible employees and/or their spouses) wishing to purchase
a Policy, whether under a Group Contract or an employer-sponsored insurance
program, must complete the appropriate application for Individual Insurance and
submit it to our authorized representative or us at our Home Office. We will
issue to each Contractholder either a Certificate or an Individual Policy to
give to each Owner.

Individual Policies, rather than Certificates, will be issued

  (1) to independent contractors of the employer;

  (2) to persons who wish to continue coverage after a Group Contract has
  terminated;

  (3) to persons who wish to continue coverage after they no longer are
  employed by the Group Contractholder;

  (4) if state law restrictions make issuance of a Group Contract
  impracticable; or

  (5) if the employer chooses to use an employer-sponsored insurance program
  that does not involve a Group Contract.

Corporate Programs. Corporate Programs will generally involve Individual
Policies. We will issue Policies on the lives of eligible Insureds, (generally
employees of a sponsoring employer), and the Owner will usually be the
sponsoring employer or its designee.

Issue Ages. A Policy generally will be issued only to Insureds of Issue Ages 17
through 70 who supply satisfactory evidence of insurability. We may issue
Policies to individuals falling outside the Issue Ages or decline to issue
Policies to individuals within the Issue Ages.

Employee Eligibility. In order for an employee to be eligible to purchase a
Policy, the employee must be actively at work at the time the application for
Individual Insurance is signed. In addition, the Contractholder may determine
specific classes to which the employee must belong to be eligible to purchase a
Policy. "Actively at work" means that the employee must work for the
Contractholder or sponsoring employer at the employee's usual place of work (or
such other places as required by the Contractholder or sponsoring employer) in
the course of such work for the full number of hours and the full rate of pay,
as set by the employment practices of the employer. Ordinarily the time worked
per week must not be less than 30 hours. However, we reserve the right to waive
or modify the "actively at work" requirement at our discretion.

In addition, the Contractholder may require that an employee must be employed
by the employer as of a certain date or for a certain period of time. We will
set forth this date or time period in the Group Contract specifications pages.
Employees of any Associated Companies of the Contractholder will be considered

                                       15
<PAGE>

employees of the Contractholder. We may also allow an individual who is an
independent contractor working primarily for the sponsoring employer to be
considered an eligible employee. An independent contractor may receive an
Individual Policy rather than a Certificate depending upon state law applicable
to the contracts. An employee may include a partner in a partnership if the
employer is a partnership.

Guaranteed Issue. Other than in Executive Programs or Corporate Programs, we
will issue the Policy and any children's insurance rider applied for by the
employee pursuant to our guaranteed issue procedure. We offer the guaranteed
issue procedure only when an employee is given the opportunity to purchase a
Policy for the first time. Under this procedure the employee is required to
answer qualifying questions in the application for Individual Insurance, but is
not required to submit to a medical or paramedical examination. The maximum
Face Amount that an employee can generally apply for under the guaranteed issue
procedure ("Guaranteed Issue Amount") is three times the employee's salary up
to a ceiling that is based on the number of eligible employees under a Group
Contract or other employer-sponsored insurance program. We may offer guaranteed
issue with Executive Programs or Corporate Programs depending upon the number
of eligible employees or if other existing insurance coverage is cancelled.

Simplified Underwriting. The employee must submit to a simplified underwriting
procedure requiring the employee to respond satisfactorily to certain health
questions in the application:

  . where the Face Amount exceeds the guaranteed issue limits;

  . where the Policy has been offered previously to the employee;

  . where the guaranteed issue requirements set forth in the application for
    Individual Insurance are not met; or

  . in connection with certain programs that may be offered without
    guaranteed issue

A blood test may be required. This requirement is generally applicable only to
Executive Programs or Corporate Programs.

Simplified underwriting must be followed in connection with the issuance of any
children's rider, if the employee is not eligible for guaranteed issue
underwriting, or, (even when the employee is eligible,) if the child does not
satisfy the guaranteed issue requirements set forth in the application for
Individual Insurance.

Acceptance of an application is always subject to our underwriting rules, and
we reserve the right to reject an application for any reason.

Employee's Spouse. If a Policy is to be issued to a spouse, the appropriate
application for Individual Insurance must be supplied. We will subject the
spouse to the simplified underwriting procedure described above. Guaranteed
issue is not available. We generally do not offer spouse coverage under
Executive Program Policies or Corporate Program Policies.

Issue Date. The Issue Date is the effective date for all coverage provided in
the original application for Individual Insurance. The Issue Date is used to
determine Policy Anniversaries, Policy Years, and Policy Months. A Policy will
not take effect until:

  . the appropriate application for Individual Insurance is signed;

  . the initial premium has been paid prior to the Insured's death;

  . the Insured is eligible for it; and

  . the information in the application is determined to be acceptable to the
    Company.

Interim Insurance. Interim Insurance in the amount of insurance applied for may
be available prior to the issuance of a Policy which is being underwritten on a
guaranteed issue basis up to the Guaranteed Issue

                                       16
<PAGE>

Amount. If available, interim insurance will start as of the date of the
application. Interim insurance ends on the earliest of the following dates:

  . the date insurance begins on the Policy applied for;

  . the date a Policy other than the Policy applied for is offered to the
    applicant;

  . the date the Company notifies the applicant that the application for any
    proposed Insured is declined;

  . 60 days from the date of application; or

  . termination of employment with the Contractholder or sponsoring employer.

Premiums

The initial premium is due on the Issue Date, and usually will be paid by the
Contractholder or employer on behalf of the Owner. The Company requires that
the initial premium for a Policy be at least equal to one-twelfth ( 1/12) of
the planned annual premium for the Policy set forth in the specifications
pages. The planned annual premium is an amount specified for each Policy based
on the requested initial Face Amount, the Issue Age of the Insured and the
charges under the Policy. (See "Charges and Deductions.") The Owner is not
required to pay premiums equal to the planned annual premium.

We will apply premiums paid by a Contractholder or sponsoring employer or
designated payor to a Policy as of the Valuation Date we receive the prmeiums.
Premiums will be "received" on a Valuation Date when we receive supporting
documentation necessary for us to determine the amount of premium per Policy
and the cash premium.

Planned Premium Payments. After the initial premium, and subject to the
limitations described below, premiums may be paid in any amount and at any
interval. Under Group Contracts and Individual Policies issued in connection
with other employer-sponsored insurance programs, the planned annual premium
usually will be paid by the Contractholder or sponsoring employer on behalf of
the Owner pursuant to a planned premium payment schedule. A planned premium
payment schedule provides for premium payments in a level amount at fixed
intervals (usually monthly) agreed to by the Contractholder or employer and us.

The amount of the premiums paid by the sponsoring employer or Contractholder
will be equal to the amount authorized by the employee. The Owner may skip
planned premium payments. Failure to pay one or more planned premium payments
will not always cause the Policy to lapse. The Policy will lapse if the Cash
Surrender Value is insufficient to cover the next Monthly Deduction. (See
"Payment and Allocation of Premiums--Policy Lapse and Reinstatement.")

Unscheduled Premiums. In addition to any planned payments made, an Owner may
make unscheduled premium payments at any time and in any amount, subject to the
minimum and maximum premium limitations described below. The payment of an
unscheduled premium payment may have Federal income tax consequences. (See
"Federal Tax Matters.") As mentioned above, an Owner may also skip planned
premium payments. Therefore, unlike conventional insurance policies, a Policy
does not obligate the Owner to pay premiums in accordance with a rigid and
inflexible premium schedule.

Continuance of Insurance. Failure of the Contractholder to pay the planned
premium payments authorized by its employees may cause the Group Contract to
terminate. (See "General Provisions of the Group Contract--Termination.")
Provided that there is sufficient Cash Surrender Value to prevent the Policy
from lapsing, the Individual Insurance provided will automatically continue in
the event of Group Contract termination. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--
Eligibility Change Conversion.") Individual Insurance will also continue if the
employee's employment with the Contractholder or sponsoring employer
terminates. In either circumstance, an Owner of an Individual Policy (or a
Certificate converted by amendment to an Individual Policy) will establish a
new schedule of planned premiums. The new schedule will have the same planned
annual premium, and the payment intervals will be no more frequent than
quarterly. In Corporate Programs, there will generally be no change in planned
or scheduled premiums upon discontinuing the employment of an Insured.

                                       17
<PAGE>

Premium Limitations. Every premium payment paid must be at least $20. Total
premiums paid under a Policy may not exceed the current maximum premium
limitations established by federal tax laws in any Policy Year. The maximum
premium limitation for a Policy Year is the sum of the premiums paid under the
Policy that will not at any time exceed the guideline premium limitations
referred to in Section 7702(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986. If at any
time a premium is paid which would result in total premiums exceeding the
current maximum premium limitation, we will accept only that portion of the
premium which will make total premiums equal the maximum. Any part of the
premium in excess of the maximum premiums will be returned directly to the
Owner within 60 days of the end of the Policy Year in which payment is received
(unless we agree) and no further premiums will be accepted until allowed by the
current maximum premium limitations prescribed by Federal tax law. See "Federal
Tax Matters" for a further explanation of premium limitations.

Section 7702A creates an additional premium limitation, which, if exceeded, can
change the tax status of a Policy to that of a "modified endowment contract." A
modified endowment contract is a life insurance contract, from which
withdrawals are treated (for tax purposes) (1) as a distribution of any taxable
income under the contract, and (2) as a distribution of nontaxable investment
in the contract. Also, such withdrawals may be subject to a 10% federal income
tax penalty. We have adopted administrative steps designed to notify an Owner
when we believe that a premium payment will cause a Policy to become a modified
endowment contract. Owner will be given a limited amount of time to request
that the premium be reversed in order to avoid the Policy's classification as a
modified endowment contract. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")

Allocation of Net Premiums and Cash Value

Net Premiums. The net premium equals:

  (1) the premium paid; less

  (2) the premium expense charge;

  (3) any charge to compensate us for anticipated higher corporate income
  taxes resulting from the sale of a Policy; and

  (4) the premium tax charge. (See "Charges and Deductions--Sales Charges.")

Allocation of Net Premiums. In the application for a Policy, the Owner
indicates how net premiums are to be allocated among the 14 Divisions of the
Separate Account. Beginning with the initial premium payment, all premiums will
be allocated in accordance with the Owner's instructions upon our receipt of
the premiums. However, the minimum percentage, of any allocation to a Division
is 10 percent of the net premium, and fractional percentages may not be used.

The allocation for future net premiums may be changed without charge at any
time by providing notice in writing directly to us. Any change in allocation
will take effect immediately upon our receipt of the written notification. No
charge is imposed for changing the allocations of future net premiums.

The Policy's Cash Value also may be transferred between the Divisions of the
Separate Account. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--Transfers.")

The value of amounts allocated to the Divisions will vary with the investment
performance of the Funds underlying the Divisions. The Owner bears the entire
investment risk. Investment performance will affect the Policy's Cash Value,
and may affect the death benefit as well. Owners should periodically review
their allocations of premiums and values in light of market conditions and
overall financial planning requirements.

Policy Lapse and Reinstatement

Lapse. Unlike conventional life insurance policies, the failure to make a
premium payment following the initial premium payment will not itself cause a
Policy to lapse. However, a Policy can lapse even if planned

                                       18
<PAGE>

premiums have been paid. Lapse will occur only when the Cash Surrender Value is
insufficient to cover the monthly deduction, and a grace period expires without
a sufficient payment being made. (See also "General Provisions of the Group
Contract--Grace Period--Termination.") Thus, the payment of premiums in any
amount does not guarantee that the Policy will remain in force until the
Maturity Date.

The grace period, which is 62 days, begins on the Monthly Anniversary on which
the Cash Surrender Value is not enough to cover the next monthly deduction,
premium expense charge, and premium tax charge. We will notify the Owner at the
beginning of the grace period by mail. The notice will specify the amount of
premium required to keep the Policy in force and the date the payment is due.
Subject to minimum premium requirements, the amount of the premium required to
keep the Policy in force will be the amount of the current monthly deduction.
(See "Charges and Deductions.") If the Company does not receive the required
amount within the grace period, the Policy will lapse and terminate without
Cash Value. If the Insured dies during the grace period, any overdue monthly
deductions will be deducted from the death benefit payable.

Reinstatement. The Owner may reinstate a lapsed Policy by written application
at any time within five years after the date of lapse and before the Maturity
Date. The right to reinstate a lapsed Policy will not be affected by the
termination of a Group Contract or the termination of an employee's employment
during the reinstatement period. Reinstatement is subject to the following
conditions:

  .  Evidence of the insurability of the Insured satisfactory to us
     (including evidence of insurability of any person covered by a rider to
     reinstate the rider).

  .  Payment of a premium that, after the deduction of any premium expense
     charge and any premium tax charge, is large enough to cover: (a) the
     monthly deductions due at the time of lapse, and (b) two times the
     monthly deduction due at the time of reinstatement.

  .  Payment or reinstatement of any Indebtedness. Any Indebtedness
     reinstated will cause a Cash Value of an equal amount also to be
     reinstated.

Any loan paid at the time of reinstatement will cause an increase in Cash Value
equal to the amount of the repaid loan. The Policy cannot be reinstated if it
has been surrendered. The amount of Cash Value on the date of reinstatement
will be equal to the amount of any Indebtedness reinstated, increased by the
net premiums paid at reinstatement and any loans paid at the time of
reinstatement.

The effective date of reinstatement will be the date of our approval of the
application for reinstatement. There will be a full monthly deduction for the
Policy Month that includes that date.

                                POLICY BENEFITS

Death Benefit

As long as the Policy remains in force, we will, (upon proof of the Insured's
death), pay the death benefit proceeds of a Policy in accordance with the death
benefit option in effect at the time of the Insured's death. Payment of death
benefit proceeds will not be affected by termination of the Group Contract,
employer-sponsored insurance program or by termination of an employee's
employment.

If a rider permitting the accelerated payment of death benefit proceeds has
been added to the Policy, the death benefit may be paid in a single sum prior
to the death of the Insured and may be less than otherwise would be paid upon
the death of the Insured. (See "General Matters Relating to the Policy--
Additional Insurance Benefits.")

The amount of the death benefit proceeds payable will be determined at the end
of the Valuation Period during which the Insured's death occurred. The proceeds
may be paid in a single sum or under one or more of the settlement options set
forth in the Policy. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--Payment of Policy
Benefits.") Death benefit proceeds will be paid to the surviving Beneficiary or
Beneficiaries specified in the application or as subsequently changed.

                                       19
<PAGE>

The Policy provides two death benefit options: a "Level Type" death benefit
("Option A") and an "Increasing Type" death benefit ("Option B"). Option B
generally will be the only option presented. The death benefit under either
option will never be less than the current Face Amount of the Policy as long as
the Policy remains in force. (See "Payment and Allocation of Premiums--Policy
Lapse and Reinstatement.") The minimum Face Amount currently is $25,000. The
maximum Face Amount is generally $500,000. However, in connection with a
particular Group Contract or employer sponsored insurance program, we may
establish a substantially higher Face Amount for Policies issued under that
Contract or program.

Option A. Under Option A, the death benefit is:

  (1) the current Face Amount of the Policy or, if greater,

  (2) the applicable percentage of Cash Value on the date of death.

The applicable percentage is 250% for an Insured Attained Age 40 or below on
the Policy Anniversary prior to the date of death. For Insureds with an
Attained Age over 40 on that Policy Anniversary, the percentage is lower and
declines with age as shown in the Applicable Percentage Table below. Under
Option A the death benefit will remain level at the Face Amount unless the
applicable percentage of Cash Value exceeds the current Face Amount, in which
case the amount of the death benefit will vary as the Cash Value varies. Owners
who prefer to have favorable investment performance reflected in higher Cash
Value for the same Face Amount, rather than increased death benefit, generally
should select Option A.

                          APPLICABLE PERCENTAGE TABLE

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                         Applicable
Attained Age             Percentage
- ------------             ----------
<S>                      <C>
40......................    250%
41......................    243
42......................    236
43......................    229
44......................    222
45......................    215
46......................    209
47......................    203
48......................    197
49......................    191
50......................    185
51......................    178
52......................    171
53......................    164
54......................    157
55......................    150
56......................    146
57......................    142
58......................    138
59......................    134
60......................    130
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                         Applicable
Attained Age             Percentage
- ------------             ----------
<S>                      <C>
61......................    128%
62......................    126
63......................    124
64......................    122
65......................    120
66......................    119
67......................    118
68......................    117
69......................    116
70......................    115
71......................    113
72......................    111
73......................    109
74......................    107
75 to 90................    105
91......................    104
92......................    103
93......................    102
94......................    101
95 or older.............    100
</TABLE>

The applicable percentages in the foregoing table are based on federal tax law
requirements described in Section 7702(d) of the Code. The Company reserves the
right to alter the applicable percentage to the extent necessary to comply with
changes to Section 7702(d) or any successor provision thereto.

                                       20
<PAGE>

Option B. Under Option B, the death benefit is equal to:

  (1) the current Face Amount plus the Cash Value of the Policy or, if
  greater,

  (2) the applicable percentage of the Cash Value on the date of death. The
  applicable percentage is the same as under Option A.

Under Option B, the amount of the death benefit will always vary as the Cash
Value varies (but will never be less than the Face Amount).

Owners who prefer to have favorable investment performance reflected in higher
death benefits for the same Face Amount generally should select Option B. All
other factors equal, for the same premium dollar, Option B provides lower
initial Face Amount resulting in earlier cash accumulation.

Change in Death Benefit Option. After the first Policy Anniversary, the Owner
may change the death benefit option. We reserve the right to limit the number
of changes in death benefit options to one each Policy Year. A request for a
change must be made directly to us in writing. The effective date of such a
change will be the Monthly Anniversary on or following the date we receive the
change request.

If the death benefit option is changed from Option A to Option B, the Face
Amount after the change will equal the Face Amount before the change less the
Cash Value on the effective date of the change. Satisfactory evidence of
insurability must be submitted directly to us with a request for a change from
Option A to Option B. This change may not be made if it would result in a Face
Amount of less than $25,000.

If the death benefit option is changed from Option B to Option A, the Face
Amount after the change will equal the Face Amount before the change plus the
Cash Value on the effective date of change.

A change in death benefit option will not in itself result in an immediate
change in the amount of a Policy's death benefit or Cash Value. No charges will
be imposed upon a change from death benefit Option B to Option A. Changing from
Option A to Option B, however, will result in a decrease in the Face Amount. In
addition, if, prior to or accompanying a change in the death benefit option,
there has been an increase in the Face Amount, the cost of insurance charge may
be different for the increased amount. (See "Charges and Deductions--Monthly
Deduction--Cost of Insurance.")

No change in death benefit option will be permitted that results in the death
benefit under a Policy being included in gross income because the federal tax
law requirements are not satisfied. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")

Change in Face Amount. Subject to certain limitations set forth below, an Owner
may increase or decrease the Face Amount of a Policy (without changing the
death benefit option) after the first Policy Anniversary. A written request for
a change in the Face Amount must be sent directly to us. A change in Face
Amount may affect the cost of insurance rate and the net amount at risk, both
of which affect an Owner's cost of insurance charge. (See "Charges and
Deductions--Monthly Deduction--Cost of Insurance.") In addition, a change in
Face Amount may have federal income tax consequences. (See "Federal Tax
Matters.")

Face Amount Decreases. Any decrease in the Face Amount will become effective on
the Monthly Anniversary on or following our receipt of the written request. The
amount of the requested decrease must be at least $5,000 and the Face Amount
remaining in force after any requested decrease may not be less than the
minimum amount Face Amount, generally $25,000. If, following a decrease in Face
Amount, the Policy would not comply with the maximum premium limitations
required by federal tax law (see "Payment and Allocation of Premiums"), the
decrease may be limited or Cash Value may be returned to the Owner (at the
Owner's election), to the extent necessary to meet those requirements. A
decrease in the Face Amount will reduce the Face Amount in the following order:

  (1) The Face Amount provided by the most recent increase;

  (2) The next most recent increases successively; and

  (3) The initial Face Amount.

                                       21
<PAGE>

This order of reduction will be used to determine the amount of subsequent cost
of insurance charges (see "Charges and Deductions--Monthly Deduction--Cost of
Insurance").

Face Amount Increases. For an increase in the Face Amount, we require that
satisfactory evidence of insurability be submitted. If approved, the increase
will become effective on the Monthly Anniversary on or following receipt of the
satisfactory evidence of insurability. In addition, the Insured must have an
Attained Age of 80 or less on the effective date of the increase. The amount of
the increase may not be less than $5,000. The Face Amount may not be increased
more than the maximum Face Amount for that Policy, generally $500,000. However,
in connection with a particular Group Contract or employer-sponsored insurance
program, we may establish a substantially higher Face Amount for Policies
issued under that Contract or program. Although an increase need not
necessarily be accompanied by additional premium, the Cash Surrender Value in
effect immediately after the increase must be sufficient to cover the next
monthly deduction. (See "Charges and Deductions--Monthly Deduction.") An
increase in the Face Amount may result in certain additional charges. (See
"Charges and Deductions.")

Cancellation of an Increase. An increase in Face Amount may be cancelled within
the later of:

  .20 days from the date the Owner received the new Policy specifications
   page for the increase;

  .within 10 days of mailing the right to cancellation notice to the Owner;
   or

  .within 45 days after the application for an increase was signed.

Upon cancellation, any additional charges, which would not have been assessed
without the increase, will be refunded to the Owner if requested. If a request
for a refund is not made, the charges will be restored to the Policy's Cash
Value and allocated to Divisions in the same manner as they were deducted.
Premiums paid following an increase in Face Amount and prior to the time the
right to cancel the increase expires will become part of the Policy's Cash
Value and will not be subject to refund. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--
Right to Examine Policy.")

Methods of Affecting Insurance Protection. An Owner may increase or decrease
the pure insurance protection provided by a Policy--the difference between the
death benefit and the Cash Value--in several ways as insurance needs change.
Examples include increasing or decreasing the Face Amount, changing the level
of premium payments, and, to a lesser extent, making partial withdrawals from
the Policy. Although the consequences of each of these methods will depend upon
the individual circumstances, they may be generally summarized as follows:

(a) A decrease in the Face Amount will, subject to the applicable percentage
limitations (see "Policy Benefits--Death Benefit"), decrease the pure insurance
protection and the cost of insurance charges under the Policy without reducing
the Cash Value.

(b) An increase in the Face Amount may increase the amount of pure insurance
protection, depending on the amount of Cash Value and the resultant applicable
percentage limitation. If the insurance protection is increased, the Policy
charges generally will increase as well.

(c) An increased level of premium payments will reduce the pure insurance
protection if Option A is in effect. However, when the applicable percentage of
Cash Value exceeds either the Face Amount (if Option A is in effect) or the
Cash Value plus the Face Amount (if Option B is in effect), increased premium
payments will increase the pure insurance protection. Increased premiums should
also increase the amount of funds available to keep the Policy in force.

(d) A reduced level of premium payments generally will increase the amount of
pure insurance protection, depending on the applicable percentage limitations.
If the reduced level of premium payments is insufficient to cover monthly
deductions or to offset negative investment performance, Cash Value may also
decrease, which in turn will increase the possibility that the Policy will
lapse. (See "Payment and Allocation of Premiums--Policy Lapse and
Reinstatement.")

                                       22
<PAGE>

(e) A partial withdrawal will reduce the death benefit. (See "Policy Rights and
Privileges--Surrender and Partial Withdrawals.") However, it only affects the
amount of pure insurance protection and cost of insurance charges if the death
benefit before or after the withdrawal is based on the applicable percentage of
Cash Value, because otherwise the decrease in the death benefit is offset by
the amount of Cash Value withdrawn. The primary use of a partial withdrawal is
to withdraw Cash Value.

Payment of Death Benefit Proceeds. Death benefit proceeds under the Policy
ordinarily will be paid within seven days after we receive all documentation
required. Payment may, however, be postponed in certain circumstances. (See
"General Matters Relating to the Policy--Postponement of Payments.") The Owner
may decide the form in which the proceeds will be paid. During the Insured's
lifetime, the Owner may arrange for the death benefit proceeds to be paid in a
single sum or under one or more of the optional methods of settlement described
below. The death benefit will be increased by the amount of the monthly cost of
insurance for the portion of the month from the date of death to the end of the
month, and reduced by any outstanding Indebtedness. (See "General Matters
Relating to the Policy--Additional Insurance Benefits," and "Charges and
Deductions.")

When no election for an optional method of settlement is in force when the
Insured dies, the Beneficiary may select one or more of the optional methods of
settlement at any time before death benefit proceeds are paid. (See "Policy
Rights and Privileges--Payment of Policy Benefits.")

An election or change of method of settlement must be in writing. A change in
Beneficiary revokes any previous settlement election. Once payments have begun,
the settlement option may not be changed.

Cash Value

The Cash Value of the Policy is equal to the total of the Policy's Cash Value
in the Separate Account and the Loan Account. The Policy's Cash Value in the
Separate Account will reflect:

  . the investment performance of the chosen Divisions;

  . the frequency and amount of net premiums paid;

  . transfers;

  . partial withdrawals;

  . Policy Loans;

  . Loan account interest rate credited; and

  . the charges assessed in connection with the Policy.

An Owner may at any time surrender the Policy and receive the Policy's Cash
Surrender Value. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--Surrender and Partial
Withdrawals.") There is no guaranteed minimum Cash Value.

Determination of Cash Value. Cash Value is determined on a daily basis. On the
Investment Start Date, the Cash Value in a Division will equal the portion of
any net premium allocated to the Division, reduced by the portion of the
monthly deductions due from the Issue Date through the Investment Start Date
allocated to that Division. Depending upon the length of time between the Issue
Date and the Investment Start Date, this amount may be more than the amount of
one monthly deduction. (See "Payment and Allocation of Premiums.") Thereafter,
on each Valuation Date, the Cash Value in a Division will equal:

(1) The Cash Value in the Division on the preceding Valuation Date, multiplied
by the Division's Net Investment Factor (defined below) for the current
Valuation Period; plus

(2) Any net premium payments received during the current Valuation Period which
are allocated to the Division; plus

                                       23
<PAGE>

(3) Any loan repayments allocated to the Division during the current Valuation
Period; plus

(4) Any amounts transferred to the Division from another Division during the
current Valuation Period; plus

(5) That portion of the interest credited on outstanding Policy Loans which is
allocated to the Division during the current Valuation Period; minus

(6) Any amounts transferred from the Division during the current Valuation
Period (including amounts securing Policy Loans) plus transfer charges if any;
minus

(7) Any partial withdrawals plus any partial withdrawal transaction charge,
from the Division during the current Valuation Period; minus

(8) If a Monthly Anniversary occurs during the current Valuation Period, the
portion of the monthly deduction allocated to the Division during the current
Valuation Period to cover the Policy Month which starts during that Valuation
Period. (See "Charges and Deductions.")

The Policy's Cash Value in the Separate Account equals the sum of the Policy's
Cash Values in each Division.

Net Investment Factor. The Net Investment Factor measures the investment
performance of a Division during a Valuation Period. The Net Investment Factor
for each Division for a Valuation Period is calculated as follows:

(1) The value of the assets at the end of the preceding Valuation Period; plus

(2) The investment income and capital gains--realized or unrealized--credited
to the assets in the Valuation Period for which the Net Investment Factor is
being determined; minus

(3) The capital losses, realized or unrealized, charged against those assets
during the Valuation Period; minus

(4) Any amount charged against each Division for taxes or other economic burden
resulting from the application of tax laws, determined by the Company to be
properly attributable to the Divisions or the Policy, or any amount set aside
during the Valuation Period as a reserve for taxes attributable to the
operation or maintenance of each Division; minus

(5) A charge not to exceed .0024547% of the net assets for each day in the
Valuation Period. This corresponds to 0.90% per year for mortality and expense
risks; divided by

(6) The value of the assets at the end of the preceding Valuation Period.

The Company may use an equivalent method to determine Cash Value in each
Division on each Valuation Date in lieu of the Net Investment Factor method.
This method directly determines the units of Cash Value in each Division and
the corresponding unit value. Unit value is obtained as follows:

(1) The value of assets in a Division are obtained by multiplying shares
outstanding by the net asset value as of the Valuation Date; minus

(2) A reduction based upon a charge not to exceed .0024547% of the net assets
for each day in the Valuation Period is made (This corresponds to 0.90% per
year for mortality and expense risk charge); divided by

(3) Aggregate units outstanding in the Division at the end of the preceding
Valuation Period.

                                       24
<PAGE>

                          POLICY RIGHTS AND PRIVILEGES

Exercising Rights and Privileges Under the Policies

Owners of Policies issued under a Group Contract or in connection with an
employer-sponsored insurance program may exercise their rights and privileges
under the Policies (i.e., make transfers, change premium allocations, borrow,
etc.) by directly notifying us in writing at our Home Office. We will send all
reports and other notices described herein or in the Policy directly to the
Owner.

Loans

Loan Privileges. After the first Policy Anniversary, the Owner may, by written
request directly to us, borrow an amount up to the Loan Value of the Policy,
with the Policy serving as sole security for such loan. The Loan Value is equal
to (a) minus (b), where

  . (a) is 85% of the Cash Value of the Policy on the date the Policy Loan is
    requested; and

  .(b) is the amount of any outstanding Indebtedness.

Loan interest is due and payable in arrears on each Policy Anniversary or on a
pro rata basis for such shorter period as the loan may exist. The minimum
amount that may be borrowed is $100. The loan may be completely or partially
repaid at any time while the Insured is living. Any amount due to an Owner
under a Policy Loan ordinarily will be paid within seven days after we receive
the loan request at our Home Office, although payments may be postponed under
certain circumstances. (See "General Matters Relating to the Policy--
Postponement of Payments.")

When a Policy Loan is made, Cash Value equal to the amount of the loan and loan
interest due will be transferred to the Loan Account as security for the loan.
Unless the Owner requests a different allocation, amounts will be transferred
from the Divisions of the Separate Account in the same proportion that the
Policy's Cash Value in each Division bears to the Policy's total Cash Value,
(not including the Cash Value in the Loan Account,) at the end of the Valuation
Period during which the request for a Policy Loan is received. This will reduce
the Policy's Cash Value in the Separate Account. These transactions will not be
considered transfers for purposes of the limitations on transfers between
Divisions.

Loan Account Interest Rate Credited. Cash Value transferred to the Loan Account
to secure a Policy Loan will accrue interest daily at an annual rate not less
than 5%. The rate is declared by action of our management as authorized by our
Board of Directors. The Loan Account interest credited will be transferred to
the Divisions: (1) each Policy Anniversary; (2) when a new loan is made; (3)
when a loan is partially or fully repaid; and (4) when an amount is needed to
meet a monthly deduction.

Interest Rate Charged for Policy Loans. The interest rate charged will be at an
annual rate of 8%. Interest charged will be due and payable annually in arrears
on each Policy Anniversary or for the duration of the Policy Loan, if shorter.
If the Owner does not pay the interest charged when it is due, an amount of
Cash Value equal to that which is due will be transferred to the Loan Account.
(See "Policy Rights and Privileges Loans--Effect of Policy Loans.") The amount
transferred will be deducted from the Divisions in the same proportion that the
portion of the Cash Value in each Division bears to the total Cash Value of the
Policy (not including the Cash Value in the Loan Account).

Effect of Policy Loans. A loan taken from, or secured by, a Policy may have
federal income tax consequences. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")

Whether or not a Policy Loan is repaid, it will permanently affect the Cash
Value of a Policy, and may permanently affect the amount of the death benefit.
This is because the collateral for the Policy Loan (the amount held in the Loan
Account) does not participate in the performance of the Separate Account while
the loan is outstanding. If the Loan Account interest credited is less than the
investment performance of the

                                       25
<PAGE>

selected Division, the Policy values will be lower as a result of the loan.
Conversely, if the Loan Account interest credited is higher than the investment
performance of the Division, the Policy values may be higher.

In addition, if the Indebtedness exceeds the Cash Value on any Monthly
Anniversary, the Policy may lapse, subject to a grace period. (See "Charges and
Deductions.") A sufficient payment must be made within the later of:

  (1) the grace period of 62 days from the Monthly Anniversary immediately
      before the date Indebtedness exceeds the Cash Value; or

  (2)31 days after notice that the Policy will terminate without a sufficient
  payment has been mailed.

If a sufficient payment is not received, the Policy will lapse and terminate
without value. A lapsed Policy may later be reinstated. (See "Payment and
Allocation of Premiums--Policy Lapse and Reinstatement.")

All outstanding Indebtedness will be deducted from the proceeds payable upon
the death of the Insured, surrender, or the maturity of the Policy.

Repayment of Indebtedness. A Policy Loan may be repaid in whole or in part at
any time prior to the death of the Insured and as long as a Policy is in
effect. All repayments should be made directly to us. Amounts paid while a
Policy Loan is outstanding will be treated as premiums unless the Owner
requests in writing that the payments be treated as repayment of Indebtedness.
When a loan repayment is made, an amount securing the Indebtedness in the Loan
Account equal to the loan repayment will be transferred to the Divisions in the
same proportion that Cash Value in the Loan Account bears to the Cash Value in
each Loan Subaccount. A Loan Subaccount exists for each Division. Amounts
transferred to the Loan Account to secure Indebtedness are allocated to the
appropriate Loan Subaccount to reflect their origin.

Surrender and Partial Withdrawals

During the lifetime of the Insured and while a Policy is in force, the Owner
may surrender, or make a partial withdrawal of the Policy by sending a written
request to us. Any restrictions are described below. The amount available upon
surrender is the Cash Surrender Value (described below) at the end of the
Valuation Period during which the surrender request is received by us. Amounts
payable upon surrender or a partial withdrawal ordinarily will be paid within
seven days of receipt of the written request. (See "General Matters Relating to
the Policy--Postponement of Payments.") Surrenders and partial withdrawals may
have federal income tax consequences. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")

Surrender. To effect a surrender, the Policy must be returned to us along with
the request, or the request must be accompanied by a completed affidavit of
lost Policy. Upon request, we can provide a lost Policy Certificate. Upon
surrender, we will pay the Cash Surrender Value to the Owner. The Cash
Surrender Value equals the Cash Value on the date of surrender, less any
Indebtedness. Surrender proceeds will be paid in a single sum. If the request
is received on a Monthly Anniversary, the monthly deduction otherwise
deductible will be included in the amount paid. Coverage under a Policy will
terminate as of the date of surrender.

Partial Withdrawals. After the first Policy Year, an Owner may make up to one
partial withdrawal each Policy Month from the Separate Account. The minimum
amount of a partial withdrawal, net of any transaction charges, is $500. The
minimum amount that can be withdrawn from a Division is $50, or the Policy's
Cash Value in a Division, if smaller. The maximum amount that may be withdrawn,
including the partial withdrawal transaction charge, is the Loan Value. The
partial withdrawal transaction charge is equal to the lesser of $25 or 2% of
the amount withdrawn. The Owner may allocate the amount withdrawn, subject to
the above conditions, among the Divisions. If no allocation is specified, then
the partial withdrawal will be allocated among the Divisions in the same
proportion that the Policy's Cash Value in each Division bears to the total
Cash Value of the Policy (not including the Cash Value in the Loan Account) on
the date the request for the partial withdrawal is received.

                                       26
<PAGE>


A partial withdrawal will decrease the Face Amount in two situations. First, if
death benefit Option A is in effect and the death benefit equals the Face
Amount then the partial withdrawal will decrease the Face Amount, and, thus,
the death benefit by an amount equal to the partial withdrawal plus the partial
withdrawal transaction charge. Second, if the death benefit equals a percentage
of Cash Value (whether Option A or Option B is in effect), then a partial
withdrawal will decrease the Face Amount by the amount that the partial
withdrawal plus the partial withdrawal transaction charge exceeds the
difference between the death benefit and the Face Amount. The death benefit
also will be reduced in this circumstance. If Option B is in effect and the
death benefit equals the Face Amount plus the Cash Value, the partial
withdrawal will not reduce the Face Amount, but it will reduce the Cash Value
and, thus, the death benefit by the amount of the partial withdrawal plus the
partial withdrawal transaction charge. The Face Amount will be decreased in the
following order: (1) the Face Amount at issue; and (2) any increases in the
same order in which they were issued.

Generally, the partial withdrawal transaction charge will be allocated among
the Divisions in the same proportion as the partial withdrawal is allocated.
If, following a partial withdrawal, insufficient funds remain in a Division to
pay the partial withdrawal transaction charge allocated to a Division, the
unpaid charges will be allocated equally among the remaining Divisions. In
addition, an Owner may request that the partial withdrawal transaction charge
be paid from the Owner's Cash Value in another Division.

The Face Amount remaining in force after a partial withdrawal may not be less
than $25,000. Any request for a partial withdrawal that would reduce the Face
Amount below this amount will not be approved.

Partial withdrawals may affect the way in which the cost of insurance charge is
calculated and the amount of pure insurance protection afforded under a Policy.
(See "Policy Benefits--Death Benefit--Methods of Affecting Insurance
Protection.")

Transfers

Under the Company's current rules, a Policy's Cash Value (not including amounts
credited to the Loan Account) may be transferred among the Divisions available
with the Policy. Requests for transfers from or among Divisions must be made in
writing directly to us and may be made once each Policy Month. Transfers must
be in amounts of at least $250 or, if smaller, the Policy's Cash Value in a
Division. We will make transfers and determine all values in connection with
transfers as of the end of the Valuation Period during which the transfer
request is received.

All requests received on the same Valuation Day will be considered a single
transfer request. Each transfer must meet the minimum requirement of $250 or
the entire Cash Value in a Division. Where a single transfer request calls for
more than one transfer, and not all of the transfers would meet the minimum
requirements, we will make those transfers that do meet the requirements.
Transfers resulting from Policy Loans will not be counted for purposes of the
limitations on the amount or frequency of transfers allowed in each month or
year.

Although we currently intend to continue to permit transfers for the
foreseeable future, the Policy provides that we may modify the transfer
privilege, by changing the minimum amount transferable, by altering the
frequency of transfers, by imposing a transfer charge, by prohibiting
transfers, or in such other manner as we may determine.

Right to Examine Policy

The Owner may cancel a Policy within 10 days of after receiving it or such
longer period if required by state law. If a Policy is cancelled within this
time period, a refund will be paid. The refund will equal all premiums paid
under the Policy.

To cancel the Policy, the Owner should mail or deliver the Policy directly to
us. A refund of premiums paid by check may be delayed until the check has
cleared the Owner's bank. (See "General Matters Relating to the Policy--
Postponement of Payments.")

                                       27
<PAGE>

As noted above, a request for an increase in Face Amount (see "Policy
Benefits--Death Benefit") also may be cancelled. The request for cancellation
must be made within the latest of:

  . 20 days from the date the Owner received the new Policy specifications
    pages for the increase;

  . 10 days of mailing the right to cancellation notice to the Owner; or

  . 45 days after the Owner signed the application for the increase.

Upon cancellation of an increase, the Owner may request that we refund the
amount of the additional charges deducted in connection with the increase. This
amount will equal the amount by which the monthly deductions since the increase
went into effect exceeded the monthly deductions which would have been made
absent the increase. (See "Charges and Deductions--Monthly Deduction.") If no
request is made, we will increase the Policy's Cash Value by the amount of
these additional charges. This amount will be allocated among the Divisions in
the same manner as it was deducted.

Conversion Right to a Fixed Benefit Policy

Once during the first 24 Policy Months following the Issue Date of the Policy,
the Owner may, upon written request, convert a Policy still in force to a life
insurance policy that provides for benefits that do not vary with the
investment return of the Divisions. In the event a Certificate has been amended
to operate as an Individual Policy following an Insured's change in eligibility
under a Group Contract, the conversion right will be measured from the Issue
Date of the original Certificate. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--
Eligibility Change Conversion.") No evidence of insurability will be required
when this right is exercised. However, we will require that the Policy be in
force and that the Owner repay any existing Indebtedness. At the time of the
conversion, the new Policy will have, at the Owner's option, either the same
death benefit or the same net amount at risk as the original Policy. The new
Policy will also have the same Issue Date and Issue Age as the original Policy.
The premiums for the new Policy will be based on our rates in effect for the
same Issue Age and rate class as the original Policy.

Eligibility Change Conversion

If an Insured's eligibility under a Group Contract or employer-sponsored
insurance program ends due to its termination or due to the termination of the
employee's employment, the Insured's coverage will continue unless the Policy
is no longer in force. Even if the Policy is not in force due to lapse, the
right to reinstate and thus to convert a lapsed Policy will not be affected by
the change in the employee's eligibility during the reinstatement period.

If a Certificate was issued under the Group Contract, the Certificate will be
amended automatically so that it will continue in force as an Individual
Policy. The rights, benefits, and guaranteed charges will not be altered by
this amendment. The amendment will be mailed to the Owner within 31 days (a)
after we receive written notice that the employee's employment ended or (b)
after the termination of the Group Contract. If, at the time the conversion
occurs, the Policy is in a grace period (see "Payment and Allocation of
Premiums--Policy Lapse and Reinstatement"), any premium necessary to prevent
the Policy from lapsing must be paid us before the new Individual Policy will
be mailed. A new planned premium schedule will be established which will have
the same planned annual premium utilized under the Group Contract. The new
planned payment intervals will be no more frequent than quarterly. The Company
may allow payment of planned premium through periodic (usually monthly)
authorized electronic funds transfer. Of course, unscheduled premium payments
can be made at any time. (See "Payment and Allocation of Premiums--Premiums.")

If an Individual Policy was issued under the Group Contract or other employer-
sponsored insurance program including a Corporate Program or Executive Program,
the Policy will continue in force following the change in eligibility. The
rights, benefits, and guaranteed charges under the Policy will remain the same
following this change in eligibility.

                                       28
<PAGE>

When an employee's spouse is the Insured under a Policy, the spouse's insurance
coverage also will continue in the event the employee is no longer eligible. If
a Certificate was originally issued to the employee's spouse, the Certificate
will be amended automatically as described above. If an Individual Policy was
originally issued, the Individual Policy will continue as described above. In
addition, if an Associated Company ceases be to under common control with the
Contractholder, the Insureds of the Associated Company (i.e., employees of the
Associated Company and their spouses) may continue their insurance in the
manner described above.

Payment of Benefits at Maturity

If the Insured is living and the Policy is in force, the Company will pay the
Cash Surrender Value of the Policy to the Owner on the Maturity Date. An Owner
may elect to have amounts payable on the Maturity Date paid in a single sum or
under a settlement option. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--Payment of
Policy Benefits.") Amounts payable on the Maturity Date ordinarily will be paid
within seven days of that date, although payment may be postponed under certain
circumstances. (See "General Matters Relating to the Policy--Postponement of
Payments.") A Policy will mature if and when the Insured reaches Attained Age
95.

Payment of Policy Benefits

A lump sum payment will be made. Provisions for settlement of proceeds
different from a lump sum payment may only be made upon written our agreement.

Settlement Options. We may offer settlement options that apply to the payment
of death benefit proceeds, as well as to benefits payable at maturity. Once a
settlement option is in effect, there will no longer be value in the Separate
Account.

Accelerated Death Benefits. We offer certain riders which permit the Owner to
elect to receive an accelerated payment of the Policy's death benefit in a
reduced amount under certain circumstances. (See "General Matters Relating to
the Policy--Additional Insurance Benefits.")

                             CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS

We will deduct charges in connection with the Policies to compensate us for
providing the insurance benefits set forth in the Policies and any additional
benefits added by rider, administering the Policies, incurring expenses in
distributing the Policies, and assuming certain risks in connection with the
Policies. We may realize a profit on one or more of these charges. We may use
any such profit for any corporate purpose, including, among other things,
payments of sales and distribution expenses.

Sales Charges

Prior to allocation of net premiums among the Divisions, premium payments will
be reduced by a front-end sales charge ("premium expense charge") equal to 1%
of the premium.

In addition, as a result of OBRA, insurance companies are generally required to
capitalize and amortize certain policy acquisition expenses over a ten year
period rather than currently deducting such expenses. A higher capitalization
expense applies to the deferred acquisition expenses of Policies that are
deemed to be individual contracts under OBRA and will result in a significantly
higher corporate income tax liability for the Company in early Policy Years.
Thus, under Policies that are deemed to be individual contracts under OBRA, we
make an additional charge of 1% of each premium payment to compensate us for
the anticipated higher corporate income taxes that result from the sale of such
a Policy. Among other possible employer-sponsored programs, Corporate Program
Policies are deemed to be individual contracts.

                                       29
<PAGE>

The net premium payment is calculated as the premium payment less:

  . the premium expense charge less;

  . any charge to compensate the Company for anticipated higher corporate
    income taxes resulting from the sale of a Policy; and

  . the premium tax charge (described below).

The sales charges will not change if an Insured is no longer eligible under a
Group Contract or employer-sponsored insurance program, but continues coverage
on an individual basis.

Premium Tax Charge

Various states and subdivisions impose a tax on premiums received by insurance
companies. Premium taxes vary from jurisdiction to jurisdiction. To cover these
premium taxes, premium payments will be reduced by a premium tax charge of 2%
from all Policies.

Monthly Deduction

Charges will be deducted monthly from the Cash Value of each Policy ("monthly
deduction") to compensate us for (a) certain administrative costs; (b)
insurance underwriting and acquisition expenses in connection with issuing a
Policy; (c) the cost of insurance; and (d) the cost of optional benefits added
by rider. The monthly deduction will be deducted on the Investment Start Date
and on each succeeding Monthly Anniversary. It will be allocated among each
Division in the same proportion that a Policy's Cash Value in each Division
bears to the total Cash Value of the Policy (not including the Cash Value in
the Loan Account) on the date the deduction is made. Because portions of the
monthly deduction, such as the cost of insurance, can vary from month to month,
the monthly deduction itself will vary in amount from month to month.

Monthly Administrative Charge. We are responsible for the administration of the
Policies and the Separate Account. Administrative expenses include premium
billing and collection, recordkeeping, processing death benefit claims, cash
surrenders, partial withdrawals, Policy changes, reporting and overhead costs,
processing applications, and establishing Policy records. We assess a monthly
administration charge from each Policy. The amount of this charge is set forth
in the specifications pages of the Policy and depends on the number of
employees eligible to be covered at issue of a Group Contract or an employer-
sponsored insurance program. The following table sets forth the range of
monthly administrative charges under the Policy:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      Subsequent
   Eligible Employees                                      First Year   Years
   ------------------                                      ---------- ----------
   <S>                                                     <C>        <C>
   250-499................................................   $5.00      $2.50
   500-999................................................   $4.75      $2.25
   1,000+.................................................   $4.50      $2.00
</TABLE>

For Group Contracts or other employer-sponsored insurance programs (1) with
fewer than 250 eligible employees, (2) with additional administrative costs, or
(3) that are offered as Executive Programs or Corporate Programs, the monthly
administrative charge may be higher, but will not exceed $6.00 per month during
the first Policy Year and $3.50 per month in renewal years.

These charges are guaranteed not to increase over the life of the Policy. The
administrative charge will not change in the event that the Insured is no
longer eligible for group coverage, but continues coverage on an individual
basis. In addition, when we believe that lower administrative costs will be
incurred in connection with a particular Group Contract or employer-sponsored
insurance program we may modify the above schedule for that Group Contract or
other employer-sponsored insurance program. The amount of the administrative
charge applicable to a particular Policy will be set forth in specifications
pages for that Policy.

                                       30
<PAGE>

Cost of Insurance. The cost of insurance is deducted on each Monthly
Anniversary for the next Policy Month. Because the cost of insurance depends
upon a number of variables, the cost will vary for each Policy Month. The cost
of insurance is determined separately for the initial Face Amount and for any
increases in Face Amount. We will determine the monthly cost of insurance
charge by multiplying the applicable cost of insurance rate or rates by the net
amount at risk for each Policy Month.

Cost of Insurance Rates. The cost of insurance rates are determined at the
beginning of each Policy Year for the initial Face Amount and each increase in
Face Amount. We will determine the current cost of insurance rates based on our
expectations as to future mortality experience. We currently issue the Policies
on a guaranteed issue or simplified underwriting basis without regard to the
sex of the Insured. Whether a Policy is issued on a guaranteed issue or
simplified underwriting basis does not affect the cost of insurance charge
determined for that Policy.

The current cost of insurance rates will be based on the Attained Age of the
Insured, the rate class of the Insured, and possibly the gender mix (i.e., the
proportion of men and women covered under a particular Group Contract or
employer-sponsored program). The cost of insurance rates generally increase as
the Insured's Attained Age increases. An Insured's rate class is generally
based on the number of eligible employees as well as other factors that may
affect the mortality risk we asume in connection with a particular Group
Contract or employer-sponsored insurance program. All other factors being
equal, the cost of insurance rates generally decrease by rate class as the
number of eligible employees in the rate class increase. We reserve the right
to change criteria on which a rate class will be based in the future.

If gender mix is a factor, we will estimate the gender mix of the pool of
Insureds under a Group Contract or employer-sponsored insurance program upon
issuance of the Contract. Each year on the Group Contract or employer-sponsored
insurance program's anniversary, we may adjust the rate to reflect the actual
gender mix for the particular group. In the event that the Insured's
eligibility under a Group Contract (or other employer-sponsored insurance
program) ceases, the cost of insurance rate will continue to reflect the gender
mix of the pool of Insureds at the time the Insured's eligibility ceased.
However, at some time in the future, we reserve the right to base the gender
mix and rate class on the group consisting of those Insureds who are no longer
under a Group Contract or employer-sponsored program.

The current cost of insurance rates will not be greater than the guaranteed
cost of insurance rates set forth in the Policy. These guaranteed rates are
125% of the maximum rates that could be charged based on the 1980 Commissioners
Standard Ordinary Mortality Table C ("1980 CSO Table"). The guaranteed rates
are higher than 100% of the maximum rates in the 1980 CSO Table because we use
guaranteed or simplified underwriting procedures whereby the insured is not
required to submit to a medical or paramedical examination. The current cost of
insurance rates are generally lower than 100% of the 1980 CSO Table. Any change
in the actual cost of insurance rates, will apply to all persons of the same
Attained Age and rate class whose Face Amounts have been in force for the same
length of time. Any change in the actual cost of insurance rates will not
include changes made to adjust for changes in the gener mix of the pool of
Insureds under a particular Group Contract or employer-sponsored insurance
program. (For purposes of computing guideline premiums under Section 7702 of
the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, the Company will use 100% of the
1980 CSO Table.)

Net Amount at Risk. The net amount at risk for a Policy Month is (a) the death
benefit at the beginning of the Policy Month divided by 1.0040741), less (b)
the Cash Value at the beginning of the Policy Month. Dividing the death benefit
by 1.0040741 reduces the net amount at risk, solely for purposes of computing
the cost of insurance, by taking into account assumed monthly earnings at an
annual rate of 5%.

The net amount at risk may be affected by changes in the Cash Value or changes
in the Face Amount of the Policy. If there is an increase in the Face Amount
and the rate class applicable to the increase is different from that for the
initial Face Amount, we will calculate the net amount at risk separately for
each rate class. When we determine the net amounts at risk for each rate class,
when Option A is in effect, we will consider the Cash Value first to be a part
of the initial Face Amount. If the Cash Value is greater than the initial Face
Amount,

                                       31
<PAGE>

we will consider the excess Cash Value a part of each increase in order,
starting with the first increase. If Option B is in effect, we will determine
the net amount at risk for each rate class by the Face Amount associated with
that rate class. In calculating the cost of insurance charge, the cost of
insurance rate for a Face Amount is applied to the net amount at risk for the
corresponding rate class.

Because the calculation of the net amount at risk is different under Option A
and Option B when more than one rate class is in effect, a change in the death
benefit option may result in a different net amount at risk for each rate
class. Since the cost of insurance is calculated separately for each rate
class, any change in the net amount at risk resulting from a change in the
death benefit option may affect the total cost of insurance paid by the Owner.

Partial withdrawals and decreases in Face Amount will affect the manner in
which the net amount at risk for each rate class is calculated. (See "Policy
Benefits--Death Benefit," and "Policy Rights and Privileges--Surrender and
Partial Withdrawals.")

Additional Insurance Benefits. The monthly deduction will include charges for
any additional benefits provided by rider. (See "General Matters Relating to
the Policy--Additional Insurance Benefits.")

Partial Withdrawal Transaction Charge

A transaction charge which is the lesser of $25 or 2% of the amount withdrawn
will be assessed on each partial withdrawal, to cover administrative costs
incurred in processing the partial withdrawal.

Separate Account Charges

Mortality and Expense Risk Charge. The Company will deduct a daily charge from
the Separate Account at the rate not to exceed .0024547% of the net assets of
each Division of the Separate Account. This equals an annual rate of .90% of
those net assets. This deduction is guaranteed not to increase for the duration
of the Policy. We may realize a profit from this charge and may use this profit
to finance distribution expenses.

The mortality risk we assume is that an Insured may die sooner than anticipated
and that we will pay an aggregate amount of death benefits greater than
anticipated. The expense risk assumed is that expenses incurred in issuing and
administering the Policy will exceed the amounts realized from the
administrative charges assessed against the Policy.

Federal Taxes. Currently no charge is made to the Separate Account for federal
income taxes that may be incurred by the Separate Account. We may make such a
charge in the future. Charges for other taxes incurred by the Account may also
be made. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")

Expenses of the Funds. The value of the net assets of the Separate Account will
reflect the investment advisory fee and other expenses incurred by the Funds.
(See "Summary of the Policy Separate Account Charges--Annual Expenses of the
Funds" and "The Company, the Separate Accounts and The Funds--The Funds.")

                     GENERAL MATTERS RELATING TO THE POLICY

Postponement of Payments

Payment of any amount due from the Separate Account because of surrender,
partial withdrawals, election of an accelerated death benefit under a rider,
death of the Insured, or the Maturity Date, as well as payments of a Policy
loan and transfers, may be postponed whenever:

  (1) the New York Stock Exchange is closed other than customary weekend and
  holiday closings, or trading on the New York Stock Exchange is restricted
  as determined by the SEC;

                                       32
<PAGE>

  (2) the SEC by order permits postponement for the protection of Owners; or

  (3) an emergency exists, as determined by the SEC, as a result of which
  disposal of securities is not reasonably practicable or it is not
  reasonably practicable to determine the value of the Separate Account's net
  assets.

Payments under the Policy of any amounts derived from premiums paid by check
may be delayed until such time as the check has cleared the Owner's bank.

The Contract

The Policy, the attached application, any riders, endorsements, any application
for an increase in Face Amount, and any application for reinstatement together
make the entire contract between the Owner and us. Apart from the rights and
benefits described in the Certificate or Individual Policy and incorporated by
reference into the Group Contract, the Owner has no rights under the Group
Contract. All statements made by the Insured in the application are considered
representations and not warranties, except in the case of fraud. Only
statements in the application and any supplemental applications can be used to
contest a claim or the validity of the Policy. Any change to the Policy must be
approved in writing by the President, a Vice President, or the Secretary of the
Company. No agent has the authority to alter or modify any of the terms,
conditions, or agreements of the Policy or to waive any of its provisions.

Control of Policy

The Insured will be the Owner of the Policy unless another person is shown as
the Owner in the application. Ownership may be changed as described below. The
Owner is entitled to all rights provided by the Policy, prior to its Maturity
Date. After the Maturity Date, the Owner cannot change the payee nor the mode
of payment, unless otherwise provided in the Policy. Any person whose rights of
ownership depend upon some future event will not possess any present rights of
ownership. If there is more than one Owner at a given time, all must exercise
the rights of ownership. If the Owner should die, and the Owner is not the
Insured, the Owner's interest will go to his or her estate unless otherwise
provided.

Beneficiary

The Beneficiary(ies) is (are) the person(s) specified in the application or by
later designation. Unless otherwise stated in the Policy, the Beneficiary has
no rights in a Policy before the death of the Insured. If there is more than
one Beneficiary at the death of the Insured, each will receive equal payments
unless otherwise provided by the Owner. If no Beneficiary is living at the
death of the Insured, the proceeds will be payable to the Owner or, if the
Owner is not living, to the Owner's estate.

Change of Owner or Beneficiary

The Owner may change the ownership and/or Beneficiary designation by written
request in a form acceptable to us at any time during the Insured's lifetime.
The Company may require that the Policy be returned for endorsement of any
change. The change will take effect as of the date the request is signed,
whether or not the Insured is living when the request is received by us. We
will not be liable for any payment made or action taken before we receive the
written request for change. If the Owner is also a Beneficiary of the Policy at
the time of the Insured's death, the Owner may, within 60 days of the Insured's
death, designate another person to receive the Policy proceeds. Changing the
Owner may have adverse tax consequences.

Policy Changes

We reserve the right to limit the number of Policy changes to one per Policy
Year and to restrict such changes in the first Policy Year. Currently, no
change may be made during the first Policy Year. For this purpose, changes
include increases or decreases in Face Amount and changes in the death benefit
option. No change will

                                       33
<PAGE>

be permitted that would result in the death benefit under a Policy being
included in gross income due to not satisfying the requirements of Section 7702
of the Internal Revenue Code or any applicable successor provision.

Conformity with Statutes

If any provision in a Policy is in conflict with the laws of the state
governing the Policy, the provision will be deemed to be amended to conform to
such laws.

Claims of Creditors

To the extent permitted by law, neither the Policy nor any payment thereunder
will be subject to the claims of creditors or to any legal process.

Incontestability

The Policy is incontestable after it has been in force for two years from the
Issue Date during the lifetime of the Insured. An increase in Face Amount or
addition of a rider after the Issue Date is incontestable after such increase
or addition has been in force for two years from its effective date during the
lifetime of the Insured. Any reinstatement of a Policy is incontestable, except
for nonpayment of premiums, only after it has been in force during the lifetime
of the Insured for two years after the effective date of the reinstatement.

Assignment

We will be bound by an assignment of a Policy only if: (a) it is in writing;
(b) the original instrument or a certified copy is filed with us at our Home
Office; and (c) we send an acknowledged copy to the Owner. We are not
responsible for determining the validity of any assignment. Payment of Policy
proceeds is subject to the rights of any assignee of record. If a claim is
based on an assignment, we may require proof of the interest of the claimant. A
valid assignment will take precedence over any claim of a Beneficiary.

Suicide

Suicide within two years of the Issue Date is not covered by the Policy. If the
Insured dies by suicide, while sane or insane, within two years from the Issue
Date (or within the maximum period permitted by the laws of the state in which
the Policy was delivered, if less than two years), the amount payable will be
limited to premiums paid, less any partial withdrawals and outstanding
Indebtedness. If the Insured, while sane or insane, dies by suicide within two
years after the effective date of any increase in Face Amount, the death
benefit for that increase will be limited to the amount of the monthly
deductions for the increase.

If the Insured is a Missouri citizen when the Policy is issued, this provision
does not apply on the Issue Date of the Policy, or on the effective date of any
increase in Face Amount, unless the Insured intended suicide at the time of
application for the Policy or any increase in Face Amount.

Misstatement of Age and Corrections

If the age of the Insured has been misstated in the application, the amount of
the death benefit will be that which the most recent cost of insurance charge
would have purchased for the correct age.

Any payment or Policy changes we make in good faith, relying on our records or
evidence supplied with respect to such payment, will fully discharge our duty.
We reserve the right to correct any errors in the Policy.

Additional Insurance Benefits

Subject to certain requirements, one or more of the following additional
insurance benefits may be added to a Policy by rider. However, some Group
Contracts or employer-sponsored insurance programs may not offer

                                       34
<PAGE>

each of the additional benefits described below. Certain riders may not be
available in all states. In addition, should it be determined that the tax
status of a Policy as life insurance is adversely affected by the addition of
any of these riders, we will cease offering such riders. The descriptions below
are intended to be general; the terms of the Policy riders providing the
additional benefits may vary from state to state, and the Policy should be
consulted. The cost of any additional insurance benefits will be deducted as
part of the monthly deduction. (See "Charges and Deductions--Monthly
Deduction.")

Waiver of Monthly Deductions Rider. Provides for the waiver of the monthly
deductions while the Insured is totally disabled, subject to certain
limitations described in the rider. The Insured must have become disabled
before age 65.

Accidental Death Benefit Rider. Provides additional insurance if the Insured's
death results from accidental bodily injury, as defined in the rider. Under the
terms of the rider, the additional benefits provided in the Policy will be paid
upon receipt of proof by us that death resulted directly from accidental injury
and independently of all other causes; occurred within 120 days from the date
of injury; and occurred before the Policy Anniversary nearest age 70 of the
Insured.

Children's Life Insurance Rider. Provides for term insurance on the Insured's
children, as defined in the rider. To be eligible for insurance under the
rider, the child to be insured must not be confined in a hospital at the time
the application is signed. Under the terms of the rider, the death benefit will
be payable to the named Beneficiary upon the death of any insured child. Upon
receipt of proof of the Insured's death before the rider terminates, the rider
will be continued on a fully paid-up term insurance basis.

HIV Acceleration of Death Benefits Rider. Provides for the Owner's election an
accelerated payment, prior to the death of the Insured upon receipt of
satisfactory evidence that the Insured has tested seropositive for the human
immunodeficiency virus ("HIV") after both the Policy and rider are issued. We
will pay the Policy's death benefit (less any Indebtedness and any term
insurance added by riders), calculated on the date that we receive satisfactory
evidence that the Insured has tested seropositive for HIV, reduced by a $100
administrative processing fee. We will pay the accelerated benefit to the Owner
in a single payment in full settlement of the obligations under the Policy. The
rider may be added to the Policy only after the Insured satisfactorily meets
certain underwriting requirements which will generally include a negative HIV
test result to a blood or other screening test acceptable to us.

The federal income tax consequences associated with (i) adding the HIV
Acceleration of Death Benefit Rider or (ii) receiving the benefit provided
under the rider are uncertain. Accordingly, we urge you to consult a tax
advisor about such consequences before adding the HIV Acceleration of Death
Benefit Rider to your Policy or requesting a benefit under the rider.

Accelerated Death Benefit Settlement Option Rider. Provides for the accelerated
payment of a portion of death benefit proceeds in a single sum to the Owner if
the Insured is terminally ill or permanently confined to a nursing home. Under
the rider, which is available at no additional cost, the Owner may make a
voluntary election to completely settle the Policy in return for accelerated
payment of a reduced death benefit. The Owner may make such an election under
the rider if evidence, including a certification from a licensed physician, is
provided to us that the Insured (1) has a life expectancy of 12 months or less
or (2) is permanently confined to a qualified nursing home and is expected to
remain there until death. Any irrevocable Beneficiary and assignees of record
must provide written authorization in order for the Owner to receive the
accelerated benefit. The Accelerated Death Benefit Settlement Option Rider is
not available with Corporate Programs.

The amount of the death benefit payable under the rider will equal the Cash
Surrender Value under the Policy on the date we receive satisfactory evidence
of either (1) or (2), above, (less any Indebtedness and any term insurance
added by other riders) plus the product of the applicable "benefit factor"
multiplied by the difference of (a) minus (b), where (a) equals the Policy's
death benefit proceeds, and (b) equals the Policy's Cash Surrender Value. The
"benefit factor", in the case of terminal illness, is 0.85 and, in the case of
permanent nursing home confinement, is 0.70.

                                       35
<PAGE>


Pursuant to the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, we
believe that for federal income tax purposes an accelerated death benefit
payment made under the Accelerated Death Benefit Settlement Option Rider should
be fully excludable from the gross income of the Beneficiary, as long as the
Beneficiary is the Insured under the Policy. However, you should consult a
qualified tax advisor about the consequences of adding this Rider to a Policy
or requesting an accelerated death benefit payment under this Rider.

Records and Reports

We will maintain all records relating to the Separate Account and will mail to
the Owner once each Policy Year, at the last known address of record, a report
which shows the current Policy values, premiums paid, deductions made since the
last report, and any outstanding Policy Loans. The Owner will also be sent
without comment periodic reports for the Funds and a list of the portfolio
securities held in each Fund. Receipt of premium payments directly from the
Owner, transfers, partial withdrawals, Policy Loans, loan repayments, changes
in death benefit options, increases or decreases in Face Amount, surrenders and
reinstatements will be confirmed promptly following each transaction.

An Owner may request in writing a projection of illustrated future Cash
Surrender Values and death benefits. This projection will be furnished by us
for a nominal fee.

                          DISTRIBUTION OF THE POLICIES

Walnut Street Securities, Inc. ("Walnut Street") acts as principal underwriter
of the Policies pursuant to an Underwriting Agreement with us. Walnut Street is
a wholly-owned subsidiary of GenAmerica Corporation, a Missouri general
business corporation, which is also a parent company of the Company. GenAmerica
Corporation is wholly owned by Metropolitan Life Insurance Company, a New York
Insurance Company. Walnut Street is registered with the SEC under the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as a broker-dealer and is a member of the
National Association of Securities Dealers. Walnut Street's Internal Revenue
Service employer identification No. is 43-1333368. It is a Missouri corporation
formed May 4, 1984. Walnut Street's address is 400 South 4th Street, Suite
1000, St. Louis, MO 63102. The Policies will be sold by broker-dealers who have
entered into written sales agreements with Walnut Street. Sales of the Policies
may take place in all states (except New York) and the District of Columbia.

Broker-dealers will receive commissions based upon a commission schedule in the
sales agreement with us and Walnut Street. Broker-dealers compensate their
registered representative agents. Commissions are payable on net collected
premiums received by the Company. Maximum commissions payable to a broker-
dealer during the first year of a Group Contract or other employer-sponsored
insurance program are (a) 18% of premiums that do not exceed the cost of
insurance assessed during the first Policy Year plus (b) 1% of premiums in
excess of the cost of insurance assessed during that Policy Year. In all
renewal years of a Group Contract or other employer-sponsored insurance program
maximum commissions are (a) 3% of premiums that do not exceed the cost of
insurance assessed during the respective Policy Year plus (b) 1% of premiums in
excess of the cost of insurance assessed during that Policy Year. In lieu of
the part (b) of renewal commissions described above payable on premiums
received in excess of the cost of insurance assessed, renewal commissions may
be up to 0.25% per year of the average Cash Value of a Policy during a Policy
Year or calendar year. In no event will commissions be payable for more than 20
years.

                    GENERAL PROVISIONS OF THE GROUP CONTRACT

Issuance

The Group Contract will be issued upon receipt of a signed application for
Group Insurance signed by a duly authorized officer of the employer and
acceptance by a duly authorized officer of the Company at its Home Office.

                                       36
<PAGE>

Premium Payments

The Contractholder will give planned premium payments for Insureds of the
Contractholder or an Associated Company in an amount authorized by the employee
to be deducted from his wages. All planned premiums under a Group Contract must
be given in advance. The planned premium payment interval is agreed to by the
Contractholder and us. Prior to each planned payment interval, we will furnish
the Contractholder with a statement of the planned premium payments to be made
under the Group Contract or such other notification as has been agreed to by
the Contractholder and us.

Grace Period

If the Contractholder does not give planned premium payments in a timely
fashion, the Group Contract will be in default. A grace period of 31 days
begins on the date that the planned premiums were scheduled to be given. If the
Contractholder does not give premiums prior to the end of the grace period, the
Group Contract will terminate. However, the Individual Insurance will continue
following the Group Contract's termination, provided such insurance is not
surrendered or cancelled by the Owner. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--
Eligibility Change Conversion.")

Termination

Except as described in "Grace Period" above, the Group Contract will be
terminated immediately upon default. In addition, we may end a Group Contract
or any of its provisions on 31 days' notice. If the Group Contract terminates,
any Policies in effect will remain in force on an individual basis, unless such
insurance is surrendered or cancelled by the Owner. New Policies will be issued
as described in "Policy Rights and Privileges--Eligibility Change Conversion."

Right to Examine Group Contract

The Contractholder may terminate the Group Contract within 20 days after
receiving it, within 45 days after the application was signed or within 10 days
of mailing a notice of the cancellation right, whichever is latest. To cancel
the Group Contract, the Contractholder should mail or deliver the Group
Contract to us.

Entire Contract

The Group Contract, with the attached copy of the Contractholder's application
and other attached papers, if any, is the entire contract between the
Contractholder and us. All statements made by the Contractholder, any Owner or
any Insured will be deemed representations and not warranties. Misstatements
will not be used in any contest or to reduce claim under the Group Contract,
unless it is in writing. A copy of the application containing such misstatement
must have been given to the Contractholder or to the Insured or to his
Beneficiary, if any.

Incontestability

We cannot contest the Group Contract after it has been in force for two years
from the date of issue.

Ownership of Group Contract

The Contractholder owns the Group Contract. The Group Contract may be changed
or ended by agreement between us and the Contractholder without the consent of,
or notice to, any person claiming rights or benefits under the Group Contract.
However, the Contractholder does not have any ownership interest in the
Policies issued under the Group Contract. The rights and benefits under the
Policies inure to the benefit of the Owners, Insureds, and Beneficiaries as set
forth herein and in the Policies.

                                       37
<PAGE>


                            FEDERAL TAX MATTERS

Introduction

The following summary provides a general description of the federal income tax
considerations associated with the Policy and does not purport to be complete
or to cover all tax situations. This discussion is not intended as tax advice.
Counsel or other competent tax advisors should be consulted for more complete
information. This discussion is based upon our understanding of the present
federal income tax laws. No representation is made as to the likelihood of
continuation of the present federal income tax laws or as to how they may be
interpreted by the Internal Revenue Service.

Tax Status of the Policy

In order to qualify as a life insurance contract for federal income tax
purposes and to receive the tax treatment normally accorded life insurance
contracts under federal tax law, a Policy must satisfy certain requirements
which are set forth in the Internal Revenue Code. Guidance as to how these
requirements are to be applied is limited. Nevertheless, we believe that the
Policy should satisfy the applicable requirements. If it is subsequently
determined that a Policy does not satisfy the applicable requirements, we may
take appropriate steps to bring the Policy into compliance with such
requirements and we reserve the right to restrict Policy transactions in order
to do so.

In certain circumstances, owners of variable life insurance contracts have been
considered for federal income tax purposes to be the owners of the assets of
the variable account supporting their contracts due to their ability to
exercise investment control over those assets. Where this is the case, the
contract owners have been currently taxed on income and gains attributable to
the variable account assets. There is little guidance in this area, and some
features of the Policies, such as the flexibility of a Owner to allocate
premiums and cash values, have not been explicitly addressed in published
rulings. While we believe that the Policies do not give Owners investment
control over Variable Account assets, we reserve the right to modify the
Policies as necessary to prevent a Owner from being treated as the owner of the
Variable Account assets supporting the Policy.

In addition, the Code requires that the investments of the Variable Account be
"adequately diversified" in order for the Policies to be treated as life
insurance contracts for federal income tax purposes. It is intended that the
Variable Account, through its decisions, will satisfy these diversification
requirements.

The following discussion assumes that the Policy will qualify as a life
insurance contract for federal income tax purposes.

Tax Treatment of Policy Benefits

In General. We believe that the death benefit under a Policy should be
excludible from the gross income of the beneficiary. Federal, state and local
transfer, and other tax consequences of ownership or receipt of Policy proceeds
depend on the circumstances of each Owner or beneficiary. A tax advisor should
be consulted on these consequences.

Generally, the Owner will not be deemed to be in constructive receipt of the
Policy cash value until there is a distribution. When distributions from a
Policy occur, or when loans are taken out from or secured by a Policy, the tax
consequences depend on whether the Policy is classified as a "modified
endowment contract."

Modified Endowment Contracts. Under the Internal Revenue Code, certain life
insurance contracts are classified as "modified endowment contracts," with less
favorable tax treatment than other life insurance contracts. Due to the
flexibility of the Policies as to premiums and benefits, the individual
circumstances of each Policy will determine whether it is classified as a
modified endowment contract. The rules are too complex to be summarized here,
but generally depend on the amount of premiums paid during the first seven
Policy years. Certain changes in a Policy after it is issued could also cause
it to be classified as a modified

                                       38
<PAGE>


endowment contract. A current or prospective Owner should consult with a
competent advisor to determine whether a Policy transaction will cause the
Policy to be classified as a modified endowment contract.

Distributions Other Than Death Benefits from Modified Endowment Contracts.
Policies classified as modified endowment contracts are subject to the
following tax rules:

  (1) All distributions other than death benefits, including distributions
      upon surrender and withdrawals, from a modified endowment contract will
      be treated first as distributions of gain taxable as ordinary income
      and as tax-free recovery of the Owner's investment in the Policy only
      after all gain has been distributed.

  (2) Loans taken from or secured by a Policy classified as a modified
      endowment contract are treated as distributions and taxed accordingly.

  (3) A 10 percent additional income tax is imposed on the amount subject to
      tax except where the distribution or loan is made when the Owner has
      attained age 59 1/2 or is disabled, or where the distribution is part
      of a series of substantially equal periodic payments for the life (or
      life expectancy) of the Owner or the joint lives (or joint life
      expectancies) of the Owner and the Owner's beneficiary or designated
      beneficiary.

If a Policy becomes a modified endowment contract, distributions that occur
during the contract year will be taxed as distributions from a modified
endowment contract. In addition, distributions from a Policy within two years
before it becomes a modified endowment contract will be taxed in this manner.
This means that a distribution made from a Policy that is not a modified
endowment contract could later become taxable as a distribution from a modified
endowment contract.

Distributions Other Than Death Benefits from Policies that are not Modified
Endowment Contracts. Distributions other than death benefits from a Policy that
is not classified as a modified endowment contract are generally treated first
as a recovery of the Owner's investment in the Policy and only after the
recovery of all investment in the Policy as taxable income. However, certain
distributions which must be made in order to enable the Policy to continue to
qualify as a life insurance contract for federal income tax purposes if Policy
benefits are reduced during the first 15 Policy years may be treated in whole
or in part as ordinary income subject to tax.

Loans from or secured by a Policy that is not a modified endowment contract are
generally not treated as distributions.

Finally, neither distributions from nor loans from or secured by a Policy that
is not a modified endowment contract are subject to the 10 percent additional
income tax.

Investment in the Policy. Your investment in the Policy is generally your
aggregate premiums. When a distribution is taken from the Policy, your
investment in the Policy is reduced by the amount of the distribution that is
tax-free.

Policy Loans. In general, interest on a Policy loan will not be deductible. If
a Policy loan is outstanding when a Policy is canceled or lapses, the amount of
the outstanding indebtedness will be added to the amount distributed and will
be taxed accordingly. Before taking out a Policy loan, you should consult a tax
adviser as to the tax consequences.


Multiple Policies. All modified endowment contracts that are issued by us (or
our affiliates) to the same Owner during any calendar year are treated as one
modified endowment contract for purposes of determining the amount includible
in the Owner's income when a taxable distribution occurs.

Accelerated Death Benefit Settlement Option Rider. We believe that payments
received under the Accelerated Death Benefit Settlement Option Rider should be
fully excludable from the gross income of the

                                       39
<PAGE>


beneficiary if the beneficiary is the insured under the Policy. However, you
should consult a qualified tax adviser about the consequences of adding this
rider to a Policy or requesting payment under this rider.

HIV Acceleration of Death Benefit Rider. The tax consequences association with
the HIV Acceleration of Death Benefit Rider are uncertain and a tax advisor
should be consulted.

Business Uses of Policy. Businesses can use the Policies in various
arrangements, including nonqualified deferred compensation or salary
continuance plans, split dollar insurance plans, executive bonus plans, tax
exempt and nonexempt welfare benefit plans, retiree medical benefit plans and
others. The tax consequences of such plans may vary depending on the particular
facts and circumstances. If you are purchasing the Policy for any arrangement
the value of which depends in part on its tax consequences, you should consult
a qualified tax adviser. In recent years, moreover, Congress has adopted new
rules relating to life insurance owned by businesses. Any business
contemplating the purchase of a new Policy or a change in an existing Policy
should consult a tax adviser.

Other Tax Considerations. The transfer of the Policy or designation of a
beneficiary may have federal, state, and/or local transfer and inheritance tax
consequences, including the imposition of gift, estate, and generation-skipping
transfer taxes. For example, the transfer of the Policy to, or the designation
as a beneficiary of, or the payment of proceeds to, a person who is assigned to
a generation which is two or more generations below the generation assignment
of the owner may have generation skipping transfer tax consequences under
federal tax law. The individual situation of each owner or beneficiary will
determine the extent, if any, to which federal, state, and local transfer and
inheritance taxes may be imposed and how ownership or receipt of Policy
proceeds will be treated for purposes of federal, state and local estate,
inheritance, generation skipping and other taxes.

Possible Tax Law Changes. Although the likelihood of legislative changes is
uncertain, there is always the possibility that the tax treatment of the Policy
could change by legislation or otherwise. Consult a tax adviser with respect to
legislative developments and their effect on the Policy.

Our Income Taxes

Under current federal income tax law, we are not taxed on the Separate
Account's operations. Thus, currently we do not deduct a charge from the
Separate Account for federal income taxes. We reserve the right to charge the
Separate Account for any future federal income taxes or economic burdens we may
incur.

Under current laws in several states, we may incur state and local taxes (in
addition to premium taxes). These taxes are not now significant and we are not
currently charging for them. If they increase, we may deduct charges for such
taxes.

                  SAFEKEEPING OF THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT'S ASSETS

The Company holds assets of the Separate Account. The assets are kept
physically segregated and held separate and apart from our general assets. We
maintain records of all purchases and redemptions of Fund shares by each of the
Divisions. Additional protection for assets of the Separate Account is afforded
by Financial Institution Bonds issued by St. Paul Fire and Marine Company with
a limit of $25 million, covering all officers and employees of the Company who
have access to the assets of the Separate Account.

                                 VOTING RIGHTS

To the extent required by law, the Company will vote the shares held in the
Separate Account at regular and special shareholder meetings of the underlying
Funds in accordance with instructions received from persons having voting
interests in the corresponding Divisions of the Separate Account. If, however,
the 1940 Act or

                                       40
<PAGE>

any regulation thereunder should be amended or if the present interpretation
thereof should change, and as a result the Company determines that it is
permitted to vote shares of the underlying Funds in its own right, it may elect
to do so.

The Owners of Policies ordinarily are the persons having a voting interest in
the Divisions of the Separate Account. The number of votes which an Owner has
the right to instruct will be calculated separately for each Division. The
number of votes which each Owner has the right to instruct will be determined
by dividing a Policy's Cash Value in a Division by the net asset value per
share of the corresponding Fund in which the Division invests. Fractional
shares will be counted. The number of votes of the Fund which the Owner has
right to instruct will be determined as of the date coincident with the date
established by that Fund for determining shareholders eligible to vote at the
meeting of the underlying Funds. Voting instructions will be solicited by
written communications prior to such meeting in accordance with procedures
established by the underlying Funds.

Because the Funds serve as investment vehicles for this Policy as well as for
other variable life insurance policies sold by insurers other than the Company
and funded through other separate investment accounts, persons owning the other
policies will enjoy similar voting rights. We will vote Fund shares held in the
Separate Account for which no timely voting instructions are received and Fund
shares that we own as a consequence of accrued charges under the Policies, in
proportion to the voting instructions which are received with respect to all
Policies participating in a Fund. Each person having a voting interest in a
Division will receive proxy material, reports, and other materials relating to
the appropriate Fund.

Disregard of Voting Instructions. The Company may, when required by state
insurance regulatory authorities, disregard voting instructions if the
instructions require that the shares be voted so as to cause a change in the
subclassification or investment objective of or one or more of the Funds or to
approve or disapprove an investment advisory contract for a Fund. In addition,
the Company itself may disregard voting instructions in favor of changes
initiated by an Owner in the investment policy or by the investment adviser or
sub-adviser of a Fund if the Company reasonably disapproves of such changes. A
proposed change would be disapproved only if the proposed change is contrary to
state law or prohibited by state regulatory authorities, or we determine that
the change would have an adverse effect on its general assets in that the
proposed investment policy for a Fund may result in overly speculative or
unsound investments. In the event we do disregard voting instructions, a
summary of that action and the reasons for such action will be included in the
next annual report to Owners.

                                      IMSA

The Company is a member of the Insurance Market place Standards Association
("IMSA"), and as such may include the IMSA logo and information about IMSA
membership in its advertisements. Companies that belong to IMSA subscribe to a
set of ethical standards covering the various aspects of sales and service for
individually sold life insurance and annuities.

                        STATE REGULATION OF THE COMPANY

We are a stock life insurance company organized under the laws of Missouri and
subject to regulation by the Missouri Division of Insurance. An annual
statement is filed with the Director of Insurance on or before
March 1 each year covering the operations and reporting on the financial
condition of the Company as of December 31 of the preceding year. Periodically,
the Director of Insurance examines our liabilities and reserves and the
liabilities and reserves of the Separate Account and certifies their adequacy.
A full examination of the Company's operations is conducted by the National
Association of Insurance Commissioners at least once every three years.

In addition, we are subject to the insurance laws and regulations of other
states within which it is licensed or may become licensed to operate.
Generally, the insurance departments of other states apply the laws of the
state of domicile in determining permissible investments.

                                       41
<PAGE>


                           MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
            Name              Principal Occupation(s) During Past Five Years/1/
 --------------------------- --------------------------------------------------
 <C>                         <S>
 Executive Officers/2/

    Carl H. Anderson/4/      President and Chief Executive Officer since June
                             1986. Vice President, New Ventures, since June
                             1986, General American Life Insurance Co., St.
                             Louis, MO (GenAm).

    Matthew K. Duffy/4/      Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since
                             June 1996. Formerly Director of Accounting,
                             Prudential Insurance Company of America, March
                             1987-June 1996.

    E. Thomas Hughes, Jr./4/ Treasurer since December 1994. Corporate Actuary
    General American Life    and Treasurer, GenAm since October 1994.
    Insurance Company
    700 Market Street
    St. Louis, MO 63101

    Matthew P. McCauley/4/   Vice President and General Counsel since 1984.
    General American Life    Secretary since August 1981. Vice President and
    Insurance Company        Associate General Counsel , GenAm, since December
    700 Market Street        30 1995.
    St. Louis, MO 63101

    Craig K. Nordyke/4/      Executive Vice President and Chief Actuary since
                             November 1996. Vice President and Chief Actuary
                             August 1990-November 1996.

    John R. Tremmel          Vice President Operations and System Development
                             since January 1999. Formerly Chief Operating
                             Officer, ISP Alliance, April 1998-December 1998.
                             Vice President and General Manager of National
                             Operations Centers, Norell Corporation, January
                             1995-March 1998. Senior Vice President, Citicorp
                             Insurance Group, September 1986-December 1995.

 Directors/3/
    Richard A. Liddy         Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, GenAm, since
                             January 2000. Chairman, President, and Chief
                             Executive Officer, GenAm, May 1992-January 2000.

    Warren J. Winer          Executive Vice President--Group, GenAm, since
                             September 1995. Formerly, Managing Director, Wm.
                             M. Mercer, July 1993-August 1995.

    Bernard H Wolzenski      Executive Vice President--Individual, GenAm, since
                             October 1991.

    A. Greig Woodring        President and CEO, Reinsurance Group of America,
                             Inc., since May 1993, and
                             Executive Vice President--Reinsurance, GenAm,
                             since January 1990.
</TABLE>
- --------
/1/All positions listed are with the Company unless otherwise indicated.

/2/The principal business address of each person listed is Paragon Life
   Insurance Company, 100 South Brentwood, St. Louis, MO 63105 unless otherwise
   noted.

/3/The principal business address of each person listed is General American
   Life Insurance Company, 700 Market Street, St. Louis, MO 63101, except A.
   Greig Woodring--Reinsurance Group of America, 1370 Timberlake Manor Parkway,
   Chesterfield, Mo 63017.

/4/Indicates Executive Officers who are also Directors.


                                       42
<PAGE>

                                 LEGAL MATTERS

Sutherland Asbill & Brennan LLP of Washington, D.C. has provided advice on
certain legal matters relating to aspects of federal securities laws. All
matters of Missouri law pertaining to the Policies, including the validity of
the Policies and the Company's right to issue the Policies and the Group
Contract under Missouri insurance law, and all legal matters relating to the
Parent Company's resolution concerning Policies issued by Paragon have been
passed upon by Matthew P. McCauley, Esquire, General Counsel of Paragon Life
Insurance Company.

                               LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

There are no legal proceedings to which the Separate Account is a party or to
which the assets of the Separate Account are subject. The Company is not
involved in any litigation that is of material importance in relation to its
total assets or that relates to the Separate Account.

                                    EXPERTS

The financial statements of the Company and the Separate Account included in
this Prospectus and in the registration statement have been included in
reliance upon the reports of KPMG LLP, independent certified public
accountants, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as
experts in accounting and auditing.

Actuarial matters included in this Prospectus have been examined by Craig K.
Nordyke, FSA, MAAA, Executive Vice President and Chief Actuary of the Company,
as stated in the opinion filed as an exhibit to the registration statement.

                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

A registration statement has been filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission, under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with respect to the
Policies offered hereby. This Prospectus does not contain all the information
set forth in the registration statement and the amendments and exhibits to the
registration statement, to all of which reference is made for further
information concerning the Separate Account, the Company and the Policy offered
hereby. Statements contained in this Prospectus as to the contents of the
Policy and other legal instruments are summaries. For a complete statement of
the terms thereof reference is made to such instruments as filed.

                              FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The financial statements of the Company which are included in this Prospectus
should be distinguished from the financial statements for the Separate Account
included in this Prospectus, and should be considered only as bearing on the
ability of the Company to meet its obligations under the Policy. They should
not be considered as bearing on the investment performance of the assets held
in the Separate Account.

                                       43
<PAGE>

                                  DEFINITIONS

Attained Age--The Issue Age of the Insured plus the number of completed Policy
Years.

Associated Companies--The companies listed in a Group Contract's specifications
pages that are under common control through stock ownership, contract or
otherwise, with the Contractholder.

Beneficiary--The person(s) named in an Individual Insurance Policy or by later
designation to receive Policy proceeds in the event of the Insured's death. A
Beneficiary may be changed as set forth in the Policy and this Prospectus.

Cash Value--The total amount that a Policy provides for investment at any time.
It is equal to the total of the amounts credited to the Owner in the Separate
Account and in the Loan Account.

Cash Surrender Value--The Cash Value of a Policy on the date of surrender, less
any Indebtedness.

Certificate--A document issued to Owners of Policies issued under Group
Contracts, setting forth or summarizing the Owner's rights and benefits.

Contractholder--The employer, association, sponsoring organization or trust
that is issued a Group Contract.

Corporate Program--A category of Policies available, usually as an Individual
Policy, in which the sponsoring employer or its designated trust is generally
the Owner of the Policy.

Division--A subaccount of the Separate Account. Each Division invests
exclusively in an available underlying Fund.

Employee--A person who is employed and paid for services by an employer on a
regular basis. To qualify as an employee, a person ordinarily must work for an
employer at least 30 hours per week. The Company may waive or modify this
requirement at its discretion. An employee may also include an independent
contractor acting in many respects as an employee with a sponsoring employer.
An employee may include a partner in a partnership if the employer is a
partnership.

Executive Program--A category of Policies issued under Group Contracts or
employer-sponsored insurance programs that have a maximum Face Amount available
for each Policy generally in excess of $500,000.

Face Amount--The minimum death benefit under the Policy so long as the Policy
remains in force.

Group Contract--A group flexible premium variable life insurance contract
issued to the Contractholder by the Company.

Home Office--The service office of the Company, the mailing address of which is
100 South Brentwood, St. Louis, Missouri 63105.

Indebtedness--The sum of all unpaid Policy Loans and accrued interest charged
on loans.

Individual Insurance--Insurance provided under a Group Contract or under an
Individual Policy issued in connection with an employer-sponsored insurance
program on an employee or an employee's spouse.

Insured--The person whose life is insured under a Policy. The term may include
both an employee and an employee's spouse.

Investment Start Date--The date the initial premium is applied to the Divisions
of the Separate Account. This date is the later of the Issue Date or the date
the initial premium is received at the Company's Home Office.

                                       44
<PAGE>

Issue Age--The Insured's Age at his or her last birthday as of the date the
Policy is issued.

Issue Date--The effective date of coverage under a Policy. The Issue Date is
the date from which Policy Anniversaries, Policy Years, and Policy Months are
measured.

Loan Account--The account of the Company to which amounts securing Policy Loans
are allocated. It is a part of the Company's general assets.

Loan Value--The maximum amount that may be borrowed under a Policy after the
first Policy Anniversary.

Maturity Date--The Policy Anniversary on which the Insured reaches Attained Age
95.

Monthly Anniversary--The same date in each succeeding month as the Issue Date
except that whenever the Monthly Anniversary falls on a date other than a
Valuation Date, the Monthly Anniversary will be deemed the next Valuation Date.
If any Monthly Anniversary would be the 29th, 30th, or 31st day of a month that
does not have that number of days, then the Monthly Anniversary will be the
last day of that month.

Net Premium--The premium less any premium expense charge and any charge for
premium taxes.

Owner--The Owner of a Policy, as designated in the application or as
subsequently changed.

Policy--Either the Certificate or the Individual Policy offered by the Company
and described in this Prospectus. Under Group Contracts, the Policy may be
issued on the employee or on the employee's spouse.

Policy Anniversary--The same date each year as the Issue Date.

Policy Month--A month beginning on the Monthly Anniversary.

Policy Year--A period beginning on a Policy Anniversary and ending on the day
immediately preceding the next Policy Anniversary.

Separate Account--The Separate Account B, a separate investment account
established by the Company to receive and invest the net premiums paid under
the Policy.

Spouse--An employee's legal spouse. The term does not include a spouse who is
legally separated from the employee.

Valuation Date--Each day that the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading,
except on the day after Thanksgiving when the Company is closed.

Valuation Period--The period between two successive Valuation Dates, commencing
at the close of business of a Valuation Date and ending at the close of
business of the next succeeding Valuation Date.


                                       45
<PAGE>


                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

The Board of Directors
Paragon Life Insurance Company:

  We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Paragon Life Insurance
Company as of December 31, 1999 and 1998, and the related statements of
operations and comprehensive income, stockholder's equity, and cash flows for
each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 1999. These
financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audits.

  We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.

  In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of Paragon Life Insurance Company
as of December 31, 1999 and 1998, and the results of its operations and its
cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31,
1999, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.


March 10, 2000

KPMG LLP. KPMG LLP, a U.S. limited liability partnership, is a member of KPMG
International, a Swiss association.

                                      F-1
<PAGE>

                         PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                                 Balance Sheets
                           December 31, 1999 and 1998
                           (in thousands of dollars)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                               1999     1998
                             --------  -------
<S>                          <C>       <C>
           Assets
Fixed maturities, available
 for sale................... $ 81,421   83,384
Policy loans................   16,954   14,135
Cash and cash equivalents...   10,591    7,439
                             --------  -------
    Total cash and invested
     assets.................  108,966  104,958
                             --------  -------
Reinsurance recoverables....    1,314    1,170
Deposits relating to
 reinsured policyholder
 account balances...........    7,020    6,688
Accrued investment income...    1,853    1,545
Deferred policy acquisition
 costs......................   24,357   20,602
Fixed assets and leasehold
 improvements, net..........    1,031    4,504
Other assets................      262      105
Separate account assets.....  255,190  168,222
                             --------  -------
    Total assets............ $399,993  307,794
                             ========  =======
      Liabilities and
    Stockholder's Equity
Policyholder account
 balances...................  101,665   93,334
Policy and contract claims..    1,691    1,672
Federal income taxes
 payable....................    1,007      281
Other liabilities and
 accrued expenses...........    3,734    3,943
Payable to affiliates.......    3,803    2,062
Due to separate account.....      192      183
Deferred tax liability......    3,070    5,591
Separate account
 liabilities................  255,126  168,222
                             --------  -------
    Total liabilities....... $370,288  275,288
                             --------  -------
Stockholder's equity:
  Common stock, par value
   $25; 100,000 shares
   authorized;
   82,000 shares issued and
   outstanding..............    2,050    2,050
  Additional paid-in
   capital..................   17,950   17,950
  Accumulated other
   comprehensive (loss)
   income...................   (2,748)   2,809
  Retained earnings.........   12,453    9,697
                             --------  -------
    Total stockholder's
     equity................. $ 29,705   32,506
                             --------  -------
    Total liabilities and
     stockholder's equity... $399,993  307,794
                             ========  =======
</TABLE>

                See accompanying notes to financial statements.

                                      F-2
<PAGE>

                         PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

               Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income
                  Years ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997
                           (in thousands of dollars)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          1999     1998   1997
                                                         -------  ------ ------
<S>                                                      <C>      <C>    <C>
Revenues:
  Policy contract charges............................... $24,577  20,437 16,417
  Net investment income.................................   7,726   6,983  6,288
  Commissions and expense allowances on reinsurance
   ceded................................................     292     124     10
  Net realized investment gains.........................      57      53     69
                                                         -------  ------ ------
    Total revenues......................................  32,652  27,597 22,784
                                                         =======  ====== ======
Benefits and expenses:
  Policy benefits.......................................   4,616   4,774  3,876
  Interest credited to policyholder account balances....   5,524   5,228  4,738
  Commissions, net of capitalized costs.................     445     167    227
  General and administration expenses, net of
   capitalized costs....................................  11,394   9,042  7,743
  Policy administration system expenses.................   4,787     469    --
  Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs.....   1,631   1,150    424
                                                         -------  ------ ------
    Total benefits and expenses.........................  28,397  20,830 17,008
                                                         =======  ====== ======
    Income before federal income tax expense............   4,255   6,766  5,775
Federal income tax expense..............................   1,499   2,368  1,885
                                                         -------  ------ ------
Net income.............................................. $ 2,756   4,398  3,890
Other comprehensive (loss) income.......................  (5,557)    851  1,636
                                                         -------  ------ ------
Comprehensive (loss) income............................. $(2,801)  5,249  5,526
                                                         =======  ====== ======
</TABLE>


                See accompanying notes to financial statements.

                                      F-3
<PAGE>

                         PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                       Statements of Stockholder's Equity
                 Years ended December 31, 1999, 1998, and 1997
                           (in thousands of dollars)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            Accumulated
                                Additional     other                  Total
                         Common  paid-in   comprehensive Retained stockholder's
                         Stock   capital      income     earnings    equity
                         ------ ---------- ------------- -------- -------------
<S>                      <C>    <C>        <C>           <C>      <C>
Balance at December 31,
 1996................... $2,050   17,950         322       1,409     21,731
  Net income............    --       --          --        3,890      3,890
  Other comprehensive
   income...............    --       --        1,636         --       1,636
                         ------   ------      ------      ------     ------
Balance at December 31,
 1997................... $2,050   17,950       1,958       5,299     27,257
  Net income............    --       --          --        4,398      4,398
  Other comprehensive
   income...............    --       --          851         --         851
                         ------   ------      ------      ------     ------
Balance at December 31,
 1998................... $2,050   17,950       2,809       9,697     32,506
  Net income............    --       --          --        2,756      2,756
  Other comprehensive
   loss.................    --       --       (5,557)        --      (5,557)
                         ------   ------      ------      ------     ------
Balance at December 31,
 1999................... $2,050   17,950      (2,748)     12,453     29,705
                         ======   ======      ======      ======     ======
</TABLE>


                See accompanying notes to financial statements.

                                      F-4
<PAGE>

                         PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                            Statements of Cash Flows
                  Years ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997
                           (in thousands of dollars)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      1999     1998     1997
                                                    --------  -------  -------
<S>                                                 <C>       <C>      <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
  Net income....................................... $  2,756    4,398    3,890
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
   provided by (used in) operating activities:
    Change in:
      Reinsurance recoverables.....................     (144)     563     (892)
      Deposits relating to reinsured policyholder
       account balances............................     (332)    (272)    (342)
      Accrued investment income....................     (308)    (168)     (79)
      Federal income tax payable...................      726      118     (648)
      Other assets.................................    3,316   (1,821)  (1,280)
      Policy and contract claims...................       19      587      (23)
      Other liabilities and accrued expenses.......     (209)     457      782
      Payable to affiliates........................    1,741      442     (669)
      Company ownership of separate account........      (64)     --       --
      Due to separate account......................        9      122      (34)
    Deferred tax expense...........................      469      740      732
    Policy acquisition costs deferred..............   (4,185)  (3,808)  (2,972)
    Amortization of deferred policy acquisition
     costs.........................................    1,631    1,150      424
    Interest credited to policyholder accounts.....    5,524    5,228    4,738
    Net gain on sales and calls of fixed
     maturities....................................      (57)     (53)     (69)
                                                    --------  -------  -------
Net cash provided by operating activities..........   10,892    7,683    3,558
                                                    --------  -------  -------
Cash flows from investing activities:
  Purchase of fixed maturities.....................  (12,423) (14,915) (12,557)
  Sale or maturity of fixed maturities.............    4,695    8,632    5,255
  Increase in policy loans, net....................   (2,819)  (2,648)  (1,923)
                                                    --------  -------  -------
Net cash used in investing activities                (10,547)  (8,931)  (9,225)
                                                    --------  -------  -------
Cash flows from financing activities:
  Net policyholder account deposits................    2,807    2,954    2,294
                                                    --------  -------  -------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash
 equivalents.......................................    3,152    1,706   (3,373)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year.....    7,439    5,733    9,106
                                                    --------  -------  -------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year........... $ 10,591    7,439    5,733
                                                    --------  -------  -------
Income taxes paid.................................. $   (346)  (1,460)  (1,801)
                                                    ========  =======  =======
</TABLE>

                See accompanying notes to financial statements.

                                      F-5
<PAGE>

                         PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                         Notes to Financial Statements

(1) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

  Paragon Life Insurance Company (Paragon or the Company) is a wholly owned
subsidiary of General American Life Insurance Company (General American or the
Parent). Paragon markets universal life and variable universal life insurance
products through the sponsorship of major companies and organizations. Paragon
is licensed to do business in the District of Columbia and all states except
New York.

  General American has guaranteed that Paragon will have sufficient funds to
meet all of its contractual obligations. In the event a policyholder presents a
legitimate claim for payment on a Paragon insurance policy, General American
will pay such claim directly to the policyholder if Paragon is unable to make
such payment. The guarantee agreement is binding on General American, its
successor or assignee and shall cease only if the guarantee is assigned to an
organization having a financial rating from Standard & Poor's equal to or
better than General American's rating.

  The accompanying financial statements are prepared on the basis of generally
accepted accounting principles. The preparation of financial statements
requires the use of estimates by management which affect the amounts reflected
in the financial statements. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Accounts that the Company deems to be sensitive to changes in estimates include
deferred policy acquisition costs and contract claims.

  The significant accounting policies of the Company are as follows:

 (a) Recognition of Policy Revenue and Related Expenses

  Revenues for universal life products consist of policy charges for the cost
of insurance, administration and surrender charges during the period. Revenues
for variable universal life products also include policy charges for mortality
and expense risks assumed by Paragon. Policy benefits and expenses include
interest credited to policy account balances on universal life products and
death benefit payments made in excess of policy account balances.

  Policy acquisition costs, such as commissions and certain costs of policy
issuance and underwriting, are deferred and amortized in relation to the
present value of expected gross profits over the estimated life of the
policies.

 (b) Invested Assets

  Investment securities are accounted for at fair value. At December 31, 1999
and 1998, fixed maturity securities are classified as available-for-sale and
are carried at fair value with the unrealized gain or loss, net of taxes, being
reflected as accumulated other comprehensive income, a separate component of
stockholder's equity. Policy loans are valued at aggregate unpaid balances.

  Realized gains or losses on the sale of securities are determined on the
basis of specific identification and include the impact of any related
amortization of premiums or accretion of discounts which is generally computed
consistent with the interest method.

  Amortization of the premium or discount on mortgage-backed securities is
recognized using a level-yield method which considers the estimated timing and
amount of prepayments of underlying mortgage loans. Actual prepayment
experience is periodically reviewed and effective yields are recalculated when
differences arise between the prepayments originally anticipated and the actual
prepayments received and currently anticipated. When such differences occur,
the net investment in the mortgage-backed security is adjusted to the amount
that would have existed had the new effective yield been applied since the
acquisition of the security with a corresponding charge or credit to interest
income.

                                      F-6
<PAGE>

                         PARGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                   Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)

 (c) Policyholder Account Balances

  Policyholder account balances are equal to the policyholder account value
before deduction of any surrender charges. The policyholder account value
represents an accumulation of gross premium payments plus credited interest
less expense and mortality charges and withdrawals. These expense charges are
recognized in income as earned. Certain variable life policies allow
policyholders to exchange accumulated assets from the variable rate separate
accounts to a fixed-interest general account policy. The fixed-interest general
account guaranteed minimum crediting rates of 4% in 1999, 1998 and 1997. The
actual crediting rate ranged from 6.1% to 6.5% in 1999, and was 6.5% in 1998
and 1997.

 (d) Federal Income Taxes

  The Company establishes deferred taxes under the asset and liability method,
and deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax
consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement
carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax
bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates
expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary
differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax
assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the
period that includes the enactment date.

  The Company files its federal income tax return on a consolidated basis with
its Parent and other subsidiaries. In accordance with a tax allocation
agreement between Paragon and General American, taxes are computed as if
Paragon was filing its own income tax return, and tax expense (benefit) is paid
to, or received from, General American.

 (e) Reinsurance

  Balances resulting from agreements which transfer funds relating to
policyholder account balances have been accounted for as deposits. Other
reinsurance activities are accounted for consistent with terms of the risk
transfer reinsurance contracts. Premiums for reinsurance ceded to other
companies have been reported as a reduction of policy contract charges. Amounts
applicable to reinsurance ceded for future policy benefits and claim
liabilities have been reported as assets for these items, and commissions and
expense allowances received in connection with reinsurance ceded have been
accounted for in income as earned. Reinsurance does not relieve the Company
from its primary responsibility to meet claim obligations.

 (f) Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs

  The costs of acquiring new business which vary with, and are primarily
related to, the production of new business have been deferred to the extent
that such costs are deemed recoverable from future gross profits. Such costs
include commissions, premium taxes, as well as certain costs of policy issuance
and underwriting. Deferred policy acquisition costs are adjusted for the impact
on estimated gross margins of net unrealized gains and losses on investment
securities. The estimates of expected gross margins are evaluated regularly and
are revised if actual experience or other evidence indicates that revision is
appropriate. Upon revision, total amortization recorded to date is adjusted by
a charge or credit to income.

 (g) Separate Account Business

  The assets and liabilities of the separate accounts represent segregated
funds administered and invested by the Company for purposes of funding variable
life insurance contracts for the exclusive benefit of variable life insurance
contract holders. The Company charges the separate accounts for risks it
assumes in issuing a policy and retains varying amounts of withdrawal charges
to cover expenses in the event of early withdrawals by contract holders. The
assets and liabilities of the separate account are carried at fair value.

                                      F-7
<PAGE>

                         PARGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                   Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)

 (h) Fair Value of Financial Instruments

  Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time, based on relevant
market information and information about the financial instrument. These
estimates do not reflect any premium or discount that could result from
offering for sale at one time the Company's entire holdings of a particular
financial instrument. Although fair value estimates are calculated using
assumptions that management believes are appropriate, changes in assumption
could significantly affect the estimates and such estimates should be used with
care. The following assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each
class of financial instrument for which it was practicable to estimate fair
value:

    Fixed maturities--Fixed maturities are valued using quoted market prices,
  if available. If quoted market prices are not available, fair value is
  estimated using quoted market prices of similar securities.

    Policy loans--Policy loans are carried at their unpaid balances which
  approximates fair value.

    Separate account assets and liabilities--The separate account assets are
  carried at fair value as determined by quoted market prices. Accordingly,
  the carrying value of separate account liabilities is equal to their fair
  value since it represents the contractholders' interest in the separate
  account assets.

    Cash and cash equivalents--The carrying amount is a reasonable estimate
  of fair value.

 (i) Cash and Cash Equivalents

  For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents represent
demand deposits and highly liquid short-term investments, which include U.S.
Treasury bills, commercial paper, and repurchase agreements with original or
remaining maturities of 90 days or less when purchased.

 (j) Subsequent Event

    (i) On January 6, 2000, the Company's ultimate parent, GenAmerica
  Corporation, was purchased by Metropolitan Life Insurance Company.

    (ii) Subsequent to December 31, 1999 a significant customer notified
  Paragon of its intent to terminate its group contract, effective April 30,
  2000. This group represents 29% and 8% of Paragon's policies inforce and
  separate account assets, as of December 31, 1999.

(2) Investments

  The amortized cost and estimated fair value of fixed maturities at December
31, 1999 and 1998 are as follows (000's):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         1999
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                                   Gross      Gross    Estimated
                                       Amortized unrealized unrealized   fair
                                         cost      gains      losses     value
                                       --------- ---------- ---------- ---------
      <S>                              <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>
      U.S. Treasury securities........ $  8,728      53         (162)    8,619
      Corporate securities............   70,312     276       (4,830)   65,758
      Mortgage-backed securities......    6,911      36         (394)    6,553
      Asset-backed securities.........      500     --            (9)      491
                                       --------     ---       ------    ------
                                       $ 86,451     365       (5,395)   81,421
                                       ========     ===       ======    ======
</TABLE>

                                      F-8
<PAGE>

                         PARGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                   Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         1998
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                                   Gross      Gross    Estimated
                                       Amortized unrealized unrealized   fair
                                         cost      gains      losses     value
                                       --------- ---------- ---------- ---------
      <S>                              <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>
      U.S. Treasury securities........  $ 6,705      267        --       6,972
      Corporate securities............   64,607    4,481       (208)    68,880
      Mortgage-backed securities......    6,854      193        (25)     7,022
      Asset-backed securities.........      500       10        --         510
                                        -------    -----       ----     ------
                                        $78,666    4,951       (233)    83,384
                                        =======    =====       ====     ======
</TABLE>

  The amortized cost and estimated fair value of fixed maturities at December
31, 1999, by contractual maturity, are shown below (000's). Expected maturities
may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to
call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       Estimated
                                                             Amortized   Fair
                                                               cost      value
                                                             --------- ---------
      <S>                                                    <C>       <C>
      Due in one year or less............................... $    471      480
      Due after one year through five years.................   22,034   21,893
      Due after five years through ten years................    8,853    8,317
      Due after ten years through twenty years..............   48,182   44,178
      Mortgage-backed securities............................    6,911    6,553
                                                             --------   ------
                                                             $ 86,451   81,421
                                                             ========   ======
</TABLE>

  Proceeds from sales of fixed maturities during 1999, 1998 and 1997 were
$4,695,414, $4,068,639 and $1,328,585 respectively. Gross gains of $56,686,
$53,180 and $68,876 were realized on those sales in 1999, 1998 and 1997,
respectively.

  The sources of net investment income follow (000s):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              1999   1998  1997
                                                             ------- ----- -----
      <S>                                                    <C>     <C>   <C>
      Fixed Maturities...................................... $ 6,077 5,603 4,941
      Short-term investments................................     486   535   608
      Policy loans and other................................   1,244   924   807
                                                             ------- ----- -----
                                                             $ 7,807 7,062 6,356
      Investment expenses...................................     (81)  (79)  (68)
                                                             ------- ----- -----
          Net investment income............................. $ 7,726 6,983 6,288
                                                             ======= ===== =====
</TABLE>

  A summary of the components of the net unrealized appreciation (depreciation)
on invested assets carried at fair value is as follows (in 000's):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         1999     1998    1997
                                                        -------  ------  ------
      <S>                                               <C>      <C>     <C>
      Unrealized appreciation (depreciation):
        Fixed maturities available-for-sale............ $(5,030)  4,717   3,373
        Deferred policy acquisition costs..............     803    (396)   (361)
      Deferred income taxes............................   1,479  (1,512) (1,054)
                                                        -------  ------  ------
      Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation)....... $(2,748)  2,809   1,958
                                                        =======  ======  ======
</TABLE>

  The Company has fixed maturities on deposit with various state insurance
departments with an amortized cost of approximately $4,082,871 and $4,120,850
at December 31, 1999 and 1998 respectively.

                                      F-9
<PAGE>

                         PARGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                   Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)

(3) Reinsurance

  The Company reinsures certain risks with other insurance companies above a
maximum retention amount (currently $50,000) to help reduce the loss on any
single policy.

  Premiums and related reinsurance amounts for the years ended December 31,
1999, 1998 and 1997 as they relate to transactions with affiliates are
summarized as follows (000's):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            1999    1998   1997
                                                           ------- ------ ------
      <S>                                                  <C>     <C>    <C>
      Reinsurance transactions with affiliates:
        Premiums for reinsurance ceded.................... $16,869 14,723 13,001
        Policy benefits ceded.............................  16,823 17,071 14,070
        Commissions and expenses ceded....................     292    123    195
        Reinsurance recoverables..........................   1,268  1,109  1,661
</TABLE>

  Ceded premiums and benefits to nonaffiliates for 1999, 1998 and 1997 were
insignificant.

(4) Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs

  A summary of the policy acquisition costs deferred and amortized is as
follows (000's):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         1999     1998    1997
                                                        -------  ------  ------
      <S>                                               <C>      <C>     <C>
      Balance at beginning of year....................  $20,602  17,980  15,776
      Policy acquisition costs deferred...............    4,185   3,808   2,972
      Policy acquisition costs amortized..............   (1,631) (1,150)   (424)
      Deferred policy acquisition costs relating to
       change in unrealized (gain) loss on investments
       available for sale.............................    1,201     (36)   (344)
                                                        -------  ------  ------
      Balance at end of year..........................  $24,357  20,602  17,980
                                                        =======  ======  ======
</TABLE>

(5) Administration System Write-off

  In 1999 Paragon expensed $4,787,275 relating to the termination of a system
development project for policy administration. The one-time write-off in 1999
of previously capitalized amounts was $3,963,450 and other costs incurred in
1999 relating to the project were $823,825. Other costs incurred and expensed
in 1998 and 1997 were $468,794 and $0, respectively.

(6) Federal Income Taxes

  The Company is taxed as a life insurance company. A summary of Federal income
tax expense is as follows (000s):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              1999   1998  1997
                                                             ------- ----- -----
      <S>                                                    <C>     <C>   <C>
      Current tax expense................................... $ 1,030 1,628 1,153
      Deferred tax expense..................................     469   740   732
                                                             ------- ----- -----
      Federal income tax expense............................ $ 1,499 2,368 1,885
                                                             ======= ===== =====
</TABLE>

                                      F-10
<PAGE>

                         PARGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                   Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)

  A reconciliation of the Company's "expected" federal income tax expense,
computed by applying the federal U.S. corporate tax rate of 35% to income from
operations before federal income tax, is as follows (000s):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             1999   1998  1997
                                                            ------- ----- -----
      <S>                                                   <C>     <C>   <C>
      Computed "expected" tax expense...................... $ 1,489 2,368 2,022
      Other, net...........................................      10     0  (137)
                                                            ------- ----- -----
      Federal income tax expense........................... $ 1,499 2,368 1,885
                                                            ======= ===== =====
</TABLE>

  The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant
portions of deferred tax assets and liabilities at December 31, 1999, 1998 and
1997 are presented below (000's):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              1999   1998  1997
                                                             ------- ----- -----
      <S>                                                    <C>     <C>   <C>
      Deferred tax assets:
        Unearned reinsurance allowances..................... $   194   218   217
        Policy and contract liabilities.....................     583   709 1,031
        Tax capitalization of acquisition costs.............   2,559 2,147 1,755
        Other, net..........................................     359    58    76
        Unrealized Loss on investments, net.................   1,479   --    --
                                                             ------- ----- -----
          Total deferred tax assets......................... $ 5,174 3,132 3,079
                                                             ======= ===== =====
      Deferred tax liabilities:
        Unrealized gain on investments, net................. $   --  1,512 1,054
        Deferred policy acquisition costs...................   8,244 7,211 6,419
                                                             ------- ----- -----
          Total deferred tax liabilities.................... $ 8,244 8,723 7,473
                                                             ------- ----- -----
          Net deferred tax liabilities...................... $ 3,070 5,591 4,394
                                                             ======= ===== =====
</TABLE>

  The Company believes that a valuation allowance with respect to the
realization of the total gross deferred tax asset is not necessary. In
assessing the realization of deferred tax assets, the Company considers whether
it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will be realized. The
ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of
future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences
become deductible. The Company files a consolidated tax return with its Parent.
Realization of the gross tax asset will not be dependent solely on the
Company's ability to generate its own taxable income. General American has a
proven history of earnings and it appears more likely than not that the
Company's gross deferred tax asset will ultimately be fully realized.

(7) Related-Party Transactions

  Paragon purchases certain administrative services from General American.
Charges for services performed are based upon personnel and other costs
involved in providing such service. Charges for services during 1999, 1998 and
1997 were $2,247,302, $1,513,433 and $1,348,198, respectively. See Note 3 for
reinsurance transactions with affiliates.

(8) Pension Plan

  Associates of Paragon participate in a non-contributory multi-employer
defined benefit pension plan jointly sponsored by Paragon and General American.
The benefits are based on years of service and compensation level. No pension
expense was recognized in 1999, 1998 or 1997 due to overfunding of the plan.

                                      F-11
<PAGE>

                         PARGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                   Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)

  In addition, Paragon has adopted an associate incentive plan applicable to
full-time salaried associates with at least one year of service. Contributions
to the plan are determined annually by General American and are based on
salaries of eligible associates. Full vesting occurs after five years of
continuous service. Total expenses to the Company for the incentive plan were
$0, $188,316 and $198,972 for 1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively.

  As a result of the Metropolitan Life Insurance purchase, Paragon implemented
a new bonus program covering all associates employed from October 1, 1999
through March 31, 2000 with at least 1000 hours of service during 1999. Total
expense to the Company for this program was $422,700 in 1999.

  Paragon provides for certain health care and life insurance benefits for
retired employees. The Company accounts for these benefits in accordance with
SFAS No. 106 -- Employer's Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other Than
Pensions. The amounts involved are not material.

(9) Statutory Financial Information

  The Company is subject to financial statement filing requirements of the
State of Missouri Department of Insurance, its state of domicile, as well as
the states in which it transacts business. Such financial statements, generally
referred to as statutory financial statements, are prepared on a basis of
accounting which varies in some respects from generally accepted accounting
principles (GAAP). Statutory accounting principles include: (1) charging of
policy acquisition costs to income as incurred; (2) establishment of policy and
contract liabilities computed using required valuation standards which may vary
in methodology utilized; (3) nonprovision of deferred federal income taxes
resulting from temporary differences between financial reporting and tax bases
of assets and liabilities; (4) recognition of statutory liabilities for asset
impairments and yield stabilization on fixed maturity dispositions prior to
maturity with asset valuation reserves based on statutory determined formulae
and interest stabilization reserves designed to level yields over their
original purchase maturities; (5) valuation of investments in fixed maturities
at amortized cost; (6) net presentation of reinsurance balances; (7)
presentation of indirect cash flows; (8) exclusion of comprehensive income
disclosures; and (9) recognition of deposits and withdrawals on universal life
policies as revenues and expenses.

  The stockholder's equity (surplus) and net income of the Company at December
31, 1999, 1998 and 1997, as determined using statutory accounting practices, is
summarized as follows (000's):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          1999    1998   1997
                                                         ------- ------ ------
      <S>                                                <C>     <C>    <C>
      Statutory surplus as reported to regulatory
       authorities...................................... $13,545 10,500 10,725
      Net income as reported to regulatory authorities.. $   300  1,596  1,397
</TABLE>

(10) Dividend Restrictions

  Dividend payments by Paragon are restricted by state insurance laws as to the
amount that may be paid without prior notice or approval of the Missouri
Department of Insurance. The maximum amount of dividends which can be paid
without prior approval of the insurance commissioner is limited to the maximum
of (1) 10% of statutory surplus or (2) net gain from operations. The maximum
dividend distribution that can be paid by Paragon during 1999 without prior
notice or approval is $300,406. Paragon did not pay dividends in 1999, 1998 or
1997.

(11) Risk-Based Capital

  The insurance departments of various states, including the Company's
domiciliary state of Missouri, impose risk-based capital (RBC) requirements on
insurance enterprises. The RBC calculation serves as a

                                      F-12
<PAGE>

                         PARGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                   Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
benchmark for the regulation of life insurance companies by state insurance
regulators. The requirements apply various weighted factors to financial
balances or activity levels based on their perceived degree of risk.

  The RBC guidelines define specific capital levels where action by the Company
or regulators is required based on the ratio of a company's actual total
adjusted capital to control levels determined by the RBC formula. At December
31, 1999, the Company's actual total adjusted capital was in excess of minimum
levels which would require action by the Company or regulatory authorities
under the RBC formula.

(12) Commitments and Contingencies

  The Company leases certain of its facilities and equipment under
noncancellable leases the majority of which expires March 2001. The future
minimum lease obligations under the terms of the leases are summarized as
follows (000s):

<TABLE>
      <S>                                                                <C>
      Year ended December 31:
        2000............................................................ $   750
        2001............................................................     321
        2002............................................................     130
        2003............................................................      99
                                                                         -------
                                                                         $ 1,300
                                                                         =======
</TABLE>

  Rent expense totaled $507,512, $489,999, and $433,864 in 1999, 1998 and 1997,
respectively.

(13) Comprehensive Income

  In June 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 130, "Reporting Comprehensive
Income", effective for years beginning after December 15, 1997. SFAS No. 130
establishes standards for reporting and display of comprehensive income and its
components (revenues, expenses, gains and losses) in a full set of general-
purpose financial statements. The most significant items of comprehensive
income are net income and changes in unrealized gains and losses on securities.
The adoption of SFAS No. 130 does not affect results of operations or financial
position, but affects their presentation and disclosure. The Company has
adopted SFAS No. 130 as of January 1, 1998, and the following summaries present
the components of the Company's comprehensive income, other than net income,
for the periods ending December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997 (000s):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             1999
                                                -------------------------------
                                                              Tax
                                                Before-Tax (Expense) Net-of-Tax
                                                  Amount   Benefit     Amount
                                                ---------- --------  ----------
      <S>                                       <C>        <C>       <C>
      Unrealized holding losses arising during
       period..................................  $(8,492)   2,972      (5,520)
      Less: reclassification adjustment for
       gains realized in net income............      (57)      20         (37)
                                                 -------    -----      ------
      Other comprehensive loss.................   (8,549)   2,992      (5,557)
                                                 =======    =====      ======
</TABLE>

                                      F-13
<PAGE>

                         PARGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                   Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             1998
                                                -------------------------------
                                                              Tax
                                                Before-Tax (Expense) Net-of-Tax
                                                  Amount   Benefit     Amount
                                                ---------- --------  ----------
      <S>                                       <C>        <C>       <C>
      Unrealized holding gains arising during
       period..................................   $1,361     (476)      885
      Less: reclassification adjustment for
       gains realized in net income............      (53)      19       (34)
                                                  ------     ----       ---
      Other comprehensive income...............    1,308     (457)      851
                                                  ======     ====       ===
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             1997
                                                -------------------------------
                                                              Tax
                                                Before-Tax (Expense) Net-of-Tax
                                                  Amount   Benefit     Amount
                                                ---------- --------  ----------
      <S>                                       <C>        <C>       <C>
      Unrealized holding gains arising during
       period..................................   $2,585     (904)     1,681
      Less: reclassification adjustment for
       gains realized in net income............      (69)      24        (45)
                                                  ------     ----      -----
      Other comprehensive income...............    2,516     (880)     1,636
                                                  ======     ====      =====
</TABLE>

                                      F-14
<PAGE>

[LOGO OF KPMG]

                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

The Board of Directors
Paragon Life Insurance Company and
Policyholders of Separate Account B's MFS Divisions:

  We have audited the accompanying statements of net assets, including the
schedule of investments, of the Bond, High Income, Money Market, Emerging
Growth, Utilities, Growth with Income, Total Return, Research, Global
Governments, Capital Opportunities, New Discovery, Emerging Markets, and Growth
Divisions of Paragon Separate Account B as of December 31, 1999, and related
statements of operations and changes in net assets for each of the periods in
the three year period then ended. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the management of Paragon Separate Account B. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audits.

  We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our
procedures included confirmation of investments owned at December 31, 1999 by
correspondence with the MFS Variable Insurance Trust. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

  In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of the Bond, High Income, Money
Market, Emerging Growth, Utilities, Growth with Income, Total Return, Research,
Global Governments, Capital Opportunities, New Discovery, Emerging Markets, and
Growth Divisions of Paragon Separate Account B as of December 31, 1999, and the
results of their operations and changes in their net assets for each of the
periods in the three year period then ended, in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles.

                                          /s/ KPMG LLP

March 10, 2000

[LOGO OF KPMG]
KPMG LLP. KPMG LLP, a U.S. limited liability partnership, is a member of KPMG
International, a Swiss association.

                                      F-15
<PAGE>

                          PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B

                           STATEMENTS OF NET ASSETS
                               December 31, 1999

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          Growth
                                     High    Money   Emerging              with    Total
                            Bond    Income   Market   Growth   Utilities  Income   Return
                          Division Division Division Division  Division  Division Division
                          -------- -------- -------- --------- --------- -------- --------
<S>                       <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>       <C>       <C>      <C>
Net Assets:
 Investments in MFS
  Investments, at Market
  Value (See Schedule of
  Investments)..........   $1,370  134,708  300,933  4,021,322  64,450   730,582  460,840
                           ------  -------  -------  ---------  ------   -------  -------
 Total Net Assets.......   $1,370  134,708  300,933  4,021,322  64,450   730,582  460,840
                           ======  =======  =======  =========  ======   =======  =======
Net Assets,
 representing:
 Equity of Contract
  Owners................    1,369  134,636  300,771  4,019,370  64,417   730,200  460,595
 Equity of Paragon Life
  Insurance Company.....        1       72      162      1,952      33       382      245
                           ------  -------  -------  ---------  ------   -------  -------
                           $1,370  134,708  300,933  4,021,322  64,450   730,582  460,840
                           ======  =======  =======  =========  ======   =======  =======
Total Units Held........      118   10,036  252,753    107,815   2,201    33,799   24,231
                           ------  -------  -------  ---------  ------   -------  -------
Net Asset Value Per
 Unit...................   $11.63    13.42     1.19      37.28   29.27     21.60    19.01
Cost of Investments.....   $1,596  137,740  300,933  1,880,669  45,253   592,547  426,954
                           ======  =======  =======  =========  ======   =======  =======
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       Global       Capital       New    Emerging
                           Research  Governments Opportunities Discovery Markets   Growth
                           Division   Division     Division    Division  Division Division
                          ---------- ----------- ------------- --------- -------- --------
<S>                       <C>        <C>         <C>           <C>       <C>      <C>
Net Assets:
 Investments in MFS
  Investments, at Market
  Value (See Schedule of
  Investments)..........  $1,799,934    4,515      1,701,884    618,094     --        245
                          ----------    -----      ---------    -------   ------   ------
 Total Net Assets.......  $1,799,934    4,515      1,701,884    618,094     --        245
                          ==========    =====      =========    =======   ======   ======
Net Assets,
 representing:
 Equity of Contract
  Owners................  $1,799,009    4,513      1,701,028    617,779     --        245
 Equity of Paragon Life
  Insurance Company.....         925        2            856        315              --
                          ----------    -----      ---------    -------   ------   ------
                          $1,799,934    4,515      1,701,884    618,094     --        245
                          ==========    =====      =========    =======   ======   ======
Total Units Held........      75,954      426         68,625     36,014     --         18
                          ----------    -----      ---------    -------   ------   ------
Net Asset Value Per
 Unit...................  $    23.69    10.60          24.79      17.15     --      13.95
Cost of Investments.....  $1,223,924    4,623      1,275,282    381,693     --        230
                          ==========    =====      =========    =======   ======   ======
</TABLE>

                See Accompanying Notes to Financial Statements.

                                      F-16
<PAGE>

                          PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B

                           STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                                  Page 1 of 2
   For the Years ended December 31, 1999, 1998, 1997, except for the Capital
  Opportunities Division and the Emerging Markets Division which are for the
     period from May 1, 1997 (Inception) to December 31, 1997, for the New
  Discovery Division which is for the period May 1, 1998 (inception) through
 December 31, 1998 and for the Growth Division which is for the period August
                1, 1999 (inception) through December 31, 1999.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                Bond Division            High Income Division     Money Market Division
                          ----------------------------  ------------------------  ------------------------
                             1999      1998     1997     1999     1998     1997    1999     1998     1997
                          ----------  -------  -------  -------  -------  ------  -------  -------  ------
<S>                       <C>         <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>     <C>      <C>      <C>
Investment Income:
 Dividend Income........  $       36       59      --     8,066    8,853     --    13,171      316     916
Expenses:
 Mortality and Expense
 Charge.................          13       14       72    1,124    1,226     581    2,616       55     169
                          ----------  -------  -------  -------  -------  ------  -------  -------  ------
   Net Investment Income
   (Expense)............          23       45      (72)   6,942    7,627    (581)  10,555      261     747
Net Realized Gain (Loss)
on Investments:
 Realized Gain from
 Distributions..........           1        1      --       --       724     --       --       --      --
 Proceeds from Sales....         234      201   14,554   52,708    3,153   2,962   67,620   74,550     --
 Cost of Investments
  Sold..................         270      233   13,683   53,673    3,055   2,712   67,620   74,550     --
                          ----------  -------  -------  -------  -------  ------  -------  -------  ------
   Net Realized Gain
   (Loss) on
   Investments..........         (35)     (31)     871     (965)     822     250      --       --      --
Net Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on Investments:
 Unrealized Gain (Loss)
 Beginning of the Year..        (203)    (279)    (165)  (2,948)   8,214     615      --       --      --
 Unrealized Gain (Loss)
 End of Year............        (226)    (203)    (279)  (3,032)  (2,948)  8,214      --       --      --
                          ----------  -------  -------  -------  -------  ------  -------  -------  ------
   Net Unrealized Gain
   (Loss) on
   Investments..........         (23)      76     (114)     (84) (11,162)  7,599      --       --      --
                          ----------  -------  -------  -------  -------  ------  -------  -------  ------
    Net Gain on
    Investments.........         (58)      45      757   (1,049) (10,340)  7,849      --       --      --
                          ----------  -------  -------  -------  -------  ------  -------  -------  ------
Increase (Decrease) in
Assets Resulting from
Operations..............  $      (35)      90      685    5,893   (2,713)  7,268   10,555      261     747
                          ==========  =======  =======  =======  =======  ======  =======  =======  ======
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    Growth with Income
                           Emerging Growth Division       Utilities Division             Division
                          ----------------------------  ------------------------  ------------------------
                             1999      1998     1997     1999     1998     1997    1999     1998     1997
                          ----------  -------  -------  -------  -------  ------  -------  -------  ------
<S>                       <C>         <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>     <C>      <C>      <C>
Investment Income:
 Dividend Income........  $      --    14,895      --     7,001    6,856     --     1,795      --    2,353
Expenses:
 Mortality and Expense
 Charge.................      23,738   17,931   11,059      849      934     369    5,450    3,090   1,625
                          ----------  -------  -------  -------  -------  ------  -------  -------  ------
   Net Investment Income
   (Expense)............     (23,738)  (3,036) (11,059)   6,152    5,922    (369)  (3,655)  (3,090)    728
Net Realized Gain (Loss)
on Investments:
 Realized Gain from
 Distributions..........         --     5,320      --     2,177      610     --     2,155      --    3,197
 Proceeds from Sales....   1,162,964  599,882   86,187  105,105    1,753   1,160   16,887    6,136  29,594
 Cost of Investments
  Sold..................     843,922  445,880   73,076   87,095    1,495   1,010   13,919    5,067  24,559
                          ----------  -------  -------  -------  -------  ------  -------  -------  ------
   Net Realized Gain
   (Loss) on
   Investments..........     319,042  159,322   13,111   20,187      868     150    5,123    1,069   8,232
Net Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on Investments:
 Unrealized Gain
 Beginning of Year......     709,690  257,879   44,927   22,304   12,172     622  101,720   32,838   3,549
 Unrealized Gain End of
 Year...................   2,140,653  709,690  257,879   19,197   22,304  12,172  138,035  101,720  32,838
                          ----------  -------  -------  -------  -------  ------  -------  -------  ------
   Net Unrealized Gain
   on Investments.......   1,430,963  451,811  212,952   (3,107)  10,132  11,550   36,315   68,882  29,289
                          ----------  -------  -------  -------  -------  ------  -------  -------  ------
    Net Gain (Loss) on
    Investments.........   1,750,005  611,133  226,063   17,080   11,000  11,700   41,438   69,951  37,521
                          ----------  -------  -------  -------  -------  ------  -------  -------  ------
Increase in Assets
Resulting from
Operations..............  $1,726,267  608,097  215,004   23,232   16,922  11,331   37,783   66,861  38,249
                          ==========  =======  =======  =======  =======  ======  =======  =======  ======
</TABLE>
                See Accompanying Notes to Financial Statements

                                      F-17
<PAGE>

                          PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B

                           STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                                  Page 2 of 2
   For the Years ended December 31, 1999, 1998, 1997, except for the Capital
  Opportunities Division and the Emerging Markets Division which are for the
     period from May 1, 1997 (Inception) to December 31, 1997, for the New
  Discovery Division which is for the period May 1, 1998 (Inception) through
 December 31, 1998 and for the Growth Division which is for the period August
                1, 1999 (Inception) through December 31, 1999.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  Global Governments
                           Total Return Division         Research Division             Division
                          --------------------------  -------------------------  ---------------------
                             1999      1998    1997    1999     1998     1997    1999    1998    1997
                          ----------  ------  ------  -------  -------  -------  ----  -------- ------
<S>                       <C>         <C>     <C>     <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>   <C>      <C>
Investment Income:
 Dividend Income........  $    8,301   5,553     --     2,601   21,826      --    120      9       --
Expenses:
 Mortality and Expense
 Charge.................       3,459   2,215   1,145   12,547    9,542    5,591    25      8         5
                          ----------  ------  ------  -------  -------  -------  ----    ---    ------
   Net Investment Income
   (Expense)............       4,842   3,338  (1,145)  (9,946)  12,284   (5,591)   95      1        (5)
Net Realized Gain (Loss)
on Investments:
 Realized Gain from
 Distributions..........       9,033   1,734     --    13,746    2,190      --    --               --
 Proceeds from Sales....      13,263   8,211  28,882  282,894   47,939   59,911   298    138    11,868
 Cost of Investments
  Sold..................      11,887   7,145  25,063  215,751   38,306   48,918   299    135    11,881
                          ----------  ------  ------  -------  -------  -------  ----    ---    ------
   Net Realized Gain
   (Loss) on
   Investments..........      10,409   2,800   3,819   80,889   11,823   10,993    (1)     3       (13)
Net Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on Investments:
 Unrealized Gain
 Beginning of Year......      44,559  24,304   3,734  322,108  132,618   39,163    64      2        14
 Unrealized Gain End of
 Year...................      33,886  44,559  24,304  576,010  322,108  132,618  (108)    64         2
                          ----------  ------  ------  -------  -------  -------  ----    ---    ------
   Net Unrealized Gain
   on Investments.......     (10,673) 20,255  20,570  253,902  189,490   93,455  (172)    62       (12)
                          ----------  ------  ------  -------  -------  -------  ----    ---    ------
    Net Gain (Loss) on
    Investments.........        (264) 23,055  24,389  334,791  201,313  104,448  (173)    65       (25)
                          ----------  ------  ------  -------  -------  -------  ----    ---    ------
Increase in Assets
Resulting from
Operations..............  $    4,578  26,393  23,244  324,845  213,597   98,857   (78)    66       (30)
                          ==========  ======  ======  =======  =======  =======  ====    ===    ======
<CAPTION>
                                                                          Emerging
                           Capital Opportunities       New Discovery      Markets       Growth
                                  Division               Division         Division     Division
                          --------------------------  ----------------  -------------  --------
                             1999      1998    1997    1999     1998     1999    1998    1999
                          ----------  ------  ------  -------  -------  -------  ----  --------
<S>                       <C>         <C>     <C>     <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>   <C>      <C>
Investment Income:
 Dividend Income........  $    2,925     236   2,226    2,658      --       --    --     --
Expenses:
 Mortality and Expense
 Charge.................       9,268     700      70    4,256    2,153      --    --     --
                          ----------  ------  ------  -------  -------  -------  ----    ---
   Net Investment Income
   (Expense)............      (6,343)   (464)  2,156   (1,598)  (2,153)     --    --     --
Net Realized Gain (Loss)
on Investments:
 Realized Gain from
 Distributions..........         677     --      211      --       --       --    --     --
 Proceeds from Sales....   1,032,725   2,742   2,730  885,716    5,289    2,166   490     13
 Cost of Investments
  Sold..................     963,268   2,606   2,286  868,373    6,171    2,089   504     13
                          ----------  ------  ------  -------  -------  -------  ----    ---
   Net Realized Gain
   (Loss) on
   Investments..........      70,134     136     655   17,343     (882)      77   (14)   --
Net Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on Investments:
 Unrealized Gain
 Beginning of Year......      16,356    (501)    --    14,819      --       --    --     --
 Unrealized Gain End of
 Year...................     426,602  16,356    (501) 236,401   14,819      --    --      15
                          ----------  ------  ------  -------  -------  -------  ----    ---
   Net Unrealized Gain
   on Investments.......     410,246  16,857    (501) 221,582   14,819      --    --      15
                          ----------  ------  ------  -------  -------  -------  ----    ---
    Net Gain (Loss) on
    Investments.........     480,380  16,993     154  238,925   13,937       77   (14)    15
                          ----------  ------  ------  -------  -------  -------  ----    ---
Increase in Assets
Resulting from
Operations..............  $  474,037  16,529   2,310  237,327   11,784       77   (14)    15
                          ==========  ======  ======  =======  =======  =======  ====    ===
</TABLE>

                See Accompanying Notes to Financial Statements.

                                      F-18
<PAGE>

                           PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B

                      STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN NET ASSETS

                                  Page 1 of 2
 For the Years ended December 31, 1999, 1998, and 1997, except for the Capital
   Opportunities Division and the Emerging Markets Division which are for the
period from May 1, 1997 (Inception) to December 31, 1997, for the New Discovery
 Division which is for the period May 1, 1998 (Inception) through December 31,
    1998, and for the Growth Division which is for the period August 1, 1999
                     (Inception) through December 31, 1999.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   Bond Division              High Income Division      Money Market Division
                          ---------------------------------  ------------------------  -------------------------
                             1999        1998       1997      1999     1998     1997    1999     1998     1997
                          -----------  ---------  ---------  -------  -------  ------  -------  -------  -------
<S>                       <C>          <C>        <C>        <C>      <C>      <C>     <C>      <C>      <C>
Operations:
 Net investment Income
  (Expense).............  $        23         45        (72)   6,942    7,627    (581)  10,555      261      747
 Net Realized Gain
  (Loss) on Investments.          (35)       (31)       871     (965)     822     250      --       --       --
 Net Unrealized Gain
  (Loss) on Investments.          (23)        76       (114)     (84) (11,162)  7,599      --       --       --
                          -----------  ---------  ---------  -------  -------  ------  -------  -------  -------
 Increase (Decrease) in
  Net Assets Resulting
  from Operations.......          (35)        90        685    5,893   (2,713)  7,268   10,555      261      747
 Net Deposits into
  Separate Account......         (131)      (183)   (12,606)  32,529    1,747  63,165   62,298  206,264   20,576
                          -----------  ---------  ---------  -------  -------  ------  -------  -------  -------
   Increase (Decrease)
    in Net Assets.......         (166)       (93)   (11,921)  38,422     (966) 70,433   72,853  206,525   21,323
Net Assets, Beginning of
 Year...................        1,536      1,629     13,550   96,286   97,252  26,819  228,080   21,555      232
                          -----------  ---------  ---------  -------  -------  ------  -------  -------  -------
Net Assets, End of Year.  $     1,370      1,536      1,629  134,708   96,286  97,252  300,933  228,080   21,555
                          ===========  =========  =========  =======  =======  ======  =======  =======  =======
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         Growth with Income
                             Emerging Growth Division          Utilities Division             Division
                          ---------------------------------  ------------------------  -------------------------
                             1999        1998       1997      1999     1998     1997    1999     1998     1997
                          -----------  ---------  ---------  -------  -------  ------  -------  -------  -------
<S>                       <C>          <C>        <C>        <C>      <C>      <C>     <C>      <C>      <C>
Operations:
 Net investment Income
  (Expense).............  $   (23,738)    (3,036)   (11,059)   6,152    5,922    (369)  (3,655)  (3,090)     728
 Net Realized Gain
  (Loss) on Investments.      319,042    159,322     13,111   20,187      868     150    5,123    1,069    8,232
 Net Unrealized Gain
  (Loss) on Investments.    1,430,963    451,811    212,952   (3,107)  10,132  11,550   36,315   68,882   29,289
                          -----------  ---------  ---------  -------  -------  ------  -------  -------  -------
 Increase (Decrease) in
  Net Assets Resulting
  from Operations.......    1,726,267    608,097    215,004   23,232   16,922  11,331   37,783   66,861   38,249
 Net Deposits into
  Separate Account......       (4,007)   231,020    631,572  (78,959)  40,499  35,205  213,451  201,186  137,397
                          -----------  ---------  ---------  -------  -------  ------  -------  -------  -------
   Increase (Decrease)
    in Net Assets.......    1,722,260    839,117    846,576  (55,727)  57,421  46,536  251,234  268,047  175,646
Net Assets, Beginning of
 Year...................    2,299,062  1,459,945    613,369  120,177   62,756  16,220  479,348  211,301   35,655
                          -----------  ---------  ---------  -------  -------  ------  -------  -------  -------
Net Assets, End of Year.  $ 4,021,322  2,299,062  1,459,945   64,450  120,177  62,756  730,582  479,348  211,301
                          ===========  =========  =========  =======  =======  ======  =======  =======  =======
</TABLE>

                See Accompanying Notes to Financial Statements.

                                      F-19
<PAGE>

                           PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B

                      STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN NET ASSETS

                                  Page 2 of 2
 For the Years ended December 31, 1999, 1998, and 1997, except for the Capital
   Opportunities Division and the Emerging Markets Division which are for the
period from May 1, 1997 (Inception) to December 31, 1997, for the New Discovery
 Division which is for the period May 1, 1998 (Inception) through December 31,
    1998, and for the Growth Division which is for the period August 1, 1999
                     (Inception) through December 31, 1999.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                Total Return                  Research             Global Governments
                                  Division                    Division                  Division
                          -------------------------  ----------------------------  -------------------
                            1999     1998    1997      1999       1998     1997    1999   1998   1997
                          --------  ------- -------  ---------  --------- -------  -----  ----- ------
<S>                       <C>       <C>     <C>      <C>        <C>       <C>      <C>    <C>   <C>
Operations:
 Net investment Income
  (Expense).............  $  4,842    3,338  (1,145)    (9,946)    12,284  (5,591)    95      1     (5)
 Net Realized Gain
  (Loss) on Investments.    10,409    2,800   3,819     80,889     11,823  10,993     (1)     3    (13)
 Net Unrealized Gain
  (Loss) on Investments.   (10,673)  20,255  20,570    253,902    189,490  93,455   (172)    62    (12)
                          --------  ------- -------  ---------  --------- -------  -----  ----- ------
 Increase (Decrease) in
  Net Assets
   Resulting from
    Operations..........     4,578   26,393  23,244    324,845    213,597  98,857    (78)    66    (30)
 Net Deposits into
  Separate Account......   160,861   78,575  84,909    318,247    200,453 279,591  3,324    728 (1,150)
                          --------  ------- -------  ---------  --------- -------  -----  ----- ------
   Increase (Decrease)
    in Net Assets.......   165,439  104,968 108,153    643,092    414,050 378,448  3,246    794 (1,180)
Net Assets, Beginning of
 Year...................   295,401  190,433  82,280  1,156,842    742,792 364,344  1,269    475  1,655
                          --------  ------- -------  ---------  --------- -------  -----  ----- ------
Net Assets, End of Year.  $460,840  295,401 190,433  1,799,934  1,156,842 742,792  4,515  1,269    475
                          ========  ======= =======  =========  ========= =======  =====  ===== ======
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          Emerging
                            Capital Opportunities       New Discovery      Markets     Growth
                                  Division                 Division       Division    Division
                          ---------------------------  -----------------  ----------  --------
                             1999      1998     1997     1999     1998    1999  1998    1999
                          ----------  -------  ------  --------  -------  ----  ----  --------
<S>                       <C>         <C>      <C>     <C>       <C>      <C>   <C>   <C>
Operations:
 Net investment Income
  (Expense).............  $   (6,343)    (464)  2,156    (1,598)  (2,153) --    --      --
 Net Realized Gain
  (Loss) on Investments.      70,134      136     655    17,343     (882)  77   (14)    --
 Net Unrealized Gain
  (Loss) on Investments.     410,246   16,857    (501)  221,582   14,819  --    --       15
                          ----------  -------  ------  --------  -------  ---   ---     ---
 Increase (Decrease) in
  Net Assets
   Resulting from
    Operations..........     474,037   16,529   2,310   237,327   11,784   77   (14)     15
 Net Deposits into
  Separate Account......   1,112,705   79,992  16,311  (164,598) 533,581  (77)   14     230
                          ----------  -------  ------  --------  -------  ---   ---     ---
   Increase (Decrease)
    in Net Assets.......   1,586,742   96,521  18,621    72,729  545,365  --    --      245
Net Assets, Beginning of
 Year...................     115,142   18,621     --    545,365      --   --    --      --
                          ----------  -------  ------  --------  -------  ---   ---     ---
Net Assets, End of Year.  $1,701,884  115,142  18,621   618,094  545,365  --    --      245
                          ==========  =======  ======  ========  =======  ===   ===     ===
</TABLE>


                See Accompanying Notes to Financial Statements.

                                      F-20
<PAGE>

                           PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B

                         Notes to Financial Statements

                               December 31, 1999

(1) Organization

  Paragon Life Insurance Company (Paragon) established Paragon Separate Account
B on January 4, 1993. Paragon Separate Account B (the Separate Account)
commenced operations on March 3, 1994 and is registered under the Investment
Company Act of 1940 as a unit investment trust. The Division options included
herein commenced operations on February 16, 1996 with the exception of Value
Fund which commenced operations on May 1, 1997. The Separate Account receives
and invests net premiums for flexible premium group variable life insurance
policies that are issued by Paragon. The Separate Account is divided into
thirteen divisions, which invest exclusively in shares of a single fund of MFS
Variable Insurance Trust, an open-end, diversified management investment
company. These funds are the Bond, High Income, Money Market, Emerging Growth,
Utilities, Growth with Income, Total Return, Research, Global Governments,
Capital Opportunities, New Discovery, Emerging Markets, and Growth (the
Divisions). Policyholders have the option of directing their premium payments
into any or all of the Divisions.

(2) Significant Accounting Policies

  The following is a summary of significant accounting policies followed by the
Separate Account in the preparation of its financial statements. The policies
are in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

 Investments

  The Separate Account's investments in the Funds of MFS Variable Insurance
Trust are valued daily based on the net asset values of the respective fund
shares held. The average cost method is used in determining the cost of shares
sold on withdrawals by the Separate Account. Share transactions are recorded
consistent with trade date accounting. All dividends received are immediately
reinvested on the ex-dividend date.

 Federal Income Taxes

  The operations of the Separate Account are treated as part of Paragon for
income tax purposes. Under existing Federal income tax law, capital gains from
sales of investments of the Separate Account are not taxable. Therefore, no
Federal income tax has been provided.

 Use of Estimates

  The preparation of financial statements requires management to make estimates
and assumptions with respect to amounts reported in the financial statements.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.

(3) Policy Charges

  Charges are deducted from the policies and the Separate Account to compensate
Paragon for providing the insurance benefits set forth in the contracts and any
additional benefits added by rider, administering the policies, incurring
expenses in distributing the policies, and assuming certain risks in connection
with the policy.

 Premium Expense Charge

  Certain policies include a provision that premium payments may be reduced by
a premium expense charge. The premium expense charge is determined by the costs
associated with distributing the policy and, if

                                      F-21
<PAGE>

                           PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B

                   Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)

(3) Policy Charges--Continued

applicable, is equal to 1% of the premium paid. The premium expense charge
compensates Paragon for providing the insurance benefits set forth in the
policies, incurring expenses of distributing the policies, and assuming certain
risks in connection with the policies. In addition, some policies have a
premium tax assessment of 2% to reimburse Paragon for premium taxes incurred.
The premium payment less premium expense and premium tax charges equals the net
premium that is invested in the underlying separate account.

 Monthly Expense Charge

  Paragon has responsibility for the administration of the policies and the
Separate Account. As reimbursement for expenses related to the acquisition and
maintenance of each policy and the Separate Account, Paragon assesses a monthly
administration charge to each policy. This charge, which varies due to the size
of the group, has a maximum of $6.00 per month during the first 12 policy
months and $3.50 per month thereafter.

 Cost of Insurance

  The cost of insurance is deducted on each monthly anniversary for the
following policy month. Because the cost of insurance depends upon a number of
variables, the cost varies for each policy month. The cost of insurance is
determined separately for the initial face amount and for any subsequent
increase in face amount. Paragon determines the monthly cost of insurance
charge by multiplying the applicable cost of insurance rate or rates by the net
amount at risk for each policy month.

 Optional Rider Benefits Charge

  The optional rider benefits charge is a monthly deduction for any additional
benefits provided by policy riders.

 Surrender or Contingent Deferred Sales Charge

  During the first policy years, certain policies include a provision for a
charge upon surrender or lapse of the policy, a requested decrease in face
amount, or a partial withdrawal that causes the face amount to decrease. The
amount assessed under the policy terms, if any, depends upon the cost
associated with distributing the particular policies. The amount of any charge
depends on a number of factors, including whether the event is a full surrender
or lapse or only a decrease in face amount, the amount of premiums received by
Paragon, and the policy year in which the surrender or other event takes place.

 Mortality and Expense Charge

  In addition to the above contract charges against the operations of each
division, a daily charge is made for the mortality and expense risks assumed by
Paragon. Paragon deducts a daily charge from the Separate Account at the rate
of .0024547% of the net assets of each division of the Separate Account which
equals an annual rate of .90% of those net assets. The mortality risk assumed
by Paragon is that insureds may die sooner than anticipated and that,
therefore, Paragon will pay an aggregate amount of death benefits greater than
anticipated. The expense risk assumed is that expenses incurred in issuing and
administering the policy will exceed the amounts realized from the
administrative charges assessed against the policy.

                                      F-22
<PAGE>

                           PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B

                   Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
Note 4--Purchases and Sales of MFS Variable Insurance Trust Shares

  During the years ended December 31, 1999, 1998, and 1997, except for the
Capital Opportunities Division and the Emerging Markets Division which are for
the period from May 1, 1997 (inception) to December 31, 1997, for the New
Discovery Division which is for the period May 1, 1998 (inception) through
December 31, 1998, and for the Growth Division which is for the period August
1,1999 (inception) through December 31, 1999, purchases and proceeds from the
sales of MFS Insurance Trust were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                Bond Division         High Income Division    Money Market Division
                         --------------------------- ----------------------- ------------------------
                            1999      1998    1997    1999    1998    1997    1999     1998    1997
                         ----------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------- -------
<S>                      <C>         <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>      <C>
Purchases............... $        89       0   1,882  37,727  49,993  65,613 352,451  55,679   65,355
Sales................... $       234     201  14,554  52,708   3,153   2,962  67,620  74,550   44,928
                         =========== ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= =======  =======

<CAPTION>
                                                                                Growth with Income
                          Emerging Growth Division     Utilities Division            Division
                         --------------------------- ----------------------- ------------------------
                            1999      1998    1997    1999    1998    1997    1999     1998    1997
                         ----------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------- -------
<S>                      <C>         <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>      <C>
Purchases............... $ 1,133,563 813,342 707,970  25,207  41,361  36,041 224,567 204,351  165,568
Sales................... $ 1,162,964 599,882  86,187 105,105   1,753   1,160  16,887   6,136   29,594
                         =========== ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= =======  =======

<CAPTION>
                                                                                Global Governments
                            Total Return Division       Research Division            Division
                         --------------------------- ----------------------- ------------------------
                            1999      1998    1997    1999    1998    1997    1999     1998    1997
                         ----------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------- -------
<S>                      <C>         <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>      <C>
Purchases............... $   170,446  84,648 112,787 408,746 418,040 334,559   3,596     859   10,714
Sales................... $    13,263   8,211  28,882 282,894  47,939  59,911     298     138   11,868
                         =========== ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= =======  =======

<CAPTION>
                                                                        Emerging
                            Capital Opportunities     New Discovery      Markets      Growth
                                  Division              Division        Division     Division
                         --------------------------- --------------- --------------- --------
                            1999      1998    1997    1999    1998    1999    1998     1999
                         ----------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- --------
<S>                      <C>         <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>      <C>
Purchases............... $ 2,136,080  82,101  18,987 716,480 537,100   2,089     505     243
Sales................... $ 1,032,725   2,742   2,730 885,716   5,289   2,166     490      13
                         =========== ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= =======
</TABLE>

  The purchases do not include dividends and realized gains from distributions
that have been reinvested into the respective divisions.

                                      F-23
<PAGE>

                           PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B

                   Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
Note 5--Accumulation of Unit Activity

  The following is a reconciliation of the accumulation of unit activity for
the years ended December 31, 1999, 1998, and 1997, except for the Capital
Opportunities Division and the Emerging Markets Division which are for the
Period from May 1, 1997 (inception) to December 31, 1997, for the New Discovery
Division which is for the period May 1, 1998 (inception) through December 31,
1998, and for the Growth Division which is for the period August 1, 1999
(inception) through December 31, 1999.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                              Bond Division         High Income Division    Money Market Division
                          ------------------------  ---------------------- -----------------------
                           1999     1998     1997    1999     1998   1997   1999     1998    1997
                          -------  -------  ------  -------  ------ ------ ------- -------- ------
<S>                       <C>      <C>      <C>     <C>      <C>    <C>    <C>     <C>      <C>
Net Increase in Units
 Deposits...............        8      --      181    2,862   3,805  5,418 110,026 246,405  61,300
 Withdrawals............       19       16   1,349      397   3,800    201  56,020  67,341  41,837
                          -------  -------  ------  -------  ------ ------ ------- -------  ------
 Net Increase in Units..      (11)     (16) (1,168)   2,465       5  5,217  54,006 179,064  19,463
Outstanding Units,
 Beginning of Year......      129      145   1,313    7,571   7,566  2,349 198,747  19,683     220
                          -------  -------  ------  -------  ------ ------ ------- -------  ------
Outstanding Units, End
 of Year................      118      129     145   10,036   7,571  7,566 252,753 198,747  19,683
                          =======  =======  ======  =======  ====== ====== ======= =======  ======
<CAPTION>
                             Emerging Growth                                 Growth with Income
                                 Division            Utilities Division           Division
                          ------------------------  ---------------------- -----------------------
                           1999     1998     1997    1999     1998   1997   1999     1998    1997
                          -------  -------  ------  -------  ------ ------ ------- -------- ------
<S>                       <C>      <C>      <C>     <C>      <C>    <C>    <C>     <C>      <C>
Net Increase in Units
 Deposits...............   50,238   46,392  49,892    1,157   2,112  2,207  10,903  11,114  11,515
 Withdrawals............   50,441   29,592   4,974    4,279      42     51     564     192   1,698
                          -------  -------  ------  -------  ------ ------ ------- -------  ------
 Net Increase in Units..     (203)  16,800  44,918   (3,122)  2,070  2,156  10,339  10,922   9,817
Outstanding Units,
 Beginning of Year......  108,018   91,218  46,300    5,323   3,253  1,097  23,460  12,538   2,721
                          -------  -------  ------  -------  ------ ------ ------- -------  ------
Outstanding Units, End
 of Year................  107,815  108,018  91,218    2,201   5,323  3,253  33,799  23,460  12,538
                          =======  =======  ======  =======  ====== ====== ======= =======  ======
<CAPTION>
                                                                             Global Governments
                          Total Return Division       Research Division           Division
                          ------------------------  ---------------------- -----------------------
                           1999     1998     1997    1999     1998   1997   1999     1998    1997
                          -------  -------  ------  -------  ------ ------ ------- -------- ------
<S>                       <C>      <C>      <C>     <C>      <C>    <C>    <C>     <C>      <C>
Net Increase in Units
 Deposits...............    8,879    4,828   7,256   20,589  24,336 23,141     336      82   1,024
 Withdrawals............      524      348   1,779    4,682  11,440  3,554      26      12   1,132
                          -------  -------  ------  -------  ------ ------ ------- -------  ------
 Net Increase in Units..    8,355    4,480   5,477   15,907  12,896 19,587     310      70    (108)
Outstanding Units,
 Beginning of Year......   15,876   11,396   5,919   60,047  47,151 27,564     116      46     154
                          -------  -------  ------  -------  ------ ------ ------- -------  ------
Outstanding Units, End
 of Year................   24,231   15,876  11,396   75,954  60,047 47,151     426     116      46
                          =======  =======  ======  =======  ====== ====== ======= =======  ======
<CAPTION>
                                                                       Emerging
                          Capital Opportunities     New Discovery      Markets      Growth
                                 Division              Division        Division    Division
                          ------------------------  --------------- -------------- --------
                           1999     1998     1997    1999     1998   1999   1998     1999
                          -------  -------  ------  -------  ------ ------ ------- --------
<S>                       <C>      <C>      <C>     <C>      <C>    <C>    <C>     <C>      <C>
Net Increase in Units
 Deposits...............  116,346    5,557   1,601   67,804  54,086    156      61      19
 Withdrawals............   54,508      150     221   85,464     412    156      61       1
                          -------  -------  ------  -------  ------ ------ ------- -------
 Net Increase in Units..   61,838    5,407   1,380  (17,660) 53,674    --      --       18
 Outstanding Units,
  Beginning of Year.....    6,787    1,380     --    53,674     --     --      --      --
                          -------  -------  ------  -------  ------ ------ ------- -------
 Outstanding Units, End
  of Year...............   68,625    6,787   1,380   36,014  53,674    --      --       18
                          =======  =======  ======  =======  ====== ====== ======= =======
</TABLE>

                                      F-24
<PAGE>

                           PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B

                   Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
Note 6--Reconciliation of Gross and Net Deposits into the Separate Account

  Deposits into the Separate Account purchase shares of MFS Variable Insurance
Trust. Net deposits represent the amount available for investment in such
shares after deduction of premium expense charges, monthly expense charges,
cost of insurance and the cost of optional benefits added by rider. The
following is a summary of net deposits made for the years ended December 31,
1999, 1998 and 1997, except for the Capital Opportunities Division and the
Emerging Markets Division which are for the period from May 1, 1997(Inception)
to December 31, 1997, for the New Discovery Division which is for the period
May 1, 1998 through December 31, 1998, and for the Growth Division which is for
the period August 1, 1999(Inception) to December 31, 1999.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                               Bond Division            High Income Division      Money Market Division
                         ----------------------------  ------------------------- -------------------------
                           1999       1998     1997      1999     1998     1997   1999     1998     1997
                         ---------  --------  -------  --------  -------  ------ -------  -------  -------
<S>                      <C>        <C>       <C>      <C>       <C>      <C>    <C>      <C>      <C>
Total Gross Deposits.... $     184       --     1,917    38,355   52,979  38,434 156,960  105,496  113,230
Surrenders and
 Withdrawals............       --        --        23       --       --        7     (74)     (76) (15,685)
Transfers Between Funds
 and General Account....       --        --   (13,958)      (12) (46,227) 28,246 (13,774) 181,870      --
                         ---------  --------  -------  --------  -------  ------ -------  -------  -------
 Total Gross Deposits
  net of Surrenders,
  Withdrawals, and
  Transfers.............       184       --   (12,018)   38,343    6,752  66,687 143,112  287,290   97,545
Deductions:
 Premium Expense
  Charges...............         7       --        57     1,148    1,591   1,153   4,696    3,167    3,397
 Monthly Expense
  Charges...............        13         9       12       201      148     233   3,283    3,377      689
 Cost of Insurance and
  Optional Benefits.....       295       174      519     4,465    3,266   2,136  72,835   74,482   72,883
                         ---------  --------  -------  --------  -------  ------ -------  -------  -------
                               315       183      588     5,814    5,005   3,522  80,814   81,026   76,969
                         ---------  --------  -------  --------  -------  ------ -------  -------  -------
Net Deposits from
 Policyholders.......... $    (131)     (183) (12,606)   32,529    1,747  63,165  62,298  206,264   20,576
                         =========  ========  =======  ========  =======  ====== =======  =======  =======
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   Growth with Income
                          Emerging Growth Division       Utilities Division             Division
                         ----------------------------  ------------------------- -------------------------
                           1999       1998     1997      1999     1998     1997   1999     1998     1997
                         ---------  --------  -------  --------  -------  ------ -------  -------  -------
<S>                      <C>        <C>       <C>      <C>       <C>      <C>    <C>      <C>      <C>
Total Gross Deposits.... $ 581,141   842,124  734,521    26,752   43,322  26,094 231,134  160,117  160,666
Surrenders and
 Withdrawals............      (512)      --   (16,610)      (59)      (6)      4    (200)     --        87
Transfers Between Funds
 and General Account....  (502,649) (521,315) (11,216) (103,168)     --   10,729   3,557   54,311  (13,719)
                         ---------  --------  -------  --------  -------  ------ -------  -------  -------
 Total Gross Deposits
  net of Surrenders,
  Withdrawals, and
  Transfers.............    77,980   320,809  706,695   (76,475)  43,316  36,827 234,491  214,428  147,034
Deductions:
 Premium Expense
  Charges...............    17,385    25,263   22,036       800    1,300     783   6,915    4,803    4,820
 Monthly Expense
  Charges...............     2,787     2,799    4,462        73       66     159     609      366      976
 Cost of Insurance and
  Optional Benefits.....    61,815    61,727   48,625     1,611    1,451     680  13,516    8,073    3,841
                         ---------  --------  -------  --------  -------  ------ -------  -------  -------
                            81,987    89,789   75,123     2,484    2,817   1,622  21,040   13,242    9,637
                         ---------  --------  -------  --------  -------  ------ -------  -------  -------
Net Deposits from
 Policyholders.......... $  (4,007)  231,020  631,572   (78,959)  40,499  35,205 213,451  201,186  137,397
                         =========  ========  =======  ========  =======  ====== =======  =======  =======
</TABLE>

                                      F-25
<PAGE>

                           PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B

                   Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
Note 6--Reconciliation of Gross and Net Deposits into the Separate Account--
(continued)

  Deposits into the Separate Account purchase shares of MFS Variable Insurance
Trust. Net deposits represent the amount available for investment in such
shares after deduction of premium expense charges, monthly expense charges,
cost of insurance and the cost of optional benefits added by rider. The
following is a summary of net deposits made for the years ended December 31,
1999, 1998 and 1997, except for the Capital Opportunities Division and the
Emerging Markets Division which are for the period from May 1, 1997 (Inception)
to December 31, 1997, for the New Discovery Division which is for the the
period May 1, 1998 through December 31, 1998, and for the Growth Division which
is for the period August 1, 1999 (Inception) to December 31, 1999.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     Global Governments
                            Total Return Division         Research Division               Division
                          --------------------------  ---------------------------  -----------------------
                             1999      1998   1997      1999      1998     1997    1999     1998    1997
                          ----------  ------ -------  --------  --------  -------  -----  -------- -------
<S>                       <C>         <C>    <C>      <C>       <C>       <C>      <C>    <C>      <C>
Total Gross Deposits....  $   90,906  94,127  91,579   428,845   455,620  349,248  3,782   1,118    10,982
Surrenders and
 Withdrawals............        (222)    --  (16,739)     (448)      --   (16,853)   --      --         10
Transfers Between Funds
 and General Account....      86,283      44  22,925   (54,587) (201,509) (12,391)   --      (23)  (11,733)
                          ----------  ------ -------  --------  --------  -------  -----   -----   -------
 Total Gross Deposits
  net of Surrenders,
  Withdrawals, and
  Transfers.............     176,967  94,171  97,765   373,810   254,111  320,004  3,782   1,095      (741)
Deductions:
 Premium Expense
  Charges...............       2,719   2,824   2,747    12,831    13,669   10,478    113      34       329
 Monthly Expense
  Charges...............         577     554     556     1,843     1,734    2,122     15      14        67
 Cost of Insurance and
  Optional Benefits.....      12,810  12,218   9,553    40,889    38,255   27,813    330     319        13
                          ----------  ------ -------  --------  --------  -------  -----   -----   -------
                              16,106  15,596  12,856    55,563    53,658   40,413    458     367       409
                          ----------  ------ -------  --------  --------  -------  -----   -----   -------
Net Deposits from
 Policyholders..........  $  160,861  78,575  84,909   318,247   200,453  279,591  3,324     728    (1,150)
                          ==========  ====== =======  ========  ========  =======  =====   =====   =======
<CAPTION>
                                                                            Emerging
                            Capital Opportunities       New Discovery        Markets       Growth
                                  Division                Division          Division      Division
                          --------------------------  ------------------  --------------  --------
                             1999      1998   1997      1999      1998     1999    1998     1999
                          ----------  ------ -------  --------  --------  -------  -----  --------
<S>                       <C>         <C>    <C>      <C>       <C>       <C>      <C>    <C>      <C>
Total Gross Deposits....  $  149,301  70,148  18,952   272,433    23,690       61    115     400
Surrenders and
 Withdrawals............        (280)    --      --         (2)      --         6     (5)    --
Transfers Between Funds
 and General Account....     988,537  17,256   1,116  (418,136)  515,638       (1)   --      --
                          ----------  ------ -------  --------  --------  -------  -----   -----
 Total Gross Deposits
  net of Surrenders,
  Withdrawals, and
  Transfers.............   1,137,558  87,404  20,068  (145,705)  539,328       66    110     400
Deductions:
 Premium Expense
  Charges...............       4,468   2,104     569     8,151       710        2      4      12
 Monthly Expense
  Charges...............         879     230     115       463       218        6      4       7
 Cost of Insurance and
  Optional Benefits.....      19,506   5,078   3,073    10,279     4,819      135     88     151
                          ----------  ------ -------  --------  --------  -------  -----   -----
                              24,853   7,412   3,757    18,893     5,747      143     96     170
                          ----------  ------ -------  --------  --------  -------  -----   -----
Net Deposits from
 Policyholders..........  $1,112,705  79,992  16,311  (164,598)  533,581      (77)    14     230
                          ==========  ====== =======  ========  ========  =======  =====   =====
</TABLE>

                                      F-26
<PAGE>

                           PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B

                   Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)

Note 7--Subsequent Event

  On January 6, 2000, Paragon Life Insurance Co.'s ultimate parent, GenAmerica
Corporation, was purchased by Metropolitan Life Insurance Company.

                                      F-27
<PAGE>

                           PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B

                            SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS

                               December 31, 1999

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  Number
                                                    of      Market
                                                  Shares    Value       Cost
                                                  ------- ---------- ----------
<S>                                               <C>     <C>        <C>
MFS Variable Insurance Trust:
  Bond Division..................................     125 $    1,370 $    1,596
  High Income Division...........................  11,724    134,708    137,740
  Money Market Division.......................... 300,933    300,933    300,933
  Emerging Growth Division....................... 105,992  4,021,322  1,880,669
  Utilities Division.............................   2,668     64,450     45,253
  Growth with Income Division....................  34,284    730,582    592,547
  Total Return Division..........................  25,963    460,840    426,954
  Research Division..............................  77,118  1,799,934  1,223,924
  Global Governments Division....................     450      4,515      4,623
  Capital Opportunities Division.................  78,320  1,701,884  1,275,282
  New Discovery Division.........................  35,790    618,094    381,693
  Emerging Market Division.......................     --         --         --
  Growth Division................................      18        245        230
</TABLE>


                 See Accompanying Independent Auditors' Report

                                      F-28
<PAGE>

                                   APPENDIX A

                Illustrations of Death Benefits and Cash Values

  The following tables illustrate how the Cash Value and Death Benefit of a
Policy change with the investment experience of a Division of the Separate
Account. The tables show how the Cash Value and Death Benefit of a Policy
issued to an Insured of a given age and at a given premium would vary over time
if the investment return on the assets held in each Division of the Separate
Account were a uniform, gross, after-tax annual rate of 0%, 6% or 12%. In
addition, the Cash Values and Death Benefits would be different from those
shown if the gross annual investment rates of return averaged 0%, 6%, and 12%
over a period of years, but fluctuated above and below those averages for
individual Policy years.

  The tables illustrate a Policy issued to an Insured, age 45, in an Executive
Program issued as a Group Contract Policy as well as an Insured, age 50, in a
Corporate Program. This assumes the maximum monthly administrative charge. If a
particular Policy has different sales or administrative charges or if a
particular group is larger or smaller or has a different gender mix, the Cash
Values and Death Benefits would vary from those shown in the tables.

  The Cash Value column under the "Guaranteed" heading shows the accumulated
value of the premiums paid reflecting deduction of the charges described above
and monthly charges for the cost of insurance based on the guaranteed rate
which is 125% of the maximum allowed under the 1980 Commissioners Standard
Ordinary Mortality Table C. The "Cash Value" column under the "Current" heading
shows the accumulated value of the premiums paid reflecting deduction of the
charges described above and monthly charges for the cost of insurance at the
current level for an Executive Program, which is less than or equal to 125% of
the maximum allowed by the 1980 Commissioners Standard Ordinary Mortality Table
C. The illustrations of Death Benefits reflect the above assumptions. The Death
Benefits also vary between tables depending upon whether Level Type (Option A)
or Increasing Type (Option B) Death Benefits are illustrated.

  The amounts shown for the Cash Value and Death Benefit reflect the fact that
the investment rate of return is lower than the gross after-tax return on the
assets held in a Division of the Separate Account. The charges include a .90%
charge for mortality and expense risk, an investment advisory fee of .754%,
representing the average of the fees incurred in 1999 by the Funds in which the
Divisions invest (the actual investment advisory fee is shown in the Trust
prospectus), and a .164% charge that is an estimate of the Funds' expenses
based on the average of the actual expenses incurred in fiscal year 1999. These
charges take into account expense reimbursement arrangements expected to be in
place for 2000 for some of the Funds. In the absence of the reimbursement
arrangements for some of the Funds, the charges would have totaled .754% and
 .810%, respectively. After deduction for these amounts, with expense
reimbursement, the illustrated gross annual investment rates of return of 0%,
6% and 12% correspond to approximate net annual rates of--1.817%, 4.183%, and
10.183%, respectively.

  The hypothetical values shown in the tables reflect all fees and charges
under the Policy, including the premium expense charge, the premium tax charge,
and all components of the monthly deduction. They do not reflect any charges
for federal income taxes against the Separate Account, since the Company is not
currently making any such charges. However, such charges may be made in the
future and, in that event, the gross annual investment rate of return of the
divisions of the Separate Account would have to exceed 0%, 6%, and 12% by an
amount sufficient to cover the tax charges in order to produce the Death
Benefit and Cash Value illustrated. (see "Federal Tax Matters.") Additionally,
the hypothetical values shown in the tables assume that the Policy for which
values are illustrated is not deemed an individual policy under OBRA, and
therefore the values do not reflect the additional 1% premium expense charge
for the Company's increased federal tax liabilities.

  The tables illustrate the Policy values that would result based upon the
investment rates of return if premiums are paid as indicated, and if no Policy
Loans have been made. The tables are also based on the assumptions that the
Owner has not requested an increase or decrease in the Face Amount, that no
partial withdrawals have been made, that no transfer charges were incurred, and
that no optional riders have been requested.

  Upon request, the Company will provide a comparable illustration based upon
the proposed Insured's age, group size and gender mix, the Face Amount and
premium requested and the proposed frequency of premium payments.

                                      A-1
<PAGE>

                    FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE

FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000                     AGE: 45
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: A                               ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 1.00%                         $6,000.00
                                                      (Monthly Premium:
                                                      $500.00)

PREMIUM TAX: 2.00%
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
                               ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN AT 0.00% (NET RATE AT -
                                                  1.817%)
                              --------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   GUARANTEED*                           CURRENT**
                              -------------------------------      -------------------------------
             PREM              CASH              DEATH              CASH              DEATH
 YR        AT 5.00%            VALUE            BENEFIT             VALUE            BENEFIT
 ---       --------           -------           --------           -------           --------
 <S>       <C>                <C>               <C>                <C>               <C>
  1        $  6,161           $ 3,044           $500,000           $ 4,873           $500,000
  2          12,630             5,880            500,000             9,573            500,000
  3          19,423             8,464            500,000            14,139            500,000
  4          26,555            10,790            500,000            18,505            500,000
  5          34,045            12,835            500,000            22,682            500,000
  6          41,908            14,580            500,000            26,676            500,000
  7          50,165            15,997            500,000            30,491            500,000
  8          58,834            17,043            500,000            34,071            500,000
  9          67,937            17,685            500,000            37,483            500,000
 10          77,496            17,893            500,000            40,670            500,000
 11          87,532            17,657            500,000            43,580            500,000
 12          98,070            16,947            500,000            46,277            500,000
 13         109,134            15,758            500,000            48,713            500,000
 14         120,752            14,061            500,000            50,835            500,000
 15         132,951            11,802            500,000            52,650            500,000
 16         145,760             8,918            500,000            54,164            500,000
 17         159,209             5,297            500,000            55,323            500,000
 18         173,331               803            500,000            56,076            500,000
 19         188,159                 0                  0            56,432            500,000
 20         203,728                 0                  0            56,337            500,000
 25         294,060                 0                  0            46,218            500,000
 30         409,348                 0                  0             7,058            500,000
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
   rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
   rates.

  The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value, Cash Surrender
Value and Death Benefit for a Policy would be different from those shown if the
actual rates of return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years,
but also fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No
representation can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the
investment management company, or any representative thereof, that this
hypothetical rate of return can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over
any period of time.

  Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume premiums are received monthly on the Policy Anniversary and further
assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.

                                      A-2
<PAGE>

                    FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE

FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000                     AGE: 45
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: A                               ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 1.00%                         $6,000.00
                                                      (Monthly Premium:
                                                      $500.00)
PREMIUM TAX: 2.00%

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
                                 ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN AT 6.00% (NET RATE AT
                                                   4.183%)
                              ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   GUARANTEED*                           CURRENT**
                              -------------------------------      --------------------------------
             PREM              CASH              DEATH               CASH              DEATH
 YR        AT 5.00%            VALUE            BENEFIT             VALUE             BENEFIT
 ---       --------           -------           --------           --------           --------
 <S>       <C>                <C>               <C>                <C>                <C>
  1        $  6,161           $ 3,144           $500,000           $  5,032           $500,000
  2          12,630             6,262            500,000             10,189            500,000
  3          19,423             9,307            500,000             15,512            500,000
  4          26,555            12,265            500,000             20,939            500,000
  5          34,045            15,105            500,000             26,484            500,000
  6          41,908            17,802            500,000             32,155            500,000
  7          50,165            20,315            500,000             37,960            500,000
  8          58,834            22,591            500,000             43,847            500,000
  9          67,937            24,582            500,000             49,885            500,000
 10          77,496            26,241            500,000             56,024            500,000
 11          87,532            27,541            500,000             62,214            500,000
 12          98,070            28,431            500,000             68,523            500,000
 13         109,134            28,883            500,000             74,908            500,000
 14         120,752            28,846            500,000             81,323            500,000
 15         132,951            28,240            500,000             87,778            500,000
 16         145,760            26,970            500,000             94,284            500,000
 17         159,209            24,890            500,000            100,796            500,000
 18         173,331            21,818            500,000            107,273            500,000
 19         188,159            17,557            500,000            113,728            500,000
 20         203,728            11,898            500,000            120,122            500,000
 25         294,060                 0                  0            148,983            500,000
 30         409,348                 0                  0            162,919            500,000
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
   rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
   rates.

  The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value, Cash Surrender
Value and Death Benefit for a Policy would be different from those shown if the
actual rates of return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years,
but also fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No
representation can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the
investment management company, or any representative thereof, that this
hypothetical rate of return can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over
any period of time.

  Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume premiums are received monthly on the Policy Anniversary and further
assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.

                                      A-3
<PAGE>

                    FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE

FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000                     AGE: 45
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: A                               ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 1.00%                         $6,000.00
                                                      (Monthly Premium:
                                                      $500.00)

PREMIUM TAX: 2.00%
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
                                ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN AT 12.00% (NET RATE AT
                                                  10.183%)
                              ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   GUARANTEED*                           CURRENT**
                              -------------------------------      --------------------------------
             PREM              CASH              DEATH               CASH              DEATH
 YR        AT 5.0%             VALUE            BENEFIT             VALUE             BENEFIT
 ---       --------           -------           --------           --------           --------
 <S>       <C>                <C>               <C>                <C>                <C>
  1        $  6,161           $ 3,242           $500,000           $  5,189           $500,000
  2          12,630             6,653            500,000             10,818            500,000
  3          19,423            10,203            500,000             16,971            500,000
  4          26,555            13,900            500,000             23,631            500,000
  5          34,045            17,731            500,000             30,861            500,000
  6          41,908            21,691            500,000             38,724            500,000
  7          50,165            25,764            500,000             47,291            500,000
  8          58,834            29,920            500,000             56,579            500,000
  9          67,937            34,132            500,000             66,732            500,000
 10          77,496            38,381            500,000             77,787            500,000
 11          87,532            42,666            500,000             89,792            500,000
 12          98,070            46,966            500,000            102,918            500,000
 13         109,134            51,284            500,000            117,245            500,000
 14         120,752            55,606            500,000            132,867            500,000
 15         132,951            59,890            500,000            149,946            500,000
 16         145,760            64,086            500,000            168,662            500,000
 17         159,209            68,097            500,000            189,178            500,000
 18         173,331            71,799            500,000            211,684            500,000
 19         188,159            75,052            500,000            236,449            500,000
 20         203,728            77,711            500,000            263,739            500,000
 25         294,060            76,917            500,000            451,150            523,334
 30         409,348            19,229            500,000            759,481            812,644
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
   rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
   rates.

  The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value, Cash Surrender
Value and Death Benefit for a Policy would be different from those shown if the
actual rates of return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years,
but also fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No
representation can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the
investment management company, or any representative thereof, that this
hypothetical rate of return can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over
any period of time.

  Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume premiums are received monthly on the Policy Anniversary and further
assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.

                                      A-4
<PAGE>

                    FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE

FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000                   AGE: 45
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: B                             ANNUAL PREMIUM: $12,000.00
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 1.00%                       (Monthly Premium:
                                                    $1,000.00)
PREMIUM TAX: 2.00%

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
                                  ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN AT 0.00% (NET RATE AT -
                                                     1.817%)
                                 ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     GUARANTEED*                              CURRENT**
                                 --------------------------------       ---------------------------------
              PREM                CASH               DEATH               CASH                DEATH
 YR         AT 5.00%             VALUE              BENEFIT              VALUE              BENEFIT
 ---        --------             ------             -------             -------             -------
 <S>        <C>                  <C>                <C>                 <C>                 <C>
  1          12,322               8,797             508,797              10,631             510,631
  2          25,261              17,263             517,263              20,975             520,975
  3          38,846              25,357             525,357              31,072             531,072
  4          53,111              33,073             533,073              40,855             540,855
  5          68,090              40,389             540,389              50,336             550,336
  6          83,817              47,288             547,288              59,521             559,521
  7         100,330              53,743             553,743              68,415             568,415
  8         117,669              59,714             559,714              76,959             576,959
  9         135,875              65,169             565,169              85,223             585,223
 10         154,992              70,081             570,081              93,148             593,148
 11         175,064              74,449             574,449             100,674             600,674
 12         196,140              78,247             578,247             107,875             607,875
 13         218,269              81,480             581,480             114,697             614,697
 14         241,505              84,127             584,127             121,082             621,082
 15         265,903              86,148             586,148             127,038             627,038
 16         291,521              87,493             587,493             132,572             632,572
 17         318,419              88,069             588,069             137,628             637,628
 18         346,663              87,765             587,765             142,149             642,149
 19         376,319              86,473             586,473             146,151             646,151
 20         407,457              84,099             584,099             149,577             649,577
 25         588,120              54,387             554,387             155,226             655,226
 30         818,697                   0                   0             130,568             630,568
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
   rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
   rates.

  The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value, Cash Surrender
Value and Death Benefit for a Policy would be different from those shown if the
actual rates of return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years,
but also fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No
representation can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the
investment management company, or any representative thereof, that this
hypothetical rate of return can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over
any period of time.

  Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume premiums are received monthly on the Policy Anniversary and further
assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.

                                      A-5
<PAGE>

                    FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE

FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000                    AGE: 45
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: B                              ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 1.00%                        $12,000.00
                                                     (Monthly Premium:
                                                     $1,000.00)
PREMIUM TAX: 2.00%

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
                                 ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN AT 6.00% (NET RATE AT
                                                   4.183%)
                              ----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   GUARANTEED*                            CURRENT**
                              --------------------------------      --------------------------------
             PREM               CASH              DEATH               CASH              DEATH
 YR        AT 5.00%            VALUE             BENEFIT             VALUE             BENEFIT
 ---       --------           --------           --------           --------           --------
 <S>       <C>                <C>                <C>                <C>                <C>
  1        $ 12,322           $  9,085           $509,085           $ 10,979           $510,979
  2          25,261             18,373            518,373             22,320            522,320
  3          38,846             27,824            527,824             34,074            534,074
  4          53,111             37,432            537,432             46,186            546,186
  5          68,090             47,174            547,174             58,676            558,676
  6          83,817             57,030            557,030             71,560            571,560
  7         100,330             66,970            566,970             84,856            584,856
  8         117,669             76,946            576,946             98,512            598,512
  9         135,875             86,920            586,920            112,612            612,612
 10         154,992             96,852            596,852            127,106            627,106
 11         175,064            106,731            606,731            141,944            641,944
 12         196,140            116,517            616,517            157,208            657,208
 13         218,269            126,199            626,199            172,855            672,855
 14         241,505            135,745            635,745            188,833            688,833
 15         265,903            145,091            645,091            205,157            705,157
 16         291,521            154,171            654,171            221,840            721,840
 17         318,419            162,862            662,862            238,832            738,832
 18         346,663            171,020            671,020            256,077            756,077
 19         376,319            178,495            678,495            273,594            773,594
 20         407,457            185,142            685,142            291,326            791,326
 25         588,120            202,211            702,211            380,062            880,062
 30         818,697            172,375            672,375            454,843            954,843
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
   rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
   rates.

  The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value, Cash Surrender
Value and Death Benefit for a policy would be different from those shown if the
actual rates of return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years,
but also fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No
representation can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the
investment management company, or any representative thereof, that this
hypothetical rate of return can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over
any period of time.

  Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume premiums are received monthly on the Policy Anniversary and further
assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.

                                      A-6
<PAGE>

                    FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE

FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000                   AGE: 45
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: B                             ANNUAL PREMIUM: $12,000.00
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 1.00%                       (Monthly Premium:
PREMIUM TAX: 2.00%                                  $1,000.00)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                             FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
                             ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN AT 12.00% (NET RATE AT
                                               10.183%)
                           -----------------------------------------------------------------
                                GUARANTEED*                         CURRENT**
                           -----------------------------     -------------------------------
            PREM            CASH             DEATH             CASH              DEATH
 YR       AT 5.00%          VALUE           BENEFIT            VALUE            BENEFIT
 ---      --------         -------         ---------         ---------         ---------
 <S>      <C>              <C>             <C>               <C>               <C>
 1        $12,322          $ 9,367         $ 50,9367         $  11,320         $ 511,320
 2         25,261           19,507           519,507            23,694           523,694
 3         38,846           30,446           530,446            37,264           537,264
 4         53,111           42,254           542,254            52,077           552,077
 5         68,090           54,987           554,987            68,267           568,267
 6         83,817           68,715           568,715            85,974           585,974
 7        100,330           83,502           583,502           105,352           605,352
 8        117,669           99,404           599,404           126,501           626,501
 9        135,875          116,492           616,492           149,673           649,673
 10       154,992          134,849           634,849           175,003           675,003
 11       175,064          154,592           654,592           202,643           702,643
 12       196,140          175,824           675,824           232,896           732,896
 13       218,269          198,690           698,690           265,967           765,967
 14       241,505          223,327           723,327           302,073           802,073
 15       265,903          249,858           749,858           341,523           841,523
 16       291,521          278,413           778,413           384,659           884,659
 17       318,419          309,087           809,087           431,787           931,787
 18       346,663          341,963           841,963           483,245           983,245
 19       376,319          377,134           877,134           539,481         1,039,481
 20       407,457          414,715           914,715           600,913         1,100,913
 25       588,120          645,628         1,145,628         1,002,810         1,502,810
 30       818,697          962,939         1,462,939         1,616,750         2,116,750
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
   rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
   rates.

  The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value, Cash Surrender
Value and Death Benefit for a Policy would be different from those shown if the
actual rates of return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years,
but also fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No
representation can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the
investment management company, or any representative thereof, that this
hypothetical rate of return can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over
any period of time.

  Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume premiums are received monthly on the Policy Anniversary and further
assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.

                                      A-7
<PAGE>

                    FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE

FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000                    AGE: 50
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: A                              ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 2.00%                        $12,000.00
PREMIUM TAX: 2.00%                                   (Monthly Premium:
                                                     $1,000.00)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
                                ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN AT 0.00% (NET RATE AT -
                                                   1.817%)
                              ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   GUARANTEED*                           CURRENT**
                              -------------------------------      --------------------------------
             PREM              CASH              DEATH               CASH              DEATH
 YR        AT 5.00%            VALUE            BENEFIT             VALUE             BENEFIT
 ---       --------           -------           --------           --------           --------
 <S>       <C>                <C>               <C>                <C>                <C>
 1         $ 12,322           $ 7,517           $500,000           $  9,965           $500,000
 2           25,261            14,672            500,000             19,687            500,000
 3           38,846            21,403            500,000             29,081            500,000
 4           53,111            27,683            500,000             38,220            500,000
 5           68,090            33,494            500,000             47,054            500,000
 6           83,817            38,838            500,000             55,534            500,000
 7          100,330            43,695            500,000             63,731            500,000
 8          117,669            48,072            500,000             71,605            500,000
 9          135,875            51,954            500,000             79,112            500,000
 10         154,992            55,303            500,000             86,265            500,000
 11         175,064            58,075            500,000             93,079            500,000
 12         196,140            60,183            500,000             99,513            500,000
 13         218,269            61,524            500,000            105,529            500,000
 14         241,505            61,991            500,000            111,145            500,000
 15         265,903            61,483            500,000            116,326            500,000
 16         291,521            59,934            500,000            121,035            500,000
 17         318,419            57,263            500,000            125,290            500,000
 18         346,663            53,402            500,000            128,864            500,000
 19         376,319            48,255            500,000            131,680            500,000
 20         407,457            41,630            500,000            133,703            500,000
 25         588,120                 0                  0            128,180            500,000
 30         818,697                 0                  0             81,607            500,000
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
   rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
   rates.

  The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value, Cash Surrender
Value and Death Benefit for a Policy would be different from those shown if the
actual rates of return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years,
but also fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No
representation can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the
investment management company, or any representative thereof, that this
hypothetical rate of return can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over
any period of time.

  Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume premiums are received monthly on the Policy Anniversary and further
assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.

                                      A-8
<PAGE>

                    FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE

FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000                    AGE: 50
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: A                              ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 2.00%                        $12,000.00
PREMIUM TAX: 2.00%                                   (Monthly Premium:
                                                     $1,000.00)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
                                 ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN AT 6.00% (NET RATE AT
                                                   4.183%)
                              ----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   GUARANTEED*                            CURRENT**
                              --------------------------------      --------------------------------
             PREM               CASH              DEATH               CASH              DEATH
 YR        AT 5.00%            VALUE             BENEFIT             VALUE             BENEFIT
 ---       --------           --------           --------           --------           --------
 <S>       <C>                <C>                <C>                <C>                <C>
  1        $ 12,322           $  7,763           $500,000           $ 10,292           $500,000
  2         25,261              15,623            500,000             20,951            500,000
  3          38,846             23,516            500,000             31,904            500,000
  4          53,111             31,415            500,000             43,237            500,000
  5          68,090             39,301            500,000             54,911            500,000
  6          83,817             47,176            500,000             66,892            500,000
  7         100,330             55,020            500,000             79,265            500,000
  8         117,669             62,844            500,000             92,007            500,000
  9         135,875             70,636            500,000            105,094            500,000
 10         154,992             78,363            500,000            118,561            500,000
 11         175,064             85,990            500,000            132,444            500,000
 12         196,140             93,440            500,000            146,732            500,000
 13         218,269            100,621            500,000            161,423            500,000
 14         241,505            107,440            500,000            176,568            500,000
 15         265,903            113,811            500,000            192,175            500,000
 16         291,521            119,680            500,000            208,262            500,000
 17         318,419            124,985            500,000            224,897            500,000
 18         346,663            129,676            500,000            241,972            500,000
 19         376,319            133,682            500,000            259,512            500,000
 20         407,457            136,853            500,000            277,586            500,000
 25         588,120            130,299            500,000            378,661            500,000
 30         818,697             39,343            500,000            513,052            538,705
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
   rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
   rates.

  The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value, Cash Surrender
Value and Death Benefit for a Policy would be different from those shown if the
actual rates of return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years,
but also fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No
representation can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the
investment management company, or any representative thereof, that this
hypothetical rate of return can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over
any period of time.

  Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume premiums are received monthly on the Policy Anniversary and further
assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.

                                      A-9
<PAGE>

                    FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE

FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000                    AGE: 50
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: A                              ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 2.00%                        $12,000.00
PREMIUM TAX: 2.00%                                   (Monthly Premium:
                                                     $1,000.00)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                            FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
                            ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN AT 12.00% (NET RATE AT
                                              10.183%)
                        ----------------------------------------------------------------
                              GUARANTEED*                        CURRENT**
                        ------------------------------    ------------------------------
           PREM            CASH            DEATH             CASH            DEATH
 YR      AT 5.00%         VALUE           BENEFIT           VALUE           BENEFIT
 ---     --------       ----------       ----------       ----------       ----------
 <S>     <C>            <C>              <C>              <C>              <C>
  1      $ 12,322       $    8,005       $  500,000       $   10,612       $  500,000
  2        25,261           16,594          500,000           22,242          500,000
  3        38,846           25,763          500,000           34,905          500,000
  4        53,111           35,549          500,000           48,784          500,000
  5        68,090           46,005          500,000           63,954          500,000
  6        83,817           57,216          500,000           80,505          500,000
  7       100,330           69,256          500,000           98,660          500,000
  8       117,669           82,243          500,000          118,556          500,000
  9       135,875           96,289          500,000          140,350          500,000
 10       154,992          111,506          500,000          164,279          500,000
 11       175,064          128,024          500,000          190,607          500,000
 12       196,140          145,963          500,000          219,592          500,000
 13       218,269          165,462          500,000          251,539          500,000
 14       241,505          186,704          500,000          286,844          500,000
 15       265,903          209,929          500,000          325,924          500,000
 16       291,521          235,464          500,000          369,273          500,000
 17       318,419          263,708          500,000          417,490          500,000
 18       346,663          295,154          500,000          470,865          555,621
 19       376,319          330,395          500,000          529,433          619,437
 20       407,457          370,124          500,000          593,685          688,675
 25       588,120          655,031          700,883        1,024,279        1,095,978
 30       818,697        1,117,061        1,172,914        1,718,783        1,804,722
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
   rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
   rates.

  The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value, Cash Surrender
Value and Death Benefit for a Policy would be different from those shown if the
actual rates of return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years,
but also fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No
representation can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the
investment management company, or any representative thereof, that this
hypothetical rate of return can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over
any period of time.

  Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume premiums are received monthly on the Policy Anniversary and further
assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.

                                      A-10
<PAGE>

                    FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE

FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000                   AGE: 50
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: B                             ANNUAL PREMIUM: $26,000.00
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 2.00%                       (Monthly Premium:
                                                    $2,166.67)

PREMIUM TAX: 2.00%
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                              FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
                              ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN AT 0.00% (NET RATE AT -
                                                 1.817%)
                             ---------------------------------------------------------------
                                  GUARANTEED*                        CURRENT**
                             -----------------------------     -----------------------------
             PREM              CASH            DEATH             CASH            DEATH
 YR        AT 5.00%           VALUE           BENEFIT           VALUE           BENEFIT
 ---      ----------         --------         --------         --------         --------
 <S>      <C>                <C>              <C>              <C>              <C>
  1       $   26,698         $ 20,790         $520,790         $ 23,258         $523,258
  2           54,732          40,915~          540,915           45,999          545,999
  3           84,168           60,307          560,307           68,138          568,138
  4          115,075           78,940          578,940           89,750          589,750
  5          147,528           96,791          596,791          110,782          610,782
  6          181,603          113,864          613,864          131,177          631,177
  7          217,382          130,137          630,137          151,013          651,013
  8          254,950          145,618          645,618          170,241          670,241
  9          294,397          160,294          660,294          188,807          688,807
 10          335,816          174,124          674,124          206,722          706,722
 11          379,305          187,066          687,066          224,000          724,000
 12          424,970          199,029          699,029          240,586          740,586
 13          472,917          209,907          709,907          256,429          756,429
 14          523,262          219,596          719,596          271,547          771,547
 15          576,124          228,006          728,006          285,890          785,890
 16          631,629          235,095          735,095          299,406          799,406
 17          689,909          240,815          740,815          312,116          812,116
 18          751,104          245,145          745,145          323,717          823,717
 19          815,358          248,044          748,044          334,104          834,104
 20          882,825          249,385          749,385          343,236          843,236
 25        1,274,261          224,636          724,636          365,813          865,813
 30        1,773,845          126,166          626,166          337,858          837,858
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
   rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
   rates.

  The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value, Cash Surrender
Value and Death Benefit for a Policy would be different from those shown if the
actual rates of return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years,
but also fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No
representation can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the
investment management company, or any representative thereof, that this
hypothetical rate of return can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over
any period of time.

  Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume premiums are received monthly on the Policy Anniversary and further
assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.

                                      A-11
<PAGE>

                    FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE

FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000                   AGE: 50
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: B                             ANNUAL PREMIUM: $26,000.00
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 2.00%                       (Monthly Premium:
                                                    $2,166.67)

PREMIUM TAX: 2.00%
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                             FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
                             ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN AT 6.00% (NET RATE AT
                                               4.183%)
                          --------------------------------------------------------------
                               GUARANTEED*                       CURRENT**
                          ----------------------------    ------------------------------
            PREM            CASH           DEATH             CASH            DEATH
 YR       at 5.00%         VALUE          BENEFIT           VALUE           BENEFIT
 ---     ----------       --------       ----------       ----------       ----------
 <S>     <C>              <C>            <C>              <C>              <C>
  1      $   26,698       $ 21,471       $  521,471       $   24,018       $  524,018
  2          54,732         43,541          543,541           48,944          548,944
  3          84,168         66,157          566,157           74,718          574,718
  4         115,075         89,299          589,299          101,442          601,442
  5         147,528        112,951          612,951          129,089          629,089
  6         181,603        137,125          637,125          157,630          657,630
  7         217,382        161,804          661,804          187,171          687,171
  8         254,950        187,004          687,004          217,692          717,692
  9         294,397        212,716          712,716          249,166          749,166
 10         335,816        238,909          738,909          281,636          781,636
 11         379,305        265,540          765,540          315,141          815,141
 12         424,970        292,519          792,519          349,658          849,658
 13         472,917        319,732          819,732          385,164          885,164
 14         523,262        347,063          847,063          421,706          921,706
 15         576,124        374,400          874,400          459,261          959,261
 16         631,629        401,677          901,677          497,803          997,803
 17         689,909        428,820          928,820          537,382        1,037,382
 18         751,104        455,774          955,774          577,713        1,077,713
 19         815,358        482,466          982,466          618,699        1,118,699
 20         882,825        508,726        1,008,726          660,302        1,160,302
 25       1,274,261        623,064        1,123,064          873,067        1,373,067
 30       1,773,845        676,341        1,176,341        1,078,578        1,578,578
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
   rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
   rates.

  The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value, Cash Surrender
Value and Death Benefit for a Policy would be different from those shown if the
actual rates of return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years,
but also fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No
representation can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the
investment management company, or any representative thereof, that this
hypothetical rate of return can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over
any period of time.

  Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume premiums are received monthly on the Policy Anniversary and further
assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.

                                      A-12
<PAGE>

                    FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE

FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000                    AGE: 50
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: B                              ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 2.00%                        $26,000.00
PREMIUM TAX: 2.00%                                   (Monthly Premium:
                                                     $2,166.67)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                            FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
                        ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN AT 12.00% (NET RATE AT 10.183%)
                        -------------------------------------------------------------
                               GUARANTEED*                      CURRENT**
                        -----------------------------   -----------------------------
           PREM            CASH            DEATH           CASH            DEATH
 YR      AT 5.00%          VALUE          BENEFIT          VALUE          BENEFIT
 ---    -----------     -----------     -----------     -----------     -----------
 <S>    <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>
  1     $    26,698     $    22,139     $   522,139     $    24,766     $   524,766
  2          54,732          46,225         546,225          51,954         551,954
  3          84,168          72,374         572,374          81,709         581,709
  4         115,075         100,753         600,753         114,363         614,363
  5         147,528         131,550         631,550         150,141         650,141
  6         181,603         165,001         665,001         189,292         689,292
  7         217,382         201,337         701,337         232,229         732,229
  8         254,950         240,848         740,848         279,276         779,276
  9         294,397         283,824         783,824         330,782         830,782
 10         335,816         330,564         830,564         387,200         887,200
 11         379,305         381,389         881,389         449,033         949,033
 12         424,970         436,601         936,601         516,763       1,016,763
 13         472,917         496,518         996,518         590,922       1,090,922
 14         523,262         561,488       1,061,488         672,171       1,172,171
 15         576,124         631,907       1,131,907         761,165       1,261,165
 16         631,629         708,265       1,208,265         858,625       1,358,625
 17         689,909         791,092       1,291,092         965,421       1,465,421
 18         751,104         881,001       1,381,001       1,082,167       1,582,167
 19         815,358         978,646       1,478,646       1,209,748       1,709,748
 20         882,825       1,084,656       1,584,656       1,349,201       1,849,201
 25       1,274,261       1,762,743       2,262,743       2,265,671       2,765,671
 30       1,773,845       2,765,854       3,265,854       3,691,520       4,191,520
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
   rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
   rates.

  The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value, Cash Surrender
Value and Death Benefit for a Policy would be different from those shown if the
actual rates of return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years,
but also fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No
representation can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the
investment management company, or any representative thereof, that this
hypothetical rate of return can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over
any period of time.

  Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume premiums are received monthly on the Policy Anniversary and further
assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.

                                      A-13
<PAGE>

           Underlying Funds Through:

           Fidelity Variable Insurance Products Fund
           Fidelity Variable Insurance Products Fund II
           MFS Variable Insurance Trust
           Putnam Variable Trust
           Scudder Variable Life Investment Fund
           T. Rowe Price Equity Series, Inc.
           T. Rowe Price Fixed Income Series, Inc.


            . GROUP AND INDIVIDUAL
              FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE
              INSURANCE POLICIES

              Prospectus dated May 1, 2000
                                                                           50451
                                                                             Com


<PAGE>

                     GROUP AND INDIVIDUAL FLEXIBLE PREMIUM
                        VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE POLICIES
                                   ISSUED BY
                         PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                              100 South Brentwood
                              St. Louis, MO 63105
                                 (314) 862-2211

  This Prospectus describes flexible premium variable life insurance policies
offered by Paragon Life Insurance Company (the "Company," "we," or "us") which
are designed for use in employer-sponsored insurance programs. When a Group
Contract is issued, Certificates showing the rights of the Owners and/or
Insureds will be issued under the Group Contract. Individual Policies will be
issued when a Group Contract is not issued. The terms of the Certificate and
the Individual Policy are very similar and are collectively referred to in this
Prospectus as "Policy" or "Policies."

  The Policies are designed to provide lifetime insurance protection to age 95
and provide flexibility to vary premium payments and change the level of death
benefits payable under the Policies. Flexibility allows an Owner to provide for
changing insurance needs under a single insurance policy. An Owner can allocate
net premiums among several investment portfolios ("Funds") with different
investment objectives.

  The Policy provides for: (1) a value upon surrendering the Policy; (2) loans;
and (3) a death benefit payable on the Insured's death. As long as the Policy
remains in force, the death benefit payable on the Insured's death will not be
less than the Face Amount of the Policy. The Policy will remain in force so
long as there is enough value to pay certain monthly charges.

  The Owner may allocate net premiums to one or more of the Divisions of
Separate Account B (the "Separate Account"). The Policy value will vary to
reflect the investment experience of the Divisions selected by the Owner.
Depending on the death benefit option elected, portions of the death benefit
may also vary. The Owner bears the entire investment risk under the Policies;
there is no minimum guaranteed value.

  Each of the 14 Divisions of the Separate Account will invest in one of the
following corresponding Funds:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                FUND                                 MANAGER
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  <S>                                <C>
  Fidelity Variable Insurance        Fidelity Management & Research Company
  Products Fund or
   Fidelity Variable Insurance
   Products Fund II
   VIP Growth Portfolio
   VIP Equity-Income Portfolio
   VIP II Index 500 Portfolio
   VIP II Contrafund Portfolio
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  MFS Variable Insurance Trust       Massachusetts Financial Services Company
   MFS Emerging Growth Series
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Putnam Variable Trust              Putnam Investment Management, Inc.
   Putnam VT High Yield Fund          ("Putnam Management")
   Putnam VT New Opportunities Fund
   Putnam VT Income Fund
   Putnam VT Voyager Fund
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Scudder Variable Life Investment   Scudder, Kemper Investments
   Fund
   Money Market Portfolio
   International Portfolio
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  T. Rowe Price Equity Series, Inc.  T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc.
  and
   T. Rowe Price Fixed Income
   Series, Inc.
   New America Growth Portfolio
   Personal Strategy Balanced
   Portfolio
   Limited-Term Bond Portfolio
</TABLE>


                  The date of this Prospectus is May 1, 2000.
<PAGE>

  Please read this Prospectus carefully and keep it. A full description of the
Funds is contained in the prospectus for each Fund, which must accompany this
Prospectus.

  It may not be a good decision to purchase a Policy as a replacement for
another type of life insurance or as a means to obtain additional insurance
protection if the purchaser already owns another flexible premium variable life
insurance policy.

  The Securities and Exchange Commission has not approved or disapproved these
securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this Prospectus. Any
representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

                                       2
<PAGE>

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          Page
                                                                          ----
<S>                                                                       <C>
Summary..................................................................   4
The Company The Separate Account, and the Funds..........................  10
  The Company
  The Separate Account
  The Funds
  Addition, Deletion, or Substitution of Investments
Payment and Allocation of Premiums.......................................  15
  Issuance of a Policy
  Premiums
  Allocation of Net Premiums and Cash Value
  Policy Lapse and Reinstatement
Policy Benefits..........................................................  19
  Death Benefit
  Cash Value
Policy Rights and Privileges.............................................  24
  Exercising Rights and Privileges Under the Policies
  Loans
  Surrender and Partial Withdrawals
  Transfers
  Right to Examine Policy
  Conversion Right to a Fixed Benefit Policy
  Eligibility Change Conversion
  Payment of Benefits at Maturity
  Payment of Policy Benefits
Charges and Deductions...................................................  29
  Sales Charges
  Premium Tax Charge
  Monthly Deduction
  Partial Withdrawal Transaction Charge
  Separate Account Charges
General Matters Relating to the Policy...................................  32
Distribution of the Policies.............................................  36
General Provisions of the Group Contract.................................  36
Federal Tax Matters......................................................  37
Safekeeping of the Separate Account's Assets.............................  40
Voting Rights............................................................  40
State Regulation of the Company..........................................  41
Management of the Company................................................  42
Legal Matters............................................................  43
Legal Proceedings........................................................  43
Experts..................................................................  43
Additional Information...................................................  43
Definitions..............................................................  44
Financial Statements..................................................... F-1
Appendix A............................................................... A-1
</TABLE>

                 The Policies are not available in all states.

                                       3
<PAGE>

                             SUMMARY OF THE POLICY

The following summary of Prospectus information should be read with the
detailed information which follows in this Prospectus. Unless we provide
otherwise, the description of the Policies contained in this Prospectus assumes
that a Policy is in effect and that there is no outstanding Indebtedness.

The Policy

The Policies (either an Individual Policy or a Certificate) described in this
Prospectus are designed for use in employer-sponsored insurance programs and
are issued in three situations.

  . First--Policies in the form of Certificates are issued pursuant to Group
    Contracts entered into between the Company and Contractholders (see
    "General Provisions of the Group Contract");

  . Second--Individual Policies can be issued in connection with employer-
    sponsored insurance programs where Group Contracts are not issued; and

  . Third--Individual Policies can be issued in connection with Corporate
    Programs, where Group Contracts are not issued.

The Insured under a Policy is usually an employee of the Contractholder or
sponsoring employer or the employee's spouse. Generally, only an employee is
eligible to be an Insured under an Executive Program Policy. An Executive
Program Policy is issued with a maximum Face Amount in excess of $500,000 under
a Group contract or an employer-sponsored insurance program. If there is
sufficient Cash Surrender Value, Individual Insurance under a Group Contract or
other employer-sponsored insurance program will continue should the Group
Contract or other program cease or the employee's employment end (see "Payment
and Allocation of Premiums--Issuance of a Policy").

On behalf of Owners, the Contractholder will make planned premium payments
under the Group Contract equal to an amount authorized by employees to be
deducted from their wages. In addition, Owners may pay additional premiums. In
Corporate Programs only the Owner will remit planned and additional premiums. A
similar procedure will apply when an Individual Policy is issued in connection
with an employer-sponsored program.

The Policies are "variable" policies because, unlike the fixed benefits under
other types of life insurance contracts, the Cash Value and, under certain
circumstances, the death benefit under a Policy may increase or decrease
depending upon the investment experience of the Funds underlying the Divisions
to which the Owner has allocated net premium payments. So long as a Policy's
Cash Surrender Value continues to be sufficient to pay the monthly deduction,
an Owner is guaranteed a minimum death benefit equal to the Face Amount of his
or her Policy or an accelerated death benefit in a reduced amount determined in
accordance with certain riders available under the Policy. (See "General
Matters Relating to the Policy--Additional Insurance Benefits.")

Right to Examine Policy

The Owner has a limited right to return a Policy for cancellation within 20
days after the delivery of the Policy to the Owner, within 45 days after the
Owner signs the application, or within 10 days after the Company mails a notice
of this cancellation right to the Owner whichever is latest. If a Policy is
cancelled within this time period, a refund will be paid which will equal all
premiums paid under the Policy or any different amount required by state law.
The Owner also has a right to cancel a requested increase in Face Amount. Upon
cancellation of an increase, the Owner may request that the Company refund the
amount of the additional charges deducted in connection with the increase, or
have the amount of the additional charges added to the Cash Value. (See "Policy
Rights and Privileges--Right to Examine Policy.")

                                       4
<PAGE>

The Separate Account

The Owner may allocate the net premiums to one or more Divisions. See "The
Company, The Separate Account and The Funds" for a complete description of the
available Funds. An Owner may change future allocations of net premiums at any
time by notifying the Company directly.

Subject to certain restrictions, an Owner may transfer Cash Values among the
Divisions of the Separate Account. Currently, no charge is assessed for
transfers. The Company reserves the right to modify the transfer privilege.
(See "Policy Rights and Privileges--Transfers.")

Premiums

An Owner has flexibility concerning the amount and frequency of premium
payments. An initial premium equal to one-twelfth ( 1/12) of the planned annual
premium set forth in the specifications page of a Policy is necessary to start
a Policy. The planned annual premium is an amount specified for each Policy
based on the requested initial Face Amount and certain other factors.

  . Under Group Contracts and employer-sponsored programs, the initial
    premium and subsequent planned premiums generally are remitted by the
    Contractholder or sponsoring employer on behalf of the Owner at intervals
    agreed to by the Contractholder or employer.

  . In Corporate Programs, the Owner will pay premiums generally on a
    schedule agreed to by the Company.

However, as discussed below, planned premiums need not be paid so long as there
is sufficient Cash Surrender Value to keep the Policy in force. Subject to
certain limitations, additional premium payments in any amount and at any
frequency may be made directly by the Owner. (See "Payment and Allocation of
Premiums--Issuance of a Policy--Premiums.")

A Policy will lapse (and terminate without value) when the Cash Surrender Value
is not enough to pay the next monthly deduction and a grace period of 62 days
expires without an adequate payment being made by the Owner. (See "Payment and
Allocation of Premiums--Policy Lapse and Reinstatement.")

Death Benefit

Death benefit proceeds are payable to the Beneficiary when the Insured dies or
to the Owner, prior to the Insured's death under circumstances described in
available riders. (See "General Matters Relating to the Policy--Additional
Insurance Benefits.") Two death benefit options are available, as follows:

  . Under the "Level Type" death benefit, the death benefit is the Face
    Amount of the Policy or, if greater, the applicable percentage of Cash
    Value; and

  . Under the "Increasing Type" death benefit, the death benefit is the Face
    Amount of the Policy plus the Cash Value or, if greater, the applicable
    percentage of Cash Value.

So long as a Policy remains in force, the minimum death benefit under either
option will be at least equal to the current Face Amount. (See "Policy
Benefits--Death Benefit.")

The minimum initial Face Amount is generally $25,000 under the Company's
current rules. Executive Program Policies generally have a minimum Face Amount
of $100,000. The maximum Face Amount is generally $500,000. However, we may
establish a higher maximum Face Amount for Executive or Corporate Program
Policies. The Owner may generally change the Face Amount (subject to the
minimum and maximum amounts applicable to his or her Policy) and the death
benefit option, but in certain cases evidence of insurability may be required.
(See "Policy Benefits--Death Benefit.")

                                       5
<PAGE>

Riders

Additional insurance benefits offered under the Policy by rider may include a
children's insurance rider, an acceleration of death benefits rider, an
accelerated death benefit settlement option rider, an accidental death benefit
rider, and a waiver of monthly deductions rider. Some Group Contracts and
employer-sponsored insurance programs may not provide each of the additional
benefits described above. Generally, Executive Program Policies only have the
acceleration of death benefits rider. Generally, Corporate Programs have none
of the additional benefits described above. (See "General Matters Relating to
the Policy--Additional Insurance Benefits.") We will deduct the cost of these
additional insurance benefits from Cash Value as part of the monthly deduction.
(See "Charges and Deductions--Monthly Deduction.")

Cash Value

The Policies provide for a Cash Value equal to the total of the Policy's Cash
Value in the Separate Account and the Loan Account (securing Policy Loans). A
Policy's Cash Value will reflect premium payments, the investment performance
of any selected Divisions of the Separate Account, transfers, any Policy Loans,
Loan Account interest rate credited, any partial withdrawals, and the charges
imposed in connection with the Policy. (See "Policy Benefits--Cash Value.")
There is no minimum guaranteed Cash Value.

Charges and Deductions

Sales Charges. We deduct a front-end sales charge of 1% of premiums from each
premium paid ("premium expense charge"). We deduct an additional charge on
Policies that are deemed to be individual Policies under the Omnibus Budget
Reconciliation Act of 1990 ("OBRA"). The additional charge, which is for
federal income taxes measured by premiums, is equal to 1% of each premium
payment, and compensates the Company for a significantly higher corporate
income tax liability resulting from changes made to the Internal Revenue Code
by OBRA.

Premium Tax Charge. We deduct a charge of 2% to cover state premium taxes from
premiums paid. (See "Charges and Deductions--Premium Tax Charge.")

Monthly Deduction. We make a monthly deduction from the Policy's Cash Value in
the Separate Account. The monthly deduction includes the following:

  . Administrative Charge. We deduct an administrative charge (see the
    specification pages of the Policy) based on (1) the number of Insureds
    covered under a Group Contract or other employer-sponsored insurance
    program, and (2) the amount of administrative services provided by the
    Company. The charge will not exceed $6.00 per month during the first
    Policy Year and $3.50 per month during renewal years.

  . Cost of Insurance Charge. We deduct a cost of insurance charge calculated
    on each Monthly Anniversary. We determine monthly cost of insurance rates
    based upon expectations as to future mortality experience. For a
    discussion of the factors affecting the rate class of the Insured, See
    "Charges and Deductions--Monthly Deduction--Cost of Insurance."

  . A charge for any additional insurance benefits provided by a rider.

Separate Account Charges.

  . Mortality and Expense Risk Charge. We deduct a daily charge not to exceed
    .0024547% (an annual rate of .90%) of the net assets of each Division for
    the Company's assumption of certain mortality and expense risks incurred
    in connection with the Policies, see "Charges and Deductions--Separate
    Account Charges."

  . Federal Taxes. No charges are currently made for federal or state income
    taxes. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")

                                       6
<PAGE>

  . Annual Expenses of the Funds. The value of the assets of the Divisions
    will reflect the management fee and other expenses incurred by the Funds.
    The following table describes the Fund fees and expenses as a percentage
    of net assets (after fee waiver and reimbursement as applicable) for the
    year ended December 31, 1999. The prospectus for each Fund contains more
    detail concerning a Fund's fees and expenses. (See "The Company, The
    Separate Account, and The Funds.")

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            Management Fees  Other Expenses
                                              (after fee         (after       Total
                                               waiver as    reimbursement as  Annual
                      Fund                    applicable)     applicable)    Expenses
      <S>                                   <C>             <C>              <C>
      Fidelity Variable Insurance Products
       Fund
       VIP Growth Portfolio(/1/)                 .58%               .08%       .66%
       VIP Equity-Income Portfolio(/1/)          .48%               .09%       .57%
      Fidelity Variable Insurance Products
       Fund II
       VIP II Index 500 Portfolio(/2/)           .24%               .04%       .28%
       VIP II Contrafund Portfolio(/1/)          .58%               .09%       .67%
      MFS Variable Insurance Trust
       Emerging Growth Series(/3/)               .75%               .09%       .84%
      Putnam Variable Trust
       Putnam VT High Yield Fund                 .65%               .07%       .72%
       Putnam VT New Opportunities Fund          .54%               .05%       .59%
       Putnam VT Income Fund                     .60%               .07%       .67%
       Putnam VT Voyager Fund                    .53%               .04%       .57%
      Scudder Variable Life Investment
       Fund
       Money Market Portfolio                    .37%               .06%       .43%
       International Portfolio                   .85%               .18%      1.03%
      T. Rowe Price Equity Series, Inc.
       New America Growth Portfolio              .85%             (/4/)        .85%
       Personal Strategy Balanced
        Portfolio                                .90%             (/4/)        .90%
      T. Rowe Price Income Series, Inc.
       Limited-Term Bond Portfolio               .70%             (/4/)        .70%

  (/1/) A portion of the brokerage commissions that certain Funds pay was
  used to reduce Fund expenses. In addition, through arrangements with
  certain Funds, or FMR on behalf of certain funds, custodian credits
  realized as a result of uninvested cash balances were used to reduce a
  portion of each applicable Funds' expenses. Including these reductions, the
  Funds' management fee, other expenses and total annual expenses were as
  follows:

      VIP Growth Portfolio                       .58%            .07%         .65%
      VIP Equity-Income Portfolio                .48%            .08%         .56%
      VIP II Contrafund Portfolio                .58%            .07%         .65%
</TABLE>

                                       7
<PAGE>

  (/2/) FMR agreed to reimburse a portion of the Index 500 Portfolio expenses
  during the period. Without this reimbursement, the Portfolio's management
  fee, other expenses and total annual expenses would have been:

<TABLE>
      <S>                         <C>  <C>  <C>
      VIP II Index 500 Portfolio  .24% .11% .35%
</TABLE>


  (/3/) Each series has an expense offset arrangement which reduces the
  series' custodian fee based upon the amount of cash maintained by the
  series with its custodian and dividend disbursing agent. Each series may
  enter into other such arrangements and directed brokerage arrangements,
  which would also have the effect of reducing the series' expenses. "Other
  Expenses" do not take into account these expense reductions. Had these
  reductions been taken into account, Total Annual Expenses would have been
  0.83% for the Emerging Growth Series.

  (/4/) T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. does not provide separate Management
  Fees and Other Expenses Fees, rather management fees include operating
  expenses.

The expense information regarding the Funds was provided by those Funds. We
have not independently verified this information. We cannot guarantee that the
reimbursements provided by certain Funds will continue.

Partial Withdrawal Transaction Charge. We deduct a transaction charge equal to
the lesser of $25 or 2% of the amount withdrawn on each partial withdrawal of
amounts from the Separate Account. Currently, there are no transaction charges
imposed for transfers of amounts between Divisions. In addition, transfers and
withdrawals are subject to restrictions relative to amount and frequency. (See
"Payment and Allocation of Premiums--Allocation of Net Premiums and Cash
Value," "Policy Rights and Privileges--Surrender and Partial Withdrawals--
Transfers," and "Charges and Deductions--Partial Withdrawal Transaction
Charge.")

Policy Loans

After the first Policy Anniversary an Owner may borrow against the Cash Value
of a Policy. All outstanding Indebtedness will be deducted from proceeds
payable at the Insured's death, upon maturity, or upon surrender. We transfer a
portion of the Policy's Cash Value in each Division of the Separate Account to
which the loan is allocated to the Loan Account as security for the loan.
Therefore, a Policy Loan may have a permanent impact on the Policy's Cash Value
even if it is repaid. A Policy Loan may be repaid in whole or in part at any
time while the Policy is in force. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--Loans.")
Loans taken from, or secured by, a Policy may in certain circumstances be
treated as taxable distributions from the Policy. Moreover, with certain
exceptions, a 10% additional income tax would be imposed on the portion of any
loan that is included in income. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")

Surrender and Partial Withdrawals

At any time that a Policy is in effect, an Owner may elect to surrender the
Policy and receive its Cash Surrender Value. An Owner may also request a
partial withdrawal of the Cash Value of the Policy. A partial withdrawal may
reduce the Face Amount and the death benefit payable under the Policy. (See
"Policy Rights and Privileges--Surrender and Partial Withdrawals.") Surrenders
and partial withdrawals may have federal income tax consequences. (See "Federal
Tax Matters.")

Conversion Right

During the first 24 Policy Months following a Policy's Issue Date, the Owner
may convert the Policy to a life insurance policy that provides for benefits
that do not vary with the investment return of the Divisions. The Owner also
has a similar right with respect to increases in the Face Amount. (See "Policy
Rights and Privileges--Conversion Right to a Fixed Benefit Policy.")

                                       8
<PAGE>

Eligibility Change Conversion

In the event that the Insured is no longer eligible for coverage under the
Group Contract, either because the Group Contract has terminated or because the
employee is no longer employed by the Contractholder, the Individual Insurance
provided by the Policy issued in connection with the Group Contract will
continue unless the Policy is cancelled or surrendered by the Owner or there is
insufficient Cash Surrender Value to prevent the Policy from lapsing.

If a Certificate was issued in connection with the Group Contract, the
Certificate will be amended automatically to continue in force as an Individual
Policy. The new Individual Policy will provide benefits which are identical to
those provided under the Certificate. If an Individual Policy was issued in
connection with a Group Contract, the Individual Policy will continue in force
following the termination of the Group Contract. (See "Policy Rights and
Privileges--Eligibility Change Conversion.")

Illustrations

Illustrations in Appendix A show how death benefits and Cash Values may vary
based on certain hypothetical rate of return assumptions as well as assumptions
pertaining to the level of the charges. These rates are not guaranteed. They
are illustrative only and do not show past or future performance. If a Policy
is surrendered in the early Policy Years, the Cash Value payable will be low
compared to premiums accumulated with interest, and consequently the insurance
protection provided prior to surrender will be costly.

Policy Tax Compliance

We intend for the Policy to satisfy the definition of a life insurance contract
under Section 7702 of the Internal Revenue Code (the "Code"). Assuming that a
Policy qualifies as a life insurance contract under the Code, a Policy Owner
should not be taxed for receiving value from the Policy, until there is a
distribution from the Policy. Also, death benefits payable under a Policy
should be excludable from the gross income of the Beneficiary.

A Policy may be treated as a "modified endowment contract." If the Policy is a
modified endowment contract, it will affect the tax advantages offered under
the Policy. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")

Specialized Uses of the Policy

Because the Policy provides for an accumulation of Cash Value as well as a
death benefit, the Policy can be used for various individual and business
financial planning purposes. Purchasing the Policy in part for such purposes
entails certain risks. For example, if the investment performance of Divisions
to which Cash Value is allocated is poorer than expected or if sufficient
premiums are not paid, the Policy may lapse or may not accumulate sufficient
Cash Value to fund the purpose for which the Policy was purchased. Partial
withdrawals and Policy Loans may significantly affect current and future Cash
Value, Cash Surrender Value, or death benefit proceeds. Depending upon Division
investment performance and the amount of a Policy Loan, the loan may cause a
Policy to lapse. Because the Policy is designed to provide benefits on a long-
term basis, before purchasing a Policy for a specialized purpose a purchaser
should consider whether the long-term nature of the Policy is consistent with
the purpose for which it is being considered. Using a Policy for a specialized
purpose may have tax consequences. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")

Questions

If you have any questions, you may write or call the Company at 100 South
Brentwood, St. Louis, MO 63105, (314) 862-2211.

                                       9
<PAGE>

                THE COMPANY, THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT, AND THE FUNDS

The Company

Paragon Life Insurance Company is a stock life insurance company incorporated
under the laws of Missouri. We were organized in 1981 as General American
Insurance Company and on December 31, 1987, our name was changed. No change in
operations or ownership took place in connection with the name change. Our main
business is writing individual and group life insurance policies and annuity
contracts. As of December 31, 1999, it had assets of $400 million. We are
admitted to do business in 49 states and the District of Columbia. Our
principal offices are at 100 South Brentwood, St. Louis, Missouri 63105 ("Home
Office"). Our Internal Revenue Service Employer Identification Number is 43-
1235869.

We are a wholly-owned subsidiary of General American Life Insurance Company
(the "Parent Company"), a Missouri life insurance company. The Parent Company
is wholly owned by GenAmerica Corporation, a Missouri general business
corporation, which is wholly owned by Metropolitan Life Insurance Company, a
New York insurance company.

Guarantee. The Parent Company agrees to guarantee that we will have sufficient
funds to meet all of our contractual obligations. In the event a Policyholder
presents a legitimate claim for payment on a Paragon insurance Policy, the
Parent Company will pay such claim directly to the Policyholder if Paragon is
unable to make such payment. This guarantee, which does not have a
predetermined termination date, can be modified or ended only as to policies
not yet issued. The guarantee agreement is binding on the Parent Company, its
successor or assignee and shall end only if the guarantee is assigned to an
organization having a financial rating from Standard & Poor's equal to or
better than the Parent Company's rating. The Parent Company does not intend
that this guarantee cover the investment experience or Cash Values of the
Policy.

Ratings. We may from time to time publish in advertisements, sales literature,
and reports to Owners or Contractholders, the ratings and other information
assigned to us by one or more independent rating organizations such as A. M.
Best Company, Standard & Poor's, and Duff & Phelps. The purpose of the ratings
is to reflect our financial strength and/or claims paying ability and should
not be considered as bearing on the investment performance of assets held in
the Separate Account. Each year the A. M. Best Company reviews the financial
status of thousands of insurers, culminating in the assignment of Best's
ratings. These ratings reflect Best's current opinion of the relative financial
strength and operating performance of an insurance company in comparison to the
norms of the life/health insurance industry. In addition, the claims paying
ability of the Company as measured by Standard & Poor's Insurance Ratings
Services or Duff & Phelps may be referred to in advertisements or sales
literature or in reports to Owners or Contractholders. These ratings are
opinions of an operating insurance company's financial capacity to meet the
obligations of its insurance policies in accordance with their terms. These
ratings do not reflect the investment performance of the Separate Account or
the degree of risk associated with an investment in the Separate Account.

Advertisements. We also may include in advertisements and other literature
certain rankings assigned to us by the National Association of Insurance
Commissioners ("NAIC"), and our analyses of statistical information produced by
the NAIC. These rankings and analyses of statistical information may describe,
among other things, our growth, premium income, investment income, capital
gains and losses, policy reserves, policy claims, and life insurance in force.
Our use of such rankings and statistical information is not an endorsement by
the NAIC.

Advertisements and literature prepared by the Company also may include
discussions of taxable and tax-deferred investment programs (including
comparisons based on selected tax brackets), alternative investment vehicles,
and general economic conditions.

                                       10
<PAGE>

The Separate Account

We established Separate Account B (the "Separate Account") as a separate
investment account on January 4, 1993 under Missouri law. The Separate Account
receives and invests the net premiums paid under the Policies. In addition, the
Separate Account receives and invests net premiums for other flexible premium
variable life insurance policies issued by us.

The Separate Account is divided into Divisions. Each Division will invest in
Funds as shown on the cover page of this Prospectus. Income and both realized
and unrealized gains or losses from the assets of each Division of the Separate
Account are credited to or charged against that Division without regard to
income, gains, or losses from any other Division of the Separate Account or
arising out of any other business the Company may conduct.

Although the assets of the Separate Account are the property of the Company,
the assets in the Separate Account equal to the reserves and other liabilities
of the Separate Account are not chargeable with liabilities arising out of any
other business which we may conduct. The assets of the Separate Account are
available to cover the general liabilities of the Company only to the extent
that the Separate Account's assets exceed its Policy liabilities. From time to
time, these excess assets may be transferred from the Separate Account and
included in the Company's general assets. Before making any such transfers, we
will consider any possible adverse impact the transfer may have on the Separate
Account.

The Separate Account has been registered with the Securities and Exchange
Commission ("SEC" or "Commission") as a unit investment trust under the
Investment Company Act of 1940 (the "1940 Act") and meets the definition of a
"separate account" under federal securities laws. Registration with the SEC
does not involve supervision of the management or investment practices or
policies of the Separate Account or the Company by the Commission.

The Funds

The Separate Account invests in shares of the Funds. The Funds are series-type
mutual funds registered with the SEC as open-end, investment management
companies. The assets of each Fund used by the Policies are held separate from
the assets of the other Funds, and each Fund has investment objectives and
policies which are generally different from those of the other Funds. The
income or losses of one Fund generally have no effect on the investment
performance of any other Fund.

The investment objectives and policies of certain Funds are similar to the
investment objectives and policies of other portfolios that may be managed by
the same investment adviser or manager. The investment results of the Funds may
differ from the results of these other portfolios. There can be no guarantee,
and no representation is made, that the investment results of any of the Funds
will be comparable to the investment results of any other portfolio, even if
the other portfolio has the same investment adviser or manager.

The following summarizes the investment policies of each Fund under the
corresponding investment management company:

Fidelity Variable Insurance Products Fund

Variable Insurance Products Fund ("VIP") is an open-end diversified management
investment company. Only the Funds described in this section of the Prospectus
are currently available as investment choices of the Policies even though
additional Funds may be described in the prospectus for VIP. Fidelity
Management & Research Company ("FMR") of Boston, Massachusetts is the manager
of the Funds.

  . VIP Growth Portfolio

   Investment objective: seeks capital appreciation.

                                       11
<PAGE>

  . VIP Equity-Income Portfolio

   Investment objective: seeks reasonable income. The Portfolio will also
   consider the potential for capital appreciation. The fund seeks a yield
   which exceeds the composite yield on the securities comprising the S&P
   500.

Fidelity Variable Insurance Products Fund II

Variable Insurance Products II Fund ("VIP II") is an open-end diversified
management investment company. Only the Funds described in this section of the
Prospectus are currently available as investment choices of the Policies even
though additional Funds may be described in the prospectus for VIP II. FMR is
the manager of the Funds.

  . VIP II Index 500 Portfolio

   Investment objective: seeks investment results that correspond to the
   total return of common stocks publicly traded in the United States, as
   represented by the S&P 500.

  . VIP II Contrafund Portfolio

   Investment objective: seeks long-term capital appreciation.

MFS Variable Insurance Trust

MFS Variable Insurance Trust ("MFS Trust") is an open-end diversified
management investment company. Only the Funds described in this section of the
Prospectus are currently available as investment choices of the Policies even
though additional Funds may be described in the prospectus for MFS Trust.
Massachusetts Financial Services Company ("MFS") provides investment advisory
services to MFS Trust for fees in accordance with the terms of the current
prospectus for the Fund.

  . Emerging Growth Series

   Investment objective: seeks long-term growth of capital. The series may
   invest up to 25% of its net assets in foreign securities, including
   emerging market securities.

Putnam Variable Trust

Putnam Variable Trust is an open-end management investment company and each of
the funds of Putnam Variable Trust described in this section of the prospectus
is a diversified investment company. Only the Funds described in this section
of the Prospectus are currently available as investment choices of the Policies
even though additional Funds may be described in the prospectus for Putnam
Variable Trust. Putnam Management provides investment advisory services to
Putnam Variable Trust for fees in accordance with the terms described in the
current Fund prospectus.

  . Putnam VT High Yield Fund

   Seeks high current income. Capital growth is a secondary goal when
   consistent with achieving high current income. The Fund invests in
   higher-yielding, lower-rated securities commonly referred to as "junk
   bonds." See the special considerations for and risks associated with
   investments in these securities described in the Fund prospectus.

  . Putnam VT New Opportunities Fund

   Seeks long-term capital appreciation.

  . Putnam VT Income Fund

   Seeks high current income consistent with capital preservation.

  . Putnam VT Voyager Fund

   Seeks capital appreciation.

Scudder Variable Life Investment Fund

Scudder Variable Life Investment Fund ("Scudder VLI") is a series-type mutual
fund registered with the SEC as an open-end, diversified management investment
company. Only the Money Market Portfolio and the Class A Shares of the
International Portfolio described herein are currently available as investment
choices of the

                                       12
<PAGE>

Policies even though other classes and other Funds may be described in the
Prospectus for Scudder VLI. Scudder Kemper Investments ("Scudder") provides
investment advisory services to Scudder VLI whose terms and fees are set forth
in the Scudder VLI prospectus.

  . Money Market Portfolio

   The Money Market Portfolio seeks to maintain the stability of capital
   and, consistent therewith, to maintain the liquidity of capital and to
   provide current income. The Portfolio seeks to maintain a net asset value
   of $1.00 per share although there can be no assurance that this will be
   achieved. Unless otherwise indicated, the Portfolio's investment
   objective and policies may be changed without a vote of shareholders.

  . International Portfolio

   The International Portfolio seeks long-term growth of capital primarily
   through diversified holdings of marketable foreign equity investments.
   Unless otherwise indicated, the Portfolio's investment objective and
   policies may be changed without a vote of shareholders.

T. Rowe Price Equity Series, Inc.

T. Rowe Price Equity Series, Inc. (referred to as "TRP") is an open-end
management investment company. Only the Funds described in this section of the
prospectus are currently available as investment choices of the Policies even
though additional Funds may be described in the prospectus for TRP. T. Rowe
Price Associates, Inc. provides investment advisory services to TRP for fees in
accordance with the terms described in the current Fund prospectus.

  . New America Growth Portfolio

   The Fund seeks to achieve long-term growth of capital by investing
   primarily in the common stocks of companies operating in sectors T. Rowe
   Price believes will be the fastest growing in the United States. Fast-
   growing companies can be found across an array of industries in today's
   "new America". The choice of industry sectors would reflect such factors
   as the overall revenue growth of the component companies and the sector's
   contribution to GDP from year to year.

  . Personal Strategy Balanced Portfolio

   The Fund objective is to seek the highest total return over time
   consistent with an emphasis on both capital appreciation and income. The
   Fund pursues its objective by investing in a diversified portfolio
   typically consisting of approximately 60% stocks, 30% bonds, and 10%
   money market securities.

T. Rowe Price Income Series, Inc.

T. Rowe Price Fixed Income Series, Inc. (referred to as "TRP") is an open-end
management investment company. Only the Funds described in this section of the
prospectus are currently available as investment choices of the Policies even
though additional Funds may be described in the prospectus for TRP. T. Rowe
Price Associates, Inc. provides investment advisory services to TRP for fees in
accordance with the terms described in the current Fund prospectus.

  . Limited-Term Bond Portfolio

   The Fund seeks a high level of income consistent with moderate
   fluctuations in principal value.
   The Fund invests primarily in short-term and intermediate-term bonds.
   There are no maturity limitations on individual securities purchased, but
   the Fund's dollar-weighted average effective maturity will not exceed
   five years.

There is no assurance that any of the Funds will achieve its stated objective.
More detailed information, including a description of risks, is in the
prospectus for the Funds, which must accompany or precede this Prospectus and
which should be read carefully. Please also refer to the "Annual Expenses of
the Funds" information of this Prospectus for a list of the Funds' annual
expenses.

                                       13
<PAGE>

Agreements. We have has entered into or may enter into arrangements with
certain Funds pursuant to which we receive a fee based upon an annual
percentage of the average net asset amount invested by us on behalf of the
Separate Account and other separate accounts of the Company. These arrangements
vary among the Funds and are entered into because of administrative services
provided by the Company.

Resolving Material Conflicts. All of the Funds are also available to registered
separate accounts of other insurance companies offering variable annuity and
variable life insurance products. As a result, there is a possibility that a
material conflict may arise between the interests of Owners of Policies and of
Owners of Policies whose Cash Values are allocated to other separate accounts
investing in the Funds. In the event a material conflict arises, the Company
will take any necessary steps, including removing the assets of the Separate
Account from one or more of the Funds, to resolve the matter.

Addition, Deletion, or Substitution of Investments. We reserve the right,
subject to compliance with applicable law, to make additions to, deletions
from, or substitutions for the shares of the Funds that are held by the
Separate Account or that the Separate Account may purchase. We reserve the
right to (1) eliminate the shares of any of the Funds and (2) substitute shares
of another fund if the shares of a Fund are no longer available for investment,
or further investment in any Fund becomes inappropriate in view of the purposes
of the Separate Account. We will not substitute any shares without notice to
the Owner and prior approval of the SEC, to the extent required by the 1940 Act
or other applicable law, as required

We also reserve the right to establish additional Divisions of the Separate
Account. We will establish new Divisions when marketing needs or investment
confitions warrant. Any new Division will be made available to existing Owners
on a basis to be determined by the Company. To the extent approved by the SEC,
we may also:

  .Eliminate or combine one or more Divisions;

  .Substitute one Division for another Division; or

  .Transfer assets between Divisions if marketing, tax, or investment
   conditions warrant.

We may make changes in the Policy by appropriate endorsement in the event of a
substitution or change. We will notify all Owners of any such changes.

If we deem it to be in the best interests of persons having voting rights under
the Policy, and to the extent any necessary SEC approvals or Owner votes are
obtained, the Separate Account may be:

  (a) operated as a management company under the 1940 Act;

  (b) deregistered under that Act in the event such registration is no longer
      required; or

  (c) combined with other separate accounts of the Company.

To the extent permitted by applicable law, we may transfer the assets of the
Separate Account associated with the Policy to another separate account.

We cannot guarantee that the shares of the Funds will always be available. The
Funds each sell shares to the Separate Account in accordance with the terms of
a participation agreement between the Fund distributors and us. Should this
agreement terminate or should shares become unavailable for any other reason,
the Separate Account will not be able to purchase the existing Fund shares.
Should this occur, we will be unable to honor Owner requests to allocate Cash
Values or premium payments to the Divisions of the Separate Account investing
in such shares. In the event that a Fund is no longer available, we will take
reasonable steps to obtain alternative investment options.

                                       14
<PAGE>

                       PAYMENT AND ALLOCATION OF PREMIUMS

Issuance of a Policy

We will generally issue a Group Contract to employers whose employees and/or
their spouses may become Owners (and/or Insureds) under the Group Contract so
long as the employee is within the class of employees eligible to be included
in the Group Contract. The class(es) of employees covered by a particular Group
Contract are set forth in that Group Contract's specifications pages.

The Group Contract will be issued upon receipt of an application for a Group
Contract signed by an appropriate officer of the employer and acceptance by us
at our Home Office. (See "General Provisions of the Group Contract--Issuance.")
Individuals (i.e., eligible employees and/or their spouses) wishing to purchase
a Policy, whether under a Group Contract or an employer-sponsored insurance
program, must complete the appropriate application for Individual Insurance and
submit it to our authorized representative or us at our Home Office. We will
issue to each Contractholder either a Certificate or an Individual Policy to
give to each Owner.

Individual Policies, rather than Certificates, will be issued

  (1) to independent contractors of the employer;

  (2) to persons who wish to continue coverage after a Group Contract has
      terminated;

  (3) to persons who wish to continue coverage after they no longer are
      employed by the Group Contractholder;

  (4) if state law restrictions make issuance of a Group Contract
      impracticable; or

  (5) if the employer chooses to use an employer-sponsored insurance program
      that does not involve a Group Contract.

Corporate Programs. Corporate Programs will generally involve Individual
Policies. We will issue Policies on the lives of eligible Insureds, (generally
employees of a sponsoring employer), and the Owner will usually be the
sponsoring employer or its designee.

Issue Ages. A Policy generally will be issued only to Insureds of Issue Ages 17
through 70 who supply satisfactory evidence of insurability. We may issue
Policies to individuals falling outside the Issue Ages or decline to issue
Policies to individuals within the Issue Ages.

Employee Eligibility. In order for an employee to be eligible to purchase a
Policy, the employee must be actively at work at the time the application for
Individual Insurance is signed. In addition, the Contractholder may determine
specific classes to which the employee must belong to be eligible to purchase a
Policy. "Actively at work" means that the employee must work for the
Contractholder or sponsoring employer at the employee's usual place of work (or
such other places as required by the Contractholder or sponsoring employer) in
the course of such work for the full number of hours and the full rate of pay,
as set by the
employment practices of the employer. Ordinarily the time worked per week must
not be less than 30 hours. However, we reserve the right to waive or modify the
"actively at work" requirement at our discretion.

In addition, the Contractholder may require that an employee must be employed
by the employer as of a certain date or for a certain period of time. We will
set forth this date or time period in the Group Contract specifications pages.
Employees of any Associated Companies of the Contractholder will be considered
employees of the Contractholder. We may also allow an individual who is an
independent contractor working primarily for the sponsoring employer to be
considered an eligible employee. An independent contractor may receive an
Individual Policy rather than a Certificate depending upon state law applicable
to the contracts. An employee may include a partner in a partnership if the
employer is a partnership.

Guaranteed Issue. Other than in Executive Programs or Corporate Programs, we
will issue the Policy and any children's insurance rider applied for by the
employee pursuant to our guaranteed issue procedure. We offer the

                                       15
<PAGE>

guaranteed issue procedure only when an employee is given the opportunity to
purchase a Policy for the first time. Under this procedure the employee is
required to answer qualifying questions in the application for Individual
Insurance, but is not required to submit to a medical or paramedical
examination. The maximum Face Amount that an employee can generally apply for
under the guaranteed issue procedure ("Guaranteed Issue Amount") is three times
the employee's salary up to a ceiling that is based on the number of eligible
employees under a Group Contract or other employer-sponsored insurance program.
We may offer guaranteed issue with Executive Programs or Corporate Programs
depending upon the number of eligible employees or if other existing insurance
coverage is cancelled.

Simplified Underwriting. The employee must submit to a simplified underwriting
procedure requiring the employee to respond satisfactorily to certain health
questions in the application:

  . where the Face Amount exceeds the guaranteed issue limits;

  . where the Policy has been offered previously to the employee;

  . where the guaranteed issue requirements set forth in the application for
    Individual Insurance are not met; or

  . in connection with certain programs that may be offered without
    guaranteed issue

A blood test may be required. This requirement is generally applicable only to
Executive Programs or Corporate Programs.

Simplified underwriting must be followed in connection with the issuance of any
children's rider, if the employee is not eligible for guaranteed issue
underwriting, or, (even when the employee is eligible,) if the child does not
satisfy the guaranteed issue requirements set forth in the application for
Individual Insurance.

Acceptance of an application is always subject to our underwriting rules, and
we reserve the right to reject an application for any reason.

Employee's Spouse. If a Policy is to be issued to a spouse, the appropriate
application for Individual Insurance must be supplied. We will subject the
spouse to the simplified underwriting procedure described above. Guaranteed
issue is not available. We generally do not offer spouse coverage under
Executive Program Policies or Corporate Program Policies.

Issue Date. The Issue Date is the effective date for all coverage provided in
the original application for Individual Insurance. The Issue Date is used to
determine Policy Anniversaries, Policy Years, and Policy Months. A Policy will
not take effect until:

  . the appropriate application for Individual Insurance is signed;

  . the initial premium has been paid prior to the Insured's death;

  . the Insured is eligible for it; and

  . the information in the application is determined to be acceptable to the
    Company.

Interim Insurance. Interim Insurance in the amount of insurance applied for may
be available prior to the issuance of a Policy which is being underwritten on a
guaranteed issue basis up to the Guaranteed Issue Amount. If available, interim
insurance will start as of the date of the application. Interim insurance ends
on the earliest of the following dates:

  . the date insurance begins on the Policy applied for;

  . the date a Policy other than the Policy applied for is offered to the
    applicant;

  . the date the Company notifies the applicant that the application for any
    proposed Insured is declined;

  . 60 days from the date of application; or

  . termination of employment with the Contractholder or sponsoring employer.

                                       16
<PAGE>

Premiums

The initial premium is due on the Issue Date, and usually will be paid by the
Contractholder or employer on behalf of the Owner. The Company requires that
the initial premium for a Policy be at least equal to one-twelfth ( 1/12) of
the planned annual premium for the Policy set forth in the specifications
pages. The planned annual premium is an amount specified for each Policy based
on the requested initial Face Amount, the Issue Age of the Insured and the
charges under the Policy. (See "Charges and Deductions.") The Owner is not
required to pay premiums equal to the planned annual premium.

We will apply premiums paid by a Contractholder or sponsoring employer or
designated payor to a Policy as of the Valuation Date we receive the premiums.
Premiums will be "received" on a Valuation Date when we receive supporting
documentation necessary for us to determine the amount of premium per Policy
and the cash premium.

Planned Premium Payments. After the initial premium, and subject to the
limitations described below, premiums may be paid in any amount and at any
interval. Under Group Contracts and Individual Policies issued in connection
with other employer-sponsored insurance programs, the planned annual premium
usually will be paid by the Contractholder or sponsoring employer on behalf of
the Owner pursuant to a planned premium payment schedule. A planned premium
payment schedule provides for premium payments in a level amount at fixed
intervals (usually monthly) agreed to by the Contractholder or employer and us.

The amount of the premiums paid by the sponsoring employer or Contractholder
will be equal to the amount authorized by the employee. The Owner may skip
planned premium payments. Failure to pay one or more planned premium payments
will not always cause the Policy to lapse. The Policy will lapse if the Cash
Surrender Value is insufficient to cover the next Monthly Deduction. (See
"Payment and Allocation of Premiums--Policy Lapse and Reinstatement.")

Unscheduled Premiums. In addition to any planned payments made, an Owner may
make unscheduled premium payments at any time and in any amount, subject to the
minimum and maximum premium limitations described below. The payment of an
unscheduled premium payment may have Federal income tax consequences. (See
"Federal Tax Matters.") As mentioned above, an Owner may also skip planned
premium payments. Therefore, unlike conventional insurance policies, a Policy
does not obligate the Owner to pay premiums in accordance with a rigid and
inflexible premium schedule.

Continuance of Insurance. Failure of the Contractholder to pay the planned
premium payments authorized by its employees may cause the Group Contract to
terminate. (See "General Provisions of the Group Contract--Termination.")
Provided that there is sufficient Cash Surrender Value to prevent the Policy
from lapsing, the Individual Insurance provided will automatically continue in
the event of Group Contract termination. (See
"Policy Rights and Privileges--Eligibility Change Conversion.") Individual
Insurance will also continue if the employee's employment with the
Contractholder or sponsoring employer terminates. In either circumstance, an
Owner of an Individual Policy (or a Certificate converted by amendment to an
Individual Policy) will establish a new schedule of planned premiums. The new
schedule will have the same planned annual premium, and the payment intervals
will be no more frequent than quarterly. In Corporate Programs, there will
generally be no change in planned or scheduled premiums upon discontinuing the
employment of an Insured.

Premium Limitations. Every premium payment paid must be at least $20. Total
premiums paid under a Policy may not exceed the current maximum premium
limitations established by federal tax laws in any Policy Year. The maximum
premium limitation for a Policy Year is the sum of the premiums paid under the
Policy that will not at any time exceed the guideline premium limitations
referred to in Section 7702(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986. If at any
time a premium is paid which would result in total premiums exceeding the
current maximum premium limitation, we will accept only that portion of the
premium which will make total premiums equal the maximum. Any part of the
premium in excess of the maximum premiums will be returned directly to the
Owner within 60 days of the end of the Policy Year in which payment is received
(unless we

                                       17
<PAGE>

agree) and no further premiums will be accepted until allowed by the current
maximum premium limitations prescribed by Federal tax law. See "Federal Tax
Matters" for a further explanation of premium limitations.

Section 7702A creates an additional premium limitation, which, if exceeded, can
change the tax status of a Policy to that of a "modified endowment contract." A
modified endowment contract is a life insurance contract, from which
withdrawals are treated (for tax purposes) (1) as a distribution of any taxable
income under the contract, and (2) as a distribution of nontaxable investment
in the contract. Also, such withdrawals may be subject to a 10% federal income
tax penalty. We have adopted administrative steps designed to notify an Owner
when we believe that a premium payment will cause a Policy to become a modified
endowment contract. Owner will be given a limited amount of time to request
that the premium be reversed in order to avoid the Policy's classification as a
modified endowment contract. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")

Allocation of Net Premiums and Cash Value

Net Premiums. The net premium equals:

  (1) the premium paid; less

  (2) the premium expense charge;

  (3) any charge to compensate us for anticipated higher corporate income
      taxes resulting from the sale of a Policy; and

  (4) the premium tax charge. (See "Charges and Deductions--Sales Charges.")

Allocation of Net Premiums. In the application for a Policy, the Owner
indicates how net premiums are to be allocated among the 14 Divisions of the
Separate Account. Beginning with the initial premium payment, all premiums will
be allocated in accordance with the Owner's instructions upon our receipt of
the premiums. However, the minimum percentage, of any allocation to a Division
is 10 percent of the net premium, and fractional percentages may not be used.

The allocation for future net premiums may be changed without charge at any
time by providing notice in writing directly to us. Any change in allocation
will take effect immediately upon our receipt of the written notification. No
charge is imposed for changing the allocations of future net premiums.

The Policy's Cash Value also may be transferred between the Divisions of the
Separate Account. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--Transfers.")

The value of amounts allocated to the Divisions will vary with the investment
performance of the Funds underlying the Divisions. The Owner bears the entire
investment risk. Investment performance will affect the Policy's Cash Value,
and may affect the death benefit as well. Owners should periodically review
their allocations of premiums and values in light of market conditions and
overall financial planning requirements.

Policy Lapse and Reinstatement

Lapse. Unlike conventional life insurance policies, the failure to make a
premium payment following the initial premium payment will not itself cause a
Policy to lapse. However, a Policy can lapse even if planned premiums have been
paid. Lapse will occur only when the Cash Surrender Value is insufficient to
cover the monthly deduction, and a grace period expires without a sufficient
payment being made. (See also "General Provisions of the Group Contract--Grace
Period--Termination.") Thus, the payment of premiums in any amount does not
guarantee that the Policy will remain in force until the Maturity Date.

The grace period, which is 62 days, begins on the Monthly Anniversary on which
the Cash Surrender Value is not enough to cover the next monthly deduction,
premium expense charge, and premium tax charge. We will notify the Owner at the
beginning of the grace period by mail. The notice will specify the amount of
premium required to keep the Policy in force and the date the payment is due.
Subject to minimum premium

                                       18
<PAGE>

requirements, the amount of the premium required to keep the Policy in force
will be the amount of the current monthly deduction. (See "Charges and
Deductions.") If the Company does not receive the required amount within the
grace period, the Policy will lapse and terminate without Cash Value. If the
Insured dies during the grace period, any overdue monthly deductions will be
deducted from the death benefit payable.

Reinstatement. The Owner may reinstate a lapsed Policy by written application
at any time within five years after the date of lapse and before the Maturity
Date. The right to reinstate a lapsed Policy will not be affected by the
termination of a Group Contract or the termination of an employee's employment
during the reinstatement period. Reinstatement is subject to the following
conditions:

  . Evidence of the insurability of the Insured satisfactory to us (including
    evidence of insurability of any person covered by a rider to reinstate
    the rider).

  . Payment of a premium that, after the deduction of any premium expense
    charge and any premium tax charge, is large enough to cover: (a) the
    monthly deductions due at the time of lapse, and (b) two times the
    monthly deduction due at the time of reinstatement.

  . Payment or reinstatement of any Indebtedness. Any Indebtedness reinstated
    will cause a Cash Value of an equal amount also to be reinstated.

Any loan paid at the time of reinstatement will cause an increase in Cash Value
equal to the amount of the repaid loan. The Policy cannot be reinstated if it
has been surrendered. The amount of Cash Value on the date of reinstatement
will be equal to the amount of any Indebtedness reinstated, increased by the
net premiums paid at reinstatement and any loans paid at the time of
reinstatement.

The effective date of reinstatement will be the date of our approval of the
application for reinstatement. There will be a full monthly deduction for the
Policy Month that includes that date.

                                POLICY BENEFITS

Death Benefit

As long as the Policy remains in force, we will, (upon proof of the Insured's
death), pay the death benefit proceeds of a Policy in accordance with the death
benefit option in effect at the time of the Insured's death. Payment of death
benefit proceeds will not be affected by termination of the Group Contract,
employer-sponsored insurance program or by termination of an employee's
employment.

If a rider permitting the accelerated payment of death benefit proceeds has
been added to the Policy, the death benefit may be paid in a single sum prior
to the death of the Insured and may be less than otherwise would be paid upon
the death of the Insured. (See "General Matters Relating to the Policy--
Additional Insurance Benefits.")

The amount of the death benefit proceeds payable will be determined at the end
of the Valuation Period during which the Insured's death occurred. The proceeds
may be paid in a single sum or under one or more of the settlement options set
forth in the Policy. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--Payment of Policy
Benefits.") Death benefit proceeds will be paid to the surviving Beneficiary or
Beneficiaries specified in the application or as subsequently changed.

The Policy provides two death benefit options: a "Level Type" death benefit
("Option A") and an "Increasing Type" death benefit ("Option B"). Option B
generally will be the only option presented. The death benefit under either
option will never be less than the current Face Amount of the Policy as long as
the Policy remains in force. (See "Payment and Allocation of Premiums--Policy
Lapse and Reinstatement.") The minimum Face Amount currently is $25,000. The
maximum Face Amount is generally $500,000. However, in connection with a
particular Group Contract or employer sponsored insurance program, we may
establish a substantially higher Face Amount for Policies issued under that
Contract or program.


                                       19
<PAGE>

Option A. Under Option A, the death benefit is:

  (1) the current Face Amount of the Policy or, if greater,

  (2) the applicable percentage of Cash Value on the date of death.

The applicable percentage is 250% for an Insured Attained Age 40 or below on
the Policy Anniversary prior to the date of death. For Insureds with an
Attained Age over 40 on that Policy Anniversary, the percentage is lower and
declines with age as shown in the Applicable Percentage Table below. Under
Option A the death benefit will remain level at the Face Amount unless the
applicable percentage of Cash Value exceeds the current Face Amount, in which
case the amount of the death benefit will vary as the Cash Value varies. Owners
who prefer to have favorable investment performance reflected in higher Cash
Value for the same Face Amount, rather than increased death benefit, generally
should select Option A.

                          APPLICABLE PERCENTAGE TABLE

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                         Applicable
      Attained Age       Percentage
      ------------       ----------
<S>                      <C>
40......................    250%
41......................    243
42......................    236
43......................    229
44......................    222
45......................    215
46......................    209
47......................    203
48......................    197
49......................    191
50......................    185
51......................    178
52......................    171
53......................    164
54......................    157
55......................    150
56......................    146
57......................    142
58......................    138
59......................    134
60......................    130
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                         Applicable
      Attained Age       Percentage
      ------------       ----------
<S>                      <C>
61......................    128%
62......................    126
63......................    124
64......................    122
65......................    120
66......................    119
67......................    118
68......................    117
69......................    116
70......................    115
71......................    113
72......................    111
73......................    109
74......................    107
75 to 90................    105
91......................    104
92......................    103
93......................    102
94......................    101
95 or older.............    100
</TABLE>

The applicable percentages in the foregoing table are based on federal tax law
requirements described in Section 7702(d) of the Code. The Company reserves the
right to alter the applicable percentage to the extent necessary to comply with
changes to Section 7702(d) or any successor provision thereto.

Option B. Under Option B, the death benefit is equal to:

  (1) the current Face Amount plus the Cash Value of the Policy or, if
      greater,

  (2) the applicable percentage of the Cash Value on the date of death. The
      applicable percentage is the same as under Option A.

Under Option B, the amount of the death benefit will always vary as the Cash
Value varies (but will never be less than the Face Amount).

Owners who prefer to have favorable investment performance reflected in higher
death benefits for the same Face Amount generally should select Option B. All
other factors equal, for the same premium dollar, Option B provides lower
initial Face Amount resulting in earlier cash accumulation.

                                       20
<PAGE>

Change in Death Benefit Option. After the first Policy Anniversary, the Owner
may change the death benefit option. We reserve the right to limit the number
of changes in death benefit options to one each Policy Year. A request for a
change must be made directly to us in writing. The effective date of such a
change will be the Monthly Anniversary on or following the date we receive the
change request.

If the death benefit option is changed from Option A to Option B, the Face
Amount after the change will equal the Face Amount before the change less the
Cash Value on the effective date of the change. Satisfactory evidence of
insurability must be submitted directly to us with a request for a change from
Option A to Option B. This change may not be made if it would result in a Face
Amount of less than $25,000.

If the death benefit option is changed from Option B to Option A, the Face
Amount after the change will equal the Face Amount before the change plus the
Cash Value on the effective date of change.

A change in death benefit option will not in itself result in an immediate
change in the amount of a Policy's death benefit or Cash Value. No charges will
be imposed upon a change from death benefit Option B to Option A. Changing from
Option A to Option B, however, will result in a decrease in the Face Amount. In
addition, if, prior to or accompanying a change in the death benefit option,
there has been an increase in the Face Amount, the cost of insurance charge may
be different for the increased amount. (See "Charges and Deductions--Monthly
Deduction--Cost of Insurance.")

No change in death benefit option will be permitted that results in the death
benefit under a Policy being included in gross income because the federal tax
law requirements are not satisfied. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")

Change in Face Amount. Subject to certain limitations set forth below, an Owner
may increase or decrease the Face Amount of a Policy (without changing the
death benefit option) after the first Policy Anniversary. A written request for
a change in the Face Amount must be sent directly to us. A change in Face
Amount may affect the cost of insurance rate and the net amount at risk, both
of which affect an Owner's cost of insurance charge. (See "Charges and
Deductions--Monthly Deduction--Cost of Insurance.") In addition, a change in
Face Amount may have federal income tax consequences. (See "Federal Tax
Matters.")

Face Amount Decreases. Any decrease in the Face Amount will become effective on
the Monthly Anniversary on or following our receipt of the written request. The
amount of the requested decrease must be at least $5,000 and the Face Amount
remaining in force after any requested decrease may not be less than the
minimum amount Face Amount, generally $25,000. If, following a decrease in Face
Amount, the Policy would not comply with the maximum premium limitations
required by federal tax law (see "Payment and Allocation of Premiums"), the
decrease may be limited or Cash Value may be returned to the Owner (at the
Owner's election), to the extent necessary to meet those requirements. A
decrease in the Face Amount will reduce the Face Amount in the following order:

  (1) The Face Amount provided by the most recent increase;

  (2) The next most recent increases successively; and

  (3) The initial Face Amount.

This order of reduction will be used to determine the amount of subsequent cost
of insurance charges (see "Charges and Deductions--Monthly Deduction--Cost of
Insurance").

Face Amount Increases. For an increase in the Face Amount, we require that
satisfactory evidence of insurability be submitted. If approved, the increase
will become effective on the Monthly Anniversary on or following receipt of the
satisfactory evidence of insurability. In addition, the Insured must have an
Attained Age of 80 or less on the effective date of the increase. The amount of
the increase may not be less than $5,000. The Face Amount may not be increased
more than the maximum Face Amount for that Policy, generally $500,000. However,
in connection with a particular Group Contract or employer-sponsored insurance
program,

                                       21
<PAGE>

we may establish a substantially higher Face Amount for Policies issued under
that Contract or program. Although an increase need not necessarily be
accompanied by additional premium, the Cash Surrender Value in effect
immediately after the increase must be sufficient to cover the next monthly
deduction. (See "Charges and Deductions--Monthly Deduction.") An increase in
the Face Amount may result in certain additional charges. (See "Charges and
Deductions.")

Cancellation of an Increase. An increase in Face Amount may be cancelled within
the later of:

  . 20 days from the date the Owner received the new Policy specifications
    page for the increase;

  . within 10 days of mailing the right to cancellation notice to the Owner;
    or

  . within 45 days after the application for an increase was signed.

Upon cancellation, any additional charges, which would not have been assessed
without the increase, will be refunded to the Owner if requested. If a request
for a refund is not made, the charges will be restored to the Policy's Cash
Value and allocated to Divisions in the same manner as they were deducted.
Premiums paid following an increase in Face Amount and prior to the time the
right to cancel the increase expires will become part of the Policy's Cash
Value and will not be subject to refund. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--
Right to Examine Policy.")

Methods of Affecting Insurance Protection. An Owner may increase or decrease
the pure insurance protection provided by a Policy--the difference between the
death benefit and the Cash Value--in several ways as insurance needs change.
Examples include increasing or decreasing the Face Amount, changing the level
of premium payments, and, to a lesser extent, making partial withdrawals from
the Policy. Although the consequences of each of these methods will depend upon
the individual circumstances, they may be generally summarized as follows:

  (a) A decrease in the Face Amount will, subject to the applicable
      percentage limitations (see "Policy Benefits--Death Benefit"), decrease
      the pure insurance protection and the cost of insurance charges under
      the Policy without reducing the Cash Value.

  (b) An increase in the Face Amount may increase the amount of pure
      insurance protection, depending on the amount of Cash Value and the
      resultant applicable percentage limitation. If the insurance protection
      is increased, the Policy charges generally will increase as well.

  (c) An increased level of premium payments will reduce the pure insurance
      protection if Option A is in effect. However, when the applicable
      percentage of Cash Value exceeds either the Face Amount (if Option A is
      in effect) or the Cash Value plus the Face Amount (if Option B is in
      effect), increased premium payments will increase the pure insurance
      protection. Increased premiums should also increase the amount of funds
      available to keep the Policy in force.

  (d) A reduced level of premium payments generally will increase the amount
      of pure insurance protection, depending on the applicable percentage
      limitations. If the reduced level of premium payments is insufficient
      to cover monthly deductions or to offset negative investment
      performance, Cash Value may also decrease, which in turn will increase
      the possibility that the Policy will lapse. (See "Payment and
      Allocation of Premiums--Policy Lapse and Reinstatement.")

  (e) A partial withdrawal will reduce the death benefit. (See "Policy Rights
      and Privileges--Surrender and Partial Withdrawals.") However, it only
      affects the amount of pure insurance protection and cost of insurance
      charges if the death benefit before or after the withdrawal is based on
      the applicable percentage of Cash Value, because otherwise the decrease
      in the death benefit is offset by the amount of Cash Value withdrawn.
      The primary use of a partial withdrawal is to withdraw Cash Value.

Payment of Death Benefit Proceeds. Death benefit proceeds under the Policy
ordinarily will be paid within seven days after we receive all documentation
required. Payment may, however, be postponed in certain circumstances. (See
"General Matters Relating to the Policy--Postponement of Payments.") The Owner
may decide the form in which the proceeds will be paid. During the Insured's
lifetime, the Owner may arrange for

                                       22
<PAGE>

the death benefit proceeds to be paid in a single sum or under one or more of
the optional methods of settlement described below. The death benefit will be
increased by the amount of the monthly cost of insurance for the portion of the
month from the date of death to the end of the month, and reduced by any
outstanding Indebtedness. (See "General Matters Relating to the Policy--
Additional Insurance Benefits," and "Charges and Deductions.")

When no election for an optional method of settlement is in force when the
Insured dies, the Beneficiary may select one or more of the optional methods of
settlement at any time before death benefit proceeds are paid. (See "Policy
Rights and Privileges--Payment of Policy Benefits.")

An election or change of method of settlement must be in writing. A change in
Beneficiary revokes any previous settlement election. Once payments have begun,
the settlement option may not be changed.

Cash Value

The Cash Value of the Policy is equal to the total of the Policy's Cash Value
in the Separate Account and the Loan Account. The Policy's Cash Value in the
Separate Account will reflect:

  . the investment performance of the chosen Divisions;

  . the frequency and amount of net premiums paid;

  . transfers;

  . partial withdrawals;

  . Policy Loans;

  . Loan account interest rate credited; and

  . the charges assessed in connection with the Policy.

An Owner may at any time surrender the Policy and receive the Policy's Cash
Surrender Value. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--Surrender and Partial
Withdrawals.") There is no guaranteed minimum Cash Value.

Determination of Cash Value. Cash Value is determined on a daily basis. On the
Investment Start Date, the Cash Value in a Division will equal the portion of
any net premium allocated to the Division, reduced by the portion of the
monthly deductions due from the Issue Date through the Investment Start Date
allocated to that Division. Depending upon the length of time between the Issue
Date and the Investment Start Date, this amount may be more than the amount of
one monthly deduction. (See "Payment and Allocation of Premiums.") Thereafter,
on each Valuation Date, the Cash Value in a Division will equal:

  (1) The Cash Value in the Division on the preceding Valuation Date,
      multiplied by the Division's Net Investment Factor (defined below) for
      the current Valuation Period; plus

  (2) Any net premium payments received during the current Valuation Period
      which are allocated to the Division; plus

  (3) Any loan repayments allocated to the Division during the current
      Valuation Period; plus

  (4) Any amounts transferred to the Division from another Division during
      the current Valuation Period; plus

  (5) That portion of the interest credited on outstanding Policy Loans which
      is allocated to the Division during the current Valuation Period; minus

  (6) Any amounts transferred from the Division during the current Valuation
      Period (including amounts Securing Policy Loans) plus transfer charges
      if any; minus

  (7) Any partial withdrawals plus any partial withdrawal transaction charge,
      from the Division during the current Valuation Period; minus

                                       23
<PAGE>

  (8) If a Monthly Anniversary occurs during the current Valuation Period,
      the portion of the monthly deduction allocated to the Division during
      the current Valuation Period to cover the Policy Month which starts
      during that Valuation Period. (See "Charges and Deductions.")

The Policy's Cash Value in the Separate Account equals the sum of the Policy's
Cash Values in each Division.

Net Investment Factor. The Net Investment Factor measures the investment
performance of a Division during a Valuation Period. The Net Investment Factor
for each Division for a Valuation Period is calculated as follows:

  (1) The value of the assets at the end of the preceding Valuation Period;
      plus

  (2) The investment income and capital gains--realized or unrealized--
      credited to the assets in the Valuation Period for which the Net
      Investment Factor is being determined; minus

  (3) The capital losses, realized or unrealized, charged against those
      assets during the Valuation Period; minus

  (4) Any amount charged against each Division for taxes or other economic
      burden resulting from the application of tax laws, determined by the
      Company to be properly attributable to the Divisions or the Policy, or
      any amount set aside during the Valuation Period as a reserve for taxes
      attributable to the operation or maintenance of each Division; minus

  (5) A charge not to exceed .0024547% of the net assets for each day in the
      Valuation Period. This corresponds to 0.90% per year for mortality and
      expense risks; divided by

  (6) The value of the assets at the end of the preceding Valuation Period.

The Company may use an equivalent method to determine Cash Value in each
Division on each Valuation Date in lieu of the Net Investment Factor method.
This method directly determines the units of Cash Value in each Division and
the corresponding unit value. Unit value is obtained as follows:

  (1) The value of assets in a Division are obtained by multiplying shares
      outstanding by the net asset value as of the Valuation Date; minus

  (2) A reduction based upon a charge not to exceed .0024547% of the net
      assets for each day in the Valuation Period is made (This corresponds
      to 0.90% per year for mortality and expense risk charge); divided by

  (3) Aggregate units outstanding in the Division at the end of the preceding
      Valuation Period.

                          POLICY RIGHTS AND PRIVILEGES

Exercising Rights and Privileges Under the Policies

Owners of Policies issued under a Group Contract or in connection with an
employer-sponsored insurance program may exercise their rights and privileges
under the Policies (i.e., make transfers, change premium allocations, borrow,
etc.) by directly notifying us in writing at our Home Office. We will send all
reports and other notices described herein or in the Policy directly to the
Owner.

Loans

Loan Privileges. After the first Policy Anniversary, the Owner may, by written
request directly to us, borrow an amount up to the Loan Value of the Policy,
with the Policy serving as sole security for such loan. The Loan Value is equal
to (a) minus (b), where

  . (a) is 85% of the Cash Value of the Policy on the date the Policy Loan is
    requested; and

  . (b) is the amount of any outstanding Indebtedness.

Loan interest is due and payable in arrears on each Policy Anniversary or on a
pro rata basis for such shorter period as the loan may exist. The minimum
amount that may be borrowed is $100. The loan may be

                                       24
<PAGE>

completely or partially repaid at any time while the Insured is living. Any
amount due to an Owner under a Policy Loan ordinarily will be paid within seven
days after we receive the loan request at our Home Office, although payments
may be postponed under certain circumstances. (See "General Matters Relating to
the Policy--Postponement of Payments.")

When a Policy Loan is made, Cash Value equal to the amount of the loan and loan
interest due will be transferred to the Loan Account as security for the loan.
Unless the Owner requests a different allocation, amounts will be transferred
from the Divisions of the Separate Account in the same proportion that the
Policy's Cash Value in each Division bears to the Policy's total Cash Value,
(not including the Cash Value in the Loan Account,) at the end of the Valuation
Period during which the request for a Policy Loan is received. This will reduce
the Policy's Cash Value in the Separate Account. These transactions will not be
considered transfers for purposes of the limitations on transfers between
Divisions.

Loan Account Interest Rate Credited. Cash Value transferred to the Loan Account
to secure a Policy Loan will accrue interest daily at an annual rate not less
than 5%. The rate is declared by action of our management as authorized by our
Board of Directors. The Loan Account interest credited will be transferred to
the Divisions: (1) each Policy Anniversary; (2) when a new loan is made; (3)
when a loan is partially or fully repaid; and (4) when an amount is needed to
meet a monthly deduction.

Interest Rate Charged for Policy Loans. The interest rate charged will be at an
annual rate of 8%. Interest charged will be due and payable annually in arrears
on each Policy Anniversary or for the duration of the Policy Loan, if shorter.
If the Owner does not pay the interest charged when it is due, an amount of
Cash Value equal to that which is due will be transferred to the Loan Account.
(See "Policy Rights and Privileges Loans--Effect of Policy Loans.") The amount
transferred will be deducted from the Divisions in the same proportion that the
portion of the Cash Value in each Division bears to the total Cash Value of the
Policy (not including the Cash Value in the Loan Account.

Effect of Policy Loans. A loan taken from, or secured by, a Policy may have
federal income tax consequences. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")

Whether or not a Policy Loan is repaid, it will permanently affect the Cash
Value of a Policy, and may permanently affect the amount of the death benefit.
This is because the collateral for the Policy Loan (the amount held in the Loan
Account) does not participate in the performance of the Separate Account while
the loan is outstanding. If the Loan Account interest credited is less than the
investment performance of the selected Division, the Policy values will be
lower as a result of the loan. Conversely, if the Loan Account interest
credited is higher than the investment performance of the Division, the Policy
values may be higher.

In addition, if the Indebtedness exceeds the Cash Value on any Monthly
Anniversary, the Policy may lapse, subject to a grace period. (See "Charges and
Deductions.") A sufficient payment must be made within the later of:

  (1) the grace period of 62 days from the Monthly Anniversary immediately
      before the date Indebtedness exceeds the Cash Value; or

  (2) 31 days after notice that the Policy will terminate without a
      sufficient payment has been mailed.

If a sufficient payment is not received, the Policy will lapse and terminate
without value. A lapsed Policy may later be reinstated. (See "Payment and
Allocation of Premiums--Policy Lapse and Reinstatement.")

All outstanding Indebtedness will be deducted from the proceeds payable upon
the death of the Insured, surrender, or the maturity of the Policy.

Repayment of Indebtedness. A Policy Loan may be repaid in whole or in part at
any time prior to the death of the Insured and as long as a Policy is in
effect. All repayments should be made directly to us. Amounts paid while a
Policy Loan is outstanding will be treated as premiums unless the Owner
requests in writing that the

                                       25
<PAGE>

payments be treated as repayment of Indebtedness. When a loan repayment is
made, an amount securing the Indebtedness in the Loan Account equal to the loan
repayment will be transferred to the Divisions in the same proportion that Cash
Value in the Loan Account bears to the Cash Value in each Loan Subaccount. A
Loan Subaccount exists for each Division. Amounts transferred to the Loan
Account to secure Indebtedness are allocated to the appropriate Loan Subaccount
to reflect their origin.

Surrender and Partial Withdrawals

During the lifetime of the Insured and while a Policy is in force, the Owner
may surrender, or make a partial withdrawal of the Policy by sending a written
request to us. Any restrictions are described below. The amount available upon
surrender is the Cash Surrender Value (described below) at the end of the
Valuation Period during which the surrender request is received by us. Amounts
payable upon surrender or a partial withdrawal ordinarily will be paid within
seven days of receipt of the written request. (See "General Matters Relating to
the Policy--Postponement of Payments.") Surrenders and partial withdrawals may
have federal income tax consequences. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")

Surrender. To effect a surrender, the Policy must be returned to us along with
the request, or the request must be accompanied by a completed affidavit of
lost Policy. Upon request, we can provide a lost Policy Certificate. Upon
surrender, we will pay the Cash Surrender Value to the Owner. The Cash
Surrender Value equals the Cash Value on the date of surrender, less any
Indebtedness. Surrender proceeds will be paid in a single sum. If the request
is received on a Monthly Anniversary, the monthly deduction otherwise
deductible will be included in the amount paid. Coverage under a Policy will
terminate as of the date of surrender.

Partial Withdrawals. After the first Policy Year, an Owner may make up to one
partial withdrawal each Policy Month from the Separate Account. The minimum
amount of a partial withdrawal, net of any transaction charges, is $500. The
minimum amount that can be withdrawn from a Division is $50, or the Policy's
Cash Value in a Division, if smaller. The maximum amount that may be withdrawn,
including the partial withdrawal transaction charge, is the Loan Value. The
partial withdrawal transaction charge is equal to the lesser of $25 or 2% of
the amount withdrawn. The Owner may allocate the amount withdrawn, subject to
the above conditions, among the Divisions. If no allocation is specified, then
the partial withdrawal will be allocated among the Divisions in the same
proportion that the Policy's Cash Value in each Division bears to the total
Cash Value of the Policy (not including the Cash Value in the Loan Account) on
the date the request for the partial withdrawal is received.

A partial withdrawal will decrease the Face Amount in two situations. First, if
death benefit Option A is in effect and the death benefit equals the Face
Amount then the partial withdrawal will decrease the Face Amount, and, thus,
the death benefit by an amount equal to the partial withdrawal plus the partial
withdrawal transaction charge. Second, if the death benefit equals a percentage
of Cash Value (whether Option A or Option B is in effect), then a partial
withdrawal will decrease the Face Amount by the amount that the partial
withdrawal plus the partial withdrawal transaction charge exceeds the
difference between the death benefit and the Face Amount. The death benefit
also will be reduced in this circumstance. If Option B is in effect and the
death benefit equals the Face Amount plus the Cash Value, the partial
withdrawal will not reduce the Face Amount, but it will reduce the Cash Value
and, thus, the death benefit by the amount of the partial withdrawal plus the
partial withdrawal transaction charge. The Face Amount will be decreased in the
following order: (1) the Face Amount at issue; and (2) any increases in the
same order in which they were issued.

Generally, the partial withdrawal transaction charge will be allocated among
the Divisions in the same proportion as the partial withdrawal is allocated.
If, following a partial withdrawal, insufficient funds remain in a Division to
pay the partial withdrawal transaction charge allocated to a Division, the
unpaid charges will be allocated equally among the remaining Divisions. In
addition, an Owner may request that the partial withdrawal transaction charge
be paid from the Owner's Cash Value in another Division.

The Face Amount remaining in force after a partial withdrawal may not be less
than $25,000. Any request for a partial withdrawal that would reduce the Face
Amount below this amount will not be approved.

                                       26
<PAGE>

Partial withdrawals may affect the way in which the cost of insurance charge is
calculated and the amount of pure insurance protection afforded under a Policy.
(See "Policy Benefits--Death Benefit--Methods of Affecting Insurance
Protection.")

Transfers

Under the Company's current rules, a Policy's Cash Value, (not including
amounts credited to the Loan Account,) may be transferred among the Divisions
available with the Policy. Requests for transfers from or among Divisions must
be made in writing directly to us and may be made once each Policy Month.
Transfers must be in amounts of at least $250 or, if smaller, the Policy's Cash
Value in a Division. We will make transfers and determine all values in
connection with transfers as of the end of the Valuation Period during which
the transfer request is received.

All requests received on the same Valuation Day will be considered a single
transfer request. Each transfer must meet the minimum requirement of $250 or
the entire Cash Value in a Division. Where a single transfer request calls for
more than one transfer, and not all of the transfers would meet the minimum
requirements, we will make those transfers that do meet the requirements.
Transfers resulting from Policy Loans will not be counted for purposes of the
limitations on the amount or frequency of transfers allowed in each month or
year.

Although we currently intend to continue to permit transfers for the
foreseeable future, the Policy provides that we may modify the transfer
privilege, by changing the minimum amount transferable, by altering the
frequency of transfers, by imposing a transfer charge, by prohibiting
transfers, or in such other manner as we may determine.

Right to Examine Policy

The Owner may cancel a Policy within 10 days of after receiving it or such
longer period if required by state law. If a Policy is cancelled within this
time period, a refund will be paid. The refund will equal all premiums paid
under the Policy.

To cancel the Policy, the Owner should mail or deliver the Policy directly to
us. A refund of premiums paid by check may be delayed until the check has
cleared the Owner's bank. (See "General Matters Relating to the Policy--
Postponement of Payments.")

As noted above, a request for an increase in Face Amount (see "Policy
Benefits--Death Benefit") also may be cancelled. The request for cancellation
must be made within the latest of:

  . 20 days from the date the Owner received the new Policy specifications
    pages for the increase;

  . 10 days of mailing the right to cancellation notice to the Owner; or

  . 45 days after the Owner signed the application for the increase.

Upon cancellation of an increase, the Owner may request that we refund the
amount of the additional charges deducted in connection with the increase. This
amount will equal the amount by which the monthly deductions since the increase
went into effect exceeded the monthly deductions which would have been made
absent the increase. (See "Charges and Deductions--Monthly Deduction.") If no
request is made, we will increase the Policy's Cash Value by the amount of
these additional charges. This amount will be allocated among the Divisions in
the same manner as it was deducted.

Conversion Right to a Fixed Benefit Policy

Once during the first 24 Policy Months following the Issue Date of the Policy,
the Owner may, upon written request, convert a Policy still in force to a life
insurance policy that provides for benefits that do not vary with the
investment return of the Divisions. In the event a Certificate has been amended
to operate as an Individual

                                       27
<PAGE>

Policy following an Insured's change in eligibility under a Group Contract, the
conversion right will be measured from the Issue Date of the original
Certificate. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--Eligibility Change
Conversion.") No evidence of insurability will be required when this right is
exercised. However, we will require that the Policy be in force and that the
Owner repay any existing Indebtedness. At the time of the conversion, the new
Policy will have, at the Owner's option, either the same death benefit or the
same net amount at risk as the original Policy. The new Policy will also have
the same Issue Date and Issue Age as the original Policy. The premiums for the
new Policy will be based on our rates in effect for the same Issue Age and rate
class as the original Policy.

Eligibility Change Conversion

If an Insured's eligibility under a Group Contract or employer-sponsored
insurance program ends due to its termination or due to the termination of the
employee's employment, the Insured's coverage will continue unless the Policy
is no longer in force. Even if the Policy is not in force due to lapse, the
right to reinstate and thus to convert a lapsed Policy will not be affected by
the change in the employee's eligibility during the reinstatement period.

If a Certificate was issued under the Group Contract, the Certificate will be
amended automatically so that it will continue in force as an Individual
Policy. The rights, benefits, and guaranteed charges will not be altered by
this amendment. The amendment will be mailed to the Owner within 31 days (a)
after we receive written notice that the employee's employment ended or (b)
after the termination of the Group Contract. If, at the time the conversion
occurs, the Policy is in a grace period (see "Payment and Allocation of
Premiums--Policy Lapse and Reinstatement"), any premium necessary to prevent
the Policy from lapsing must be paid us before the new Individual Policy will
be mailed. A new planned premium schedule will be established which will have
the same planned annual premium utilized under the Group Contract. The new
planned payment intervals will be no more frequent than quarterly. The Company
may allow payment of planned premium through periodic (usually monthly)
authorized electronic funds transfer. Of course, unscheduled premium payments
can be made at any time. (See "Payment and Allocation of Premiums--Premiums.")

If an Individual Policy was issued under the Group Contract or other employer-
sponsored insurance program including a Corporate Program or Executive Program,
the Policy will continue in force following the change in eligibility. The
rights, benefits, and guaranteed charges under the Policy will remain the same
following this change in eligibility.

When an employee's spouse is the Insured under a Policy, the spouse's insurance
coverage also will continue in the event the employee is no longer eligible. If
a Certificate was originally issued to the employee's spouse, the Certificate
will be amended automatically as described above. If an Individual Policy was
originally issued, the Individual Policy will continue as described above. In
addition, if an Associated Company ceases be to under common control with the
Contractholder, the Insureds of the Associated Company (i.e., employees of the
Associated Company and their spouses) may continue their insurance in the
manner described above.

Payment of Benefits at Maturity

If the Insured is living and the Policy is in force, the Company will pay the
Cash Surrender Value of the Policy to the Owner on the Maturity Date. An Owner
may elect to have amounts payable on the Maturity Date paid in a single sum or
under a settlement option. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--Payment of
Policy Benefits.") Amounts payable on the Maturity Date ordinarily will be paid
within seven days of that date, although payment may be postponed under certain
circumstances. (See "General Matters Relating to the Policy--Postponement of
Payments.") A Policy will mature if and when the Insured reaches Attained Age
95.

Payment of Policy Benefits

A lump sum payment will be made. Provisions for settlement of proceeds
different from a lump sum payment may only be made upon written our agreement.

                                       28
<PAGE>

Settlement Options. We may offer settlement options that apply to the payment
of death benefit proceeds, as well as to benefits payable at maturity. Once a
settlement option is in effect, there will no longer be value in the Separate
Account.

Accelerated Death Benefits. We offer certain riders which permit the Owner to
elect to receive an accelerated payment of the Policy's death benefit in a
reduced amount under certain circumstances. (See "General Matters Relating to
the Policy--Additional Insurance Benefits.")

                             CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS

We will deduct charges in connection with the Policies to compensate us for
providing the insurance benefits set forth in the Policies and any additional
benefits added by rider, administering the Policies, incurring expenses in
distributing the Policies, and assuming certain risks in connection with the
Policies. We may realize a profit on one or more of these charges. We may use
any such profit for any corporate purpose, including, among other things,
payments of sales and distribution expenses.

Sales Charges

Prior to allocation of net premiums among the Divisions, premium payments will
be reduced by a front-end sales charge ("premium expense charge") equal to 1%
of the premium.

In addition, as a result of OBRA, insurance companies are generally required to
capitalize and amortize certain policy acquisition expenses over a ten year
period rather than currently deducting such expenses. A higher capitalization
expense applies to the deferred acquisition expenses of Policies that are
deemed to be individual contracts under OBRA and will result in a significantly
higher corporate income tax liability for the Company in early Policy Years.
Thus, under Policies that are deemed to be individual contracts under OBRA, we
make an additional charge of 1% of each premium payment to compensate us for
the anticipated higher corporate income taxes that result from the sale of such
a Policy. Among other possible employer-sponsored programs, Corporate Program
Policies are deemed to be individual contracts.

The net premium payment is calculated as the premium payment less:

  . the premium expense charge less;

  . any charge to compensate the Company for anticipated higher corporate
    income taxes resulting from the sale of a Policy; and

  . the premium tax charge (described below).

The sales charges will not change if an Insured is no longer eligible under a
Group Contract or employer-sponsored insurance program, but continues coverage
on an individual basis.

Premium Tax Charge

Various states and subdivisions impose a tax on premiums received by insurance
companies. Premium taxes vary from jurisdiction to jurisdiction. To cover these
premium taxes, premium payments will be reduced by a premium tax charge of 2%
from all Policies.

Monthly Deduction

Charges will be deducted monthly from the Cash Value of each Policy ("monthly
deduction") to compensate us for (a) certain administrative costs; (b)
insurance underwriting and acquisition expenses in connection with issuing a
Policy; (c) the cost of insurance; and (d) the cost of optional benefits added
by rider. The monthly deduction will be deducted on the Investment Start Date
and on each succeeding Monthly Anniversary. It will

                                       29
<PAGE>

be allocated among each Division in the same proportion that a Policy's Cash
Value in each Division bears to the total Cash Value of the Policy (not
including the Cash Value in the Loan Account,) on the date the deduction is
made. Because portions of the monthly deduction, such as the cost of insurance,
can vary from month to month, the monthly deduction itself will vary in amount
from month to month.

Monthly Administrative Charge. We are responsible for the administration of the
Policies and the Separate Account. Administrative expenses include premium
billing and collection, recordkeeping, processing death benefit claims, cash
surrenders, partial withdrawals, Policy changes, reporting and overhead costs,
processing applications, and establishing Policy records. We assess a monthly
administration charge from each Policy. The amount of this charge is set forth
in the specifications pages of the Policy and depends on the number of
employees eligible to be covered at issue of a Group Contract or an employer-
sponsored insurance program. The following table sets forth the range of
monthly administrative charges under the Policy:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                First Subsequent
      Eligible Employees                                        Year    Years
      ------------------                                        ----- ----------
      <S>                                                       <C>   <C>
      250-499.................................................. $5.00   $2.50
      500-999.................................................. $4.75   $2.25
      1000+.................................................... $4.50   $2.00
</TABLE>

For Group Contracts or other employer-sponsored insurance programs (1) with
fewer than 250 eligible employees, (2) with additional administrative costs, or
(3) that are offered as Executive Programs or Corporate Programs, the monthly
administrative charge may be higher, but will not exceed $6.00 per month during
the first Policy Year and $3.50 per month in renewal years.

These charges are guaranteed not to increase over the life of the Policy. The
administrative charge will not change in the event that the Insured is no
longer eligible for group coverage, but continues coverage on an individual
basis. In addition, when we believe that lower administrative costs will be
incurred in connection with a particular Group Contract or employer-sponsored
insurance program we may modify the above schedule for that Group Contract or
other employer-sponsored insurance program. The amount of the administrative
charge applicable to a particular Policy will be set forth in specifications
pages for that Policy.

Cost of Insurance. The cost of insurance is deducted on each Monthly
Anniversary for the next Policy Month. Because the cost of insurance depends
upon a number of variables, the cost will vary for each Policy Month. The cost
of insurance is determined separately for the initial Face Amount and for any
increases in Face Amount. We will determine the monthly cost of insurance
charge by multiplying the applicable cost of insurance rate or rates by the net
amount at risk for each Policy Month.

Cost of Insurance Rates. The cost of insurance rates are determined at the
beginning of each Policy Year for the initial Face Amount and each increase in
Face Amount. We will determine the current cost of insurance rates based on our
expectations as to future mortality experience. We currently issue the Policies
on a guaranteed issue or simplified underwriting basis without regard to the
sex of the Insured. Whether a Policy is issued on a guaranteed issue or
simplified underwriting basis does not affect the cost of insurance charge
determined for that Policy.

The current cost of insurance rates will be based on the Attained Age of the
Insured, the rate class of the Insured, and possibly the gender mix (i.e., the
proportion of men and women covered under a particular Group Contract or
employer-sponsored program). The cost of insurance rates generally increase as
the Insured's Attained Age increases. An Insured's rate class is generally
based on the number of eligible employees as well as other factors that may
affect the mortality risk we assume in connection with a particular Group
Contract or employer-sponsored insurance program. All other factors being
equal, the cost of insurance rates generally decrease by rate class as the
number of eligible employees in the rate class increase. We reserve the right
to change criteria on which a rate class will be based in the future.

If gender mix is a factor, we will estimate the gender mix of the pool of
Insureds under a Group Contract or employer-sponsored insurance program upon
issuance of the Contract. Each year on the Group Contract or

                                       30
<PAGE>

employer-sponsored insurance program's anniversary, we may adjust the rate to
reflect the actual gender mix for the particular group. In the event that the
Insured's eligibility under a Group Contract (or other employer-sponsored
insurance program) ceases, the cost of insurance rate will continue to reflect
the gender mix of the pool of Insureds at the time the Insured's eligibility
ceased. However, at some time in the future, we reserve the right to base the
gender mix and rate class on the group consisting of those Insureds who are no
longer under a Group Contract or employer-sponsored program.

The current cost of insurance rates will not be greater than the guaranteed
cost of insurance rates set forth in the Policy. These guaranteed rates are
125% of the maximum rates that could be charged based on the 1980 Commissioners
Standard Ordinary Mortality Table C ("1980 CSO Table"). The guaranteed rates
are higher than 100% of the maximum rates in the 1980 CSO Table because we use
guaranteed or simplified underwriting procedures whereby the insured is not
required to submit to a medical or paramedical examination. The current cost of
insurance rates are generally lower than 100% of the 1980 CSO Table. Any change
in the actual cost of insurance rates, will apply to all persons of the same
Attained Age and rate class whose Face Amounts have been in force for the same
length of time. Any change in the actual cost of insurance rates will not
include changes made to adjust for changes in the gender mix of the pool of
Insureds under a particular Group Contract or employer-sponsored insurance
program. (For purposes of computing guideline premiums under Section 7702 of
the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, the Company will use 100% of the
1980 CSO Table.)

Net Amount at Risk. The net amount at risk for a Policy Month is (a) the death
benefit at the beginning of the Policy Month divided by 1.0040741), less (b)
the Cash Value at the beginning of the Policy Month. Dividing the death benefit
by 1.0040741 reduces the net amount at risk, solely for purposes of computing
the cost of insurance, by taking into account assumed monthly earnings at an
annual rate of 5%.

The net amount at risk may be affected by changes in the Cash Value or changes
in the Face Amount of the Policy. If there is an increase in the Face Amount
and the rate class applicable to the increase is different from that for the
initial Face Amount, we will calculate the net amount at risk separately for
each rate class. When we determine the net amounts at risk for each rate class,
when Option A is in effect, we will consider the Cash Value first to be a part
of the initial Face Amount. If the Cash Value is greater than the initial Face
Amount, we will consider the excess Cash Value a part of each increase in
order, starting with the first increase. If Option B is in effect, we will
determine the net amount at risk for each rate class by the Face Amount
associated with that rate class. In calculating the cost of insurance charge,
the cost of insurance rate for a Face Amount is applied to the net amount at
risk for the corresponding rate class.

Because the calculation of the net amount at risk is different under Option A
and Option B when more than one rate class is in effect, a change in the death
benefit option may result in a different net amount at risk for each rate
class. Since the cost of insurance is calculated separately for each rate
class, any change in the net amount at risk resulting from a change in the
death benefit option may affect the total cost of insurance paid by the Owner.

Partial withdrawals and decreases in Face Amount will affect the manner in
which the net amount at risk for each rate class is calculated. (See "Policy
Benefits--Death Benefit," and "Policy Rights and Privileges--Surrender and
Partial Withdrawals.")

Additional Insurance Benefits. The monthly deduction will include charges for
any additional benefits provided by rider. (See "General Matters Relating to
the Policy--Additional Insurance Benefits.")

Partial Withdrawal Transaction Charge

A transaction charge which is the lesser of $25 or 2% of the amount withdrawn
will be assessed on each partial withdrawal, to cover administrative costs
incurred in processing the partial withdrawal.

                                       31
<PAGE>

Separate Account Charges

Mortality and Expense Risk Charge. The Company will deduct a daily charge from
the Separate Account at the rate not to exceed .0024547% of the net assets of
each Division of the Separate Account. This equals an annual rate of .90% of
those net assets. This deduction is guaranteed not to increase for the duration
of the Policy. We may realize a profit from this charge and may use this profit
to finance distribution expenses.

The mortality risk we assume is that an Insured may die sooner than anticipated
and that we will pay an aggregate amount of death benefits greater than
anticipated. The expense risk assumed is that expenses incurred in issuing and
administering the Policy will exceed the amounts realized from the
administrative charges assessed against the Policy.

Federal Taxes. Currently no charge is made to the Separate Account for federal
income taxes that may be incurred by the Separate Account. We may make such a
charge in the future. Charges for other taxes incurred by the Account may also
be made. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")

Expenses of the Funds. The value of the net assets of the Separate Account will
reflect the investment advisory fee and other expenses incurred by the Funds.
(See "Summary of the Policy--Separate Account Charges--Annual Expenses of the
Funds" and "The Company, the Separate Accounts and The Funds--The Funds.")

                     GENERAL MATTERS RELATING TO THE POLICY

Postponement of Payments

Payment of any amount due from the Separate Account because of surrender,
partial withdrawals, election of an accelerated death benefit under a rider,
death of the Insured, or the Maturity Date, as well as payments of a Policy
loan and transfers, may be postponed whenever:

  (1) the New York Stock Exchange is closed other than customary weekend and
      holiday closings, or trading on the New York Stock Exchange is
      restricted as determined by the SEC;

  (2) the SEC by order permits postponement for the protection of Owners; or

  (3) an emergency exists, as determined by the SEC, as a result of which
      disposal of securities is not reasonably practicable or it is not
      reasonably practicable to determine the value of the Separate Account's
      net assets.

Payments under the Policy of any amounts derived from premiums paid by check
may be delayed until such time as the check has cleared the Owner's bank.

The Contract

The Policy, the attached application, any riders, endorsements, any application
for an increase in Face Amount, and any application for reinstatement together
make the entire contract between the Owner and us. Apart from the rights and
benefits described in the Certificate or Individual Policy and incorporated by
reference into the Group Contract, the Owner has no rights under the Group
Contract. All statements made by the Insured in the application are considered
representations and not warranties, except in the case of fraud. Only
statements in the application and any supplemental applications can be used to
contest a claim or the validity of the Policy. Any change to the Policy must be
approved in writing by the President, a Vice President, or the Secretary of the
Company. No agent has the authority to alter or modify any of the terms,
conditions, or agreements of the Policy or to waive any of its provisions.

Control of Policy

The Insured will be the Owner of the Policy unless another person is shown as
the Owner in the application. Ownership may be changed as described below. The
Owner is entitled to all rights provided by the Policy,

                                       32
<PAGE>

prior to its Maturity Date. After the Maturity Date, the Owner cannot change
the payee nor the mode of payment, unless otherwise provided in the Policy. Any
person whose rights of ownership depend upon some future event will not possess
any present rights of ownership. If there is more than one Owner at a given
time, all must exercise the rights of ownership. If the Owner should die, and
the Owner is not the Insured, the Owner's interest will go to his or her estate
unless otherwise provided.

Beneficiary

The Beneficiary(ies) is (are) the person(s) specified in the application or by
later designation. Unless otherwise stated in the Policy, the Beneficiary has
no rights in a Policy before the death of the Insured. If there is more than
one Beneficiary at the death of the Insured, each will receive equal payments
unless otherwise provided by the Owner. If no Beneficiary is living at the
death of the Insured, the proceeds will be payable to the Owner or, if the
Owner is not living, to the Owner's estate.

Change of Owner or Beneficiary

The Owner may change the ownership and/or Beneficiary designation by written
request in a form acceptable to us at any time during the Insured's lifetime.
The Company may require that the Policy be returned for endorsement of any
change. The change will take effect as of the date the request is signed,
whether or not the Insured is living when the request is received by us. We
will not be liable for any payment made or action taken before we receive the
written request for change. If the Owner is also a Beneficiary of the Policy at
the time of the Insured's death, the Owner may, within 60 days of the Insured's
death, designate another person to receive the Policy proceeds. Changing the
Owner may have adverse tax consequences.

Policy Changes

We reserve the right to limit the number of Policy changes to one per Policy
Year and to restrict such changes in the first Policy Year. Currently, no
change may be made during the first Policy Year. For this purpose, changes
include increases or decreases in Face Amount and changes in the death benefit
option. No change will be permitted that would result in the death benefit
under a Policy being included in gross income due to not satisfying the
requirements of Section 7702 of the Internal Revenue Code or any applicable
successor provision.

Conformity with Statutes

If any provision in a Policy is in conflict with the laws of the state
governing the Policy, the provision will be deemed to be amended to conform to
such laws.

Claims of Creditors

To the extent permitted by law, neither the Policy nor any payment thereunder
will be subject to the claims of creditors or to any legal process.

Incontestability

The Policy is incontestable after it has been in force for two years from the
Issue Date during the lifetime of the Insured. An increase in Face Amount or
addition of a rider after the Issue Date is incontestable after such increase
or addition has been in force for two years from its effective date during the
lifetime of the Insured. Any reinstatement of a Policy is incontestable, except
for nonpayment of premiums, only after it has been in force during the lifetime
of the Insured for two years after the effective date of the reinstatement.

Assignment

We will be bound by an assignment of a Policy only if: (a) it is in writing;
(b) the original instrument or a certified copy is filed with us at our Home
Office; and (c) we send an acknowledged copy to the Owner. We

                                       33
<PAGE>

are not responsible for determining the validity of any assignment. Payment of
Policy proceeds is subject to the rights of any assignee of record. If a claim
is based on an assignment, we may require proof of the interest of the
claimant. A valid assignment will take precedence over any claim of a
Beneficiary.

Suicide

Suicide within two years of the Issue Date is not covered by the Policy. If the
Insured dies by suicide, while sane or insane, within two years from the Issue
Date (or within the maximum period permitted by the laws of the state in which
the Policy was delivered, if less than two years), the amount payable will be
limited to premiums paid, less any partial withdrawals and outstanding
Indebtedness. If the Insured, while sane or insane, dies by suicide within two
years after the effective date of any increase in Face Amount, the death
benefit for that increase will be limited to the amount of the monthly
deductions for the increase.

If the Insured is a Missouri citizen when the Policy is issued, this provision
does not apply on the Issue Date of the Policy, or on the effective date of any
increase in Face Amount, unless the Insured intended suicide at the time of
application for the Policy or any increase in Face Amount.

Misstatement of Age and Corrections

If the age of the Insured has been misstated in the application, the amount of
the death benefit will be that which the most recent cost of insurance charge
would have purchased for the correct age.

Any payment or Policy changes we make in good faith, relying on our records or
evidence supplied with respect to such payment, will fully discharge our duty.
We reserve the right to correct any errors in the Policy.

Additional Insurance Benefits

Subject to certain requirements, one or more of the following additional
insurance benefits may be added to a Policy by rider. However, some Group
Contracts or employer-sponsored insurance programs may not offer each of the
additional benefits described below. Certain riders may not be available in all
states. In addition, should it be determined that the tax status of a Policy as
life insurance is adversely affected by the addition of any of these riders, we
will cease offering such riders. The descriptions below are intended to be
general; the terms of the Policy riders providing the additional benefits may
vary from state to state, and the Policy should be consulted. The cost of any
additional insurance benefits will be deducted as part of the monthly
deduction. (See "Charges and Deductions--Monthly Deduction.")

Waiver of Monthly Deductions Rider. Provides for the waiver of the monthly
deductions while the Insured is totally disabled, subject to certain
limitations described in the rider. The Insured must have become disabled
before age 65.

Accidental Death Benefit Rider. Provides additional insurance if the Insured's
death results from accidental bodily injury, as defined in the rider. Under the
terms of the rider, the additional benefits provided in the Policy will be paid
upon receipt of proof by us that death resulted directly from accidental injury
and independently of all other causes; occurred within 120 days from the date
of injury; and occurred before the Policy Anniversary nearest age 70 of the
Insured.

Children's Life Insurance Rider. Provides for term insurance on the Insured's
children, as defined in the rider. To be eligible for insurance under the
rider, the child to be insured must not be confined in a hospital at the time
the application is signed. Under the terms of the rider, the death benefit will
be payable to the named Beneficiary upon the death of any insured child. Upon
receipt of proof of the Insured's death before the rider terminates, the rider
will be continued on a fully paid-up term insurance basis.

HIV Acceleration of Death Benefits Rider. Provides for the Owner's election an
accelerated payment, prior to the death of the Insured upon receipt of
satisfactory evidence that the Insured has tested seropositive for the

                                       34
<PAGE>

human immunodeficiency virus ("HIV") after both the Policy and rider are
issued. We will pay the Policy's death benefit (less any Indebtedness and any
term insurance added by riders), calculated on the date that we receive
satisfactory evidence that the Insured has tested seropositive for HIV, reduced
by a $100 administrative processing fee. We will pay the accelerated benefit to
the Owner in a single payment in full settlement of the obligations under the
Policy. The rider may be added to the Policy only after the Insured
satisfactorily meets certain underwriting requirements which will generally
include a negative HIV test result to a blood or other screening test
acceptable to us.

The federal income tax consequences associated with (i) adding the HIV
Acceleration of Death Benefit Rider or (ii) receiving the benefit provided
under the rider are uncertain. Accordingly, we urge you to consult a tax
advisor about such consequences before adding the HIV Acceleration of Death
Benefit Rider to your Policy or requesting a benefit under the rider.

Accelerated Death Benefit Settlement Option Rider. Provides for the accelerated
payment of a portion of death benefit proceeds in a single sum to the Owner if
the Insured is terminally ill or permanently confined to a nursing home. Under
the rider, which is available at no additional cost, the Owner may make a
voluntary election to completely settle the Policy in return for accelerated
payment of a reduced death benefit. The Owner may make such an election under
the rider if evidence, including a certification from a licensed physician, is
provided to us that the Insured (1) has a life expectancy of 12 months or less
or (2) is permanently confined to a qualified nursing home and is expected to
remain there until death. Any irrevocable Beneficiary and assignees of record
must provide written authorization in order for the Owner to receive the
accelerated benefit. The Accelerated Death Benefit Settlement Option Rider is
not available with Corporate Programs.

The amount of the death benefit payable under the rider will equal the Cash
Surrender Value under the Policy on the date we receive satisfactory evidence
of either (1) or (2), above, (less any Indebtedness and any term insurance
added by other riders) plus the product of the applicable "benefit factor"
multiplied by the difference of (a) minus (b), where (a) equals the Policy's
death benefit proceeds, and (b) equals the Policy's Cash Surrender Value. The
"benefit factor", in the case of terminal illness, is 0.85 and, in the case of
permanent nursing home confinement, is 0.70.

Pursuant to the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, we
believe that for federal income tax purposes an accelerated death benefit
payment made under the Accelerated Death Benefit Settlement Option Rider should
be fully excludable from the gross income of the Beneficiary, as long as the
Beneficiary is the Insured under the Policy. However, you should consult a
qualified tax advisor about the consequences of adding this Rider to a Policy
or requesting an accelerated death benefit payment under this Rider.

Records and Reports

We will maintain all records relating to the Separate Account and will mail to
the Owner once each Policy Year, at the last known address of record, a report
which shows the current Policy values, premiums paid, deductions made since the
last report, and any outstanding Policy Loans. The Owner will also be sent
without comment periodic reports for the Funds and a list of the portfolio
securities held in each Fund. Receipt of premium payments directly from the
Owner, transfers, partial withdrawals, Policy Loans, loan repayments, changes
in death benefit options, increases or decreases in Face Amount, surrenders and
reinstatements will be confirmed promptly following each transaction.

An Owner may request in writing a projection of illustrated future Cash
Surrender Values and death benefits. This projection will be furnished by us
for a nominal fee.

                                       35
<PAGE>

                          DISTRIBUTION OF THE POLICIES

Walnut Street Securities, Inc. ("Walnut Street") acts as principal underwriter
of the Policies pursuant to an Underwriting Agreement with us. Walnut Street is
a wholly-owned subsidiary of GenAmerica Corporation, a Missouri general
business corporation, which is also a parent company of the Company. GenAmerica
Corporation is wholly owned by Metropolitan Life Insurance Company, a New York
insurance company. Walnut Street is registered with the SEC under the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as a broker-dealer and is a member of the
National Association of Securities Dealers. Walnut Street's Internal Revenue
Service employer identification No. is 43-1333368. It is a Missouri corporation
formed May 4, 1984. Walnut Street's address is 400 South 4th Street, Suite
1000, St. Louis, MO. 63102. The Policies will be sold by broker-dealers who
have entered into written sales agreements with Walnut Street. Sales of the
Policies may take place in all states (except New York) and the District of
Columbia.

Broker-dealers will receive commissions based upon a commission schedule in the
sales agreement with us and Walnut Street. Broker-dealers compensate their
registered representative agents. Commissions are payable on net collected
premiums received by the Company. Maximum commissions payable to a broker-
dealer during the first year of a Group Contract or other employer-sponsored
insurance program are (a) 18% of premiums that do not exceed the cost of
insurance assessed during the first Policy Year plus (b) 1% of premiums in
excess of the cost of insurance assessed during that Policy Year. In all
renewal years of a Group Contract or other employer-sponsored insurance program
maximum commissions are (a) 3% of premiums that do not exceed the cost of
insurance assessed during the respective Policy Year plus (b) 1% of premiums in
excess of the cost of insurance assessed during that Policy Year. In lieu of
the part (b) of renewal commissions described above payable on premiums
received in excess of the cost of insurance assessed, renewal commissions may
be up to 0.25% per year of the average Cash Value of a Policy during a Policy
Year or calendar year. In no event will commissions be payable for more than 20
years.

                    GENERAL PROVISIONS OF THE GROUP CONTRACT

Issuance

The Group Contract will be issued upon receipt of a signed application for
Group Insurance signed by a duly authorized officer of the employer and
acceptance by a duly authorized officer of the Company at its Home Office.

Premium Payments

The Contractholder will give planned premium payments for Insureds of the
Contractholder or an Associated Company in an amount authorized by the employee
to be deducted from his wages. All planned premiums under a Group Contract must
be given in advance. The planned premium payment interval is agreed to by the
Contractholder and us. Prior to each planned payment interval, we will furnish
the Contractholder with a statement of the planned premium payments to be made
under the Group Contract or such other notification as has been agreed to by
the Contractholder and us.

Grace Period

If the Contractholder does not give planned premium payments in a timely
fashion, the Group Contract will be in default. A grace period of 31 days
begins on the date that the planned premiums were scheduled to be given. If the
Contractholder does not give premiums prior to the end of the grace period, the
Group Contract will terminate. However, the Individual Insurance will continue
following the Group Contract's termination, provided such insurance is not
surrendered or cancelled by the Owner. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--
Eligibility Change Conversion.")

Termination

Except as described in "Grace Period" above, the Group Contract will be
terminated immediately upon default. In addition, we may end a Group Contract
or any of its provisions on 31 days' notice. If the Group

                                       36
<PAGE>

Contract terminates, any Policies in effect will remain in force on an
individual basis, unless such insurance is surrendered or cancelled by the
Owner. New Policies will be issued as described in "Policy Rights and
Privileges--Eligibility Change Conversion."

Right to Examine Group Contract

The Contractholder may terminate the Group Contract within 20 days after
receiving it, within 45 days after the application was signed or within 10 days
of mailing a notice of the cancellation right, whichever is latest. To cancel
the Group Contract, the Contractholder should mail or deliver the Group
Contract to us.

Entire Contract

The Group Contract, with the attached copy of the Contractholder's application
and other attached papers, if any, is the entire contract between the
Contractholder and us. All statements made by the Contractholder, any Owner or
any Insured will be deemed representations and not warranties. Misstatements
will not be used in any contest or to reduce claim under the Group Contract,
unless it is in writing. A copy of the application containing such misstatement
must have been given to the Contractholder or to the Insured or to his
Beneficiary, if any.

Incontestability

We cannot contest the Group Contract after it has been in force for two years
from the date of issue.

Ownership of Group Contract

The Contractholder owns the Group Contract. The Group Contract may be changed
or ended by agreement between us and the Contractholder without the consent of,
or notice to, any person claiming rights or benefits under the Group Contract.
However, the Contractholder does not have any ownership interest in the
Policies issued under the Group Contract. The rights and benefits under the
Policies inure to the benefit of the Owners, Insureds, and Beneficiaries as set
forth herein and in the Policies.

                              FEDERAL TAX MATTERS

Introduction

The following summary provides a general description of the federal income tax
considerations associated with the Policy and does not purport to be complete
or to cover all tax situations. This discussion is not intended as tax advice.
Counsel or other competent tax advisors should be consulted for more complete
information. This discussion is based upon our understanding of the present
federal income tax laws. No representation is made as to the likelihood of
continuation of the present federal income tax laws or as to how they may be
interpreted by the Internal Revenue Service.

Tax Status of the Policy

In order to qualify as a life insurance contract for federal income tax
purposes and to receive the tax treatment normally accorded life insurance
contracts under federal tax law, a Policy must satisfy certain requirements
which are set forth in the Internal Revenue Code. Guidance as to how these
requirements are to be applied is limited. Nevertheless, we believe that the
Policy should satisfy the applicable requirements. If it is subsequently
determined that a Policy does not satisfy the applicable requirements, we may
take appropriate steps to bring the Policy into compliance with such
requirements and we reserve the right to restrict Policy transactions in order
to do so.

In certain circumstances, owners of variable life insurance contracts have been
considered for federal income tax purposes to be the owners of the assets of
the variable account supporting their contracts due to their ability

                                       37
<PAGE>

to exercise investment control over those assets. Where this is the case, the
contract owners have been currently taxed on income and gains attributable to
the variable account assets. There is little guidance in this area, and some
features of the Policies, such as the flexibility of a Owner to allocate
premiums and cash values, have not been explicitly addressed in published
rulings. While we believe that the Policies do not give Owners investment
control over Variable Account assets, we reserve the right to modify the
Policies as necessary to prevent a Owner from being treated as the owner of the
Variable Account assets supporting the Policy.

In addition, the Code requires that the investments of the Variable Account be
"adequately diversified" in order for the Policies to be treated as life
insurance contracts for federal income tax purposes. It is intended that the
Variable Account, through its decisions, will satisfy these diversification
requirements.

The following discussion assumes that the Policy will qualify as a life
insurance contract for federal income tax purposes.

Tax Treatment of Policy Benefits

In General. We believe that the death benefit under a Policy should be
excludible from the gross income of the beneficiary. Federal, state and local
transfer, and other tax consequences of ownership or receipt of Policy proceeds
depend on the circumstances of each Owner or beneficiary. A tax advisor should
be consulted on these consequences.

Generally, the Owner will not be deemed to be in constructive receipt of the
Policy cash value until there is a distribution. When distributions from a
Policy occur, or when loans are taken out from or secured by a Policy, the tax
consequences depend on whether the Policy is classified as a "modified
endowment contract."

Modified Endowment Contracts. Under the Internal Revenue Code, certain life
insurance contracts are classified as "modified endowment contracts," with less
favorable tax treatment than other life insurance contracts. Due to the
flexibility of the Policies as to premiums and benefits, the individual
circumstances of each Policy will determine whether it is classified as a
modified endowment contract. The rules are too complex to be summarized here,
but generally depend on the amount of premiums paid during the first seven
Policy years. Certain changes in a Policy after it is issued could also cause
it to be classified as a modified endowment contract. A current or prospective
Owner should consult with a competent advisor to determine whether a Policy
transaction will cause the Policy to be classified as a modified endowment
contract.

Distributions Other Than Death Benefits from Modified Endowment Contracts.
Policies classified as modified endowment contracts are subject to the
following tax rules:

  (1) All distributions other than death benefits, including distributions
      upon surrender and withdrawals, from a modified endowment contract will
      be treated first as distributions of gain taxable as ordinary income
      and as tax-free recovery of the Owner's investment in the Policy only
      after all gain has been distributed.

  (2) Loans taken from or secured by a Policy classified as a modified
      endowment contract are treated as distributions and taxed accordingly.

  (3) A 10 percent additional income tax is imposed on the amount subject to
      tax except where the distribution or loan is made when the Owner has
      attained age 59 or is disabled, or where the distribution is part of a
      series of substantially equal periodic payments for the life (or life
      expectancy) of the Owner or the joint lives (or joint life
      expectancies) of the Owner and the Owner's beneficiary or designated
      beneficiary.

If a Policy becomes a modified endowment contract, distributions that occur
during the contract year will be taxed as distributions from a modified
endowment contract. In addition, distributions from a Policy within two years
before it becomes a modified endowment contract will be taxed in this manner.
This means that a distribution made from a Policy that is not a modified
endowment contract could later become taxable as a distribution from a modified
endowment contract.

                                       38
<PAGE>

Distributions Other Than Death Benefits from Policies that are not Modified
Endowment Contracts. Distributions other than death benefits from a Policy that
is not classified as a modified endowment contract are generally treated first
as a recovery of the Owner's investment in the Policy and only after the
recovery of all investment in the Policy as taxable income. However, certain
distributions which must be made in order to enable the Policy to continue to
qualify as a life insurance contract for federal income tax purposes if Policy
benefits are reduced during the first 15 Policy years may be treated in whole
or in part as ordinary income subject to tax.

Loans from or secured by a Policy that is not a modified endowment contract are
generally not treated as distributions.

Finally, neither distributions from nor loans from or secured by a Policy that
is not a modified endowment contract are subject to the 10 percent additional
income tax.

Investment in the Policy. Your investment in the Policy is generally your
aggregate premiums. When a distribution is taken from the Policy, your
investment in the Policy is reduced by the amount of the distribution that is
tax-free.

Policy Loans. In general, interest on a Policy loan will not be deductible. If
a Policy loan is outstanding when a Policy is canceled or lapses, the amount of
the outstanding indebtedness will be added to the amount distributed and will
be taxed accordingly.
Before taking out a Policy loan, you should consult a tax adviser as to the tax
consequences.

Multiple Policies. All modified endowment contracts that are issued by us (or
our affiliates) to the same Owner during any calendar year are treated as one
modified endowment contract for purposes of determining the amount includible
in the Owner's income when a taxable distribution occurs.

Accelerated Death Benefit Settlement Option Rider. We believe that payments
received under the Accelerated Death Benefit Settlement Option Rider should be
fully excludable from the gross income of the beneficiary if the beneficiary is
the insured under the Policy. However, you should consult a qualified tax
adviser about the consequences of adding this rider to a Policy or requesting
payment under this rider.

HIV Acceleration of Death Benefit Rider. The tax consequences association with
the HIV Acceleration of Death Benefit Rider are uncertain and a tax advisor
should be consulted.

Business Uses of Policy. Businesses can use the Policies in various
arrangements, including nonqualified deferred compensation or salary
continuance plans, split dollar insurance plans, executive bonus plans, tax
exempt and nonexempt welfare benefit plans, retiree medical benefit plans and
others. The tax consequences of such plans may vary depending on the particular
facts and circumstances. If you are purchasing the Policy for any arrangement
the value of which depends in part on its tax consequences, you should consult
a qualified tax adviser. In recent years, moreover, Congress has adopted new
rules relating to life insurance owned by businesses. Any business
contemplating the purchase of a new Policy or a change in an existing Policy
should consult a tax adviser.

Other Tax Considerations. The transfer of the Policy or designation of a
beneficiary may have federal, state, and/or local transfer and inheritance tax
consequences, including the imposition of gift, estate, and generation-skipping
transfer taxes. For example, the transfer of the Policy to, or the designation
as a beneficiary of, or the payment of proceeds to, a person who is assigned to
a generation which is two or more generations below the generation assignment
of the owner may have generation skipping transfer tax consequences under
federal tax law. The individual situation of each owner or beneficiary will
determine the extent, if any, to which federal, state, and local transfer and
inheritance taxes may be imposed and how ownership or receipt of Policy
proceeds will be treated for purposes of federal, state and local estate,
inheritance, generation skipping and other taxes.


                                       39
<PAGE>

Possible Tax Law Changes. Although the likelihood of legislative changes is
uncertain, there is always the possibility that the tax treatment of the Policy
could change by legislation or otherwise. Consult a tax adviser with respect to
legislative developments and their effect on the Policy.

Our Income Taxes

Under current federal income tax law, we are not taxed on the Separate
Account's operations. Thus, currently we do not deduct a charge from the
Separate Account for federal income taxes. We reserve the right to charge the
Separate Account for any future federal income taxes or economic burdens we may
incur.

Under current laws in several states, we may incur state and local taxes (in
addition to premium taxes). These taxes are not now significant and we are not
currently charging for them. If they increase, we may deduct charges for such
taxes.

                  SAFEKEEPING OF THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT'S ASSETS

The Company holds assets of the Separate Account. The assets are kept
physically segregated and held separate and apart from our general assets. We
maintain records of all purchases and redemptions of Fund shares by each of the
Divisions. Additional protection for assets of the Separate Account is afforded
by Financial Institution Bonds issued by St. Paul Fire and Marine Company with
a limit of $25 million, covering all officers and employees of the Company who
have access to the assets of the Separate Account.

                                 VOTING RIGHTS

To the extent required by law, the Company will vote the shares held in the
Separate Account at regular and special shareholder meetings of the underlying
Funds in accordance with instructions received from persons having voting
interests in the corresponding Divisions of the Separate Account. If, however,
the 1940 Act or any regulation thereunder should be amended or if the present
interpretation thereof should change, and as a result the Company determines
that it is permitted to vote shares of the underlying Funds in its own right,
it may elect to do so.

The Owners of Policies ordinarily are the persons having a voting interest in
the Divisions of the Separate Account. The number of votes which an Owner has
the right to instruct will be calculated separately for each Division. The
number of votes which each Owner has the right to instruct will be determined
by dividing a Policy's Cash Value in a Division by the net asset value per
share of the corresponding Fund in which the Division invests. Fractional
shares will be counted. The number of votes of the Fund which the Owner has
right to instruct will be determined as of the date coincident with the date
established by that Fund for determining shareholders eligible to vote at the
meeting of the underlying Funds. Voting instructions will be solicited by
written communications prior to such meeting in accordance with procedures
established by the underlying Funds.

Because the Funds serve as investment vehicles for this Policy as well as for
other variable life insurance policies sold by insurers other than the Company
and funded through other separate investment accounts, persons owning the other
policies will enjoy similar voting rights. We will vote Fund shares held in the
Separate Account for which no timely voting instructions are received and Fund
shares that we own as a consequence of accrued charges under the Policies, in
proportion to the voting instructions which are received with respect to all
Policies participating in a Fund. Each person having a voting interest in a
Division will receive proxy material, reports, and other materials relating to
the appropriate Fund.

Disregard of Voting Instructions. The Company may, when required by state
insurance regulatory authorities, disregard voting instructions if the
instructions require that the shares be voted so as to cause a change in the

                                       40
<PAGE>

subclassification or investment objective of or one or more of the Funds or to
approve or disapprove an investment advisory contract for a Fund. In addition,
the Company itself may disregard voting instructions in favor of changes
initiated by an Owner in the investment policy or by the investment adviser or
sub-adviser of a Fund if the Company reasonably disapproves of such changes. A
proposed change would be disapproved only if the proposed change is contrary to
state law or prohibited by state regulatory authorities, or we determine that
the change would have an adverse effect on its general assets in that the
proposed investment policy for a Fund may result in overly speculative or
unsound investments. In the event we do disregard voting instructions, a
summary of that action and the reasons for such action will be included in the
next annual report to Owners.

                                      IMSA

The Company is a member of the Insurance Market place Standards Association
("IMSA"), and as such may include the IMSA logo and information about IMSA
membership in its advertisements. Companies that belong to IMSA subscribe to a
set of ethical standards covering the various aspects of sales and service for
individually sold life insurance and annuities.

                        STATE REGULATION OF THE COMPANY

We are a stock life insurance company organized under the laws of Missouri and
subject to regulation by the Missouri Division of Insurance. An annual
statement is filed with the Director of Insurance on or before March 1 each
year covering the operations and reporting on the financial condition of the
Company as of December 31 of the preceding year. Periodically, the Director of
Insurance examines our liabilities and reserves and the liabilities and
reserves of the Separate Account and certifies their adequacy. A full
examination of the Company's operations is conducted by the National
Association of Insurance Commissioners at least once every three years.

In addition, we are subject to the insurance laws and regulations of other
states within which it is licensed or may become licensed to operate.
Generally, the insurance departments of other states apply the laws of the
state of domicile in determining permissible investments.


                                       41
<PAGE>

                           MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
           Name             Principal Occupation(s) During Past Five Years (1)
           ----             --------------------------------------------------
 <C>                       <S>
 Executive Officers(2)

 Carl H. Anderson(4)       President and Chief Executive Officer since June
                           1986. Vice President, New Ventures, since June 1986,
                           General American Life Insurance Co., St. Louis, Mo.
                           (GenAm).

 Matthew K. Duffy(4)       Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since
                           June 1996. Formerly Director of Accounting,
                           Prudential Insurance Company of America, March
                           1987-- June 1996.

 E. Thomas Hughes, Jr. (4) Treasurer since December 1994. Corporate Actuary and
  General American Life    Treasurer, GenAm since October 1994.
  Insurance Company
  700 Market Street
  St. Louis, MO 63101

 Matthew P. McCauley(4)    Vice President and General Counsel since 1984.
  General American Life    Secretary since August 1981. Vice President and
  Insurance Company        Associate General Counsel, GenAm, since December 30,
  700 Market Street        1995.
  St. Louis, MO 63101

 Craig K. Nordyke(4)       Executive Vice President and Chief Actuary since
                           November 1996. Vice President and Chief Actuary
                           August 1990--November 1996.

 John R. Tremmel           Vice President--Operations and System Development
                           since January 1999. Formerly Chief Operating
                           Officer, ISP Alliance, April 1998--December 1998.
                           Vice President and General Manager of National
                           Operations Centers, Norell Corporation, January
                           1995--March 1998. Senior Vice President, Citicorp
                           Insurance Group, September 1986--December 1995.

 Directors(3)

 Richard A. Liddy          Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, GenAm, since
                           January 2000. Chairman, President, and Chief
                           Executive Officer, GenAm, May 1992--January 2000.

 Warren J. Winer           Executive Vice President--Group, GenAm, since
                           September 1995. Formerly, Managing Director, Wm. M.
                           Mercer, July 1993--August 1995.

 Bernard H. Wolzenski      Executive Vice President--Individual, GenAm, since
                           October 1991.

 A. Greig Woodring         President and CEO, Reinsurance Group of America,
                           Inc., since May 1993, and Executive Vice President--
                           Reinsurance, GenAm, since January 1990.
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) All positions listed are with the Company unless otherwise indicated.
(2) The principal business address of each person listed is Paragon Life
    Insurance Company, 100 South Brentwood, St. Louis, MO 63105 unless
    otherwise noted.
(3) The principal business address of each person listed is General American
    Life Insurance Company, 700 Market Street, St. Louis, MO 63101, except A.
    Greig Woodring--Reinsurance Group of America, 1370 Timberlake Manor
    Parkway, Chesterfield, MO 63017.
(4) Indicates Executive Officers who are also Directors.

                                       42
<PAGE>

                                 LEGAL MATTERS

Sutherland Asbill & Brennan LLP of Washington, D.C. has provided advice on
certain legal matters relating to aspects of federal securities laws. All
matters of Missouri law pertaining to the Policies, including the validity of
the Policies and the Company's right to issue the Policies and the Group
Contract under Missouri insurance law, and all legal matters relating to the
Parent Company's resolution concerning Policies issued by Paragon have been
passed upon by Matthew P. McCauley, Esquire, General Counsel of Paragon Life
Insurance Company.

                               LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

There are no legal proceedings to which the Separate Account is a party or to
which the assets of the Separate Account are subject. The Company is not
involved in any litigation that is of material importance in relation to its
total assets or that relates to the Separate Account.

                                    EXPERTS

The financial statements of the Company and the Separate Account included in
this Prospectus and in the registration statement have been included in
reliance upon the reports of KPMG LLP, independent certified public
accountants, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as
experts in accounting and auditing.

Actuarial matters included in this Prospectus have been examined by Craig K.
Nordyke, FSA, MAAA, Executive Vice President and Chief Actuary of the Company,
as stated in the opinion filed as an exhibit to the registration statement.

                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

A registration statement has been filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission, under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with respect to the
Policies offered hereby. This Prospectus does not contain all the information
set forth in the registration statement and the amendments and exhibits to the
registration statement, to all of which reference is made for further
information concerning the Separate Account, the Company and the Policy offered
hereby. Statements contained in this Prospectus as to the contents of the
Policy and other legal instruments are summaries. For a complete statement of
the terms thereof reference is made to such instruments as filed.

                              FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The financial statements of the Company which are included in this Prospectus
should be distinguished from the financial statements for the Separate Account
included in this Prospectus, and should be considered only as bearing on the
ability of the Company to meet its obligations under the Policy. They should
not be considered as bearing on the investment performance of the assets held
in the Separate Account.

                                       43
<PAGE>

                                  DEFINITIONS

Attained Age--The Issue Age of the Insured plus the number of completed Policy
Years.

Associated Companies--The companies listed in a Group Contract's specifications
pages that are under common control through stock ownership, contract or
otherwise, with the Contractholder.

Beneficiary--The person(s) named in an Individual Insurance Policy or by later
designation to receive Policy proceeds in the event of the Insured's death. A
Beneficiary may be changed as set forth in the Policy and this Prospectus.

Cash Value--The total amount that a Policy provides for investment at any time.
It is equal to the total of the amounts credited to the Owner in the Separate
Account and in the Loan Account.

Cash Surrender Value--The Cash Value of a Policy on the date of surrender, less
any Indebtedness.

Certificate--A document issued to Owners of Policies issued under Group
Contracts, setting forth or summarizing the Owner's rights and benefits.

Contractholder--The employer, association, sponsoring organization or trust
that is issued a Group Contract.

Corporate Program--A category of Policies available, usually as an Individual
Policy, in which the sponsoring employer or its designated trust is generally
the Owner of the Policy.

Division--A subaccount of the Separate Account. Each Division invests
exclusively in an available underlying Fund.

Employee--A person who is employed and paid for services by an employer on a
regular basis. To qualify as an employee, a person ordinarily must work for an
employer at least 30 hours per week. The Company may waive or modify this
requirement at its discretion. An employee may also include an independent
contractor acting in many respects as an employee with a sponsoring employer.
An employee may include a partner in a partnership if the employer is a
partnership.

Executive Program--A category of Policies issued under Group Contracts or
employer-sponsored insurance programs that have a maximum Face Amount available
for each Policy generally in excess of $500,000.

Face Amount--The minimum death benefit under the Policy so long as the Policy
remains in force.

Group Contract--A group flexible premium variable life insurance contract
issued to the Contractholder by the Company.

Home Office--The service office of the Company, the mailing address of which is
100 South Brentwood, St. Louis, Missouri 63105.

Indebtedness--The sum of all unpaid Policy Loans and accrued interest charged
on loans.

Individual Insurance--Insurance provided under a Group Contract or under an
Individual Policy issued in connection with an employer-sponsored insurance
program on an employee or an employee's spouse.

Insured--The person whose life is insured under a Policy. The term may include
both an employee and an employee's spouse.

Investment Start Date--The date the initial premium is applied to the Divisions
of the Separate Account. This date is the later of the Issue Date or the date
the initial premium is received at the Company's Home Office.

                                       44
<PAGE>

Issue Age--The Insured's Age at his or her last birthday as of the date the
Policy is issued.

Issue Date--The effective date of coverage under a Policy. The Issue Date is
the date from which Policy Anniversaries, Policy Years, and Policy Months are
measured.

Loan Account--The account of the Company to which amounts securing Policy Loans
are allocated. It is a part of the Company's general assets.

Loan Value--The maximum amount that may be borrowed under a Policy after the
first Policy Anniversary.

Maturity Date--The Policy Anniversary on which the Insured reaches Attained Age
95.

Monthly Anniversary--The same date in each succeeding month as the Issue Date
except that whenever the Monthly Anniversary falls on a date other than a
Valuation Date, the Monthly Anniversary will be deemed the next Valuation Date.
If any Monthly Anniversary would be the 29th, 30th, or 31st day of a month that
does not have that number of days, then the Monthly Anniversary will be the
last day of that month.

Net Premium--The premium less any premium expense charge and any charge for
premium taxes.

Owner--The Owner of a Policy, as designated in the application or as
subsequently changed.

Policy--Either the Certificate or the Individual Policy offered by the Company
and described in this Prospectus. Under Group Contracts, the Policy may be
issued on the employee or on the employee's spouse.

Policy Anniversary--The same date each year as the Issue Date.

Policy Month--A month beginning on the Monthly Anniversary.

Policy Year--A period beginning on a Policy Anniversary and ending on the day
immediately preceding the next Policy Anniversary.

Separate Account--The Separate Account B, a separate investment account
established by the Company to receive and invest the net premiums paid under
the Policy.

Spouse--An employee's legal spouse. The term does not include a spouse who is
legally separated from the employee.

Valuation Date--Each day that the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading,
except on the day after Thanksgiving when the Company is closed.

Valuation Period--The period between two successive Valuation Dates, commencing
at the close of business of a Valuation Date and ending at the close of
business of the next succeeding Valuation Date.

                                       45
<PAGE>


                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

The Board of Directors
Paragon Life Insurance Company:

  We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Paragon Life Insurance
Company as of December 31, 1999 and 1998, and the related statements of
operations and comprehensive income, stockholder's equity, and cash flows for
each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 1999. These
financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audits.

  We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.

  In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of Paragon Life Insurance Company
as of December 31, 1999 and 1998, and the results of its operations and its
cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31,
1999, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.


March 10, 2000

KPMG LLP. KPMG LLP, a U.S. limited liability partnership, is a member of KPMG
International, a Swiss association.

                                      F-1
<PAGE>

                         PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                                 Balance Sheets
                           December 31, 1999 and 1998
                           (in thousands of dollars)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                               1999     1998
                             --------  -------
<S>                          <C>       <C>
           Assets
Fixed maturities, available
 for sale................... $ 81,421   83,384
Policy loans................   16,954   14,135
Cash and cash equivalents...   10,591    7,439
                             --------  -------
    Total cash and invested
     assets.................  108,966  104,958
                             --------  -------
Reinsurance recoverables....    1,314    1,170
Deposits relating to
 reinsured policyholder
 account balances...........    7,020    6,688
Accrued investment income...    1,853    1,545
Deferred policy acquisition
 costs......................   24,357   20,602
Fixed assets and leasehold
 improvements, net..........    1,031    4,504
Other assets................      262      105
Separate account assets.....  255,190  168,222
                             --------  -------
    Total assets............ $399,993  307,794
                             ========  =======
      Liabilities and
    Stockholder's Equity
Policyholder account
 balances...................  101,665   93,334
Policy and contract claims..    1,691    1,672
Federal income taxes
 payable....................    1,007      281
Other liabilities and
 accrued expenses...........    3,734    3,943
Payable to affiliates.......    3,803    2,062
Due to separate account.....      192      183
Deferred tax liability......    3,070    5,591
Separate account
 liabilities................  255,126  168,222
                             --------  -------
    Total liabilities....... $370,288  275,288
                             --------  -------
Stockholder's equity:
  Common stock, par value
   $25; 100,000 shares
   authorized;
   82,000 shares issued and
   outstanding..............    2,050    2,050
  Additional paid-in
   capital..................   17,950   17,950
  Accumulated other
   comprehensive (loss)
   income...................   (2,748)   2,809
  Retained earnings.........   12,453    9,697
                             --------  -------
    Total stockholder's
     equity................. $ 29,705   32,506
                             --------  -------
    Total liabilities and
     stockholder's equity... $399,993  307,794
                             ========  =======
</TABLE>

                See accompanying notes to financial statements.

                                      F-2
<PAGE>

                         PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

               Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income
                  Years ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997
                           (in thousands of dollars)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          1999     1998   1997
                                                         -------  ------ ------
<S>                                                      <C>      <C>    <C>
Revenues:
  Policy contract charges............................... $24,577  20,437 16,417
  Net investment income.................................   7,726   6,983  6,288
  Commissions and expense allowances on reinsurance
   ceded................................................     292     124     10
  Net realized investment gains.........................      57      53     69
                                                         -------  ------ ------
    Total revenues......................................  32,652  27,597 22,784
                                                         =======  ====== ======
Benefits and expenses:
  Policy benefits.......................................   4,616   4,774  3,876
  Interest credited to policyholder account balances....   5,524   5,228  4,738
  Commissions, net of capitalized costs.................     445     167    227
  General and administration expenses, net of
   capitalized costs....................................  11,394   9,042  7,743
  Policy administration system expenses.................   4,787     469    --
  Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs.....   1,631   1,150    424
                                                         -------  ------ ------
    Total benefits and expenses.........................  28,397  20,830 17,008
                                                         =======  ====== ======
    Income before federal income tax expense............   4,255   6,766  5,775
Federal income tax expense..............................   1,499   2,368  1,885
                                                         -------  ------ ------
Net income.............................................. $ 2,756   4,398  3,890
Other comprehensive (loss) income.......................  (5,557)    851  1,636
                                                         -------  ------ ------
Comprehensive (loss) income............................. $(2,801)  5,249  5,526
                                                         =======  ====== ======
</TABLE>


                See accompanying notes to financial statements.

                                      F-3
<PAGE>

                         PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                       Statements of Stockholder's Equity
                 Years ended December 31, 1999, 1998, and 1997
                           (in thousands of dollars)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            Accumulated
                                Additional     other                  Total
                         Common  paid-in   comprehensive Retained stockholder's
                         Stock   capital      income     earnings    equity
                         ------ ---------- ------------- -------- -------------
<S>                      <C>    <C>        <C>           <C>      <C>
Balance at December 31,
 1996................... $2,050   17,950         322       1,409     21,731
  Net income............    --       --          --        3,890      3,890
  Other comprehensive
   income...............    --       --        1,636         --       1,636
                         ------   ------      ------      ------     ------
Balance at December 31,
 1997................... $2,050   17,950       1,958       5,299     27,257
  Net income............    --       --          --        4,398      4,398
  Other comprehensive
   income...............    --       --          851         --         851
                         ------   ------      ------      ------     ------
Balance at December 31,
 1998................... $2,050   17,950       2,809       9,697     32,506
  Net income............    --       --          --        2,756      2,756
  Other comprehensive
   loss.................    --       --       (5,557)        --      (5,557)
                         ------   ------      ------      ------     ------
Balance at December 31,
 1999................... $2,050   17,950      (2,748)     12,453     29,705
                         ======   ======      ======      ======     ======
</TABLE>


                See accompanying notes to financial statements.

                                      F-4
<PAGE>

                         PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                            Statements of Cash Flows
                  Years ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997
                           (in thousands of dollars)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      1999     1998     1997
                                                    --------  -------  -------
<S>                                                 <C>       <C>      <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
  Net income....................................... $  2,756    4,398    3,890
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
   provided by (used in) operating activities:
    Change in:
      Reinsurance recoverables.....................     (144)     563     (892)
      Deposits relating to reinsured policyholder
       account balances............................     (332)    (272)    (342)
      Accrued investment income....................     (308)    (168)     (79)
      Federal income tax payable...................      726      118     (648)
      Other assets.................................    3,316   (1,821)  (1,280)
      Policy and contract claims...................       19      587      (23)
      Other liabilities and accrued expenses.......     (209)     457      782
      Payable to affiliates........................    1,741      442     (669)
      Company ownership of separate account........      (64)     --       --
      Due to separate account......................        9      122      (34)
    Deferred tax expense...........................      469      740      732
    Policy acquisition costs deferred..............   (4,185)  (3,808)  (2,972)
    Amortization of deferred policy acquisition
     costs.........................................    1,631    1,150      424
    Interest credited to policyholder accounts.....    5,524    5,228    4,738
    Net gain on sales and calls of fixed
     maturities....................................      (57)     (53)     (69)
                                                    --------  -------  -------
Net cash provided by operating activities..........   10,892    7,683    3,558
                                                    --------  -------  -------
Cash flows from investing activities:
  Purchase of fixed maturities.....................  (12,423) (14,915) (12,557)
  Sale or maturity of fixed maturities.............    4,695    8,632    5,255
  Increase in policy loans, net....................   (2,819)  (2,648)  (1,923)
                                                    --------  -------  -------
Net cash used in investing activities                (10,547)  (8,931)  (9,225)
                                                    --------  -------  -------
Cash flows from financing activities:
  Net policyholder account deposits................    2,807    2,954    2,294
                                                    --------  -------  -------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash
 equivalents.......................................    3,152    1,706   (3,373)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year.....    7,439    5,733    9,106
                                                    --------  -------  -------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year........... $ 10,591    7,439    5,733
                                                    --------  -------  -------
Income taxes paid.................................. $   (346)  (1,460)  (1,801)
                                                    ========  =======  =======
</TABLE>

                See accompanying notes to financial statements.

                                      F-5
<PAGE>

                         PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                         Notes to Financial Statements

(1) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

  Paragon Life Insurance Company (Paragon or the Company) is a wholly owned
subsidiary of General American Life Insurance Company (General American or the
Parent). Paragon markets universal life and variable universal life insurance
products through the sponsorship of major companies and organizations. Paragon
is licensed to do business in the District of Columbia and all states except
New York.

  General American has guaranteed that Paragon will have sufficient funds to
meet all of its contractual obligations. In the event a policyholder presents a
legitimate claim for payment on a Paragon insurance policy, General American
will pay such claim directly to the policyholder if Paragon is unable to make
such payment. The guarantee agreement is binding on General American, its
successor or assignee and shall cease only if the guarantee is assigned to an
organization having a financial rating from Standard & Poor's equal to or
better than General American's rating.

  The accompanying financial statements are prepared on the basis of generally
accepted accounting principles. The preparation of financial statements
requires the use of estimates by management which affect the amounts reflected
in the financial statements. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Accounts that the Company deems to be sensitive to changes in estimates include
deferred policy acquisition costs and contract claims.

  The significant accounting policies of the Company are as follows:

 (a) Recognition of Policy Revenue and Related Expenses

  Revenues for universal life products consist of policy charges for the cost
of insurance, administration and surrender charges during the period. Revenues
for variable universal life products also include policy charges for mortality
and expense risks assumed by Paragon. Policy benefits and expenses include
interest credited to policy account balances on universal life products and
death benefit payments made in excess of policy account balances.

  Policy acquisition costs, such as commissions and certain costs of policy
issuance and underwriting, are deferred and amortized in relation to the
present value of expected gross profits over the estimated life of the
policies.

 (b) Invested Assets

  Investment securities are accounted for at fair value. At December 31, 1999
and 1998, fixed maturity securities are classified as available-for-sale and
are carried at fair value with the unrealized gain or loss, net of taxes, being
reflected as accumulated other comprehensive income, a separate component of
stockholder's equity. Policy loans are valued at aggregate unpaid balances.

  Realized gains or losses on the sale of securities are determined on the
basis of specific identification and include the impact of any related
amortization of premiums or accretion of discounts which is generally computed
consistent with the interest method.

  Amortization of the premium or discount on mortgage-backed securities is
recognized using a level-yield method which considers the estimated timing and
amount of prepayments of underlying mortgage loans. Actual prepayment
experience is periodically reviewed and effective yields are recalculated when
differences arise between the prepayments originally anticipated and the actual
prepayments received and currently anticipated. When such differences occur,
the net investment in the mortgage-backed security is adjusted to the amount
that would have existed had the new effective yield been applied since the
acquisition of the security with a corresponding charge or credit to interest
income.

                                      F-6
<PAGE>

                         PARGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                   Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)

 (c) Policyholder Account Balances

  Policyholder account balances are equal to the policyholder account value
before deduction of any surrender charges. The policyholder account value
represents an accumulation of gross premium payments plus credited interest
less expense and mortality charges and withdrawals. These expense charges are
recognized in income as earned. Certain variable life policies allow
policyholders to exchange accumulated assets from the variable rate separate
accounts to a fixed-interest general account policy. The fixed-interest general
account guaranteed minimum crediting rates of 4% in 1999, 1998 and 1997. The
actual crediting rate ranged from 6.1% to 6.5% in 1999, and was 6.5% in 1998
and 1997.

 (d) Federal Income Taxes

  The Company establishes deferred taxes under the asset and liability method,
and deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax
consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement
carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax
bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates
expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary
differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax
assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the
period that includes the enactment date.

  The Company files its federal income tax return on a consolidated basis with
its Parent and other subsidiaries. In accordance with a tax allocation
agreement between Paragon and General American, taxes are computed as if
Paragon was filing its own income tax return, and tax expense (benefit) is paid
to, or received from, General American.

 (e) Reinsurance

  Balances resulting from agreements which transfer funds relating to
policyholder account balances have been accounted for as deposits. Other
reinsurance activities are accounted for consistent with terms of the risk
transfer reinsurance contracts. Premiums for reinsurance ceded to other
companies have been reported as a reduction of policy contract charges. Amounts
applicable to reinsurance ceded for future policy benefits and claim
liabilities have been reported as assets for these items, and commissions and
expense allowances received in connection with reinsurance ceded have been
accounted for in income as earned. Reinsurance does not relieve the Company
from its primary responsibility to meet claim obligations.

 (f) Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs

  The costs of acquiring new business which vary with, and are primarily
related to, the production of new business have been deferred to the extent
that such costs are deemed recoverable from future gross profits. Such costs
include commissions, premium taxes, as well as certain costs of policy issuance
and underwriting. Deferred policy acquisition costs are adjusted for the impact
on estimated gross margins of net unrealized gains and losses on investment
securities. The estimates of expected gross margins are evaluated regularly and
are revised if actual experience or other evidence indicates that revision is
appropriate. Upon revision, total amortization recorded to date is adjusted by
a charge or credit to income.

 (g) Separate Account Business

  The assets and liabilities of the separate accounts represent segregated
funds administered and invested by the Company for purposes of funding variable
life insurance contracts for the exclusive benefit of variable life insurance
contract holders. The Company charges the separate accounts for risks it
assumes in issuing a policy and retains varying amounts of withdrawal charges
to cover expenses in the event of early withdrawals by contract holders. The
assets and liabilities of the separate account are carried at fair value.

                                      F-7
<PAGE>

                         PARGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                   Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)

 (h) Fair Value of Financial Instruments

  Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time, based on relevant
market information and information about the financial instrument. These
estimates do not reflect any premium or discount that could result from
offering for sale at one time the Company's entire holdings of a particular
financial instrument. Although fair value estimates are calculated using
assumptions that management believes are appropriate, changes in assumption
could significantly affect the estimates and such estimates should be used with
care. The following assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each
class of financial instrument for which it was practicable to estimate fair
value:

    Fixed maturities--Fixed maturities are valued using quoted market prices,
  if available. If quoted market prices are not available, fair value is
  estimated using quoted market prices of similar securities.

    Policy loans--Policy loans are carried at their unpaid balances which
  approximates fair value.

    Separate account assets and liabilities--The separate account assets are
  carried at fair value as determined by quoted market prices. Accordingly,
  the carrying value of separate account liabilities is equal to their fair
  value since it represents the contractholders' interest in the separate
  account assets.

    Cash and cash equivalents--The carrying amount is a reasonable estimate
  of fair value.

 (i) Cash and Cash Equivalents

  For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents represent
demand deposits and highly liquid short-term investments, which include U.S.
Treasury bills, commercial paper, and repurchase agreements with original or
remaining maturities of 90 days or less when purchased.

 (j) Subsequent Event

    (i) On January 6, 2000, the Company's ultimate parent, GenAmerica
  Corporation, was purchased by Metropolitan Life Insurance Company.

    (ii) Subsequent to December 31, 1999 a significant customer notified
  Paragon of its intent to terminate its group contract, effective April 30,
  2000. This group represents 29% and 8% of Paragon's policies inforce and
  separate account assets, as of December 31, 1999.

(2) Investments

  The amortized cost and estimated fair value of fixed maturities at December
31, 1999 and 1998 are as follows (000's):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         1999
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                                   Gross      Gross    Estimated
                                       Amortized unrealized unrealized   fair
                                         cost      gains      losses     value
                                       --------- ---------- ---------- ---------
      <S>                              <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>
      U.S. Treasury securities........ $  8,728      53         (162)    8,619
      Corporate securities............   70,312     276       (4,830)   65,758
      Mortgage-backed securities......    6,911      36         (394)    6,553
      Asset-backed securities.........      500     --            (9)      491
                                       --------     ---       ------    ------
                                       $ 86,451     365       (5,395)   81,421
                                       ========     ===       ======    ======
</TABLE>

                                      F-8
<PAGE>

                         PARGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                   Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         1998
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                                   Gross      Gross    Estimated
                                       Amortized unrealized unrealized   fair
                                         cost      gains      losses     value
                                       --------- ---------- ---------- ---------
      <S>                              <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>
      U.S. Treasury securities........  $ 6,705      267        --       6,972
      Corporate securities............   64,607    4,481       (208)    68,880
      Mortgage-backed securities......    6,854      193        (25)     7,022
      Asset-backed securities.........      500       10        --         510
                                        -------    -----       ----     ------
                                        $78,666    4,951       (233)    83,384
                                        =======    =====       ====     ======
</TABLE>

  The amortized cost and estimated fair value of fixed maturities at December
31, 1999, by contractual maturity, are shown below (000's). Expected maturities
may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to
call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       Estimated
                                                             Amortized   Fair
                                                               cost      value
                                                             --------- ---------
      <S>                                                    <C>       <C>
      Due in one year or less............................... $    471      480
      Due after one year through five years.................   22,034   21,893
      Due after five years through ten years................    8,853    8,317
      Due after ten years through twenty years..............   48,182   44,178
      Mortgage-backed securities............................    6,911    6,553
                                                             --------   ------
                                                             $ 86,451   81,421
                                                             ========   ======
</TABLE>

  Proceeds from sales of fixed maturities during 1999, 1998 and 1997 were
$4,695,414, $4,068,639 and $1,328,585 respectively. Gross gains of $56,686,
$53,180 and $68,876 were realized on those sales in 1999, 1998 and 1997,
respectively.

  The sources of net investment income follow (000s):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              1999   1998  1997
                                                             ------- ----- -----
      <S>                                                    <C>     <C>   <C>
      Fixed Maturities...................................... $ 6,077 5,603 4,941
      Short-term investments................................     486   535   608
      Policy loans and other................................   1,244   924   807
                                                             ------- ----- -----
                                                             $ 7,807 7,062 6,356
      Investment expenses...................................     (81)  (79)  (68)
                                                             ------- ----- -----
          Net investment income............................. $ 7,726 6,983 6,288
                                                             ======= ===== =====
</TABLE>

  A summary of the components of the net unrealized appreciation (depreciation)
on invested assets carried at fair value is as follows (in 000's):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         1999     1998    1997
                                                        -------  ------  ------
      <S>                                               <C>      <C>     <C>
      Unrealized appreciation (depreciation):
        Fixed maturities available-for-sale............ $(5,030)  4,717   3,373
        Deferred policy acquisition costs..............     803    (396)   (361)
      Deferred income taxes............................   1,479  (1,512) (1,054)
                                                        -------  ------  ------
      Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation)....... $(2,748)  2,809   1,958
                                                        =======  ======  ======
</TABLE>

  The Company has fixed maturities on deposit with various state insurance
departments with an amortized cost of approximately $4,082,871 and $4,120,850
at December 31, 1999 and 1998 respectively.

                                      F-9
<PAGE>

                         PARGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                   Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)

(3) Reinsurance

  The Company reinsures certain risks with other insurance companies above a
maximum retention amount (currently $50,000) to help reduce the loss on any
single policy.

  Premiums and related reinsurance amounts for the years ended December 31,
1999, 1998 and 1997 as they relate to transactions with affiliates are
summarized as follows (000's):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            1999    1998   1997
                                                           ------- ------ ------
      <S>                                                  <C>     <C>    <C>
      Reinsurance transactions with affiliates:
        Premiums for reinsurance ceded.................... $16,869 14,723 13,001
        Policy benefits ceded.............................  16,823 17,071 14,070
        Commissions and expenses ceded....................     292    123    195
        Reinsurance recoverables..........................   1,268  1,109  1,661
</TABLE>

  Ceded premiums and benefits to nonaffiliates for 1999, 1998 and 1997 were
insignificant.

(4) Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs

  A summary of the policy acquisition costs deferred and amortized is as
follows (000's):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         1999     1998    1997
                                                        -------  ------  ------
      <S>                                               <C>      <C>     <C>
      Balance at beginning of year....................  $20,602  17,980  15,776
      Policy acquisition costs deferred...............    4,185   3,808   2,972
      Policy acquisition costs amortized..............   (1,631) (1,150)   (424)
      Deferred policy acquisition costs relating to
       change in unrealized (gain) loss on investments
       available for sale.............................    1,201     (36)   (344)
                                                        -------  ------  ------
      Balance at end of year..........................  $24,357  20,602  17,980
                                                        =======  ======  ======
</TABLE>

(5) Administration System Write-off

  In 1999 Paragon expensed $4,787,275 relating to the termination of a system
development project for policy administration. The one-time write-off in 1999
of previously capitalized amounts was $3,963,450 and other costs incurred in
1999 relating to the project were $823,825. Other costs incurred and expensed
in 1998 and 1997 were $468,794 and $0, respectively.

(6) Federal Income Taxes

  The Company is taxed as a life insurance company. A summary of Federal income
tax expense is as follows (000s):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              1999   1998  1997
                                                             ------- ----- -----
      <S>                                                    <C>     <C>   <C>
      Current tax expense................................... $ 1,030 1,628 1,153
      Deferred tax expense..................................     469   740   732
                                                             ------- ----- -----
      Federal income tax expense............................ $ 1,499 2,368 1,885
                                                             ======= ===== =====
</TABLE>

                                      F-10
<PAGE>

                         PARGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                   Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)

  A reconciliation of the Company's "expected" federal income tax expense,
computed by applying the federal U.S. corporate tax rate of 35% to income from
operations before federal income tax, is as follows (000s):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             1999   1998  1997
                                                            ------- ----- -----
      <S>                                                   <C>     <C>   <C>
      Computed "expected" tax expense...................... $ 1,489 2,368 2,022
      Other, net...........................................      10     0  (137)
                                                            ------- ----- -----
      Federal income tax expense........................... $ 1,499 2,368 1,885
                                                            ======= ===== =====
</TABLE>

  The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant
portions of deferred tax assets and liabilities at December 31, 1999, 1998 and
1997 are presented below (000's):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              1999   1998  1997
                                                             ------- ----- -----
      <S>                                                    <C>     <C>   <C>
      Deferred tax assets:
        Unearned reinsurance allowances..................... $   194   218   217
        Policy and contract liabilities.....................     583   709 1,031
        Tax capitalization of acquisition costs.............   2,559 2,147 1,755
        Other, net..........................................     359    58    76
        Unrealized Loss on investments, net.................   1,479   --    --
                                                             ------- ----- -----
          Total deferred tax assets......................... $ 5,174 3,132 3,079
                                                             ======= ===== =====
      Deferred tax liabilities:
        Unrealized gain on investments, net................. $   --  1,512 1,054
        Deferred policy acquisition costs...................   8,244 7,211 6,419
                                                             ------- ----- -----
          Total deferred tax liabilities.................... $ 8,244 8,723 7,473
                                                             ------- ----- -----
          Net deferred tax liabilities...................... $ 3,070 5,591 4,394
                                                             ======= ===== =====
</TABLE>

  The Company believes that a valuation allowance with respect to the
realization of the total gross deferred tax asset is not necessary. In
assessing the realization of deferred tax assets, the Company considers whether
it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will be realized. The
ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of
future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences
become deductible. The Company files a consolidated tax return with its Parent.
Realization of the gross tax asset will not be dependent solely on the
Company's ability to generate its own taxable income. General American has a
proven history of earnings and it appears more likely than not that the
Company's gross deferred tax asset will ultimately be fully realized.

(7) Related-Party Transactions

  Paragon purchases certain administrative services from General American.
Charges for services performed are based upon personnel and other costs
involved in providing such service. Charges for services during 1999, 1998 and
1997 were $2,247,302, $1,513,433 and $1,348,198, respectively. See Note 3 for
reinsurance transactions with affiliates.

(8) Pension Plan

  Associates of Paragon participate in a non-contributory multi-employer
defined benefit pension plan jointly sponsored by Paragon and General American.
The benefits are based on years of service and compensation level. No pension
expense was recognized in 1999, 1998 or 1997 due to overfunding of the plan.

                                      F-11
<PAGE>

                         PARGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                   Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)

  In addition, Paragon has adopted an associate incentive plan applicable to
full-time salaried associates with at least one year of service. Contributions
to the plan are determined annually by General American and are based on
salaries of eligible associates. Full vesting occurs after five years of
continuous service. Total expenses to the Company for the incentive plan were
$0, $188,316 and $198,972 for 1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively.

  As a result of the Metropolitan Life Insurance purchase, Paragon implemented
a new bonus program covering all associates employed from October 1, 1999
through March 31, 2000 with at least 1000 hours of service during 1999. Total
expense to the Company for this program was $422,700 in 1999.

  Paragon provides for certain health care and life insurance benefits for
retired employees. The Company accounts for these benefits in accordance with
SFAS No. 106 -- Employer's Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other Than
Pensions. The amounts involved are not material.

(9) Statutory Financial Information

  The Company is subject to financial statement filing requirements of the
State of Missouri Department of Insurance, its state of domicile, as well as
the states in which it transacts business. Such financial statements, generally
referred to as statutory financial statements, are prepared on a basis of
accounting which varies in some respects from generally accepted accounting
principles (GAAP). Statutory accounting principles include: (1) charging of
policy acquisition costs to income as incurred; (2) establishment of policy and
contract liabilities computed using required valuation standards which may vary
in methodology utilized; (3) nonprovision of deferred federal income taxes
resulting from temporary differences between financial reporting and tax bases
of assets and liabilities; (4) recognition of statutory liabilities for asset
impairments and yield stabilization on fixed maturity dispositions prior to
maturity with asset valuation reserves based on statutory determined formulae
and interest stabilization reserves designed to level yields over their
original purchase maturities; (5) valuation of investments in fixed maturities
at amortized cost; (6) net presentation of reinsurance balances; (7)
presentation of indirect cash flows; (8) exclusion of comprehensive income
disclosures; and (9) recognition of deposits and withdrawals on universal life
policies as revenues and expenses.

  The stockholder's equity (surplus) and net income of the Company at December
31, 1999, 1998 and 1997, as determined using statutory accounting practices, is
summarized as follows (000's):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          1999    1998   1997
                                                         ------- ------ ------
      <S>                                                <C>     <C>    <C>
      Statutory surplus as reported to regulatory
       authorities...................................... $13,545 10,500 10,725
      Net income as reported to regulatory authorities.. $   300  1,596  1,397
</TABLE>

(10) Dividend Restrictions

  Dividend payments by Paragon are restricted by state insurance laws as to the
amount that may be paid without prior notice or approval of the Missouri
Department of Insurance. The maximum amount of dividends which can be paid
without prior approval of the insurance commissioner is limited to the maximum
of (1) 10% of statutory surplus or (2) net gain from operations. The maximum
dividend distribution that can be paid by Paragon during 1999 without prior
notice or approval is $300,406. Paragon did not pay dividends in 1999, 1998 or
1997.

(11) Risk-Based Capital

  The insurance departments of various states, including the Company's
domiciliary state of Missouri, impose risk-based capital (RBC) requirements on
insurance enterprises. The RBC calculation serves as a

                                      F-12
<PAGE>

                         PARGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                   Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
benchmark for the regulation of life insurance companies by state insurance
regulators. The requirements apply various weighted factors to financial
balances or activity levels based on their perceived degree of risk.

  The RBC guidelines define specific capital levels where action by the Company
or regulators is required based on the ratio of a company's actual total
adjusted capital to control levels determined by the RBC formula. At December
31, 1999, the Company's actual total adjusted capital was in excess of minimum
levels which would require action by the Company or regulatory authorities
under the RBC formula.

(12) Commitments and Contingencies

  The Company leases certain of its facilities and equipment under
noncancellable leases the majority of which expires March 2001. The future
minimum lease obligations under the terms of the leases are summarized as
follows (000s):

<TABLE>
      <S>                                                                <C>
      Year ended December 31:
        2000............................................................ $   750
        2001............................................................     321
        2002............................................................     130
        2003............................................................      99
                                                                         -------
                                                                         $ 1,300
                                                                         =======
</TABLE>

  Rent expense totaled $507,512, $489,999, and $433,864 in 1999, 1998 and 1997,
respectively.

(13) Comprehensive Income

  In June 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 130, "Reporting Comprehensive
Income", effective for years beginning after December 15, 1997. SFAS No. 130
establishes standards for reporting and display of comprehensive income and its
components (revenues, expenses, gains and losses) in a full set of general-
purpose financial statements. The most significant items of comprehensive
income are net income and changes in unrealized gains and losses on securities.
The adoption of SFAS No. 130 does not affect results of operations or financial
position, but affects their presentation and disclosure. The Company has
adopted SFAS No. 130 as of January 1, 1998, and the following summaries present
the components of the Company's comprehensive income, other than net income,
for the periods ending December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997 (000s):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             1999
                                                -------------------------------
                                                              Tax
                                                Before-Tax (Expense) Net-of-Tax
                                                  Amount   Benefit     Amount
                                                ---------- --------  ----------
      <S>                                       <C>        <C>       <C>
      Unrealized holding losses arising during
       period..................................  $(8,492)   2,972      (5,520)
      Less: reclassification adjustment for
       gains realized in net income............      (57)      20         (37)
                                                 -------    -----      ------
      Other comprehensive loss.................   (8,549)   2,992      (5,557)
                                                 =======    =====      ======
</TABLE>

                                      F-13
<PAGE>

                         PARGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                   Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             1998
                                                -------------------------------
                                                              Tax
                                                Before-Tax (Expense) Net-of-Tax
                                                  Amount   Benefit     Amount
                                                ---------- --------  ----------
      <S>                                       <C>        <C>       <C>
      Unrealized holding gains arising during
       period..................................   $1,361     (476)      885
      Less: reclassification adjustment for
       gains realized in net income............      (53)      19       (34)
                                                  ------     ----       ---
      Other comprehensive income...............    1,308     (457)      851
                                                  ======     ====       ===
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             1997
                                                -------------------------------
                                                              Tax
                                                Before-Tax (Expense) Net-of-Tax
                                                  Amount   Benefit     Amount
                                                ---------- --------  ----------
      <S>                                       <C>        <C>       <C>
      Unrealized holding gains arising during
       period..................................   $2,585     (904)     1,681
      Less: reclassification adjustment for
       gains realized in net income............      (69)      24        (45)
                                                  ------     ----      -----
      Other comprehensive income...............    2,516     (880)     1,636
                                                  ======     ====      =====
</TABLE>

                                      F-14
<PAGE>


                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

The Board of Directors Paragon Life Insurance Company and Policyholders of
 Separate Account B's MultiManager Divisions:

  We have audited the accompanying statements of net assets, including the
schedule of investments, of the Scudder Money Market, Scudder International,
Fidelity Equity Income, Fidelity Growth, Fidelity Index 500, Fidelity
Contrafund, Putnam High Yield, Putnam Voyager, Putnam Income, Putnam New
Opportunities, TR Price New America Growth, TR Price Limited-Term Bond, TR
Price Personal Strategy Balanced, and MFS Emerging Growth Divisions of Paragon
Separate Account B as of December 31, 1999 and the related statements of
operations and changes in net assets for each of the periods in the three year
period then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the
management of Paragon Separate Account B. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

  We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our
procedures included confirmation of investments owned at December 31, 1999 by
correspondence with the Scudder Variable Life Investment Fund, the Fidelity
Variable Insurance Products Fund, the Fidelity Variable Insurance Products Fund
II, the Putnam Variable Trust, the T. Rowe Price Equity Series Inc., the T.
Rowe Price Fixed Income Series, Inc. and the MFS Variable Insurance Trust. An
audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.

  In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of the Scudder Money Market,
Scudder International, Fidelity Equity Income, Fidelity Growth, Fidelity Index
500, Fidelity Contrafund, Putnam High Yield, Putnam Voyager, Putnam Income,
Putnam New Opportunities, TR Price New America Growth, TR Price Limited-Term
Bond, TR Price Personal Strategy Balanced, and MFS Emerging Growth Divisions of
Paragon Separate Account B as of December 31, 1999, and the results of their
operations and changes in their net assets for each of the periods in the three
year period then ended, in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles.


March 10, 2000

KPMG LLP. KPMG LLP, a U.S. limited liability partnership, is a member of KPMG
International, a Swiss association.

                                      F-15
<PAGE>

                          PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B

                           STATEMENTS OF NET ASSETS

                               December 31, 1999

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                      Scudder Money    Scudder       Fidelity       Fidelity                       Fidelity       Putnam
                         Market     International  Equity Income     Growth     Fidelity Index    Contrafund    High Yield
                        Division      Division       Division       Division     500 Division      Division      Division
                      ------------- ------------- --------------- ------------- --------------- --------------- ----------
                          1999          1999           1999           1999           1999            1999          1999
                      ------------- ------------- --------------- ------------- --------------- --------------- ----------
<S>                   <C>           <C>           <C>             <C>           <C>             <C>             <C>
Net Assets:
  Investments in
   Multiple Fund
   Investments, at
   Market Value (See
   Schedule of
   Investments).....   $   541,708    2,978,926      2,808,576      4,947,495      9,960,873       6,664,237     544,465
  Receivable from
   (payable to)
   Paragon Life
   Insurance
   Company..........           272          (50)        (1,594)          (233)        (2,137)          1,805        (276)
                       -----------    ---------      ---------      ---------      ---------       ---------     -------
    Total Net
     Assets.........   $   541,980    2,978,876      2,806,982      4,947,262      9,958,736       6,666,042     544,189
                       ===========    =========      =========      =========      =========       =========     =======
Net Assets,
 representing:
  Equity of Contract
   Owners...........   $   541,754    2,977,614      2,805,751      4,945,157      9,954,408       6,663,206     543,947
  Equity of Paragon
   Life Insurance
   Company..........           226        1,262          1,231          2,105          4,328           2,836         242
                       -----------    ---------      ---------      ---------      ---------       ---------     -------
                       $   541,980    2,978,876      2,806,982      4,947,262      9,958,736       6,666,042     544,189
                       ===========    =========      =========      =========      =========       =========     =======
Total Units Held....       480,932      117,600         99,470         71,051         57,495         211,032      38,414
Net Asset Value Per
 Unit...............   $      1.13        25.32          28.21          69.60         173.13           31.57       14.16
Cost of Investments.   $   541,708    2,141,088      2,664,727      3,784,255      7,871,414       5,194,948     583,953
                       ===========    =========      =========      =========      =========       =========     =======
<CAPTION>
                                     Putnam New     T.R. Price     T.R. Price     T.R. Price
                      Putnam Income Opportunities   New America   Limited-Term  Personal Strat.  MFS Emerging
                        Division      Division    Growth Division Bond Division  Bal. Division  Growth Division
                      ------------- ------------- --------------- ------------- --------------- ---------------
                          1999          1999           1999           1999           1999            1999
                      ------------- ------------- --------------- ------------- --------------- ---------------
<S>                   <C>           <C>           <C>             <C>           <C>             <C>             <C>
Net Assets:
  Investments in
   Multiple Fund
   Investments, at
   Market Value (See
   Schedule of
   Investments).....   $ 1,376,135    2,980,187      2,371,545        530,432      2,166,163       5,771,340
  Receivable from
   (payable to)
   Paragon Life
   Insurance
   Company..........             2         (570)        (1,361)          (163)          (877)         (1,139)
                       -----------    ---------      ---------      ---------      ---------       ---------
    Total Net
     Assets.........   $ 1,376,137    2,979,617      2,370,184        530,269      2,165,286       5,770,201
                       ===========    =========      =========      =========      =========       =========
Net Assets,
 representing:
  Equity of Contract
   Owners...........   $ 1,375,519    2,978,387      2,369,191        530,031      2,164,409       5,767,900
  Equity of Paragon
   Life Insurance
   Company..........           618        1,230            993            238            877           2,301
                       -----------    ---------      ---------      ---------      ---------       ---------
                       $ 1,376,137    2,979,617      2,370,184        530,269      2,165,286       5,770,201
                       ===========    =========      =========      =========      =========       =========
Total Units Held....        93,853       68,100         84,624         97,853        112,991         155,321
Net Asset Value Per
 Unit...............   $     14.66        43.74          28.00           5.39          19.16           37.14
Cost of Investments.   $ 1,411,684    1,687,209      2,048,739        543,883      2,140,001       3,044,843
                       ===========    =========      =========      =========      =========       =========
<CAPTION>
                       Putnam
                       Voyager
                      Division
                      ----------
                        1999
                      ----------
<S>                   <C>
Net Assets:
  Investments in
   Multiple Fund
   Investments, at
   Market Value (See
   Schedule of
   Investments).....  2,378,749
  Receivable from
   (payable to)
   Paragon Life
   Insurance
   Company..........       (279)
                      ----------
    Total Net
     Assets.........  2,378,470
                      ==========
Net Assets,
 representing:
  Equity of Contract
   Owners...........  2,377,468
  Equity of Paragon
   Life Insurance
   Company..........      1,002
                      ----------
                      2,378,470
                      ==========
Total Units Held....     30,147
Net Asset Value Per
 Unit...............      78.87
Cost of Investments.  1,539,013
                      ==========
<CAPTION>
<S>                   <C>
Net Assets:
  Investments in
   Multiple Fund
   Investments, at
   Market Value (See
   Schedule of
   Investments).....
  Receivable from
   (payable to)
   Paragon Life
   Insurance
   Company..........
    Total Net
     Assets.........
Net Assets,
 representing:
  Equity of Contract
   Owners...........
  Equity of Paragon
   Life Insurance
   Company..........

Total Units Held....
Net Asset Value Per
 Unit...............
Cost of Investments.
</TABLE>

                See Accompanying Notes to Financial Statements.

                                      F-16
<PAGE>

                           PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B

                            STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

                                  Page 1 of 2

  For the Years Ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and the period from February 26,
                     1997 (inception) to December 31, 1997

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                        Scudder Money Market       Scudder International      Fidelity Equity Income
                              Division                   Division                    Division
                     --------------------------  ---------------------------  ------------------------
                        1999     1998    1997      1999      1998     1997     1999     1998     1997
                     ---------- ------- -------  ---------  -------  -------  -------  -------  ------
<S>                  <C>        <C>     <C>      <C>        <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>
Investment Income:
 Dividend Income...  $   20,414  10,143   3,261     10,925   16,096        1   30,539   14,639     --
Expenses:
 Mortality and
 Expense Charge....       3,042   1,460     455     14,321    8,335    2,631   18,098   10,564   2,552
                     ---------- ------- -------  ---------  -------  -------  -------  -------  ------
 Net Investment
 Income (Expense)..      17,372   8,683   2,806     (3,396)   7,761   (2,630)  12,441    4,075  (2,552)
Net Realized Gain
on Investments
 Realized Gain from
 Distributions.....         --              --     154,037  105,862      --    67,508   52,096     --
 Proceeds from
 Sales.............     455,692  51,234 289,611    386,233  102,947  173,610  416,382  124,813  38,007
 Cost of
 Investments Sold..     455,692  51,234 289,611    372,342  106,571  177,689  390,205  119,169  36,223
                     ---------- ------- -------  ---------  -------  -------  -------  -------  ------
   Net Realized
   Gain (Loss) on
   Investments.....         --      --      --     167,928  102,238   (4,079)  93,685   57,740   1,784
Net Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on
Investments:
 Unrealized
 Gain(Loss)
 Beginning of Year.         --      --      --      27,148  (25,879)     --   141,690   56,580     --
 Unrealized
 Gain(Loss) End of
 Year..............         --      --      --     837,838   27,148  (25,879) 143,849  141,690  56,580
                     ---------- ------- -------  ---------  -------  -------  -------  -------  ------
 Net Unrealized
 Gain(Loss) on
 Investments.......         --      --      --     810,690   53,027  (25,879)   2,159   85,110  56,580
                     ---------- ------- -------  ---------  -------  -------  -------  -------  ------
   Net Gain(Loss)
   on Investments..         --      --      --     978,618  155,265  (29,958)  95,844  142,850  58,364
                     ---------- ------- -------  ---------  -------  -------  -------  -------  ------
Increase (Decrease)
in Net Assets
Resulting from
Operations.........  $   17,372   8,683   2,806    975,222  163,026  (32,588) 108,285  146,925  55,812
                     ========== ======= =======  =========  =======  =======  =======  =======  ======
<CAPTION>
                         Fidelity Index 500         Fidelity Contrafund         Putnam High Yield
                              Division                   Division                    Division
                     --------------------------  ---------------------------  ------------------------
                        1999     1998    1997      1999      1998     1997     1999     1998     1997
                     ---------- ------- -------  ---------  -------  -------  -------  -------  ------
<S>                  <C>        <C>     <C>      <C>        <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>
Investment Income:
 Dividend Income...  $   59,680  27,845     --      15,792   10,800      --    42,401   17,896     277
Expenses:
 Mortality and
 Expense Charge....      53,104  23,600   6,310     33,475   15,117    4,049    3,311    1,965     775
                     ---------- ------- -------  ---------  -------  -------  -------  -------  ------
 Net Investment
 Income (Expense)..       6,576   4,245  (6,310)   (17,683)  (4,317)  (4,049)  39,090   15,931    (498)
Net Realized Gain
on Investments
 Realized Gain from
 Distributions.....      26,892  64,495     --     115,805   79,460      --       --     2,808      32
 Proceeds from
 Sales.............     598,077 172,866 153,926    537,241  103,003   45,697   63,617   57,532  22,023
 Cost of
 Investments Sold..     490,860 152,050 146,855    445,480   94,211   42,658   70,444   53,897  20,837
                     ---------- ------- -------  ---------  -------  -------  -------  -------  ------
   Net Realized
   Gain (Loss) on
   Investments.....     134,109  85,311   7,071    207,566   88,252    3,039   (6,827)   6,443   1,218
Net Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on
Investments:
 Unrealized
 Gain(Loss)
 Beginning of Year.     867,561 158,189     --     576,541   83,162      --   (29,078)  14,350     --
 Unrealized
 Gain(Loss) End of
 Year..............   2,089,459 867,561 158,189  1,469,289  576,541   83,162  (39,488) (29,078) 14,350
                     ---------- ------- -------  ---------  -------  -------  -------  -------  ------
 Net Unrealized
 Gain(Loss) on
 Investments.......   1,221,898 709,372 158,189    892,748  493,379   83,162  (10,410) (43,428) 14,350
                     ---------- ------- -------  ---------  -------  -------  -------  -------  ------
   Net Gain(Loss)
   on Investments..   1,356,007 794,683 165,260  1,100,314  581,631   86,201  (17,237) (36,985) 15,568
                     ---------- ------- -------  ---------  -------  -------  -------  -------  ------
Increase (Decrease)
in Net Assets
Resulting from
Operations.........  $1,362,583 798,928 158,950  1,082,631  577,314   82,152   21,853  (21,054) 15,070
                     ========== ======= =======  =========  =======  =======  =======  =======  ======
<CAPTION>
                         Fidelity Growth
                             Division
                     ---------------------------
                       1999      1998     1997
                     ---------- -------- -------
<S>                  <C>        <C>      <C>
Investment Income:
 Dividend Income...     71,157    3,814     --
Expenses:
 Mortality and
 Expense Charge....     22,207    7,802   1,885
                     ---------- -------- -------
 Net Investment
 Income (Expense)..     48,950   (3,988) (1,885)
Net Realized Gain
on Investments
 Realized Gain from
 Distributions.....    134,264   99,760     --
 Proceeds from
 Sales.............    207,171   74,918  26,952
 Cost of
 Investments Sold..    181,132   70,769  25,580
                     ---------- -------- -------
   Net Realized
   Gain (Loss) on
   Investments.....    160,303  103,909   1,372
Net Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on
Investments:
 Unrealized
 Gain(Loss)
 Beginning of Year.    296,448   30,076     --
 Unrealized
 Gain(Loss) End of
 Year..............  1,163,240  296,448  30,076
                     ---------- -------- -------
 Net Unrealized
 Gain(Loss) on
 Investments.......    866,792  266,372  30,076
                     ---------- -------- -------
   Net Gain(Loss)
   on Investments..  1,027,095  370,281  31,448
                     ---------- -------- -------
Increase (Decrease)
in Net Assets
Resulting from
Operations.........  1,076,045  366,293  29,563
                     ========== ======== =======
<CAPTION>
                          Putnam Voyager
                             Division
                     ---------------------------
                       1999      1998     1997
                     ---------- -------- -------
<S>                  <C>        <C>      <C>
Investment Income:
 Dividend Income...      1,294    1,303      32
Expenses:
 Mortality and
 Expense Charge....     10,881    4,710   1,503
                     ---------- -------- -------
 Net Investment
 Income (Expense)..     (9,587)  (3,407) (1,471)
Net Realized Gain
on Investments
 Realized Gain from
 Distributions.....    103,773   31,790     692
 Proceeds from
 Sales.............    220,253   72,208  39,294
 Cost of
 Investments Sold..    182,126   63,834  36,437
                     ---------- -------- -------
   Net Realized
   Gain (Loss) on
   Investments.....    141,900   40,164   3,549
Net Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on
Investments:
 Unrealized
 Gain(Loss)
 Beginning of Year.    159,171   46,424     --
 Unrealized
 Gain(Loss) End of
 Year..............    839,736  159,171  46,424
                     ---------- -------- -------
 Net Unrealized
 Gain(Loss) on
 Investments.......    680,565  112,748  46,424
                     ---------- -------- -------
   Net Gain(Loss)
   on Investments..    822,465  152,912  49,973
                     ---------- -------- -------
Increase (Decrease)
in Net Assets
Resulting from
Operations.........    812,878  149,505  48,502
                     ========== ======== =======
</TABLE>

                See Accompanying Notes to Financial Statements.

                                      F-17
<PAGE>

                           PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B

                            STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

                                  Page 2 of 2

  For the Years Ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and the period from February 26,
                     1997 (inception) to December 31, 1997

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                              Putnam                     Putnam                   T.R. Price              T.R. Price
                              Income               New Opportunities             New America           Limited-Term Bond
                             Division                   Division               Growth Division             Division
                      ------------------------  --------------------------  ------------------------  --------------------
                        1999     1998   1997      1999      1998     1997    1999     1998     1997    1999    1998  1997
                      --------  ------ -------  ---------  -------  ------  -------  -------  ------  -------  ----- -----
<S>                   <C>       <C>    <C>      <C>        <C>      <C>     <C>      <C>      <C>     <C>      <C>   <C>
Investment Income:
 Dividend Income....  $ 48,830  24,286      24        --       --      --       --       --      --    18,708  3,964 1,148
Expenses:
 Mortality and
 Expense Charge.....     7,593   3,672   1,336     12,257    5,408   1,771   13,731    8,308   2,619    2,466    521   141
                      --------  ------ -------  ---------  -------  ------  -------  -------  ------  -------  ----- -----
 Net Investment
 Income (Expense)...    41,237  20,614  (1,312)   (12,257)  (5,408) (1,771) (13,731)  (8,308) (2,619)  16,242  3,443 1,007
Net Realized Gain on
Investments
 Realized Gain from
 Distributions......     4,295     632     --      17,711    8,780     --   130,662   29,621   1,910      --     201   --
 Proceeds from
 Sales..............    50,661   9,892  13,191    160,862   88,851  21,590  318,715   64,424  25,684   25,275  5,557 3,027
 Cost of Investments
 Sold...............    51,645   9,414  12,846    127,758   75,941  19,924  266,456   56,227  24,158   25,631  5,494 2,981
                      --------  ------ -------  ---------  -------  ------  -------  -------  ------  -------  ----- -----
   Net Realized Gain
   (Loss) on
   Investments......     3,311   1,110     345     50,815   21,690   1,666  182,921   37,818   3,436     (356)   264    46
Net Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on
Investments:
 Unrealized
 Gain(Loss)
 Beginning of Year..    38,849  20,067     --     220,882   58,379     --   249,666   74,143     --     1,054    348   --
 Unrealized
 Gain(Loss) End of
 Year...............   (35,549) 38,849  20,067  1,292,978  220,882  58,379  322,806  249,666  74,143  (13,451) 1,054   348
                      --------  ------ -------  ---------  -------  ------  -------  -------  ------  -------  ----- -----
 Net Unrealized
 Gain(Loss) on
 Investments........   (74,398) 18,782  20,067  1,072,096  162,503  58,379   73,140  175,523  74,143  (14,505)   706   348
                      --------  ------ -------  ---------  -------  ------  -------  -------  ------  -------  ----- -----
   Net Gain(Loss) on
   Investments......   (71,087) 19,892  20,412  1,122,911  184,193  60,045  256,061  213,341  77,579  (14,861)   970   394
                      --------  ------ -------  ---------  -------  ------  -------  -------  ------  -------  ----- -----
Increase (Decrease)
in Net Assets
Resulting from
Operations..........  $(29,850) 40,506  19,100  1,110,654  178,785  58,274  242,330  205,033  74,960    1,381  4,413 1,401
                      ========  ====== =======  =========  =======  ======  =======  =======  ======  =======  ===== =====
<CAPTION>
                            T.R. Price                    MFS
                             Personal                   Emerging
                       Strat. Bal. Division         Growth Division
                      ------------------------  --------------------------
                        1999     1998   1997      1999      1998     1997
                      --------  ------ -------  ---------  -------  ------
<S>                   <C>       <C>    <C>      <C>        <C>      <C>     <C>      <C>      <C>     <C>      <C>   <C>
Investment Income:
 Dividend Income....  $ 52,237  22,815   8,442        --     7,893     --
Expenses:
 Mortality and
 Expense Charge.....    11,512   5,220   1,615     22,579    9,802   3,269
                      --------  ------ -------  ---------  -------  ------
 Net Investment
 Income (Expense)...    40,725  17,595   6,827    (22,579)  (1,909) (3,269)
Net Realized Gain on
Investments
 Realized Gain from
 Distributions......   100,774  32,671   7,070        --     2,818     --
 Proceeds from
 Sales..............   494,695  81,578 128,464    292,638  104,262  85,782
 Cost of Investments
 Sold...............   483,517  77,738 125,119    222,677   91,161  80,415
                      --------  ------ -------  ---------  -------  ------
   Net Realized Gain
   (Loss) on
   Investments......   111,952  36,511  10,415     69,961   15,919   5,367
Net Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on
Investments:
 Unrealized
 Gain(Loss)
 Beginning of Year..    48,761  10,497     --     467,020   68,906     --
 Unrealized
 Gain(Loss) End of
 Year...............    26,162  48,761  10,497  2,726,497  467,020  68,906
                      --------  ------ -------  ---------  -------  ------
 Net Unrealized
 Gain(Loss) on
 Investments........   (22,599) 38,264  10,497  2,259,477  398,114  68,906
                      --------  ------ -------  ---------  -------  ------
   Net Gain(Loss) on
   Investments......    89,353  74,775  20,912  2,329,438  414,033  74,273
                      --------  ------ -------  ---------  -------  ------
Increase (Decrease)
in Net Assets
Resulting from
Operations..........  $130,078  92,370  27,739  2,306,859  412,124  71,004
                      ========  ====== =======  =========  =======  ======
</TABLE>

                See Accompanying Notes to Financial Statements.

                                      F-18
<PAGE>

                          PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B

                      STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN NET ASSETS

                                  Page 1 of 2

 For the Years Ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and the Period from February 26,
                     1997 (Inception) to December 31, 1997

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              Fidelity
                               Scudder                         Scudder                         Equity
                             Money Market                   International                      Income
                               Division                       Division                        Division
                    ------------------------------  -------------------------------  -----------------------------
                       1999      1998      1997       1999       1998       1997       1999       1998      1997
                    ---------- --------- ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -------
<S>                 <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Operations:
 Net Investment
 Income (Expense).. $   17,372     8,683     2,806     (3,396)     7,761     (2,630)    12,441      4,075   (2,552)
 Net Realized Gain
 (Loss) on
 Investments.......        --        --        --     167,928    102,238     (4,079)    93,685     57,740    1,784
 Net Unrealized
 Gain (Loss) on
 Investments.......        --        --        --     810,690     53,027    (25,879)     2,159     85,110   56,580
                    ---------- --------- ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -------
 Increase
 (Decrease) in Net
 Assets Resulting
 from Operations...     17,372     8,683     2,806    975,222    163,026    (32,588)   108,285    146,925   55,812
 Net Deposits into
 Separate Account..    245,044   145,966   122,109    582,890    502,178    788,148    811,876    780,846  903,238
                    ---------- --------- ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -------
   Increase in Net
   Assets..........    262,416   154,649   124,915  1,558,112    665,204    755,560    920,161    927,771  959,050
Net Assets,
Beginning of Year..    279,564   124,915       --   1,420,764    755,560        --   1,886,821    959,050      --
                    ---------- --------- ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -------
Net Assets, End of
Year............... $  541,980   279,564   124,915  2,978,876  1,420,764    755,560  2,806,982  1,886,821  959,050
                    ========== ========= =========  =========  =========  =========  =========  =========  =======
<CAPTION>
                          Fidelity Index 500             Fidelity Contrafund              Putnam High Yield
                               Division                       Division                        Division
                    ------------------------------  -------------------------------  -----------------------------
                       1999      1998      1997       1999       1998       1997       1999       1998      1997
                    ---------- --------- ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -------
<S>                 <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Operations:
 Net Investment
 Income (Expense).. $    6,576     4,245    (6,310)   (17,683)    (4,317)    (4,049)    39,090     15,931     (498)
 Net Realized Gain
 (Loss) on
 Investments.......    134,109    85,311     7,071    207,566     88,252      3,039     (6,827)     6,443    1,218
 Net Unrealized
 Gain (Loss) on
 Investments.......  1,221,898   709,372   158,189    892,748    493,379     83,162    (10,410)   (43,428)  14,350
                    ---------- --------- ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -------
 Increase
 (Decrease) in Net
 Assets Resulting
 from Operations...  1,362,583   798,928   158,950  1,082,631    577,314     82,152     21,853    (21,054)  15,070
 Net Deposits into
 Separate Account..  4,030,169 1,595,868 2,012,238  2,585,342    996,842  1,341,761    196,219    125,158  206,943
                    ---------- --------- ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -------
   Increase in Net
   Assets..........  5,392,752 2,394,796 2,171,188  3,667,973  1,574,156  1,423,913    218,072    104,104  222,013
Net Assets,
Beginning of Year..  4,565,984 2,171,188       --   2,998,069  1,423,913        --     326,117    222,013      --
                    ---------- --------- ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -------
Net Assets, End of
Year............... $9,958,736 4,565,984 2,171,188  6,666,042  2,998,069  1,423,913    544,189    326,117  222,013
                    ========== ========= =========  =========  =========  =========  =========  =========  =======
<CAPTION>
                          Fidelity Growth
                             Division
                    ------------------------------
                      1999       1998      1997
                    ---------- ---------- --------
<S>                 <C>        <C>        <C>
Operations:
 Net Investment
 Income (Expense)..    48,950     (3,988)  (1,885)
 Net Realized Gain
 (Loss) on
 Investments.......   160,303    103,909    1,372
 Net Unrealized
 Gain (Loss) on
 Investments.......   866,792    266,372   30,076
                    ---------- ---------- --------
 Increase
 (Decrease) in Net
 Assets Resulting
 from Operations... 1,076,045    366,293   29,563
 Net Deposits into
 Separate Account.. 2,274,602    542,595  658,164
                    ---------- ---------- --------
   Increase in Net
   Assets.......... 3,350,647    908,888  687,727
Net Assets,
Beginning of Year.. 1,596,615    687,727      --
                    ---------- ---------- --------
Net Assets, End of
Year............... 4,947,262  1,596,615  687,727
                    ========== ========== ========
<CAPTION>
                          Putnam Voyager
                             Division
                    ------------------------------
                      1999       1998      1997
                    ---------- ---------- --------
<S>                 <C>        <C>        <C>
Operations:
 Net Investment
 Income (Expense)..    (9,587)    (3,407)  (1,471)
 Net Realized Gain
 (Loss) on
 Investments.......   141,900     40,164    3,549
 Net Unrealized
 Gain (Loss) on
 Investments.......   680,565    112,748   46,424
                    ---------- ---------- --------
 Increase
 (Decrease) in Net
 Assets Resulting
 from Operations...   812,878    149,505   48,502
 Net Deposits into
 Separate Account..   649,592    317,314  400,679
                    ---------- ---------- --------
   Increase in Net
   Assets.......... 1,462,470    466,819  449,181
Net Assets,
Beginning of Year..   916,000    449,181      --
                    ---------- ---------- --------
Net Assets, End of
Year............... 2,378,470    916,000  449,181
                    ========== ========== ========
</TABLE>

                See Accompanying Notes to Financial Statements.

                                      F-19
<PAGE>

                           PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B

                      STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN NET ASSETS

                                  Page 2 of 2

  For the Years Ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and the period from February 26,
                     1997 (inception) to December 31, 1997

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  Putnam New Opportunities        T.R. Price New America
                      Putnam Income Division              Division                    Growth Division
                    ---------------------------  -----------------------------  -----------------------------
                       1999      1998    1997      1999       1998      1997      1999       1998      1997
                    ----------  ------- -------  ---------  ---------  -------  ---------  ---------  -------
<S>                 <C>         <C>     <C>      <C>        <C>        <C>      <C>        <C>        <C>
Operations:
 Net Investment
 Income (Expense).  $   41,237   20,614  (1,312)   (12,257)    (5,408)  (1,771)   (13,731)    (8,308)  (2,619)
 Net Realized Gain
 (Loss) on
 Investments......       3,311    1,110     345     50,815     21,690    1,666    182,921     37,818    3,436
 Net Unrealized
 Gain (Loss) on
 Investments......     (74,398)  18,782  20,067  1,072,096    162,503   58,379     73,140    175,523   74,143
                    ----------  ------- -------  ---------  ---------  -------  ---------  ---------  -------
 Increase
 (Decrease) in Net
 Assets Resulting
 from Operations..     (29,850)  40,506  19,100  1,110,654    178,785   58,274    242,330    205,033   74,960
 Net Deposits into
 Separate Account.     797,051  176,598 372,732    791,294    359,780  480,830    582,656    514,647  750,558
                    ----------  ------- -------  ---------  ---------  -------  ---------  ---------  -------
  Increase in Net
  Assets..........     767,201  217,104 391,832  1,901,948    538,565  539,104    824,986    719,680  825,518
Net Assets,
Beginning of Year.     608,936  391,832     --   1,077,669    539,104      --   1,545,198    825,518      --
                    ----------  ------- -------  ---------  ---------  -------  ---------  ---------  -------
Net Assets, End of
Year..............  $1,376,137  608,936 391,832  2,979,617  1,077,669  539,104  2,370,184  1,545,198  825,518
                    ==========  ======= =======  =========  =========  =======  =========  =========  =======
<CAPTION>
                    T.R. Price Personal Strat.       MFS Emerging Growth
                          Bal. Division                   Division
                    ---------------------------  -----------------------------
                       1999      1998    1997      1999       1998      1997
                    ----------  ------- -------  ---------  ---------  -------
<S>                 <C>         <C>     <C>      <C>        <C>        <C>      <C>        <C>        <C>
Operations:
 Net Investment
 Income (Expense).  $   40,725   17,595   6,827    (22,579)    (1,909)  (3,269)
 Net Realized Gain
 (Loss) on
 Investments......     111,952   36,511  10,415     69,961     15,919    5,367
 Net Unrealized
 Gain (Loss) on
 Investments......     (22,599)  38,264  10,497  2,259,477    398,114   68,906
                    ----------  ------- -------  ---------  ---------  -------
 Increase
 (Decrease) in Net
 Assets Resulting
 from Operations..     130,078   92,370  27,739  2,306,859    412,124   71,004
 Net Deposits into
 Separate Account.   1,062,037  377,161 475,901  1,526,112    582,487  871,615
                    ----------  ------- -------  ---------  ---------  -------
  Increase in Net
  Assets..........   1,192,115  469,531 503,640  3,832,971    994,611  942,619
Net Assets,
Beginning of Year.     973,171  503,640     --   1,937,230    942,619      --
                    ----------  ------- -------  ---------  ---------  -------
Net Assets, End of
Year..............  $2,165,286  973,171 503,640  5,770,201  1,937,230  942,619
                    ==========  ======= =======  =========  =========  =======
<CAPTION>
                     T.R. Price Limited-
                      Term Bond Division
                    -----------------------
                     1999     1998    1997
                    -------- ------- ------
<S>                 <C>      <C>     <C>
Operations:
 Net Investment
 Income (Expense).   16,242    3,443  1,007
 Net Realized Gain
 (Loss) on
 Investments......     (356)     264     46
 Net Unrealized
 Gain (Loss) on
 Investments......  (14,505)     706    348
                    -------- ------- ------
 Increase
 (Decrease) in Net
 Assets Resulting
 from Operations..    1,381    4,413  1,401
 Net Deposits into
 Separate Account.  419,557   62,044 41,473
                    -------- ------- ------
  Increase in Net
  Assets..........  420,938   66,457 42,874
Net Assets,
Beginning of Year.  109,331   42,874    --
                    -------- ------- ------
Net Assets, End of
Year..............  530,269  109,331 42,874
                    ======== ======= ======
<CAPTION>
<S>                 <C>      <C>     <C>
Operations:
 Net Investment
 Income (Expense).
 Net Realized Gain
 (Loss) on
 Investments......
 Net Unrealized
 Gain (Loss) on
 Investments......
 Increase
 (Decrease) in Net
 Assets Resulting
 from Operations..
 Net Deposits into
 Separate Account.
  Increase in Net
  Assets..........
Net Assets,
Beginning of Year.
Net Assets, End of
Year..............
</TABLE>

                See Accompanying Notes to Financial Statements.

                                      F-20
<PAGE>

                           PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B

                         Notes to Financial Statements

                               December 31, 1999

(1) Organization

  Paragon Life Insurance Company (Paragon) established Paragon Separate Account
B on January 4, 1993. Paragon Separate Account B (the Separate Account)
commenced operations on March 3, 1994 and is registered under the Investment
Company Act of 1940 as a unit investment trust. The Division options included
herein commenced operations on February 26, 1997. The Separate Account receives
and invests net premiums for flexible premium group variable life insurance
policies that are issued by Paragon. The Separate Account is divided into
fourteen divisions which invest exclusively in shares of Scudder Variable Life
Investment Fund (Scudder), Fidelity Variable Insurance Products Fund (Fidelity
VIPI), Fidelity Variable Insurance Products Fund II (Fidelity VIPII), Putnam
Variable Trust (Putnam), T. Rowe Price Equity Series, Inc. (TR Price I),
T. Rowe Price Fixed Income Series, Inc. (TR Price II) and MFS Variable
Insurance Trust (MFS), open-end, diversified management investment companies.
These funds are the Scudder Money Market, Scudder International, Fidelity
Equity Income, Fidelity Growth, Fidelity Index 500, Fidelity Contrafund, Putnam
High Yield, Putnam Voyager, Putnam Income, Putnam New Opportunities, TR Price
New America Growth, TR Price Limited-Term Bond, TR Price Personal Strategy
Balanced and MFS Emerging Growth (the Divisions). Policyholders have the option
of directing their premium payments into any or all of the Divisions.

(2) Significant Accounting Policies

  The following is a summary of significant accounting policies followed by the
Separate Account in the preparation of its financial statements. The policies
are in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

 Investments

  The Separate Account's investments in the Funds of Scudder, Fidelity VIPI,
Fidelity VIPII, Putnam, TR Price I, TR Price II and MFS are valued daily based
on the net asset values of the respective fund shares held. The average cost
method is used in determining the cost of shares sold on withdrawals by the
Separate Account. Share transactions are recorded consistent with trade date
accounting. All dividends received are immediately reinvested on the ex-
dividend date.

 Federal Income Taxes

  The operations of the Separate Account are treated as part of Paragon for
income tax purposes. Under existing Federal income tax law, capital gains from
sales of investments of the Separate Account are not taxable. Therefore, no
Federal income tax has been provided.

 Use of Estimates

  The preparation of financial statements requires management to make estimates
and assumptions with respect to amounts reported in the financial statements.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.

(3) Policy Charges

  Charges are deducted from the policies and the Separate Account to compensate
Paragon for providing the insurance benefits set forth in the contracts and any
additional benefits added by rider, administering the policies, incurring
expenses in distributing the policies, and assuming certain risks in connection
with the policy.

                                      F-21
<PAGE>

                           PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B

                   Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)

 Premium Expense Charge

  Certain policies include a provision that premium payments may be reduced by
a premium expense charge. The premium expense charge is determined by the costs
associated with distributing the policy and, if applicable, is equal to 1% of
the premium paid. The premium expense charge compensates Paragon for providing
the insurance benefits set forth in the policies, incurring expenses of
distributing the policies, and assuming certain risks in connection with the
policies. In addition, some policies have a premium tax assessment equal to 2%
or 2.25% to reimburse Paragon for premium taxes incurred. The premium payment
less premium expense and premium tax charges equals the net premium that is
invested in the underlying separate account.

 Monthly Expense Charge

  Paragon has responsibility for the administration of the policies and the
Separate Account. As reimbursement for expenses related to the acquisition and
maintenance of each policy and the Separate Account, Paragon assesses a monthly
administration charge to each policy. This charge, which varies due to the size
of the group, has a maximum of $6.00 per month during the first 12 policy
months and $3.50 per month thereafter.

 Cost of Insurance

  The cost of insurance is deducted on each monthly anniversary for the
following policy month. Because the cost of insurance depends upon a number of
variables, the cost varies for each policy month. The cost of insurance is
determined separately for the initial face amount and for any subsequent
increase in face amount. Paragon determines the monthly cost of insurance
charge by multiplying the applicable cost of insurance rate or rates by the net
amount at risk for each policy month.

 Optional Rider Benefits Charge

  The optional rider benefits charge is a monthly deduction for any additional
benefits provided by policy riders.

 Surrender or Contingent Deferred Sales Charge

  During the first policy year, certain policies include a provision for a
charge upon surrender or lapse of the policy, a requested decrease in face
amount, or a partial withdrawal that causes the face amount to decrease. The
amount assessed under the policy terms, if any, depends upon the cost
associated with distributing the particular policies. The amount of any charge
depends on a number of factors, including whether the event is a full surrender
or lapse or only a decrease in face amount, the amount of premiums received by
Paragon, and the policy year in which the surrender or other event takes place.

 Mortality and Expense Charge

  In addition to the above contract charges a daily charge against the
operations of each division is made for the mortality and expense risks assumed
by Paragon. Paragon deducts a daily charge from the Separate Account at the
rate of .0020471% of the net assets of each division of the Separate Account
which equals an annual rate of .75% of those net assets. The mortality risk
assumed by Paragon is that insureds may die sooner than anticipated and that,
therefore, Paragon will pay an aggregate amount of death benefits greater than
anticipated. The expense risk assumed is that expenses incurred in issuing and
administering the policy will exceed the amounts realized from the
administrative charges assessed against the policy.

                                      F-22
<PAGE>

                          PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B

                  Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
Note 4 -- Purchases and Sales

  For the Years Ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and the period from February 26,
1997 (inception) to December 31, 1997, purchases and proceeds from the sales
of the Scudder Variable Insurance Products Fund, Fidelity Variable Insurance
Products Fund, Fidelity Variable Insurance Products Fund II, Putnam Variable
Trust, T.Rowe Price Equity Series, Inc., T.Rowe Price Fixed Income Series,
Inc. and MFS Variable Insurance Trust

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         Scudder
                          Scudder Money               International           Fidelity Equity           Fidelity Growth
                         Market Division                Division              Income Division              Division
                 ------------------------------- ----------------------- ------------------------- -------------------------
                    1999       1998      1997     1999    1998    1997     1999     1998    1997     1999     1998    1997
                 ----------- --------- --------- ------- ------- ------- --------- ------- ------- --------- ------- -------
<S>              <C>         <C>       <C>       <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>       <C>     <C>     <C>       <C>     <C>
Purchases....... $   698,371   194,773   411,282 955,621 596,570 958,562 1,217,400 889,293 938,848 2,462,102 607,056 683,583
Sales........... $   455,692    51,234   289,611 386,233 102,947 173,610   416,382 124,813  38,007   207,171  74,918  26,952
                 =========== ========= ========= ======= ======= ======= ========= ======= ======= ========= ======= =======
<CAPTION>
                       Fidelity Contrafund             Putnam High            Putnam Voyager             Putnam Income
                            Division                 Yield Division              Division                  Division
                 ------------------------------- ----------------------- ------------------------- -------------------------
                    1999       1998      1997     1999    1998    1997     1999     1998    1997     1999     1998    1997
                 ----------- --------- --------- ------- ------- ------- --------- ------- ------- --------- ------- -------
<S>              <C>         <C>       <C>       <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>       <C>     <C>     <C>       <C>     <C>
Purchases....... $ 3,091,892 1,080,030 1,383,519 257,628 180,347 227,743   860,525 383,609 438,392   841,873 180,773 384,876
Sales........... $   537,241   103,003    45,697  63,617  57,532  22,023   220,253  72,208  39,294    50,661   9,892  13,191
                 =========== ========= ========= ======= ======= ======= ========= ======= ======= ========= ======= =======
<CAPTION>
                         T.R. Price New                                     T.R. Price Personal
                         America Growth            T.R. Price Limited-       Strategy Balanced           MFS Emerging
                            Division               Term Bond Division            Division               Growth Division
                 ------------------------------- ----------------------- ------------------------- -------------------------
                    1999       1998      1997     1999    1998    1997     1999     1998    1997     1999     1998    1997
                 ----------- --------- --------- ------- ------- ------- --------- ------- ------- --------- ------- -------
<S>              <C>         <C>       <C>       <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>       <C>     <C>     <C>       <C>     <C>
Purchases....... $   896,759   564,498   772,129 444,973  64,606  44,390 1,548,177 454,551 599,637 1,801,453 673,884 952,779
Sales........... $   318,715    64,424    25,684  25,275   5,557   3,027   494,695  81,578 128,464   292,638 104,262  85,782
                 =========== ========= ========= ======= ======= ======= ========= ======= ======= ========= ======= -------
<CAPTION>
                      Fidelity Index 500
                           Division
                 -----------------------------
                   1999      1998      1997
                 --------- --------- ---------
<S>              <C>       <C>       <C>
Purchases....... 4,588,369 1,735,116 2,158,781
Sales...........   598,077   172,866   153,926
                 ========= ========= =========
<CAPTION>
                          Putnam New
                         Opportunities
                           Division
                 -----------------------------
                   1999      1998      1997
                 --------- --------- ---------
<S>              <C>       <C>       <C>
Purchases.......   941,211   442,543   500,587
Sales...........   160,862    88,851    21,590
                 ========= ========= =========
<CAPTION>
<S>              <C>       <C>       <C>
Purchases.......
Sales...........
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 Scudder          Fidelity Equity          Fidelity
                       Scudder Money          International            Income               Growth           Fidelity Index
                      Market Division           Division              Division             Division          500  Division
                  ----------------------- --------------------- -------------------- -------------------- --------------------
                   1999    1998    1997    1999    1998   1997   1999   1998   1997   1999   1998   1997   1999   1998   1997
                  ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------
<S>               <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>
Net Increase in
Units
 Deposits........ 634,186 185,432 406,623  52,999 38,766 65,985 43,661 35,673 41,371 43,315 14,418 19,373 29,736 13,795 20,471
 Withdrawals..... 411,882  47,582 285,844  21,472  6,564 12,114 14,773  4,810  1,652  3,554  1,748    753  3,781  1,322  1,404
                  ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------
Net Increase in
Units............ 222,304 137,849 120,779  31,527 32,202 53,871 28,888 30,863 39,719 39,761 12,670 18,620 25,955 12,473 19,067
Outstanding
Units,
 Beginning of
 Year............ 258,628 120,779     --   86,073 53,871    --  70,582 39,719    --  31,290 18,620    --  31,540 19,067    --
                  ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------
Outstanding
Units,
 End of Year..... 480,932 258,628 120,779 117,600 86,073 53,871 99,470 70,582 39,719 71,051 31,290 18,620 57,495 31,540 19,067
                  ======= ======= ======= ======= ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ======
</TABLE>

  The purchases above do not include dividends and realized gains from
distributions that have been reinvested into the respective divisions.

Note 5 -- Accumulation of Unit Activity
  The following is a reconciliation of the accumulation of unit activity for
the Years ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and the period from February 26, 1997
(inception) to December 31, 1997:


                                      F-23
<PAGE>

                           PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B

                   Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
Note 5--Accumulation of Unit Activity (continued)
  The following is a reconciliation of the accumulation of unit activity for
the Year ended December 31, 1998 and the period from February 26, 1997
(Inception) to December 31, 1997:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                             Putnam New
                   Fidelity Contrafund    Putnam High Yield      Putnam Voyager       Putnam Income        Opportunities
                         Division              Division             Division             Division             Division
                  ---------------------- -------------------- -------------------- -------------------- --------------------
                   1999    1998    1997   1999   1998   1997   1999   1998   1997   1999   1998   1997   1999   1998   1997
                  ------- ------- ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------
<S>               <C>     <C>     <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>
Net Increase in
Units
 Deposits........ 112,850  50,010 74,108 18,391 13,125 16,908 15,394  9,055 12,048 57,047 12,927 28,842 31,975 20,017 26,662
 Withdrawals.....  18,908   4,628  2,401  4,597  3,862  1,551  3,728  1,599  1,023  3,431    600    932  5,647  3,804  1,103
                  ------- ------- ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------
Net Increase in
Units............  93,942  45,383 71,707 13,794  9,263 15,357 11,666  7,456 11,025 53,616 12,327 27,910 26,328 16,213 25,559
Outstanding
Units, Beginning
of Year.......... 117,090  71,707    --  24,620 15,357    --  18,481 11,025    --  40,237 27,910    --  41,772 25,559    --
                  ------- ------- ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------
Outstanding
Units, End of
Year............. 211,032 117,090 71,707 38,414 24,620 15,357 30,147 18,481 11,025 93,853 40,237 27,910 68,100 41,772 25,559
                  ======= ======= ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ======
</TABLE>

  The following is a reconciliation of the accumulation of unit activity for
the Years ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and the period from February 26, 1997
(inception) to December 31, 1997:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                            T.R. Price New
                            America Growth    T.R. Price Limited-  T.R. Price Personal   MFS Emerging Growth
                               Division       Term Bond Division  Strat. Bal. Division        Division
                         -------------------- ------------------- --------------------- ---------------------
                          1999   1998   1997   1999   1998  1997   1999    1998   1997   1999    1998   1997
                         ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ----- ------- ------ ------ ------- ------ ------
<S>                      <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>   <C>     <C>    <C>    <C>     <C>    <C>
Net Increase in Units
 Deposits............... 35,123 25,749 40,110 82,401 12,759 8,977  84,895 27,507 40,523  75,477 38,091 64,495
 Withdrawals............ 12,250  2,811  1,297  4,655  1,025   604  26,535  4,947  8,452  11,671  5,702  5,369
                         ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ----- ------- ------ ------ ------- ------ ------
Net Increase in Units... 22,873 22,938 38,813 77,746 11,734 8,373  58,360 22,560 32,071  63,806 32,389 59,126
Outstanding Units,
Beginning of Year....... 61,751 38,813    --  20,107  8,373   --   54,631 32,071    --   91,515 59,126    --
                         ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ----- ------- ------ ------ ------- ------ ------
Outstanding Units, End
of Year................. 84,624 61,751 38,813 97,853 20,107 8,373 112,991 54,631 32,071 155,321 91,515 59,126
                         ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ===== ======= ====== ====== ======= ====== ======
</TABLE>

                                      F-24
<PAGE>

                          PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B

                  Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)

Note 6--Reconciliation of Gross and Net Deposits into the Separate Account

  Deposits into the Separate Account purchase shares of various funds. Net
deposits represent the amount available for investment in such shares after
deduction of premium expense charges, monthly expense charges, cost of
insurance and the cost of optional benefits added by rider. The following is a
summary of net deposits made for the years ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and
for the period from February 26, 1997 (inception) to December 31, 1997.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          Scudder International            Fideliy Equity Income
                    Scudder Money Market Division               Division                         Division
                    --------------------------------  -------------------------------  -------------------------------
                       1999       1998       1997       1999       1998       1997       1999       1998       1997
                    ----------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                 <C>         <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Total Gross
Deposits........... $  744,650    454,499    572,646    859,804    722,702    806,785  1,583,555  1,044,412  1,039,412
Surrenders and
Withdrawals........    (67,368)    (4,278)       (74)   (90,393)   (20,489)       (72)  (127,451)   (56,750)   (14,044)
Transfers Between
Funds and General
Account............      2,545     17,780   (206,826)    (6,036)   (59,542)    66,433   (251,955)    63,313     20,328
                    ----------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
   Total Gross
   Deposits net of
   Surrenders,
   Withdrawals, and
   Transfers.......    679,827    468,001    365,746    763,375    642,671    873,146  1,204,149  1,050,975  1,045,696
Deductions:
 Premium Expense
 Charges...........     20,523     12,204     16,024     23,697     19,405     22,575     43,644     28,044     29,085
 Monthly Expense
 Charges...........     20,640     17,632      4,660      7,812      6,891      6,565     17,370     13,776      8,458
 Cost of Insurance
 and Optional
 Benefits..........    393,620    292,199    222,953    148,976    114,197     55,858    331,259    228,309    104,915
                    ----------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                       434,783    322,035    243,637    180,485    140,493     84,998    392,273    270,129    142,458
                    ----------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Net Deposits from
Policyholders...... $  245,044    145,966    122,109    582,890    502,178    788,148    811,876    780,846    903,238
                    ==========  =========  =========  =========  =========  =========  =========  =========  =========
<CAPTION>
                     Fidelity Index 500 Division      Fidelity Contrafund Division      Putnam High Yield Division
                    --------------------------------  -------------------------------  -------------------------------
                       1999       1998       1997       1999       1998       1997       1999       1998       1997
                    ----------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                 <C>         <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Total Gross
Deposits........... $5,793,752  2,259,997  2,274,729  3,747,692  1,429,506  1,858,957    353,898    241,285    263,896
Surrenders and
Withdrawals........   (420,055)   (84,913)   (15,614)  (411,457)   (55,117)    (2,130)   (22,356)    (7,840)    (7,735)
Transfers Between
Funds and General
Account............     68,815     61,916     76,287    (15,777)   (16,713)  (283,887)   (38,545)   (41,786)    (1,230)
                    ----------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
   Total Gross
   Deposits net of
   Surrenders,
   Withdrawals, and
   Transfers.......  5,442,512  2,237,000  2,335,402  3,320,458  1,357,676  1,572,940    292,997    191,659    254,931
Deductions:
 Premium Expense
 Charges...........    159,679     60,684     63,651    103,288     38,384     52,017      9,754      6,479      7,384
 Monthly Expense
 Charges...........     62,412     33,032     18,511     31,480     18,350     15,127      4,336      3,416      2,147
 Cost of Insurance
 and Optional
 Benefits..........  1,190,253    547,416    241,002    600,348    304,100    164,035     82,688     56,606     38,457
                    ----------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                     1,412,344    641,132    323,164    735,116    360,834    231,179     96,778     66,501     47,988
                    ----------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Net Deposits from
Policyholders...... $4,030,168  1,595,868  2,012,238  2,585,342    996,842  1,341,761    196,219    125,158    206,943
                    ==========  =========  =========  =========  =========  =========  =========  =========  =========
<CAPTION>
                    Fidelity Growth Division
                    ----------------------------
                      1999      1998     1997
                    ---------- -------- --------
<S>                 <C>        <C>      <C>
Total Gross
Deposits........... 2,956,035  828,226  756,226
Surrenders and
Withdrawals........  (132,900) (61,120)  (2,270)
Transfers Between
Funds and General
Account............   129,655    1,791  (56,593)
                    ---------- -------- --------
   Total Gross
   Deposits net of
   Surrenders,
   Withdrawals, and
   Transfers....... 2,952,790  768,897  697,363
Deductions:
 Premium Expense
 Charges...........    81,470   22,239   21,161
 Monthly Expense
 Charges...........    29,730   11,613    6,154
 Cost of Insurance
 and Optional
 Benefits..........   566,988  192,450   11,884
                    ---------- -------- --------
                      678,188  226,302   39,199
                    ---------- -------- --------
Net Deposits from
Policyholders...... 2,274,602  542,595  658,164
                    ========== ======== ========
<CAPTION>
                     Putnam Voyager Division
                    ----------------------------
                      1999      1998     1997
                    ---------- -------- --------
<S>                 <C>        <C>      <C>
Total Gross
Deposits........... 1,105,508  507,398  454,188
Surrenders and
Withdrawals........  (164,260) (26,810) (14,199)
Transfers Between
Funds and General
Account............   (22,810)  (8,874)  48,745
                    ---------- -------- --------
   Total Gross
   Deposits net of
   Surrenders,
   Withdrawals, and
   Transfers.......   918,438  471,714  488,734
Deductions:
 Premium Expense
 Charges...........    30,468   13,624   12,709
 Monthly Expense
 Charges...........    11,878    8,011    3,696
 Cost of Insurance
 and Optional
 Benefits..........   226,500  132,765   71,650
                    ---------- -------- --------
                      268,846  154,400   88,055
                    ---------- -------- --------
Net Deposits from
Policyholders......   649,592  317,314  400,679
                    ========== ======== ========
</TABLE>

                                      F-25
<PAGE>

                          PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B

                  Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)

Note 6--Reconciliation of Gross and Net Deposits into the Separate Account
(continued)

  Deposits into the Separate Account purchase shares of various funds. Net
deposits represent the amount available for investment in such shares after
deduction of premium expense charges, monthly expense charges, cost of
insurance and the cost of optional benefits added by rider. The following is a
summary of net deposits made for the years ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and
for the period from February 26, 1997 (inception) to December 31, 1997.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   Putnam New Opportunities       T.R. Price New America
                      Putnam Income Division               Division                   Growth Division
                    ----------------------------  -----------------------------  ---------------------------
                       1999      1998     1997      1999      1998      1997       1999      1998     1997
                    ----------  -------  -------  ---------  -------  ---------  ---------  -------  -------
<S>                 <C>         <C>      <C>      <C>        <C>      <C>        <C>        <C>      <C>
Total Gross
Deposits........... $  981,178  240,997  269,041  1,067,229  588,576    597,955  1,065,174  733,553  809,931
Surrenders and
Withdrawals........    (20,921)  (1,926)      (1)   (59,380) (13,945)      (214)   (79,000) (27,696)  (1,562)
Transfers Between
Funds and General
Account............     20,905    5,082  150,618     33,779  (54,349)     8,343   (100,173)  20,602   81,731
                    ----------  -------  -------  ---------  -------  ---------  ---------  -------  -------
   Total Gross
   Deposits net of
   Surrenders,
   Withdrawals, and
   Transfers.......    981,162  244,153  419,658  1,041,628  520,282    606,084    886,001  726,459  890,100
Deductions:
 Premium Expense
 Charges...........     27,042    6,471    7,528     29,413   15,804     16,732     29,357   19,697   22,663
 Monthly Expense
 Charges...........      7,825    3,476    2,189     11,006    8,234      4,866     13,651   10,933    6,591
 Cost of Insurance
 and Optional
 Benefits..........    149,244   57,608   37,209    209,915  136,464    103,656    260,337  181,182  110,288
                    ----------  -------  -------  ---------  -------  ---------  ---------  -------  -------
                       184,111   67,555   46,926    250,334  160,502    125,254    303,345  211,812  139,542
                    ----------  -------  -------  ---------  -------  ---------  ---------  -------  -------
Net Deposits from
Policyholders...... $  797,051  176,598  372,732    791,294  359,780    480,830    582,656  514,647  750,558
                    ==========  =======  =======  =========  =======  =========  =========  =======  =======
<CAPTION>
                    T.R. Price Personal Strat.        MFS Emerging Growth
                          Bal. Division                    Division
                    ----------------------------  -----------------------------
                       1999      1998     1997      1999      1998      1997
                    ----------  -------  -------  ---------  -------  ---------
<S>                 <C>         <C>      <C>      <C>        <C>      <C>        <C>        <C>      <C>
Total Gross
Deposits........... $1,651,162  537,081  617,298  2,141,360  906,166    937,102
Surrenders and
Withdrawals........   (201,604) (25,095) (12,595)  (137,188) (29,602)    (1,608)
Transfers Between
Funds and General
Account............    (51,312)  13,297  (42,168)   (25,838) (60,221)    80,406
                    ----------  -------  -------  ---------  -------  ---------
   Total Gross
   Deposits net of
   Surrenders,
   Withdrawals, and
   Transfers.......  1,398,246  525,283  562,535  1,978,334  816,343  1,015,900
Deductions:
 Premium Expense
 Charges...........     45,507   14,421   17,273     59,017   24,324     26,222
 Monthly Expense
 Charges...........     14,483    7,609    5,023     19,591   11,924      7,626
 Cost of Insurance
 and Optional
 Benefits..........    276,219  126,092   64,338    373,614  197,608    110,437
                    ----------  -------  -------  ---------  -------  ---------
                       336,209  148,122   86,634    452,222  233,856    144,285
                    ----------  -------  -------  ---------  -------  ---------
Net Deposits from
Policyholders...... $1,062,037  377,161  475,901  1,526,112  582,487    871,615
                    ==========  =======  =======  =========  =======  =========
<CAPTION>
                     T.R. Price Limited
                     Term Bond Division
                    -----------------------
                     1999     1998    1997
                    -------- ------- ------
<S>                 <C>      <C>     <C>
Total Gross
Deposits........... 471,331  79,889  43,399
Surrenders and
Withdrawals........  (5,509)   (145)    --
Transfers Between
Funds and General
Account............  44,830    (854)  4,089
                    -------- ------- ------
   Total Gross
   Deposits net of
   Surrenders,
   Withdrawals, and
   Transfers....... 510,652  78,890  47,488
Deductions:
 Premium Expense
 Charges...........  12,990   2,145   1,214
 Monthly Expense
 Charges...........   3,891     837     353
 Cost of Insurance
 and Optional
 Benefits..........  74,214  13,864   4,448
                    -------- ------- ------
                     91,095  16,846   6,015
                    -------- ------- ------
Net Deposits from
Policyholders...... 419,557  62,044  41,473
                    ======== ======= ======
<CAPTION>
<S>                 <C>      <C>     <C>
Total Gross
Deposits...........
Surrenders and
Withdrawals........
Transfers Between
Funds and General
Account............
   Total Gross
   Deposits net of
   Surrenders,
   Withdrawals, and
   Transfers.......
Deductions:
 Premium Expense
 Charges...........
 Monthly Expense
 Charges...........
 Cost of Insurance
 and Optional
 Benefits..........

Net Deposits from
Policyholders......
</TABLE>


                                      F-26
<PAGE>

                           PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B

                   Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)

Note 7--Subsequent Event

  On January 6, 2000, Paragon Life Insurance Co.'s ultimate parent, GenAmerica
Corporation, was purchased by Metropolitan Life Insurance Company.

                                      F-27
<PAGE>

                           PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B

                            SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS

                               December 31, 1999

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  Number
                                                    of      Market
                                                  Shares    Value       Cost
                                                  ------- ---------- ----------
<S>                                               <C>     <C>        <C>
Scudder Variable Life Investment Fund:
  Scudder Money Market Division.................. 541,708 $  541,708 $  541,708
  Scudder International Division................. 146,457 $2,978,926 $2,141,088
Fidelity Variable Insurance Products Fund:
  Fidelity Equity Income Division................ 109,241 $2,808,576 $2,664,727
  Fidelity Growth Division.......................  90,069 $4,947,495 $3,784,255
Fidelity Variable Insurance Products Fund II:
  Fidelity Index 500 Division....................  59,500 $9,960,873 $7,871,414
  Fidelity Contrafund Division................... 228,619 $6,664,237 $5,194,948
Putnam Variable Trust:
  Putnam High Yield Division.....................  49,095 $  544,465 $  583,953
  Putnam Voyager Division........................  35,906 $2,378,749 $1,539,013
  Putnam Income Division......................... 109,915 $1,376,135 $1,411,684
  Putnam New Opportunities Division..............  68,447 $2,980,187 $1,687,209
T.Rowe Price Fixed Income Series, Inc.:
  T.R. Price New America Growth Division.........  90,586 $2,371,545 $2,048,739
  T.R. Price Limited Term Bond Division.......... 110,737 $  530,432 $  543,883
  T.R. Price Personal Strategy Balanced.......... 135,385 $2,166,163 $2,140,001
MFS Variable Insurance Trust:
  MFS Emerging Growth Division................... 152,118 $5,771,340 $3,044,843
</TABLE>



                 See Accompanying Independent Auditors' Report.

                                      F-28
<PAGE>

                                   APPENDIX A

Illustrations of Death Benefits and Cash Values

The following tables illustrate how the Cash Value and Death Benefit of a
Policy change with the investment experience of a Division of the Separate
Account. The tables show how the Cash Value and Death Benefit of a Policy
issued to an Insured of a given age and at a given premium would vary over time
if the investment return on the assets held in each Division of the Separate
Account were a uniform, gross, after-tax annual rate of 0%, 6% or 12%. In
addition, the Cash Values and Death Benefits would be different from those
shown if the gross annual investment rates of return averaged 0%, 6%, and 12%
over a period of years, but fluctuated above and below those averages for
individual Policy years.

The tables illustrate a Policy issued to an Insured, age 45, in an Executive
Program issued as a Group Contract Policy. This assumes the maximum monthly
administrative charge. If a particular Policy has different sales or
administrative charges or if a particular group is larger or smaller or has a
different gender mix, the Cash Values and Death Benefits would vary from those
shown in the tables.

The Cash Value column under the "Guaranteed" heading shows the accumulated
value of the premiums paid reflecting deduction of the charges described above
and monthly charges for the cost of insurance based on the guaranteed rate
which is 125% of the maximum allowed under the 1980 Commissioners Standard
Ordinary Mortality Table C. The "Cash Value" column under the "Current" heading
shows the accumulated value of the premiums paid reflecting deduction of the
charges described above and monthly charges for the cost of insurance at the
current level for an Executive Program, which is less than or equal to 125% of
the maximum allowed by the 1980 Commissioners Standard Ordinary Mortality Table
C. The illustrations of Death Benefits reflect the above assumptions. The Death
Benefits also vary between tables depending upon whether Level Type (Option A)
or Increasing Type (Option B) Death Benefits are illustrated.

The amounts shown for the Cash Value and Death Benefit reflect the fact that
the investment rate of return is lower than the gross after-tax return on the
assets held in a Division of the Separate Account. The charges include a
maximum .90% charge for mortality and expense risk, an assumed combined
investment advisory fee (representing the average of the fees incurred by the
Funds in which the Divisions invest) and the Funds' expenses (based on the
average of the actual expenses incurred in fiscal year 1999) of .674%. These
charges take into account expense reimbursement arrangements expected to be in
place for 2000 for some of the Funds. In the absence of the reimbursement
arrangements for some of the Funds, the charges would have also totaled an
average of .674%. See the respective Fund prospectus for details. After
deduction for these amounts, with reimbursement, the illustrated gross annual
investment rates of return of 0%, 6% and 12% correspond to approximate net
annual rates of -1.574%, 4.426% and 10.426%, respectively.

The hypothetical values shown in the tables reflect all fees and charges under
the Policy, including the premium expense charge. The premium tax charge, and
all components of the monthly deduction. They do not reflect any charges for
federal income taxes against the Separate Account, since the Company is not
currently making any such charges. However, such charges may be made in the
future and, in that event, the gross annual investment rate of return of the
divisions of the Separate Account would have to exceed 0%, 6%, and 12% by an
amount sufficient to cover the tax charges in order to produce the Death
Benefit and Cash Value illustrated. (See "Federal Tax Matters.") Additionally,
the hypothetical values shown in the tables assume that the Policy for which
values are illustrated is not deemed an individual policy under OBRA, and
therefore the values do not reflect the additional 1% premium expense charge
for the Company's increased federal tax liabilities.

The tables illustrate the Policy values that would result based upon the
investment rates of return if premiums are paid as indicated, and if no Policy
Loans have been made. The tables are also based on the assumptions that the
Owner has not requested an increase or decrease in the Face Amount, that no
partial withdrawals have been made, that no transfer charges were incurred, and
that no optional riders have been requested.

Upon request, the Company will provide a comparable illustration based upon the
proposed Insured's age, group size and gender mix, the Face Amount and premium
requested and the proposed frequency of premium payments.

                                      A-1
<PAGE>

                    FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE

FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000                     AGE 45
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: A                               ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 1.00%                         $6,000.00
PREMIUM TAX: 2.00%                                    (Monthly Premium:
                                                      $500.00)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
                                ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN at 0.00% (NET RATE at-
                                                  1.574%)
                              --------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   GUARANTEED*                           CURRENT**
                              -------------------------------      -------------------------------
             PREM              CASH              DEATH              CASH              DEATH
 YR        at 5.00%            VALUE            BENEFIT             VALUE            BENEFIT
 ---       --------           -------           --------           -------           --------
 <S>       <C>                <C>               <C>                <C>               <C>
  1        $  6,161           $ 3,048           $500,000           $ 5,009           $500,000
  2          12,630             5,895            500,000             9,912            500,000
  3          19,423             8,497            500,000            14,682            500,000
  4          26,555            10,847            500,000            19,265            500,000
  5          34,045            12,920            500,000            23,665            500,000
  6          41,908            14,699            500,000            27,943            500,000
  7          50,165            16,152            500,000            32,047            500,000
  8          58,834            17,239            500,000            35,980            500,000
  9          67,937            17,923            500,000            39,747            500,000
 10          77,496            18,173            500,000            43,347            500,000
 11          87,532            17,980            500,000            46,676            500,000
 12          98,070            17,312            500,000            49,852            500,000
 13         109,134            16,162            500,000            52,821            500,000
 14         120,752            14,501            500,000            55,476            500,000
 15         132,951            12,274            500,000            57,876            500,000
 16         145,760             9,416            500,000            60,033            500,000
 17         159,209             5,814            500,000            61,892            500,000
 18         173,331             1,329            500,000            63,402            500,000
 19         188,159                 0                  0            64,625            500,000
 20         203,728                 0                  0            65,452            500,000
 25         294,060                 0                  0            61,759            500,000
 30         409,348                 0                  0            35,249            500,000
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
   rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
   rates.

The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value and Death
Benefit for a policy would be different from those shown if the actual rates of
return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years, but also
fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No representation
can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the investment management
companies, or any representative thereof, that this hypothetical rate of return
can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over any period of time.

Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume any additional premiums shown are received monthly on the Policy
anniversary and further assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.

                                      A-2
<PAGE>

                    FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE

FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000                     AGE 45
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: A                               ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 1.00%                         $6,000.00
PREMIUM TAX: 2.00%                                    (Monthly Premium:
                                                      $500.00)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
                                ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN AT 6.00% (NET RATE AT
                                                  4.426%)
                              --------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   GUARANTEED*                           CURRENT**
                              -------------------------------      -------------------------------
             PREM              CASH              DEATH              CASH              DEATH
 YR        AT 5.00%            VALUE            BENEFIT             VALUE            BENEFIT
 ---       --------           -------           --------           -------           --------
 <S>       <C>                <C>               <C>                <C>               <C>
  1        $ 6,161            $ 3,148           $500,000           $ 5,173           $500,000
  2         12,630              6,278            500,000            10,547            500,000
  3         19,423              9,342            500,000            16,102            500,000
  4         26,555             12,328            500,000            21,789            500,000
  5         34,045             15,204            500,000            27,617            500,000
  6         41,908             17,946            500,000            33,653            500,000
  7         50,165             20,512            500,000            39,852            500,000
  8         58,834             22,851            500,000            46,224            500,000
  9         67,937             24,912            500,000            52,781            500,000
 10         77,496             26,650            500,000            59,529            500,000
 11         87,532             28,037            500,000            66,375            500,000
 12         98,070             29,023            500,000            73,441            500,000
 13        109,134             29,579            500,000            80,684            500,000
 14        120,752             29,653            500,000            88,012            500,000
 15        132,951             29,164            500,000            95,488            500,000
 16        145,760             28,018            500,000           103,133            500,000
 17        159,209             26,067            500,000           110,910            500,000
 18        173,331             23,129            500,000           118,783            500,000
 19        188,159             19,005            500,000           126,823            500,000
 20        203,728             13,483            500,000           134,947            500,000
 25        294,060                  0                  0           175,954            500,000
 30        409,348                  0                  0           212,434            500,000
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
   rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
   rates.

  The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value and Death
Benefit for a Policy would be different from those shown if the actual rates of
return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years, but also
fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No representation
can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the investment management
companies, or any representative thereof, that this hypothetical rate of return
can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over any period of time.

  Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume any additional premiums shown are received monthly on the Policy
Anniversary and further assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.

                                      A-3
<PAGE>

                    FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE

FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000                     AGE: 45
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: A                               ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 1.00%                         $6,000.00
PREMIUM TAX: 2.00%                                    (Monthly Premium:
                                                      $500.00)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
                                ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN at 12.00% (NET RATE at
                                                  10.426%)
                              ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   GUARANTEED*                           CURRENT**
                              -------------------------------      --------------------------------
             PREM              CASH              DEATH               CASH              DEATH
 YR        at 5.00%            VALUE            BENEFIT             VALUE             BENEFIT
 ---       --------           -------           --------           --------           --------
 <S>       <C>                <C>               <C>                <C>                <C>
  1        $  6,161           $ 3,246           $500,000           $  5,333           $500,000
  2          12,630             6,669            500,000             11,195            500,000
  3          19,423            10,241            500,000             17,610            500,000
  4          26,555            13,969            500,000             24,579            500,000
  5          34,045            17,845            500,000             32,165            500,000
  6          41,908            21,864            500,000             40,495            500,000
  7          50,165            26,012            500,000             49,594            500,000
  8          58,834            30,261            500,000             59,550            500,000
  9          67,937            34,587            500,000             70,459            500,000
 10          77,496            38,973            500,000             82,424            500,000
 11          87,532            43,422            500,000             95,464            500,000
 12          98,070            47,915            500,000            109,812            500,000
 13         109,134            52,462            500,000            125,566            500,000
 14         120,752            57,050            500,000            142,796            500,000
 15         132,951            61,645            500,000            161,730            500,000
 16         145,760            66,203            500,000            182,581            500,000
 17         159,209            70,633            500,000            205,543            500,000
 18         173,331            74,821            500,000            230,843            500,000
 19         188,159            78,637            500,000            258,819            500,000
 20         203,728            81,948            500,000            289,751            500,000
 25         294,060            86,345            500,000            503,467            584,022
 30         409,348            40,185            500,000            854,476            914,289
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
   rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
   rates.

The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value and Death
Benefit for a Policy would be different from those shown if the actual rates of
return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years, but also
fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No representation
can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the investment management
companies, or any representative thereof, that this hypothetical rate of return
can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over any period of time.

Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume any additional premiums shown are received monthly on the Policy
Anniversary and further assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.

                                      A-4
<PAGE>

                    FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE

FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000                    AGE: 45
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: B                              ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 1.00%                        $12,000.00
PREMIUM TAX: 2.00%                                   (Monthly Premium:
                                                     $1,000.00)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
                                 ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN at 0.00% (NET RATE at -
                                                    1.574%)
                               ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    GUARANTEED*                           CURRENT**
                               -------------------------------      --------------------------------
             PREM               CASH              DEATH               CASH              DEATH
 YR         at 5.00%            VALUE            BENEFIT             VALUE             BENEFIT
 ---       ---------           -------           --------           --------           --------
 <S>       <C>                 <C>               <C>                <C>                <C>
  1        $ 12,322            $ 8,809           $508,809           $ 10,775           $510,775
  2          25,261             17,308            517,308             21,347            521,347
  3          38,846             25,454            525,454             31,686            531,686
  4          53,111             33,241            533,241             41,739            541,739
  5          68,090             40,645            540,645             51,509            551,509
  6          83,817             47,649            547,649             61,060            561,060
  7         100,330             54,223            554,223             70,336            570,336
  8         117,669             60,326            560,326             79,342            579,342
  9         135,875             65,925            565,925             88,083            588,083
 10         154,992             70,992            570,992             96,555            596,555
 11         175,064             75,523            575,523            104,646            604,646
 12         196,140             79,492            579,492            112,485            612,485
 13         218,269             82,902            582,902            120,012            620,012
 14         241,505             85,731            585,731            127,106            627,106
 15         265,903             87,935            587,935            133,835            633,835
 16         291,521             89,465            589,465            140,209            640,209
 17         318,419             90,226            590,226            146,169            646,169
 18         346,663             90,104            590,104            151,657            651,657
 19         376,319             88,990            588,990            156,745            656,745
 20         407,457             86,785            586,785            161,310            661,310
 25         588,120             57,718            557,718            174,318            674,318
 30         818,697                  0                  0            161,692            661,692
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
   rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
   rates.

The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value and Death
Benefit for a Policy would be different from those shown if the actual rates of
return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years, but also
fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No representation
can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the investment management
companies, or any representative thereof, that this hypothetical rate of return
can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over any period of time.

Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume any additional premiums shown are received monthly on the Policy
Anniversary and further assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.

                                      A-5
<PAGE>

                    FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE

FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000                    AGE: 45
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: B                              ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 1.00%                        $12,000.00
PREMIUM TAX: 2.00%                                   (Monthly Premium:
                                                     $1,000.00)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                         FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
                     ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN AT 6.00% (NET RATE AT 4.426%)
                   ------------------------------------------------------------
                          GUARANTEED*                     CURRENT**
                   ----------------------------- ------------------------------
         PREM          CASH          DEATH           CASH           DEATH
 YR    AT 5.00%       VALUE         BENEFIT         VALUE          BENEFIT
 ---   --------    ------------   -------------  ------------   --------------
 <S>   <C>         <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
  1    $ 12,322    $      9,096   $    509,096   $     11,127   $      511,127
  2      25,261          18,418        518,418         22,711          522,711
  3      38,846          27,927        527,927         34,740          534,740
  4      53,111          37,618        537,618         47,173          547,173
  5      68,090          47,470        547,470         60,029          560,029
  6      83,817          57,464        557,464         73,386          573,386
  7     100,330          67,570        567,570         87,206          587,206
  8     117,669          77,746        577,746        101,509          601,509
  9     135,875          87,950        587,950        116,318          616,318
 10     154,992          98,147        598,147        131,647          631,647
 11     175,064         108,326        608,326        147,399          647,399
 12     196,140         118,449        618,449        163,719          663,719
 13     218,269         128,506        628,506        180,567          680,567
 14     241,505         138,466        638,466        197,837          697,837
 15     265,903         148,268        648,268        215,609          715,609
 16     291,521         157,845        657,845        233,912          733,912
 17     318,419         167,076        667,076        252,701          752,701
 18     346,663         175,818        675,818        271,933          771,933
 19     376,319         183,922        683,922        291,692          791,692
 20     407,457         191,243        691,243        311,869          811,869
 25     588,120         212,337        712,337        417,293          917,293
 30     818,697         187,470        687,470        519,999        1,019,999
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
   rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
   rates.

The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value and Death
Benefit for a Policy would be different from those shown if the actual rates of
return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years, but also
fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No representation
can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the investment management
companies, or any representative thereof, that this hypothetical rate of return
can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over any period of time.

Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume any additional premiums shown are received monthly on the Policy
Anniversary and further assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.

                                      A-6
<PAGE>

                    FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE

FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000                    AGE: 45
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: B                              ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 1.00%                        $12,000.00
PREMIUM TAX: 2.00%                                   (Monthly Premium:
                                                     $1,000.00)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                         FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
                    ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN AT 12.00% (NET RATE AT 10.426%)
                  ---------------------------------------------------------------
                          GUARANTEED*                      CURRENT**
                  ------------------------------- -------------------------------
         PREM         CASH            DEATH           CASH            DEATH
 YR    AT 5.00%       VALUE          BENEFIT          VALUE          BENEFIT
 ---   --------   -------------   --------------  -------------   --------------
 <S>   <C>        <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>
  1    $ 12,322   $       9,379   $     509,379   $      11,473   $     511,473
  2      25,261          19,553         519,553          24,105         524,105
  3      38,846          30,556         530,556          37,985         537,985
  4      53,111          42,459         542,459          53,179         553,179
  5      68,090          55,327         555,327          69,825         569,825
  6      83,817          69,234         569,234          88,138         588,138
  7     100,330          84,251         584,251         108,228         608,228
  8     117,669         100,444         600,444         130,280         630,280
  9     135,875         117,890         617,890         154,500         654,500
 10     154,992         136,684         636,684         181,106         681,106
 11     175,064         156,953         656,953         210,222         710,222
 12     196,140         178,813         678,813         242,243         742,243
 13     218,269         202,425         702,425         277,400         777,400
 14     241,505         227,939         727,939         315,891         815,891
 15     265,903         255,499         755,499         358,124         858,124
 16     291,521         285,254         785,254         404,498         904,498
 17     318,419         317,320         817,320         455,376         955,376
 18     346,663         351,808         851,808         511,156       1,011,156
 19     376,319         388,838         888,838         572,422       1,072,422
 20     407,457         428,557         928,557         639,607       1,139,607
 25     588,120         675,701       1,175,701       1,085,781       1,585,781
 30     818,697       1,023,538       1,523,538       1,786,400       2,286,400
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
   rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
   rates.

  The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value and Death
Benefit for a Policy would be different from those shown if the actual rates of
return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years, but also
fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No representation
can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the investment management
companies, or any representative thereof, that this hypothetical rate of return
can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over any period of time.

  Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume any additional premiums shown are received monthly on the Policy
Anniversary and further assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.

                                      A-7
<PAGE>

                                    PART II
                          UNDERTAKING TO FILE REPORTS

      Subject to the terms and conditions of Section 15(d) of the Securities and
Exchange Act of 1934, the undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to file with
the Securities and Exchange Commission such supplementary and periodic
information, documents, and reports as may be prescribed by any rule or
regulation of the Commission heretofore, or hereafter duly adopted pursuant to
authority conferred in that section.

                              RULE 484 UNDERTAKING

      Article III, Section 13 of the Company's Bylaws provide:  "The Corporation
may indemnify any person who is made a party to any civil or criminal suit, or
made a subject of any administrative or investigative proceeding by reason of
the fact that he is or was a director, officer, or agent of the Corporation.
This indemnity may extend to expenses, including attorney's fees, judgments,
fine, and amounts paid in settlement.  The indemnity shall not be available to
persons being sued by or upon the information of the Corporation not to person
who are being investigated by the Corporation.  The indemnity shall be
discretionary with the Board of Directors and shall not be granted until the
Board of Directors has made a determination that the person who would be
indemnified acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in
the best interest of the Corporation.  The Corporation shall have such other and
further powers of indemnification as are not inconsistent with the laws of
Missouri."

      Insofar as indemnification for liability arising under the Securities Act
of  l933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the
registrant pursuant to the Charter and Articles of Incorporation of the Company,
the By-Laws of the Company, agreement, statute, or otherwise, the registrant has
been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such
indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is,
therefore, unenforceable.  In the event that a claim for indemnification against
such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred
or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the
successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public
policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of
such issue.

                                     II-1
<PAGE>

                   REPRESENTATION CONCERNING FEES AND CHARGES


      Paragon Life Insurance Company hereby represents that the fees and charges
deducted under the terms of the Contract are, in the aggregate, reasonable in
relationship to the services rendered, the expenses expected, and the risks
assumed by Paragon.


                                      II-2
<PAGE>

                      CONTENTS OF REGISTRATION STATEMENT

This Registration Statement comprises the following Papers and Documents:

     The facing sheet.

     The Scudder Commissioned Prospectus, consisting of 75 pages;
     Morgan Stanley Dean Witter Prospectus, consisting of 80
     pages; Putnam Prospectus, consisting of 87 pages; MFS
     Prospectus, consisting of 86 pages; Multiple Manager
     Commissioned, consisting of 80 pages.
     The undertaking to file reports required by Section 15 (d),
     1934 Act.
     The undertaking pursuant to Rule 484.
     Representation concerning fees and charges.
     The signatures.

1.   The following exhibits (which correspond in number to the numbers under
     paragraph A of the instructions as to exhibits for Form N-8B-2):

     (1)  Resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company authorizing
          establishment of the Separate Account. 1

     (2)  Not applicable.

     (3)  (a) Form of Underwriting Agreement. 1

          (b) Form of Selling Agreement. 2

          (c) Commission Schedule for Scudder Commissioned Policy and Dean
              Witter Policy. 1

          (d) Commission Schedule for Putnam Policy and MFS Policy. 1

     (4)  Not applicable.

     (5)  (a) Form of Group Contract:
              .  Scudder - (Group Contract 30020) 1
              .  Dean Witter - (Group Contract 30029) 1
                 Putnam
                 MFS
              .  Multi-Manager - (Group Contract 30037) 1

          (b) Proposed Form of Individual Policy and Policy Riders:
              .  Scudder (30018) 1,3
              .  Dean Witter (30027) 1,3
                 Putnam
                 MFS
              .  Multi-Manager (30040) 1,3

          (c) Proposed Form of Certificate and Certificate Riders: 1
              .  Scudder (30019) 1,3
              .  Dean Witter (30028) 1,3
                 Putnam
                 MFS
              .  Multi-Manager (30036) 1,3

     (6)  (a) Amended Charter and Articles of Incorporation of
              the Company. 2

          (b) By-Laws of the Company. 2

     (7)  Not applicable.

                                     II-3
<PAGE>


     (8)  (a)   Form of Series Participation Agreement with Scudder
                Variable Life Investment Fund 2

          (b)   Form of Participation Agreement with Putnam
                Capital Manager Trust 2

          (c)   Form of Participation Agreement with MFS Variable
                Insurance Trust 2

          (d)   Form of Participation Agreement with Fidelity Variable Insurance
                Products Fund 2

          (e)   Form of Participation Agreement with Fidelity Variable Insurance
                Products Fund II 2

          (f)   Form of Participation Agreement with T. Rowe Price Investment
                Services, Inc. 5

          (g)   Form of Participation Agreement with Dean Witter Variable
                Investment Series 1


     (9)  Not applicable.

     (10)     (a)    Form of Application for Group Contract (10914). 4

              (b)    Form of Application for Employee Insurance
                     (Guaranteed Issue) (Group Contract 10915). 4

              (c)    Form of Application for Employee Insurance
                     (Simplified Issue) (Group Contract 10921, 10920). 4

              (d)    Form of Application for Spouse Insurance
                     (Group Contract 10917). 4

              (e)    Form of Application for Employee Insurance
                     Guaranteed Issue (Individual Policy 10352, 33100). 4

              (f)    Form of Application for Employee Insurance
                     (Simplified Issue) (Individual Policy 10357). 4

              (g)    Form of Application for Spouse Insurance
                     (Individual Policy 10354). 4

              (h)    Form of Application Supplement for Scudder
                     Commissioned Policy, 33105. 1

              (i)    Form of Application Supplement for Putnam
                     Policy 33114. 1

              (j)    Form of Application Supplement for MFS Policy, 33115-20. 1

              (k)    Form of Application Supplement for Dean Witter Policy,
                     33113. 1

              (l)    Form of Application Supplement for Multi-Manager
                     Commissioned Policy, 33116. 1

2.   Memorandum describing the Company's issuance, transfer, and redemption
     procedures for the Policies and the Company's procedure for conversion to a
     fixed benefit policy. 1

                                     II-4
<PAGE>


3.   Opinion of Matthew P. McCauley, Esquire, General Counsel of Paragon Life
     Insurance Company. 1

4.   Not Applicable.

5.   Not Applicable.

6.   Not Applicable.

7.   The opinion and consent of Craig K. Nordyke, F.S.A., M.A.A.A., Executive
     Vice President and Chief Actuary. 1

8.   (a)  The consent of KPMG LLP, Independent Certified Public Accountants. 1

     (b)  Written consent of Sutherland Asbill & Brennan LLP. 1

9.   Original powers of attorney authorizing Matthew P. McCauley, Carl H.
     Anderson, and Craig K. Nordyke, and each of them singly, to sign this
     Registration Statement and Amendments thereto on behalf of the Board of
     Directors of Paragon Life Insurance Company. 1

                                    *  *  *

1.   Filed herewith.

2.   Incorporated by reference to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 on Form S-6
     found in File No. 333-80393, filed with the Securities and Exchange
     Commission on September 1, 1999.

3.   Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 12 on Form S-6
     found in File No. 33-18341, filed with the Securities and Exchange
     Commission on April 28, 2000 for the Policy and Certificate Riders only.

4.   Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 12 on Form S-6
     found in File No. 33-18341, filed with the Securities and Exchange
     Commission on April 28, 2000.

5.   Incorporated by reference to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 on Form S-6
     found in File No. 33-36515, filed with the Securities and Exchange
     Commission on February 26, 1999.


                                     II-5
<PAGE>

                                  SIGNATURES

     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, Paragon Life
Insurance Company and Separate Account B of Paragon Life Insurance Company
certify that they meet all the requirements for effectiveness of this amended
Registration Statement pursuant to Rule 485(b) under the Securities Act of 1933
and have duly caused this amended Registration Statement to be signed on their
behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized, and the seal of Paragon
Life Insurance Company to be hereunto affixed and attested, all in the City of
St. Louis, State of Missouri, on the 28th day of April, 2000.



(Seal)                                        Paragon Life Insurance Company



Attest:  /s/Matthew P. McCauley             By:  /s/Carl H. Anderson
            -----------------------                 -----------------------
            Matthew P. McCauley,                    Carl H. Anderson, President
            Secretary                               and Chief Executive Officer


     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this amended
Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the
capacities on the dates indicated.

Signature                         Title                                Date

/s/Carl H. Anderson                                                    4/28/00
- -----------------------
Carl H. Anderson            President and Director
                           (Chief Executive Officer)



/s/Matthew K. Duffy                                                    4/28/00
- -----------------------
Matthew K. Duffy            Vice President and Chief
                            Financial Officer (Principal
                            Accounting Officer and
                            Principal Financial Officer)
                            and Director


- -----------------------
E. Thomas Hughes, Jr.*      Director and Treasurer



- -----------------------
Richard A. Liddy*           Director


/s/Matthew P. McCauley
- --------------------
Matthew P. McCauley        Vice President                              4/28/00
                           General Counsel,
                           Secretary, and Director

                                     II-6
<PAGE>

Signature                      Title                      Date




/s/Craig K. Nordyke
- -------------------------                                 4/28/00
Craig K. Nordyke             Executive Vice President,
                             Chief Actuary and Director



- -------------------------
Warren J. Winer*            Director



- -------------------------
Bernard H. Wolzenski*        Director


- -------------------------
A. Greig Woodring*           Director




By: /s/Craig K. Nordyke
       ----------------------                             4/28/00
       Craig K. Nordyke




*Original powers of attorney authorizing Matthew P. McCauley, Carl H. Anderson,
and Craig K. Nordyke, and each of them singly, to sign this Registration
Statement and Amendments thereto on behalf of the Board of Directors of Paragon
Life Insurance Company have been filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission.




33-58796

                                     II-7
<PAGE>

                                 EXHIBIT INDEX


Exhibit

 1.       Resolution of the Board of Directors authorizing Separate Account B.

 2.       Form of Underwriting Agreement.

 3.       Commission Schedule for MFS, Putnam, Scudder and Multi-Manger
          Commissioned Policy.

 4.       Commission Schedule for Dean Witter Policy.

 5.       (a)  Form of Group Contract:
               (1)  Scudder (30020)
               (2)  Dean Witter, Putnam, MFS (30029)
               (3)  Multi-Manager (30037)

          (b)  Proposed Form of Individual Policy:
               (1)  Scudder (30018)
               (2)  Dean Witter, Putnam, MFS (30027)
               (3)  Multi-Manager (30040)

          (c)  Proposed Form of Certificate:
               (1)  Scudder (30019)
               (2)  Dean Witter, Putnam, MFS (30028)
               (3)  Multi-Manager (30036)

 6.       Form of Participation Agreement with Dean Witter Variable Investment
          Series.

 7.       (a)  Form of Application Supplement for Scudder Commissioned Policy,
               33105.
          (b)  Form of Application Supplement for Putnam Policy, 33114.
          (c)  Form of Application Supplement for MFS Policy, 33115-20.
          (d)  Form of Application Supplement for Dean Witter Policy, 33113.
          (e)  Form of Application Supplement for Multi-Manager Commissioned
               Policy, 33116.

 8.       Issue, Transfer, and Redemption Memo.

 9.       Opinion of Matthew P. McCauley, Esquire, General Counsel of Paragon
          Life Insurance Company.

10.       Opinion and consent of Craig K. Nordyke, F.S.A, M.A.A.A., Executive
          Vice President and Chief Actuary

11.       Written consent of KPMG LLP, Independent Certified Public Accountants.

12.       Written consent of Sutherland Asbill & Brennan LLP.

13.       Powers of Attorney.

<PAGE>


                                  Exhibit 1



               RESOLUTION OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS AUTHORIZING
                            SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
<PAGE>

                        PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY


                      Consent by Directors to Resolutions
                   In Lieu of Meeting As of 4 January, 1993

The undersigned, being all of the members of the Board of Directors of Paragon
Life Insurance Company, a Missouri corporation, acting pursuant to the Corporate
By-laws and the General and Business Corporation Law of Missouri, hereby consent
to the adoption of the following resolutions, so that the same may have the same
force and effect as if adopted by unanimous vote at a meeting of the Board:

                   *    *    *    *    *    *    *    *

                           RESOLUTIONS ESTABLISHING
                           ------------------------
                        PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                        ------------------------------
                              SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
                              ------------------

"BE IT RESOLVED, that Paragon Life Insurance Company (hereinafter "Paragon" or
"the Company"), pursuant to the provisions of Section 376.309 R. S. Mo. (1959),
hereby establishes a separate account designated "Paragon Separate Account B"
(hereinafter "Separate Account B") for the following use and purposes, and
subject to the conditions set forth below:

RESOLVED FURTHER, that Separate Account B shall be established for the purpose
of providing for the issuance by the Company of such variable life insurance or
such other contracts ("Contracts") as Paragon may designate for such purpose,
and shall constitute a separate account into which are allocated amounts paid to
or held by the Company under such Contracts; and

RESOLVED FURTHER, that the income, gains, and losses, whether or not realized,
from assets allocated to Separate Account B shall, in accordance with the
Contracts, be credited to or charged against such account without regard to
other income, gains, or losses of Paragon; and

RESOLVED FURTHER, that to the extent so provided under the Contracts, that
portion of the assets of Separate Account B equal to the reserves and other
contract liabilities of such Account shall not be chargeable with liabilities
arising out of any other business Paragon may conduct; and

RESOLVED FURTHER, that the fundamental investment policy of Separate Account B
shall be to invest or reinvest its assets in securities issued by investment
companies registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 as may be
specified in the respective Contracts; and

RESOLVED FURTHER, that specialized investment divisions may be established
Within Separate Account B to which net payments under the Contracts will be
allocated in accordance with instructions received from contractholder, and that
Paragon is hereby authorized to create such divisions and to increase, or
decrease, the number of investment divisions as it deems necessary or
appropriate; and

RESOLVED FURTHER, that each such investment division shall invest only in the
shares of a single mutual fund or a single mutual fund portfolio of an
investment company organized as a series fund pursuant to the Investment Company
Act of 1940; and

RESOLVED FURTHER, that the President, the Treasurer, or their delegates be, and
they hereby are, authorized to transfer funds from time to time between
Paragon's general account and Separate Account B to start Separate Account B or
as deemed necessary or appropriate and consistent with the terms of the
Contracts; and
<PAGE>

                                       2

RESOLVED FURTHER, that the appropriate officers of the Company, with such
assistance from the Company's auditors, legal counsel, and others as they may
require, be, and they hereby are, authorized and directed to take all action
necessary to: (a) register Separate Account B as a unit investment trust under
the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended; (b) register the Contracts in
such amounts, which may be an indefinite amount, as the officers of the Company
shall from time to time deem appropriate under the Securities Act of 1933; and
(c) take all other actions which are necessary in connection with the offering
of said Contracts for sale and the operation of Separate Account B in order to
comply with the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, the Securities Act of 1933 and other applicable federal laws, including
the filing of any amendments to registration statement, any undertakings, and
any applications for exemptions from the Investment Company Act of 1940 or other
applicable federal laws as the officers of the Company shall deem necessary or
appropriate; and

RESOLVED FURTHER, that the President, the Treasurer, and the General Counsel,
and each of them with full power to act without the others, hereby are severally
authorized and empowered to prepare, execute, and cause to be filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission on behalf of Separate Account B and by the
Company as sponsor and depositor a Form of Notification of Registration
Statement under the Securities Act of 1933 registering the Contracts, and any
and all amendments to the foregoing on behalf of Separate Account B and the
Company and on behalf of and as attorneys for the principal executive officer
and/or the principal financial officer and/or the principal accounting officer
and/or any other officer of the Company; and

RESOLVED FURTHER, that the General Counsel is hereby appointed as agent for
service under any such registration statement and is duly authorized to receive
communications and notices from the Securities and Exchange Commission with
respect thereto; and

RESOLVED FURTHER, that the appropriate officers of the Company be, and they
hereby are, authorized on behalf of Separate Account B and on behalf of the
Company to take any and all action that they may deem necessary or advisable in
order to sell the Contracts, including any registrations, filings and
qualifications of Paragon, its officers, agents and employees, and the Contracts
under the insurance and securities laws of any of the states of the United
States of America or other jurisdictions, and in connection therewith to
prepare, execute, deliver, and file all such applications, report, covenants,
resolutions, applications for exemptions, consents to service of process, and
other instruments as may be required under such laws, and to take any and all
further action which said officers or counsel of the Company may deem necessary
or desirable (including entering into whatever agreements and contracts may be
necessary) in order to maintain such registrations or qualifications for as long
as said officers seem it to be in the best interest of Separate Account B and
Paragon; and

RESOLVED FURTHER, that the President and the Vice President and General Counsel
of the Company be, and they hereby are, authorized in the names and on behalf of
Separate Account B and Paragon to execute and file irrevocable written consents
on the part of Separate Account B and of the Company to be used in such states
wherein such consents to service of process may be requisite under the insurance
or securities laws therein connection with said registration or qualification of
Contracts and to appoint the appropriate state official, or such other person as
may be allowed by said insurance or securities laws, agent of Separate Account B
and of Paragon for the purpose of receiving and accepting process; and
<PAGE>

                                       3

RESOLVED FURTHER, that the President of the Company be, and hereby is,
authorized to establish procedures under which the Company will provide voting
rights for owners of such Contracts with respect to securities owned by Separate
Account B; and

RESOLVED FURTHER, that the President of the Company is hereby authorized to
execute such agreement or agreements as deemed necessary and appropriate (i)
with Walnut Street Securities, Inc. (Walnut Street) or another qualified entity
under which Walnut Street or such other entity will be appointed principal
underwriter and distributor for the Contracts and (ii) with one or more
qualified banks or other qualified entities to provide administrative and/or
custodial services in connection with the establishment and maintenance of
Separate Account B and the design, issuance, and administration of the
Contracts; and

RESOLVED FURTHER, that, since it is expected the Separate Account B will invest
in the securities issued by one or more investment companies, the appropriate
officers of the Company are hereby authorized to execute whatever agreement or
agreements as may be necessary or appropriate to enable such investments to be
made; and

RESOLVED FURTHER, that the appropriate officers of Paragon, and each of them are
hereby authorized to execute and deliver all such documents and papers and to do
or cause to be done all such acts and things as they may deem necessary or
desirable to carry out the foregoing resolutions and the intent and purposes
thereof."


                          *    *    *    *     *    *

                      STANDARDS OF CONDUCT WITH RESPECT TO
                      ------------------------------------
                               SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
                               ------------------

"BE IT RESOLVED, that Paragon Life Insurance Company on its own behalf and on
behalf of its officers, directors, employees, and affiliates, shall endeavor to
ensure that business dealings between Paragon Separate Account B and the Company
are fair to both parties, and specifically:

i.   That Separate Account B shall be used only in connection with variable life
insurance contracts;

ii.  That the Company will not sell to or buy from Separate Account B any
securities of which the Company or its affiliates is the issuer; and

iii. Neither the Company nor any officer, director, employee, or affiliate shall
accept any compensation for the sale or purchase of securities to or from
Separate Account B, except that if the Company or an affiliate acts as a broker-
dealer in connection with the sale of securities to or by Separate Account B a
commission fee not to exceed normal charges for such transactions conducted at
arm's length in the ordinary course of business in St. Louis or any other
community in which such transaction is effected may be charged."
<PAGE>

                                       4

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we Directors have signed this unanimous Consent,
effective as of the fourth day of January, 1993. We direct that this Consent be
filed with the minutes of Paragon Life Insurance Company.


/s/ Carl H. Anderson                    /s/ Mathew P. McCauley
- ------------------------------          --------------------------------
Carl H. Anderson                        Mathew P. McCauley

/s/ Michael R. Hogan                    /s/ Leonard M. Rubenstein
- ------------------------------          --------------------------------
Michael R. Hogan                        Leonard M. Rubenstein

/s/ E. Thomas Hughes, Jr.               /s/ Bernard H. Wolzenski
- ------------------------------          --------------------------------
E. Thomas Hughes, Jr.                   Bernard H. Wolzenski

/s/ Richard A. Liddy                    /s/ A. Greig Woodring
- ------------------------------          --------------------------------
Richard A. Liddy                        A. Greig Woodring

/s/ Craig K. Nordyke
- ------------------------------
Craig K. Nordyke

<PAGE>


                                  Exhibit 2



                        FORM OF UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT
<PAGE>

                        PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                       PRINCIPAL UNDER WRITING AGREENIENT



     This UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT made this _____ day of February 1993, by and
between Walnut Street Securities, Inc. (hereinafter "the Underwriter") and
Paragon Life Insurance Company (hereinafter "the Insurance Company"), on its own
behalf and of Paragon Life Insurance Company Separate Account B (hereinafter
"the Account"), a separate account of the Insurance Company;

     WITNESSETH as follows:

     WHEREAS, the Account was established under authority of a resolution of the
Insurance Company's Board of Directors as of January 4, 1993, in order to set
aside and invest assets attributable to certain flexible premium life variable
contracts (hereinafter "Contracts") issued by the Insurance Company;

     WHEREAS, the Insurance Company has registered the Account as a unit
investment trust under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the "Investment
Company Act") and has registered the Contracts under the Securities Act of 1933;

     WHEREAS, the Underwriter is registered as a broker-dealer with the
Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") under the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934, as amended (the "1934 Act"), and is a member of the National
Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (the NASD"); and

     WHEREAS, the Insurance Company and the Account desire to have Contracts
sold and distribute through the Underwriter and the Underwriter is willing to
sell and distribute such Contracts under the terms stated herein;

     NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:

     1.   The Insurance Company grants to the Underwriter the right to be, and
the Underwriter agrees to serve as distributor and principal underwriter of the
Contracts during the term of this Agreement. The Underwriter agrees to use its
best efforts to solicit applications for the Contracts at its own expense, and
otherwise to perform all duties and functions which are necessary and proper for
the distribution of the Contracts.

     2.   All premiums for Contracts shall be remitted promptly to the Insurance
Company in full together with appropriate application forms and any other
required documentation. Checks or money orders in payment of premiums shall be
drawn to the order of "Paragon Life Insurance Company
<PAGE>

     3.   The Underwriter agrees to offer the Contracts for sale in accordance
with the prospectus for them then in effect. The Underwriter is not authorized
to give any information or to make any representations concerning the Contracts
other than those contained in the current prospectus filed with the SEC or in
such sales literature as may be developed and authorized by the Insurance
Company in conjunction with the Underwriter.

     4.   On behalf of the Account, the Insurance Company shall furnish the
Underwriter with copies of all prospectuses, financial statements, and other
documents which the Underwriter reasonably requests for use in connection with
the distribution of the Contracts.

     5.   The Underwriter represents that it is duly registered as a broker-
dealer under the 1934 Act, and is a member in good standing of the NASD, and --
to the extent necessary to offer the Contracts -- shall be duly registered or
otherwise qualified under the securities laws of any state or other
jurisdiction. The Underwriter shall be responsible for carrying out its sales
and underwriting obligations hereunder in continued compliance with the NASD
Rules of Fair Practice, and applicable federal and state securities laws and
regulations. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Underwriter
agrees that it shall be fully responsible for:

          (a)  ensuring that no person shall offer or sell the Contracts on its
          behalf until such person is duly registered as a representative of the
          Underwriter; duly licensed and appointed by the Insurance Company; and
          appropriately licensed, registered, or otherwise qualified to offer
          and sell such Contracts under the federal securities laws and any
          applicable securities laws of each state or other jurisdiction in
          which the Insurance Company is licensed to sell the Contracts and in
          which such persons shall offer or sell the Contracts; and

          (b) training, supervising, and controlling of all such persons for
          purposes of complying on a continuous basis with the NASD Rules of
          Fair Practice and with federal and state securities law requirements
          applicable in connection with the offering and sale of the Contracts.
          In this connection, the Underwriter shall:

            (1) conduct such training (including the preparation and utilization
            of training materials) as in the opinion of the Underwriter is
            necessary to accomplish the purposes of this Agreement;

            (2) establish and implement reasonable written procedures for
            supervision of sales practices of agents, representatives, or
            brokers selling the Contracts; and

            (3) take reasonable steps to ensure that its associated persons
            shall not make recommendations to an applicant to purchase a
            Contract and shall not sell a Contract in the
<PAGE>

            absence of reasonable grounds to believe that the purchase of the
            Contract is Suitable for such applicant.

     6.   Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the
Underwriter is hereby authorized to enter into sales agreements with other
independent broker-dealers for the sale of the Contracts. All such sales
agreements entered into by the Underwriter shall provide that each independent
broker-dealer will assume full responsibility for continued compliance by itself
and its associated persons with the NASD Rules of Fair Practice and applicable
federal and state securities laws. All associated persons of such independent
broker-dealers soliciting applications for the Contracts shall be duly and
appropriately licensed or appointed by the Insurance Company for the sale of the
Contracts under the insurance laws of the applicable states of jurisdictions in
which such persons shall offer or sell the Contracts.

     7.   The Insurance Company shall apply for the proper insurance licenses in
the appropriate states or jurisdictions for persons associated with the
Underwriter; or with other independent broker-dealers which have entered into
agreements with the Underwriter for the sale of the Contracts and are designated
to sell the contracts provided that the Insurance Company reserves the right to
refuse to appoint any proposed associated person as an agent or broker, and to
terminate an agent or broker once appointed.

     8.   The Insurance Company and the Underwriter shall cause to be maintained
and preserved for the periods prescribed such accounts, books, and other
documents as are required of them by the Investment Company Act, the 1934 Act,
and any other applicable laws and regulations. The books, accounts and records
of the Insurance Company, the Account, and the Underwriter as to all
transactions hereunder shall be maintained so as to disclose clearly and
accurately the nature and details of the transactions.  The Insurance Company
shall maintain such books and records of the Underwriter pertaining to the sale
of the Contracts and required by the 1934 Act as may be mutually agreed upon
from time to time by the Insurance Company and the Underwriter, and shall at all
times be subject to such reasonable periodic, special, or other examination by
the SEC and all other regulatory bodies having jurisdiction.  The Insurance
Company shall be responsible for sending all required confirmations on customer
transactions in compliance with applicable regulations, as modified by an
exemption or other relief obtained by the Insurance Company. The Underwriter
shall cause the Insurance Company to be furnished with such reports as the
Insurance Company may reasonably request for the purpose of meeting its
reporting and recordkeeping obligations under the insurance laws of the State of
Missouri and any other states or jurisdictions.

     9.   Ownership and control of records shall not be affected by this
Agreement.

    10.   Each party to this Agreement has the right to inspect, audit, and copy
all pertinent records of the
<PAGE>

other party pertaining to performance under this Agreement.

    11.   Each party to this Agreement will keep any information obtained in the
course of its relationship to the other party in confidence and will not use
such information for its own benefit or disclose it except as authorized by the
other party or as required by regulatory authorities having jurisdictions.

    12.   The Insurance Company shall pay commissions as per Maximum Commission
Schedule to the Underwriter. The Underwriter shall have the responsibility for
paying (i) all commissions or other fees to its associated person and (ii) any
compensation to other independent broker-dealers and their associated persons
due under the terms of any sales agreement between the Underwriter and such
broker-dealers. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, no associated person or
broker-dealer shall have an interest in any deductions or other fees payable to
the Underwriter as set forth herein.

     13.  The Insurance Company agrees to indemnify the Underwriter for any
losses incurred as a result of any action taken or omitted by the Underwriter,
or any of its officers, agents or employees, in performing their
responsibilities under this Agreement in good faith and without willful
misfeasance, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of such obligations.

     14.  The Insurance Company undertakes to guarantee the performance of all
Underwriter's obligations imposed by Section 27(f) of the Investment Company
Act, as amended, and Rule 27d-2 adopted by the SEC, to make refunds of the
premiums or charges to owners of Contracts required by Section 27(t) or the
conditions of any exemptions therefrom.

     15.  (a)  This Agreement may be terminated by either party hereto upon
          60 days' written notice to the other party.

          (b) This Agreement may be terminated upon written notice of one party
          to the other party hereto in the event of bankruptcy or insolvency of
          such party to which notice is given.

          (c) This Agreement may be terminated at any time upon the mutual
          written consent of the parties thereto.

          (d) The Underwriter shall not assign or delegate its responsibilities
          under this Agreement without the written consent of the Insurance
          Company. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the term
          "assigned" shall not include any transaction exempted from section
          15(b)(2) of the Investment Company Act.
<PAGE>

          (e) This Agreement may be terminated by either party without penalty.

          (f) In the event either party to this Agreement fails to perform in a
          satisfactory manner the other party may cancel this Agreement.

          (g) Upon termination of this Agreement, all authorizations, rights,
          and obligations shall cease except the obligation to settle accounts
          hereunder, including payments (or premiums or contributions)
          subsequently received for Contracts in effect at the time of
          termination or issued pursuant to applications received by the
          Insurance Company prior to termination.

          (h) In the event this Agreement is ended for any reason each party
          agrees to return all records belonging to the other party promptly and
          free from all claims.

     16.  This Agreement shall be subject to the provisions of the Investment
Company Act and the 1934 Act and the rules, regulations, and rulings thereunder
and the NASD, from time to time in effect, including such exemptions from the
Investment Company Act as the SEC may grant, and the terms hereof shall be
interpreted and construed in accordance therewith.

     17. Each party to this Agreement expressly reserves unto itself the
ultimate authority and responsibility for conduct of its business.

     18. Each party to this Agreement shall furnish to regulatory authorities
having jurisdiction such information as may be requested in order for such
authorities to ascertain that Insurance Company's variable life insurance
operations are being conducted in accordance with applicable laws and
regulations.

     19.  Each party to this Agreement shall be liable for its own misconduct
and negligence.

     20.  Neither party to this Agreement shall attempt to immunize itself from
liability solely in reliance upon an opinion of that party's own counsel.

     21.  Neither party to this Agreement shall undertake any activity which
might conflict with its faithful discharge of the duties outlined in this
Agreement.

    22.  The statutes of limitations contained in the laws applicable to this
Agreement shall govern.
<PAGE>

    23.  If any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid by a
court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of this Agreement
shall not be affected thereby.

    24.  This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with and
governed by the laws of the State of Missouri.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to
be signed by their respective officials thereunder duly authorized and seals to
be affixed, as of the day and year first above written.



                                          WALNUT STREET SECURITES, INC.

Attest:

________________________________          By:_____________________________
                          Secretary                                 President


                                          PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY


Attest:


________________________________          By:______________________________
                          Secretary                                  President

<PAGE>


                                  Exhibit 3



              COMMISSION SCHEDULE FOR SCUDDER COMMISSIONED POLICY
                                      and
                            DEAN WITTER POLICY
<PAGE>

                          Maximum Commission Schedule

                                      for

               Flexible Premium Variable Life Insurance Policies

                                   issued by

                         Paragon Life Insurance Company

                                   utilizing

    MFS, Putnam, Scudder, and Multi-Manager, Variable Life Investment Funds



First Year:
     18% of premiums collected equal to first year cost of insurance assessed.
     plus 1% of premiums collected in excess of first year cost of insurance
     assessed.


Renewal (maximum of 20 years)

     3% of premium collected in renewal year equal to respective cost of
     insurance assessed.

     plus 1% of premiums collected in excess of respective cost of insurance
     assessed.

     Up to 0.25% per year of the average cash value of a policy during a policy
     year or calendar year.

<PAGE>


                                  Exhibit 4



                     COMMISSION SCHEDULE FOR PUTNAM POLICY
                                      and
                                  MFS POLICY
<PAGE>

                          Maximum Commission Schedule

                                      for

               Flexible Premium Variable Life Insurance Policies

                                   issued by

                         Paragon Life Insurance Company

                                   utilizing

                     Dean Witter Variable Insurance Series



First Year:
     15% of premiums collected equal to first year cost of insurance assessed.

     Plus 0.2% of average cash surrender value based upon average of beginning
     and ending policy year cash surrender value.


Renewal (maximum of 20 years)

     0.2% of average cash surrender value based upon average of beginning and
     ending policy year cash surrender value.

<PAGE>


                                  Exhibit 5(a)



          FORM OF GROUP CONTRACT:
               (1) SCUDDER (30020)
               (2) DEAN WITTER, PUTNAM, MFS (30029)
               (3) MULTI-MANAGER (30040)
<PAGE>

**DATA PAGE **                                            GROUP CONTRACT NUMBER

                                                                 CONTRACTHOLDER

                           RIGHT TO EXAMINE CONTRACT

You may return this contract within twenty days after receiving it or within 45
days after the application is signed, whichever period ends later. It may be
delivered or mailed to us or the agent through whom it was purchased. The
contract will then be deemed void from the start. Any premium paid will be
returned.

              FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE TO AGE 95

Flexible Premiums are payable during the lifetime of the insured to age 95. The
death benefit is payable at the death of the insured prior to age 95 and while
the contract is in force. Cash surrender value, if any, is payable at the
insured's age 95.

This contract is a legal contract between the contract holder and Paragon Life
Insurance Company. PLEASE READ YOUR CONTRACT CAREFULLY. This cover sheet
provides only a brief outline of some of the important features of your
contract. This cover sheet is not the complete insurance contract and only the
actual contract provisions will control. The contract itself sets forth, in
detail, the rights and obligations of both you and your insurance company. IT IS
THEREFORE IMPORTANT THAT YOU READ YOUR CONTACT.

ISSUED BY:  PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
            A STOCK COMPANY
            100 SOUTH BRENTWOOD
            ST.LOUIS, MISSOURI 63105
            (314) 862-2211

30020
(3/93)                        0.01
<PAGE>

            ALPHABETIC GUIDE TO YOUR CONTRACT

               Page
               2.03  Agency
               2.03  Authority
               2.03  Certificate of Insurance
               2.02  Conversion Privilege
               2.01  Definitions
               2.02  Effective Date of Dependent Term Insurance and Additional
                     Benefits
               2.02  Effective Date of Individual Insurance
               2.03  Entire Contract
               2.02  Grace Period
               2.03  Incontestability
               2.03  Monies Payable
               2.03  Ownership and Control of This Contract
               2.02  Premiums
               2.01  Premium Payments
               2.03  Records Required
               2.03  Sex and Number
               2.02  Termination of Insurance
               2.03  Termination of This Contract


The Certificate of Insurance will be attached to and made a part of this
Contract.

30020                         0.02
(3/93)
<PAGE>

                            Contract Specifications



Contract Effective Date:

Contract Anniversary Date:

Contract Jurisdiction State:

Contract Execution Date:

Contractholder:



Associated Companies:



Eligible Class or Classes of Employees:



Individual Eligibility Date:

30132                             1.01
<PAGE>

                  Contract Specifications (continued)


Employee Insurance Benefits:



Additional Benefits:



Premium Due Date:

30132                              1.02
<PAGE>

                  Contract Specifications (continued)

30132                              1.03
<PAGE>

              TABLE OF GUARANTEED MONTHLY COST OF INSURANCE RATES
                              RATES ARE PER $1000


   ATTAINED                ATTAINED              ATTAINED
     AGE       RATE          AGE         RATE      AGE       RATE
     ---       ----          ---         ----      ---       ----
     18        0.155         19          0.161     20        0.163
     21        0.165         22          0.163     23        0.163
     24        0.161         25          0.159     26        0.158
     27        0.158         28          0.159     29        0.163
     30        0.167         31          0.172     32        0.178
     33        0.187         34          0.196     35        0.207
     36        0.221         37          0.238     38        0.257
     39        0.278         40          0.303     41        0.329
     42        0.357         43          0.386     44        0.416
     45        0.449         46          0.483     47        0.520
     48        0.559         49          0.603     50        0.651
     51        0.705         52          0.767     53        0.836
     54        0.911         55          0.988     56        1.071
     57        1.155         58          1.244     59        1.342
     60        1.450         61          1.576     62        1.723
     63        1.891         64          2.078     65        2.276
     66        2.486         67          2.704     68        2.933
     69        3.188         70          3.478     71        3.813
     72        4.208         73           4.66     74        5.163
     75        5.708         76          6.284     77        6.884
     78        7.517         79          8.203     80        8.968
     81        9.837         82         10.829     83       11.941
     84       13.150         85         14.440     86       15.795
     87       17.213         88         18.699     89       20.262
     90       21.925         91         23.733     92       25.762
     93       28.155         94         31.307


THESE RATES ARE FOR THE BASE COVERAGE AT ISSUE. They are based on 125 percent of
the 1980 Commissioners Standard Ordinary Mortality Table C Age Last Birthday.

Any values guaranteed in this certificate are based on these rates.

30133                                1.01
<PAGE>

                         1.  DEFINITIONS IN THIS CONTRACT

We, Us and Our           The Paragon Life Insurance Company.

Employee                 A person who is employed and paid for services by the
                         employer on a regular basis. In no event will the
                         amount of time worked per week be less than 30 hours.

Insured                  An employee or an employee's spouse who is insured for
                         life insurance under this contract.

Spouse                   The employee's legal spouse and does not include a
                         spouse who is legally separated from the employee.

Actively at Work         The employee must work for his employer at his usual
                         place of work or such other places as required by his
                         employer in the course of such work for the full number
                         of hours and full rate of pay, as set by the employment
                         practices of his employer. In no event will the amount
                         of time worked per week be less than 30 hours.

Associated               Those companies listed on the contract specifications
Company                  page that are under common control through stock
                         ownership, contract or otherwise, with the
                         contractholder.

                         Employees of each Associated Company will be considered
                         employees of the contract-holder.

                         Service with an Associated Company will be considered
                         service with the contract-holder.

                         The records of an Associated Company which have a
                         bearing on this contract will be considered records of
                         the contractholder.

                         If an Associated Company ceases to be under common
                         control with the contractholder, the insureds of the
                         Associated Company may continue the insurance as an
                         individual policy.

                         The inclusion of any Associated Company will not affect
                         the ownership of this contract by the contractholder or
                         the rights of ownership of this contract by the
                         contractholder.

Individual               Insurance on the employee or the employee's spouse
Insurance                provided through this contract.

Dependent Term           Insurance on the dependent of an employee provided by
Insurance                a rider to the certificate.


                         2.  PROVISIONS RELATING TO INDIVIDUAL AND
                             DEPENDENT TERM INSURANCE

Premium                  Premium payments for individual and dependent term
Payments                 insurance coverage may be made by the employee and/or
                         the contractholder. The employee's premium paid under
                         this contract is the amount authorized by the employee
                         to be deducted from his wages. Premiums may be paid in
                         addition to the authorized deductions as set forth in
                         the contract. The authorization for payroll deduction
                         may be cancelled at any time upon written request.

                         If for any reason, premiums for this coverage are no
                         longer being deducted from the employee's wages, the
                         insurance under the certificate will be continued (in
                         the form of an individual policy as a result of the
                         conversion privilege) and planned premiums will be
                         direct billed basis.

30525                                   2.01
(3/93)
<PAGE>

Eligibility              Within an eligible class, individual insurance is
for Individual           available only if the employee is actively at work at
Insurance                the time of application for personal insurance.

Effective Date of        Subject to the conditions listed below, the individual
Individual               insurance, subject to eligibility, will be made
Insurance                effective on the latest of the date on which:

                         1)  the application for the certificate is signed;

                         2)  the first premium for the individual insurance is
                             paid to us; and

                         3)  the information provided in the application for
                             the certificate is determined to be acceptable to
                             us for issuance of coverage under our current rules
                             and practices.

                         If individual insurance ends at the request of the
                         owner or, prior to the maturity date, when a
                         certificate's cash surrender value is insufficient to
                         cover the monthly deductions, individual insurance will
                         be restored only as stated in the certificate section
                         titled "Reinstatement."

Effective Date           Subject to the conditions listed below, the dependent
of Dependent Term        term insurance and  additional benefits, subject to
Insurance and            eligibility, will be made effective on the latest of
Additional Benefits      the date on which:

                         1)  the individual insurance that such coverage is
                             effective; and

                         2)  the information provided in the application for the
                             particular coverage is determined to be acceptable
                             to us for issuance of coverage under our current
                             rules and practices.

Termination of           Individual and dependent term insurance will terminate
Insurance                according to the terms of the certificate.

Conversion               If an insured's eligibility under this contract ends
Privilege                due to the termination of this contract or the
                         employment of the employee, such insured's coverage, if
                         not already in the form of an individual policy, will
                         automatically be converted by amendment to an
                         individual policy. Such individual policy will provide
                         benefits which are identical to those provided under
                         the certificate.

                         An amendment to convert the certificate to an
                         individual policy will be mailed:

                         1)  within 31 days after we receive written
                             notification that the employee's employment ended,
                             or after the termination date of the contract; and

                         2)  once any planned premium necessary to prevent the
                             policy from lapsing is paid to us at our home
                             office.

                         The planned premiums for this individual policy may be
                         paid annually, semiannually, quarterly or at other
                         intervals we establish from time to time. Additional
                         premiums may be paid as set forth in the policy.

                         3.  PREMIUMS

Premium Payment          All planned premiums must be remitted in advance by the
                         contractholder to our home office. This includes any
                         adjustments in premiums.

Grace Period             If planned premium payments after the first such
                         payment are not made in a timely fashion, this contract
                         will be in default. A grace period of 31 days will be
                         granted for the remittance of the planned premiums
                         after the first payment. This contract will be in force
                         during the grace period. If such premium is not paid in
                         the grace period, the contract will terminate at the
                         end of that period. The contract will terminate before
                         that date if the contractholder gives us written notice
                         in advance.

30252                                2.02
(3/93)
<PAGE>

Entire Contract          We have issued this contract in consideration of the
                         application of the contractholder and remittance of
                         premiums by the contractholder. This contract, with the
                         attached copy of the contractholder's application and
                         other attached papers, if any, is the entire contract
                         between the contractholder and us. All statements made
                         by the contractholder, any certificate owner or any
                         insured will be deemed representations and not
                         warranties. Misstatements will not be used in any
                         contest or to reduce claim under this contract, unless
                         it is in writing. A copy of the application containing
                         such misstatement must have been given to the
                         contractholder or to the insured or to his beneficiary,
                         if any.

Authority                No agent may change this contract or waive any of its
                         provisions. No change in this contract, other than a
                         change of rates, will be effective until the form
                         making such change is signed by our executive officer
                         and accepted by the contractholder.

Incontestability         We cannot contest this contract after it has been in
                         force for two years from the contract effective date.

Ownership and            The contractholder owns this contract. This contract
Control of               may be changed or ended by agreement between us and
This Contract            the contractholder without the consent of, or notice
                         to, any person claiming rights or benefits under this
                         contract.

Records Required         The contractholder will promptly give us, at our home
                         office, any facts that we may need to administer the
                         insurance under this contract and to determine the
                         premiums. All of the contractholder's records which
                         have a bearing on this insurance will be ready for us
                         to inspect when and as often as we may, within reason,
                         require.

Certificate of           Clerical error by the contractholder or us will not
Insurance                make the insurance of an ineligible person valid nor
                         continue insurance which was ended by valid means.

                         We will issue to the contractholder, to give to each
                         insured under this contract, a certificate of insurance
                         or an individual policy. If an individual policy is
                         issued, then all reference herein to a certificate will
                         mean an individual policy. The certificate will state
                         the owner's rights and benefits under the certificate
                         and to whom benefits are payable. Also, stated are the
                         limits and requirements in this contract that may apply
                         to the insured and his insured dependents, if any.

                         The terms and provisions of the certificate, a copy of
                         which is attached, are incorporated herein by reference
                         and made a part of this contract. The rights and
                         benefits of the insured under or owner of the
                         certificate will not inure to the benefit of the
                         contractholder.

                         Except as provided in the grace period section of this
                         contract, this contract will be terminated immediately
                         upon default.

Termination              We may end this contract or any of its provisions by
of This                  giving notice in writing to the contractholder at
Contract                 least 31 days prior to the termination date.

                         If this contract is terminated any insurance in effect
                         will remain in force on an individual basis, provided
                         it is not cancelled or surrendered by the certificate
                         owner. Any planned premiums will no longer be deducted
                         from the employee's wages and will be remitted directly
                         to us.

Sex and                  When used in this contract, the masculine includes the
Number                   feminine, the singular the plural, and the plural the
                         singular.

Monies                   All monies payable by us as benefits under this
Payable                  contract will be paid, subject to the laws which govern
                         such payment, at our home office or authorized claim
                         offices. All monies payable to us or by us will be in
                         the lawful currency of the United States.

Agency                   Neither us nor the contractholder is an agent of the
                         other under this contract for any purpose

30252                                     2.03
(3/93)
<PAGE>

[LOGO OF PARAGON LIFE]                                    GROUP CONTRACT NUMBER


                                                              CONTRACTHOLDER


              FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE TO AGE 95


                               Non-Participating

Flexible Premiums are payable during the lifetime of the insured to age 95. The
death benefit is payable at the death of the insured prior to age 95 and while
the contract is in force. Cash surrender value, if any, is payable at the
insured's age 95.


                                   RIGHT TO
                               EXAMINE CONTRACT

You may return this contract within twenty days after receiving it or within 45
days after the application is signed, whichever period ends later. It may be
delivered or mailed to us or the agent through whom it was purchased. The
contract will then be deemed void from the start. Any premium paid will be
returned.


This contract is a legal contract between the contract holder and Paragon Life
Insurance Company. PLEASE READ YOUR CONTRACT CAREFULLY. This cover sheet
provides only a brief outline of some of the important features of your
contract. This cover sheet is not the complete insurance contract and only the
actual contract provisions will control. The contract itself sets forth, in
detail, the rights and obligations of both you and your insurance company. IT IS
THEREFORE IMPORTANT THAT YOU READ YOUR CONTACT.

Signed for the company at its Home Office, St. Louis, Missouri 63105.


[SIGNATURE ILLEGIBLE]
V.P., GENERAL COUNSEL                    /s/ Carl H. Anderson
   AND SECRETARY                         PRESIDENT

30029
(5/95)                            0.01
<PAGE>

                       ALPHABETIC GUIDE TO YOUR CONTRACT



            Page
            2.03      Agency
            2.03      Authority
            2.03      Certificate of Insurance
            2.02      Conversion Privilege
            2.01      Definitions
            2.02      Effective Date of Dependent Term Insurance and Additional
                      Benefits
            2.02      Effective Date of Individual Insurance
            2.03      Entire Contract
            2.02      Grace Period
            2.03      Incontestability
            2.03      Monies Payable
            2.03      Ownership and Control of This Contract
            2.02      Premiums
            2.01      Premium Payments
            2.03      Records Required
            2.03      Sex and Number
            2.02      Termination of Insurance
            2.03      Termination of This Contract


The Certificate of Insurance will be attached to and made a part of this
Contract.

30029                         0.02
(5/95)
<PAGE>

                            Contract Specifications



 Contract Effective Date:

 Contract Anniversary Date:

 Contract Jurisdiction State:

 Contract Execution Date:

 Contractholder:



 Associated Companies:



 Eligible Class or Classes of Employees:



 Individual Eligibility Date:

30157                             1.01
<PAGE>

                  Contract Specifications (continued)


 Employee Insurance Benefits:








 Additional Benefits:







Premium Due Date:

30157                             1.02
<PAGE>

                  Contract Specifications (continued)

30157                             1.03
<PAGE>

              TABLE OF GUARANTEED MONTHLY COST OF INSURANCE RATES
                              RATES ARE PER $1000


   ATTAINED                 ATTAINED               ATTAINED
     AGE           RATE       AGE        RATE        AGE          RATE
     ---           ----       ---        ----        ---          ----
     18            0.155      19         0.161       20           0.163
     21            0.165      22         0.163       23           0.163
     24            0.161      25         0.159       26           0.158
     27            0.158      28         0.159       29           0.163
     30            0.167      31         0.172       32           0.178
     33            0.187      34         0.196       35           0.207
     36            0.221      37         0.238       38           0.257
     39            0.278      40         0.303       41           0.329
     42            0.357      43         0.386       44           0.416
     45            0.449      46         0.483       47           0.520
     48            0.559      49         0.603       50           0.651
     51            0.705      52         0.767       53           0.836
     54            0.911      55         0.988       56           1.071
     57            1.155      58         1.244       59           1.342
     60            1.450      61         1.576       62           1.723
     63            1.891      64         2.078       65           2.276
     66            2.486      67         2.704       68           2.933
     69            3.188      70         3.478       71           3.813
     72            4.208      73          4.66       74           5.163
     75            5.708      76         6.284       77           6.884
     78            7.517      79         8.203       80           8.968
     81            9.837      82        10.829       83          11.941
     84           13.150      85        14.440       86          15.795
     87           17.213      88        18.699       89          20.262
     90           21.925      91        23.733       92          25.762
     93           28.155      94        31.307

THESE RATES ARE FOR THE BASE COVERAGE AT ISSUE. They are based on 125 percent of
the 1980 Commissioners Standard Ordinary Mortality Table C Age Last Birthday.

Any values guaranteed in this certificate are based on these rates.

30158                               1.01
<PAGE>

We, Us and Our           The Paragon Life Insurance Company.

Employee                 A person who is employed and paid for services by the
                         employer on a regular basis. In no event will the
                         amount of time worked per week be less than 30 hours.

Insured                  An employee or an employee's spouse who is insured for
                         life insurance under this contract.

Spouse                   The employee's legal spouse and does not include a
                         spouse who is legally separated from the employee.

Actively at Work         The employee must work for his employer at his usual
                         place of work or such other places as required by his
                         employer in the course of such work for the full number
                         of hours and full rate of pay, as set by the employment
                         practices of his employer. In no event will the amount
                         of time worked per week be less than 30 hours.

Associated               Those companies listed on the contract specifications
Company                  page that are under common control through stock
                         ownership, contract or otherwise, with the
                         contractholder.

                         Employees of each Associated Company will be considered
                         employees of the contract-holder.

                         Service with an Associated Company will be considered
                         service with the contract-holder.

                         The records of an Associated Company which have a
                         bearing on this contract will be considered records of
                         the contractholder.

                         If an Associated Company ceases to be under common
                         control with the contractholder, the insureds of the
                         Associated Company may continue the insurance as an
                         individual policy.

                         The inclusion of any Associated Company will not affect
                         the ownership of this contract by the contractholder or
                         the rights of ownership of this contract by the
                         contractholder.

Individual               Insurance on the employee or the employee's spouse
Insurance                provided through this contract.

Dependent Term           Insurance on the dependent of an employee provided by a
Insurance                rider to the certificate.

                         2.  PROVISIONS RELATING TO INDIVIDUAL AND
                             DEPENDENT TERM INSURANCE

Premium                  Premium payments for individual and dependent term
Payments                 insurance coverage may be made by the employee and/or
                         the contractholder. The employee's premium paid under
                         this contract is the amount authorized by the employee
                         to be deducted from his wages. Premiums may be paid in
                         addition to the authorized deductions as set forth in
                         the contract. The authorization for payroll deduction
                         may be cancelled at any time upon written request.

                         If for any reason, premiums for this coverage are no
                         longer being deducted from the employee's wages, the
                         insurance under the certificate will be continued (in
                         the form of an individual policy as a result of the
                         conversion privilege) and planned premiums will be
                         direct billed basis.

30255                                2.01
(5/95)
<PAGE>

Eligibility              Within an eligible class, individual insurance is
for Individual           available only if the employee is actively at work at
Insurance                the time of application for personal insurance.

Effective Date of        Subject to the conditions listed below, the individual
Individual               insurance, subject to eligibility, will be made
Insurance                effective on the latest of the date on which:

                         1)  the application for the certificate is signed;

                         2)  the first premium for the individual insurance is
                             paid to us; and

                         3)  the information provided in the application for the
                             certificate is determined to be acceptable to us
                             for issuance of coverage under our current rules
                             and practices.

                         If individual insurance ends at the request of the
                         owner or, prior to the maturity date, when a
                         certificate's cash surrender value is insufficient to
                         cover the monthly deductions, individual insurance will
                         be restored only as stated in the certificate section
                         titled "Reinstatement."

Effective Date           Subject to the conditions listed below, the dependent
of Dependent Term        term insurance and additional benefits, subject to
Insurance and            eligibility, will be made effective on the latest of
Additional Benefits      the date on which:

                         1)  the individual insurance that such coverage is
                             issued in connection with is effective; and

                         2)  the information provided in the application for the
                             particular coverage is determined to be acceptable
                             to us for issuance of coverage under our current
                             rules and practices.

Termination of           Individual and dependent term insurance will
Insurance                terminate according to the terms of the certificate.

Conversion               If an insured's eligibility under this contract ends
Privilege                due to the termination of this contract or the
                         employment of the employee, such insured's coverage, if
                         not already in the form of an individual policy, will
                         automatically be converted by amendment to an
                         individual policy. Such individual policy will provide
                         benefits which are identical to those provided under
                         the certificate.

                         An amendment to convert the certificate to an
                         individual policy will be mailed:

                         1)  within 31 days after we receive written
                             notification that the employee's employment ended,
                             or after the termination date of the contract; and

                         2)  once any planned premium necessary to prevent the
                             policy from lapsing is paid to us at our home
                             office.

                         The planned premiums for this individual policy may be
                         paid annually, semiannually, quarterly or at other
                         intervals we establish from time to time. Additional
                         premiums may be paid as set forth in the policy.

                         3.  PREMIUMS

Premium Payment          All planned premiums must be remitted in advance by the
                         contractholder to our home office. This includes any
                         adjustments in premiums.

Grace Period             If planned premium payments after the first such
                         payment are not made in a timely fashion, this contract
                         will be in default. A grace period of 31 days will be
                         granted for the remittance of the planned premiums
                         after the first payment. This contract will be in force
                         during the grace period. If such premium is not paid in
                         the grace period, the contract will terminate at the
                         end of that period. The contract will terminate before
                         that date if the contractholder gives us written notice
                         in advance.

30255                                2.02
(5/95)
<PAGE>

Entire Contract          We have issued this contract in consideration of the
                         application of the contractholder and remittance of
                         premiums by the contractholder. This contract, with the
                         attached copy of the contractholder's application and
                         other attached papers, if any, is the entire contract
                         between the contractholder and us. All statements made
                         by the contractholder, any certificate owner or any
                         insured will be deemed representations and not
                         warranties. Misstatements will not be used in any
                         contest or to reduce claim under this contract, unless
                         it is in writing. A copy of the application containing
                         such misstatement must have been given to the
                         contractholder or to the insured or to his beneficiary,
                         if any.

Authority                No agent may change this contract or waive any of its
                         provisions. No change in this contract, other than a
                         change of rates, will be effective until the form
                         making such change is signed by our executive officer
                         and accepted by the contractholder.

Incontestability         We cannot contest this contract after it has been in
                         force for two years from the contract effective date.

Ownership and            The contractholder owns this contract. This contract
Control of               may be changed or ended by agreement between us and the
This Contract            contractholder without the consent of, or notice to,
                         any person claiming rights or benefits under this
                         contract.

Records Required         The contractholder will promptly give us, at our home
                         office, any facts that we may need to administer the
                         insurance under this contract and to determine the
                         premiums. All of the contractholder's records which
                         have a bearing on this insurance will be ready for us
                         to inspect when and as often as we may, within reason,
                         require.

Certificate of           Clerical error by the contractholder or us will not
Insurance                make the insurance of an ineligible person valid nor
                         continue insurance which was ended by valid means.

                         We will issue to the contractholder, to give to each
                         insured under this contract, a certificate of insurance
                         or an individual policy. If an individual policy is
                         issued, then all reference herein to a certificate will
                         mean an individual policy. The certificate will state
                         the owner's rights and benefits under the certificate
                         and to whom benefits are payable. Also, stated are the
                         limits and requirements in this contract that may apply
                         to the insured and his insured dependents, if any.

                         The terms and provisions of the certificate, a copy of
                         which is attached, are incorporated herein by reference
                         and made a part of this contract. The rights and
                         benefits of the insured under or owner of the
                         certificate will not inure to the benefit of the
                         contractholder.

                         Except as provided in the grace period section of this
                         contract, this contract will be terminated immediately
                         upon default.

Termination              We may end this contract or any of its provisions by
of This                  giving notice in writing to the contractholder at least
Contract                 31 days prior to the termination date.

                         If this contract is terminated any insurance in effect
                         will remain in force on an individual basis, provided
                         it is not cancelled or surrendered by the certificate
                         owner. Any planned premiums will no longer be deducted
                         from the employee's wages and will be remitted directly
                         to us.

Sex and                  When used in this contract, the masculine includes the
Number                   feminine, the singular the plural, and the plural the
                         singular.

Monies                   All monies payable by us as benefits under this
Payable                  contract will be paid, subject to the laws which govern
                         such payment, at our home office or authorized claim
                         offices. All monies payable to us or by us will be in
                         the lawful currency of the United States.

Agency                   Neither us nor the contractholder is an agent of the
                         other under this contract for any purpose

30255                                2.03
(5/95)
<PAGE>

              FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE TO AGE 95


                               Non-Participating


                            [LOGO OF PARAGON LIFE]

30029
(1/95)
<PAGE>

[LOGO OF PARAGON LIFE]                                  GROUP CONTRACT NUMBER


                                                        CONTRACTHOLDER



               FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE TO AGE 95


                               Non- Participating

Flexible Premiums are payable during the lifetime of the insured to age 95. The
death benefit is payable at the death of the insured prior to age 95 and while
the contract is in force. Cash surrender value, if any, is payable at the
insured's age 95.


                                   RIGHT TO
                               EXAMINE CONTRACT

You may return this contract within twenty days alter receiving it or within 45
days after the application is signed, whichever period ends later. It may be
delivered or mailed to us or the agent through whom it was purchased. The
contract will then be deemed void from the start. Any premium paid will be
returned.


This contract is a legal contract between the contract holder and Paragon Life
Insurance Company. PLEASE READ YOUR CONTRACT CAREFULLY. This cover sheet
provides only a brief outline of some of the important features of your
contract. This cover sheet is not the complete insurance contract and only the
actual contract provisions will control. The contract itself sets forth, in
detail, the rights and obligations of both you and your insurance company. IT IS
THEREFORE IMPORTANT THAT YOU READ YOUR CONTACT.


  Signed for the company at its Home Office, St. Louis, Missouri  (314-862-2211)


[SIGNATURE ILLEGIBLE]                      /s/ Carl H. Anderson

V.P., GENERAL COUNSEL                      PRESIDENT
AND SECRETARY

30337                              0.01
<PAGE>

                       ALPHABETIC GUIDE TO YOUR CONTRACT


                 Page
                 2.03          Agency
                 2.03          Authority
                 2.03          Certificate of Insurance
                 2.02          Conversion Privilege
                 2.01          Definitions
                 2.02          Effective Date of Dependent Term Insurance and
                               Additional Benefits
                 2.02          Effective Date of Individual Insurance
                 2.03          Entire Contract
                 2.02          Grace Period
                 2.03          Incontestability
                 2.03          Monies Payable
                 2.03          Ownership and Control of This Contract
                 2.02          Premiums
                 2.01          Premium Payments
                 2.03          Records Required
                 2.03          Sex and Number
                 2.02          Termination of Insurance
                 2.03          Termination of This Contract



      The Certificate of Insurance will be attached to and made a part of this
      Contract.

30337                              0.02
<PAGE>

                            Contract Specifications



 Contract Effective Date:

 Contract Anniversary Date:

 Contract Jurisdiction State:

 Contract Execution Date:

 Contractholder:



 Associated Companies:



 Eligible Class or Classes of Employees:



 Individual Eligibility Date:

 30177                             1.01
<PAGE>

                      Contract Specifications (continued)


 Employee Insurance Benefits:










 Additional Benefits:









 Premium Due Date:

 30177                              1.02
<PAGE>

                      Contract Specifications (continued)

30177                               1.03
<PAGE>

              TABLE OF GUARANTEED MONTHLY COST OF INSURANCE RATES
                              RATES ARE PER $1000


 ATTAINED                   ATTAINED                 ATTAINED
   AGE          RATE          AGE          RATE        AGE          RATE
   ---          ----          ---          ----        ---          ----
   18           0.155         19           0.161       20           0.163
   21           0.165         22           0.163       23           0.163
   24           0.161         25           0.159       26           0.158
   27           0.158         28           0.159       29           0.163
   30           0.167         31           0.172       32           0.178
   33           0.187         34           0.196       35           0.207
   36           0.221         37           0.238       38           0.257
   39           0.278         40           0.303       41           0.329
   42           0.357         43           0.386       44           0.416
   45           0.449         46           0.483       47           0.520
   48           0.559         49           0.603       50           0.651
   51           0.705         52           0.767       53           0.836
   54           0.911         55           0.988       56           1.071
   57           1.155         58           1.244       59           1.342
   60           1.450         61           1.576       62           1.723
   63           1.891         64           2.078       65           2.276
   66           2.486         67           2.704       68           2.933
   69           3.188         70           3.478       71           3.813
   72           4.208         73           4.661       74           5.163
   75           5.708         76           6.284       77           6.884
   78           7.517         79           8.203       80           8.968
   81           9.837         82          10.829       83          11.941
   84          13.150         85          14.440       86          15.795
   87          17.213         88          18.699       89          20.262
   90          21.925         91          23.733       92          25.762
   93          28.155         94          31.307

THESE RATES ARE FOR THE BASE COVERAGE AT ISSUE. They are based on 125 percent of
the 1980 Commissioners Standard Ordinary Mortality Table C Age Last Birthday.

Any values guaranteed in this contract are based on these rates.

30178                            1.01
<PAGE>

                      1. DEFINITIONS

We, Us and Our        The Paragon Life Insurance Company.

Employee              A person who is employed and paid for services by the
                      employer on a regular basis. In no event will the amount
                      of time worked per week be less than 30 hours.

Insured               An employee or an employee's spouse who is insured for
                      life insurance under this contract.

Spouse                The employee's legal spouse and does not include a spouse
                      who is legally separated from the employee.

Actively at Work      The employee must work for his employer at his usual place
                      of work or such other places as required by his employer
                      in the course of such work for the full number of hours
                      and full rate of pay, as set by the employment practices
                      of his employer. In no event will the amount of time
                      worked per week be less than 30 hours.

Associated            Those companies listed on the contract specifications page
Company               that are under common control through stock ownership,
                      contract or otherwise, with the contractholder.

                      Employees of each Associated Company will be considered
                      employees of the contract-holder. Service with an
                      Associated Company will be considered service with the
                      contract-holder.

                      The records of an Associated Company which have a bearing
                      on this contract will be considered records of the
                      contractholder.

                      If an Associated Company ceases to be under common control
                      with the contract-holder, the insureds of the Associated
                      Company may continue the insurance as an individual
                      policy.

                      The inclusion of any Associated Company will not affect
                      the ownership of this contract by the contractholder or
                      the rights of ownership of this contract by the
                      contractholder.

Individual            Insurance on the dependent of an employee provided by a
Insurance             rider to the certificate.

Dependent Term        Insurance on the employee or the employee's spouse
Insurance             provided through this contract.

                      2. PROVISIONS RELATING TO INDIVIDUAL AND DEPENDENT TERM
                         INSURANCE

Premium               Premium payments for individual and dependent term
Payments              insurance coverage may be made by the employee and/or the
                      contractholder. The employee's premium paid under this
                      contract is the amount authorized by the employee to be
                      deducted from his wages. Premiums may be paid in addition
                      to the authorized deductions as set forth in the contract.
                      The authorization for payroll deduction may be cancelled
                      at any time upon written request.

                      If for any reason, premiums for this coverage are no
                      longer being deducted from the employee's wages, the
                      insurance under the certificate will be continued (in the
                      form of an individual policy as a result of the conversion
                      privilege) and planned premiums will be on a direct billed
                      basis.

30259
(6/96)                                   2.01
<PAGE>

Eligibility for       Within an eligible class, individual insurance is
Individual            available only if the employee is actively at work at the
Insurance             time of application for personal insurance.

Effective Date        Subject to the conditions listed below, the individual
of Individual         insurance, subject to eligibility, will be made effective
Insurance             on the latest of the date on which:

                      1)  the application for the certificate is signed;
                      2)  the first premium for the individual insurance is paid
                          to us; and
                      3)  the information provided in the application for the
                          certificate is determined to be acceptable to us for
                          issuance of coverage under our current rules and
                          practices.

                      If individual insurance ends at the request of the owner
                      or, prior to the maturity date, when a certificate's cash
                      surrender value is insufficient to cover the monthly
                      deductions, individual insurance will be restored only as
                      stated in the certificate section titled "Reinstatement."

Effective Date of     Subject to the conditions listed below, the dependent term
Dependent Term        insurance and additional benefits, subject to eligibility,
Insurance and         will be made effective on the latest of the date on which:
Additional
Benefits              1)  the individual insurance that such coverage is issued
                          in connection with is effective; and

                      2)  the information provided in the application for the
                          particular coverage is determined to be acceptable to
                          us for issuance of coverage under our current rules
                          and practices.

Termination of        Individual and dependent term insurance will terminate
Insurance             according to the terms of the certificate.

Conversion            If an insured's eligibility under this contract ends due
Privilege             to the termination of this contract or the employment of
                      the employee, such insured's coverage, if not already in
                      the form of an individual policy, will automatically be
                      converted by amendment to an individual policy. Such
                      individual policy will provide benefits which are
                      identical to those provided under the certificate.

                      An amendment to convert the certificate to an individual
                      policy will be mailed:

                      1)  within 31 days after we receive written notification
                          that the employee's employment ended, or after the
                          termination date of the contract; and
                      2)  once any planned premium necessary to prevent the
                          policy from lapsing is paid to us at our Home Office.

                      The planned premiums for this individual policy may be
                      paid annually, semiannually, quarterly or at other
                      intervals we establish from time to time. Additional
                      premiums may be paid as set forth in the policy.

                      3. PREMIUMS

Premium Payment       All planned premiums must be remitted in advance by the
                      contractholder to our Home Office. This includes any
                      adjustments in premiums.

Grace Period          If planned premium payments after the first such payment
                      are not made in a timely fashion, this contract will be in
                      default. A grace period of 31 days will be granted for the
                      remittance of the planned premiums after the first
                      payment. This contract will be in force during the grace
                      period. If such premium is not paid in the grace period,
                      the contract will terminate at the end of that period. The
                      contract will terminate before that date if the
                      contractholder gives us written notice in advance.


30259
(6/96)                                   2.02
<PAGE>

                      4.  GENERAL PROVISIONS

Entire Contract       We have issued this contract in consideration of the
                      application of the contractholder and remittance of
                      premiums by the contractholder. This contract, with the
                      attached copy of the contractholder's application and
                      other attached papers, if any, is the entire contract
                      between the contractholder and us. All statements made by
                      the contractholder, any certificate owner or any insured
                      will be deemed representations and not warranties.
                      Misstatements will not be used in any contest or to reduce
                      claim under this contract, unless it is in writing. A copy
                      of the application containing such misstatement must have
                      been given to the contractholder or to the insured or to
                      his beneficiary, if any.

Authority             No agent may change this contract or waive any of its
                      provisions. No change in this contract, other than a
                      change of rates, will be effective until the form making
                      such change is signed by our executive officer and
                      accepted by the contractholder.

Incontestability      We cannot contest this contract after it has been in force
                      for two years from the contract effective date.

Ownership and         The contractholder owns this contract. This contract may
Control of            be changed or ended by agreement between us and the
This Contract         contractholder without the consent of, or notice to, any
                      person claiming rights or benefits under this contract.

Records Required      The contractholder will promptly give us, at our Home
                      Office, any facts that we may need to administer the
                      insurance under this contract and to determine the
                      premiums. All of the contractholder's records which have a
                      bearing on this insurance will be ready for us to inspect
                      when and as often as we may, within reason, require.

                      Clerical error by the contractholder or us will not make
                      the insurance of an ineligible person valid nor continue
                      insurance which was ended by valid means.

Certificate of        We will issue to the contractholder, to give to each
Insurance             insured under this contract, a certificate of insurance or
                      an individual policy. If an individual policy is issued,
                      then all reference herein to a certificate will mean an
                      individual policy. The certificate will state the owner's
                      rights and benefits under the certificate and to whom
                      benefits are payable. Also, stated are the limits and
                      requirements in this contract that may apply to the
                      insured and his insured dependents, if any.

                      The terms and provisions of the certificate, a copy of
                      which is attached, are incorporated herein by reference
                      and made a part of this contract. The rights and benefits
                      of the insured under or owner of the certificate will not
                      inure to the benefit of the contractholder.

Termination of This   Except as provided in the Grace Period section of this
Contract              contract, this contract will be terminated immediately
                      upon default.

                      We may end this contract or any of its provisions by
                      giving notice in writing to the contractholder at least 31
                      days prior to the termination date.

                      The contractholder may terminate this contract at any time
                      by giving us written notice of at least 30 days prior to
                      the termination date. However, if coverage under this
                      contract is being transferred to another insurance carrier
                      of a trustee, we reserve the right to require up to 90
                      days advance notice of termination.

                      If this contract is terminated any insurance in effect
                      will remain in force on an individual basis, provided it
                      is not cancelled or surrendered by the certificate owner.
                      Any planned premiums will no longer be deducted from the
                      employee's wages and will be remitted directly to us.

Sex and Number        When used in this contract, the masculine includes the
                      feminine, the singular the plural, and the plural the
                      singular.

30259
(6/96)                                   2.03
<PAGE>

Monies Payable        All monies payable by us as benefits under this contract
                      will be paid, subject to the laws which govern such
                      payment, at our Home Office or authorized claim offices.
                      All monies payable to us or by us will be in the lawful
                      currency of the United States.

Agency                Neither us nor the contractholder is an agent of the other
                      under this contract for any purpose.

30259
(6/96)                                   2.04
<PAGE>

              FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE TO AGE 95


                               Non-Participating


                               [LOGO OF PARAGON]

30037
(6/96)

<PAGE>


                                 Exhibit 5(b)



          PROPOSED FORM OF INDIVIDUAL POLICY
               (1) SCUDDER (30018)
               (2) DEAN WITTER, PUTNAM, MFS (30027)
               (3) MULTI-MANAGER (30040)
<PAGE>

** DATA PAGE **                                                   POLICY NUMBER:

                                                                     INSURED:

                                                                RIGHT TO EXAMINE
                                                                     POLICY
<TABLE>
<S>                                                        <C>
THE AMOUNT OF THE DEATH BENEFIT OR THE
DURATION OF THE DEATH BENEFIT MAY INCREASE                 Please read this policy. You may
OR DECREASE UNDER THE CONDITIONS DESCRIBED                 return this policy to us
ON PAGES 3.02 AND 3.03.                                    or to the agent through whom
                                                           it was purchased within 20
                                                           days from the date you
THE POLICY'S CASH VALUE IN EACH                            receive it or within 45 days
INVESTMENT DIVISION OF THE SEPARATE                        after the application is
ACCOUNT IS BASED ON THE INVESTMENT                         signed, whichever period ends
EXPERIENCE OF THAT INVESTMENT DIVISION                     later. If you return it within
AND MAY INCREASE OR DECREASE DAILY.  IT                    this period, the policy will
IS NOT GUARANTEED AS TO DOLLAR AMOUNT.                     be void from the beginning. We
SEE THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT PROVISION.                        will refund any premium paid.
</TABLE>


                                                               FLEXIBLE PREMIUM
                                                                 VARIABLE LIFE
                                                             INSURANCE TO AGE 95
<TABLE>
<S>                                                        <C>
This policy is a legal contract between the
policy owner and Paragon Life Insurance Company.           Flexible Premiums are payable
PLEASE READ YOUR POLICY CAREFULLY.                         during the lifetime of the
This cover sheet provides only a brief outline of some     insured to age 95. The death
of the important features of your policy. This cover       benefit is payable at the
sheet is not the complete insurance contract and           death of the insured prior to
only the actual policy provisions will control.  The       age 95 and while the policy
policy itself sets forth, in detail, the rights and        is in force Cash surrender
obligations of both you and your insurance company.        value, if any, is payable at
IT IS THEREFORE IMPORTANT THAT YOU READ                    the insured's age 95.
YOUR POLICY.
</TABLE>

ISSUED BY: PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE CO.
           A STOCK COMPANY
           100 SOUTH BRENTWOOD
           ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI 63105
           (314) 862-2211


30018                                0.01
(3/93)
<PAGE>

                        ALPHABETIC GUIDE TO YOUR POLICY

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Page                                                   Page
<S>                                                    <C>
6.04  Addition, Deletion or Substitution of            3.01  Maturity Date
      Investments                                      6.02  Misstatement of Age and
3.04  Allocation of Net Premiums                             Corrections
6.01  Assignments                                      4.03  Monthly Cost of Insurance
4.05  Basis of Computation                             4.03  Monthly Deduction
6.01  Beneficiary                                      4.02  Net Investment Factor
4.03  Cash Surrender Value                             3.04  Net Premium
4.01  Cash Values                                      6.01  Owner
3.03  Change in Contract Type                          4.04  Partial Withdrawals
3.03  Change in Face Amount                            7.01  Payment of Policy Benefits
6.01  Change of Owner or Beneficiary                   3.04  Payment of Premiums
6.02  Claims of Creditors                              3.03  Policy Changes
6.01  Conformity with Statutes                         3.02  Policy Proceeds
6.02  Conversion Rights                                4.05  Postponement of Payments
3.02  Death Benefit                                    3.05  Reinstatement
3.01  Definitions                                      6.02  Right to Examine Increase in Face
3.04  Grace Period                                           Amount
6.02  Incontestability                                 4.02  Separate Account Cash Value
7.01  Interest on Proceeds                             6.03  Separate Account Provisions
3.01  Issue Date                                       6.02  Statements in Application
4.03  Loan Account Cash Value                          6.03  Suicide Exclusion
4.01  Loans                                            6.04  Transfers
</TABLE>

Additional Benefit Riders, Modifications and Amendments, if any, and a copy of
the Application are found following the final section.

30018                                0.02
(3/93)
<PAGE>

POLICY SPECIFICATIONS

                    DESCRIPTION OF SEPARATE ACCOUNT B FUNDS

     Scudder Variable Life Investment Fund (the "Fund") is an open-end
     diversified management investment company registered with the SEC as a
     series-type mutual fund. The Fund has five separate funds or portfolios
     which operate as distinct investment vehicles. The names and investment
     objectives are as follows:

     Money Market Portfolio: The investment objective is to maintain the
     ----------------------
     stability of capital, and consistent therewith, to maintain the liquidity
     of capital and to provide current income.

     Bond Portfolio: The investment objective is to pursue a policy of investing
     --------------
     for a high level of income consistent with a high quality portfolio of debt
     securities.

     Capital Growth Portfolio: The investment objective is to seek long-term
     ------------------------
     capital appreciation and, consistent therewith, current income through a
     broad and flexible investment program.

     Balanced Portfolio: The investment objective is to seek a balance of growth
     ------------------
     and income from a diversified portfolio of equity and fixed income
     securities.

     International Portfolio: The investment objective is to seek long-term
     -----------------------
     growth of capital primarily through diversified holdings of marketable
     foreign equity investments.

     Growth and Income Portfolio: The investment objective is to seek long-term
     ---------------------------
     growth of capital, current income and growth of income.

     There can be no assurance that the investment objectives of these funds, or
     any other funds that the Company may create, will be achieved.

30134                                1.03
<PAGE>

              TABLE OF GUARANTEED MONTHLY COST OF INSURANCE RATES

                             RATES ARE PER $1,000


INSURED:                                                          POLICY NUMBER:
                                                                  ISSUE DATE:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   ATTAINED                                         ATTAINED                                     ATTAINED
     AGE                     RATE                     AGE                    RATE                   AGE                   RATE
     ---                     ----                     ---                    ----                   ---                   ----
<S>                           <C>                     <C>                   <C>                  <C>                    <C>
     18                       0.155                      19                 0.161                     20                 0.163
     21                       0.165                      22                 0.163                     23                 0.163
     24                       0.161                      25                 0.159                     26                 0.158
     27                       0.158                      28                 0.159                     29                 0.163
     30                       0.167                      31                 0.172                     32                 0.178
     33                       0.187                      34                 0.196                     35                 0.207
     36                       0.221                      37                 0.238                     38                 0.257
     39                       0.278                      40                 0.303                     41                 0.329
     42                       0.357                      43                 0.386                     44                 0.416
     45                       0.449                      46                 0.483                     47                 0.520
     48                       0.559                      49                 0.603                     50                 0.651
     51                       0.705                      52                 0.767                     53                 0.836
     54                       0.911                      55                 0.988                     56                 1.071
     57                       1.155                      58                 1.244                     59                 1.342
     60                       1.450                      61                 1.576                     62                 1.723
     63                       1.891                      64                 2.078                     65                 2.276
     66                       2.486                      67                 2.704                     68                 2.933
     69                       3.188                      70                 3.478                     71                 3.813
     72                       4.208                      73                 4.661                     74                 5.163
     75                       5.708                      76                 6.284                     77                 6.884
     78                       7.517                      79                 8.203                     80                 8.968
     81                       9.837                      82                10.829                     83                11.941
     84                      13.150                      85                14.440                     86                15.795
     87                      17.213                      88                18.699                     89                20.262
     90                      21.925                      91                23.733                     92                25.762
     93                      28.155                      94                31.307
</TABLE>

THESE RATES ARE FOR THE BASE COVERAGE AT ISSUE. They are based on 125 percent of
the 1980 Commissioners Standard Ordinary Mortality Table C Age Last Birthday.

Any values guaranteed in this policy are based on these rates.

30129                            1.01
<PAGE>

                        1.   DEFINITIONS IN THIS POLICY

We, Us and Our      The Paragon Life Insurance Company.

You and Your        The owner of this policy. The owner may be someone other
                    than the insured.

Insured             In the application the words "You" and "Your" refer to the
                    proposed insured person(s).

Issue Age           The person whose life is insured under this policy. See the
                    policy specifications page.

Attained Age        The insured's age at his or her last birthday as of the
                    issue date. The issue age plus the number of completed
                    policy years.

Issue Date          The effective date of the coverage under this policy. It is
                    also the date from which policy anniversaries, policy years,
                    and policy months are measured.

Investment          The date the first premium is applied to the Divisions of
Start Date          the Separate Account. This date will be the later of:

                    -  The issue date of the policy; or

                    -  The date we receive the first premium at our home office.

Maturity Date       The policy anniversary on which the insured attains age 95.
                    If the insured is living and the policy is in force on this
                    date, the cash surrender value is payable. It is possible
                    that insurance coverage may not continue to the maturity
                    date even if planned premiums are paid in a timely manner.

Monthly             The same date in each succeeding month as the issue date
Anniversary         except that whenever the monthly anniversary falls on a date
                    other than a valuation date, the monthly anniversary will be
                    deemed the next valuation date. If any monthly anniversary
                    would be the 29th, 30th, or 31st day of a month that does
                    not have that number of days, then the monthly anniversary
                    will be the last day of that month.

Business Day        Any day that we are open for business.

Separate Account    A separate investment account created by us to receive and
                    invest net premiums received for this policy. The particular
                    Separate Account for this policy is indicated on the policy
                    specifications page.

Loan Account        The account to which we will transfer from the Divisions of
                    the Separate Account the amount of any policy loan.

Loan SubAccount     A Loan SubAccount exists for each Division of the Separate
                    Account. Any cash value transferred to the Loan Account will
                    be allocated to the appropriate Loan SubAccount to reflect
                    the origin of the cash value. At any point in time, the Loan
                    Account will equal the sum of all the Loan SubAccounts.

30309                                3.01
(3/93)
<PAGE>

                             2.   POLICY BENEFITS

Policy Proceeds     The policy proceeds are:

                         1.   The death benefit under the contract type then in
                         effect; plus

                         2.   The monthly cost of insurance for the portion of
                         the policy month from the date of death to the end of
                         the month of death; less

                         3.   Any loan and loan interest due.

Death Benefit       The death benefit depends upon the contract type in effect
                    on the date of the insured's death. The contract type in
                    effect is shown on the policy specifications page.

                    Level Contract Type: (Death benefit is level except when it
                    equals a percentage of cash value.)

                    The death benefit is the greater of:

                         1.   The face amount; or

                         2.   The applicable percentage of the cash value on the
                         date of death as described in Section 7702(d) of the
                         Internal Revenue Code of 1986 or any applicable
                         successor provision thereto.

                    Increasing Contract Type:

                    The death benefit is the greater of:

                         1.   The face amount plus the cash value on the date of
                         death; or

                         2.   The applicable percentage of the cash value on the
                         date of death as described in Section 7702(d) of the
                         Internal Revenue Code of 1986 or any applicable
                         successor provision thereto.

                    Not withstanding anything in this policy, the death benefit
                    will in no case be less than the amount necessary to cause
                    the policy to meet the guideline premium test set forth in
                    Section 7702(c) of the 1986 Internal Revenue Code or any
                    applicable successor.

Applicable          The percentages as currently described in Section 7702(d) of
Percentage          the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 are as follows:

                    In the case of an insured with an The applicable percentage
                    attained age as of the beginning will decrease by a ratable
                    of the of the policy year of: portion for each full year:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                  More than:            But not more than:     From:                        To:
                  <S>                   <C>                    <C>                          <C>
                   0..................   40                    250........................  250
                  40..................   45                    250........................  215
                  45..................   50                    215........................  185
                  50..................   55                    185........................  150
                  55..................   60                    150........................  130
                  60..................   65                    130........................  120
                  65..................   70                    120........................  115
                  70..................   75                    115........................  105
                  75..................   90                    105........................  105
                  90..................   95                    105........................  100
                  95..................  100                    100........................  100
                 100..................  100                    100........................  100
                                        Or higher
</TABLE>


30309                                                  3.02
(3/93)
<PAGE>

                             2.   POLICY BENEFITS

Policy           You may request policy changes at any time unless we
Changes          specifically indicate otherwise. We reserve the right to limit
                 the number of changes to one per policy year and to restrict
                 the changes in the first policy year. The types of changes
                 allowed are explained below.

                 No change will be permitted that would result in this policy
                 not satisfying Section 7702 of the Internal Revenue Code of
                 1986 or any applicable successor provision thereto.

Change In        The face amount may be changed by sending us a written request.
Face Amount

                 Any decrease in face amount will be subject to the following
                 conditions:

                    1.   The decrease will become effective on the monthly
                    anniversary on or following our receipt of the request.

                    2.   The decrease will reduce the face amount in the
                    following order:

                              a.   The face amount provided by the most recent
                                   increase;
                              b.   Face amounts provided by the next most recent
                                   increases successively; and
                              c.   The face amount when the policy was issued.

                    3.   The face amount remaining in force after any requested
                    decrease may not be less than the minimum face amount shown
                    on the policy specifications page.

                    4.   Any decrease must be at least $5,000.

                 Any increase in face amount will be subject to the following
                 conditions:

                    1.   Proof that the insured is insurable by our standards on
                    the date of the requested increase must be submitted.

                    2.   The increase will become effective on the monthly
                    anniversary on or following our receipt of such proof.

                    3.   Any increase must be at least $5,000.

                    4.   The insured must have an attained age not greater than
                    age 80 on the anniversary date that the increase will become
                    effective.

                 We will amend your policy to show the effective date of the
                 decrease or increase.

Change in        The contract type in effect may be changed by sending us a
Contract Type    written request. The effective date of change will be the
                 monthly anniversary on or following the date we receive the
                 request. On the effective date of this change the death benefit
                 payable does not change.

                 If the contract type in effect is increasing, it may be changed
                 to level. The face amount will be increased to equal the death
                 benefit on the effective date of change.

                 If the contract type in effect is level, it may be changed to
                 increasing. Proof that the insured is insurable by our
                 standards on the date of the change must be submitted. The face
                 amount will be decreased to equal the death benefit less the
                 cash value on the effective date of change. This change may not
                 be made if it would result in a face amount which is less than
                 the minimum face amount shown on the policy specifications
                 page.

30309                                3.03
(3/93)
<PAGE>

                        3.   PREMIUMS AND GRACE PERIOD

Payment of          Your first premium is due as of the issue date. While the
Premiums            insured is living, premiums after the first must be paid at
                    our home office. If this policy is in your possession and
                    you have not paid the first premium, it is not in force. It
                    will be considered that you have the policy for inspection
                    only.

                    Premiums after the first may be paid in any amount and at
                    any interval subject to the following conditions:

                         1.   No premium payment may be less than $20.00.

                         2.   Total premiums paid in any policy year may not
                         exceed the maximum premium limit for that policy year.
                         The maximum premium limit for a policy year is the
                         largest amount of premium which can be paid in that
                         policy year such that the sum of the premiums paid
                         under the policy will not at any time exceed the
                         guideline premium limitation referred to in Section
                         7702(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, or as set
                         forth in any applicable successor provision thereto.
                         The maximum premium limit for the following policy year
                         will be shown on your annual report.

                         On any date that we receive a premium which causes the
                         death benefit to increase by an amount that exceeds
                         that premium received, we reserve the right to refuse
                         the premium payment. We may require additional evidence
                         of insurability before we accept the premium payment.

Net Premium         The premium paid times the net premium percentage from the
                    policy specifications page is the net premium.

Allocation of       You determine the allocation of net premiums among the
Net Premiums        Divisions of the Separate Account. The minimum percentage
                    (other than zero) that may be allocated to any Division of
                    the Separate Account is 10%. Percentages must be in whole
                    numbers. The initial allocation is shown on the policy
                    specifications page.

Your Right to       You may change the allocation of future net premiums among
Change              the Divisions of the Separate Account subject to the
Allocation          conditions outlined in the Allocation of the Net Premiums
                    provision. The change in allocation percentages will take
                    effect immediately upon our receipt of your written request.

Grace Period        We will allow a grace period of 62 days. The grace period
                    will start on any monthly anniversary when the cash
                    surrender value is not large enough to cover the next
                    monthly deduction. (Monthly deduction is defined in the Cash
                    Values Section.) At that time, we will send you and any
                    assignee of record a notice. The notice will indicate the
                    minimum premium needed to keep the policy in force and the
                    date such payment is due.

                    If you do not pay a premium large enough to cover the
                    monthly deduction by the end of the grace period, your
                    policy will lapse at the end of that 62 day period. It will
                    then terminate without cash value. If the insured dies
                    during the grace period, any past due monthly deductions
                    will be deducted from the death benefit.

30309                                3.04
(3/93)
<PAGE>

Reinstatement            You may reinstate your lapsed policy within 5 years
                         after the date of lapse. This must be done before the
                         insured's age 95.

                         You must submit the following items:

                         1.   A written request for reinstatement.

                         2.   Proof satisfactory to us that the insured is
                         insurable by our standards.
                         3.   A premium large enough to cover:
                                   a.   The monthly deductions due at the time
                                        of lapse; and
                                   b.   Two times the monthly deduction due at
                                        the time of reinstatement.

                         The insured must be alive on the date we approve the
                         request for reinstatement. If the insured is not alive,
                         such approval is void and of no effect.

                         The reinstated policy will be in force from the date we
                         approve the reinstatement application. There will be a
                         full monthly deduction for the policy month which
                         includes that date. The only accumulation value of this
                         policy upon reinstatement will be the amount provided
                         by the premium then paid. The application for
                         reinstatement will be contestable for two years during
                         the lifetime of the insured from the date of its
                         approval.

                         Any loan and loan interest due on the date of lapse may
                         be paid or reinstated. Any loan and loan interest
                         reinstated will cause a cash value of an equal amount
                         to also be reinstated.

                         Any loan paid at the time of reinstatement will cause
                         an increase in cash value equal to the amount of the
                         repaid loan.

30309                                3.05
(3/93)
<PAGE>

                 4. LOANS

                 After the first policy anniversary, you may borrow an amount
                 not in excess of the loan value of your policy while it is in
                 force. The minimum amount of your net loan request at any one
                 time must be at least $100. Your policy will be the sole
                 security for such loan. We have the right to require your
                 policy for endorsement.

                 The loan value is 85% of the cash value of your policy at the
                 date of the loan request, reduced by any existing loans and
                 loan interest due.

                 You may allocate the policy loan and any loan interest due on
                 this loan among the Divisions of the Separate Account. If you
                 do not specify the allocation, then the policy loan will be
                 allocated among the Divisions of the Separate Account in the
                 same proportion that the cash value in each Division bears to
                 the total cash value of the policy, minus the cash value in the
                 Loan Account, on the date of the policy loan.

                 Cash value equal to the policy loan and the loan interest due
                 on this loan allocated to each Division of the Separate Account
                 will be transferred to the Loan Account, reducing the cash
                 value allocated to the Divisions of the Separate Account
                 accordingly.

                 Cash value held in the Loan Account for loan collateral will
                 earn interest daily at an annual rate not less than the Loan
                 Account guaranteed interest rate shown on the policy
                 specifications page.

                 Interest payable on a loan accrues daily. Loan interest is due
                 and payable in arrears on each policy anniversary or on a pro
                 rata basis for any shorter period as the loan may exist. If you
                 do not pay the interest when it is due, we will add it to your
                 existing loan if your policy has sufficient loan value. We will
                 charge the same rate of interest on this amount as on the
                 policy loan. The total loan rate will be 8.0% per year.

 Loan Repayments All funds received will be credited to your policy as a premium
                 unless clearly marked for loan repayment.

                 You may repay your loan in whole or in part at any time before
                 the death of the insured while the policy is in force. When a
                 loan repayment is made, cash value securing the debt in the
                 Loan Account equal to the loan repayment will be repaid to the
                 Divisions of the Separate Account in the same proportion that
                 the cash value in the Loan Account bears to the cash value in
                 each Loan SubAccount as of the date the original loan was made,
                 unless you indicate a specific allocation to the Divisions of
                 the Separate Account. Unpaid loans and loan interest will be
                 deducted from any settlement of your policy.

                 If you fail to make repayment when the total loan and loan
                 interest due would exceed the cash value, your policy will
                 terminate. We will allow you a grace period for such payment of
                 loans and loan interest due. In such event the policy becomes
                 void at the end of the grace period, we will mail a notice to
                 your last known address, the last known address of the insured,
                 and that of any assignee of record. This grace period will
                 expire 62 days from the monthly anniversary immediately before
                 the date the total loan and loan interest due exceeds the cash
                 value and any unpaid monthly expense charges; or 31 days after
                 such notice has been mailed, if later.

                 5.  CASH VALUES
 Cash Value      The cash value of your policy is equal to the total of:

                 -  The cash value in the Divisions of the Separate Account;
                    plus
                 -  The cash value in the Loan Account.

                 You may borrow against the loan value of your policy. The
                 interest rate used to calculate the interest earned on the cash
                 values in the Loan Account securing any policy loan will be at
                 an effective annual rate not less than the Loan Account
                 guaranteed interest rate shown on the policy specifications
                 page.



30406                                4.01
(3/93)
<PAGE>

Separate Account    The cash value in each Division of the Separate Account on
Cash Value          the Investment Start Date is equal to:


                    .  The portion of the initial net premium received and
                       allocated to the Division; minus

                    .  The portion of the monthly deductions due from the issue
                       date through the Investment Start Date charged to the
                       Division.

                    The cash value in each Division of the Separate Account on a
                       subsequent valuation date is equal to:

                    .  The cash value in the Division on the preceding valuation
                       date multiplied by that Division's net investment factor
                       for the current valuation period; plus

                    .  Any portion of net premium received and allocated to the
                       Division during the current valuation period; plus

                    .  Any net amounts transferred to the Division from another
                       Division during the current valuation period; plus

                    .  Any loan repayments allocated to the Division during the
                       current valuation period; plus

                    .  That portion of any interest credited on outstanding
                       loans which is allocated to the Division during the
                       current valuation period; minus

                    .  Any amounts transferred plus any transfer charge from the
                       Division during the current valuation period; minus

                    .  Any partial withdrawal plus any withdrawal transaction
                       charge from the Division during the current valuation
                       period; minus

                    .  Any amount transferred from the Division to the Loan
                       Account during that valuation period; minus

                    .  If a monthly anniversary occurs during the current
                       valuation period, the portion of the monthly deduction
                       charged to the Division during the current valuation
                       period to cover the policy month which starts during that
                       valuation period.

                    The Net Investment Factor measures the investment
                    performance of a Division during a valuation period. The Net
                    Investment Factor for each Division for a valuation period
                    is calculated as follows:

                    .  The value of the assets at the end of the preceding
                       valuation period; plus

                    .  The investment income and capital gains---realized or
                       unrealized---credited to the assets in the valuation
                       period for which the net investment factor is being
                       determined; minus

Net Investment      .  The capital losses---realized or unrealized---charged
Factor                 against those assets during the valuation period; minus

                    .  Any amount charged against each Division for taxes,
                       including any tax or other economic burden resulting from
                       the application of tax laws that we determine to be
                       properly attributable to the Divisions of the Separate
                       Account, or any amount we set aside during the valuation
                       period as a reserve for taxes attributable to the
                       operation or maintenance of each Division; minus

                    .  A charge not to exceed .0024547% for each day in the
                       valuation period. This corresponds to 0.90% per year for
                       mortality and expense risks; divided by

                    .  The value of the assets at the end of the preceding
                       valuation period.

30406                                4.02
(3/93)
<PAGE>

Loan Account           The cash value of the Loan Account as of the Investment
                       Start Date is zero.

Cash  Value            The cash value of the Loan Account on any day after the
                       Investment Start Date is equal to:

                       -  The cash value of the Loan Account on the preceding
                          business day, with interest; plus

                       -  Any net amount transferred to the Loan Account from
                          the Divisions of the Separate Account on that day;
                          minus
                       -  Any loan repayments on that day.

Monthly Cost           The monthly cost of insurance for the following month is
of Insurance           deducted on the monthly anniversary date. The monthly
                       cost of insurance is 1, below, multiplied by the
                       difference between 2 and 3 below:

                            1. The monthly cost of insurance rate.

                            2. The death benefit at the beginning of the policy
                               month divided by 1.0040741.

                            3. The cash value at the beginning of the policy
                               month, before the deduction of the monthly cost
                               of insurance.

                       If the contract type is level and if there has been an
                       increase in the face amount, then the cash value will
                       first be considered a part of the face amount when the
                       policy was issued. If the cash value is greater than the
                       initial face amount, the excess cash value will then be
                       considered a part of each increase in order, starting
                       with the first increase.

Monthly Cost           At the beginning of each policy year, the monthly cost of
of Insurance           insurance rate is determined using the insured's attained
Rates                  age. The monthly cost of insurance rate is based on the
                       attained age and rate class. For the initial face amount,
                       we will use the rate class on the issue date. For each
                       increase, we will use the rate class applicable to the
                       increase. If the death benefit equals a percentage of the
                       cash value, any increase in cash value will cause an
                       automatic increase in the death benefit. The rate class
                       for such increase will be the same as that used for the
                       most recent increase that required proof that the insured
                       was insurable by our standards.
                       The monthly cost of insurance rates will never exceed the
                       rates shown on the Table of Guaranteed Monthly Cost of
                       Insurance Rates page divided by 1,000. Any change in the
                       cost of insurance rates will apply to all persons of the
                       same age, and classification whose policies have been in
                       force for the same length of time.

First Year             The amount of additional monthly expense to be charged
Monthly Expense        during the first policy year is shown on the policy
Charge                 specifications page.

Monthly Expense        The amount of the monthly expense charge is shown on the
Charge                 policy specifications page.

Monthly Deduction      The monthly deduction is:

                       1.  The monthly cost of insurance; plus

                       2.  The monthly cost of insurance for any rider included
                           with this policy; plus

                       3.  The monthly expense charge; plus

                       4.  For the first policy year, the first year monthly
                           expense charge.

                       The monthly deduction for a policy month will be
                       allocated among the Divisions of the Separate Account in
                       the same proportion that the cash value in each Division
                       bears to the total cash value of the policy, minus the
                       cash value in the Loan Account on the monthly
                       anniversary.



(30406)                              4.03
(3/93)
<PAGE>

Cash Surrender         The cash surrender value of this policy is:
Value

                       1. The cash value at the time of surrender; minus
                       2. Any loan and loan interest due.

Surrender
                       You may surrender your policy for its cash surrender
                       value at any time during the lifetime of the insured by
                       sending us a written request. The cash surrender value
                       will be determined as of the date we receive your written
                       request at our home office. The cash surrender value will
                       not be reduced by any monthly deduction due on that date
                       for a subsequent policy month.

Partial
Withdrawals            After the first policy year, you can make a partial
                       withdrawal of cash subject to the following conditions:

                       -  You may make up to one partial withdrawal each policy
                          month.

                       -  The minimum amount of your net partial withdrawal
                          request from any one Division must be at least $50.00
                          of a Division or your entire balance in that Division,
                          if smaller.

                       -  The total amount of your net partial withdrawal
                          request at any one time must be at least $500.

                       -  The amount of withdrawal obtained by partial
                          withdrawal may not exceed the loan value.

Allocation of
Partial                You may allocate the partial withdrawal, subject to the
Withdrawals            above conditions, among the Divisions of the Separate
                       Account. If you do not specify the allocation, then the
                       partial withdrawal will be allocated among the Divisions
                       of the Separate Account in the same proportion that the
                       cash value in each Division bears to the total cash value
                       of the policy, minus the cash value in the Loan Account
                       on the date of the partial withdrawal.
                       If the contract type is level and the death benefit
                       equals the face amount, then a partial withdrawal will
                       decrease the face amount by an amount equal to the
                       partial withdrawal. If the death benefit equals a
                       percentage of the cash value then a partial withdrawal
                       will decrease the face amount by any amount by which the
                       partial withdrawal exceeds the difference between the
                       death benefit and the face amount. The face amount will
                       be decreased in the following order:

                              1.   The face amount at issue; and
                              2.   Any increases in the same order in which they
                                   were issued.

                       No partial withdrawal will be processed which will result
                       in the face amount being decreased below the minimum face
                       amount shown on the policy specifications page.
                       We reserve the right to change the minimum amount or the
                       number of times you may make a partial withdrawal. Each
                       partial withdrawal is subject to an administrative charge
                       equal to the lesser of $25.00 or 2% of the amount of the
                       partial withdrawal.


                       We will usually pay any amounts payable on surrender,
Postponement           partial withdrawal or policy loan allocated to the
of Payments            Divisions of the Separate Account within seven days after
                       written notice is received. We will usually pay any death
                       benefit proceeds within seven days after we receive due
                       proof of claim. Payment of any amount payable on
                       surrender, partial withdrawal, policy loan or death may
                       be postponed whenever:

                       1.      The New York Stock Exchange or our home office
                          are closed (other than customary weekend and holiday
                          closing) or trading on the New York Stock Exchange is
                          restricted as determined by the Securities and
                          Exchange Commission;
                       2.      The Securities and Exchange Commission, by order,
                            permits postponement for the protection of policy
                            owners; or
                       3.      An emergency exists as determined by the
                            Securities and Exchange Commission, as a result of
                            which disposal of securities is not reasonably
                            practicable or it is not reasonably practicable to
                            determine the value of the net assets of the
                            Separate Account.
                       Transfers may also be postponed under the circumstances
                       listed above.


30406                                4.04
(3/93)
<PAGE>

Continuation           If all premium payments cease, the insurance provided
of Insurance           under this policy, including benefits provided by any
                       rider attached to this policy will continue in accordance
                       with the provisions of this policy for as long as the
                       cash surrender value is sufficient to cover the monthly
                       deductions. Any remaining cash surrender value will be
                       payable on the maturity date.

Basis of               The minimum cash values and net single premiums, if any,
Computation            are based on 1) 125 percent of the Commissioner's 1980
                       Standard Ordinary Mortality Table C age last birthday;
                       and 2) compound interest at 5% a year.

                       All values are at least equal to those required by any
                       applicable law of the state that governs your policy. We
                       have filed a detailed statement of the method of
                       calculating cash values and reserves with the insurance
                       supervisory official of that state.


30406                                4.05
(3/93)
<PAGE>

                          6. PERSONS WITH AN INTEREST IN THE POLICY

Owner                     The owner is as shown in the application or in any
                          supplemental agreement attached to this policy, unless
                          later changed as provided in this policy. You, as
                          owner, are entitled to all rights provided by this
                          policy, prior to its maturity date. Ownership may be
                          changed in accordance with the Change of Owner or
                          Beneficiary provision. After the maturity date, you
                          cannot change the payee nor the mode of payment,
                          unless otherwise provided in this policy. Any person
                          whose rights of ownership depend upon some future
                          event will not possess any present rights of
                          ownership. If there is more than one owner at a given
                          time, all must exercise the rights of ownership. If
                          you should die, and you are not the insured, your
                          interest will go to your estate unless otherwise
                          provided.

Beneficiary               The original beneficiary is shown in the application.
                          You may change the beneficiary in accordance with the
                          Change of Owner or Beneficiary provision. Unless
                          otherwise stated, the beneficiary has no rights in
                          this policy before the death of the insured. If there
                          is more than one beneficiary at the death of the
                          insured, each will receive equal payments unless
                          otherwise provided. If no beneficiary is living at the
                          death of the insured the proceeds will be payable to
                          you, if you are living, or to your estate.

Change of                 During the insured's lifetime you may change the
Owner or                  ownership and beneficiary designations, subject to any
Beneficiary               restrictions as stated in the Owner or Beneficiary
                          provisions. You must make the change in written form
                          satisfactory to us. If acceptable to us it will take
                          effect as of the time you signed the request, whether
                          or not the insured is living when we receive your
                          request at our home office. The change will be subject
                          to any assignment of this policy or other legal
                          restrictions. It will also be subject to any payment
                          we made or action we took before we received your
                          written notice of the change. We have the right to
                          require the policy for endorsement before we accept
                          the change.

                          If you are also the beneficiary of the policy at the
                          time of the insured's death, you may designate some
                          other person to receive the proceeds of the policy
                          within 60 days after the insured's death.

Assignments               We will not be bound by an assignment of the policy or
                          of any interest in it unless:

                          1.  The assignment is made as a written instrument,

                          2.  You file the original instrument or a certified
                              copy with us at our home office, and

                          3.  We send you an acknowledged copy.

                          We are not responsible for determining the validity of
                          any assignment. If a claim is based on an assignment,
                          we may require proof of interest of the claimant. A
                          valid assignment will take precedence over any claim
                          of a beneficiary.

                          7.  THE CONTRACT

The Contract              We have issued this policy in consideration of the
                          application and payment of premiums. The policy, the
                          application for it, any riders, and any application
                          for an increase in face amount constitute the entire
                          contract and are attached to and made a part of the
                          policy when the insurance applied for is accepted. A
                          copy of any application for reinstatement will be sent
                          to you for attachment to this policy and will become
                          part of the contract of reinstatement and of this
                          policy. The policy may be changed by mutual agreement.
                          Any change must be in writing and approved by our
                          President, Vice President, or Secretary. Our agents
                          have no authority to alter or modify any terms,
                          conditions, or agreements of this policy, or to waive
                          any of its provisions.

Conformity  with          If any provision in this policy is in conflict with
Statutes                  the laws of the state which govern this policy, the
                          provision will be deemed to be amended to conform with
                          such laws. In addition, we reserve the right to change
                          this policy if we determine that a change is necessary
                          to meet the requirements of the Internal Revenue Code,
                          or its regulations or published rulings.



30609                                6.01
(3/93)
<PAGE>

Statements in             All statements made by the insured or on his or her
Application               behalf, or by the applicant, will be deemed
                          representations and not warranties, except in the case
                          of fraud. Material misstatements will not be used to
                          void the policy, any rider or any increase in face
                          amount or deny a claim unless made in the application
                          for a policy, rider or an increase in face amount.

Claims of                 To the extent permitted by law, neither the policy nor
Creditors                 any payment under it will be subject to the claim of
                          creditors or to any legal process.

Right to                  You have the right to request us to cancel an increase
Examine Increase          in face amount and receive a refund. The request must
in Face Amount            be made no later than:

                          -  20 days from the date you received the new policy
                             specifications page for the increase; or

                          -  45 days after the date you signed the application
                             for the increase.

                          The refund will equal the monthly deductions
                          associated with that increase. If you do request us to
                          cancel the increase but do not request a refund, the
                          monthly deductions associated with that increase will
                          be restored to the policy's cash value. This amount
                          will be allocated to the Divisions of the Separate
                          Account in the same manner as it was deducted.

Conversion                Once during the first two policy years you have the
                          right, upon written request, to exchange this policy
                          for a life insurance policy that provides for benefits
                          that do not vary with the investment return of the
                          Divisions of the Separate Account. No evidence of
                          insurability will be required. However, we will
                          require that this policy be in force and that you
                          repay any existing indebtedness. At the time of the
                          conversion, the new policy will have, at your option,
                          either the same death benefit or the same difference
                          between death benefit and cash value as this policy.
                          Any excess cash value above the minimum for the new
                          policy will be applied to the new policy unless
                          requested in cash by you. The new policy will also
                          have the same issue date and issue age as this policy.
                          The planned premiums for the new policy will be based
                          on our rates in effect for the same issue age and risk
                          class as the original policy.

                          You also have the right once during the first two
                          years following the effective date of an increase in
                          face amount to exchange the increased portion of this
                          policy for a life insurance policy that provides for
                          fixed benefits. The provisions applicable to the
                          conversion of the entire policy described above are
                          also applicable to a conversion of an increase in face
                          amount.

Misstatement              If there is a misstatement of age in the application,
of Age                    the amount of the death benefit will be that which
                          would be purchased by the most recent mortality charge
                          at the correct age.

Incontestability          We cannot contest this policy after it has been in
                          force during the lifetime of the insured for two years
                          from its issue date. We cannot contest an increase in
                          face amount with regard to material misstatements made
                          concerning such increase after it has been in force
                          during the lifetime of the insured for two years from
                          its effective date. We cannot contest any
                          reinstatement of this policy, with regard to material
                          misstatements made concerning such reinstatement,
                          after it has been in force during the lifetime of the
                          insured for a period of two years from the date we
                          approve the reinstatement. This provision will not
                          apply to any rider which contains its own
                          incontestability clause.


30609                                6.02
(3/93)
<PAGE>

Suicide  Exclusion        If the insured dies by suicide, while sane or insane,
                          within two years from the issue date (or within the
                          maximum period permitted by law of the state in which
                          this policy was delivered, if less than two years),
                          the amount payable will be limited to the amount of
                          premiums paid, less any outstanding policy loans with
                          interest to the date of death, and less any partial
                          withdrawals.

                          If the insured, while sane or insane, commits suicide
                          within two years after the effective date of any
                          increase in face amount, the death benefit for that
                          increase will be limited to the monthly deductions for
                          the increase.

                          If this policy is issued to a person who is a Missouri
                          citizen at the time of issue, this provision does not
                          apply unless the insured intended suicide when this
                          policy was applied for. If on the effective date of an
                          increase in the face amount, the owner is a Missouri
                          citizen, this provision does not apply to that
                          increase unless the insured intended suicide when the
                          increase in face amount was applied for.

Annual  Report            Each year a report will be sent to you which shows the
                          current policy values, premiums paid and deductions
                          made since the last report, and any outstanding policy
                          loans.

Projection  of            You may make a written request to us for a projection
Benefits and              of illustrative future cash values and death benefits.
Values                    This projection will be furnished to you for a nominal
                          fee.




                          8.  SEPARATE  ACCOUNT  PROVISIONS

Separate  Account         The variable benefits under this policy are provided
                          through investments in the Separate Account. This
                          account is used for flexible premium variable life
                          insurance policies and, if permitted by law, may be
                          used for other policies or contracts as well. We hold
                          the assets of the Separate Account. These assets are
                          held separately from the Company's general assets.
                          Income, gains and losses --- whether or not realized
                          --- from assets allocated to the Separate Account will
                          be credited to or charged against the account without
                          regard to our other income, gains or losses. Assets
                          held by the Separate Account will not be charged with
                          liabilities that arise from any other business we may
                          conduct. We have the right to transfer to the
                          Company's general assets any assets of the Separate
                          Account which are in excess of the reserves and other
                          policy liabilities of the Separate Account.

                          The Separate Account is registered with the Securities
                          and Exchange Commission as a unit investment trust
                          under the Investment Company Act of 1940. The Separate
                          Account is also subject to the laws of the State of
                          Missouri, which regulate the operations of insurance
                          companies incorporated in Missouri. The investment
                          policy of the Separate Account will not be changed
                          without the approval of the Insurance Commissioner of
                          the State of Missouri. The approval process is on file
                          with the Insurance Commissioner of the state in which
                          this policy was delivered.

Divisions                 The Separate Account has several Divisions which are
                          shown on the policy specifications page. The Separate
                          Account will buy shares in the Funds identified on the
                          policy specifications page. Each Fund corresponds to a
                          different investment portfolio.

                          Income, gains and losses --- whether or not realized
                          --- from the assets of each Division of the Separate
                          Account are credited to or charged against that
                          Division without regard to income, gains or losses in
                          other Divisions of the Separate Account.

                          We will value the assets of each Division of the
                          Separate Account at the end of each valuation period.
                          A valuation period is the period between two
                          successive valuation dates, commencing at the close of
                          trading (currently 4:00 p.m. New York time) each
                          valuation date and ending at the close of trading
                          (currently 4:00 p.m. New York time) on the next
                          succeeding valuation date. A valuation date is each
                          day that the New York Stock Exchange and our home
                          office are open for business or any other day that may
                          be required by any applicable Securities and Exchange
                          Commission Rules and Regulations.


30609                                6.03
(3/93)
<PAGE>

Transfers                 You may transfer amounts among the Divisions of the
                          Separate Account.

                          These transfers will be subject to the following
                          conditions:
                          -   We must receive a written request for transfer.

                          -   Transfers from or among the Divisions of the
                              Separate Account may be made at any time and must
                              be at least $250.00 or the entire amount you have
                              in a Division, if smaller.
                          We may modify the transfer privilege at any time,
                          including the minimum amount transferable, the
                          frequency, and the transfer charge, if any. If a
                          transfer charge is imposed, this charge will not
                          exceed $25.00.

Addition, Deletion        We reserve the right, subject to compliance with
or Substitution           applicable law, to make additions to, deletions from,
of Investments            or substitutions for the shares of a fund that are
                          held by the Separate Account or that the Separate
                          Account may purchase. We reserve the right to
                          eliminate the shares of any of the Funds and to
                          substitute shares of another fund or of another
                          registered open-end, investment company, if the shares
                          or funds are no longer available for investment or if
                          in our judgement, further investment in any fund
                          should become inappropriate in view of the purpose of
                          the policy. We will not substitute any shares
                          attributable to the owner's interest in a Division of
                          the Separate Account without notice to the owner and
                          compliance with the Investment Company Act of 1940.
                          This will not prevent the Separate Account from
                          purchasing other securities for other series or
                          classes of policies, or from permitting conversion
                          between series or classes of policies or contracts on
                          the basis of requests made by owners.


                          We reserve the right to establish additional Divisions
                          of the Separate Account, each of which would invest in
                          a new fund or in shares of another open-end investment
                          company and to make such Divisions available to such
                          class or series of policies as we deem appropriate.
                          Subject to any required regulatory approval, we also
                          reserve the right to eliminate or combine existing
                          Divisions of the Separate Account or to transfer
                          assets between Divisions.

                          Subject to obtaining any necessary regulatory or owner
                          approval, the Separate Account may be operated as a
                          management company under the Investment Company Act of
                          1940; it may be deregistered under that Act in the
                          event registration is no longer required; it may be
                          combined with other separate accounts; or its assets
                          may be transferred to other separate accounts.

30609                                6.04
(3/93)
<PAGE>

                         9. PAYMENT OF POLICY BENEFITS

Payment                  A lump sum payment will be made as provided on the
                         face page.

Interest on              We will pay interest on proceeds from the date of the
Proceeds                 insured's death to the date of payment. Interest will
                         be at an annual rate determined by us, but never less
                         than the guaranteed rate of 4.0%.

Extended                 Provisions for settlement of proceeds different from
Provisions               those stated in this policy may only be made upon
                         written agreement with us.





30701                                   7.01
(3/93)
<PAGE>

                                                                  POLICY  NUMBER

Paragon Logo

                                                                         INSURED

              FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE TO AGE 95

                               Non-Participating

Flexible Premiums are payable during the lifetime of the insured to age 95. The
death benefit is payable at the death of the insured prior to age 95 and while
the policy is in force. Cash surrender value, if any, is payable at the
insured's age 95.

THE AMOUNT OF THE DEATH BENEFIT OR THE DURATION OF THE DEATH BENEFIT MAY
INCREASE OR DECREASE UNDER THE CONDITIONS DESCRIBED ON PAGES 3.02 AND 3.03.

THE POLICY'S CASH VALUE IN EACH INVESTMENT DIVISION OF THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT IS
BASED ON THE INVESTMENT EXPERIENCE OF THAT INVESTMENT DIVISION AND MAY INCREASE
OR DECREASE DAILY. IT IS NOT GUARANTEED AS TO DOLLAR AMOUNT. SEE THE SEPARATE
ACCOUNT PROVISION.

                                   RIGHT TO
                                EXAMINE POLICY

Please read this policy. You may return this policy to us or to the agent
through whom it was purchased within 20 days from the date you receive it or
within 45 days after the application is signed, whichever period ends later. If
you return it within this period, the policy will be void from the beginning. We
will refund any premium paid.

This policy is a legal contract between the policy owner and Paragon Life
Insurance Company. PLEASE READ YOUR POLICY CAREFULLY. This cover sheet provides
only a brief outline of some of the important features of your policy. This
cover sheet is not the complete insurance contract and only the actual policy
provisions will control. The policy itself sets forth, in detail, the rights and
obligations of both you and your insurance company. IT IS THEREFORE IMPORTANT
THAT YOU READ YOUR POLICY.

Signed for the company at its Home Office, St. Louis, Missouri 63105.



      /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]                                     /S/ Carl H. Anderson

      V.P., GENERAL COUNSEL                               PRESIDENT
         AND SECRETARY

30027
(5/95)                                  0.01
<PAGE>

                      ALPHABETIC  GUIDE  TO  YOUR  POLICY

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Page                                                          Page
<S>                                                           <C>
6.04  Addition, Deletion or Substitution of Investments       3.01  Maturity Date
3.04  Allocation of Net Premiums                              6.02  Misstatement of Age and Corrections
6.01  Assignments                                             4.03  Monthly Cost of Insurance
4.05  Basis of Computation                                    4.03  Monthly Deduction
6.01  Beneficiary                                             4.02  Net Investment Factor
4.03  Cash Surrender Value                                    3.04  Net Premium
4.01  Cash Values                                             6.01  Owner
3.03  Change in Contract Type                                 4.04  Partial Withdrawals
3.03  Change in Face Amount                                   7.01  Payment of Policy Benefits
6.01  Change of Owner or Beneficiary                          3.04  Payment of Premiums
6.02  Claims of Creditors                                     3.03  Policy Changes
6.01  Conformity with Statutes                                3.02  Policy Proceeds
6.02  Conversion Rights                                       4.05  Postponement of Payments
3.02  Death Benefit                                           3.05  Reinstatement
3.01  Definitions                                             6.02  Right to Examine Increase in Face Amount
3.04  Grace Period                                            4.02  Separate Account Cash Value
6.02  Incontestability                                        6.03  Separate Account Provisions
7.01  Interest on Proceeds                                    6.02  Statements in Application
3.01  Issue Date                                              6.03  Suicide Exclusion
4.03  Loan Account Cash Value                                 6.04  Transfers
4.01  Loans
</TABLE>

Additional Benefit Riders, Modifications and Amendments, if any, and a Copy of
the Application are found following the final section.

30027                                   0.02
(5/95)
<PAGE>

                             POLICY SPECIFICATIONS


INSURED AGE                        35      INSURED                     JOHN DOE
SEX                              MALE      FACE AMOUNT               $   500,00
CONTRACT TYPE              INCREASING      POLICY DATE             MAY 01,1995
MINIMUM FACE AMOUNT          $100,000      POLICY NUMBER              6,000,000
NET PREMIUM PERCENTAGE         95.00%      PLANNED ANNUAL PREMIUM       $12,000
LOAN ACCOUNT GUARANTEED                    MONTHLY EXPENSE CHARGE         $3.50
INTEREST RATE                    5.0%      FIRST YEAR MONTHLY             $2.50




FORM                  BENDFITS-AS SPECIFIED IN POLICY
NUMBER                     AND IN ANY RIDER


                      Policy Plan: FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE
                                   LIFE INSURANCE TO AGE 95


30027
30152
30153
30315
30412
30615
30705
3081100
B30027


30152                                  1.01
<PAGE>

POLICY SPECIFICATIONS


INSURED                    JOHN DOE
POLICY DATE             MAY 1, 1995
POLICY NUMBER      6,000,000



COVERAGE                  RISK              FACE        MATURITY
                     CLASSIFICATION        AMOUNT         DATE*
FLEX. PREM. VL-95       STANDARD           $500,000     MAY 1,2055




SEPARATE ACCOUNT:  SEPARATE ACCOUNT B



*    It is possible that coverage will expire prior to the Maturity Date shown
     where either no premiums are paid following payment of the initial premium
     or subsequent premiums are insufficient to continue coverage to such a
     date. If current values change, the planned periodic premium could be
     insufficient to continue coverage to the maturity date.

30152                                 1.02
<PAGE>

              TABLE OF GUARANTEED MONTHLY COST OF INSURANCE RATES

                             RATES ARE PER $1,000

INSURED:                               POLICY NUMBER:
                                       ISSUE DATE:

ATTAINED                   ATTAINED                   ATTAINED
  AGE         RATE           AGE          RATE          AGE           RATE
  ---         ----           ---          ----          ---           ----
   18         0.155           19          0.161          20           0.163
   21         0.165           22          0.163          23           0.163
   24         0.161           25          0.159          26           0.158
   27         0.158           28          0.159          29           0.163
   30         0.167           31          0.172          32           0.178
   33         0.187           34          0.196          35           0.207
   36         0.221           37          0.238          38           0.257
   39         0.278           40          0.303          41           0.329
   42         0.357           43          0.386          44           0.416
   45         0.449           46          0.483          47           0.520
   48         0.559           49          0.603          50           0.651
   51         0.705           52          0.767          53           0.836
   54         0.911           55          0.988          56           1.071
   57         1.155           58          1.244          59           1.342
   60         1.450           61          1.576          62           1.723
   63         1.891           64          2.078          65           2.276
   66         2.486           67          2.704          68           2.933
   69         3.188           70          3.478          71           3.813
   72         4.208           73          4.661          74           5.163
   75         5.708           76          6.284          77           6.884
   78         7.517           79          8.203          80           8.968
   81         9.837           82         10.829          83          11.941
   84        13.150           85         14.440          86          15.795
   87        17.213           88         18.699          89          20.262
   90        21.925           91         23.733          92          25.762
   93        28.155           94         31.307


THESE RATES ARE FOR THE BASE COVERAGE AT ISSUE. They are based on 125 percent of
the 1980 Commissioners Standard Ordinary Mortality Table C Age Last Birthday.

Any values guaranteed in this policy are based on these rates.

30153                                  1.01

<PAGE>

                         1. DEFINITIONS IN THIS POLICY

We, Us and Our           The Paragon Life Insurance Company.

You and Your             The owner of this policy. The owner may be someone
                         other than the insured.

Insured                  In the application the words "You' and "Your" refer to
                         the proposed insured person(s).

Issue Age                The person whose life is insured under this policy. See
                         the policy specifications page.

Attained Age             The insured's age at his or her last birthday as of the
                         issue date. The issue age plus the number of completed
                         policy years.

Issue Date               The effective date of the coverage under this policy.
                         It is also the date from which policy anniversaries,
                         policy years, and policy months are measured.

Investment               The date the first premium is applied to the Divisions
Start Date               of the Separate Account. This date will be the later
                         of:

                         -  The issue date of the policy; or

                         -  The date we receive the first premium at our home
                            office.

Maturity Date            The policy anniversary on which the insured attains age
                         95. If the insured is living and the policy is in force
                         on this date, the cash surrender value is payable. It
                         is possible that insurance coverage may not continue to
                         the maturity date even if planned premiums are paid in
                         a timely manner.

Monthly                  The same date in each succeeding month as the issue
Anniversary              date except that whenever the monthly anniversary falls
                         on a date other than a valuation date, the monthly
                         anniversary will be deemed the next valuation date. If
                         any monthly anniversary would be the 29th, 30th, or
                         31st day of a month that does not have that number of
                         days, then the monthly anniversary will be the last day
                         of that month.

Business Day             Any day that we are open for business.

Separate Account         A separate investment account created by us to receive
                         and invest net premiums received for this policy. The
                         particular Separate Account for this policy is
                         indicated on the policy specifications page.

Loan Account             The account to which we will transfer from the
                         Divisions of the Separate Account the amount of any
                         policy loan.

Loan SubAccount          A Loan SubAccount exists for each Division of the
                         Separate Account. Any cash value transferred to the
                         Loan Account will be allocated to the appropriate Loan
                         SubAccount to reflect the origin of the cash value. At
                         any point in time, the Loan Account will equal the sum
                         of all the Loan SubAccounts.



30315                                3.01
(5/95)
<PAGE>

                              2. POLICY BENEFITS

Policy Proceeds          The policy proceeds are:

                             1. The death benefit under the contract type then
                             in effect; plus

                             2. The monthly cost of insurance for the portion of
                             the policy month from the date of death to the end
                             of the month of death; less

                             3. Any loan and loan interest due.

Death Benefit            The death benefit depends upon the contract type in
                         effect on the date of the insured's death. The contract
                         type in effect is shown on the policy specifications
                         page.

                         Level Contract Type: (Death benefit is level except
                         when it equals a percentage of cash value.)

                         The death benefit is the greater of:

                             1. The face amount; or

                             2. The applicable percentage of the cash value on
                             the date of death as described in Section 7702(d)
                             of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 or any
                             applicable successor provision thereto.

                         Increasing Contract Type:

                         The death benefit is the greater of:

                             1. The face amount plus the cash value on the date
                             of death; or

                             2. The applicable percentage of the cash value on
                             the date of death as described in Section 7702(d)
                             of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 or any
                             applicable successor provision thereto.

                         Not withstanding anything in this policy, the death
                         benefit will in no case be less than the amount
                         necessary to cause the policy to meet the guideline
                         premium test set forth in Section 7702(c) of the 1986
                         Internal Revenue Code or any applicable successor.

Applicable               The percentages as currently described in Section
Percentage               7702(d) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 are as
                         follows:

                         In the case of an insured with an The applicable
                         percentage attained age as of the beginning will
                         decrease by a ratable of the of the policy year of:
                             portion for each full year:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                     More than:              But not more than:     From:                           To:

                   <S>                      <C>                    <C>                             <C>
                       0................     40                     250........................     250
                      40................     45                     250........................     215
                      45................     50                     215........................     185
                      50................     55                     185........................     150
                      55................     60                     150........................     130
                      60................     65                     130........................     120
                      65................     70                     120........................     115
                      70................     75                     115........................     105
                      75................     90                     105........................     105
                      90................     95                     105........................     100
                      95................    100                     100........................     100
                     100................    100                     100........................     100
                                          Or higher
</TABLE>

30315                                   3.02
(5/95)
<PAGE>

Policy                   You may request policy changes at any time unless we
Changes                  specifically indicate otherwise. We reserve the right
                         to limit the number of changes to one per policy year
                         and to restrict the changes in the first policy year.
                         The types of changes allowed are explained below.

                         No change will be permitted that would result in this
                         policy not satisfying the definition of Life Insurance
                         under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 or any
                         applicable successor provision thereto.

Change In                The face amount may be changed by sending us a written
Face Amount              request.

                         Any decrease in face amount will be subject to the
                         following conditions:

                             1. The decrease will become effective on the
                             monthly anniversary on or following our receipt of
                             the request.

                             2. The decrease will reduce the face amount in the
                             following order:

                                   a. The face amount provided by the most
                                      recent increase;

                                   b. Face amounts provided by the next most
                                      recent increases successively; and

                                   c. The face amount when the policy was
                                      issued.

                             3. The face amount remaining in force after any
                             requested decrease may not be less than the minimum
                             face amount shown on the policy specifications
                             page.

                             4. Any decrease must be at least $5,000.

                         Any increase in face amount will be subject to the
                         following conditions:

                             1. Proof that the insured is insurable by our
                             standards on the date of the requested increase
                             must be submitted.

                             2. The increase will become effective on the
                             monthly anniversary on or following our receipt of
                             such proof.

                             3. Any increase must be at least $5,000.

                             4. The insured must have an attained age not
                             greater than age 80 on the anniversary date that
                             the increase will become effective.

                         We will amend your policy to show the effective date of
                         the decrease or increase.

Change in                The contract type in effect may be changed by sending
Contract Type            us a written request. The effective date of change will
                         be the monthly anniversary on or following the date we
                         receive the request. On the effective date of this
                         change the death benefit payable does not change.

                         If the contract type in effect is increasing, it may be
                         changed to level. The face amount will be increased to
                         equal the death benefit on the effective date of
                         change.

                         If the contract type in effect is level, it may be
                         changed to increasing. Proof that the insured is
                         insurable by our standards on the date of the change
                         must be submitted. The face amount will be decreased to
                         equal the death benefit less the cash value on the
                         effective date of change. This change may not be made
                         if it would result in a face amount which is less than
                         the minimum face amount shown on the policy
                         specifications page.

30315                                   3.03
(5/95)
<PAGE>

                         3. PREMIUMS AND GRACE PERIOD

Payment of               Your first premium is due as of the issue date. While
Premiums                 the insured is living, premiums after the first must be
                         paid at our home office. If this policy is in your
                         possession and you have not paid the first premium, it
                         is not in force. It will be considered that you have
                         the policy for inspection only. Premiums after the
                         first may be paid in any amount and at any interval
                         subject to the following conditions:

                             1. No premium payment may be less than $20.00.

                             2. Total premiums paid in any policy year may not
                             exceed the maximum premium limit for that policy
                             year. The maximum premium limit for a policy year
                             is the largest amount of premium which can be paid
                             in that policy year such that the sum of the
                             premiums paid under the policy will not at any time
                             exceed the guideline premium limitation referred to
                             in Section 7702(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of
                             1986, or as set forth in any applicable successor
                             provision thereto. The maximum premium limit for
                             the following policy year will be shown on your
                             annual report.

                             On any date that we receive a premium which causes
                             the death benefit to increase by an amount that
                             exceeds that premium received, we reserve the right
                             to refuse the premium payment. We may require
                             additional evidence of insurability before we
                             accept the premium payment.
















Net Premium              The premium paid times the net premium percentage from
                         the policy specifications page is the net premium.

Allocation of            You determine the allocation of net premiums among the
Net Premiums             Divisions of the Separate Account. The minimum
                         percentage (other than zero) that may be allocated to
                         any Division of the Separate Account is 10%.
                         Percentages must be in whole numbers. The initial
                         allocation is shown on the policy specifications page.

Your Right to            You may change the allocation of future net premiums
Change                   among the Divisions of the Separate Account subject to
Allocation               the conditions outlined in the Allocation of the Net
                         Premiums provision. The change in allocation
                         percentages will take effect immediately upon our
                         receipt of your written request.

Grace Period             We will allow a grace period of 62 days. The grace
                         period will start on any monthly anniversary when the
                         cash surrender value is not large enough to cover the
                         next monthly deduction. (Monthly deduction is defined
                         in the Cash Values Section.) At that time, we will send
                         you and any assignee of record a notice. The notice
                         will indicate the minimum premium needed to keep the
                         policy in force and the date such payment is due.

                         If you do not pay a premium large enough to cover the
                         monthly deduction by the end of the grace period, your
                         policy will lapse at the end of that 62 day period. It
                         will then terminate without cash value. If the insured
                         dies during the grace period, any past due monthly
                         deductions will be deducted from the death benefit.


30315                                 3.04
(5/95)
<PAGE>

Reinstatement            You may reinstate your lapsed policy within 5 years
                         after the date of lapse. This must be done before the
                         insured's age 95.

                         You must submit the following items:

                         1. A written request for reinstatement.

                         2. Proof satisfactory to us that the insured is
                         insurable by our standards.

                         3. A premium large enough to cover:
                             a. The monthly deductions due at the time of lapse;
                                and
                             b. Two times the monthly deduction due at the time
                                of reinstatement.

                         The insured must be alive on the date we approve the
                         request for reinstatement. If the insured is not alive,
                         such approval is void and of no effect.

                         The reinstated policy will be in force from the date we
                         approve the reinstatement application. There will be a
                         full monthly deduction for the policy month which
                         includes that date. The only accumulation value of this
                         policy upon reinstatement will be the amount provided
                         by the premium then paid. The application for
                         reinstatement will be contestable for two years during
                         the lifetime of the insured from the date of its
                         approval.

                         Any loan and loan interest due on the date of lapse may
                         be paid or reinstated. Any loan and loan interest
                         reinstated will cause a cash value of an equal amount
                         to also be reinstated.

                         Any loan paid at the time of reinstatement will cause
                         an increase in cash value equal to the amount of the
                         repaid  loan.


30315                                    3.05
(5/95)
<PAGE>

                         4. LOANS

                         After the first policy anniversary, you may borrow an
                         amount not in excess of the loan value of your policy
                         while it is in force. The minimum amount of your net
                         loan request at any one time must be at least $100.
                         Your policy will be the sole security for such loan. We
                         have the right to require your policy for endorsement.

                         The loan value is 85% of the cash value of your policy
                         at the date of the loan request, reduced by any
                         existing loans and loan interest due.

                         You may allocate the policy loan and any loan interest
                         due on this loan among the Divisions of the Separate
                         Account. If you do not specify the allocation, then the
                         policy loan will be allocated among the Divisions of
                         the Separate Account in the same proportion that the
                         cash value in each Division bears to the total cash
                         value of the policy, minus the cash value in the Loan
                         Account, on the date of the policy loan.

                         Cash value equal to the policy loan and the loan
                         interest due on this loan allocated to each Division of
                         the Separate Account will be transferred to the Loan
                         Account, reducing the cash value allocated to the
                         Divisions of the Separate Account accordingly.

                         Cash value held in the Loan Account for loan collateral
                         will earn interest daily at an annual rate not less
                         than the Loan Account guaranteed interest rate shown on
                         the policy specifications page.

                         Interest payable on a loan accrues daily. Loan interest
                         is due and payable in arrears on each policy
                         anniversary or on a pro rata basis for any shorter
                         period as the loan may exist. If you do not pay the
                         interest when it is due, we will add it to your
                         existing loan if your policy has sufficient loan value.
                         We will charge the same rate of interest on this amount
                         as on the policy loan. The total loan rate will be 8.0%
                         per year.

Loan Repayments          All funds received will be credited to your policy as a
                         premium unless clearly marked for loan repayment.

                         You may repay your loan in whole or in part at any time
                         before the death of the insured while the policy is in
                         force. When a loan repayment is made, cash value
                         securing the debt in the Loan Account equal to the loan
                         repayment will be repaid to the Divisions of the
                         Separate Account in the same proportion that the cash
                         value in the Loan Account bears to the cash value in
                         each Loan SubAccount as of the date the original loan
                         was made, unless you indicate a specific allocation to
                         the Divisions of the Separate Account. Unpaid loans and
                         loan interest will be deducted from any settlement of
                         your policy.

                         If you fail to make repayment when the total loan and
                         loan interest due would exceed the cash value, your
                         policy will terminate. We will allow you a grace period
                         for such payment of loans and loan interest due. In
                         such event the policy becomes void at the end of the
                         grace period, we will mail a notice to your last known
                         address, the last known address of the insured, and
                         that of any assignee of record. This grace period will
                         expire 62 days from the monthly anniversary immediately
                         before the date the total loan and loan interest due
                         exceeds the cash value and any unpaid monthly expense
                         charges; or 31 days after such notice has been mailed,
                         if later.

                         5. CASH VALUES
Cash Value               The cash value of your policy is equal to the total of:

                         - The cash value in the Divisions of the Separate
                           Account; plus

                         - The cash value in the Loan Account.

                         You may borrow against the loan value of your policy.
                         The interest rate used to calculate the interest earned
                         on the cash values in the Loan Account securing any
                         policy loan will be at an effective annual rate not
                         less than the Loan Account guaranteed interest rate
                         shown on the policy specifications page.

30412                                     4.01
(5/95)

<PAGE>

Separate Account         The cash value in each Division of the Separate
Cash Value               Account on the Investment Start Date is equal to:

                         -  The portion of the initial net premium received and
                            allocated to the Division; minus

                         -  The portion of the monthly deductions due from the
                            issue date throu h the Investment Start Date charged
                            to the Division. g

                         The cash value in each Division of the Separate Account
                            on a subsequent valuation date is equal to:

                         -  The cash value in the Division on the preceding
                            valuation date multiplied by that Division's net
                            investment factor for the current valuation period;
                            plus

                         -  Any portion of net premium received and allocated to
                            the Division during the current valuation period;
                            plus

                         -  Any net amounts transferred to the Division from
                            another Division during the current valuation
                            period; plus

                         -  Any loan repayments allocated to the Division during
                            the current valuation period; plus

                         -  That portion of any interest credited on outstanding
                            loans which is allocated to the Division during the
                            current valuation period; minus

                         -  Any amounts transferred plus any transfer charge
                            from the Division during the current valuation
                            period; minus

                         -  Any partial withdrawal plus any withdrawal
                            transaction charge from the Division during the
                            current valuation period; minus

                         -  Any amount transferred from the Division to the Loan
                            Account during that valuation period; minus

                         -  If a monthly anniversary occurs during the current
                            valuation period, the portion of the monthly
                            deduction charged to the Division during the current
                            valuation period to cover the policy month which
                            starts during that valuation period.

                         The Net Investment Factor measures the investment
                         performance of a Division during a valuation period.
                         The Net Investment Factor for each Division for a
                         valuation period is calculated as follows:

                         -  The value of the assets at the end of the preceding
                            valuation period; plus

                         -  The investment income and capital gains---realized
                            or unrealized---credited to the assets in the
                            valuation period for which the net investment factor
                            is being determined; minus
Net Investment
Factor                   -  The capital losses---realized or unrealized---
                            charged against those assets during the valuation
                            period; minus

                         -  Any amount charged against each Division for taxes,
                            including any tax or other economic burden resulting
                            from the application of tax laws that we determine
                            to be properly attributable to the Divisions of the
                            Separate Account, or any amount we set aside during
                            the valuation period as a reserve for taxes
                            attributable to the operation or maintenance of each
                            Division; minus

                         -  A charge not to exceed .0024547% for each day in the
                            valuation period. This corresponds to 0.90% per year
                            for mortality and expense risks; divided by

                         -  The value of the assets at the end of the preceding
                            valuation period.

30412                                  4.02
(5/95)
<PAGE>

Loan Account             The cash value of the Loan Account as of the Investment
Cash Value               Start Date is zero. The cash value of the Loan Account
                         on any day after the Investment Start Date is equal to:

                         -  The cash value of the Loan Account on the preceding
                            business day, with interest; plus

                         -  Any net amount transferred to the Loan Account from
                            the Divisions of the Separate Account on that day;
                            minus

                         -  Any loan repayments on that day.

Monthly Cost             The monthly cost of insurance for the following month
of Insurance             is deducted on the monthly anniversary date. The
                         monthly cost of insurance is 1, below, multiplied by
                         the difference between 2 and 3 below:
                             1. The monthly cost of insurance rate.

                             2. The death benefit at the beginning of the policy
                                month divided by 1.0040741.

                             3. The cash value at the beginning of the policy
                                month, before the deduction of the monthly cost
                                of insurance.

                         If the contract type is level and if there has been an
                         increase in the face amount, then the cash value will
                         first be considered a part of the face amount when the
                         policy was issued. If the cash value is greater than
                         the initial face amount, the excess cash value will
                         then be considered a part of each increase in order,
                         starting with the first increase.

Monthly Cost             At the beginning of each policy year, the monthly cost
of Insurance             of Insurance rate is determined using the insured's
Rates                    attained age. The monthly cost of insurance rate is
                         based on the attained age and rate class. For the
                         initial face amount, we will use the rate class on the
                         issue date. For each increase, we will use the rate
                         class applicable to the increase. If the death benefit
                         equals a percentage of the cash value, any increase in
                         cash value will cause an automatic increase in the
                         death benefit. The rate class for such increase will be
                         the same as that used for the most recent increase that
                         required proof that the insured was insurable by our
                         standards.
                         The monthly cost of insurance rates will never exceed
                         the rates shown on the Table of Guaranteed Monthly Cost
                         of Insurance Rates page. Any change in the cost of
                         insurance rates will apply to all persons of the same
                         age, and classification whose policies have been in
                         force for the same length of time.

First Year               The amount of additional monthly expense to be charged
Monthly Expense          during the first policy year is shown on the policy
Charge                   specifications page.

Monthly Expense          The amount of the monthly expense charge is shown on
Charge                   the policy specifications page.

Monthly Deduction        The monthly deduction is:
                         1. The monthly cost of insurance; plus
                         2. The monthly cost of insurance for any rider included
                         with this policy; plus

                         3. The monthly expense charge; plus
                         4. For the first policy year, the first year monthly
                            expense charge.
                         The monthly deduction for a policy month will be
                         allocated among the Divisions of the Separate Account
                         in the same proportion that the cash value in each
                         Division bears to the total cash value of the policy,
                         minus the cash value in the Loan Account on the monthly
                         anniversary.

30412                                      4.03
(5/95)
<PAGE>

Cash Surrender           The cash surrender value of this policy is:
Value

                         1. The cash value at the time of surrender; minus
                         2. Any loan and loan interest due.

Surrender

                         You may surrender your policy for its cash surrender
                         value at any time during the lifetime of the insured by
                         sending us a written request. The cash surrender value
                         will be determined as of the date we receive your
                         written request at our home office. The cash surrender
                         value will not be reduced by any monthly deduction due
                         on that date for a subsequent policy month.

Partial
Withdrawals              After the first policy year, you can make a partial
                         withdrawal of cash subject to the following conditions:
                         -  You may make up to one partial withdrawal each
                            policy month.

                         -  The minimum amount of your net partial withdrawal
                            request from any one Division must be at least
                            $50.00 of a Division or your entire balance in that
                            Division, if smaller.

                         -  The total amount of your net partial withdrawal
                            request at any one time must be at least $500.

                         -  The amount of withdrawal obtained by partial
                            withdrawal may not exceed the loan value.

Allocation of
Partial                  You may allocate the partial withdrawal, subject to the
Withdrawals              above conditions, among the Divisions of the Separate
                         Account. If you do not specify the allocation, then the
                         partial withdrawal will be allocated among the
                         Divisions of the Separate Account in the same
                         proportion that the cash value in each Division bears
                         to the total cash value of the policy, minus the cash
                         value in the Loan Account on the date of the partial
                         withdrawal.
                         If the contract type is level and the death benefit
                         equals the face amount, then a partial withdrawal will
                         decrease the face amount by an amount equal to the
                         partial withdrawal. If the death benefit equals a
                         percentage of the cash value then a partial withdrawal
                         will decrease the face amount by any amount by which
                         the partial withdrawal exceeds the difference between
                         the death benefit and the face amount. The face amount
                         will be decreased in the following order:
                             1. The face amount at issue; and
                             2. Any increases in the same order in which they
                                were issued.

                         No partial withdrawal will be processed which will
                         result in the face amount being decreased below the
                         minimum face amount shown on the policy specifications
                         page. We reserve the right to change the minimum
                         amount or the number of times you may make a partial
                         withdrawal. Each partial withdrawal is subject to
                         an administrative charge equal to the lesser of $25.00
                         or 2% of the amount of the partial withdrawal.

                         We will usually pay any amounts payable on surrender,
Postponement             partial withdrawal or policy loan allocated to the
of Payments              Divisions of the Separate Account within seven days
                         after written notice is received. We will usually pay
                         any death benefit proceeds within seven days after we
                         receive due proof of claim. Payment of any amount
                         payable on surrender, partial withdrawal, policy loan
                         or death may be postponed whenever:
                         1. The New York Stock Exchange or our home office are
                           closed (other than customary weekend and holiday
                           closing) or trading on the New York Stock Exchange is
                           restricted as determined by the Securities and
                           Exchange Co mmission;
                         2. The Securities and Exchange Commission, by order,
                           permits postponement for the protection of policy
                           owners; or
                         3. An emergency exists as determined by the Securities
                           and Exchange Commission, as a result of which
                           disposal of securities is not reasonably practicable
                           or it is not reasonably practicable to determine the
                           value of the net assets of the Separate Account.
                         Transfers may also be postponed under the circumstances
                         listed above.

30412                                        4.04
(5/95)
<PAGE>

Continuation             If all premium payments cease, the insurance provided
of Insurance             under this policy, including benefits provided by any
                         rider attached to this policy will continue in
                         accordance with the provisions of this policy for as
                         long as the cash surrender value is sufficient to cover
                         the monthly deductions. Any remaining cash surrender
                         value will be payable on the maturity date.

Basis of                 All values are at least equal to those required by any
Computation              applicable law of the state that governs your policy.
                         We have filed a detailed statement of the method of
                         calculating cash values and reserves with the insurance
                         supervisory official of that state.


30412                                    4.05
(5/95)
<PAGE>

                          6.  PERSONS WITH AN INTEREST IN THE POLICY

Owner                     The owner is as shown in the application or in any
                          supplemental agreement attached to this policy, unless
                          later changed as provided in this policy. You, as
                          owner, are entitled to all rights provided by this
                          policy, prior to its maturity date. Ownership may be
                          changed in accordance with the Change of Owner or
                          Beneficiary provision. After the maturity date, you
                          cannot change the payee nor the mode of payment,
                          unless otherwise provided in this policy. Any person
                          whose rights of ownership depend upon some future
                          event will not possess any present rights of
                          ownership. If there is more than one owner at a given
                          time, all must exercise the rights of ownership. If
                          you should die, and you are not the insured, your
                          interest will go to your estate unless otherwise
                          provided.

Beneficiary               The original beneficiary is shown in the application.
                          You may change the beneficiary in accordance with the
                          Change of Owner or Beneficiary provision. Unless
                          otherwise stated, the beneficiary has no rights in
                          this policy before the death of the insured. If there
                          is more than one beneficiary at the death of the
                          insured, each will receive equal payments unless
                          otherwise provided. If no beneficiary is living at the
                          death of the insured the proceeds will be payable to
                          you, if you are living, or to your estate.

Change of                 During the insured's lifetime you may change the
Owner or                  ownership and beneficiary designations, subject to any
Beneficiary               restrictions as stated in the Owner or Beneficiary
                          provisions. You must make the change in written form
                          satisfactory to us. If acceptable to us it will take
                          effect as of the time you signed the request, whether
                          or not the insured is living when we receive your
                          request at our home office. The change will be subject
                          to any assignment of this policy or other legal
                          restrictions. It will also be subject to any payment
                          we made or action we took before we received your
                          written notice of the change. We have the right to
                          require the policy for endorsement before we accept
                          the change.

                          If you are also the beneficiary of the policy at the
                          time of the insured's death, you may designate some
                          other person to receive the proceeds of the policy
                          within 60 days after the insured's death.

Assignments               We will not be bound by an assignment of the policy or
                          of any interest in it unless:

                          1.  The assignment is made as a written instrument,

                          2.  You file the original instrument or a certified
                              copy with us at our home office, and

                          3.  We send you an acknowledged copy.

                          We are not responsible for determining the validity of
                          any assignment. If a claim is based on an assignment,
                          we may require proof of interest of the claimant. A
                          valid assignment will take precedence over any claim
                          of a beneficiary.

                          7.  THE CONTRACT

The Contract              We have issued this policy in consideration of the
                          application and payment of premiums. The policy, the
                          application for it, any riders, and any application
                          for an increase in face amount constitute the entire
                          contract and are attached to and made a part of the
                          policy when the insurance applied for is accepted. A
                          copy of any application for reinstatement will be sent
                          to you for attachment to this policy and will become
                          part of the contract of reinstatement and of this
                          policy. The policy may be changed by mutual agreement.
                          Any change must be in writing and approved by our
                          President, Vice President, or Secretary. Our agents
                          have no authority to alter or modify any terms,
                          conditions, or agreements of this policy, or to waive
                          any of its provisions.

Conformity with           If any provision in this policy is in conflict with
Statutes                  ownership and beneficiary designations, subject to any
                          the laws of the state which govern this policy, the
                          provision will be deemed to be amended to conform with
                          such laws. In addition, we reserve the right to change
                          this policy if we determine that a change is necessary
                          to meet the requirements of the Internal Revenue Code,
                          or its regulations or published rulings.

30615                                6.01
(5/95)
<PAGE>

Statements in             All statements made by the insured or on his or her
Application               behalf, or by the applicant, will be deemed
                          representations and not warranties, except in the case
                          of fraud. Material misstatements will not be used to
                          void the policy, any rider or any increase in face
                          amount or deny a claim unless made in the application
                          for a policy, rider or an increase in face amount.

Claims of                 To the extent permitted by law, neither the policy nor
Creditors                 any payment under it will be subject to the claim of
                          creditors or to any legal process.

Right to                  You have the right to request us to cancel an increase
Examine Increase          in face amount and receive a refund. The request must
in Face Amount            be made no later than:

                          -  20 days from the date you received the new policy
                             specifications page for the increase; or

                          -  45 days after the date you signed the application
                             for the increase. The refund will equal the monthly
                             deductions associated with that increase. If you do
                             request us to cancel the increase but do not
                             request a refund, the monthly deductions associated
                             with that increase will be restored to the policy's
                             cash value. This amount will be allocated to the
                             Divisions of the Separate Account in the same
                             manner as it was deducted.

Conversion                  Once during the first two policy years you have the
Rights                      right, upon written request, to exchange this policy
                            for a life insurance policy that provides for
                            benefits that do not vary with the investment return
                            of the Divisions of the Separate Account. No
                            evidence of insurability will be required. However,
                            we will require that this policy be in force and
                            that you repay any existing indebtedness. At the
                            time of the conversion, the new policy will have, at
                            your option, either the same death benefit or the
                            same difference between death benefit and cash value
                            as this policy. Any excess cash value above the
                            minimum for the new policy will be applied to the
                            new policy unless requested in cash by you. The new
                            policy will also have the same issue date and issue
                            age as this policy. The planned premiums for the new
                            policy will be based on our rates in effect for the
                            same issue age and risk class as the original
                            policy.

                            You also have the right once during the first two
                            years following the effective date of an increase in
                            face amount to exchange the increased portion of
                            this policy for a life insurance policy that
                            provides for fixed benefits. The provisions
                            applicable to the conversion of the entire policy
                            described above are also applicable to a conversion
                            of an increase in face amount.

Misstatement                If there is a misstatement of age in the
of Age                      application, the amount of the death benefit will be
                            that which would be purchased by the most recent
                            mortality charge at the correct age.


Incontestability            We cannot contest this policy after it has been in
                            force during the lifetime of the insured for two
                            years from its issue date. We cannot contest an
                            increase in face amount with regard to material
                            misstatements made concerning such increase after it
                            has been in force during the lifetime of the insured
                            for two years from its effective date. We cannot
                            contest any reinstatement of this policy, with
                            regard to material misstatements made concerning
                            such reinstatement, after it has been in force
                            during the lifetime of the insured for a period of
                            two years from the date we approve the
                            reinstatement. This provision will not apply to any
                            rider which contains its own incontestability
                            clause.


30615                                6.02
(5/95)
<PAGE>

Suicide Exclusion           If the insured dies by suicide, while sane or
                            insane, within two years from the issue date (or
                            within the maximum period permitted by law of the
                            state in which this policy was delivered, if less
                            than two years), the amount payable will be limited
                            to the amount of premiums paid, less any outstanding
                            policy loans with interest to the date of death, and
                            less any partial withdrawals.

                            If the insured, while sane or insane, commits
                            suicide within two years after the effective date of
                            any increase in face amount, the death benefit for
                            that increase will be limited to the monthly
                            deductions for the increase.

                            If this policy is issued to a person who is a
                            Missouri citizen at the time of issue, this
                            provision does not apply unless the insured intended
                            suicide when this policy was applied for. If on the
                            effective date of an increase in the face amount,
                            the owner is a Missouri citizen, this provision does
                            not apply to that increase unless the insured
                            intended suicide when the increase in face amount
                            was applied for.

Annual Report               Each year a report will be sent to you which shows
                            the current policy values, premiums paid and
                            deductions made since the last report, and any
                            outstanding policy loans.

Projection of               You may make a written request to us for a
Benefits and                projection of illustrative future cash values and
Values                      death benefits. This projection will be furnished to
                            you for a nominal fee.

                            8.  SEPARATE ACCOUNT PROVISIONS

Separate Account            The variable benefits under this policy are provided
                            through investments in the Separate Account. This
                            account is used for flexible premium variable life
                            insurance policies and, if permitted by law, may be
                            used for other policies or contracts as well.

                            We hold the assets of the Separate Account. These
                            assets are held separately from the Company's
                            general assets. Income, gains and losses --- whether
                            or not realized --- from assets allocated to the
                            Separate Account will be credited to or charged
                            against the account without regard to our other
                            income, gains or losses.

                            Assets held by the Separate Account will not be
                            charged with liabilities that arise from any other
                            business we may conduct. We have the right to
                            transfer to the Company's general assets any assets
                            of the Separate Account which are in excess of the
                            reserves and other policy liabilities of the
                            Separate Account.

                            The Separate Account is registered with the
                            Securities and Exchange Commission as a unit
                            investment trust under the Investment Company Act of
                            1940. The Separate Account is also subject to the
                            laws of the State of Missouri, which regulate the
                            operations of insurance companies incorporated in
                            Missouri. The investment policy of the Separate
                            Account will not be changed without the approval of
                            the Insurance Commissioner of the State of Missouri.
                            The approval process is on file with the Insurance
                            Commissioner of the state in which this policy was
                            delivered.

Divisions                   The Separate Account has several Divisions which are
                            shown on the policy specifications page. The
                            Separate Account will buy shares in the Funds
                            identified on the policy specifications page. Each
                            Fund corresponds to a different investment
                            portfolio.

                            Income, gains and losses --- whether or not
                            realized ---from the assets of each Division of the
                            Separate Account are credited to or charged against
                            that Division without regard to income, gains or
                            losses in other Divisions of the Separate Account.

                            We will value the assets of each Division of the
                            Separate Account at the end of each valuation
                            period. A valuation period is the period between two
                            successive valuation dates, commencing at the close
                            of trading (currently 4:00 p.m. New York time) each
                            valuation date and ending at the close of trading
                            (currently 4:00 p.m. New York time) on the next
                            succeeding valuation date. A valuation date is each
                            day that the New York Stock Exchange and our home
                            office are open for business or any other day that
                            may be required by any applicable Securities and
                            Exchange Commission Rules and Regulations.


30615                                     6.03
(5/95)
<PAGE>

Transfers                   You may transfer amounts among the Divisions of the
                            Separate Account.

                            These transfers will be subject to the following
                            conditions:

                            -  We must receive a written request for transfer.

                            -  Transfers from or among the Divisions of the
                               Separate Account may be made at any time and must
                               be at least $250.00 or the entire amount you have
                               in a Division, if smaller.

                            We may modify the transfer privilege at any time,
                            including the minimum amount transferable, the
                            frequency, and the transfer charge, if any. If a
                            transfer charge is imposed, this charge will not
                            exceed $25.00.

Addition, Deletion       We reserve the right, subject to compliance with
or Substitution          applicable law, to make additions to, deletions from,
of Investments           or substitutions for the shares of a fund that are held
                         by the Separate Account or that the Separate Account
                         may purchase. We reserve the right to eliminate the
                         shares of any of the Funds and to substitute shares of
                         another fund or of another registered open-end,
                         investment company, if the shares or funds are no
                         longer available for investment or if in our judgement,
                         further investment in any fund should become
                         inappropriate in view of the purpose of the policy. We
                         will not substitute any shares attributable to the
                         owner's interest in a Division of the Separate Account
                         without notice to the owner and compliance with the
                         Investment Company Act of 1940. This will not prevent
                         the Separate Account from purchasing other securities
                         for other series or classes of policies, or from
                         permitting conversion between series or classes of
                         policies or contracts on the basis of requests made by
                         owners.


                         We reserve the right to establish additional Divisions
                         of the Separate Account, each of which would invest in
                         a new fund or in shares of another open-end investment
                         company and to make such Divisions available to such
                         class or series of policies as we deem appropriate.
                         Subject to any required regulatory approval, we also
                         reserve the right to eliminate or combine existing
                         Divisions of the Separate Account or to transfer assets
                         between Divisions.

                         Subject to obtaining any necessary regulatory or owner
                         approval, the Separate Account may be operated as a
                         management company under the Investment Company Act of
                         1940; it may be deregistered under that Act in the
                         event registration is no longer required; it may be
                         combined with other separate accounts; or its assets
                         may be transferred to other separate accounts.


30615                                6.04
(5/95)
<PAGE>

                       9.  PAYMENT  OF  POLICY  BENEFITS

Payment                A lump sum payment will be made as provided on the face
                       page.

Interest  on           We will pay interest on proceeds from the date of the
Proceeds               insured's death to the date of payment. Interest will be
                       at an annual rate determined by us, but never less than
                       the guaranteed rate of 4.0%.

Extended               Provisions for settlement of proceeds different from a
Provisions             lump sum payment may only be made upon written agreement
                       with us.

30705                                7.01
(5/95)
<PAGE>

              FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE TO AGE 95

                               Non-Participating


                   [LOGO OF PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY]


30027
(1/95)
<PAGE>

                                                                   POLICY NUMBER



[LOGO OF PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY]


                                                                         INSURED


              FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE TO AGE 95

                               Non-Participating

Flexible Premiums are payable during the lifetime of the insured to age 95. The
death benefit is payable at the death of the insured prior to age 95 and while
the policy is in force. Cash surrender value, if any, is payable at the
insured's age 95.

THE AMOUNT OF THE DEATH BENEFIT OR THE DURATION OF THE DEATH BENEFIT MAY
INCREASE OR DECREASE UNDER THE CONDITIONS DESCRIBED ON PAGES 3.02 AND 3.03.

THE POLICY'S CASH VALUE IN EACH INVESTMENT DIVISION OF THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT IS
BASED ON THE INVESTMENT EXPERIENCE OF THAT INVESTMENT DIVISION AND MAY INCREASE
OR DECREASE DAILY. IT IS NOT GUARANTEED AS TO DOLLAR AMOUNT. SEE THE SEPARATE
ACCOUNT PROVISION.

                                   RIGHT TO
                                EXAMINE POLICY

Please read this policy. You may return this policy to us or to the agent
through whom it was purchased within 20 days from the date you receive it or
within 45 days after the application is signed, whichever period ends later. If
you return it within this period, the policy will be void from the beginning. We
will refund any premium paid.

This policy is a legal contract between the policy owner and Paragon Life
Insurance Company. PLEASE READ YOUR POLICY CAREFULLY. This cover sheet provides
only a brief outline of some of the important features of your policy. This
cover sheet is not the complete insurance contract and only the actual policy
provisions will control. The policy itself sets forth, in detail, the rights and
obligations of both you and your insurance company. IT IS THEREFORE IMPORTANT
THAT YOU READ YOUR POLICY.

Signed for the company at its Home Office, St. Louis, Missouri 63105.  (314-862-
2211)


     /s/ [Illegible]                              /s/ Carl H. Anderson

     V.P., GENERAL COUNSEL
        AND SECRETARY                                PRESIDENT

30040                                0.01
(8/96)
<PAGE>

                        ALPHABETIC GUIDE TO YOUR POLICY
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Page                                              Page
<S>                                               <C>
6.04  Addition, Deletion or Substitution of       3.01  Maturity Date
      Investments                                 6.02  Misstatement of Age and
3.04  Allocation of Net Premiums                        Corrections
6.01  Assignments                                 4.03  Monthly Cost of Insurance
4.05  Basis of Computation                        4.03  Monthly Deduction
6.01  Beneficiary                                 4.02  Net Investment Factor
4.04  Cash Surrender Value                        3.04  Net Premium
4.01  Cash Values                                 6.01  Owner
3.03  Change in Contract Type                     4.04  Partial Withdrawals
3.03  Change in Face Amount                       7.01  Payment of Policy Benefits
6.01  Change of Owner or Beneficiary              3.04  Payment of Premiums
6.02  Claims of Creditors                         3.03  Policy Changes
6.01  Conformity with Statutes                    3.02  Policy Proceeds
6.02  Conversion Rights                           4.04  Postponement of Payments
3.02  Death Benefit                               3.05  Reinstatement
3.01  Definitions                                 6.02  Right to Examine Increase in Face
3.04  Grace Period                                      Amount
6.02  Incontestability                            4.02  Separate Account Cash Value
7.01  Interest on Proceeds                        6.03  Separate Account Provisions
3.01  Issue Date                                  6.02  Statements in Application
4.03  Loan Account Cash Value                     6.03  Suicide Exclusion
4.01  Loans                                       6.04  Transfers
</TABLE>

Additional Benefit Riders, Modifications and Amendments, if any, and a Copy of
the Application are found following the final section.

30040                                0.02
(8/96)
<PAGE>

POLICY SPECIFICATIONS

INSURED AGE                      (AGE)     INSURED                    (INSURED)
SEX                              (SEX)     FACE AMOUNT                (FACEAMT)
CONTRACT TYPE               (CONTTYPE)     ISSUE DATE                (CERTDATE)
MINIMUM FACE AMOUNT       (MINFACEAMT)     POLICY NUMBER               (POLNUM)
NET PREMIUM PERCENTAGE    (NETPREMPER)     PLANNED ANNUAL PREMIUM    (APREMIUM)
LOAN ACCOUNT GUARANTEED                    MONTHLY EXPENSE CHARGE    (MOEXPCHG)
  INTEREST RATE                   5.0%     FIRST YEAR MONTHLY
RISK CLASSIFICATION        (RISKCLASS)         EXPENSE CHARGE           (FYMEC)
MATURITY DATE*               (MATDATE)     SEPARATE ACCOUNT           (SEPACCT)



FORM                BENEFITS-AS SPECIFIED IN CERTIFICATE
NUMBER                        AND IN ANY RIDER


                     Policy Plan: FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE
                           LIFE INSURANCE TO AGE 95



(DOCSLIST[LOOPIN, 1])





*    It is possible that coverage will expire prior to the Maturity Date shown
     where either no premiums are paid following payment of the initial premium
     or subsequent premiums are insufficient to continue coverage to such a
     date. If current values change, the planned periodic premium could be
     insufficient to continue coverage to the maturity date.



30183                         1.01
<PAGE>

              TABLE OF GUARANTEED MONTHLY COST OF INSURANCE RATES
                             RATES ARE PER $1,000

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
INSURED:     <INSURED>                                              POLICY NUMBER:
                                                                    ISSUE DATE:


     ATTAINED                                                 ATTAINED
     AGE                 RATE                                 AGE                  RATE
     ---                 ----                                 ---                  ----
     <S>                 <C>                                  <C>                  <C>

     <COIRATES[CTR,1]><COIRATES[CTR,2]>                        <COIRATES[CTR2,1]><COIRATES[CTR2,2]>
     <COIRATES[(94-AGE),1]><COIRATES[(94-AGE),2]>              <COIRATES[(95-AGE),1]><COIRATES[(95-AGE),2]>
     <COIRATES[(95-AGE),1]><COIRATES[(95-AGE),2]>

<CAPTION>
               <POLNUM>
               <CERTDATE>

     ATTAINED
     AGE                        RATE
     ---                        ----
     <COIRATES[CTR3,1]>    <COIRATES[CTR3,2]>
</TABLE>














THESE RATES ARE FOR THE BASE COVERAGE AT ISSUE. They are based on 125 percent of
the 1980 Commissioners Standard Ordinary Mortality Table C Age Last Birthday.

Any values guaranteed in this contract are based on these rates.

30184                           1.01
<PAGE>

                       1.  DEFINITIONS IN THIS POLICY


We, Us and Our         The Paragon Life insurance Company.

You and Your           The owner of this policy. The owner may be someone other
                       than the insured.

                       In the application the words "You" and "Your" refer to
                       the proposed insured person(s).

Insured                The person whose life is insured under this policy. See
                       the policy specifications page.

Issue Age              The insured's age at his or her last birthday as of the
                       issue date.

Attained Age           The issue age plus the number of completed policy years.

Issue Date             The effective date of the coverage under this policy. It
                       is also the date from which policy anniversaries, policy
                       years, and policy months are measured.

Investment             The date the first premium is applied to the Divisions of
Start Date             the Separate Account. This date will be the later of:

                       -  The issue date of the policy; or

                       -  The date we receive the first premium at our home
                          office.

Maturity Date          The policy anniversary on which the insured attains age
                       95. If the insured is living and the policy is in force
                       on this date, the cash surrender value is payable to you.
                       It is possible that insurance coverage may not continue
                       to the maturity date even if planned premiums are paid in
                       a timely manner.

Monthly                The same date in each succeeding month as the issue date
Anniversary            except that whenever the monthly anniversary falls on a
                       date other than a valuation date, the monthly anniversary
                       will be deemed the next valuation date. If any monthly
                       anniversary would be the 29th, 30th, or 31st day of a
                       month that does not have that number of days, then the
                       monthly anniversary will be the last day of that month.

Business Day           Any day that we are open for business.

Separate Account       A separate investment account created by us to receive
                       and invest net premiums received for this policy. The
                       particular Separate Account for this policy is indicated
                       on the policy specifications page.

Loan Account           The account to which we will transfer from the Divisions
                       of the Separate Account the amount of any policy loan.

Loan SubAccount        A Loan SubAccount exists for each Division of the
                       Separate Account. Any cash value transferred to the Loan
                       Account will be allocated to the appropriate Loan
                       SubAccount to reflect the origin of the cash value. At
                       any point in time, the Loan Account will equal the sum of
                       all the Loan SubAccounts.

30322                                   3.01
(8/96)
<PAGE>

                       2.  POLICY BENEFITS


Policy Proceeds        The policy proceeds are:

                       1.  The death benefit under the contract type then in
                           effect; plus

                       2.  The monthly cost of insurance for the portion of the
                           policy month from the date of death to the end of the
                           month of death; less

                       3.  Any loan and loan interest due.

Death Benefit          The death benefit depends upon the contract type in
                       effect on the date of the insured's death. The contract
                       type in effect is shown on the policy specifications
                       page.

                       Level Contract Type: (Death benefit is level except
                       when it equals a percentage of cash value.) The death
                       benefit is the greater of:

                       1.  The face amount; or

                       2.  The applicable percentage of the cash value on the
                           date of death as described in Section 7702(d) of the
                           internal Revenue Code of 1986 or any applicable
                           successor provision thereto.

                       Increasing Contract Type:

                       The death benefit is the greater of:

                       1.  The face amount plus the cash value on the date of
                           death; or

                       2.  The applicable percentage of the cash value on the
                           date of death as described in Section 7702(d) of the
                           Internal Revenue Code of 1986 or any applicable
                           successor provision thereto.

                       Not withstanding anything in this policy, the death
                       benefit will in no case be less than the amount necessary
                       to cause the policy to meet the guideline premium test
                       set forth in Section 7702(c) of the 1986 Internal Revenue
                       Code or any applicable successor.

Applicable             The percentages as currently described in Section 7702(d)
Percentage             of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                       In the case of an insured with an                                    The applicable percentage
                       attained age as of the beginning                                     will decrease by a ratable
                       of the policy year of:                                               portion for each full year:

                       More than:                       But not more than:                  From:                              To:
                       <S>                                        <C>                       <C>                                <C>
                         0        .........................       40                        250  ........................      250
                        40        .........................       45                        250  ........................      215
                        45        .........................       50                        215  ........................      185
                        50        .........................       55                        185  ........................      150
                        55        .........................       60                        150  ........................      130
                        60        .........................       65                        130  ........................      120
                        65        .........................       70                        120  ........................      115
                        70        .........................       75                        115  ........................      105
                        75        .........................       90                        105  ........................      105
                        90        .........................       95                        105  ........................      100
                        95        .........................      100                        100  ........................      100
                       100        .........................      100                        100  ........................      100
                                                                 or higher
</TABLE>

30322                                        3.02
(8/96)
<PAGE>

Policy Changes         You may request policy changes at any time unless we
                       specifically indicate otherwise. We reserve the right to
                       limit the number of changes to one per policy year and to
                       restrict the changes in the first policy year. The types
                       of changes allowed are explained below.

                       No change will be permitted that would result in this
                       policy not satisfying the definition of Life Insurance
                       under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 or any applicable
                       successor provision thereto.

Change in              The face amount may be changed by sending us a written
Face Amount            request.

                       Any decrease in face amount will be subject to the
                       following conditions:

                       1.  The decrease will become effective on the monthly
                           anniversary on or following our receipt of the
                           request.

                       2.  The decrease will reduce the face amount in the
                           following order:

                           a.  The face amount provided by the most recent
                               increase;

                           b.  Face amounts provided by the next most recent
                               increases, successively; and

                           c.  The face amount when the policy was issued.

                       3.  The face amount remaining in force after any
                           requested decrease may not be less than the minimum
                           face amount shown on the policy specifications page.

                       4.  Any decrease must be at least $5,000.

                       Any increase in face amount will be subject to the
                       following conditions:

                       1.  Proof that the insured is insurable by our standards
                           on the date of the requested increase must be
                           submitted.

                       2.  The increase will become effective on the monthly
                           anniversary on or following our receipt of such
                           proof.

                       3.  Any increase must be at least $5,000.

                       4.  The insured must have an attained age not greater
                           than age 80 on the anniversary date that the increase
                           will become effective.

                       We will amend your policy to show the effective date of
                       the decrease or increase.

Change in              The contract type in effect may be changed by sending us
Contract Type          a written request. The effective date of change will be
                       the monthly anniversary on or following the date we
                       receive the request. On the effective date of this change
                       the death benefit payable does not change.

                       If the contract type in effect is increasing, it may be
                       changed to level. The face amount will be increased to
                       equal the death benefit on the effective date of change.

                       If the contract type in effect is level, it may be
                       changed to increasing. Proof that the insured is
                       insurable by our standards on the date of the change must
                       be submitted. The face amount will be decreased to equal
                       the death benefit less the cash value on the effective
                       date of change. This change may not be made if it would
                       result in a face amount which is less than the minimum
                       face amount shown on the policy specifications page.

30322                                   3.03
(8/96)
<PAGE>

                       3.  PREMIUMS AND GRACE PERIOD


Payment of             Your first premium is due as of the issue date. While the
Premiums               insured is living, premiums after the first must be paid
                       at our home office. If this policy is in your possession
                       and you have not paid the first premium, it is not in
                       force. It will be considered that you have the policy for
                       inspection only.

                       Premiums after the first may be paid in any amount and at
                       any interval subject to the following conditions:

                       1.  No premium payment may be less than $20.00.

                       2.  Total premiums paid in any policy year may not exceed
                           the maximum premium limit for that policy year. The
                           maximum premium limit for a policy year is the
                           largest amount of premium which can be paid in that
                           policy year such that the sum of the premiums paid
                           under the policy will not at any time exceed the
                           guideline premium limitation referred to in Section
                           7702(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, or as
                           set forth in any applicable successor provision
                           thereto. The maximum premium limit for the following
                           policy year will be shown on your annual report.

                           On any date that we receive a premium which causes
                           the death benefit to increase by an amount that
                           exceeds that premium received, we reserve the right
                           to refuse the premium payment. We may require
                           additional evidence of insurability before we accept
                           the premium payment.

Net Premium            The premium paid times the net premium percentage from
                       the policy specifications page is the net premium.
Net Premiums
Allocation of          You determine the allocation of net premiums among the
                       Divisions of the Separate Account. The minimum percentage
                       (other than zero) that may be allocated to any Division
                       of the Separate Account is 10%. Percentages must be in
                       whole numbers.

Your Right             You may change the allocation of future net premiums
to Change              among the Divisions of the Separate Account subject to
Allocation             the conditions outlined in the Allocation of the Net
                       Premiums provision. The change in allocation percentages
                       will take effect immediately upon our receipt of your
                       written request.

Grace Period           We will allow a grace period of 62 days. The grace period
                       will start on any monthly anniversary when the cash
                       surrender value is not large enough to cover the next
                       monthly deduction. (Monthly deduction is defined in the
                       Cash Values Section.) At that time, we will send you and
                       any assignee of record a notice. The notice will indicate
                       the minimum premium needed to keep the policy in force
                       and the date such payment is due.

                       If you do not pay a premium large enough to cover the
                       monthly deduction by the end of the grace period, your
                       policy will lapse at the end of that 62 day period. It
                       will then terminate without cash value. If the insured
                       dies during the grace period, any past due monthly
                       deductions will be deducted from the death benefit.

30322                                        3.04
(8/96)
<PAGE>

Reinstatement          You may reinstate your lapsed policy within 5 years after
                       the date of lapse. This must be done before the insured's
                       age 95. You must submit the following items:

                       1.  A written request for reinstatement.

                       2.  Proof satisfactory to us that the insured is
                           insurable by our standards.

                       3.  A premium large enough to cover:

                           a.  The monthly deductions due at the time of lapse;
                               and

                           b.  Two times the monthly deduction due at the time
                               of reinstatement.

                       The insured must be alive on the date we approve the
                       request for reinstatement. If the insured is not alive,
                       such approval is void and of no effect.

                       The reinstated policy will be in force from the date we
                       approve the reinstatement application. There will be a
                       full monthly deduction for the policy month which
                       includes that date. The only accumulation value of this
                       policy upon reinstatement will be the amount provided by
                       the premium then paid. The application for reinstatement
                       will be contestable for two years during the lifetime of
                       the insured from the date of its approval.

                       Any loan and loan interest due on the date of lapse may
                       be paid or reinstated. Any loan and loan interest
                       reinstated will cause a cash value of an equal amount to
                       also be reinstated.

                       Any loan paid at the time of reinstatement will cause an
                       increase in cash value equal to the amount of the repaid
                       loan.

30322                                   3.05
(8/96)
<PAGE>

                             4.  LOANS

                             After the first policy anniversary, you may borrow
                             an amount not in excess of the loan value of your
                             policy while it is in force. The minimum amount of
                             your net loan request at any one time must be at
                             least $100. Your policy will be the sole security
                             for such loan. We have the right to require your
                             policy for endorsement.

                             The loan value is 85% of the cash value of your
                             policy at the date of the loan request, reduced by
                             any existing loans and loan interest due.

                             You may allocate the policy loan and any loan
                             interest due on this loan among the Divisions of
                             the Separate Account. If you do not specify the
                             allocation, then the policy loan will be allocated
                             among the Divisions of the Separate Account in the
                             same proportion that the cash value in each
                             Division bears to the total cash value of the
                             policy, minus the cash value in the Loan Account,
                             on the date of the policy loan.

                             Cash value equal to the policy loan and the loan
                             interest due on this loan allocated to each
                             Division of the Separate Account will be
                             transferred to the Loan Account, reducing the cash
                             value allocated to the Divisions of the Separate
                             Account accordingly.

                             Cash value held in the Loan Account for loan
                             collateral will earn interest daily at an annual
                             rate not less than the Loan Account guaranteed
                             interest rate shown on the policy specifications
                             page.

                             Interest payable on a loan accrues daily. Loan
                             interest is due and payable in arrears on each
                             policy anniversary or on a pro rata basis for any
                             shorter period as the loan may exist. If you do not
                             pay the interest when it is due, we will add it to
                             your existing loan if your policy has sufficient
                             loan value. We will charge the same rate of
                             interest on this amount as on the policy loan. The
                             total loan rate will be 8.0% per year.

Loan Repayments              All funds received will be credited to your policy
                             as a premium unless clearly marked for loan
                             repayment.

                             You may repay your loan in whole or in part at any
                             time before the death of the insured while the
                             policy is in force. When a loan repayment is made,
                             cash value securing the debt in the Loan Account
                             equal to the loan repayment will be repaid to the
                             Divisions of the Separate Account in the same
                             proportion that the cash value in the Loan Account
                             bears to the cash value in each Loan SubAccount as
                             of the date the original loan was made, unless you
                             indicate a specific allocation to the Divisions of
                             the Separate Account. Unpaid loans and loan
                             interest will be deducted from any settlement of
                             your policy.

                             If you fail to make repayment when the total loan
                             and loan interest due would exceed the cash value,
                             your policy will terminate. We will allow you a
                             grace period for such payment of loans and loan
                             interest due. In such event the policy becomes void
                             at the end of the grace period, we will mail a
                             notice to your last known address, the last known
                             address of the insured, and that of any assignee of
                             record. This grace period will expire 62 days from
                             the monthly anniversary immediately before the date
                             the total loan and loan interest due exceeds the
                             cash value and any unpaid monthly expense charges;
                             or 31 days after such notice has been mailed, if
                             later.

                             5.  CASH VALUES

Cash Value                   The cash value of your policy is equal to the total
                             of:

                             -  The cash value in the Divisions of the Separate
                                Account; plus

                             -  The cash value in the Loan Account.

                             You may borrow against the loan value of your
                             policy. The interest rate used to calculate the
                             interest earned on the cash values in the Loan
                             Account securing any policy loan will be at an
                             effective annual rate not less than the Loan
                             Account guaranteed interest rate shown an the
                             policy specifications page.

30419                                   4.01
<PAGE>

Separate Account             The cash value in each Division of the Separate
Cash Value                   Account on the Investment Start Date is equal to:

                             -  The portion of the initial net premium received
                                and allocated to the Division; minus

                             -  The portion of the monthly deductions due from
                                the issue date through the Investment Start Date
                                charged to the Division.

                             The cash value in each Division of the Separate
                             Account on a subsequent valuation date is equal to:

                             -  The cash value in the Division on the preceding
                                valuation date multiplied by that Division's net
                                investment factor for the current valuation
                                period; plus

                             -  Any portion of net premium received and
                                allocated to the Division during the current
                                valuation period; plus

                             -  Any net amounts transferred to the Division from
                                another Division during the current valuation
                                period; plus

                             -  Any loan repayments allocated to the Division
                                during the current valuation period; plus

                             -  That portion of any interest credited on
                                outstanding loans which is allocated to the
                                Division during the current valuation period;
                                minus

                             -  Any amounts transferred plus any transfer charge
                                from the Division during the current valuation
                                period; minus

                             -  Any partial withdrawal plus any withdrawal
                                transaction charge from the Division during the
                                current valuation period; minus

                             -  Any amount transferred from the Division to the
                                Loan Account during that valuation period; minus

                            -  If a monthly anniversary occurs during the
                               current valuation period, the portion of the
                               monthly deduction charged to the Division during
                               the current valuation period to cover the policy
                               month which starts during that valuation period

Net Investment               The Net Investment Factor measures the investment
Factor                       performance of a Division during a valuation
                             period. The Net Investment Factor for each Division
                             for a valuation period is calculated as follows:

                             -  The value of the assets at the end of the
                                preceding valuation period; plus

                             -  The investment income and capital gains ---
                                realized or unrealized --- credited to the
                                assets in the valuation period for which the net
                                investment factor is being determined; minus

                             -  The capital losses --- realized or unrealized
                                --- charged against those assets during the
                                valuation period; minus

                             -  Any amount charged against each Division for
                                taxes, including any tax or other economic
                                burden resulting from the application of tax
                                laws that we determine to be properly
                                attributable to the Divisions of the Separate
                                Account, or any amount we set aside during the
                                valuation period as a reserve for taxes
                                attributable to the operation or maintenance of
                                each Division; minus

                             -  A charge not to exceed .0024547% for each day in
                                the valuation period. This corresponds to 0.90%
                                per year for mortality and expense risks;
                                divided by

                             -  The value of the assets at the end of the
                                preceding valuation period.

30419                                        4.02
<PAGE>

Loan Account                 The cash value of the Loan Account as of the
Cash Value                   Investment Start Date is zero.

                             The cash value of the Loan Account on any day after
                             the Investment Start Date is equal to:

                             -  The cash value of the Loan Account on the
                                preceding business day, with interest; plus

                             -  Any net amount transferred to the Loan Account
                                from the Divisions of the Separate Account on
                                that day; minus

                             -  Any loan repayments on that day.

Monthly Cost                 The monthly cost of insurance for the following
of Insurance                 month is deducted on the monthly anniversary date.
                             The monthly cost of insurance is 1, below,
                             multiplied by the difference between 2 and 3 below:

                             1.  The monthly cost of insurance rate divided by
                                 1,000.

                             2.  The death benefit at the beginning of the
                                 policy month divided by 1.0040741.

                             3.  The cash value at the beginning of the policy
                                 month, before the deduction of the monthly cost
                                 of insurance.

                             If the contract type is level and if there has been
                             an increase in the face amount, then the cash value
                             will first be considered a part of the face amount
                             when the policy was issued. If the cash value is
                             greater than the initial face amount, the excess
                             cash value will then be considered a part of each
                             increase in order, starting with the first
                             increase.

Monthly Cost                 At the beginning of each policy year, the monthly
of Insurance                 cost of insurance rate is determined using the
Rates                        insured's attained age. The monthly cost of
                             insurance rate is based on the attained age and
                             rate class. For the initial face amount, we will
                             use the rate class on the issue date. For each
                             increase, we will use the rate class applicable to
                             the increase. If the death benefit equals a
                             percentage of the cash value, any increase in cash
                             value will cause an automatic increase in the death
                             benefit. The rate class for such increase will be
                             the same as that used for the most recent increase
                             that required proof that the insured was insurable
                             by our standards.

                             The monthly cost of insurance rates will never
                             exceed the rates shown on the Table of Guaranteed
                             Monthly Cost of Insurance Rates page. Any change in
                             the cost of insurance rates will apply to all
                             persons of the same age, and classification whose
                             policies have been in force for the same length of
                             time.

First Year                   The amount of additional monthly expense to be
Monthly Expense              charged during the first policy year is shown on
Charge                       the policy specifications page.

Monthly Expense              The amount of the monthly expense charge is shown
Charge                       on the policy specifications page.

Monthly Deduction            The monthly deduction is:

                             1.  The monthly cost of insurance; plus

                             2.  The monthly cost of insurance for any rider
                                 included with this policy; plus

                             3.  The monthly expense charge; plus

                             4   For the first policy year, the first year
                                 monthly expense charge.

                             The monthly deduction for a policy month will be
                             allocated among the Divisions of the Separate
                             Account in the same proportion that the cash value
                             in each Division bears to the total cash value of
                             the policy, minus the cash value in the Loan
                             Account on the monthly anniversary.


30419                                   4.03
<PAGE>

Cash Surrender               The cash surrender value of this policy is:
Value

                             1.  The cash value at the time of surrender; minus

                             2.  Any loan and loan interest due.

Surrender                    You may surrender your policy for its cash
                             surrender value at any time during the lifetime of
                             the insured by sending us a written request. The
                             cash surrender value will be determined as of the
                             date we receive your written request at our home
                             office. The cash surrender value will not be
                             reduced by any monthly deduction due on that date
                             for a subsequent policy month.

Partial                      After the first policy year, you can make a partial
Withdrawals                  withdrawal of cash subject to the following
                             conditions:

                             -  You may make up to one partial withdrawal each
                                policy month.

                             -  The minimum amount of your net partial
                                withdrawal request from any one Division must be
                                at least $50.00 of a Division or your entire
                                balance in that Division, if smaller.

                             -  The total amount of your net partial withdrawal
                                request at any one time must be at least $500.

                             -  The amount of withdrawal obtained by partial
                                withdrawal may not exceed the loan value.

Allocation of                You may allocate the partial withdrawal, subject to
Partial                      the above conditions, among the Divisions of the
Withdrawals                  Separate Account. If you do not specify the
                             allocation, then the partial withdrawal will be
                             allocated among the Divisions of the Separate
                             Account in the same proportion that the cash value
                             in each Division bears to the total cash value of
                             the policy, minus the cash value in the Loan
                             Account on the date of the partial withdrawal.

                             If the contract type is level and the death benefit
                             equals the face amount, then a partial withdrawal
                             will decrease the face amount by an amount equal to
                             the partial withdrawal. If the death benefit equals
                             a percentage of the cash value then a partial
                             withdrawal will decrease the face amount by any
                             amount by which the partial withdrawal exceeds the
                             difference between the death benefit and the face
                             amount. The face amount will be decreased in the
                             following order:

                             1.  The face amount at issue; and

                             2.  Any increases in the same order in which they
                                 were issued.

                             No partial withdrawal will be processed which will
                             result in the face amount being decreased below the
                             minimum face amount shown on the policy
                             specifications page.

                             We reserve the right to change the minimum amount
                             or the number of times you may make a partial
                             withdrawal. Each partial withdrawal is subject to
                             an administrative charge equal to the lesser of
                             $25.00 or 2% of the amount of the partial
                             withdrawal.

Postponement                 We will usually pay any amounts payable on
of Payments                  surrender, partial withdrawal or policy loan
                             allocated to the Divisions of the Separate Account
                             within seven days after written notice is received.
                             We will usually pay any death benefit proceeds
                             within seven days after we receive due proof of
                             claim. Payment of any amount payable on surrender,
                             partial withdrawal, policy loan or death may be
                             postponed whenever:

                             1.  The New York Stock Exchange or our home office
                                 are closed (other than customary weekend and
                                 holiday closing) or trading on the New York
                                 Stock Exchange is restricted as determined by
                                 the Securities and Exchange Commission;

                             2.  The Securities and Exchange Commission, by
                                 order, permits postponement for the protection
                                 of policy owners; or

                             3.  An emergency exists as determined by the
                                 Securities and Exchange Commission, as a result
                                 of which disposal of securities is not
                                 reasonably practicable or it is not reasonably
                                 practicable to determine the value of the net
                                 assets of the Separate Account.

                             Transfers may also be postponed under the
                             circumstances listed above.

30419                                   4.04
<PAGE>

Continuation                 If all premium payments cease, the insurance
of Insurance                 provided under this policy, including benefits
                             provided by any rider attached to this policy will
                             continue in accordance with provisions of this
                             policy for as long as the cash surrender value is
                             sufficient to cover the monthly deductions. Any
                             remaining cash surrender value will be payable on
                             the maturity date.

Basis of                     All values are at least equal to those required by
Computation                  any applicable law of the state that governs your
                             policy. We have filed a detailed statement of the
                             method of calculating cash values and reserves with
                             the insurance supervisory official of that state.

30419                                        4.05
<PAGE>

                    6.  PERSONS  WITH  AN  INTEREST  IN  THE  POLICY

Owner               Unless someone else is shown as owner in the application or
                    in any supplemental agreement attached to this policy, the
                    insured will be the owner of this policy. If there is more
                    than one owner at a given time, all must exercise the right
                    of ownership. Ownership may be changed in accordance with
                    the Change of Owner or Beneficiary provision.

                    You, as owner, are entitled to exercise all ownership rights
                    provided by this policy while it is in force. Any person
                    whose rights of ownership depend upon some future event will
                    not possess any present rights of ownership. If you should
                    die, and you are not the insured, your interest will go to
                    your estate unless otherwise provided.

Beneficiary         The original beneficiary is shown in the application. You
                    may change the beneficiary in accordance with the Change of
                    Owner or Beneficiary provision. Unless otherwise stated, the
                    beneficiary has no rights in this policy before the death of
                    the insured. If there is more than one beneficiary at the
                    death of the insured, each will receive equal payments
                    unless otherwise provided. If no beneficiary is living at
                    the death of the insured the proceeds will be payable to
                    you, if you are living, or to your estate.

Change of           During the insured's lifetime you may change the ownership
Owner or            and beneficiary designations, subject to any restrictions
Beneficiary         as stated in the Owner or Beneficiary provisions. You must
                    make the change in written form satisfactory to us. If
                    acceptable to us it will take effect as of the time you
                    signed the request, whether or not the insured is living
                    when we receive your request at our home office. The change
                    will be subject to any assignment of this policy or other
                    legal restrictions. It will also be subject to any payment
                    we made or action we took before we received your written
                    notice of the change. We have the right to require the
                    policy for endorsement before we accept the change.

                    If you are also the beneficiary of the policy at the time of
                    the insured's death, you may designate some other person to
                    receive the proceeds of the policy within 60 days after the
                    insured's death.

Assignments         We will not be bound by an assignment of the policy or of
                    any interest in it unless:

                    1.   The assignment is made as a written instrument,

                    2.   You file the original instrument or a certified copy
                         with us at our home office, and

                    3.   We send you an acknowledged copy.

                    We are not responsible for determining the validity of any
                    assignment. If a claim is based on an assignment, we may
                    require proof of interest of the claimant. A valid
                    assignment will take precedence over any claim of a
                    beneficiary.

                    7.   THE CONTRACT

The Contract        We have issued this policy in consideration of the
                    application and payment of premiums. The policy, the
                    application for it, any riders, and any application for an
                    increase in face amount constitute the entire contract and
                    are attached to and made a part of the policy when the
                    insurance applied for is accepted. A copy of any application
                    for reinstatement will be sent to you for attachment to this
                    policy and will become part of the contract of reinstatement
                    and of this policy. The policy may be changed by mutual
                    agreement. Any change must be in writing and approved by our
                    President, Vice President, or Secretary. Our agents have no
                    authority to alter or modify any terms, conditions, or
                    agreements of this policy, or to waive any of its
                    provisions.

Conformity with     If any provision in this policy is in conflict with the laws
Statutes            of the state which govern this policy, the provision will be
                    deemed to be amended to conform with such laws. In addition,
                    we reserve the right to change this policy if we determine
                    that a change is necessary to cause this policy to comply
                    with, or give you the benefit of, any federal or state
                    statute, rule or regulation, including, but not limited to,
                    requirements for life insurance contracts under the Internal
                    Revenue Code, or its regulations or published rulings.

30622                                6.01
(8/96)
<PAGE>

Statements in       All statements made by the insured or on his or her behalf,
Application         or by the applicant, will be deemed representations and not
                    warranties, except in the case of fraud. Material
                    misstatements will not be used to void the policy, any rider
                    or any increase in face amount or deny a claim unless made
                    in the application for a policy, rider or an increase in
                    face amount.

Claims of           To the extent permitted by law, neither the policy nor any
Creditors           payment under it will be subject to the claim of creditors
                    or to any legal process.

Right to            You have the right to request us to cancel an increase in
Examine Increase    face amount and receive a refund. The request must be made
in Face Amount      no later than:

                    -    20 days from the date you received the new policy
                         specifications page for the increase; or

                    -    45 days after the date you signed the application for
                         the increase.

                    The refund will equal the monthly deductions associated with
                    that increase. If you do request us to cancel the increase
                    but do not request a refund, the monthly deductions
                    associated with that increase will be restored to the
                    policy's cash value. This amount will be allocated to the
                    Divisions of the Separate Account in the same manner as it
                    was deducted.

Conversion          Once during the first two policy years you have the right,
Rights              upon written request, to exchange this policy for a life
                    insurance policy that provides for benefits that do not vary
                    with the investment return of the Divisions of the Separate
                    Account. No evidence of insurability will be required.
                    However, we will require that this policy be in force and
                    that you repay any existing indebtedness. At the time of the
                    conversion, the new policy will have, at your option, either
                    the same death benefit or the same difference between death
                    benefit and cash value as this policy. The new policy will
                    also have the same issue date and issue age as this policy.
                    The planned premiums for the new policy will be based on our
                    rates in effect for the same issue age and risk class as the
                    original policy.

                    You also have the right once during the first two years
                    following the effective date of an increase in face amount
                    to exchange the increased portion of this policy for a life
                    insurance policy that provides for fixed benefits. The
                    provisions applicable to the conversion of the entire policy
                    described above are also applicable to a conversion of an
                    increase in face amount.

Misstatement        If there is a misstatement of age in the application, the
of Age and          amount of the death benefit will be that which would be
Corrections         purchased by the most recent mortality charge at the correct
                    age.

                    If we make any payment or policy changes in good faith,
                    relying on our records, or evidence supplied to us, our duty
                    will be fully discharged. We reserve the right to correct
                    any errors in the policy.

Incontestability    We cannot contest this policy after it has been in force
                    during the lifetime of the insured for two years from its
                    issue date. We cannot contest an increase in face amount
                    with regard to material misstatements made concerning such
                    increase after it has been in force during the lifetime of
                    the insured for two years from its effective date. We cannot
                    contest any reinstatement of this policy after it has been
                    in force during the lifetime of the insured for a period of
                    two years from the date we approve the reinstatement. This
                    provision will not apply to any rider which contains its own
                    incontestability clause.

30622                                6.02
(8/96)
<PAGE>

Suicide Exclusion        If the insured dies by suicide, while sane or insane,
                         within two years from the issue date (or within the
                         maximum period permitted by law of the state in which
                         this policy was delivered, if less than two years), the
                         amount payable will be limited to the amount of
                         premiums paid, less any outstanding policy loans with
                         interest to the date of death, and less any partial
                         withdrawals.

                         If the insured, while sane or insane, commits suicide
                         within two years after the effective date of any
                         increase in face amount, the death benefit for that
                         increase will be limited to the monthly deductions for
                         the increase.

Annual Report            Each year a report will be sent to you which shows the
                         current policy values, premiums paid and deductions
                         made since the last report, and any outstanding policy
                         loans.

Projection of            You may make a written request to us for a projection
Benefits and             of illustrative future cash values and death benefits.
Values                   This projection will be furnished to you for a nominal
                         fee.

                         8.  SEPARATE ACCOUNT PROVISIONS

Separate Account         The variable benefits under this policy are provided
                         through investments in the Separate Account. This
                         account is used for flexible premium variable life
                         insurance policies and, if permitted by law, may be
                         used for other policies or contracts as well.

                         We hold the assets of the Separate Account. These
                         assets are held separately from the Company's general
                         assets. Income, gains and losses --- whether or not
                         realized --- from assets allocated to the Separate
                         Account will be credited to or charged against the
                         account without regard to our other income, gains or
                         losses.

                         Assets held by the Separate Account will not be charged
                         with liabilities that arise from any other business we
                         may conduct. We have the right to transfer to the
                         Company's general assets any assets of the Separate
                         Account which are in excess of the reserves and other
                         policy liabilities of the Separate Account.

                         The Separate Account is registered with the Securities
                         and Exchange Commission as a unit investment trust
                         under the Investment Company Act of 1940. The Separate
                         Account is also subject to the laws of the State of
                         Missouri, which regulate the operations of insurance
                         companies incorporated in Missouri. The investment
                         policy of the Separate Account will not be changed
                         without the approval of the Insurance Commissioner of
                         the State of Missouri. The approval process is on file
                         with the Insurance Commissioner of the state in which
                         this policy was delivered.

Divisions                The Separate Account has several Divisions. Each
                         Separate Account Division will buy shares in a
                         different investment portfolio.

                         Income, gains and losses --- whether or not realized
                         --- from the assets of each Division of the Separate
                         Account are credited to or charged against that
                         Division without regard to income, gains or losses in
                         other Divisions of the Separate Account.

                         We will value the assets of each Division of the
                         Separate Account at the end of each valuation period. A
                         valuation period is the period between two successive
                         valuation dates, commencing at the close of trading
                         (currently 4:00 p.m. New York time) each valuation date
                         and ending at the close of trading (currently 4:00 p.m.
                         New York time) on the next succeeding valuation date. A
                         valuation date is each day that the New York Stock
                         Exchange and our home office are open for business or
                         any other day that may be required by any applicable
                         Securities and Exchange Commission Rules and
                         Regulations.

30622                                6.03
(8/96)
<PAGE>

Transfers                You may transfer amounts among the Divisions of the
                         Separate Account.

                         These transfers will be subject to the following
                         conditions:

                         -    We must receive a written request for transfer.

                         -    Transfers from or among the Divisions of the
                              Separate Account may be made at any time and must
                              be at least $250.00 or the entire amount you have
                              in a Division, if smaller.

                         We may modify the transfer privilege at any time,
                         including the minimum amount transferable, the
                         frequency, and the transfer charge, if any.

Addition, Deletion       We reserve the right, subject to compliance with
or Substitution          applicable law, to make additions to, deletions from,
of Investments           or substitutions for the shares of a fund that are held
                         by the Separate Account or that the Separate Account
                         may purchase. We reserve the right to eliminate the
                         shares of any of the Funds and to substitute shares of
                         another fund or of another registered open-end,
                         investment company, if the shares or funds are no
                         longer available for investment or if in our judgement,
                         further investment in any fund should become
                         inappropriate in view of the purpose of the policy. We
                         will not substitute any shares attributable to the
                         owner's interest in a Division of the Separate Account
                         without notice to the owner and compliance with the
                         Investment Company Act of 1940. This will not prevent
                         the Separate Account from purchasing other securities
                         for other series or classes of policies, or from
                         permitting conversion between series or classes of
                         policies or contracts on the basis of requests made by
                         owners.

                         We reserve the right to establish additional Divisions
                         of the Separate Account, each of which would invest in
                         a new fund or in shares of another open-end investment
                         company and to make such Divisions available to such
                         class or series of policies as we deem appropriate.
                         Subject to any required regulatory approval, we also
                         reserve the right to eliminate or combine existing
                         Divisions of the Separate Account or to transfer assets
                         between Divisions.

                         Subject to obtaining any necessary regulatory or owner
                         approval, the Separate Account may be operated as a
                         management company under the Investment Company Act of
                         1940; it may be deregistered under that Act in the
                         event registration is no longer required; it may be
                         combined with other separate accounts; or its assets
                         may be transferred to other separate accounts.

30622                                6.04
(8/96)
<PAGE>

                    9.  PAYMENT  OF  POLICY  BENEFITS


Payment             A lump sum payment will be made as provided on the face
                    page.

Interest  on        We will pay interest on proceeds from the date of the
Proceeds            insured's death to the date of payment. Interest will be at
                    an annual rate determined by us, but never less than the
                    guaranteed rate of 4.0%.

Extended            Provisions for settlement of proceeds different from a lump
Provisions          sum payment may only be made upon written agreement with us.

30712                                7.01
(8/96)
<PAGE>

              FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE TO AGE 95

                               Non-Participating

                                    [LOGO]

30040
(8/96)

<PAGE>


                                  Exhibit 5(c)



          PROPOSED FORM OF CERTIFICATE:
               (1) SCUDDER (30019)
               (2) DEAN WITTER, PUTNAM, MFS (30028)
               (3) MULTI-MANAGER (30036)

<PAGE>

** DATA PAGE **                                           CERTIFICATE NUMBER:


                                                                INSURED:




                                                              RIGHT TO EXAMINE
                                                                 CERTIFICATE


THE AMOUNT OF THE DEATH BENEFIT OR THE                    Please read this
DURATION OF THE DEATH BENEFIT MAY INCREASE                certificate. You may
OR DECREASE UNDER THE CONDITIONS DESCRIBED                return this
ON PAGES 3.02 AND 3.03.                                   certificate to us or
                                                          to the agent through
                                                          whom it was purchased
THE CERTIFICATE'S CASH VALUE IN EACH                      within 20 days from
INVESTMENT DIVISION OF THE SEPARATE                       the date you receive
ACCOUNT IS BASED ON THE INVESTMENT                        it or within 45 days
EXPERIENCE OF THAT INVESTMENT DIVISION                    after the application
AND MAY INCREASE OR DECREASE DAILY. IT                    is signed, whichever
IS NOT GUARANTEED AS TO DOLLAR AMOUNT.                    period ends later. If
SEE THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT PROVISION.                       you return it within
                                                          this period, the
                                                          certificate will be
                                                          void from the
                                                          beginning. We will
                                                          refund any premium
                                                          paid.



                                                             FLEXIBLE PREMIUM
                                                              VARIABLE LIFE
The provisions on the pages which follow are                INSURANCE TO AGE 95
a part of this certificate.  This contains a
summary of the terms of the Group Contract                Flexible Premiums are
which is the contract between the Contract-               payable during the
holder and Paragon Life Insurance Company.                lifetime of the
This certificate is evidence of life insurance            insured to age 95. The
under the Group Contract and is subject to all            death benefit is
of the terms and limits of the Group Contract             payable at the death
and any amendments thereto. PLEASE READ                   of the insured prior
YOUR CERTIFICATE CAREFULLY.                               to age 95 and while
                                                          the certificate is in
                                                          force. Cash surrender
                                                          value, if any, is
                                                          payable at the
                                                          insured's age 95.

ISSUED  BY:  PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE CO.
             A STOCK COMPANY
             100 SOUTH BRENTWOOD
             ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI 63105
             (314) 862-2211

30019                                0.01
(3/93)
<PAGE>

                    ALPHABETIC GUIDE TO YOUR CERTIFICATE



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Page                                                                  Page
<S>                                                                   <C>
6.04  Addition, Deletion or Substitution of                           3.01  Maturity Date
      Investments                                                     6.03  Misstatement of Age and
3.04  Allocation of Net Premiums                                            Corrections
6.01  Assignments                                                     4.03  Monthly Cost of Insurance
4.05  Basis of Computation                                            4.03  Monthly Deduction
6.01  Beneficiary                                                     4.02  Net Investment Factor
4.04  Cash Surrender Value                                            3.04  Net Premium
4.01  Cash Values                                                     6.01  Owner
3.03  Certificate Changes                                             4.04  Partial Withdrawals
3.01  Certificate Date                                                7.01  Payment of Benefits
3.03  Change in Contract Type                                         3.04  Payment of Premiums
3.03  Change in Face Amount                                           4.04  Postponement of Payments
6.01  Change of Owner or Beneficiary                                  3.02  Proceeds
6.02  Claims of Creditors                                             3.05  Reinstatement
6.01  Conformity with Statutes                                        6.02  Right to Examine Increase in Face
6.02  Conversion Rights                                                     Amount
3.02  Death Benefit                                                   4.02  Separate Account Cash Value
3.01  Definitions                                                     6.03  Separate Account Provisions
6.02  Eligibility Change Conversion Privilege                         6.02  Statements in Application
3.04  Grace Period                                                    6.03  Suicide Exclusion
6.03  Incontestability                                                6.04  Transfers
7.01  Interest on Proceeds
4.03  Loan Account Cash Value
4.01  Loans
</TABLE>


Additional Benefit Riders, Modifications and Amendments, if any, and a Copy of
the Application are found following the final section.



30019                                0.02
(3/93)
<PAGE>

CERTIFICATE SPECIFICATIONS


                    DESCRIPTION OF SEPARATE ACCOUNT B FUNDS


Scudder Variable Life Investment Fund (the `Fund') is an open-end diversified
management investment company registered with the SEC as a series-type mutual
fund. The Fund has five separate funds or portfolios which operate as distinct
investment vehicles. The names and investment objectives are as follows:

Money Market Portfolio: The investment objective is to maintain the stability
- ----------------------
of capital, and consistent therewith, to maintain the liquidity of capital and
to provide current income.

Bond Portfolio: The investment objective is to pursue a policy of investing for
- --------------
a high level of income consistent with a high quality portfolio of debt
securities.

Capital Growth Portfolio: The investment objective is to seek long-term capital
- ------------------------
appreciation and, consistent therewith, current income through a broad and
flexible investment program.

Balanced Portfolio: The investment objective is to seek a balance of growth and
- ------------------
income from a diversified portfolio of equity and fixed income securities.

International Portfolio: The investment objective is to seek long-term growth
- -----------------------
of capital primarily through diversified holdings of marketable foreign equity
investments.

Growth and Income Portfolio: The investment objective is to seek long-term
- ---------------------------
growth of capital, current income and growth of income.


There can be no assurance that the investment objectives of these funds, or any
other funds that the Company may create, will be achieved.

30130                              1.03
<PAGE>

             TABLE OF GUARANTEED MONTHLY COST OF INSURANCE RATES
                              RATES ARE PER $1000


INSURED:

CERTIFICATE NUMBER:

CERTIFICATE DATE:

    ATTAINED                  ATTAINED                    ATTAINED
      AGE           RATE        AGE            RATE         AGE       RATE
      ---           ----        ---            ----         ---       ----
      18            0.155        19            0.161        20        0.163
      21            0.165        22            0.163        23        0.163
      24            0.161        25            0.159        26        0.158
      27            0.158        28            0.159        29        0.163
      30            0.167        31            0.172        32        0.178
      33            0.187        34            0.196        35        0.207
      36            0.221        37            0.238        38        0.257
      39            0.278        40            0.303        41        0.329
      42            0.357        43            0.386        44        0.416
      45            0.449        46            0.483        47        0.520
      48            0.559        49            0.603        50        0.651
      51            0.705        52            0.767        53        0.836
      54            0.911        55            0.988        56        1.071
      57            1.155        58            1.244        59        1.342
      60            1.450        61            1.576        62        1.723
      63            1.891        64            2.078        65        2.276
      66            2.486        67            2.704        68        2.933
      69            3.188        70            3.478        71        3.813
      72            4.208        73             4.66        74        5.163
      75            5.708        76            6.284        77        6.884
      78            7.517        79            8.203        80        8.968
      81            9.837        82           10.829        83       11.941
      84           13.150        85           14.440        86       15.795
      87           17.213        88           18.699        89       20.262
      90           21.925        91           23.733        92       25.762
      93           28.155        94           31.307


THESE RATES ARE FOR THE BASE COVERAGE AT ISSUE. They are based on 125 percent of
the 1980 Commissioners Standard Ordinary Mortality Table C Age Last Birthday.

Any values guaranteed in this certificate are based on these rates.

30131                                1.01
<PAGE>

                    1.   DEFINITIONS


We, Us and Our      The Paragon Life Insurance Company.

You and Your        The owner of this certificate. The owner may be someone
                    other than the insured.

                    In the application the words "You" and "Your" refer to the
                    proposed insured person(s).

Insured             The person whose life is insured under this certificate. See
                    the certificate specifications page. The insured must be
                    eligible to participate in the plan sponsored by the
                    contractholder at the time this certificate is issued.

Issue Age           The insured's age at his or her last birthday as of the
                    certificate date.

Attained Age        The issue age plus the number of completed certificate
                    years.

Certificate Date    The date of issue of this certificate is the effective date
                    of coverage under this certificate. It is also the date from
                    which certificate anniversaries, certificate years, and
                    certificate months are measured.

Investment          The date the first premium is applied to the Divisions of
Start Date          the Separate Account. This date will be the later of:

                    The certificate date; or

                    The date we receive the first premium at our home office.

Maturity Date       The certificate anniversary on which the insured attains age
                    95. If the insured is living and the certificate is in force
                    on this date, the cash surrender value is payable. It is
                    possible that insurance coverage may not continue to the
                    maturity date even if planned premiums are paid in a timely
                    manner.

Monthly             The same date in each succeeding month as the certificate
Anniversary         date except that whenever the monthly anniversary falls on a
                    date other than a valuation date, the monthly anniversary
                    will be deemed the next valuation date. If any monthly
                    anniversary would be the 29th, 30th, or 31st day of a month
                    that does not have that number of days, then the monthly
                    anniversary will be the last day of that month.

Business Day        Any day that we are open for business.

Separate            A separate investment account created by us to receive and
Account             invest net premiums received for this certificate. The
                    particular Separate Account for this certificate is
                    indicated on the certificate specifications page.

Loan Account        The account to which we will transfer from the Divisions of
                    the Separate Account the amount of any certificate loan.

Loan                A Loan SubAccount exists for each Division of the Separate
SubAccount          Account. Any cash value transferred to the Loan Account will
                    be allocated to the appropriate Loan SubAccount to reflect
                    the origin of the cash value. At any point in time, the Loan
                    Account will equal the sum of all the Loan SubAccounts.

Actively            The employee must work for his employer at his usual place
at Work             of work or such other places as required by his employer in
                    the course of such work for the full number of hours and
                    full rate of pay, as set by the employment practices of his
                    employer. In no event will the amount of time worked per
                    week be less than 30 hours.

Contract            The Group Flexible Premium Variable Life Insurance Contract
                    issued to the contractholder by us.

30310                                3.01
(3/93)
<PAGE>

                    2.   DEATH  BENEFITS

Proceeds            The certificate proceeds are:

                    1.   The death benefit under the contract type then in
                          effect; plus

                    2.   The monthly cost of insurance for the portion of the
                         certificate month from the date of death to the end of
                         the month of death; less

                    3.   Any loan and loan interest due.

Death Benefit       The death benefit depends upon the contract type in effect
                    on the date of the insured's death. The contract type in
                    effect is shown on the certificate specifications page.
                    Level Contract Type: (Death benefit is level except when it
                    equals a percentage of cash value.)

                    The death benefit is the greater of:

                    1.   The face amount; or

                    2.   The applicable percentage of the cash value on the date
                         of death as described in Section 7702(d) of the
                         Internal Revenue Code of 1986 or any applicable
                         successor provision thereto.

                    Increasing Contract Type:

                    The death benefit is the greater of:

                    1.   The face amount plus the cash value on the date of
                         death; or

                    2.   The applicable percentage of the cash value on the date
                         of death as described in Section 7702(d) of the
                         Internal Revenue Code of 1986 or any applicable
                         successor provision hereto.

                    Not withstanding anything in this certificate, the death
                    benefit will in no case be less than the amount necessary to
                    cause the certificate to meet the guideline premium test set
                    forth in Section 7702(c) of the 1986 Internal Revenue Code
                    or any applicable successor.

Applicable          The percentages as currently described in Section 7702(d) of
Percentage          the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                    In the case of an insured with an                      The applicable percentage
                    attained age as of the beginning                       will decrease by a ratable
                    of the certificate year of:                            portion for each full year:

                    More than:                 But not more than:          From:                          To:
                    <S>                        <C>                         <C>                            <C>
                      0  .....................        40                   250  .....................     250
                     40  .....................        45                   250  .....................     215
                     45  .....................        50                   215  .....................     185
                     50  .....................        55                   185  .....................     150
                     55  .....................        60                   150  .....................     130
                     60  .....................        65                   130  .....................     120
                     65  .....................        70                   120  .....................     115
                     70  .....................        75                   115  .....................     105
                     75  .....................        90                   105  .....................     105
                     90  .....................        95                   105  .....................     100
                     95  .....................       100                   100  .....................     100
                    100  .....................       100                   100  .....................     100
                                                          or higher
</TABLE>

30310                                3.02
(3/93)
<PAGE>

Certificate         You may request certificate changes at any time unless we
Changes             specifically indicate otherwise, We reserve the right to
                    limit the number of changes to one per certificate year and
                    to restrict the changes in the first certificate year. The
                    types of changes allowed are explained below.

                    No change will be permitted that would result in this
                    certificate not satisfying the requirements of Section 7702
                    of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 or any applicable
                    successor provision thereto.

Change in           The face amount may be changed by sending us a written
Face Amount         request.

                    Any decrease in face amount will be subject to the following
                    conditions:

                    1.   The decrease will become effective on the monthly
                         anniversary on or following our receipt of the request.

                    2.   The decrease will reduce the face amount in the
                         following order:

                         a.   The face amount provided by the most recent
                              increase;

                         b.   Face amounts provided by the next most recent
                              increases, successively; and

                         c.   The face amount when the certificate was issued.

                    3.   The face amount remaining in force after any requested
                         decrease may not be less than the minimum face amount
                         shown on the certificate specifications page.

                    4.   Any decrease must be at least $5,000.

                         Any increase in face amount will be subject to the
                         following conditions:

                         1.   Proof that the insured is insurable by our
                              standards on the date of the requested increase
                              must be submitted.

                         2.   The increase will become effective on the monthly
                              anniversary on or following our receipt of such
                              proof.

                         3.   Any increase must be at least $5,000.

                         4.   The insured must have an attained age not greater
                              than age 80 on the anniversary date that the
                              increase will become effective.

                         We will amend your certificate to show the effective
                         date of the decrease or increase.

Change in                The contract type in effect may be changed by sending
Contract Type            us a written request. The effective date of change will
                         be the monthly anniversary on or following the date we
                         receive the request. On the effective date of this
                         change the death benefit payable does not change.

                         If the contract type in effect is increasing, it may be
                         changed to level. The face amount will be increased to
                         equal the death benefit on the effective date of
                         change.

                         If the contract type in effect is level, it may be
                         changed to increasing. Proof that the insured is
                         insurable by our standards on the date of the change
                         must be submitted. The face amount will be decreased to
                         equal the death benefit less the cash value on the
                         effective date of change. This change may not be made
                         if it would result in a face amount which is less than
                         the minimum face amount shown on the certificate
                         specifications page.

30310                                3.03
(3/93)
<PAGE>

                    3.   PREMIUMS AND GRACE PERIOD

Payment of          Your first premium is due as of the certificate date. While
Premiums            the insured is living, premiums after the first must be paid
                    at our home office. If this certificate is in your
                    possession and you have not paid the first premium, it is
                    not in force. It will be considered that you have the
                    certificate for inspection only.

                    Premiums after the first may be paid in any amount and at
                    any interval subject to the following conditions:

                    1.   No premium payment may be less than $20.00.

                    2.   Total premiums paid in any certificate year may not
                         exceed the maximum premium limit for that certificate
                         year. The maximum premium limit for a certificate year
                         is the largest amount of premium which can be paid in
                         that certificate year such that the sum of the premiums
                         paid under the certificate will not at any time exceed
                         the guideline premium limitation referred to in Section
                         7702(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, or as set
                         forth in any applicable successor provision thereto.
                         The maximum premium limit for the following certificate
                         year will be shown on your annual report.

                    On any date that we receive a premium which causes the death
                    benefit to increase by an amount that exceeds that premium
                    received, we reserve the right to refuse the premium
                    payment. We may require additional evidence of insurability
                    before we accept the premium payment.

Net Premium         The premium paid times the net premium percentage from the
                    certificate specifications page is the net premium.

Allocation of       You determine the allocation of net premiums among the
Net Premiums        Divisions of the Separate Account. The minimum percentage
                    (other than zero) that may be allocated to any Division of
                    the Separate Account is 10%. Percentages must be in whole
                    numbers. The initial allocation is shown on the certificate
                    specifications page.

Your Right          You may change the allocation of future net premiums among
to Change           the Divisions of the Separate Account subject to the
Allocation          conditions outlined in the Allocation of the Net Premiums
                    provision. The change in allocation percentages will take
                    effect immediately upon our receipt of your written request.

Grace Period        We will allow a grace period of 62 days. The grace period
                    will start on any monthly anniversary when the cash
                    surrender value is not large enough to cover the next
                    monthly deduction. (Monthly deduction is defined in the Cash
                    Values Section.) At that time, we will send you and any
                    assignee of record a notice. The notice will indicate the
                    minimum premium needed to keep the certificate in force and
                    the date such payment is due.

                    If you do not pay a premium large enough to cover the
                    monthly deduction by the end of the grace period, your
                    certificate will lapse at the end of that 62 day period. It
                    will then terminate without cash value. If the insured dies
                    during the grace period, any past due monthly deductions
                    will be deducted from the death benefit.

30310                                3.04
(3/93)
<PAGE>

Reinstatement       You may reinstate your lapsed certificate within 5 years
                    after the date of lapse. This must be done before the
                    insured's age 95. You must submit the following items:

                    1.   A written request for reinstatement.

                    2.   Proof satisfactory to us that the insured is insurable
                         by our standards.

                    3.   A premium large enough to cover:

                         a.   The monthly deductions due at the time of lapse;
                              and

                         b.   Two times the monthly deduction due at the time of
                              reinstatement.

                    The insured must be alive on the date we approve the request
                    for reinstatement. If the insured is not alive, such
                    approval is void and of no effect.

                    The reinstated certificate will be in force from the date we
                    approve the reinstatement application. There will be a full
                    monthly deduction for the certificate month which includes
                    that date. The only accumulation value of this certificate
                    upon reinstatement will be the amount provided by the
                    premium then paid. The application for reinstatement will be
                    contestable for two years during the lifetime of the insured
                    from the date of its approval.

                    Any loan and loan interest due on the date of lapse may be
                    paid or reinstated. Any loan and loan interest reinstated
                    will cause a cash value of an equal amount to also be
                    reinstated.

                    Any loan paid at the time of reinstatement will cause an
                    increase in cash value equal to the amount of the repaid
                    loan.

30310                                3.05
(3/93)
<PAGE>

                         4.   LOANS

                         After the first certificate anniversary, you may borrow
                         an amount not in excess of the loan value of your
                         certificate while it is in force. The minimum amount of
                         your net loan request at any one time must be at least
                         $100. Your certificate will be the sole security for
                         such loan. We have the right to require your
                         certificate for endorsement.

                         The loan value is 85% of the cash value of your
                         certificate at the date of the loan request, reduced by
                         any existing loans and loan interest due.

                         You may allocate the certificate loan and any loan
                         interest due on this loan among the Divisions of the
                         Separate Account. If you do not specify the allocation,
                         then the certificate loan will be allocated among the
                         Divisions of the Separate Account in the same
                         proportion that the cash value in each Division bears
                         to the total cash value of the certificate, minus the
                         cash value in the Loan Account, on the date of the
                         certificate loan.

                         Cash value equal to the certificate loan and the loan
                         interest due on this loan allocated to each Division of
                         the Separate Account will be transferred to the Loan
                         Account, reducing the cash value allocated to the
                         Divisions of the Separate Account accordingly.

                         Cash value held in the Loan Account for loan collateral
                         will earn interest daily at an annual rate not less
                         than the Loan Account guaranteed interest rate shown on
                         the certificate specifications page.

                         Interest payable on a loan accrues daily. Loan interest
                         is due and payable in arrears on each certificate
                         anniversary or on a pro rata basis for any shorter
                         period as the loan may exist. If you do not pay the
                         interest when it is due, we will add it to your
                         existing loan if your certificate has sufficient loan
                         value. We will charge the same rate of interest on this
                         amount as on the certificate loan. The total loan rate
                         will be 8.0% per year.

Loan Repayments          All funds received will be credited to your certificate
                         as a premium unless clearly marked for loan repayment.

                         You may repay your loan in whole or in part at any time
                         before the death of the insured while the certificate
                         is in force. When a loan repayment is made, cash value
                         securing the debt in the Loan Account equal to the loan
                         repayment will be repaid to the Divisions of the
                         Separate Account in the same proportion that the cash
                         value in the Loan Account bears to the cash value in
                         each Loan SubAccount as of the date the original loan
                         was made, unless you indicate a specific allocation to
                         the Divisions of the Separate Account. Unpaid loans and
                         loan interest will be deducted from any settlement of
                         your certificate.

                         If you fail to make repayment when the total loan and
                         loan interest due would exceed the cash value, your
                         certificate will terminate. We will allow you a grace
                         period for such payment of loans and loan interest due.
                         In such event the certificate becomes void at the end
                         of the grace period, we will mail a notice to your last
                         known address, the last known address of the insured,
                         and that of any assignee of record. This grace period
                         will expire 62 days from the monthly anniversary
                         immediately before the date the total loan and loan
                         interest due exceeds the cash value and any unpaid
                         monthly expense charges; or 31 days after such notice
                         has been mailed, if later.


                         5.   CASH VALUES

                         Cash Value The cash value of your certificate is equal
                         to the total of:

                         -    The cash value in the Divisions of the Separate
                              Account; plus

                         -    The cash value in the Loan Account.

30407                                     4.01
(3/93)
<PAGE>

                         (3/93) You may borrow against the loan value of your
                         certificate. The interest rate used to calculate the
                         interest earned on the cash values in the Loan Account
                         securing any certificate loan will be at an effective
                         annual rate not less than the Loan Account guaranteed
                         interest rate shown on the certificate specifications
                         page.

Separate Account         The cash value in each Division of the Separate Account
Cash Value               on the Investment Start Date is equal to:

                         -    The portion of the initial net premium received
                              and allocated to the Division; minus

                         -    The portion of the monthly deductions due from the
                              certificate date through the Investment Start Date
                              charged to the Division.

                         The cash value in each Division of the Separate Account
                         on a subsequent valuation date is equal to:

                         -    The cash value in the Division on the preceding
                              valuation date multiplied by that Division's net
                              investment factor for the current valuation
                              period; plus

                         -    Any portion of net premium received and allocated
                              to the Division during the current valuation
                              period; plus

                         -    Any net amounts transferred to the Division from
                              another Division during the current valuation
                              period; plus

                         -    Any loan repayments allocated to the Division
                              during the current valuation period; plus

                         -    That portion of any interest credited on
                              outstanding loans which is allocated to the
                              Division during the current valuation period;
                              minus

                         -    Any amounts transferred plus any transfer charge
                              from the Division during the current valuation
                              period; minus - Any partial withdrawal plus any
                              withdrawal transaction charge from the Division
                              during the current valuation period; minus

                         -    Any amount transferred from the Division to the
                              Loan Account during that valuation period; minus

                         -    If a monthly anniversary occurs during the current
                              valuation period, the portion of the monthly
                              deduction charged to the Division during the
                              current valuation period to cover the certificate
                              month which starts during that valuation period.

Net Investment           The Net Investment Factor measures the investment
Factor                   performance of a Division during a valuation period.
                         The Net Investment Factor for each Division for a
                         valuation period is calculated as follows:

                         -    The value of the assets at the end of the
                              preceding valuation period; plus

                         -    The investment income and capital gains ---
                              realized or unrealized --- credited to the assets
                              in the valuation period for which the net
                              investment factor is being determined; minus

                         -    The capital losses --- realized or unrealized ---
                              charged against those assets during the valuation
                              period; minus

                         -    Any amount charged against each Division for taxes
                              including any tax or other economic burden
                              resulting from the application of tax laws that we
                              determine to be properly attributable to the
                              Divisions of the Separate Account, or any amount
                              we set aside during the valuation period as a
                              reserve for taxes attributable to the operation or
                              maintenance of each Division; minus

                         -    A charge not to exceed .0024547% for each day in
                              the valuation period. This corresponds to 0.90%
                              per year for mortality and expense risks; divided
                              by

                         -    The value of the assets at the end of the
                              preceding valuation period.

30407                                   4.02
(3/93)
<PAGE>

Loan Account             The cash value of the Loan Account as of the Investment
Cash Value               Start Date is zero.

                         The cash value of the Loan Account on any day after the
                         Investment Start Date is equal to:

                         -    The cash value of the Loan Account on the
                              preceding business day, with interest; plus

                         -    Any net amount transferred to the Loan Account
                              from the Divisions of the Separate Account on that
                              day; minus

                         -    Any loan repayments on that day.

Monthly Cost             The monthly cost of insurance for the following month
Insurance                is deducted on the monthly of anniversary date. The
                         monthly cost of insurance is 1, below, multiplied by
                         the difference between 2 and 3 below:

                         1.   The monthly cost of insurance rate.

                         2.   The death benefit at the beginning of the
                              certificate month divided by 1.0040741.

                         3.   The cash value at the beginning of the certificate
                              month, before the deduction of the monthly cost of
                              insurance.

                         If the contract type is level and if there has been an
                         increase in the face amount, then the cash value will
                         first be considered a part of the face amount when the
                         certificate was issued. If the cash value is greater
                         than the initial face amount, the excess cash value
                         will then be considered a part of each increase in
                         order, starting with the first increase.

Monthly Cost             At the beginning of each certificate year, the monthly
of Insurance             cost of insurance rate is determined using the
Rates                    insured's attained age. The monthly cost of insurance
                         rate is based on the attained age and rate class. For
                         the initial face amount, we will use the rate class on
                         the certificate date. For each increase, we will use
                         the rate class applicable to the increase. If the death
                         benefit equals a percentage of the cash value, any
                         increase in cash value will cause an automatic increase
                         in the death benefit. The rate class for such increase
                         will be the same as that used for the most recent
                         increase that required proof that the insured was
                         insurable by our standards.

                         The monthly cost of insurance rates will never exceed
                         the rates shown on the Table of Guaranteed Monthly Cost
                         of Insurance Rates page divided by 1,000. Any change in
                         the cost of insurance rates will apply to all persons
                         of the same age, and classification whose certificates
                         have been in force for the same length of time.

First Year               The amount of additional monthly expense to be charged
Monthly Expense          during the first certificate year is shown on the
Charge                   certificate specifications page.

Monthly Expense          The amount of the monthly expense charge is shown on
Charge                   the certificate specifications page.

Monthly Deduction        The monthly deduction is:

                         1.   The monthly cost of insurance; plus

                         2.   The monthly cost of insurance for any rider
                              included with this certificate; plus

                         3.   The monthly expense charge; plus

                         4.   For the first certificate year, the first year
                              monthly expense charge.

                         The monthly deduction for a certificate month will be
                         allocated among the Divisions of the Separate Account
                         in the same proportion that the cash value in each
                         Division bears to the total cash value of the
                         certificate, minus the cash value in the Loan Account
                         on the monthly anniversary.

30407                                        4.03
(3/93)
<PAGE>

Cash Surrender           The cash surrender value of this certificate is:
Value
                         1.   The cash value at the time of surrender; minus

                         2.   Any loan and loan interest due.

Surrender                You may surrender your certificate for its cash
                         surrender value at any time during the lifetime of the
                         insured by sending us a written request. The cash
                         surrender value will be determined as of the date we
                         receive your written request at our home office. The
                         cash surrender value will not be reduced by any monthly
                         deduction due on that date for a subsequent certificate
                         month.

Partial                  After the first certificate year, you can make a
Withdrawals              partial withdrawal of cash subject to the following
                         conditions:

                         -    You may make up to one partial withdrawal each
                              certificate month.

                         -    The minimum amount of your net partial withdrawal
                              request from any one Division must be at least
                              $50.00 of a Division or your entire balance in
                              that Division, if smaller.

                         -    The total amount of your net partial withdrawal
                              request at any one time must be at least $500.

                         -    The amount of withdrawal obtained by partial
                              withdrawal may not exceed the loan value.

Allocation of            You may allocate the partial withdrawal, subject to the
Withdrawals              above conditions, among the Divisions of the Separate
Partial                  Account. If you do not specify the allocation, then the
                         partial withdrawal will be allocated among the
                         Divisions of the Separate Account in the same
                         proportion that the cash value in each Division bears
                         to the total cash value of the certificate, minus the
                         cash value in the Loan Account on the date of the
                         partial withdrawal.

                         If the contract type is level and the death benefit
                         equals the face amount, then a partial withdrawal will
                         decrease the face amount by an amount equal to the
                         partial withdrawal. If the death benefit equals a
                         percentage of the cash value then a partial withdrawal
                         will decrease the face amount by any amount by which
                         the partial withdrawal exceeds the difference between
                         the death benefit and the face amount. The face amount
                         will be decreased in the following order:

                         1.   The face amount at issue; and

                         2.   Any increases in the same order in which they were
                              issued.

                         No partial withdrawal will be processed which will
                         result in the face amount being decreased below the
                         minimum face amount shown on the certificate
                         specifications page.

                         We reserve the right to change the minimum amount or
                         the number of times you may make a partial withdrawal.
                         Each partial withdrawal is subject to an administrative
                         charge equal to the lesser of $25.00 or 2% of the
                         amount of the partial withdrawal.

Postponement             We will usually pay any amounts payable on surrender,
of Payments              partial withdrawal or certificate loan allocated to the
                         Divisions of the Separate Account within seven days
                         after written notice is received. We will usually pay
                         any death benefit proceeds within seven days after we
                         receive due proof of claim. Payment of any amount
                         payable on surrender, partial withdrawal, certificate
                         loan or death may be postponed whenever:

                         1.   The New York Stock Exchange or our home office are
                              closed (other than customary weekend and holiday
                              closing) or trading on the New York Stock Exchange
                              is restricted as determined by the Securities and
                              Exchange Commission;

                         2.   The Securities and Exchange Commission, by order,
                              permits postponement for the protection of
                              certificate owners; or

30407                                        4.04
(3/93)
<PAGE>

                         3.   An emergency exists as determined by the
                              Securities and Exchange Commission, as a result of
                              which disposal of securities is not reasonably
                              practicable or it is not reasonably practicable to
                              determine the value of the net assets of the
                              Separate Account.

                         Transfers may also be postponed under the circumstances
                         listed above.

Continuation             If all premium payments cease, the insurance provided
of Insurance             under this certificate, including benefits provided by
                         any rider attached to this certificate will continue in
                         accordance with the provisions of this certificate for
                         as long as the cash surrender value is sufficient to
                         cover the monthly deductions. Any remaining cash
                         surrender value will be payable on the maturity date.

Basis of                 The minimum cash values and net single premiums, if
Computation              any, are based on 1) 125 percent of the Commissioner's
                         1980 Standard Ordinary Mortality Table C age last
                         birthday; and 2) compound interest at 5% a year.

                         All values are at least equal to those required by any
                         applicable law of the state that governs your
                         certificate. We have filed a detailed statement of the
                         method of calculating cash values and reserves with the
                         insurance supervisory official of that state.

30407                                4.05
(3/93)

<PAGE>

                      6.  PERSONS WITH AN INTEREST IN THE CERTIFICATE

Owner                 The owner is as shown in the application or in any
                      supplemental agreement attached to this certificate,
                      unless later changed as provided in this certificate. You,
                      as owner, are entitled to all rights provided by this
                      certificate, prior to its maturity date. Ownership may be
                      changed in accordance with the Change of Owner or
                      Beneficiary provision. After the maturity date, you can
                      not change the payee nor the mode of payment, unless
                      otherwise provided in this certificate. Any person whose
                      rights of ownership depend upon some future event will not
                      possess any present rights of ownership. If there is more
                      than one owner at a given time, all must exercise the
                      rights of ownership. If you should die, and you are not
                      the insured, your interest will go to your estate unless
                      otherwise provided.

Beneficiary           The original beneficiary is shown in the application. You
                      may change the beneficiary in accordance with the Change
                      of Owner or Beneficiary provision. Unless otherwise
                      stated, the beneficiary has no rights in this certificate
                      before the death of the insured. If there is more than one
                      beneficiary at the death of the insured, each will receive
                      equal payments unless otherwise provided. If no
                      beneficiary is living at the death of the insured the
                      proceeds will be payable to you, if you are living, or to
                      your estate.

Change of             During the insured's lifetime you may change the ownership
Owner or              and beneficiary designations, subject to any restrictions
Beneficiary           as stated in the Owner or Beneficiary provisions. You must
                      make the change in written form satisfactory to us. If
                      acceptable to us it will take effect as of the time you
                      signed the request, whether or not the insured is living
                      when we receive your request at our home office. The
                      change will be subject to any assignment of this
                      certificate or other legal restrictions. It will also be
                      subject to any payment we made or action we took before we
                      received your written notice of the change. We have the
                      right to require the certificate for endorsement before we
                      accept the change.

                      If you are also the beneficiary of the certificate at the
                      time of the insured's death, you may designate some other
                      person to receive the proceeds of the certificate within
                      60 days after the insured's death.

Assignments           We will not be bound by an assignment of the certificate
                      or of any interest in it unless:

                      1.  The assignment is made as a written instrument,

                      2.  You file the original instrument or a certified copy
                          with us at our home office, and

                      3.  We send you an acknowledged copy.

                      We are not responsible for determining the validity of any
                      assignment. If a claim is based on an assignment, we may
                      require proof of interest of the claimant. A valid
                      assignment will take precedence over any claim of a
                      beneficiary.

                      7.  GENERAL PROVISIONS

Entire Contract       We have issued this certificate in consideration of the
                      application and payment of premiums. The certificate, the
                      application for it, any riders, and any application for an
                      increase in face amount constitute the entire contract and
                      are attached to and made a part of the certificate when
                      the insurance applied for is accepted. A copy of any
                      application for reinstatement will be sent to you for
                      attachment to this certificate and will become part of the
                      contract of reinstatement and of this certificate. The
                      certificate may be changed by mutual agreement. Any change
                      must be in writing and approved by our President, Vice
                      President, or Secretary. Our agents have no authority to
                      alter or modify any terms, conditions, or agreements of
                      this certificate, or to waive any of its provisions.

Conformity with       If any provision in this certificate is in conflict with
Statutes              the laws of the state which govern this certificate, the
                      provision will be deemed to be amended to conform with
                      such laws. In addition, we reserve the right to change
                      this certificate if we determine that a change is
                      necessary to meet the requirements of the Internal Revenue
                      Code, or its regulations or published rulings.

30610
(3/93)                                  6.01
<PAGE>

Statements in         All statements made by the insured or on his or her
Application           behalf, or by the applicant, will be deemed
                      representations and not warranties, except in the case of
                      fraud. Material misstatements will not be used to void the
                      certificate, any rider or any increase in face amount or
                      deny a claim unless made in the application for a
                      certificate, rider or an increase in face amount.

Claims of             To the extent permitted by law, neither the certificate
Creditors             nor any payment under it will be subject to the claim of
                      creditors or to any legal process.

Right to              You have the right to request us to cancel an increase in
Examine Increase      face amount and receive a refund. The request must be made
in Face Amount        no later than:

                      -   20 days from the date you received the new certificate
                          specifications page for the increase; or

                      -   45 days after the date you signed the application for
                          the increase.

                      The refund will equal the monthly deductions associated
                      with that increase. If you do request us to cancel the
                      increase but do not request a refund, the monthly
                      deductions associated with that increase will be restored
                      to the certificate's cash value. This amount will be
                      allocated to the Divisions of the Separate Account in the
                      same manner as it was deducted.

Conversion Rights     Once during the first two certificate years you have the
                      right, upon written request, to exchange this certificate
                      for a life insurance policy that provides for benefits
                      that do not vary with the investment return of the
                      Divisions of the Separate Account. No evidence of
                      insurability will be required. However, we will require
                      that this certificate be in force and that you repay any
                      existing indebtedness. At the time of the conversion, the
                      new policy will have, at your option, either the same
                      death benefit or the same difference between death benefit
                      and cash value as this certificate. The new policy will
                      also have the same issue date and issue age as this
                      certificate. The planned premiums for the new policy will
                      be based on our rates in effect for the same issue age and
                      risk class as the original certificate.

                      You also have the right once during the first two years
                      following the effective date of an increase in face amount
                      to exchange the increased portion of this certificate for
                      a life insurance policy that provides for fixed benefits.
                      The provisions applicable to the conversion of the entire
                      certificate described above are also applicable to a
                      conversion of an increase in face amount.

Eligibility Change    If an insured's eligibility under the Contract ends due to
Conversion            the termination of the contract or termination of the
Privilege             employee's employment, your coverage, if still in force,
                      will convert automatically to an individual policy. Such
                      individual policy will provide benefits which are
                      identical to those provided under this certificate.

                      An amendment to convert the certificate to an individual
                      policy will be mailed:

                      1.  Within 31 days after we receive written notification
                          that the employee's employment ended; or after the
                          termination of the contract; and

                      2.  Once any premium necessary to prevent the policy from
                          lapsing is paid to us at our home office.

                      The planned premiums for this individual policy may be
                      paid annually, semiannually, quarterly, or at other
                      intervals we may establish from time to time. Additional
                      premium payments may be made at any time subject to
                      limitations identical to those contained in this
                      certificate.
30610
(3/93)                                  6.02
<PAGE>

Misstatement          If there is a misstatement of age in the application, the
of Age and            amount of the death benefit will be that which would be
Corrections           purchased by the most recent mortality charge at the
                      correct age.

                      If we make any payment or certificate changes in good
                      faith, relying on our records, or evidence supplied to us,
                      our duty will be fully discharged. We reserve the right to
                      correct any errors in the certificate.

Incontestability      We can not contest this certificate after it has been in
                      force during the lifetime of the insured for two years
                      from its certificate date. We can not contest an increase
                      in face amount with regard to material misstatements made
                      concerning such increase after it has been in force during
                      the lifetime of the insured for two years from its
                      effective date. We can not contest any reinstatement of
                      this certificate after it has been in force during the
                      lifetime of the insured for a period of two years from the
                      date we approve the reinstatement. This provision will not
                      apply to any rider which contains its own incontestability
                      clause.

Suicide Exclusion     If the insured dies by suicide, while sane or insane,
                      within two years from the certificate date (or within the
                      maximum period permitted by law of the state in which this
                      certificate was delivered, if less than two years), the
                      amount payable will be limited to the amount of premiums
                      paid, less any outstanding certificate loans with interest
                      to the date of death, and less any partial withdrawals. If
                      the insured, while sane or insane, commits suicide within
                      two years after the effective date of any increase in face
                      amount, the death benefit for that increase will be
                      limited to the monthly deductions for the increase. If
                      this certificate is issued to a person who is a Missouri
                      citizen at the time of issue, this provision does not
                      apply unless the insured intended suicide when this
                      certificate was applied for. If on the effective date of
                      an increase in the face amount, the owner is a Missouri
                      citizen, this provision does not apply to that increase
                      unless the insured intended suicide when the increase in
                      face amount was applied for.

Annual Report         Each year a report will be sent to you which shows the
                      current certificate values, premiums paid and deductions
                      made since the last report, and any outstanding
                      certificate loans.

Protection of         You may make a written request to us for a projection of
Benefits and          illustrative future cash values and death benefits. This
Values                projection will be furnished to you for a nominal fee.

                      8.  SEPARATE ACCOUNT PROVISIONS

Separate Account      The variable benefits under this certificate are provided
                      through investments in the Separate Account. This account
                      is used for flexible premium variable life insurance
                      policies and, if permitted by law, may be used for other
                      policies or contracts as well.

                      We hold the assets of the Separate Account. These assets
                      are held separately from the Company's general assets.
                      Income, gains and losses --- whether or not realized ---
                      from assets allocated to the Separate Account will be
                      credited to or charged against the account without regard
                      to our other income, gains or losses.

                      Assets held by the Separate Account will not be charged
                      with liabilities that arise from any other business we may
                      conduct. We have the right to transfer to the Company's
                      general assets any assets of the Separate Account which
                      are in excess of the reserves and other policy liabilities
                      of the Separate Account.

30610
(3/93)                                  6.03
<PAGE>

                      The Separate Account is registered with the Securities and
                      Exchange Commission as a unit investment trust under the
                      Investment Company Act of 1940. The Separate Account is
                      also subject to the laws of the State of Missouri, which
                      regulate the operations of insurance companies
                      incorporated in Missouri. The investment policy of the
                      Separate Account will not be changed without the approval
                      of the Insurance Commissioner of the State of Missouri.
                      The approval process is on file with the Insurance
                      Commissioner of the state in which the contract was
                      delivered.

Divisions             The Separate Account has several Divisions which are shown
                      on the certificate specifications page. The Separate
                      Account will buy shares in the Funds identified on the
                      certificate specifications page. Each Fund corresponds to
                      a different investment portfolio.

                      Income, gains and losses --- whether or not realized---
                      from the assets of each Division of the Separate Account
                      are credited to or charged against that Division without
                      regard to income, gains or losses in other Divisions of
                      the Separate Account. We will value the assets of each
                      Division of the Separate Account at the end of each
                      valuation period. A valuation period is the period between
                      two successive valuation dates, commencing at the close of
                      trading (currently 4:00 p.m. New York time) each valuation
                      date and ending at the close of trading (currently 4:00
                      p.m. New York time) on the next succeeding valuation date.
                      A valuation date is each day that the New York Stock
                      Exchange and our home office are open for business or any
                      other day that may be required by any applicable
                      Securities and Exchange Commission Rules and Regulations.

Transfers             You may transfer amounts among the Divisions of the
                      Separate Account. These transfers will be subject to the
                      following conditions:

                      -   We must receive a written request for transfer.

                      -   Transfers from or among the Divisions of the Separate
                          Account may be made at any time and must be at least
                          $250.00 or the entire amount you have in a Division,
                          if smaller.

                      We may modify the transfer privilege at any time,
                      including the minimum amount transferable, the frequency,
                      and the transfer charge, if any.

Addition, Deletion    We reserve the right, subject to compliance with
or Substitution       applicable law, to make additions to, deletions from, or
of Investments        substitutions for the shares of a fund that are held by
                      the Separate Account or that the Separate Account may
                      purchase. We reserve the right to eliminate the shares of
                      any of the Funds and to substitute shares of another fund
                      or of another registered open-end, investment company, if
                      the shares or funds are no longer available for investment
                      or if in our judgement, further investment in any fund
                      should become inappropriate in view of the purpose of the
                      policy or contract. We will not substitute any shares
                      attributable to the owner's interest in a Division of the
                      Separate Account without notice to the owner and
                      compliance with the Investment Company Act of 1940. This
                      will not prevent the Separate Account from purchasing
                      other securities for other series or classes of policies,
                      or from permitting conversion between series or classes of
                      policies or contracts on the basis of requests made by
                      owners.

                      We reserve the right to establish additional Divisions of
                      the Separate Account, each of which would invest in a new
                      fund or in shares of another open-end investment company
                      and to make such Divisions available to such class or
                      series of policies as we deem appropriate. Subject to any
                      required regulatory approval, we also reserve the right to
                      eliminate or combine existing Divisions of the Separate
                      Account or to transfer assets between Divisions.

                      Subject to obtaining any necessary regulatory or owner
                      approval, the Separate Account may be operated as a
                      management company under the Investment Company Act of
                      1940; it may be deregistered under that Act in the event
                      registration is no longer required; it may be combined
                      with other separate accounts; or its assets may be
                      transferred to other separate accounts.

30610
(3/93)                                  6.04
<PAGE>

                      9. PAYMENT OF CERTIFICATE BENEFITS


Payment               A lump sum payment will be made as provided on the face
                      page.

Interest  on          We will pay interest on proceeds from the date of the
Proceeds              insured's death to the date of payment. Interest will be
                      at an annual rate determined by us, but never less than
                      the guaranteed rate of 4.0%.

Extended              Provisions for settlement of proceeds different from a
Provisions            lump sum payment may only be made upon written agreement
                      with us.




                                     7.01
30702
(3/93)
<PAGE>

                                                             CERTIFICATE  NUMBER



[PARAGON LOGO]

                                                                   INSURED



               FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE TO AGE 95

                               Non-Participating


Flexible Premiums are payable during the lifetime of the insured to age 95.  The
death benefit is payable at the death of the insured prior to age 95 and while
the certificate is in force.  Cash surrender value, if any, is payable at the
insured's age 95.


THE AMOUNT OF THE DEATH BENEFIT OR THE DURATION OF THE DEATH BENEFIT MAY
INCREASE OR DECREASE UNDER THE CONDITIONS DESCRIBED ON PAGES 3.02 AND 3.03.

THE CERTIFICATE'S CASH VALUE IN EACH INVESTMENT DIVISION OF THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT
IS BASED ON THE INVESTMENT EXPERIENCE OF THAT INVESTMENT DIVISION AND MAY
INCREASE OR DECREASE DAILY.  IT IS NOT GUARANTEED AS TO DOLLAR AMOUNT.  SEE THE
SEPARATE ACCOUNT PROVISION.


                                    RIGHT TO
                              EXAMINE CERTIFICATE

Please read this certificate.  You may return this certificate to us or to the
agent through whom it was purchased within 20 days from the date you receive it
or within 45 days after the application is signed, whichever period ends later.
If you return it within this period, the certificate will be void from the
beginning.  We will refund any premium paid.


The provisions on the pages which follow are a part of this certificate.  This
contains a summary of the terms of the Group Contract which is the contract
between the Contractholder and Paragon Life Insurance Company.  This certificate
is evidence of life insurance under the Group Contract and is subject to all of
the terms and limits of the Group Contract and any amendments thereto. PLEASE
READ YOUR CERTIFICATE CAREFULLY.


Signed for the company at its Home Office, St. Louis, Missouri  63105.




           /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]                          /s/ Carl H. Anderson
          --------------------                     -----------------------
           V.P., GENERAL COUNSEL                        PRESIDENT
              AND SECRETARY



                                     0.01
30028
(5/95)
<PAGE>

                    ALPHABETIC  GUIDE  TO  YOUR  CERTIFICATE



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Page                                                    Page
<S>                                                    <C>
6.04  Addition, Deletion or Substitution of             3.01  Maturity Date
      Investments                                       6.03  Misstatement of Age and
3.04  Allocation of Net Premiums                              Corrections
6.01  Assignments                                       4.03  Monthly Cost of Insurance
4.05  Basis of Computation                              4.03  Monthly Deduction
6.01  Beneficiary                                       4.02  Net Investment Factor
4.04  Cash Surrender Value                              3.04  Net Premium
4.01  Cash Values                                       6.01  Owner
3.03  Certificate Changes                               4.04  Partial Withdrawals
3.01  Certificate Date                                  7.01  Payment of Benefits
3.03  Change in Contract Type                           3.04  Payment of Premiums
3.03  Change in Face Amount                             4.04  Postponement of Payments
6.01  Change of Owner or Beneficiary                    3.02  Proceeds
6.02  Claims of Creditors                               3.05  Reinstatement
6.01  Conformity with Statutes                          6.02  Right to Examine Increase in
6.02  Conversion Rights                                       Face Amount
3.02  Death Benefit                                     4.02  Separate Account Cash Value
3.01  Definitions                                       6.03  Separate Account Provisions
6.02  Eligibility Change Conversion Privilege           6.02  Statements in Application
3.04  Grace Period                                      6.03  Suicide Exclusion
6.03  Incontestability                                  6.04  Transfers
7.01  Interest on Proceeds
4.03  Loan Account Cash Value
4.01  Loans
</TABLE>


Additional Benefit Riders, Modifications and Amendments, if any, and a Copy of
the Application are found following the final section.


                                     0.02
30028
(5/95)
<PAGE>

CERTIFICATE SPECIFICATIONS


INSURED AGE                      35    INSURED                    JOHN DOE
SEX                            MALE    FACE AMOUNT                 $500,00
CONTRACT TYPE            INCREASING    CERTIFICATE DATE        MAY 01,1995
MINIMUM FACE AMOUNT        $100,000    CERTIFICATE NUMBER        6,000,000
NET PREMIUM PERCENTAGE       95.00%    PLANNED ANNUAL PREMIUM      $12,000
LOAN ACCOUNT GUARANTEED                MONTHLY EXPENSE CHARGE        $3.50
INTEREST RATE                  5.0%    FIRST YEAR MONTHLY            $2.50




FORM                 BENDFITS-AS SPECIFIED IN CERTIFICATE
NUMBER                      AND IN ANY RIDER


                 Certificate Plan:  FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE
                           LIFE INSURANCE TO AGE 95

30028
30155
30156
30316
30413
30616
30706



30155                                1.01
<PAGE>

CERTIFICATE SPECIFICATIONS


INSURED                                 JOHN DOE
CERTIFICATE DATE                     MAY 1, 1995
CERTIFICATE NUMBER                     6,000,000


COVERAGE                 RISK                FACE              MATURITY
                    CLASSIFICATION          AMOUNT              DATE*
FLEX. PREM. VL-95      STANDARD            $500,000            MAY 1,2055




SEPARATE ACCOUNT: SEPARATE ACCOUNT B





*     It is possible that coverage will expire prior to the Maturity Date shown
      where either no premiums are paid following payment of the initial premium
      or subsequent premiums are insufficient to continue coverage to such a
      date. If current values change, the planned periodic premium could be
      insufficient to continue coverage to the maturity date.

30155                                1.02
<PAGE>

              TABLE OF GUARANTEED MONTHLY COST OF INSURANCE RATES
                              RATES ARE PER $1000
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

INSURED:                                                CERTIFICATE NUMBER:
                                                        CERTIFICATE DATE:






     ATTAINED                                ATTAINED                               ATTAINED
       AGE               RATE                  AGE              RATE                  AGE              RATE
       ---               ----                  ---              ----                  ---              ----
     <S>                 <C>                 <C>                <C>                 <C>                <C>
        18               0.155                  19              0.161                  20              0.163
        21               0.165                  22              0.163                  23              0.163
        24               0.161                  25              0.159                  26              0.158
        27               0.158                  28              0.159                  29              0.163
        30               0.167                  31              0.172                  32              0.178
        33               0.187                  34              0.196                  35              0.207
        36               0.221                  37              0.238                  38              0.257
        39               0.278                  40              0.303                  41              0.329
        42               0.357                  43              0.386                  44              0.416
        45               0.449                  46              0.483                  47              0.520
        48               0.559                  49              0.603                  50              0.651
        51               0.705                  52              0.767                  53              0.836
        54               0.911                  55              0.988                  56              1.071
        57               1.155                  58              1.244                  59              1.342
        60               1.450                  61              1.576                  62              1.723
        63               1.891                  64              2.078                  65              2.276
        66               2.486                  67              2.704                  68              2.933
        69               3.188                  70              3.478                  71              3.813
        72               4.208                  73              4.66                   74              5.163
        75               5.708                  76              6.284                  77              6.884
        78               7.517                  79              8.203                  80              8.968
        81               9.837                  82             10.829                  83             11.941
        84              13.150                  85             14.440                  86             15.795
        87              17.213                  88             18.699                  89             20.262
        90              21.925                  91             23.733                  92             25.762
        93              28.155                  94             31.307
</TABLE>


THESE RATES ARE FOR THE BASE COVERAGE AT ISSUE. They are based on 125 percent of
the 1980 Commissioners Standard Ordinary Mortality Table C Age Last Birthday.

Any values guaranteed in this certificate are based on these rates.

30156                                1.01
<PAGE>

                        1. DEFINITIONS

We, Us and Our          The Paragon Life Insurance Company.

You and Your            The owner of this certificate. The owner may be someone
                        other than the insured.

                        In the application the words "You" and "Your" refer to
                        the proposed insured person(s).

Insured                 The person whose life is insured under this certificate.
                        See the certificate specifications page. The insured
                        must be eligible to participate in the plan sponsored by
                        the contractholder at the time this certificate is
                        issued.

Issue Age               The insured's age at his or her last birthday as of the
                        certificate date.

Attained Age            The issue age plus the number of completed certificate
                        years.

Certificate Date        The date of issue of this certificate is the effective
                        date of coverage under this certificate. It is also the
                        date from which certificate anniversaries, certificate
                        years, and certificate months are measured.

Investment              The date the first premium is applied to the Divisions
Start Date              of the Separate Account. This date will be the later of:

                        The certificate date; or

                        The date we receive the first premium at our home
                        office.

Maturity Date          The certificate anniversary on which the insured attains
                       age 95. If the insured is living and the certificate is
                       in force on this date, the cash surrender value is
                       payable. It is possible that insurance coverage may not
                       continue to the maturity date even if planned premiums
                       are paid in a timely manner.

Monthly                The same date in each succeeding month as the certificate
Anniversary            date except that whenever the monthly anniversary falls
                       on a date other than a valuation date, the monthly
                       anniversary will be deemed the next valuation date. If
                       any monthly anniversary would be the 29th, 30th, or 31st
                       day of a month that does not have that number of days,
                       then the monthly anniversary will be the last day of that
                       month.


Business Day           Any day that we are open for business.

Separate               A separate investment account created by us to receive
Account                and invest net premiums received for this certificate.
                       The particular Separate Account for this certificate is
                       indicated on the certificate specifications page.


Loan Account           The account to which we will transfer from the Divisions
                       of the Separate Account the amount of any certificate
                       loan.


Loan                   A Loan SubAccount exists for each Division of the
SubAccount             Separate Account. Any cash value transferred to the Loan
                       Account will be allocated to the appropriate Loan
                       SubAccount to reflect the origin of the cash value. At
                       any point in time, the Loan Account will equal the sum of
                       all the Loan SubAccounts.


Actively               The employee must work for his employer at his usual
at Work                place of work or such other places as required by his
                       employer in the course of such work for the full number
                       of hours and full rate of pay, as set by the employment
                       practices of his employer. In no event will the amount of
                       time worked per week be less than 30 hours.

Contract               The Group Flexible Premium Variable Life Insurance
                       Contract issued to the contractholder by us.

                                     3.01
30316
(5/95)
<PAGE>

                       2. DEATH BENEFITS

Proceeds               The certificate proceeds are:

                       1. The death benefit under the contract type then in
                          effect; plus

                       2. The monthly cost of insurance for the portion of the
                          certificate month from the date of death to the end of
                          the month of death; less

                       3. Any loan and loan interest due.

Death Benefit          The death benefit depends upon the contract type in
                       effect on the date of the insured's death. The contract
                       type in effect is shown on the certificate specifications
                       page.

                       Level Contract Type: (Death benefit is level except when
                       it equals a percentage of cash value.)

                       The death benefit is the greater of:

                       1. The face amount; or

                       2. The applicable percentage of the cash value on the
                          date of death as described in Section 7702(d) of the
                          Internal Revenue Code of 1986 or any applicable
                          successor provision thereto.

                       Increasing Contract Type:

                       The death benefit is the greater of:

                       1. The face amount plus the cash value on the date of
                          death; or

                       2. The applicable percentage of the cash value on the
                          date of death as described in Section 7702(d) of the
                          Internal Revenue Code of 1986 or any applicable
                          successor provision hereto.

                       Not withstanding anything in this certificate, the death
                       benefit will in no case be less than the amount necessary
                       to cause the certificate to meet the guideline premium
                       test set forth in Section 7702(c) of the 1986 Internal
                       Revenue Code or any applicable successor.

Applicable             The percentages as currently described in Section 7702(d)
Percentage             of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 are as follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                       In the case of an insured with an                               The applicable percentage
                       attained age as of the beginning                                will decrease by a ratable
                       of the certificate year of:                                     portion for each full year:

                       More than:                 But not more than:                   From:                          To:
                       <S>                        <C>                                  <C>                            <C>
                         0  .....................        40                            250  .....................     250
                        40  .....................        45                            250  .....................     215
                        45  .....................        50                            215  .....................     185
                        50  .....................        55                            185  .....................     150
                        55  .....................        60                            150  .....................     130
                        60  .....................        65                            130  .....................     120
                        65  .....................        70                            120  .....................     115
                        70  .....................        75                            115  .....................     105
                        75  .....................        90                            105  .....................     105
                        90  .....................        95                            105  .....................     100
                        95  .....................       100                            100  .....................     100
                       100  .....................       100                            100  .....................     100
                                                          or higher
</TABLE>

                                     3.02
30316
(5/95)

<PAGE>

Certificate            You may request certificate changes at any time unless we
Changes                specifically indicate otherwise, Changes We reserve the
                       right to limit the number of changes to one per
                       certificate year and to restrict the changes in the first
                       certificate year. The types of changes allowed are
                       explained below.


                       No change will be permitted that would result in this
                       certificate not satisfying the requirements of Section
                       7702 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 or any
                       applicable successor provision thereto.

Change in              The face amount may be changed by sending us a written
Face Amount            request.


                       Any decrease in face amount will be subject to the
                       following conditions:

                       1. The decrease will become effective on the monthly
                          anniversary on or following our receipt of the
                          request.

                       2. The decrease will reduce the face amount in the
                          following order:

                          a.  The face amount provided by the most recent
                              increase;

                          b.  Face amounts provided by the next most recent
                              increases, successively; and

                          c.  The face amount when the certificate was issued.

                       3. The face amount remaining in force after any requested
                          decrease may not be less than the minimum face amount
                          shown on the certificate specifications page.

                       4. Any decrease must be at least $5,000.

                       Any increase in face amount will be subject to the
                       following conditions:

                       1. Proof that the insured is insurable by our standards
                          on the date of the requested increase must be
                          submitted.

                       2. The increase will become effective on the monthly
                          anniversary on or following our receipt of such proof.

                       3. Any increase must be at least $5,000.

                       4. The insured must have an attained age not greater than
                          age 80 on the anniversary date that the increase will
                          become effective.

                       We will amend your certificate to show the effective date
                       of the decrease or increase.

Change in              The contract type in effect may be changed by sending us
Contract Type          a written request. The effective date of change will be
                       the monthly anniversary on or following the date we
                       receive the request. On the effective date of this change
                       the death benefit payable does not change.


                       If the contract type in effect is increasing, it may be
                       changed to level. The face amount will be increased to
                       equal the death benefit on the effective date of change.

                       If the contract type in effect is level, it may be
                       changed to increasing. Proof that the insured is
                       insurable by our standards on the date of the change must
                       be submitted. The face amount will be decreased to equal
                       the death benefit less the cash value on the effective
                       date of change. This change may not be made if it would
                       result in a face amount which is less than the minimum
                       face amount shown on the certificate specifications page.

                                     3.03
30316
(5/95)

<PAGE>

                       3. PREMIUMS AND GRACE PERIOD

Payment of             Your first premium is due as of the certificate date.
Premiums               While the insured is living, premiums after the first
                       must be paid at our home office. If this certificate is
                       in your possession and you have not paid the first
                       premium, it is not in force. It will be considered that
                       you have the certificate for inspection only.

                       Premiums after the first may be paid in any amount and at
                       any interval subject to the following conditions:

                       1. No premium payment may be less than $20.00.

                       2. Total premiums paid in any certificate year may not
                          exceed the maximum premium limit for that certificate
                          year. The maximum premium limit for a certificate year
                          is the largest amount of premium which can be paid in
                          that certificate year such that the sum of the
                          premiums paid under the certificate will not at any
                          time exceed the guideline premium limitation referred
                          to in Section 7702(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of
                          1986, or as set forth in any applicable successor
                          provision thereto. The maximum premium limit for the
                          following certificate year will be shown on your
                          annual report.

                       On any date that we receive a premium which causes the
                       death benefit to increase by an amount that exceeds that
                       premium received, we reserve the right to refuse the
                       premium payment. We may require additional evidence of
                       insurability before we accept the premium payment.

Net Premium            The premium paid times the net premium percentage from
                       the certificate specifications page is the net premium.

Allocation of          You determine the allocation of net premiums among the
Net Premiums           Divisions of the Separate Account. The minimum percentage
                       (other than zero) that may be allocated to any Division
                       of the Separate Account is 10%. Percentages must be in
                       whole numbers. The initial allocation is shown on the
                       certificate specifications page.


Your Right             You may change the allocation of future net premiums
to Change              among the Divisions of the Separate Account subject to
Allocation             the conditions outlined in the Allocation of the Net
                       Premiums provision. The change in allocation percentages
                       will take effect immediately upon our receipt of your
                       written request.

Grace Period           We will allow a grace period of 62 days. The grace period
                       will start on any monthly anniversary when the cash
                       surrender value is not large enough to cover the next
                       monthly deduction. (Monthly deduction is defined in the
                       Cash Values Section.) At that time, we will send you and
                       any assignee of record a notice. The notice will indicate
                       the minimum premium needed to keep the certificate in
                       force and the date such payment is due.

                       If you do not pay a premium large enough to cover the
                       monthly deduction by the end of the grace period, your
                       certificate will lapse at the end of that 62 day period.
                       It will then terminate without cash value. If the insured
                       dies during the grace period, any past due monthly
                       deductions will be deducted from the death benefit.

                                     3.04
30316
(5/95)

<PAGE>

Reinstatement          You may reinstate your lapsed certificate within 5 years
                       after the date of lapse. This must be done before the
                       insured's age 95. You must submit the following items:

                       1. A written request for reinstatement.

                       2. Proof satisfactory to us that the insured is insurable
                          by our standards.

                       3. A premium large enough to cover:

                          a.  The monthly deductions due at the time of lapse;
                              and

                          b.  Two times the monthly deduction due at the time of
                              reinstatement.

                       The insured must be alive on the date we approve the
                       request for reinstatement. If the insured is not alive,
                       such approval is void and of no effect.

                       The reinstated certificate will be in force from the date
                       we approve the reinstatement application. There will be a
                       full monthly deduction for the certificate month which
                       includes that date. The only accumulation value of this
                       certificate upon reinstatement will be the amount
                       provided by the premium then paid. The application for
                       reinstatement will be contestable for two years during
                       the lifetime of the insured from the date of its
                       approval.

                       Any loan and loan interest due on the date of lapse may
                       be paid or reinstated. Any loan loan interest reinstated
                       will cause a cash value of an equal amount to also be
                       reinstated.

                       Any loan paid at the time of reinstatement will cause an
                       increase in cash value equal to the amount of the repaid
                       loan.

                                     3.05
30316
(5/95)
<PAGE>

                    4.       LOANS

                    After the first certificate anniversary, you may borrow an
                    amount not in excess of the loan value of your certificate
                    while it is in force. The minimum amount of your net loan
                    request at any one time must be at least $100. Your
                    certificate will be the sole security for such loan. We have
                    the right to require your certificate for endorsement.

                    The loan value is 85% of the cash value of your certificate
                    at the date of the loan request, reduced by any existing
                    loans and loan interest due.

                    You may allocate the certificate loan and any loan interest
                    due on this loan among the Divisions of the Separate
                    Account. If you do not specify the allocation, then the
                    certificate loan will be allocated among the Divisions of
                    the Separate Account in the same proportion that the cash
                    value in each Division bears to the total cash value of the
                    certificate, minus the cash value in the Loan Account, on
                    the date of the certificate loan.

                    Cash value equal to the certificate loan and the loan
                    interest due on this loan allocated to each Division of the
                    Separate Account will be transferred to the Loan Account,
                    reducing the cash value allocated to the Divisions of the
                    Separate Account accordingly.

                    Cash value held in the Loan Account for loan collateral will
                    earn interest daily at an annual rate not less than the Loan
                    Account guaranteed interest rate shown on the certificate
                    specifications page.

                    Interest payable on a loan accrues daily. Loan interest is
                    due and payable in arrears on each certificate anniversary
                    or on a pro rata basis for any shorter period as the loan
                    may exist. If you do not pay the interest when it is due, we
                    will add it to your existing loan if your certificate has
                    sufficient loan value, We will charge the same rate of
                    interest on this amount as on the certificate loan. The
                    total loan rate will be 8.0% per year.

Loan Repayments     All funds received will be credited to your certificate as a
                    premium unless clearly marked for loan repayment.

                    You may repay your loan in whole or in part at any time
                    before the death of the insured while the certificate is in
                    force. When a loan repayment is made, cash value securing
                    the debt in the Loan Account equal to the loan repayment
                    will be repaid to the Divisions of the Separate Account in
                    the same proportion that the cash value in the Loan Account
                    bears to the cash value in each Loan SubAccount as of the
                    date the original loan was made, unless you indicate a
                    specific allocation to the Divisions of the Separate
                    Account. Unpaid loans and loan interest will be deducted
                    from any settlement of your certificate.

                    If you fail to make repayment when the total loan and loan
                    interest due would exceed the cash value, your certificate
                    will terminate. We will allow you a grace period for such
                    payment of loans and loan interest due. In such event the
                    certificate becomes void at the end of the grace period, we
                    will mail a notice to your last known address, the last
                    known address of the insured, and that of any assignee of
                    record. This grace period will expire 62 days from the
                    monthly anniversary immediately before the date the total
                    loan and loan interest due exceeds the cash value and any
                    unpaid monthly expense charges; or 31 days after such notice
                    has been mailed, if later.


                    5.       CASH VALUES

Cash Value          The cash value of your certificate is equal to the total of:

                    -        The cash value in the Divisions of the Separate
                             Account; plus

                    -        The cash value in the Loan Account.


30413                                4.01
(5/95)
<PAGE>

                    You may borrow against the loan value of your certificate.
                    The interest rate used to calculate the interest earned on
                    the cash values in the Loan Account securing any certificate
                    loan will be at an effective annual rate not less than the
                    Loan Account guaranteed interest rate shown on the
                    certificate specifications page.

Separate Account    The cash value in each  Division of the Separate  Account
Cash Value          on the  Investment Start Date is equal to:

                    -        The portion of the initial net premium received and
                             allocated to the Division; minus

                    -        The portion of the monthly deductions due from the
                             certificate date through the Investment Start Date
                             charged to the Division.

                    The cash value in each Division of the Separate Account on a
                    subsequent valuation date is equal to:

                    -        The cash value in the Division on the preceding
                             valuation date multiplied by that Division's net
                             investment factor for the current valuation period;
                             plus

                    -        Any portion of net premium received and allocated
                             to the Division during the current valuation
                             period; plus

                    -        Any net amounts transferred to the Division from
                             another Division during the current valuation
                             period; plus

                    -        Any loan repayments allocated to the Division
                             during the current valuation period; plus

                    -        That portion of any interest credited on
                             outstanding loans which is allocated to the
                             Division during the current valuation period; minus

                    -        Any amounts transferred plus any transfer charge
                             from the Division during the current valuation
                             period; minus

                    -        Any partial withdrawal plus any withdrawal
                             transaction charge from the Division during the
                             current valuation period; minus

                    -        Any amount transferred from the Division to the
                             Loan Account during that valuation period; minus

                    -        If a monthly anniversary occurs during the current
                             valuation period, the portion of the monthly
                             deduction charged to the Division during the
                             current valuation period to cover the certificate
                             month which starts during that valuation period.

Net Investment      The Net Investment Factor measures the investment
                    performance of a Division during Factor a valuation period.
                    The Net Investment Factor for each Division for a valuation
                    period is calculated as follows:

                    -        The value of the assets at the end of the preceding
                             valuation period; plus

                    -        The investment income and capital gains ---realized
                             or unrealized ---credited to the assets in the
                             valuation period for which the net investment
                             factor is being determined; minus

                    -        The capital losses --- realized or unrealized ---
                             charged against those assets during the valuation
                             period; minus

                    -        Any amount charged against each Division for taxes
                             including any tax or other economic burden
                             resulting from the application of tax laws that we
                             determine to be properly attributable to the
                             Divisions of the Separate Account, or any amount we
                             set aside during the valuation period as a reserve
                             for taxes attributable to the operation or
                             maintenance of each Division; minus

                    -        A charge not to exceed .0024547% for each day in
                             the valuation period. This corresponds to 0.90% per
                             year for mortality and expense risks; divided by

                    -        The value of the assets at the end of the preceding
                             valuation period.


30413                               4.02
(5/95)
<PAGE>

Loan Account        The cash value of the Loan Account as of the Investment
Cash Value          Start Date is zero.

                    The cash value of the Loan Account on any day after the
                    Investment Start Date is equal to:

                    -        The cash value of the Loan Account on the preceding
                             business day, with interest; plus

                    -        Any net amount transferred to the Loan Account from
                             the Divisions of the Separate Account on that day;
                             minus

                    -        Any loan repayments on that day.

Monthly Cost        The monthly cost of insurance for the following month is
of Insurance        deducted on the monthly anniversary date. The monthly cost
                    of insurance is 1, below, multiplied by the difference
                    between 2 and 3 below:

                    1.      The monthly cost of insurance rate divided by 1,000.

                    2.      The death benefit at the beginning of the
                            certificate month divided by 1.0040741.

                    3.      The cash value at the beginning of the certificate
                            month, before the deduction of the monthly cost of
                            insurance.

                    If the contract type is level and if there has been an
                    increase in the face amount, then the cash value will first
                    be considered a part of the face amount when the certificate
                    was issued. If the cash value is greater than the initial
                    face amount, the excess cash value will then be considered a
                    part of each increase in order, starting with the first
                    increase.

Monthly Cost        At the beginning of each certificate year, the monthly cost
of Insurance Rates  rate is of insurance determined using the insured's attained
                    age. The monthly cost of insurance rate is based on the
                    attained age and rate class. For the initial face amount, we
                    will use the rate class on the certificate date. For each
                    increase, we will use the rate class applicable to the
                    increase. If the death benefit equals a percentage of the
                    cash value, any increase in cash value will cause an
                    automatic increase in the death benefit. The rate class for
                    such increase will be the same as that used for the most
                    recent increase that required proof that the insured was
                    insurable by our standards.

                    The monthly cost of insurance rates will never exceed the
                    rates shown on the Table of Guaranteed Monthly Cost of
                    Insurance Rates page. Any change in the cost of insurance
                    rates will apply to all persons of the same age, and
                    classification whose certificates have been in force for the
                    same length of time.

First Year          The amount of additional monthly expense to be charged
Monthly Expense     during the first  certificate year is shown on the
Charge              certificate specifications page.

Monthly Expense     The amount of the  monthly  expense  charge is shown on the
Charge              certificate  specifications page.

Monthly Deduction   The monthly deduction is:

                    1.      The monthly cost of insurance; plus

                    2.      The monthly cost of insurance for any rider included
                            with this certificate; plus

                    3.      The monthly expense charge; plus

                    4.      For the first certificate year, the first year
                            monthly expense charge.

                   The monthly deduction for a certificate month will be
                   allocated among the Divisions of the Separate Account in the
                   same proportion that the cash value in each Division bears to
                   the total cash value of the certificate, minus the cash value
                   in the Loan Account on the monthly anniversary.


30413                               4.03
(5/95)
<PAGE>

Cash Surrender     The cash surrender value of this certificate is:
Value
                   1.       The cash value at the time of surrender; minus

                   2.       Any loan and loan interest due.

Surrender          You may surrender your certificate for its cash surrender
                   value at any time during the lifetime of the insured by
                   sending us a written request. The cash surrender value will
                   be determined as of the date we receive your written request
                   at our home office. The cash surrender value will not be
                   reduced by any monthly deduction due on that date for a
                   subsequent certificate month.

Partial            After the first certificate year, you can make a partial
Withdrawals        withdrawal of cash subject to the following conditions:

                   -         You may make up to one partial withdrawal each
                             certificate month.

                   -         The minimum amount of your net partial withdrawal
                             request from any one Division must be at least
                             $50.00 of a Division or your entire balance in that
                             Division, if smaller.

                   -         The total amount of your net partial withdrawal
                             request at any one time must be at least $500.

                   -         The amount of withdrawal obtained by partial
                             withdrawal may not exceed the loan value.

Allocation of      You may allocate the partial withdrawal, subject to the above
Partial            conditions, among the  Divisions of the Separate Account. If
Withdrawals        you do not specify the allocation, then the partial
                   withdrawal will be allocated among the Divisions of the
                   Separate Account in the same proportion that the cash value
                   in each Division bears to the total cash value of the
                   certificate, minus the cash value in the Loan Account on the
                   date of the partial withdrawal.

                   If the contract type is level and the death benefit equals
                   the face amount, then a partial withdrawal will decrease the
                   face amount by an amount equal to the partial withdrawal. If
                   the death benefit equals a percentage of the cash value then
                   a partial withdrawal will decrease the face amount by any
                   amount by which the partial withdrawal exceeds the difference
                   between the death benefit and the face amount. The face
                   amount will be decreased in the following order:

                   1.      The face amount at issue; and

                   2.      Any increases in the same order in which they were
                           issued.

                   No partial withdrawal will be processed which will result in
                   the face amount being decreased below the minimum face amount
                   shown on the certificate specifications page.

                   We reserve the right to change the minimum amount or the
                   number of times you may make a partial withdrawal. Each
                   partial withdrawal is subject to an administrative charge
                   equal to the lesser of $25.00 or 2% of the amount of the
                   partial withdrawal.

Postponement       We will usually pay any amounts payable on surrender, partial
of Payments        withdrawal or certificate loan allocated to the Divisions of
                   the Separate Account within seven days after written notice
                   is received. We will usually pay any death benefit proceeds
                   within seven days after we receive due proof of claim.
                   Payment of any amount payable on surrender, partial
                   withdrawal, certificate loan or death may be postponed
                   whenever:

                   1.        The New York Stock Exchange or our home office are
                             closed (other than customary weekend and holiday
                             closing) or trading on the New York Stock Exchange
                             is restricted as determined by the Securities and
                             Exchange Commission;

                   2.        The Securities and Exchange Commission, by order,
                             permits postponement for the protection of
                             certificate owners; or

30413                             4.04
(5/95)
<PAGE>

                   3.        An emergency exists as determined by the Securities
                             and Exchange Commission, as a result of which
                             disposal of securities is not reasonably
                             practicable or it is not reasonably practicable to
                             determine the value of the net assets of the
                             Separate Account.

                   Transfers may also be postponed under the circumstances
                   listed above.

Continuation       If all premium payments cease, the insurance provided under
of Insurance       this certificate, including benefits provided by any rider
                   attached to this certificate will continue in accordance with
                   the provisions of this certificate for as long as the cash
                   surrender value is sufficient to cover the monthly
                   deductions. Any remaining cash surrender value will be
                   payable on the maturity date.

Basis of           All values are at least equal to those required by any
Computation        applicable law of the state that governs your certificate. We
                   have filed a detailed statement of the method of calculating
                   cash values and reserves with the insurance supervisory
                   official of that state.


30413                              4.05
(5/95)
<PAGE>

                          6.  PERSONS WITH AN INTEREST IN THE CERTIFICATE

Owner                     The owner is as shown in the application or in any
                          supplemental agreement attached to this certificate,
                          unless later changed as provided in this certificate.
                          You, as owner, are entitled to all rights provided by
                          this certificate, prior to its maturity date.
                          Ownership may be changed in accordance with the Change
                          of Owner or Beneficiary provision. After the maturity
                          date, you can not change the payee nor the mode of
                          payment, unless otherwise provided in this
                          certificate. Any person whose rights of ownership
                          depend upon some future event will not possess any
                          present rights of ownership. If there is more than one
                          owner at a given time, all must exercise the rights of
                          ownership. If you should die, and you are not the
                          insured, your interest will go to your estate unless
                          otherwise provided.

Beneficiary               The original beneficiary is shown in the application.
                          You may change the beneficiary in accordance with the
                          Change of Owner or Beneficiary provision. Unless
                          otherwise stated, the beneficiary has no rights in
                          this certificate before the death of the insured. If
                          there is more than one beneficiary at the death of the
                          insured, each will receive equal payments unless
                          otherwise provided. If no beneficiary is living at the
                          death of the insured the proceeds will be payable to
                          you, if you are living, or to your estate.

Change of                 During the insured's lifetime you may change the
Owner or                  ownership and beneficiary designations, subject to any
Beneficiary               restrictions as stated in the Owner or Beneficiary
                          provisions. You must make the change in written form
                          satisfactory to us. If acceptable to us it will take
                          effect as of the time you signed the request, whether
                          or not the insured is living when we receive your
                          request at our home office. The change will be subject
                          to any assignment of this certificate or other legal
                          restrictions. It will also be subject to any payment
                          we made or action we took before we received your
                          written notice of the change. We have the right to
                          require the certificate for endorsement before we
                          accept the change.

                          If you are also the beneficiary of the certificate at
                          the time of the insured's death, you may designate
                          some other person to receive the proceeds of the
                          certificate within 60 days after the insured's death.

Assignments               We will not be bound by an assignment of the
                          certificate or of any interest in it unless:

                          1.  The assignment is made as a written instrument,

                          2.  You file the original instrument or a certified
                              copy with us at our home office, and

                          3.  We send you an acknowledged copy.

                          We are not responsible for determining the validity of
                          any assignment. If a claim is based on an assignment,
                          we may require proof of interest of the claimant. A
                          valid assignment will take precedence over any claim
                          of a beneficiary.

                          7.  GENERAL PROVISIONS

Entire Contract           We have issued this certificate in consideration of
                          the application and payment of premiums. The
                          certificate, the application for it, any riders, and
                          any application for an increase in face amount
                          constitute the entire contract and are attached to and
                          made a part of the certificate when the insurance
                          applied for is accepted. A copy of any application for
                          reinstatement will be sent to you for attachment to
                          this certificate and will become part of the contract
                          of reinstatement and of this certificate. The
                          certificate may be changed by mutual agreement. Any
                          change must be in writing and approved by our
                          President, Vice President, or Secretary. Our agents
                          have no authority to alter or modify any terms,
                          conditions, or agreements of this certificate, or to
                          waive any of its provisions.

Conformity with           If any provision in this certificate is in conflict
Statutes                  with the laws of the state which govern this
                          certificate, the provision will be deemed to be
                          amended to conform with such laws. In addition, we
                          reserve the right to change this certificate if we
                          determine that a change is necessary to meet the
                          requirements of the Internal Revenue Code, or its
                          regulations or published rulings.

30616                                6.01
(5/95)
<PAGE>

Statements in             All statements made by the insured or on his or her
Application               behalf, or by the applicant, will be deemed
                          representations and not warranties, except in the case
                          of fraud. Material misstatements will not be used to
                          void the certificate, any rider or any increase in
                          face amount or deny a claim unless made in the
                          application for a certificate, rider or an increase in
                          face amount.

Claims of                 To the extent permitted by law, neither the
Creditors                 certificate nor any payment under it will be subject
                          to the claim of creditors or to any legal process.

Right to                  You have the right to request us to cancel an
Examine Increase          increase in face amount and receive a refund. The
in Face Amount            request must be made no later than:

                          -  20 days from the date you received the new
                             certificate specifications page for the increase;
                             or

                          -  45 days after the date you signed the application
                             for the increase.

                          The refund will equal the monthly deductions
                          associated with that increase. If you do request us to
                          cancel the increase but do not request a refund, the
                          monthly deductions associated with that increase will
                          be restored to the certificate's cash value. This
                          amount will be allocated to the Divisions of the
                          Separate Account in the same manner as it was
                          deducted.

Conversion Rights         Once during the first two certificate years you have
                          the right, upon written request, to exchange this
                          certificate for a life insurance policy that provides
                          for benefits that do not vary with the investment
                          return of the Divisions of the Separate Account. No
                          evidence of insurability will be required. However, we
                          will require that this certificate be in force and
                          that you repay any existing indebtedness. At the time
                          of the conversion, the new policy will have, at your
                          option, either the same death benefit or the same
                          difference between death benefit and cash value as
                          this certificate. The new policy will also have the
                          same issue date and issue age as this certificate. The
                          planned premiums for the new policy will be based on
                          our rates in effect for the same issue age and risk
                          class as the original certificate.

                          You also have the right once during the first two
                          years following the effective date of an increase in
                          face amount to exchange the increased portion of this
                          certificate for a life insurance policy that provides
                          for fixed benefits. The provisions applicable to the
                          conversion of the entire certificate described above
                          are also applicable to a conversion of an increase in
                          face amount.

Eligibility Change        If an insured's eligibility under the Contract ends
Conversion                due to the termination of the contract or termination
Privilege                 of the employee's employment, your coverage, if still
                          in force, will convert automatically to an individual
                          policy. Such individual policy will provide benefits
                          which are identical to those provided under this
                          certificate.

                          An amendment to convert the certificate to an
                          individual policy will be mailed:

                          1.  Within 31 days after we receive written
                              notification that the employee's employment ended;
                              or after the termination of the contract; and

                          2.  Once any premium necessary to prevent the policy
                              from lapsing is paid to us at our home office.

                          The planned premiums for this individual policy may be
                          paid annually, semiannually, quarterly, or at other
                          intervals we may establish from time to time.
                          Additional premium payments may be made at any time
                          subject to limitations identical to those contained in
                          this certificate.

30616                                6.02
(5/95)
<PAGE>

Misstatement              If there is a misstatement of age in the application,
of Age and                the amount of the death benefit will be that which
Corrections               would be purchased by the most recent mortality
                          charge at the correct age.

                          If we make any payment or certificate changes in good
                          faith, relying on our records, or evidence supplied to
                          us, our duty will be fully discharged. We reserve the
                          right to correct any errors in the certificate.

Incontestability          We can not contest this certificate after it has been
                          in force during the lifetime of the insured for two
                          years from its certificate date. We can not contest an
                          increase in face amount with regard to material
                          misstatements made concerning such increase after it
                          has been in force during the lifetime of the insured
                          for two years from its effective date. We can not
                          contest any reinstatement of this certificate after it
                          has been in force during the lifetime of the insured
                          for a period of two years from the date we approve the
                          reinstatement. This provision will not apply to any
                          rider which contains its own incontestability clause.

Suicide Exclusion         If the insured dies by suicide, while sane or insane,
                          within two years from the certificate date (or within
                          the maximum period permitted by law of the state in
                          which this certificate was delivered, if less than two
                          years), the amount payable will be limited to the
                          amount of premiums paid, less any outstanding
                          certificate loans with interest to the date of death,
                          and less any partial withdrawals. If the insured,
                          while sane or insane, commits suicide within two years
                          after the effective date of any increase in face
                          amount, the death benefit for that increase will be
                          limited to the monthly deductions for the increase.

                          If the group contract is issued to a contractholder in
                          the state of Missouri, then this certificate is
                          considered issued to a Missouri citizen. This
                          provision does not apply unless we prove that the
                          Insured, who is considered a Missouri citizen,
                          intended suicide when this certificate was applied
                          for. This provision does not apply to an increase in
                          face amount unless the Insured, who is considered a
                          Missouri citizen, intended suicide when the increase
                          in face amount was applied for.

Annual Report             Each year a report will be sent to you which shows the
                          current certificate values, premiums paid and
                          deductions made since the last report, and any
                          outstanding certificate loans.

Projection of             You may make a written request to us for a projection
Benefits and              of illustrative future cash values and death
Values                    benefits. This projection will be furnished to you for
                          a nominal fee.


                          8.  SEPARATE ACCOUNT PROVISIONS

Separate Account          The variable benefits under this certificate are
                          provided through investments in the Separate Account.
                          This account is used for flexible premium variable
                          life insurance policies and, if permitted by law, may
                          be used for other policies or contracts as well.

                          We hold the assets of the Separate Account. These
                          assets are held separately from the Company's general
                          assets. Income, gains and losses --- whether or not
                          realized ---from assets allocated to the Separate
                          Account will be credited to or charged against the
                          account without regard to our other income, gains or
                          losses.

                          Assets held by the Separate Account will not be
                          charged with liabilities that arise from any other
                          business we may conduct. We have the right to transfer
                          to the Company's general assets any assets of the
                          Separate Account which are in excess of the reserves
                          and other policy liabilities of the Separate Account.

30616                                6.03
(5/95)
<PAGE>

                          The Separate Account is registered with the Securities
                          and Exchange Commission as a unit investment trust
                          under the Investment Company Act of 1940. The Separate
                          Account is also subject to the laws of the State of
                          Missouri, which regulate the operations of insurance
                          companies incorporated in Missouri. The investment
                          policy of the Separate Account will not be changed
                          without the approval of the Insurance Commissioner of
                          the State of Missouri. The approval process is on file
                          with the Insurance Commissioner of the state in which
                          the contract was delivered.

Divisions                 The Separate Account has several Divisions which are
                          shown on the certificate specifications page. The
                          Separate Account will buy shares in the Funds
                          identified on the certificate specifications page.
                          Each Fund corresponds to a different investment
                          portfolio.

                          Income, gains and losses --- whether or not realized
                          --- from the assets of each Division of the Separate
                          Account are credited to or charged against that
                          Division without regard to income, gains or losses in
                          other Divisions of the Separate Account.

                          We will value the assets of each Division of the
                          Separate Account at the end of each valuation period.
                          A valuation period is the period between two
                          successive valuation dates, commencing at the close of
                          trading (currently 4:00 p.m. New York time) each
                          valuation date and ending at the close of trading
                          (currently 4:00 p.m. New York time) on the next
                          succeeding valuation date. A valuation date is each
                          day that the New York Stock Exchange and our home
                          office are open for business or any other day that may
                          be required by any applicable Securities and Exchange
                          Commission Rules and Regulations.

Transfers                 You may transfer amounts among the Divisions of the
                          Separate Account.

                          These transfers will be subject to the following
                          conditions:

                          -  We must receive a written request for transfer.

                          -  Transfers from or among the Divisions of the
                             Separate Account may be made at any time and must
                             be at least $250.00 or the entire amount you have
                             in a Division, if smaller.

                          We may modify the transfer privilege at any time,
                          including the minimum amount transferable, the
                          frequency, and the transfer charge, if any.

Addition, Deletion        We reserve the right, subject to compliance with
or Substitution           applicable law, to make additions to, deletions from,
of Investments            or substitutions for the shares of a fund that are
                          held by the Separate Account or that the Separate
                          Account may purchase. We reserve the right to
                          eliminate the shares of any of the Funds and to
                          substitute shares of another fund or of another
                          registered open-end, investment company, if the shares
                          or funds are no longer available for investment or if
                          in our judgement, further investment in any fund
                          should become inappropriate in view of the purpose of
                          the policy or contract. We will not substitute any
                          shares attributable to the owner's interest in a
                          Division of the Separate Account without notice to the
                          owner and compliance with the Investment Company Act
                          of 1940. This will not prevent the Separate Account
                          from purchasing other securities for other series or
                          classes of policies, or from permitting conversion
                          between series or classes of policies or contracts on
                          the basis of requests made by owners.

                          We reserve the right to establish additional Divisions
                          of the Separate Account, each of which would invest in
                          a new fund or in shares of another open-end investment
                          company and to make such Divisions available to such
                          class or series of policies as we deem appropriate.
                          Subject to any required regulatory approval, we also
                          reserve the right to eliminate or combine existing
                          Divisions of the Separate Account or to transfer
                          assets between Divisions.

                          Subject to obtaining any necessary regulatory or owner
                          approval, the Separate Account may be operated as a
                          management company under the Investment Company Act of
                          1940; it may be deregistered under that Act in the
                          event registration is no longer required; it may be
                          combined with other separate accounts; or its assets
                          may be transferred to other separate accounts.

30616                                6.04
(5/95)
<PAGE>

                    9. PAYMENT OF CERTIFICATE BENEFITS

Payment             A lump sum payment will be made as provided on the face
                    page.

Interest on         We will pay interest on proceeds from the date of the
Proceeds            insured's death to the date of payment. Interest will be at
                    an annual rate determined by us, but never less than the
                    guaranteed rate of 4.0%.

Extended            Provisions for settlement of proceeds different from a lump
Provisions          sum payment may only be made upon written agreement with us.


30706                               7.01
(5/95)
<PAGE>

              FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE TO AGE 95


                               Non-Participating



                                 A MetLife(R)
                                Company [LOGO]
                            ----------------------
                                    PARAGON
                            LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY


30028
(1/95)
<PAGE>

[LOGO]

       PARAGON                                               CERTIFICATE NUMBER
Life Insurance Company
St. Louis, Missouri 63105





                                                                  INSURED



              FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE TO AGE 95


                               Non-Participating


Flexible Premiums are payable during the lifetime of the insured to age 95. The
death benefit is payable at the death of the insured prior to age 95 and while
the certificate is in force. Cash surrender value, if any, is payable at the
insured's age 95.

THE AMOUNT OF THE DEATH BENEFIT OR THE DURATION OF THE DEATH BENEFIT MAY
INCREASE OR DECREASE UNDER THE CONDITIONS DESCRIBED ON PAGES 3.02 AND 3.03.

THE CERTIFICATE'S CASH VALUE IN EACH INVESTMENT DIVISION OF THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT
IS BASED ON THE INVESTMENT EXPERIENCE OF THAT INVESTMENT DIVISION AND MAY
INCREASE OR DECREASE DAILY. IT IS NOT GUARANTEED AS TO DOLLAR AMOUNT. SEE THE
SEPARATE ACCOUNT PROVISION.


                                   RIGHT TO
                              EXAMINE CERTIFICATE

Please read this certificate. You may return this certificate to us or to the
agent through whom it was purchased within 20 days from the date you receive it
or within 45 days after the application is signed, whichever period ends later.
If you return it within this period, the certificate will be void from the
beginning. We will refund any premium paid.

The provisions on the pages which follow are a part of this certificate. This
contains a summary of the terms of the Group Contract which is the contract
between the Contractholder and Paragon Life Insurance Company. This certificate
is evidence of life insurance under the Group Contract and is subject to all of
the terms and limits of the Group Contract and any amendments thereto. PLEASE
READ YOUR CERTIFICATE CAREFULLY.

Signed for the company at its Home Office, St. Louis, Missouri 63105.
(314-862-2211)


/s/ [ILLEGIBLE]                                   /s/ Carl H. Anderson
- -----------------                                 --------------------

         V.P., GENERAL COUNSEL                         PRESIDENT
             AND SECRETARY


30036                                0.01
(6/96)
<PAGE>

                     ALPHABETIC GUIDE TO YOUR CERTIFICATE


Page
6.04     Addition, Deletion or Substitution of Investments
3.04     Allocation of Net Premiums
6.01     Assignments
4.05     Basis of Computation
6.01     Beneficiary
4.04     Cash Surrender Value
4.01     Cash Values
3.03     Certificate Changes
3.01     Certificate Date
3.03     Change in Contract Type
3.03     Change in Face Amount
6.01     Change of Owner or Beneficiary
6.02     Claims of Creditors
6.01     Conformity with Statutes
6.02     Conversion Rights
3.02     Death Benefit
3.01     Definitions
6.02     Eligibility Change Conversion Privilege
3.04     Grace Period
6.03     Incontestability
7.01     Interest an Proceeds
4.03     Loan Account Cash Value
4.01     Loans
3.01     Maturity Date
6.03     Misstatement of Age and Corrections
4.03     Monthly Cost of Insurance
4.03     Monthly Deduction
4.02     Net Investment Factor
3.04     Not Premium
6.01     Owner
4.04     Partial Withdrawals
7.01     Payment of Benefits
3.04     Payment of Premiums
4.04     Postponement of Payments
3.02     Proceeds
3.05     Reinstatement
6.02     Right to Examine Increase in Face Amount
4.02     Separate Account Cash Value
6.03     Separate Account Provisions
6.02     Statements in Application
6.03     Suicide Exclusion
6.04     Transfers

Additional Benefit Riders, Modifications and Amendments, if any, and a Copy of
the Application are found following the final section.


30036
(6/96)                             0.02
<PAGE>

CERTIFICATE SPECIFICATIONS

<TABLE>
<S>                          <C>               <C>                           <C>
INSURED AGE                         <AGE>      INSURED                        <INSURED>
SEX                                 <SEX>      FACE AMOUNT                    <FACEAMT>
CONTRACT TYPE                  <CONTTYPE>      CERTIFICATE DATE              <CERTDATE>
MINIMUM FACE AMOUNT          <MINFACEAMT>      CERTIFICATE NUMBER             <CERTNUM>
NET PREMIUM PERCENTAGE       <NETPREMPER>      PLANNED ANNUAL PREMIUM        <APREMIUM>
LOAN ACCOUNT GUARANTEED                        MONTHLY EXPENSE CHARGE        <MOEXPCHG>
  INTEREST RATE                      5.0%      FIRST YEAR MONTHLY
RISK CLASSIFICATION           <RISKCLASS>           EXPENSE CHARGE              <FYMEC>
MATURITY DATE*                  <MATDATE>      SEPARATE ACCOUNT               <SEPACCT>
</TABLE>

FORM                 BENEFITS-AS SPECIFIED IN CERTIFICATE
NUMBER                         AND IN ANY RIDER


                  Certificate Plan: FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE
                           LIFE INSURANCE TO AGE 95

(DOCSLIST[LOOPIN, 1])


*    It is possible that coverage will expire prior to the Maturity Date shown
     where either no premiums are paid following payment of the initial premium
     or subsequent premiums are insufficient to continue coverage to such a
     date. If current values change, the planned periodic premium could be
     insufficient to continue coverage to the maturity date.

30175                                1.01
<PAGE>

              TABLE OF GUARANTEED MONTHLY COST OF INSURANCE RATES
                             RATES ARE PER $1,000

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                       <C>                            <C>
INSURED:        <INSURED>                                 CERTIFICATE NUMBER:            <CERTNUM>
                                                          CERTIFICATE DATE:              <CERTDATE>


      ATTAINED                               ATTAINED                               ATTAINED
      AGE                  RATE              AGE                 RATE               AGE                    RATE
      ---                  ----              ---                 ----               ---                    ----
</TABLE>

THESE RATES ARE FOR THE BASE COVERAGE AT ISSUE. They are based on 125 percent of
the 1980 Commissioners Standard Ordinary Mortality Table C Age Last Birthday.

Any values guaranteed in this certificate are based on these rates.

30176                                1.01

<PAGE>

                               1.   DEFINITIONS

We, Us and Our                The Paragon Life insurance Company.

You and Your                  The owner of this certificate. The owner may be
                              someone other than the insured.

                              In the application the words "You" and "Your"
                              refer to the proposed insured person(s).

Insured                       The person whose life is insured under this
                              certificate. See the certificate specifications
                              page. The insured must be eligible to participate
                              in the plan sponsored by the contractholder at the
                              time this certificate is issued.

Issue Age                     The insured's age at his or her last birthday as
                              of the certificate date.

Attained Age                  The issue age plus the number of completed
                              certificate years.

Certificate Date              The date of issue of this certificate is the
                              effective date of coverage under this certificate.
                              It is also the date from which certificate
                              anniversaries, certificate years, and certificate
                              months are measured.

Investment                    The date the first premium is applied to the
Start Date                    Divisions of the Separate Account. This date will
                              be the later of:

                              -    The certificate date; or

                              -    The date we receive the first premium at our
                                   home office.

Maturity Date                 The certificate anniversary on which the insured
                              attains age 95. If the insured is living and the
                              certificate is in force on this date, the cash
                              surrender value is payable to you. It is possible
                              that insurance coverage may not continue to the
                              maturity date even if planned premiums are paid in
                              a timely manner.

Monthly                       The same date in each succeeding month as the
Anniversary                   certificate date except that whenever the monthly
                              anniversary falls on a date other than a valuation
                              date, the monthly anniversary will be deemed the
                              next valuation date. If any monthly anniversary
                              would be the 29th, 30th, or 31st day of a month
                              that does not have that number of days, then the
                              monthly anniversary will be the last day of that
                              month.

Business Day                  Any day that we are open for business.

Separate Account              A separate investment account created by us to
                              receive and invest net premiums received for this
                              certificate. The particular Separate Account for
                              this certificate is indicated on the certificate
                              specifications page.

Loan Account                  The account to which we will transfer from the
                              Divisions of the Separate Account the amount of
                              any certificate loan.

Loan SubAccount               A Loan SubAccount exists for each Division of the
                              Separate Account. Any cash value transferred to
                              the Loan Account will be allocated to the
                              appropriate Loan SubAccount to reflect the origin
                              of the cash value. At any point in time, the Loan
                              Account will equal the sum of all the Loan
                              SubAccounts.

Actively                      The employee must work for his employer at his
at Work                       usual place of work or such other places as
                              required by his employer in the course of such
                              work for the full number of hours and full rate of
                              pay, as set by the employment practices of his
                              employer. In no event will the amount of time
                              worked per week be less than 30 hours.

Contract                      The Group Flexible Premium Variable Life Insurance
                              Contract issued to the contractholder by us.

30320                                3.01
(6/96)
<PAGE>

                             2.    DEATH BENEFITS

Proceeds                      The certificate proceeds are:

                              1.   The death benefit under the contract type
                                   then in effect; plus

                              2.   The monthly cost of insurance for the portion
                                   of the certificate month from the date of
                                   death to the end of the month of death; less

                              3.   Any loan and loan interest due.

Death Benefit                 The death benefit depends upon the contract type
                              in effect on the date of the insured's death. The
                              contract type in effect is shown on the
                              certificate specifications page.

                              Level Contract Type: (Death benefit is level
                              except when it equals a percentage of cash value.)

                              The death benefit is the greater of:

                              1.   The face amount; or

                              2.   The applicable percentage of the cash value
                                   on the date of death as described in Section
                                   7702(d) of the internal Revenue Code of 1986
                                   or any applicable successor provision
                                   thereto.

                              Increasing Contract Type:

                              The death benefit is the greater of:

                              1.   The face amount plus the cash value on the
                                   date of death; or

                              2.   The applicable percentage of the cash value
                                   on the date of death as described in Section
                                   7702(d) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986
                                   or any applicable successor provision
                                   thereto.

                              Not withstanding anything in this certificate, the
                              death benefit will in no case be less than the
                              amount necessary to cause the certificate to meet
                              the guideline premium test set forth in Section
                              7702(c) of the 1986 Internal Revenue Code or any
                              applicable successor.

Applicable                    The percentages as currently described in Section
Percentage                    7702(d) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 are
                              as follows:

<TABLE>
                              In the case of an insured with an                 The applicable percentage
                              attained age as of the beginning                  will decrease by a ratable
                              of the certificate year of:                       portion for each full year:

                              More than:                 But not more than:     From:                         To:
                              <S>                                               <C>
                                      0..........................   40          250.........................  250
                                     40..........................   45          250.........................  215
                                     45..........................   50          215.........................  185
                                     50..........................   55          185.........................  150
                                     55..........................   60          150.........................  130
                                     60..........................   65          130.........................  120
                                     65..........................   70          120.........................  115
                                     70..........................   75          115.........................  105
                                     75..........................   90          105.........................  105
                                     90..........................   95          105.........................  100
                                     95..........................  100          100.........................  100
                                    100..........................  100          100.........................  100
                                                                   or higher
</TABLE>

30320                                3.02
(6/96)
<PAGE>

Certificate                  You may request certificate changes at any time
Changes                      unless we specifically indicate otherwise. We
                             reserve the right to limit the number of changes to
                             one per certificate year and to restrict the
                             changes in the first certificate year. The types of
                             changes allowed are explained below.

                             No change will be permitted that would result in
                             this certificate not satisfying the definition of
                             Life Insurance under the Internal Revenue Code of
                             1986 or any applicable successor provision thereto.

Change in                    The face amount may be changed by sending us a
Face Amount                  written request.

                             1.   The decrease will become effective on the
                                  monthly anniversary on or following our
                                  receipt of the request.

                             2.   The decrease will reduce the face amount in
                                  the following order:

                                  a.   The face amount provided by the most
                                       recent increase;

                                  b.   Face amounts provided by the next most
                                       recent increases, successively; and

                                  c.   The face amount when the certificate was
                                       issued.

                             3.   The face amount remaining in force after any
                                  requested decrease may not be less than the
                                  minimum face amount shown on the certificate
                                  specifications page.

                             4.   Any decrease must be at least $5,000.

                             Any increase in face amount will be subject to the
                             following conditions:

                             1.   Proof that the insured is insurable by our
                                  standards on the date of the requested
                                  increase must be submitted.

                             2.   The increase will become effective on the
                                  monthly anniversary on or following our
                                  receipt of such proof.

                             3.   Any increase must be at least $5,000.

                             4.   The insured must have an attained age not
                                  greater than age 80 on the anniversary date
                                  that the increase will become effective.

                             We will amend your certificate to show the
                             effective date at the decrease or increase.

Change in                    The contract type in effect may be changed by
Contract Type                sending us a written request. The effective date of
                             change will be the monthly anniversary on or
                             following the date we receive the request. On the
                             effective date of this change the death benefit
                             payable does not change.

                             If the contract type in effect is increasing, it
                             may be changed to level. The face amount will be
                             increased to equal the benefit on the effective
                             date of change.

                             If the contract type in effect is level, it may be
                             changed to increasing. Proof that the insured is
                             insurable by our standards on the date of the
                             change must be submitted. The face amount will be
                             decreased to equal the death benefit less the cash
                             value on the effective date of change. This change
                             may not be made if it would result in a face amount
                             which is less than the minimum face amount shown on
                             the certificate specifications page.


30320                                3.03
(6/96)
<PAGE>

                        3.    PREMIUMS AND GRACE PERIOD

Payment of                    Your first premium is due as of the certificate
Premiums                      date. While the insured is living, premiums after
                              the first must be paid at our home office. If this
                              certificate is not in your possession and you have
                              not paid the first premium, it is not in force. It
                              will be considered that you have the certificate
                              for inspection only.

                              Premiums after the first may be paid in any amount
                              and at any interval subject to the following
                              conditions:

                              1.   No premium payment may be less than $20.00.

                              2.   Total premiums paid in any certificate year
                                   may not exceed the maximum premium limit for
                                   that certificate year. The maximum premium
                                   limit for a certificate year is the largest
                                   amount of premium which can be paid in that
                                   certificate year such that the sum of the
                                   premiums paid under the certificate will not
                                   at any time exceed the guideline premium
                                   limitation referred to in Section 7702(c) of
                                   the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, or as set
                                   forth in any applicable successor provision
                                   thereto. The maximum premium limit for the
                                   following certificate year will be shown on
                                   your annual report.

                                   On any date that we receive a premium which
                                   causes the death benefit to increase by an
                                   amount that exceeds that premium received, we
                                   reserve the right to refuse the premium
                                   payment. We may require additional evidence
                                   of insurability before we accept the premium
                                   payment.

Net Premium                        The premium paid times the net premium
                                   percentage from the certificate
                                   specifications page is the net premium.

Allocation of                      You determine the allocation of net premiums
Net Premiums                       among the Divisions of the Separate Account.
                                   The minimum percentage (other than zero) that
                                   may be allocated to any Division of the
                                   Separate Account is 10%. Percentages must be
                                   in whole numbers.

Your Right                         You may change the allocation of future net
to Change                          premiums among the Divisions of the Separate
Allocation                         Account subject to the conditions outlined in
                                   the Allocation of the Net Premiums provision.
                                   The change in allocation percentages will
                                   take effect immediately upon our receipt of
                                   your written request.

Grace Period                       We will allow a grace period of 62 days. The
                                   grace period will start on any monthly,
                                   anniversary when the cash surrender value is
                                   not large enough to cover the next monthly
                                   deduction. (Monthly deduction is defined in
                                   the Cash Values Section.) At that time, we
                                   will send you and any assignee of record a
                                   notice. The notice will indicate the minimum
                                   premium needed to keep the certificate in
                                   force and the date such payment is due.

                                   If you do not pay a premium large enough to
                                   cover the monthly deduction by the end of the
                                   grace period, your certificate will lapse at
                                   the end of that 62 day period. It will then
                                   terminate without cash value. It the insured
                                   dies during the grace period, any past due
                                   monthly deductions will be deducted from the
                                   death benefit.

30320                                3.04
(6/96)
<PAGE>

Reinstatement                 You may reinstate your lapsed certificate within 5
                              years after the date of lapse. This must be done
                              before the insured's age 95. You must submit the
                              following items:

                              1.   A written request for reinstatement.

                              2.   Proof satisfactory to us that the insured is
                                   insurable by our standards.

                              3.   A premium large enough to cover:

                                   a.   The monthly deductions due at the time
                                        of lapse; and

                                   b.   Two times the monthly deduction due at
                                        the time of reinstatement.

                              The insured must be alive on the date we approve
                              the request for reinstatement. If the insured is
                              not alive, such approval is void and of no effect.

                              The reinstated certificate will be in force from
                              the date we approve the reinstatement application.
                              There will be a full monthly deduction for the
                              certificate month which includes that date. The
                              only accumulation value of this certificate upon
                              reinstatement will be the amount provided by the
                              premium then paid. The application for
                              reinstatement will be contestable for two years
                              during the lifetime of the insured from the date
                              of its approval.

                              Any loan and loan interest due on the date of
                              lapse may be paid or reinstated. Any loan and loan
                              interest reinstated will cause a cash value of an
                              equal amount to also be reinstated.

                              Any loan paid at the time of reinstatement will
                              cause an increase in cash value equal to the
                              amount of the repaid loan.

30320                                3.05
(6/96)
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                          4.   LOANS

<S>                       <C>
                          After the first certificate anniversary, you may borrow an amount not in excess of the
                          loan value of your certificate while it is in force. The minimum amount of your net loan
                          request at any one time must be at least $100. Your certificate will be the sole security
                          for such loan.  We have the right to require your certificate for endorsement.

                          The loan value is 85% of the cash value of your certificate at the date of the loan
                          request, reduced by any existing loans and loan interest due.

                          You may allocate the certificate loan and any loan interest due on this loan among the
                          Divisions of the Separate Account.  If you do not specify the allocation, then the
                          certificate loan will be allocated among the Divisions of the Separate Account in the same
                          proportion that the cash value in each Division bears to the total cash value of  the
                          certificate, minus the cash value in the Loan Account, on the date of the certificate loan.

                          Cash value equal to the certificate loan and the loan interest due on this loan allocated
                          to each Division of the Separate Account will be transferred to the Loan Account, reducing
                          the cash value allocated to the Divisions of the Separate Account accordingly.

                          Cash value held in the Loan Account for loan collateral will earn interest daily at an
                          annual rate not less than the Loan Account guaranteed interest rate shown on the
                          certificate specifications page.

                          Interest payable on a loan accrues daily.  Loan interest is due and payable in arrears on
                          each certificate anniversary or on a pro rata basis for any shorter period as the loan
                          may exist.  If you do not pay the interest when it is due, we will add it to your existing
                          loan if your certificate has sufficient loan value.  We will charge the same rate of
                          interest on this amount as an the certificate loan.  The total loan rate will be 8.0% per
                          year.

Loan  Repayments          All funds received will be credited to your certificate as a premium unless clearly
                          marked for loan repayment.

                          You may repay your loan in whole or in part at any time before the death of the insured
                          while the certificate is in force.  When a loan repayment is made, cash value securing
                          the debt in the Loan Account equal to the loan repayment will be repaid to the   Divisions
                          of the Separate Account in the same proportion that the cash value in the   Loan Account
                          bears to the cash value in each Loan SubAccount as of the date the original loan was made,
                          unless you indicate a specific allocation to the Divisions of the Separate Account.
                          Unpaid loans and loan interest will be deducted from any settlement of your certificate.

                          If you fail to make repayment when the total loan and loan interest due would exceed  the
                          cash value, your certificate will terminate.  We will allow you a grace period for such
                          payment of loans and loan interest due.  In such event the certificate becomes void at the
                          end of the grace period, we will mail a notice to your last known address, the last known
                          address of the insured, and that of any assignee of record.  This grace period  will
                          expire 62 days from the monthly anniversary immediately before the date the total loan and
                          loan interest due exceeds the cash value and any unpaid monthly expense charges; or 31
                          days after such notice has been mailed, it later.

                          5.  CASH  VALUES

 Cash  Value              The cash value of your certificate is equal to the total of:
                          -  The cash value in the Divisions of the Separate Account; plus
                          -  The cash value in the Loan Account.
</TABLE>

30417
(6/96)                               4.01
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                       <C>
                          You may borrow against the loan value of your certificate.  The interest rate used to
                          calculate the interest earned on the cash values in the Loan Account securing any
                          certificate loan will be at an effective annual rate not less than the Loan Account
                          guaranteed interest rate shown on the certificate specifications page.

Separate  Account         The cash value in each Division of the Separate Account on the Investment Start Date is
Cash  Value               equal to:


                          -  The portion of the initial net premium received and allocated to the Division; minus

                          -  The portion of the monthly deductions due from the certificate date through the
                             Investment Start Date charged to the Division

                          The cash value in each Division of the Separate Account on a subsequent valuation  date is
                          equal to:

                          -  The cash value in the Division on the preceding valuation date multiplied by that
                             Division's net investment factor for the current valuation period; plus

                          -  Any portion of net premium received and allocated to the Division during the current
                             valuation period; plus

                          -  Any net amounts transferred to the Division from another Division during the current
                             valuation period; plus

                          -  Any loan repayments allocated to the Division during the current valuation period; plus

                          -  That portion of any interest credited on outstanding loans which is allocated to the
                             Division during the current valuation period; minus

                          -  Any amounts transferred plus any transfer charge from the Division during the current
                             valuation period; minus

                          -  Any partial withdrawal plus any withdrawal transaction charge from the Division during
                             the current valuation period; minus

                          -  Any amount transferred from the Division to the Loan Account during that valuation
                             period; minus

                          -  If a monthly anniversary occurs during the current valuation period, the portion of the
                             monthly deduction charged to the Division during the current valuation period to cover the
                             certificate month which starts during that valuation period.

Net  Investment           The Net Investment Factor measures the investment performance of a Division during  a
Factor                    valuation period. The Net Investment Factor for each Division for a valuation period  is
                          calculated as follows:

                          -  The value of the assets at the end of the preceding valuation period; plus

                          -  The investment income and capital gains --- realized or unrealized --- credited to the
                             assets in the valuation period for which the net investment factor is being determined;
                             minus

                          -  The capital losses --- realized or unrealized --- charged against those during the
                             valuation period; minus

                          -  Any amount charged against each Division for taxes including any tax or other economic
                             burden resulting from the application of tax laws that we determine to be properly
                             attributable to the Divisions of the Separate Account, or any amount  we set aside during
                             the valuation period as a reserve for taxes attributable to the operation or maintenance
                             of each Division; minus

                          -  A charge not to exceed .0024547% for each day in the valuation period. This corresponds
                             to 0.90% per year for mortality and expense risks; divided by

                          -  The value of the assets at the end of the preceding valuation period.
</TABLE>

30417
(6/96)                               4.02
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                       <C>
Loan Account              The cash value of the Loan Account as of the Investment Start Date is zero.
Cash Value
                          The cash value of the Loan Account on any day after the Investment Start Date is equal to:

                          -  The cash value of the Loan Account on the preceding business day, with interest; plus

                          -  Any net amount transferred to the Loan Account from the Divisions of the Separate
                             Account on that day; minus

                          -  Any loan repayments on that day.

Monthly Cost              The monthly cost of insurance for the following month is deducted on the monthly
of Insurance              anniversary date. The monthly cost of insurance is 1, below, multiplied by the
                          difference between 2 and 3 below:

                          1.  The monthly cost of insurance rate divided by 1,000.

                          2.  The death benefit at the beginning of the certificate month divided by 1.0040741.

                          3.  The cash value at the beginning of the certificate month, before the deduction of the
                              monthly cost of insurance.

                          If the contract type is level and if there has been an increase in the face amount, then
                          the cash value will first be considered a part of the face amount when the certificate
                          was issued.  If the cash value is greater than the initial face amount, the excess cash
                          value will then be considered a part of each increase in order, starting with the first
                          increase.

Monthly Cost              At the beginning of each certificate year, the monthly cost of insurance rate is
of Insurance              determined using the insured's attained age. The monthly cost of insurance rate is  based
Rates                     on the attained age and rate class. For the initial face amount, we will use the  rate
                          class on the certificate date.  For each increase, we will use the rate class  applicable
                          to the increase.  If the death benefit equals a percentage of the cash value, any increase
                          in cash value will cause an automatic increase in the death benefit.  The rate class for
                          such increase will be the same as that used for the most recent increase that required
                          proof that the insured was insurable by our standards.

                          The monthly cost of insurance rates will never exceed the rates shown on the Table of
                          Guaranteed Monthly Cost of Insurance Rates page.  Any change in the cost of  insurance
                          rates will apply to all persons of the same age, and classification whose certificates
                          have been in force for the same length of time.

First Year                The amount of additional monthly expense to be charged during the first certificate  year
Monthly Expense           is shown on the certificate specifications page.
Charge


Monthly Expense           The amount of the monthly expense charge is shown on the certificate specifications page.
Charge

Monthly Deduction         The monthly deduction is:

                          1.  The monthly cost of insurance; plus

                          2.  The monthly cost of insurance for any rider included with this certificate; plus

                          3.  The monthly expense charge; plus

                          4.  For the first certificate year, the first year monthly expense charge.

                          The monthly deduction for a certificate month will be allocated among the Divisions of
                          the Separate Account in the same proportion that the cash value in each Division  bears to
                          the total cash value of the certificate, minus the cash value in the Loan  Account on the
                          monthly anniversary.
</TABLE>

30417
(6/96)                               4.03
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                       <C>
Cash Surrender            The cash surrender value of this certificate is:
Value

                          1.  The cash value at the time of surrender; minus

                          2.  Any loan and loan interest due.

Surrender                 You may surrender your certificate for its cash surrender value at any time during the
                          lifetime of the insured by sending us a written request.  The cash surrender value will
                          be determined as of the date we receive your written request at our home office.  The cash
                          surrender value will not be reduced by any monthly deduction due on that date  for a
                          subsequent certificate month.

Partial                   After the first certificate year, you can make a partial withdrawal of cash subject to the
Withdrawal                following conditions:


                          -  You may make up to one partial withdrawal each certificate month.

                          -  The minimum amount of your net partial withdrawal request from any one Division must be
                             at least $50.00 of a Division or your entire balance in that Division, if smaller.

                          -  The total amount of your net partial withdrawal request at any one time must be at
                             least $500.

                          -  The amount of withdrawal obtained by partial withdrawal may not exceed the loan value.

Allocation of             You may allocate the partial withdrawal, subject to the above conditions, among the
Partial                   Divisions of the Separate Account. If you do not specify the allocation, then the partial
Withdrawal                withdrawal will be allocated among the Divisions of the Separate Account in the same
                          proportion that the cash value in each Division bears to the total cash value of the
                          certificate, minus the cash value in the Loan Account on the date of the partial
                          withdrawal.

                          If the contract type is level and the death benefit equals the face amount, then a partial
                          withdrawal will decrease the face amount by an amount equal to the partial withdrawal.  If
                          the death benefit equals a percentage of the cash value then a partial withdrawal will
                          decrease the face amount by any amount by which the partial withdrawal exceeds the
                          difference between the death benefit and the face amount.  The face amount will be
                          decreased in the following order:

                          1.  The face amount at issue; and

                          2.  Any increases in the same order in which they were issued.

                          No partial withdrawal will be processed which will result in the face amount being
                          decreased below the minimum face amount shown on the certificate specifications page.

                          We reserve the right to change the minimum amount or the number of times you may make a
                          partial withdrawal. Each partial withdrawal is subject to an administrative  charge equal
                          to the lesser of $25.00 or 2% of the amount of the partial withdrawal.

Postponement              We will usually pay any amounts payable on surrender, partial withdrawal or certificate
of Payment                loan allocated to the Divisions of the Separate Account within seven days after written
                          notice is received.  We will usually pay any death benefit proceeds within seven days
                          after we receive due proof of claim.  Payment of any amount payable on surrender, partial
                          withdrawal, certificate loan or death may be postponed whenever:

                          1.  The New York Stock Exchange or our home office are closed (other than  customary
                              weekend and holiday closing) or trading on the New York Stock Exchange is restricted as
                              determined by the Securities and Exchange Commission;

                          2.  The Securities and Exchange Commission, by order, permits postponement for the
                              protection of certificate owners; or
</TABLE>

30417
(6//96)                              4.06
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                       <C>
                          3.  An emergency exists as determined by the
                              Securities and Exchange Commission, as a result of
                              which disposal of securities is not reasonably
                              practicable or it is not reasonably practicable to
                              determine the value of the net assets of the
                              Separate Account.

                          Transfers may also be postponed under the circumstances listed above.

Continuation              If all premium payments cease, the insurance provided under this certificate, including
of Insurance              benefits provided by any rider attached to this certificate will continue in accordance
                          with the provisions of this certificate for as long as the cash surrender value is
                          sufficient to cover the monthly deductions.  Any remaining cash surrender value will be
                          payable on the maturity date.

Basis  of                 All values are at least equal to those required by any applicable law of the state that
Computation               governs your certificate. We have filed a detailed statement of the method of  calculating
                          cash values and reserves with the insurance supervisory official of that   state.
</TABLE>

30417
(6/96)                               4.05
<PAGE>

                         6. PERSONS WITH AN INTEREST IN THE CERTIFICATE

Owner                    Unless someone else is shown as owner in the
                         application or in any supplemental agreement attached
                         to this certificate, the insured will be the owner of
                         this certificate. If there is more than one owner at a
                         given time, all must exercise the right of ownership.
                         ownership may be changed in accordance with the Change
                         of Owner of Beneficiary provision.

                         You, as owner, are entitled to exercise all ownership
                         rights provided by this certificate while it is in
                         force. Any person whose rights of ownership depend upon
                         some future event will not possess any present rights
                         of ownership. If you should die, and you are not the
                         insured, your interest will go to your estate unless
                         otherwise provided.

Beneficiary              The original beneficiary is shown in the application.
                         You may change the beneficiary in accordance with the
                         Change of Owner or Beneficiary provision. Unless
                         otherwise stated, the beneficiary has no rights in this
                         certificate before the death of the insured. If there
                         is more than one beneficiary at the death of the
                         insured, each will receive equal payments unless
                         otherwise provided. If no beneficiary is living at the
                         death of the insured the proceeds will be payable to
                         you, if you are living, or to your estate.

Change of                During the insured's lifetime you may change the
Owner or                 ownership and beneficiary designations, subject to
Beneficiary              any restrictions as stated in the Owner or Beneficiary
                         provisions. You must make the change in written form
                         satisfactory to us. If acceptable to us it will take
                         effect as of the time you signed the request, whether
                         or not the insured is living when we receive your
                         request at our home office. The change will be subject
                         to any assignment of this certificate or other legal
                         restrictions. It will also be subject to any payment we
                         made or action we took before we received your written
                         notice of the change. We have the right to require the
                         certificate for endorsement before we accept the
                         change.

                         If you are also the beneficiary of the certificate at
                         the time of the insured's death, you may designate some
                         other person to receive the proceeds of the certificate
                         within 60 days after the insured's death.

Assignments              We will not be bound by an assignment of the
                         certificate or of any interest in it unless:

                         1.   The assignment is made as a written instrument,

                         2.   You file the original instrument or a certified
                              copy with us at our home office, and

                         3.   We send you an acknowledged copy.

                         We are not responsible for determining the validity of
                         any assignment. If a claim is based on an assignment,
                         we may require proof of interest of the claimant. A
                         valid assignment will take precedence over any claim of
                         a beneficiary.


                         7. GENERAL PROVISIONS

Entire Contract          We have issued this certificate in consideration of the
                         application and payment of premiums. The certificate,
                         the application for it, any riders, and any application
                         for an increase in face amount constitute the entire
                         contract and are attached to and made a part of the
                         certificate when the insurance applied for is accepted.
                         A copy of any application for reinstatement will be
                         sent to you for attachment to this certificate and will
                         become part of the contract of reinstatement and of
                         this certificate. The certificate may be changed by
                         mutual agreement. Any change must be in writing and
                         approved by our President, Vice President, or
                         Secretary. Our agents have no authority to alter or
                         modify any terms, conditions, or agreements of this
                         certificate, or to waive any of its provisions.

Conformity with          If any provision in this certificate is in conflict
Statutes                 with the laws of the state which govern this
                         certificate, the provision will be deemed to be amended
                         to conform with such laws. In addition, we reserve the
                         right to change this certificate if we determine that a
                         change is necessary to cause this certificate to comply
                         with, or give you the benefit of, any federal or state
                         statute, rule or regulation, including, but not limited
                         to, requirements for life insurance contracts under the
                         Internal Revenue Code, or its regulations or published
                         rulings.

30620
(6/96)                                  6.01
<PAGE>

Statements in            All statements made by the insured or on his or her
Application              behalf, or by the applicant, will be deemed
                         representations and not warranties, except in the case
                         of fraud. Material misstatements will not be used to
                         void the certificate, any rider or any increase in face
                         amount or deny a claim unless made in the application
                         for a certificate, rider or an increase in face amount.

Claims of                To the extent permitted by law, neither the certificate
Creditor                 nor any payment under it will be subject to the claim
                         of creditors or to any legal process.

Right to                 You have the right to request us to cancel an increase
Examine Increase         in face amount and receive a refund. The request must
in Face Amount           be made no later than:


                         -    20 days from the date you received the new
                              certificate specifications page for the increase;
                              or

                         -    45 days after the date you signed the application
                              for the increase.

                         The refund will equal the monthly deductions associated
                         with that increase. If you do request us to cancel the
                         increase but do not request a refund, the monthly
                         deductions associated with that increase will be
                         restored to the certificate's cash value. This amount
                         will be allocated to the Divisions of the Separate
                         Account in the same manner as it was deducted.

Conversion Rights        Once during the first two certificate years you have
                         the right, upon written request, to exchange this
                         certificate for a life insurance policy that provides
                         for benefits that do not vary with the investment
                         return of the Divisions of the Separate Account. No
                         evidence of insurability will be required. However, we
                         will require that this certificate be in force and that
                         you repay any existing indebtedness. At the time of the
                         conversion, the new policy will have, at your option,
                         either the same death benefit or the same difference
                         between death benefit and cash value as this
                         certificate. The new policy will also have the same
                         issue date and issue age as this certificate. The
                         planned premiums for the new policy will be based an
                         our rates in effect for the same issue age and risk
                         class as the original certificate.

                         You also have the right once during the first two years
                         following the effective date of an increase in face
                         amount to exchange the increased portion of this
                         certificate for a life insurance policy that provides
                         for fixed benefits. The provisions applicable to the
                         conversion of the entire certificate described above
                         are also applicable to a conversion of an increase in
                         face amount.

Eligibility Change       If an insured's eligibility under the Contract ends
Conversion               due to the termination of the contract or termination
Privilege                of the employee's employment, your coverage, if still
                         in force, will convert automatically to an individual
                         policy. Such individual policy will provide benefits
                         which are identical to those provided under this
                         certificate.

                         An amendment to convert the certificate to an
                         individual policy will be mailed:

                         1.  Within 31 days after we receive written
                             notification that the employee's employment ended;
                             or after the termination of the contract; and

                         2.  Once any premium necessary to prevent the policy
                             from lapsing is paid to us at our home office.

                         The planned premiums for this individual policy may be
                         paid annually, semiannually, quarterly, or at other
                         intervals we may establish from time to time.
                         Additional premium payments may be made at any time
                         subject to limitations identical to those contained in
                         this certificate.

30620                              6.02
(6/96)
<PAGE>

Misstatement             If there is a misstatement of age in the application,
of Age and               the amount of the death benefit will be that which
Corrections              would be purchased by the most recent mortality charge
                         at the correct age.

                         If we make any payment or certificate changes in good
                         faith, relying on our records, or evidence supplied to
                         us, our duty will be fully discharged. We reserve the
                         right to correct any errors in the certificate.

Incontestability         We can not contest this certificate after it has been
                         in force during the lifetime of the insured for two
                         years from its certificate date. We can not contest an
                         increase in face amount with regard to material
                         misstatements made concerning such increase after it
                         has been in force during the lifetime of the insured
                         for two years from its effective date. We can not
                         contest any reinstatement of this certificate after it
                         has been in force during the lifetime of the insured
                         for a period of two years from the date we approve the
                         reinstatement. This provision will not apply to any
                         rider which contains its own incontestability clause.

Suicide Exclusion        If the insured dies by suicide, while sane or insane,
                         within two years from the certificate date (or within
                         the maximum period permitted by law of the state in
                         which this certificate was delivered, if less than two
                         years), the amount payable will be limited to the
                         amount of premiums paid, less any outstanding
                         certificate loans with interest to the date of death,
                         and less any partial withdrawals.

                         If the insured, while sane or insane, commits suicide
                         within two years after the effective date of any
                         increase in face amount, the death benefit for that
                         increase will be limited to the monthly deductions for
                         the increase.

Annual Report            Each year a report will be sent to you which shows the
                         current certificate values, premiums paid and
                         deductions made since the last report, and any
                         outstanding certificate loans.

Projection of            You may make a written request to us for a projection
Benefits and             of illustrative future cash values and death benefits.
Values                   This projection will be furnished to you for a nominal
                         fee.


                         8. SEPARATE ACCOUNT PROVISIONS

 Separate Account        The variable benefits under this certificate are
                         provided through investments in the Separate Account.
                         This account is used for flexible premium variable life
                         insurance policies and, if permitted by law, may be
                         used for other policies or contracts as well.

                         We hold the assets of the Separate Account. These
                         assets are held separately from the Company's general
                         assets. Income, gains and losses --- whether or not
                         realized --- from assets allocated to the Separate
                         Account will be credited to or charged against the
                         account without regard to our other income, gains or
                         losses.

                         Assets held by the Separate Account will not be
                         charged with liabilities that arise from any other
                         business we may conduct. We have the right to transfer
                         to the Company's general assets any assets of the
                         Separate Account which are in excess of the reserves
                         and other policy liabilities of the Separate Account.

30620                                       6.03
(6/96)
<PAGE>

                         The Separate Account is registered with the Securities
                         and Exchange Commission as a unit investment trust
                         under the Investment Company Act of 1940. The Separate
                         Account is also subject to the laws of the State of
                         Missouri, which regulate the operations of insurance
                         companies incorporated in Missouri. The investment
                         policy of the Separate Account will not be changed
                         without the approval of the Insurance Commissioner of
                         the State of Missouri. The approval process is on file
                         with the Insurance Commissioner of the state in which
                         the contract was delivered.

Divisions                The Separate Account has several Divisions. Each
                         Separate Account Division will buy shares in a
                         different investment portfolio.

                         Income, gains and losses --- whether or not realized
                         --- from the assets of each Division of the Separate
                         Account are credited to or charged against that
                         Division without regard to income, gains or losses in
                         other Divisions of the Separate Account.

                         We will value the assets of each Division of the
                         Separate Account at the end of each valuation period. A
                         valuation period is the period between two successive
                         valuation dates, commencing at the close of trading
                         (currently 4:00 p.m. New York time) each valuation date
                         and ending at the close of trading (currently 4:00 p.m.
                         New York time) on the next succeeding valuation date. A
                         valuation date is each day that the New York Stock
                         Exchange and our home office are open for business or
                         any other day that may be required by any applicable
                         Securities and Exchange Commission Rules and
                         Regulations.

 Transfer                You may transfer amounts among the Divisions of the
                         Separate Account.

                         These transfers will be subject to the following
                         conditions:

                         -  We must receive a written request for transfer.

                         -  Transfers from or among the Divisions of the
                            Separate Account may be made at any time and must be
                            at least $250.00 or the entire amount you have in a
                            Division, if smaller.

                         We may modify the transfer privilege at any time,
                         including the minimum amount transferable, the
                         frequency, and the transfer charge, if any.

Addition, Deletion       We reserve the right, subject to compliance with
or Substitution          applicable law, to make additions to, deletions from,
of Investments           of substitutions for the shares of a fund that are held
                         by the Separate Account or that the Separate Account
                         may purchase. We reserve the right to eliminate the
                         shares of any of the Funds and to substitute shares of
                         another fund or of another registered open-end,
                         investment company, if the shares or funds are no
                         longer available for investment or if in our judgement,
                         further investment in any fund should become
                         inappropriate in view of the purpose of the policy or
                         contract. We will not substitute any shares
                         attributable to the owner's interest in a Division of
                         the Separate Account without notice to the owner and
                         compliance with the Investment Company Act of 1940.
                         This will not prevent the Separate Account from
                         purchasing other securities for other wines or classes
                         of policies, or from permitting conversion between
                         series or classes of policies or contracts on the basis
                         of requests made by owners.

                         We reserve the right to establish additional Divisions
                         of the Separate Account, each of which would invest in
                         a now fund or in shares of another open-end investment
                         company and to make such Divisions available to such
                         class or series of policies as we deem appropriate.
                         Subject to any required regulatory approval, we also
                         reserve the right to eliminate or combine existing
                         Divisions of the Separate Account or to transfer
                         between Divisions.

                         Subject to obtaining any necessary regulatory or owner
                         approval, the Separate Account may be operated as a
                         management company under the Investment Company Act of
                         1940; it may be deregistered under that Act in the
                         event registration is no longer required; it may be
                         combined with other separate accounts; or its assets
                         may be transferred to other separate accounts.

30620                               6.04
(6/96)
<PAGE>

                     9. PAYMENT OF CERTIFICATE BENEFITS


Payment              A lump sum payment will be made as provide on the face
                     page.
Interest  on         We will pay interest on proceeds from the date of the
Proceeds             insured's death to the date of payment. Interest will be at
                     an annual rate determined by us, but never less than the
                     guaranteed rate of 4.0%.

Extended             Provisions for settlement of proceeds different from a lump
Provisions           sum payment may only be made upon written agreement with
                     us.





                                    7.01
30710
(6/96)
<PAGE>

              FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE TO AGE 95


                               Non-Participating





                                [PARAGON LOGO]

30036
(6/96)

<PAGE>


                                  Exhibit 6



               FORM OF PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT WITH DEAN WITTER
                          VARIABLE INVESTMENT SERIES
<PAGE>

                            PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT

       THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this the ______ day of _______
1994, by and among PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (the "Company"), on its own
behalf and on behalf of the Separate Account D of Paragon Life Insurance Company
(the "Account"), a separate account of the Company, and DEAN WITTER VARIABLE
INVESTMENT SERIES, an unincorporated business trust organized under the laws of
the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (hereinafter the "Trust") and DEAN WITTER
DISTRIBUTORS INC. (the "Distributor").

     WHEREAS, the Trust and the Distributor have previously entered into
Agreements to Purchase Shares with Northbrook Life Insurance Company and
Allstate Life Insurance Company of New York with regard to the purchase by those
companies of shares of the Trust on their own behalf and on behalf of certain
separate variable accounts of those companies, which Agreements shall continue
in effect with those companies following the entry by the Trust and the
Distributor into this Agreement with the Company; and

     WHEREAS, by resolution of its Board of Directors on   , 1994, the Company
established the Account to set aside and invest assets attributable to certain
flexible premium variable life insurance contracts (the "Contracts") issued by
the Company; and

     WHEREAS, the Company has registered the Account as a unit investment trust
under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "1940 Act"); and

     WHEREAS, the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") declared the
Account's registration statement of the Contract filed under the Securities Act
of 1933, as amended (the "1933 Act"), effective on ___________________, 1994;
and

     WHEREAS, the Trust is engaged in business as an open-end management
investment company and is registered as such under the 1940 Act and has filed
its registration statement with the SEC which declared such registration
statement effective on October 5, 1983; and

     WHEREAS, the Distributor is registered as a broker-dealer with the SEC
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "1934 Act"), and is a
member in good standing of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.
(the "NASD"); and

     WHEREAS, the Trust is available to act as the investment vehicle for
separate accounts established for variable annuity contracts and variable life
insurance contracts offered or to be offered by insurance companies which have
entered into agreements to purchase shares or participation agreements with the
Trust and the Distributor (hereinafter "Participating insurance Companies"); and

     WHEREAS, the Trust has obtained an order from the SEC dated 1994 (File No.
812-) granting participating insurance Companies and variable annuity and
variable life insurance separate accounts exemptions from the provisions of
Sections 9(a), 13(a), 15(a) and 15(b) of the 1940 Act and Rules 6e-2(b)(15) and
6e-3(T)(b)(15) thereunder, to the extent necessary to permit shares of the Trust
to be sold to and held by variable annuity and variable life insurance separate
accounts of both affiliated and unaffiliated life insurance companies
(hereinafter the "Shared Funding Exemptive Order"; and

     WHEREAS, the Trust is presently comprised of eleven Portfolios designated
as the Money Market Portfolio, the Quality Income Plus Portfolio, the High Yield
Portfolio, the Utilities Portfolio, the Dividend Growth Portfolio, the Capital
Growth Portfolio, the Global Dividend Growth Portfolio, the European Growth
Portfolio, the Pacific Growth Portfolio, the Equity Portfolio and the Managed
Assets Portfolio, and other Portfolios may be subsequently established by the
Trust (the "Portfolios"); and

     WHEREAS, to the extent permitted by applicable insurance laws and
regulations, the Company intends by purchasing shares of the Portfolios on
behalf of the Account to fund the Contracts and the Distributor is authorized to
sell such shares to the Company for the benefit of the Account at net asset
value without the imposition of any charges;

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of their mutual promises, the Company,
the Trust and the Distributor agree as follows:

                                         1
<PAGE>

  1. Purchase of Shares. In accordance with the Trust's and the Distributor's
Distribution Agreement dated June 30, 1993, as amended on _____, 1994 (the
"Distribution Agreement"), the Company agrees to purchase and redeem the shares
of each Portfolio of the Trust offered by the then current prospectus of the
Trust (the "Prospectus") included in the Trust's registration statement ("the
Registration Statement") most recently filed from time to time with the SEC and
effective under the 1933 and 1940 Acts or as the Prospectus may be amended or
supplemented and filed with the SEC pursuant to the 1933 Act.

  2. Sale of Shares. The Distributor agrees to sell shares of the Trust to the
Company for allocation to the Account, executing such orders on a daily basis at
the next determined net asset value per share after receipt by the Trust or its
designee of the order for shares of the applicable Portfolio of the Trust
determined as set forth in the Prospectus. The Company and the Trust agree that
shares of the Trust will be sold only to insurance companies which have entered
into agreements to purchase shares or participation agreements substantially
identical to this Agreement and their-affiliated-insurance companies, and their
separate accounts. No shares of any Portfolio will be sold to the general
public. The Distributor shall provide the Company (at the Company's expense)
with as many copies of the Trust's current Prospectus as the Company may
reasonably request.

  3. Redemption of Shares. At the Company's request, the Trust agrees to redeem
for cash without charge, any full or fractional shares of the Trust held by the
Company, executing such requests on a daily basis at the net asset value of the
applicable Portfolio computed after receipt of the redemption request provided,
however, that the Trust reserves the right to suspend the right of redemption or
to postpone the date of payment upon redemption of the shares of any Portfolio
under the circumstances and for the period of time specified in the Prospectus.

  4. Availability of Shares. Subject to Sections 3(c) and 4(b) of the
Distribution Agreement, the terms of which are incorporated herein by reference,
the Trust agrees to make its shares available indefinitely for purchase by the
Company at the applicable net asset value per share on those days on which the
Trust calculates its net asset value pursuant to rules of the SEC. and the Trust
shall use reasonable efforts to calculate such net asset value on each day on
which the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading.

  5. Payment of Shares. The Company shall pay for Trust shares within five days
after it places the order for Trust shares. The Trust reserves the right to
delay issuing or transferring Trust shares and/or to delay accruing or declaring
dividends in accordance with any policy set forth in the Prospectus with respect
to such shares until any payment check has cleared. If the Trust or the
Distributor does not receive payment within the five days period, the Trust may,
without notice, cancel the order and require the Company to reimburse the Trust
promptly for any loss the Trust suffered by reason of the Company failing to
timely pay for its shares.

  6. Fee for Shares. The Company shall purchase and redeem shares in the Trust
at net asset value and the Company shall not pay any commission, dealers fee or
other fee to the Distributor or any other broker dealer.

  7. Trust's Registration Statement and Prospectus. The Trust shall amend the
Registration Statement for its shares under the 1933 Act and the 1940 Act from
time to time as required in order to effect the continuous offering of its
shares and, at its own expense, shall provide the Company with as many copies of
its current prospectus as the Company may reasonably request.

  8. Investment of Assets. The Trust agrees to invest its assets in accordance
with its investment policies as disclosed in the Prospectus and the provisions
of Section 817(h) of the Internal Revenue Code (the "Code") and Treasury
Regulation 1.817-5, as amended from time to time, and any Treasury
interpretations thereof, relating to the diversification requirements for
variable annuity and variable life insurance contracts and any amendments or
other modifications to such Section or Regulations.

  9. Administration of Contracts. The Company shall be responsible for
administering the Contracts and keeping records on the Contracts.

  10. Shareholder Information. The Trust shall furnish the Company copies of its
proxy material, reports to shareholders and other communication so shareholders
in such quantity as the Company shall reasonably require for distributing to
owners or participants under the Contracts. The Company will distribute these
materials to such owners or participants as required.

                                       2
<PAGE>

11. Voting. (a) To the extent required by law, the Company shall vote Trust
shares in accordance with instructions received from Contract owners. If.
however, the 1940 Act or any regulation thereunder should be amended or if the
present interpretation thereof should change, and as a result the Company
determines that it is permitted to vote the Trust's shares in its own right, it
may elect to do so. The Company shall vote shares of a Portfolio for which no
instructions have been received in the same proportion as the voting
instructions which are received with respect to all Contract participating in
that Portfolio. Neither the Company nor persons under its control shall
recommend action in connection with solicitation of proxies for Trust shares
allocated to the Account. The Company shall also vote shares it owns that are
not attributable to Contract owners in the same proportion. The Company may,
when required by state insurance regulatory authorities, disregard voting
instructions if the instructions require that the shares be voted so as to cause
a change in the sub-classification or investment objective of the Trust or one
or more of its Portfolios or to approve or disapprove an investment advisory
contract for a Portfolio of the Trust. Participating Insurance Companies shall
be responsible for assuring that each of their separate accounts participating
in the Trust calculates voting privileges in a manner consistent with other
Participating Insurance Companies.

  (b) The Trust will comply with all provisions of the 1940 Act requiring voting
by shareholders, and in particular the Trust will either provide for annual
meetings or comply with Section 16(c) of the 1940 Act (although the Trust is not
one of the trusts described in Section 16(c) of that Act) as well as with
Section 16(a) and, if and when applicable, 16(b). Further, the Trust will act in
accordance with the SEC's interpretation of the requirements of Section 16(a)
with respect to periodic elections of trustees and with whatever rules the SEC
may promulgate with respect thereto.

  12. Trust's Warranty.  The Trust represents and warrants that Trust shares
sold pursuant to this Agreement shall be registered under the 1933 Act and duly
authorized for issuance in accordance with all applicable federal and state
laws.

  13. Company's Warranty.  The Company represents and warrants that it is an
insurance company duly organized and in good standing under Missouri law and
that it has legally and validly established the Account under Section 376.309,
RSMo, and has registered the Account as a unit investment trust in accordance
with the provisions of the 1940 Act to serve as a segregated investment account
for certain Contracts. The Company further represents and warrants that the
Contracts will be registered under the 1933 Act and the Contracts will be issued
and sold in compliance with all applicable Federal and State laws.

  14. Distributor's Warranty.  The Distributor represents and warrants that it
is a member in good standing of the NASO and is registered as a broker-dealer
with the SEC under the 1934 Act. The Distributor further represents that it will
sell and distribute the shares in accordance with the 1933, 1934 and 1940 Acts
and will not make any representations concerning the Account except those
contained in the then current registration statement or related prospectus and
any sales literature approved by the Trust. For purposes of this paragraph,
Section 6 of the Distribution Agreement is incorporated in this Agreement.

  15. Termination of Agreement. The parties may terminate this Agreement as
follows:

      (a) (i) at the option of the Company or the Trust or the Distributor upon
  180 days' written notice to the other party;

      (ii) at the option of the Company if, for any reason, except for those
  specified in Sections 3(c) and 4(b) of the Distribution Agreement, Trust
  shares are not available to meet the requirements of the Contracts as
  determined by the Company; or

      (iii) at the option of the Trust upon the NASD, the SEC. the director of
  the Missouri Department of Insurance or any other regulatory body instituting
  legal proceedings against the Company regarding its duties under this
  Agreement.

                                       3
<PAGE>

          (b) This Agreement shall automatically terminate in the event of its
         assignment.

          (c) Notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement, the Trust and
         the Distributor shall, at the Company's option, continue to make
         available additional shares of the Trust pursuant to the terms and
         conditions of this Agreement, for all Contracts in effect on the
         effective date of termination of this Agreement (hereinafter referred
         to as "Existing Contracts"), so long as the Trust is in existence.
         Specifically, without limitation, the owners of the Existing Contracts
         shall be permitted to reallocate investments in the Trust, redeem
         investments in the Trust, or invest in the Trust upon the making of
         additional purchase payments under the Existing Contracts. A
         termination under paragraph 19 of this Agreement shall end rights of
         the owners of Existing Contracts.

          (d) The Company shall not redeem Trust shares attributable to the
         Contracts (as opposed to Trust shares attributable to the Company's
         assets held in the Account) except (i) as necessary to implement
         Contract owner initiated transactions, or (ii) as required by state or
         federal laws or regulations or judicial or other legal precedent of
         general application (hereinafter referred to as a "Legally Required
         Redemption"). Upon request, the Company will promptly furnish to the
         Trust and the Distributor the opinion of counsel for the Company (which
         counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Trust and the
         Distributor) to the effect that any redemption pursuant to clause (ii)
         above is a Legally Required Redemption. Furthermore, except in cases
         where permitted under the terms of the Contracts, the Company shall not
         prevent Contract owners from allocating payments to a Portfolio that
         was otherwise available under the Contracts without first giving the
         Trust or the Distributor 90 days' notice of its intention to do so.

  16. Company's Indemnification Agreement.  (a) The Company agrees to indemnify
and hold harmless the Trust or Distributor and each of their Directors or
Trustees who is not an "interested person" of the Trust, as defined in the 1940
Act (collectively the "Indemnified Parties" for purposes of this paragraph 16),
against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities (including amounts paid in
settlement with the written consent of the Company) or expenses or actions to
which such Indemnified Parties may become subject, under the Federal securities
laws or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or
expenses (or actions in respect thereof) or settlements arise as a result of any
failure by the Company to provide the services and furnish the materials under
terms of this Agreement or which arise from erroneous instructions by the
Company to the Distributor concerning the particular Portfolio or Portfolios
whose shares are to be allocated to the Account. This indemnity agreement is in
addition to any liability which the Company may otherwise have. However, in no
case is the indemnity of the Company in favor of she Distributor deemed to
protect the Distributor against any liability to the Trust or its shareholders
to which the Distributor would otherwise be subject by reason of its bad faith,
wilful misfeasance or negligence in the performance of its duties or by reason
of reckless disregard of its obligations and duties under this Agreement.

           (b) The Company will reimburse the Indemnified Parties for any
         legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Indemnified
         Parties in connection with investigating or defending of any such
         loss, claim, damage, liability or action.

           (c) Promptly after receipt by any of the Indemnified Parties of
         notice of the commencement of any action, or the making of any claim
         for which indemnity may apply under this paragraph, the Indemnified
         Parties will, if a claim thereof is to be made against the Trust,
         notify the Company of the commencement thereof; hut the omission so
         to notify the Company will not relieve the Company from any liability
         which it may have to the Indemnified Parties otherwise than under
         this Agreement. In case any such action is brought against the
         Indemnified Parties, and the Company is notified of the commencement
         thereof, the Company will be entitled to participate therein and to
         assume the defense thereof, with counsel satisfactory to the party
         named in the action, and after notice from the Company so such party
         of the Company's election so assume the defense thereof, the Company
         will not be liable to such party under this Agreement for any legal
         or other expenses subsequently incurred by such party independently
         in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of
         investigation.

      17. Trust and Distributor Indemnification Agreements. (a) The Trust and
Distributor each agree to indemnify and hold harmless the Company and each of
its Directors who is not an "interested person"

                                       4
<PAGE>

of the Company, as defined in the 1940 Act (collectively the "Company's
Indemnified Parties" for purposes of this paragraph 17), against any losses,
claims, damages, liabilities (including amounts paid in settlement with the
written consent of the Trust) or expenses or actions to which such Indemnified
Parties may become subject, under the Federal securities laws or otherwise,
insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses (or actions in
respect thereof) or settlements:

        (i)   arise as a result of any failure by the Trust or Distributor to
      provide the services and furnish the materials under the terms of this
      Agreement; or

        (ii)  arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged
      untrue statement of any material fact contained in registration statement
      or Prospectus or sales literature of the Trust (or any amendment or
      supplement so any of the foregoing), or arise out of or are based upon the
      omission or the alleged omission to state therein a material fact required
      to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not
      misleading, provided that this Agreement to indemnify shall not apply as
      to the Company's Indemnified Parties if such statement or omission was
      made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished to the
      Trust or Distributor by or on behalf of the Company for use in the
      registration statement or Prospectus for the Trust or in sales literature
      (or any amendment or supplement) or otherwise for use in connection with
      the sale of the Contracts or Trust shares; or

        (iii) arise out of or result from any material breach of any
      representation and/or warranty made by the Trust or the Distributor in
      this Agreement or arise out of or result from any other material breach of
      this Agreement by the Trust or the Distributor, including a failure,
      whether unintentional or in good faith or otherwise, to comply with the
      requirements specified in paragraph 8 of this Agreement.

      (b) The Trust represents and warrants that the Trust will at all times
   invest its assets in such a manner as to ensure that the Contracts will be
   treated as variable annuity or flexible premium life insurance contracts
   under the Code and the regulations thereunder. Without limiting the scope of
   the foregoing, the Trust will at all times comply with Section 817(h) of the
   Code and Treasury Regulation 1.817-5, as amended from time to time, and any
   Treasury' interpretations thereof, relating to the diversification
   requirements for variable annuity or variable life insurance contracts and
   any amendments or other modifications to such section or Regulations.

      (c) Trust shares will not be sold to any person or entity that would
    result in the Contracts not being treated as annuity contracts or variable
    life contracts.

      (d) The Trust and the Distributor will reimburse the Company for any legal
    or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company's Indemnified Parties
    in connection with investigating or defending of any such loss, claim,
    damage, liability or action.

      (e) Promptly after receipt by any of the Company's Indemnified Parties of
    notice of the commencement of any action, or the making of any claim for
    which indemnity may apply under this paragraph, the Company's Indemnified
    Parties will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the
    Company, notify the Trust or the Distributor of commencement thereof; but
    the omission so to notify the Trust or the Distributor will not relieve the
    Trust or the Distributor from any liability which it may have to the
    Company's Indemnified Parties otherwise than under this Agreement. In case
    any such action is brought against the Company's Indemnified Parties, and
    the Trust or the Distributor is notified of the commencement thereof, the
    Trust or the Distributor will be entitled to participate therein and to
    assume the defense thereof, with counsel satisfactory to the party named in
    the action, and after notice from the Trust or the Distributor to such party
    of the Trust's or the Distributor's election to assume the defense thereof,
    the Trust or the Distributor will not be liable to such party under this
    Agreement for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such
    party independently in connection with the defense thereof other than
    reasonable costs of investigation.

      18. Indemnification of Trust by or of Distributor. For purposes of this
   Agreement, the Trust and the Distributor shall indemnify each other according
   to the terms of the Distribution Agreement, the terms of which are
   incorporated by reference.

                                       5
<PAGE>

19. Potential Conflicts (a) The Trustees of the Trust will monitor the
operations of the Trust for the existence of any material irreconcilable
conflict between the interests of the contract owners of all separate accounts
investing in the Trust. An irreconcilable material conflict may arise for a
variety of reasons, including: (I) an action by any state insurance regulatory
authority; (ii) a change in applicable Federal or state insurance, tax, or
securities laws or regulations, or a public ruling, private letter ruling. no-
action or interpretative letter, or any similar action by insurance, tax, or
securities regulatory authorities; (iii) an administrative or judicial decision
in any relevant proceeding; (iv) the manner in which the investments of any
Portfolio are being managed; (v) a difference in voting instructions given by
variable annuity contract and variable life insurance contract owners; or (vi) a
decision by an insurer to disregard the voting instructions of contract owners.
The Trustees shall promptly inform the Company if they determine that an
irreconcilable material conflict exists and the implications thereof.

 (b) The Company will report any potential or existing conflicts of which it is
aware to the Trustees of the Trust. The Company will assist the Trustees in
carrying out their responsibilities under the Shared Funding Exemptive Order,
sections (a) and (b) of this paragraph, by providing the Trustees with all
information reasonably necessary for the Trustees to consider any issues raised.
This includes, but is not limited to, an obligation by the Company to inform the
Trustees whenever contract owner voting instructions are disregarded.

  (c) If it is determined by a majority of the Trustees, or a majority of the
Trustees who are not parties to this Agreement or interested persons of any such
party and who have no direct or indirect financial interest in this Agreement or
any agreement related thereto (the "Independent Trustees"), that a material
irreconcilable conflict exists, the Company shall, at its expense and to the
extent reasonably practicable (as determined by a majority of the Independent
Trustees), take whatever steps are necessary to remedy or eliminate the
irreconcilable material conflict, up to and including: (i) withdrawing the
assets allocable to the Account from the Truss or any Portfolio and reinvesting
such assets in a different investment medium, including (but not limited to)
another Portfolio of the Trust, or submitting the question whether such
segregation should be implemented to a vote of all affected contract owners and,
as appropriate, segregating the assets of life insurance contract owners
invested in the Account from those of any other appropriate group (i.e., annuity
contract owners, life insurance contract owners, or variable contract owners of
one or more Participating insurance Companies) that votes in favor of such
segregation, or offering so the contract owners the option of making such a
change; and (ii) establishing a new registered management investment company or
managed separate account.

  (d) If a material irreconcilable conflict arises because of a decision by the
Company to disregard contract owner voting instructions and that decision
represents a minority position or would preclude a majority vote, the Company
may be required, at the Trust's election, to withdraw the Account's investment
in the Trust and terminate this Agreement; provided, however, that such
withdrawal and termination shall be limited so the extent required by the
foregoing material irreconcilable conflict as determined by a majority of the
Independent Trustees. Any such withdrawal and termination must take place within
six (6) months after the Trust gives written notice that this provision is being
implemented, and until the end of that six month period the Distributor and
Trust shall continue to accept and implement orders by the Company for the
purchase (and redemption) of shares of the Trust.

  (e) If a material irreconcilable conflict arises because a particular state
insurance regulator's decision applicable to the Company conflicts with the
majority of other state regulators, then the Company will withdraw the Account's
investment in the Trust and terminate this Agreement within six months after the
Trustees inform the Company in writing that they have determined that such
decision has created an irreconcilable material conflict; provided, however,
that such withdrawal and termination shall be limited to the extent required by
the foregoing material irreconcilable conflict as determined by a majority of
the Independent Trustees. Until the end of the foregoing six month period, the
Distributor and Trust shall continue to accept and implement orders by the
Company for the purchase (and redemption) of shares of the Trust.

  (f) For purposes of sections (c) through (f) of this paragraph, a majority of
the Independent Trustees shall determine whether any proposed action adequately
remedies any irreconcilable material conflict,

                                       6
<PAGE>

but in no event will the Trust be required to establish a new funding medium for
the Contracts. The Company shall not be required by section (c) to establish a
new funding medium for the Contracts if an offer to do so has been declined by
vote of a majority of contract owners materially adversely affected by the
irreconcilable material conflict. In the event that the Trustees determine that
any proposed action does not adequately remedy any irreconcilable material
conflict, then the Company will withdraw the Account's investment in the Trust
and terminate this Agreement within six (6) months after the Trustees inform the
Company in writing of the foregoing determination, provided, however, that such
withdrawal and termination shall be limited to the extent required by any such
material irreconcilable conflict as determined by a majority of the Independent
Trustees.

  (g) If and to the extent that Rule 6e-2 and Rule 6e-3(T) are amended, or Rule
6e-3 is adopted, to provide exemptive relief from any provision of the 1940 Act
or the rules promulgated thereunder with respect to mixed or shared funding (as
defined in the Shared Funding Exemptive Order) on terms and conditions
materially different from those contained in the Shared Funding Exemptive Order,
then (a) the Trust and/or the Participating Insurance Companies, as appropriate,
shall take such steps as may be necessary to comply with Rules 6e-2 and 6e-3(T),
as amended, and Rule 6e-3, as adopted, to the extent such Rules are applicable;
and (b) paragraphs 11(a), 11(b), 19(a), 19(b), 19(c), 19(d), 19(e) and 19(f) of
this Agreement shall continue in effect only to the extent that terms and
conditions substantially identical to such paragraphs are contained in such
Rule(s) as so amended or adopted.

  20. Duration of this Agreement. This Agreement shall become effective as of
the date first above written and shall remain in force until April 30, 1996 and
thereafter, but only so long as such continuance is specifically approved at
least annually by the Trustees of the Trust, or by the vote of a majority of the
outstanding voting securities of the Trust, cast in person or by proxy. This
Agreement also may be terminated in accordance with paragraph 15 hereof.

  The terms "vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities",
"assignment" and "interested person", when used in this Agreement, shall have
the respective meanings specified in the 1940 Act.

  21. Amendments of this Agreement. This Agreement may be amended by the parties
only if such amendment is specifically approved by: (i) the Trustees of the
Trust, or by the vote of a majority of outstanding voting securities of the
Trust, and (ii) a majority of the Independent Trustees, cast in person at a
meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval.

  22. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the
law of the State of New York and the applicable provisions of the 1933, 1934 and
1940 Acts and the rules and regulations and rulings thereunder including such
exemptions from those statutes, rules and regulations as the SEC may grant and
the terms hereof shall be interpreted and construed in accordance therewith. To
the extent the applicable law of the State of New York, or any of the provisions
herein, conflict with the applicable provisions of the 1940 Act, the latter
shall control. If any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid
by a court decision, statute, rule or otherwise the remainder of the Agreement
shall not be affected thereby.

  23. Notices. Any notice under this Agreement shall be in writing and if to
the Trust, delivered or mailed postage prepaid to it at Two World Trade Center,
New York, NY 10048; if to the Distributor, delivered or mailed postage prepaid
to it at Two World Trade Center, New York, NY 10048; and if to the Company,
delivered or mailed postage prepaid so it at 100 South Brentwood, Clayton, MO
63105. The parties shall have the right to designate any other address hereafter
by written notice to the other parties.

  24. Personal Liability The Declaration of Trust establishing Dean Witter
Variable Investment Series, dated February 24, 1983, a copy of which, together
with all amendments thereto (the "Declaration"), is on file in the office of the
Secretary of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, provides that the name Dean
Witter Variable Investment Series refers to the Trustees under the Declaration
collectively as Trustees, but not as individuals or personally; and no Trustee,
shareholder, officer, employee or agent of Dean Witter Variable Investment
Series shall be held to any personal liability, nor shall resort be had to their
private property for the satisfaction of any obligation or claim or otherwise,
in connection with the affairs of said Dean Witter Variable Investment Series,
but the Trust Estate only shall be liable.

                                       7
<PAGE>

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to
be duly executed as of the day and year first written above.


                                      Company:

Attest:                               PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE


_____________________________         By:_______________________________

                                      Trust:

Attest:                               DEAN WITTER VARIABLE INVESTMENT SERIES


_____________________________         By:________________________________

                                      Distributor:

Attest:                               DEAN WITTER DISTRUBUTORS, INC.


_____________________________         By:________________________________

                                              8

<PAGE>

                                 Exhibit 7(a)



     (a) FORM OF APPLICATION SUPPLEMENT FOR SCUDDER COMMISSIONED POLICY (33105)
<PAGE>

[PARAGON
 LIFE INSURANCE
 COMPANY LOGO HERE]

                             APPLICATION SUPPLEMENT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. Proposed Insured
                   -------------------------------------------------------------
                              Last         First          MI            Maiden

2. Date of Birth       /       /          3.  Sex:    [_]  Male    [_]  Female
                 ---------------------

4. Applicant (if other than proposed insured)
                                              ----------------------------------
                                                  Last         First         MI

5. Owner                      6. Owner Social Security Number    -       -
        ------------------                                    ------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

   VARIABLE LIFE INFORMATION (REQUIRED IF APPLYING FOR FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE
LIFE INSURANCE -
                ----------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>
  7.  Premium Allocation (0 or minimum of 10%. Percentages must be total 100%):
    <S>  <C>                                                  <C>
    [_]  Money Market Portfolio...............................                 %
                                                               ----------------
    [_]  Bond Portfolio.......................................                 %
                                                               ----------------
    [_]  Capital Growth Portfolio.............................                 %
                                                               ----------------
    [_]  Balanced Portfolio...................................                 %
                                                               ----------------
    [_]  Growth and Income Portfolio..........................                 %
                                                               ----------------
    [_]  Global Discovery Portfolio...........................                 %
                                                               ----------------
    [_]  International Portfolio..............................                 %
                                                               ----------------
    [_]  Small Company Growth Portfolio.......................                 %
                                                               ----------------
    [_]  Large Company Growth Portfolio.......................                 %
                                                               ----------------
</TABLE>

  8.  Suitability Information:
      a. Have you received a prospectus for the policy/certificate applied for?
         Yes [_]  No [_]

                 Date of Prospectus:          /     /
                                         -----------------
                 Date of any supplement:      /     /
                                         -----------------
      b. Do you understand that:
           (i)   the death benefit and cash surrender value will increase or
                 decrease depending on investment experience, and
           (ii)  there is no guaranteed cash surrender value or minimum death
                 benefit?   [_] Yes   [_] No

      c. Do you believe that the policy/certificate applied for meets your
         insurance objectives and your anticipated financial needs?
         Yes [_]  No [_]

<TABLE>
<S>                        <C>               <C>                <C>               <C>             <C>
  9. Signatures:  Dated at                                       on
                          ---------------------------------------   -----------------------------------------
                             City,           State              Month             Day             Year

- ---------------------------------     --------------------------------------------     -----------------------------------------
Proposed Insured                      Owner (if other than Applicant)                 Applicant (if other than Proposed Insured)

</TABLE>

This is a part of the application and will be part of the policy/certificate, if
one is issued.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



<PAGE>

                                 Exhibit 7(b)



     (b) FORM OF APPLICATION SUPPLEMENT FOR PUTNAM POLICY (33114)
<PAGE>

[PARAGON
 LIFE INSURANCE
 COMPANY LOGO HERE]

                             APPLICATION SUPPLEMENT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. Proposed Insured
                   -------------------------------------------------------------
                              Last         First          MI            Maiden

2. Date of Birth      /     /             3.  Sex:    [_]  Male    [_]  Female
                 -----------------

4. Applicant (if other than proposed insured)
                                              ----------------------------------
                                                  Last         First         MI

5. Owner                      6. Owner Social Security Number    -       -
        ------------------                                    ------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>
  7.  Net Premium Allocation (0 or minimum of 10%. Percentages must be in whole
      numbers total 100%. If incomplete, initial allocation will be 100% in PCM
      Money Market Fund):

      <S>  <C>                                                      <C>
      [_]  Putnam VT Asia Pacific Growth Fund.......................           %
                                                                    -----------
      [_]  Putnam VT Diversified Income Fund .......................           %
                                                                    -----------
      [_]  Putnam VT Asset Allocation Fund..........................           %
                                                                    -----------
      [_]  Putnam VT Growth Fund ...................................           %
                                                                    -----------
      [_]  Putnam VT Growth and Income Fund ........................           %
                                                                    -----------
      [_]  Putnam VT High Yield Fund ...............................           %
                                                                    -----------
      [_]  Putnam VT International Growth Fund .....................           %
                                                                    -----------
      [_]  Putnam VT International Growth And Income Fund...........           %
                                                                    -----------
      [_]  Putnam VT International New Opportunities Fund ..........           %
                                                                    -----------
      [_]  Putnam VT Money Market Fund .............................           %
                                                                    -----------
      [_]  Putnam VT New Opportunities Fund ........................           %
                                                                    -----------
      [_]  Putnam VT Income Fund ...................................           %
                                                                    -----------
      [_]  Putnam VT Utilities Growth and Income Fund ..............           %
                                                                    -----------
      [_]  Putnam Voyager Fund .....................................           %
                                                                    -----------
</TABLE>

  8.  Suitability Information:

      a. Have you received a prospectus for the policy/certificate applied for?
         Yes [_]  No [_]

                 Date of Prospectus:     /     /
                                    -----------------

                 Date of any supplement:     /     /
                                        -----------------

      b. Do you understand that:
           (i)   the death benefit will increase or decrease depending on
                 investment experience, and
          (ii)   the cash surrender values will increase or decrease, even be
                 reduced to zero, depending on the investment experience, and
         (iii)   there is no guaranteed cash surrender.  [_] Yes   [_] No

      c  Do you believe that the policy/certificate applied for meets your
         insurance objectives and your anticipated financial needs?
         Yes [_]  No [_]

<TABLE>
<S>                        <C>               <C>                <C>               <C>             <C>
  9. Signatures:  Dated at                                        on
                          ---------------------------------------    -----------------------------------------
                             City,           State              Month             Day             Year

- ---------------------------------     --------------------------------------------     -----------------------------------------
Proposed Insured                      Owner (if other than Applicant)                 Applicant (if other than Proposed Insured)
</TABLE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

This is a part of the application and will be part of the policy/certificate, if
one is issued.

                                      1a


<PAGE>

                                  Exhibit 7(c)



     (c) FORM OF APPLICATION SUPPLEMENT FOR MFS POLICY (33115-20)
<PAGE>

[PARAGON
 LIFE INSURANCE
 COMPANY LOGO HERE]

                             APPLICATION SUPPLEMENT
                                      for
                   FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. Proposed Insured
                      ----------------------------------------------------------
                              Last         First          MI            Maiden

2. Date of Birth    /       /                   3.  Sex:  [_]  Male  [_]  Female
                 -------------------------
4. Applicant (if other than proposed insured)
                                              ----------------------------------
                                                  Last         First         MI
5. Owner                      6. Owner Social Security Number    -       -
        ------------------                                    ------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  7.  Net Premium Allocation (0 or minimum of 10%. Percentages must be in whole
      numbers total 100%. If complete, initial allocation will be 100% in MFS
      Money Market Series):

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                       <C>
    [_]  MFS Emerging Growth Series.......................................................                       %
                                                                                          -----------------------
    [_]  MFS Value Series.................................................................                       %
                                                                                          -----------------------
    [_]  MFS Research Series..............................................................                       %
                                                                                          -----------------------
    [_]  MFS Growth With Income Series....................................................                       %
                                                                                          -----------------------
    [_]  MFS Total Return Series..........................................................                       %
                                                                                          -----------------------
    [_]  MFS Utilities Series.............................................................                       %
                                                                                          -----------------------
    [_]  MFS High Income Series...........................................................                       %
                                                                                          -----------------------
    [_]  MFS World Governments Series.....................................................                       %
                                                                                          -----------------------
    [_]  MFS F & C Emerging Markets Equity Series.........................................                       %
                                                                                          -----------------------
    [_]  MFS Bond Series..................................................................                       %
                                                                                          -----------------------
    [_]  MFS Limited Maturity Series......................................................                       %
                                                                                          -----------------------
    [_]  MFS Money Market Series..........................................................                       %
                                                                                          -----------------------
    [_]  MFS New Discovery Series.........................................................                       %
                                                                                          -----------------------
</TABLE>
  8.  Suitability Information:
      a. Have you received a prospectus for the policy/certificate applied for?
         Yes [_]  No [_]

                 Date of Prospectus:     /             /
                                   ------------------------
                 Date of any supplement:     /             /
                                        -----------------------
      b. Do you understand that:
           (i)   the death benefit will increase or decrease (It may decrease to
                  the point where the policy may lapse and may not provide a
                  death benefit unless additional premium payments are
                  made.)depending on investment experience, and

           (ii)  the cash surrender values may increase or decrease, even be
                  reduced to zero, depending on the investment experience, and

           (iii) there is no guaranteed cash surrender.
                  [_] Yes   [_] No

      c  Do you believe that the policy/certificate applied for meets your
         insurance objectives and your anticipated financial needs?
         Yes [_]  No [_]
<TABLE>
<S>                                              <C>                                  <C>
      d. Investment Objectives:
         [_] Long Term Capital Appreciation      [_] Aggressive Growth                [_] Safety
         [_] Income                              [_] Balanced Growth and Income       [_] Other (describe)
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<S>                        <C>               <C>                <C>               <C>             <C>
  9. Signatures:  Dated at                                        on
                          ---------------------------------------   -----------------------------------------
                             City,           State              Month             Day             Year

- ---------------------------------     --------------------------------------------     -----------------------------------------
Proposed Insured                      Owner (if other than Applicant)                 Applicant (if other than Proposed Insured)

</TABLE>

illustration of the benefits, including death benefits and cash surrender
values, are available per request.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
This is a part of the application and will be part of the policy/certificate, if
one is issued.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

33115-20                              1a
(5/98)


<PAGE>

                                 Exhibit 7(d)



     (d) FORM OF APPLICATION SUPPLEMENT FOR DEAN WITTER POLICY (33113)
<PAGE>

[PARAGON
 LIFE INSURANCE
 COMPANY LOGO HERE]

                             APPLICATION SUPPLEMENT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



1. Proposed Insured
                      ----------------------------------------------------------
                              Last         First          MI            Maiden
2. Date of Birth    /       /             3.  Sex:    [_]  Male    [_]  Female
                 -------------------------

4. Applicant (if other than proposed insured)
                                              ----------------------------------
                                                  Last         First         MI

5. Owner                      6. Owner Social Security Number    -       -
        ------------------                                    ------------------


7.  Net Premium Allocation (0 or minimum of 10%. Percentages must be in whole
    numbers total 100%; Default is 100% Money Market Portfolio):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                    <C>
    [_]   Money Market Portfolio.....................................  ________%

    [_]   Quality Income Plus Portfolio..............................  ________%

    [_]   High Yield Portfolio.......................................  ________%

    [_]   Utilities Portfolio........................................  ________%

    [_]   Income Builder Portfolio...................................  ________%

    [_]   Dividend Growth Portfolio..................................  ________%

    [_]   Capital Growth Portfolio...................................  ________%

    [_]   Global Dividend Growth Portfolio...........................  ________%

    [_]   European Growth Portfolio..................................  ________%

    [_]   Pacific Growth Portfolio...................................  ________%

    [_]   Equity Portfolio...........................................  ________%

    [_]   Competitive Edge "Best ideas" Portfolio....................  ________%

    [_]   Strategist Portfolio.......................................  ________%
</TABLE>

  8.  Suitability Information:

      a. Have you received a prospectus for the policy/certificate applied for?
         Yes [_]  No [_]

                 Date of Prospectus:     /             /
                                   ------------------------
                 Date of any supplement:     /             /
                                        -----------------------
      b. Do you understand that:

           (i)   the death benefit and cash surrender value will increase or
                 decrease depending on investment experience, and
           (ii)  there is no guaranteed cash surrender value or minimum death
                 benefit?   [_] Yes   [_] No

      c  Do you believe that the policy/certificate applied for meets your
         insurance objectives and your anticipated financial needs?
         Yes [_]  No [_]

<TABLE>
<S>                        <C>               <C>                <C>               <C>             <C>
  9. Signatures:  Dated at                                        on
                          ---------------------------------------   -----------------------------------------
                             City,           State              Month             Day             Year

- ---------------------------------     --------------------------------------------     -----------------------------------------
Proposed Insured                      Owner (if other than Applicant)                 Applicant (if other than Proposed Insured)

</TABLE>

This is a part of the application and will be part of the policy/certificate, if
one is issued.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                      1a

<PAGE>

                                 Exhibit 7(e)



     (e) FORM OF APPLICATION SUPPLEMENT FOR MULTI-MANAGER COMMISSIONED
         POLICY (33116)
<PAGE>

[PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE
 COMPANY LOGO HERE]
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 VARIABLE LIFE
                                             APPLICATION SUPPLEMENT
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>  <C>               <C>
1.   Proposed Insured
                        ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                Last              First                 MI                       Maiden

2.   Date of Birth        /      /                3.    Sex:      [_]  Male        [_]  Female
                   ----------------------
4.   Applicant (if other than proposed insured)
                                                ------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    Last                    First                   MI
5.   Owner                    6. Owner Social Security Number     -      -
        ------------------                                  ------------------

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.   Net Premium Allocation (0 or minimum of 10%. Percentages must be in whole numbers total 100%):

     [_]  Fidelity VIP Growth Portfolio........................................................             %
                                                                                               -------------
     [_]  Fidelity VIP Equity Income Portfolio.................................................             %
                                                                                               -------------
     [_]  Fidelity VIP II Index 500 Portfolio..................................................             %
                                                                                               -------------
     [_]  Fidelity VIP II Contrafund Portfolio.................................................             %
                                                                                               -------------
     [_]  MFS Emerging Growth Series ..........................................................             %
                                                                                               -------------
     [_]  Putnam VT High Yield Fund............................................................             %
                                                                                               -------------
     [_]  Putnam VT New Opportunities Fund.....................................................             %
                                                                                               -------------
     [_]  Putnam VT Income Fund................................................................             %
                                                                                               -------------
     [_]  Putnam VT Voyager Fund...............................................................             %
                                                                                               -------------
     [_]  Scudder Money Market Portfolio.......................................................             %
                                                                                               -------------
     [_]  Scudder International Portfolio......................................................             %
                                                                                               -------------
     [_]  T. Rowe Price New America Growth Portfolio...........................................             %
                                                                                               -------------
     [_]  T. Rowe Price Personal Strategy Balanced Portfolio...................................             %
                                                                                               -------------
     [_]  T. Rowe Price Limited-Term Bond Portfolio............................................             %
                                                                                               -------------
8.   Suitability Information:
     a.   Have you received a prospectus for the policy/certificate applied for?  Yes [_]  No [_]
          Date of Prospectus:          /        /
                             -------------------------------
          Date of any supplement:          /        /
                                 -------------------------------
     b.   Do you understand that:

          (i)   the death benefit and cash surrender value will increase or decrease depending on investment
                experience, and

          (ii)  there is no guaranteed cash surrender.  [_] Yes   [_] No

     c.   Do you believe that the policy/certificate applied for meets your insurance objectives and your
          anticipated financial needs? Yes [_]  No [_]

9.   Signatures:  Dated at                                      on
                          -------------------------------------    ----------------------------------------
                           City,                     State      Month            Day                   Year

- -------------------------   -----------------------------------   ------------------------------------------
Proposed Insured            Owner (if other than Applicant)       Applicant (if other than Proposed Insured)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
This is a part of the application and will be part of the policy/certificate, if one is issued.
</TABLE>
                                      1a

<PAGE>


                                  Exhibit 8



                     ISSUE, TRANSFER, AND REDEMPTION MEMO
<PAGE>

                         PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY


                       DESCRIPTION OF ISSUANCE, TRANSFER
                         AND REDEMPTION PROCEDURES FOR
               FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE POLICIES
                     Pursuant to Rule 6e-3(T) (b) (12) (ii)


                                      and


                       METHOD OF COMPUTING ADJUSTMENTS IN
                         PAYMENTS AND CASH VALUES UPON
                      CONVERSION TO FIXED BENEFIT POLICIES



     This document set forth the administrative procedures that will be followed
by Paragon Life Insurance Company (the "Company") in connection with the
issuance of Flexible Premium Variable Life Insurance Policies for use in the
employer-sponsored marketing, the transfer of assets held thereunder, and the
redemption by Owners of their interests in such Policies. In circumstances where
a Group Contract is issued, Individual Policies or Certificates setting forth or
summarizing the rights and privileges of the Owners and/or Insureds, will be
issued under the Group Contract. Individual policies can also be issued in
connection with employer-sponsored insurance programs in circumstances where a
Group Contract is not issued. The terms of the Certificate and the Individual
Policy, whether or not the Individual Policy is issued under a Group Contract,
are substantially the same and are collectively referred to as "Policy" or
"Policies". The document also explains the method that the Company will follow
in making a cash adjustment when a Policy is exchanged for a fixed benefit
insurance policy.

                                      -1-
<PAGE>

I.   PROCEDURES RELATING TO ISSUANCE AND PURCHASE OF POLICIES


     A.   Premium Payments and Underwriting

          Premiums for the Policies will not be the same for all owners of
Policies ("Owners"). Payment of or payroll deduction authorization for the
initial premium, together with a completed application, must be received by the
Company before a Policy will be issued. The Company requires that the initial
premium for a Policy be at least equal to one-twelfth of the planned annual
premium. Minimum first year planned annual premiums will be established.

          Following the initial premium, subject to the limitations described
below, premiums may be paid in any amount and at any interval. For the first
Policy year, the amount of the planned premiums can be no less than the minimum
annual premium. The Company establish a billed or planned premium for each
Policy. Although not required, the typical payment of planned premiums is
through payroll deduction by the sponsoring employer while the Owner is
employed. While the employee is a part of the sponsoring employer relationship
this is typically a monthly premium or annual premium divided by thirteen.
Failure to pay planned premiums, however, will not itself cause the Policy to
lapse.

          Once the employee is no longer eligible for group coverage (the group
arrangement is terminated or the employee's relationship with the sponsoring
employer ceases) the Policy will automatically continue on an individual basis.
Each Certificate is amended to make it an Individual Policy. The planned premium
billed quarterly, semiannually, or annually at the Owner's option. Premium
payments need not be made on this scheduled basis, however. The Company also
makes available an option for payment of premium through periodic (generally
monthly) authorized electronic funds transfer. This procedure is only for
Company billing.

          An Owner may make unscheduled premium payments at any time in any
amount, or skip planned premium payments, subject to the following limitations.
Every premium payment must be at least $20. In no event may the total of all
premiums paid in any Policy year exceed the

                                      -2-
<PAGE>

current maximum premium limitations for that year established by Federal tax
laws. The maximum premium limit for a Policy year is the largest amount of
premium that can be paid in that Policy year such that the sum of the premiums
paid under the Policy will not at any time exceed the guideline premium
limitations referred to in section 7702 (c) of the Internal Revenue Code of
1986, as amended, or any successor provision. If at any time a premium is paid
which would result in total premiums exceeding the current maximum premium
limitation, the Company will only accept that portion of the premium which will
make total premiums equal the maximum. Any part of the premium in excess of that
amount will be returned or applied as otherwise agreed and no further premiums
will be accepted until allowed by the current maximum premium limitations
prescribed by Federal tax law. The Company may require additional evidence of
insurability if any premium payment would cause an increase in the Policy's
death benefit exceeding the premium received.

          Net premiums will be priced based upon the share price as of the close
of the day the premiums are received. The Company has two main methods of
premium receipt for premiums received via payroll deduction method. The first is
through a sponsoring employer for a lump-sum check attached to a list billing
for each policyowner with the employer or via an automated medium to verify the
amount. The Company does not reconcile receipts to billed amounts. The Company
does verify that the amount received matches the supporting data indicating the
amount paid per individual. For receipts received through a sponsoring employer,
allocations among multiple policies for one employee Owner are made for the
employee Owner based upon the following procedure. Premiums are applied as
billed for the spouse Policy (where employee is Owner but not the insured), and
the balance of the amount received is allocated to the employee's Policy. The
second method of premium receipt is if the employee is no longer a part of the
sponsoring employer or pays unscheduled premiums, in which case, the premiums
are received by cash, check, or automatic electronic funds transfer.

                                      -3-
<PAGE>

          A Policy will remain in force so long as the cash surrender value is
sufficient to pay the monthly deduction. Thus, the amount of a premium, if any,
that must be paid to keep the Policy in force depends upon the cash value of the
Policy, which in turn depends on such factors as the investment experience and
the cost of insurance charge. The cost of insurance rate utilized in computing
the cost of insurance charge will not be the same for each insured. The chief
reason is that the principle of pooling and distribution of mortality risks is
based on assumption that each insured incurs an insurance rate commensurate with
his mortality risk which is actuarially determined based on such factors as
attained age and rate class. Accordingly, while not all insureds will be subject
to the same cost of insurance rate, there will be a single "rate" for all
insureds in a given actuarial category.

          Current cost of insurance rates will be determined by the Company
based upon expectations as to future mortality experience.  The cost of
insurance rates are guaranteed not to exceed rates based upon 125% of the
Commissioners' 1980 Standard Ordinary Mortality Table C.

          The Policies will be offered and sold pursuant to established
underwriting standards and in accordance with state insurance laws. State
insurance laws may prohibit unfair discrimination among insureds but recognize
that premiums may be based upon factors such as age, sex, health, and
occupation.

         Policies that are deemed to be "individual contracts" under the Omnibus
Budget Reconciliation Act of 1990, will be subject to a 1 % charge deducted from
premiums received to reimburse the Company for its additional federal income tax
costs resulting from its receipt of such premiums. Such charge will be treated
as a sales charge for purposes of determining compliance with the limitations on
sales loads imposed by the Investment Company Act of 1940 and regulations
thereunder.

                                      -4-
<PAGE>

     B.        Application and Initial Premium Processing

          Upon receipt of a completed application, the Company will follow
certain insurance underwriting (e.g., evaluation of risks) procedures designed
to determine whether the applicant is insurable. This process may involve such
verification procedures as consulting the Medical Information Bureau and may
require that further information be provided by the proposed insured before a
determination can be made. A Policy will not be issued until the underwriting
procedure has been completed.

          The underwriting will be based upon the particular application
received. The first time an employee is given the opportunity to purchase a
Policy, the applicant may qualify for guaranteed issue if he/she is actively at
work and has not missed 10 consecutive days or a total of 30 days of work within
the past year. No medical or paramedical examination is required.  However, a
blood test may be required especially for Policies with large face amounts
available per Policy and for the addition of certain insurance benefits by
rider. The maximum face amount that an employee can generally apply for under
the guaranteed issue procedure is three times the employee's salary up to a
ceiling that is based on the number of eligible employees under a group
arrangement. Guaranteed issue may also be available for programs with high
maximum face amounts dependent upon number of eligible lives or whether existing
coverage is being cancelled.

          Where the face amount exceeds the guaranteed issue limits, where the
Policy has been offered previously to the employee, where the guaranteed issue
requirements set forth in the application are not met, or for programs in which
guaranteed issue is not offered, the employee must submit to a simplified
underwriting procedure which requires the employee to respond satisfactorily to
certain health questions in the application. Similarly, such questions must be
answered or blood testing may be required if, in connection with the issuance of
any children's rider or acceleration of death benefits riders, if the employee
is not eligible for guaranteed issue underwriting, or, even when the employee is
eligible, if the child does not satisfy the guaranteed

                                      -5-
<PAGE>

issue requirements set forth in the application. However, regardless of which
underwriting procedure is used, acceptance of an application is subject to the
Company's underwriting rules, and the Company reserves the right to reject an
application for any reason.

          If a Policy is to be issued to a spouse of an employee who is eligible
to purchase a Policy under a group arrangement, the appropriate application must
be supplied. The spouse will be subject to the simplified underwriting procedure
described above. Guaranteed issue is not available.

No substandard or extra rating will apply. There in no distinction is rates
based on the underwriting method once a risk is determined acceptable.

          Insurance coverage under a Policy will begin on the issue date, which
is the date as of which the Policy is delivered and the initial premium has been
received prior to the insured's death and prior to any change in health as shown
in the application. The issue date is used to determine Policy anniversaries,
Policy years, and Policy months. However, for those who qualify for the
guaranteed issue category, interim insurance for the amount applied for, not to
exceed the guaranteed issue amount, will be produced from the date the
application and payroll deduction authorization is signed until the issue date.
The interim insurance may cease under other conditions that may occur earlier:
1) the date a policy other than applied for is offered; 2) the date the Company
notifies the applicant that the application for a proposed insured is declined;
3) 60 days from the date of application; or 4) termination of employment with
the sponsoring employer. These conditions are indicated on the application.

          The Company will allocate the net premiums according to the allocation
indicated on the application for insurance. The allocation of net premiums may
be changed for future premium receipts by the Owner's written request. Pricing
of the initial premiums will be as of the latter of the day received or the date
of issue of the Policy.

                                      -6-
<PAGE>

The minimum face amount at issue is currently $25,000. For those programs with
large maximum Face Amounts, i.e. Executive Program Policies, the minimum is
generally $100,000. For Executive Program Policies, the maximum is generally in
excess of $500,000.

     C.   Reinstatement Procedures

          The Policy may be reinstated within five years after lapse and before
the maturity date unless the Policy has been surrendered. A Policy will be
reinstated upon receipt by the Company of a written application for
reinstatement, production of evidence of insurability satisfactory to the
Company (including evidence of insurability of any person covered by a rider to
reinstate the rider) and payment of sufficient premium to cover the monthly
deductions due at the time of lapse, and two times the monthly deduction due at
the time of reinstatement. Any indebtedness must also be paid or reinstated.

          The amount of cash value on the date of reinstatement will be equal to
the amount of any loan reinstated, increased by the net premiums paid at
reinstatement, and any loans paid at the time of reinstatement. The effective
date of reinstatement will be the date of approval by the Company of the
application for reinstatement. There will be a full monthly deduction for the
Policy month that includes that date.

II.  REDEMPTION PROCEDURES: SURRENDER AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

          Set forth below is a summary of the principal Policy provisions and
administrative procedures which might be deemed to constitute, either directly
or indirectly, a "redemption" transaction. The summary shows that because of the
insurance nature of the Policies, the procedures involved necessarily differ in
certain significant respects from the redemption procedures for mutual funds and
contractual plans.

     A.   Surrenders and Partial Withdrawals

                                      -7-
<PAGE>

          At any time during the lifetime of the insured and while a Policy is
in effect, the Owner may surrender, or make a partial withdrawal under, the
Policy by sending a written request to the Company. The amount available for
surrender is the cash surrender value at the end of the valuation period during
which the surrender request is received at the Company's home office. Amounts
payable upon surrender or a partial withdrawal will ordinarily be paid within
seven days of receipt of the written request.

          If the Policy is being surrendered, the Policy itself must be returned
to the Company along with the request. If the Policy cannot be returned, a lost
policy affidavit is required. Upon surrender, the Company will pay the cash
surrender value (the cash value less any indebtedness). Surrender proceeds will
be paid in a single sum. Coverage under a Policy will terminate as of the date
of surrender.

          After the first Policy year, an Owner may make up to one partial
withdrawal each Policy month from the Separate Account. The total amount of a
partial withdrawal request must be at least $500 or the Policy's cash value if
smaller. The minimum amount that can be withdrawn from any one division is $50,
or the cash value in the division, if smaller. The maximum amount that may be
withdrawn from a division is the Policy's cash value in that division. The total
that may be obtained by partial withdrawal including the partial withdrawal
transaction charge is the Loan Value. A transaction charge equal to the lesser
of $25 or two percent of the amount withdrawn applies to each partial
withdrawal.

          The Owner may allocate the amount withdrawn, subject to the above
conditions, among the divisions of the Separate Account. If no allocation is
specified, then the partial withdrawal will be allocated among the divisions of
the Separate Account in the same proportion that the Policy's cash value in each
division bears to the total cash value of the Policy, less the cash value in the
Loan Account, on the date the request for the partial withdrawal is received.

                                      -8-
<PAGE>

          The death benefit will be affected by a partial withdrawal. If Option
A is in effect and the death benefit equals the face amount, then a partial
withdrawal will decrease the face amount by an amount equal to the partial
withdrawal resulting from the change in face amount. If the death benefit is
based on a percentage of the cash value, then a partial withdrawal will decrease
the face amount by the amount by which the partial withdrawal exceeds the
difference between the death benefit and the face amount. If Option B is in
effect, the face amount will not change.

          The face amount remaining in force after a partial withdrawal may not
be less than $25,000 or the applicable minimum issue amount. Any request for a
partial withdrawal that would reduce the face amount below this amount will not
be implemented. Partial withdrawals will be applied first to reduce the initial
face amount and then to each increase in face amount in order, starting with the
first increase.

     B.   Change in Face Amount

          An Owner may increase or decrease the face amount of a Policy (without
changing the death benefit option) once each Policy year after the first Policy
anniversary. A written request is required for a change in the face amount. Any
change is subject to the following conditions:

        1.    Any decrease will become effective on the monthly anniversary on
              or next following receipt of the written request.

        2.    The minimum decrease allowed is $5,000, and the face amount may
              not be decreased below $25,000. If, following the decrease in face
              amount, the Policy would not comply with maximum premium
              limitations required by Federal tax law, the decrease may be
              limited or cash value may be returned to the Owner, at his or her
              election, to the extent necessary to meet these requirements. Any
              decrease will reduce the face amount in the following order:

                         a.   The face amount provided by the most recent
                              increase;

                         b.   The next most recent increases successively; and

                         c.   The initial face amount.

                                      -9-
<PAGE>

        3.    For an increase in the face amount, the Company requires that
              satisfactory evidence of insurability be submitted. If approved,
              the increase will become effective as of the monthly anniversary
              following receipt of satisfactory evidence of insurability. In
              addition, the insureds must have an attained age of not greater
              than 80 on the effective date of the increase. The increase may
              generally not be less than $5,000.

        C.    Change in Death Benefit Option


          After the first Policy anniversary, the Owner may request in writing
to change the death benefit option. If the request is to change from Option A to
Option B, the face amount will be decreased by the amount of the cash value.
Evidence of insurability satisfactory to the Company will be required on a
change from Option A to Option B. This change cannot be made if it would result
in a face amount of less than $5,000. If the request is to change from Option B
to Option A, the face amount will be increased by the amount of the cash value.
The effective date of a change will be the monthly anniversary on or following
the date the request for change is received by the Company. The option may be
changed once each Policy year.

        D.    Benefit Claims

          While the Policy remains in force, the Company will pay a death
benefit to the named beneficiary in accordance with the designated death benefit
option within seven days after receipt in its home office of due proof of death
of the insured. Payment of death benefits may be postponed under certain
circumstances, such as the New York Stock Exchange being closed for reasons
other than customary weekend and holiday closings.

          The amount of the death benefit is determined at the end of the
valuation period during which the insured dies. The amount of the death benefit
will never be less than the current face amount of the Policy as long as the
Policy remains in force. The proceeds will be reduced by any outstanding
indebtedness. The proceeds will be increased by the amount of the monthly cost
of insurance for the portion of the month from the date of death to the end of
the month. The death benefit may exceed the face amount of the Policy depending
on the death benefit option in effect, the cash value of the Policy, and the
applicable percentage in effect at the date of death. Under

                                      -10-
<PAGE>

Option A, the death benefit is the greater of the face amount or the cash value
on the date of death multiplied by the applicable percentage. Under Death
Benefit Option B, the death benefit is equal to the face amount plus the cash
value on the date of death or, if greater, the applicable percentage (as per
Option A) of the cash value on the date of death.

      If the insured is living on the maturity date (the date on which the
insured reaches attained age 95), the Company will pay the cash surrender value
of the Policy on the maturity date.

      Death benefit proceeds may be paid in a single-sum, or under one of the
settlement options described in the Policy. The election may be made by the
Owner during the insured's lifetime, or, if no election is in effect at death,
by the beneficiary. An option is available only if the proceeds to be applied
are $5,000 or more. The settlement options are subject to the restrictions and
limitations set forth in the Policy.

      Proceeds may also be payable through riders that may be available under
the Policy. These riders include HIV Acceleration of Death Benefits Rider and
the Accelerated Death Benefit Settlement Option Rider. These specific riders are
described below.

      HIV Acceleration of Death Benefits Rider. Provides for the Owner's
election for the Company to make an accelerated payment, prior to the death of
the Insured upon receipt of satisfactory evidence that the Insured has tested
seropositive for the human immunodeficiency virus ("HIV") after both the Policy
and rider are issued. The Company will pay the Policy's death benefit (less any
Indebtedness and any term insurance added by riders), calculated on the date
that the Company receives satisfactory evidence that the Insured has tested
seropositive for HIV, reduced by a $100 administrative processing fee. The
Company will pay the accelerated benefit to the Owner in a single payment in
full settlement of the Company's obligations under the Policy. The rider may be
added to the Policy only after the Insured satisfactorily meets certain

                                      -11-
<PAGE>

underwriting requirements which will generally include a negative HIV test
result to a blood or other screening test acceptable to the Company.

          Accelerated Death Benefit Settlement Option Rider. Provides for the
accelerated payment of a portion of death benefit proceeds in a single sum to
the Owner if the Insured is terminally ill or permanently confined to a nursing
home. Under the rider, which is available at no additional cost, the Owner may
make a voluntary election to completely settle the Policy in return for the
Company's accelerated payment of a reduced death benefit. The Owner may make
such an election under the rider if the Insured (1) has a life expectancy of 12
months or less or (2) is permanently confined to a qualified nursing home and is
expected to remain there until death. Any irrevocable beneficiary and assignees
of record must provide written authorization in order for the Owner to receive
the accelerated benefit.

          The amount of the death benefit payable under the rider will equal the
cash surrender value under the Policy on the date the Company receives
satisfactory evidence of either (1) or (2), above, (less any Indebtedness and
any term insurance added by other riders) plus the product of the applicable
"benefit factor" multiplied by the difference of (a) minus (b), where (a) equals
the Policy's death benefit proceeds, and (b) equals the Policy's cash surrender
value. The "benefit factor", in the case of terminal illness, is 0.85 and, in
the case of permanent nursing home confinement, is 0.70.

     E.   Policy Loans

          After the first Policy anniversary, the Owner may, by written request
to the Company, borrow an amount up to the loan value of the Policy, with the
Policy servicing as sole security for such loan. The loan value is equal to 85%
of the cash value of the Policy on the date the Policy loan is requested,
reduced by the amount of any existing loans and interest payable on those loans.
The minimum amount that may be borrowed is $100. Any amount due to an owner
under a loan ordinarily will be paid within seven days after the Company
received a loan request

                                      -12-
<PAGE>

at its home office, although payments may be postponed under certain
circumstances.

          When a loan is made, cash value equal to the amount of the loan will
be transferred to the "Loan Account" (part of the Company's general assets) as
security for the loan. Unless the Owner requests a different allocation, amounts
will be transferred from the divisions of the Separate Account to the Loan
Account in the same proportion that the Policy's cash value in each division
bears to the total cash value, less the cash value in the Loan Account. Cash
value transferred to the Loan Account will accrue interest daily at an annual
rate not less than 5 %. The Loan Account crediting rate will be determined by
Company officers as authorized by the Board of Directors. The interest rate
charged will be 8%.

          A Policy loan may be repaid in whole or in part at any time prior to
the death of the insured and as long as a Policy is in effect. When a loan
repayment is made, an amount securing the indebtedness in the Loan Account equal
to the loan repayment will be transferred to the divisions of the Separate
Account in the same proportion that cash value in the Loan Account bears to the
cash value in each Loan division.

Ill. TRANSFERS

          The Separate Account currently has five divisions. Under the Company's
current rules, a Policy's cash value, except amounts credited to the Loan
Account, may be transferred among the divisions of the Separate Account.
Requests for transfers from or among divisions of the Separate Account must be
in writing and may be made once each Policy month. Transfers must be in amounts
of at least $250 or, if smaller, the Policy's cash value in a division. The
Company will effectuate transfers and determine all values in connection with
transfers as of the end of the valuation period during which the transfer
request is received.

          The Company currently intends to continue to permit transfers for the
foreseeable

                                      -13-
<PAGE>

future. The Policy provides that the Company may at any time modify the transfer
privilege, including the minimum amount transferable, and may in the future
impose a charge of no more than $25 per transfer request.

IV. REFUNDS

     A.   Right to Examine Policy Period

          An Owner may cancel a Policy within the latest of 20 days after
receiving it, 45 days after the application was signed, or 10 days of mailing a
notice of the cancellation right. If a Policy is cancelled within this time
period, a refund will be paid. The refund will equal all premiums paid under the
Policy or any different amount required by state law.

          The Company will apply premiums to the divisions of the separate
account as initially requested. Any refund of premiums due to the "free look"
provision would be paid from the Separate Account. Any insufficiencies in funds
from the Separate Account will be paid from our general assets.

          To cancel the Policy, the Owner must mail or deliver the Policy
directly to the Company. A refund of premiums paid by check may be delayed until
the check has cleared the Owner's bank.

          A request for an increase in face amount may also be cancelled. The
request for cancellation must be made within the latest of 20 days from the date
the Owner received the new Policy specifications page from the increase, 45 days
after the application for the increase was signed, or 10 days of mailing the
right to cancellation notice.

                                      -14-
<PAGE>

          Upon cancellation of an increase, the Owner may request that the
Company refund the amount of the additional charges deducted in connection with
the increase. This will equal the amount by which the monthly deductions since
the increase went into effect exceeded the monthly deductions which would have
been made absent the increase.

          If no request is made, the Company will increase the Policy's cash
value by the amount of these additional charges. This amount will be allocated
among the divisions of the Separate Account in the same manner as it was
deducted.

     B.   Suicide

          In the event the insured commits suicide, whether sane or insane,
within two years of the issue date (or within the maximum period permitted by
the laws of the state in which the policy was delivered, if less than two
years), the amount payable will be limited to the return of premiums paid, less
any indebtedness or partial withdrawals. In the event of suicide within two
years of the effective date of any increase will be limited to the amount of the
monthly deductions for the increase.

     C.   Incontestability Clause

          The Policy is incontestable after it has been in force for two years
from the issue date during the lifetime of the insured. An increase in the face
amount or addition of a rider after the issue date is incontestable after such
increase or addition has been in force for two years from its effective date
during the lifetime of the insured. Any reinstatement of a Policy is
incontestable, except for nonpayment of premiums, only after it has been in
force during the lifetime of the insured for two years after the effective date
of the reinstatement.

     D.   Misstatement of Age.

          If the age of the insured has been misstated in the application, the
amount of the death benefit will be that which the most recent cost of insurance
charge would have purchased for the correct age.

                                      -15-
<PAGE>

        V. METHOD OF COMPUTING EXCHANGE ADJUSTMENTS

     Once during the first 24 Policy months following the issue date of the
Policy, the Owner may, upon written request, convert a Policy still in force to
a life insurance policy that provides for benefits that do not vary with the
investment return of the divisions of the Separate Account. No evidence of
insurability will be required when this right is exercised. However, the Company
will require that the Policy be in force and that the Owner repay any existing
indebtedness. At the time of the conversion, the new Policy will have, at the
Owner's option, either the same death benefit or the same net amount at risk as
the original Policy. The new Policy will also have the same issue date and issue
age as the original Policy. The premiums for the new Policy will be based on the
company's rates in effect for the same issue age and rate class as the original
Policy.

     In addition, once during the first 24 Policy months following the effective
date of a requested increase in face amount (i.e., an increase that is not the
result of a change in death benefit options), the Owner may, upon written
request, convert the amount of the increase in face amount to a life insurance
policy which also provides for fixed benefits. Premiums under this new contract
will be based on the Company's rates in effect for the same issue age and rate
class of the insured as were applied on the effective date of the increase in
the face amount. The conditions and principles, described above, which are
applicable to a conversion of the entire Policy, will be equally applicable to
the conversion of an increase in face amount to a fixed-benefit policy.

                                      -16-

<PAGE>


                                  Exhibit 9



                   OPINION OF MATTHEW P. McCAULEY, ESQUIRE,
               GENERAL COUNSEL OF PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
<PAGE>

                                         February 22, 1993



Paragon Life Insurance Company
100 South Brentwood Boulevard
St. Louis, MO 63105

Gentlemen:

This opinion is furnished in connection with the offering of certain group
variable life insurance contracts ("Group Contracts") and certain individual
variable life insurance contracts ("Individual Contracts") (collectively,
"Contracts") under Registration Statement No. 33-58796 filed by Paragon Life
                                              --------
Insurance Company ("Paragon") and Separate Account B of Paragon Life Insurance
Company (the "Separate Account") under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended
(the "Act").



I am the Vice President and General Counsel of Paragon, and in such capacity I
am familiar with Paragon's Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws and have
reviewed all statements, records, instruments and documents which I have deemed
it necessary to examine for the purpose of this opinion. I have examined the
form of registration statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission on Form S-6 in connection with the registration, under the Act, of
the Contracts. I have supervised the establishment of the Separate Account on
January 4, 1993, by the Board of Directors of Paragon as a Separate Account for
assets designed to support the Contracts. I am familiar with the proceedings
taken and proposed to be taken in connection with the authorization, issuance
and sale of the Contracts. Based upon a review of these documents and such laws
that I consider appropriate, I am of the opinion that:



     1.   Paragon is validly organized and in good standing under the laws of
          the State of Missouri and a validly existing corporation.

     2.   The Separate Account is duly created and validly existing as a
          Separate Account pursuant to the provisions of Section 309 of Chapter
          376 of the Revised Statutes of Missouri.

     3.   Both the Group Contracts and the Individual Contracts to be issued
          pursuant to the terms of the Registration Statement have been duly
          authorized and, when issued and delivered as provided therein, will
          constitute legal, validly issued, and binding obligations of Paragon
          in accordance with their terms.

     4.   To the extent so provided in the Contracts, the portion of the assets
          to be held in the Separate Account equal to the reserves and
          liabilities under the Contracts will not be chargeable with
          liabilities arising out of any other business Paragon may conduct.
<PAGE>

Paragon Life Insurance Company         2                  February 22, 1993



     5.   General American Life Insurance Company's resolution dated May 23,
          1991 stating that it will ensure that Paragon will have sufficient
          funds to meet all of its contractual obligations and agreeing that its
          guarantee of Paragon's insurance policies will be and remain
          enforceable by Paragon policyholders against General American Life
          Insurance Company directly does not constitute a guarantee of the
          investment experience or cash values of any Contract issued by
          Paragon.

     5.   The disclosure in the Registration Statement regarding the resolution
          described in Item 5 has been prepared or reviewed by me, and is fair,
          correct, and complete in all material respects.

     I hereby consent to the use of this opinion as an exhibit to the
     Registration Statement.

                                         Respectfully submitted,


                                         /s/ Matthew P. McCauley


                                         Matthew P. McCauley
                                         Vice President and General Counsel

<PAGE>


                                  Exhibit 1O



          OPINION AND CONSENT OF CRAIG K. NORDYKE, F.S.A., M.A.A.A.,
                  EXECUTIVE VICE PRESIDENT AND CHIEF ACTUARY
<PAGE>

                                             RE:  33-58796



Gentlemen:

     In my capacity as Executive Vice President and Chief Actuary for Paragon
Life Insurance Company, I have provided actuarial advice concerning: (a) the
preparation of a registration statement for Separate Account B filed on Form S-6
with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933
(the "Registration Statement") regarding the offer and sale of flexible premium
variable life insurance policies (the "Policies"); and (b) the preparation of
policy forms for the Policies described in the Registration Statement.

It is my professional opinion that:

    1.  The illustrations of cash values, cash surrender values, death benefits,
and accumulated premiums in the Appendix to the prospectus contained in the
Registration Statement are based on the assumptions stated in the illustration,
and are consistent with the provisions of the Policies. The rate structure of
the Policies has not been designed so as to make the relationship between
premiums and benefits, as shown in the illustrations, appear to be more
favorable to prospective purchasers of Policies aged 45 or 50 in the rate class
illustrated than to prospective purchasers of Policies at other ages.

     2.  The information contained in the examples set forth in the section of
the prospectus entitled "Death Benefits", is based on the assumption stated in
the examples, and is consistent with the provisions of the Policies.

I hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Post-
Effective Amendment No. 12 to the Registration Statement and to the use of my
name under the heading "Experts" in the prospectus.


                    /s/Craig K. Nordyke
                       --------------------------
                    Craig K. Nordyke, FSA, MAAA
                    Executive Vice President and Chief Actuary


<PAGE>

                                              RE:  33-58796
                                                   Prospectus 2 (Dean Witter)


Gentlemen:

In my capacity as Executive Vice President and Chief Actuary for Paragon Life
Insurance Company, I have provided actuarial advice concerning: (a) the
preparation of a registration statement for Separate Account B filed on Form S-6
with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933
(the "Registration Statement") regarding the offer and sale of flexible premium
variable life insurance policies (the "Policies"); and (b) the preparation of
policy forms for the Policies described in the Registration Statement.

It is my professional opinion that:

     1.  The illustrations of cash values, cash surrender values, death
benefits, and accumulated premiums in the Appendix to the prospectus contained
in the Registration Statement, are based on the assumptions stated in the
illustration, and are consistent with the provisions of the Policies. The rate
structure of the Policies has not been designed so as to make the relationship
between premiums and benefits, as shown in the illustrations, appear to be more
favorable to prospective purchasers of Policies aged 45 or 50 in the rate class
illustrated than to prospective purchasers of Policies at other ages.

     2.  The information contained in the examples set forth in the section of
the prospectus entitled "Death Benefits", is based on the assumption stated in
the examples, and is consistent with the provisions of the Policies.

I hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Post-
Effective Amendment No. 12 to the Registration Statement and to the use of my
name under the heading "Experts" in the prospectus.


                       /s/Craig K. Nordyke
                          -------------------------
                       Craig K. Nordyke, FSA, MAAA
                       Executive Vice President and Chief Actuary


<PAGE>

                                             RE:  33-58796
                                                  Prospectus 3 (Putnam)



Gentlemen:

In my capacity as Executive Vice President and Chief Actuary for Paragon Life
Insurance Company, I have provided actuarial advice concerning: (a) the
preparation of a registration statement for Separate Account B filed on Form S-6
with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933
(the "Registration Statement") regarding the offer and sale of flexible premium
variable life insurance policies (the "Policies"); and (b) the preparation of
policy forms for Policies described in the Registration Statement.

It is my professional opinion that:

    1.  The illustrations of cash values, cash surrender values, death benefits,
and accumulated premiums in the Appendix to the prospectus contained in the
Registration Statement, are based on the assumptions stated in the illustration,
and are consistent with the provisions of the Policies. The rate structure of
the Policies has not been designed so as to make the relationship between
premiums and benefits, as shown in the illustrations, appear to be more
favorable to prospective purchasers of Policies aged 45 or 50 in the rate class
illustrated than to prospective purchasers of Policies at other ages.

     2.  The information contained in the examples set forth in the section of
the prospectus entitled "Death Benefits", is based on the assumption stated in
the examples, and is consistent with the provisions of the Policies.

I hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Post-
Effective Amendment No. 12 to the Registration Statement and to the use of my
name under the heading "Experts" in the prospectus.


                    /s/Craig K. Nordyke
                       -------------------------
                    Craig K. Nordyke, FSA, MAAA
                    Executive Vice President and Chief Actuary


<PAGE>

                                             RE:  33-58796
                                                  Prospectus 4 (MFS)



Gentlemen:

In my capacity as Executive Vice President and Chief Actuary for Paragon Life
Insurance Company, I have provided actuarial advice concerning: (a) the
preparation of a registration statement for Separate Account B filed on Form S-6
with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933
(the "Registration Statement") regarding the offer and sale of flexible premium
variable life insurance policies (the "Policies"); and (b) the preparation of
policy forms for Policies described in the Registration Statement.

It is my professional opinion that:

    1.  The illustrations of cash values, cash surrender values, death benefits,
and accumulated premiums in the Appendix to the prospectus contained in the
Registration Statement, are based on the assumptions stated in the illustration,
and are consistent with the provisions of the Policies. The rate structure of
the Policies has not been designed so as to make the relationship between
premiums and benefits, as shown in the illustrations, appear to be more
favorable to prospective purchasers of Policies aged 45 or 50 in the rate class
illustrated than to prospective purchasers of Policies at other ages.

     2.  The information contained in the examples set forth in the section of
the prospectus entitled "Death Benefits", is based on the assumption stated in
the examples, and is consistent with the provisions of the Policies.

I hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Post-
Effective Amendment No. 12 to the Registration Statement and to the use of my
name under the heading "Experts" in the prospectus.


                    /s/Craig K. Nordyke
                       ------------------------
                    Craig K. Nordyke, FSA, MAAA
                    Executive Vice President and Chief Actuary

<PAGE>

                                       RE:  33-58796

                                       Prospectus #5 (Multi-Manager)

Gentlemen:

In my capacity as Executive Vice President and Chief Actuary for Paragon Life
Insurance Company, I have provided actuarial advice concerning: (a) the
preparation of a registration statement for Separate Account B filed on Form S-6
with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933
(the "Registration Statement") regarding the offer and sale of flexible premium
variable life insurance policies (the "Policies"); and (b) the preparation of
policy forms for the Policies described in the Registration Statement.

It is my professional opinion that:

     1.  The illustrations of cash values, death benefits, and accumulated
         premiums in the Appendix to the prospectuses contained in the
         Registration Statement, are based on the assumptions stated in the
         illustration, and are consistent with the provisions of the Policies.
         The rate structure of the Policies has not been designed so as to make
         the relationship between premiums and benefits, as shown in the
         illustrations, appear to be more favorable to prospective purchasers of
         Policies aged 45 in the rate class illustrated than to prospective
         purchasers of Policies at other ages.

     2.  The information contained in the examples set forth in the section of
         the prospectus entitled "Death Benefits", is based on the assumption
         stated in the examples, and is consistent with the provisions of the
         Policies.

I hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Post-
Effective Amendment No. 12 to the Registration Statement and to the use of ny
name under the heading "Experts" in the prospectus.



                  /s/Craig K. Nordyke
                     -------------------------
                  Craig K. Nordyke, FSA, MAAA
                  Executive Vice President and Chief Actuary


<PAGE>


                                  Exhibit 11

                         WRITTEN CONSENT OF KPMG LLP,
                   INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
<PAGE>

                         Independent Auditors' Consent

The Board of Directors
Paragon Life Insurance Company

We consent to the use of our reports included herein and to the reference to our
firm under the heading "Experts" in the Registration Statement and Prospectus
of Separate Account B of Paragon Life Insurance Company.


                                              KPMG LLP

St. Louis, Missouri

April 28, 2000

<PAGE>


                                  Exhibit 12


              WRITTEN CONSENT OF SUTHERLAND ASBILL & BRENNAN LLP
<PAGE>


                                       April 25, 2000

Board of Directors
Paragon Life Insurance Company
100 South Brentwood Boulevard
St. Louis, Missouri 63105

Ladies and Gentlemen:

     We hereby consent to the reference to our name under the caption "Legal
Matters" in the Prospectus filed as part of Post-Effective Amendment No. 12 to
the registration statement on Form S-6 for Separate Account B of Paragon Life
Insurance Company (File No. 33-58796). In giving this consent, we do not admit
that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7
of the Securities Act of 1933.

                                       Very truly yours,

                                       SUTHERLAND ASBILL & BRENNAN LLP

                                       By: /s/ Stephen E. Roth
                                           ------------------------
                                               Stephen E. Roth


<PAGE>


                                  Exhibit 13

                              Powers of Attorney

<PAGE>

                               POWER OF ATTORNEY
                               -----------------


As a member of the Board of Directors of Paragon Life Insurance Company, I
hereby constitute Matthew P. McCauley, Carl H. Anderson and Craig K. Nordyke,
and each of them singly, with full power to them and each of them singly to sign
for me, and in my name and in the capacity mentioned below, any and all
Registration Statements, documents, instruments, and exhibits related thereto,
and any and all amendments to Registration Statements filed with the Securities
and Exchange Commission for the purpose of registering securities issued by
Separate Account B of Paragon Life Insurance Company, and I hereby ratify and
confirm my signature as it may be signed by the above-mentioned people to said
Registration Statements and to any and all amendments thereto.

Witness my hand on the date set forth below.



         Signature
         ---------


/s/ Craig K. Nordyke                   Member, Board of Directors
- -----------------------------
                                       Paragon Life Insurance Company

Craig K. Nordyke
- -----------------------------
  Name (typed or printed)


Date  January 26, 1993
- -----------------------------
<PAGE>

                               POWER OF ATTORNEY
                               -----------------


As a member of the Board of Directors of Paragon Life Insurance Company, I
hereby constitute Matthew P. McCauley, Carl H. Anderson and Craig K. Nordyke,
and each of them singly, with full power to them and each of them singly to sign
for me, and in my name and in the capacity mentioned below, any and all
Registration Statements, documents, instruments, and exhibits related thereto,
and any and all amendments to Registration Statements filed with the Securities
and Exchange Commission for the purpose of registering securities issued by
Separate Account B of Paragon Life Insurance Company, and I hereby ratify and
confirm my signature as it may be signed by the above-mentioned people to said
Registration Statements and to any and all amendments thereto.

Witness my hand on the date set forth below.



      Signature
      ---------


/s/ Carl H. Anderson                     Member, Board of Directors
- --------------------------------
                                         Paragon Life Insurance Company
Carl H. Anderson
- ---------------------------------
  Name (typed or printed)


Date  January 26, 1993
- ----------------------------------
<PAGE>

                               POWER OF ATTORNEY
                               -----------------


As a member of the Board of Directors of Paragon Life Insurance Company, I
hereby constitute Matthew P. McCauley, Carl H. Anderson and Craig K. Nordyke,
and each of them singly, with full power to them and each of them singly to sign
for me, and in my name and in the capacity mentioned below, any and all
Registration Statements, documents, instruments, and exhibits related thereto,
and any and all amendments to Registration Statements filed with the Securities
and Exchange Commission for the purpose of registering securities issued by
Separate Account B of Paragon Life Insurance Company, and I hereby ratify and
confirm my signature as it may be signed by the above-mentioned people to said
Registration Statements and to any and all amendments thereto.

Witness my hand on the date set forth below.



       Signature
       ---------


/s/ A. Greig Woodring                         Member, Board of Directors
- ---------------------------------
                                              Paragon Life Insurance Company

A. Greig Woodring
- ---------------------------------
  Name (typed or printed)


Date   January 26, 1993
- ----------------------------------
<PAGE>

                               POWER OF ATTORNEY
                               -----------------


As a member of the Board of Directors of Paragon Life Insurance Company, I
hereby constitute Matthew P. McCauley, Carl H. Anderson and Craig K. Nordyke,
and each of them singly, with full power to them and each of them singly to sign
for me, and in my name and in the capacity mentioned below, any and all
Registration Statements, documents, instruments, and exhibits related thereto,
and any and all amendments to Registration Statements filed with the Securities
and Exchange Commission for the purpose of registering securities issued by
Separate Account B of Paragon Life Insurance Company, and I hereby ratify and
confirm my signature as it may be signed by the above-mentioned people to said
Registration Statements and to any and all amendments thereto.

Witness my hand on the date set forth below.



            Signature
            ---------


/s/ Richard A. Liddy                      Member, Board of Directors
- -------------------------------
                                          Paragon Life Insurance Company

Richard A. Liddy
- -------------------------------
  Name (typed or printed)


Date   January 26, 1993
- -------------------------------
<PAGE>

                               POWER OF ATTORNEY
                               -----------------


As a member of the Board of Directors of Paragon Life Insurance Company, I
hereby constitute Matthew P. McCauley, Carl H. Anderson and Craig K. Nordyke,
and each of them singly, with full power to them and each of them singly to sign
for me, and in my name and in the capacity mentioned below, any and all
Registration Statements, documents, instruments, and exhibits related thereto,
and any and all amendments to Registration Statements filed with the Securities
and Exchange Commission for the purpose of registering securities issued by
Separate Account B of Paragon Life Insurance Company, and I hereby ratify and
confirm my signature as it may be signed by the above-mentioned people to said
Registration Statements and to any and all amendments thereto.

Witness my hand on the date set forth below.



      Signature
      ---------


/s/ E. Thomas Hughes, Jr.                  Member, Board of Directors
- -----------------------------
                                           Paragon Life Insurance Company

E. Thomas Hughes, Jr.
- -----------------------------
  Name (typed or printed)


Date  January 26, 1993
- -----------------------------
<PAGE>

                               POWER OF ATTORNEY
                               -----------------


As a member of the Board of Directors of Paragon Life Insurance Company, I
hereby constitute Matthew P. McCauley, Carl H. Anderson and Craig K. Nordyke,
and each of them singly, with full power to them and each of them singly to sign
for me, and in my name and in the capacity mentioned below, any and all
Registration Statements, documents, instruments, and exhibits related thereto,
and any and all amendments to Registration Statements filed with the Securities
and Exchange Commission for the purpose of registering securities issued by
Separate Account B of Paragon Life Insurance Company, and I hereby ratify and
confirm my signature as it may be signed by the above-mentioned people to said
Registration Statements and to any and all amendments thereto.

Witness my hand on the date set forth below.



         Signature
         ---------


/s/ Bernard H. Wolzenski               Member, Board of Directors
- ---------------------------
                                       Paragon Life Insurance Company

Bernard H. Wolzenski
- ---------------------------
 Name (typed or printed)


Date   January 26, 1993
- ---------------------------
<PAGE>

                               POWER OF ATTORNEY
                               -----------------


As a member of the Board of Directors of Paragon Life Insurance Company, I
hereby constitute Matthew P. McCauley, Carl H. Anderson and Craig K. Nordyke,
and each of them singly, with full power to them and each of them singly to sign
for me, and in my name and in the capacity mentioned below, any and all
Registration Statements, documents, instruments, and exhibits related thereto,
and any and all amendments to Registration Statements filed with the Securities
and Exchange Commission for the purpose of registering securities issued by
Separate Account B of Paragon Life Insurance Company, and I hereby ratify and
confirm my signature as it may be signed by the above-mentioned people to said
Registration Statements and to any and all amendments thereto.

Witness my hand on the date set forth below.



            Signature
            ---------


/s/ Matthew P. McCauley                  Member, Board of Directors
- ---------------------------
                                         Paragon Life Insurance Company

Matthew P. McCauley
- ---------------------------
  Name (typed or printed)


Date  January 26, 1993
- ---------------------------


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission